an aie
JOURNAL.
sah i
OF THE pea
ARNOLD ARBORETUM
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
B. G. SCHUBERT
EDITOR
L. I. NEVLING, JR. C. E. WOOD, JR.
LAZELLA SCHWARTEN
CIRCULATION
VOLUME 46
PUBLISHED BY
THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY
CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS
1965
Mi@sOURL BoTANICAL
Garogn LIBRARY
DATES OF ISSUE
No. 1 (pp. 1-90) issued January 15, 1965.
No. 2 (pp. 91-242) issued April 15, 1965.
No. 3 (pp. 243-368) issued July 15, 1965.
No. 4 (pp. 369-503) issued October 15, 1965.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LETTERS FROM CHARLES SPRAGUE SARGENT TO REGINALD SOMERS
Cocks, 1908-1926. Edited by Joseph Ewan .....................
Susan DeLano McKe vey, 1883-1964. Richard A. Howard...
THe GENERA OF VITACEAE IN THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED StaTEs.
eorge K. Brisicky 5... 6 aa a
Dates oF PUBLICATION OF THE JOURNAL LINNAFA: FurTHER EyI-
DENCE... 7. FE. Moore, Jr., and C. 8, Wood, J...
ComPaRATIVE ANATOMY OF THE LEAF-BEARING CacTacear, XIII.
THE OccURRENCE OF WATER-SOLUBLE ANISOTROPIC BopIEs IN
Arr-Driep AND ALCOHOL-DEHYDRATED LEAVES OF PERESKIA
AND Prresxiopsis. J. W. Bailey
A New Cuscuta rrom Nepau. M. L. Banerji and Sitesh Das ....
THE GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE IN THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED
States. Shirley A. Graham and C. E. Wood, Jr. ....................
Lerrers FROM CHARLES SPRAGUE SARGENT TO REGINALD SOMERS
Cocks, 1908-1926 (Continued). Edited by Joseph Ewan ....
ANATOMY OF THE PaLM RuaPIS EXCELSA, I. Mature VEGETATIVE
Axis. Martin H. Zimmermann and P. B. Tomlinson ............
Stupies in Anyssum: Near EasTerRN REPRESENTATIVES AND
THEIR Auuiss, II. Section MENIocUS AND SECTION PSILO-
NEMA. T’. R. Dudley
THE GENERA OF VALERIANACEAE AND DIPSACACEAE IN THE SOUTH-
EASTERN Unirep States. I. K. Ferguson
A PRELIMINARY Report ON Funirers. Lorin I. Nevling, Jr. ........
GRISEBACH’s FLorA oF THE BritisH West INpIAN IsLaNnps: A
BIoGRAPHICAL AND BIBLIOGRAPHICAL INTRODUCTION. William
T. Stearn
THE GENERA OF TILIACEAE AND ELAEOCARPACEAE IN THE SOUTH-
EASTERN Unirep States. George K. Brizicky
POLLEN oF DecENeria viTIENSIS. A. Orville Dahl and John R.
Rowley
LETTERS FROM CHARLES SPRAGUE SARGENT TO REGINALD SOMERS
Cocks, 1908-1926 (Continued). Edited by Joseph Ewan. ....
NoMENcLATURAL Notes on Drpsacus FULLONUM AND Dipsacus
sativus. I. K. Ferguson and George K. Brizicky ....................
THE Rusiacrous Genus MussaenpA: A NEW SPECIES FROM
Nortu Burma. Don M. A. Jayaweera
Potten MorpHonocy in THE JUGLANDACEAE, II: SURVEY OF THE
Famity. Donald R. Whitehead
Foe ay
LETTERS FROM CHARLES SPRAGUE SARGENT TO REGINALD SoMERS
Cocks, 1908-1926 (Concluded). Edited by Joseph Ewan... 411 q
CoMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE LEAF-BEARING CacTackak, XIV. ° |
PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS ON THE VASCULATURE OF Cory- {
vase cyte Uk Auk... |, RN fora Oe Nteeea ici OEEe Lee eaa eee 445
“PROTEIN Bopres.” I. W. Bai OY seis Sane cesar SAE. eee cate 453 :
FS SR CTOn Be: Reais .shesacdccaksdsctiih.. 006 i OOR> mein. 465
SRIEE, DY VORNADO. i001 SRR) ag oR aks nck? 493
VoLUME 46 NuMBER 1
JOURNAL
OF THE
ARNOLD ARBORETUM
‘HARVARD UNIVERSITY
B. G. SCHUBERT
EDITOR
L. I. NEVLING, JR. C. E. WOOD, JR.
LAZELLA SCHWARTEN
CIRCULATION
JANUARY, 1965
PUBLISHED BY
THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY
al :
TSOUFI SoTaNIcal CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUS:
ee
ge Re: “aa a PEs
THE JOURNAL OF THE
ARNOLD ARBORETUM
Published quarterly by the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University.
Subscription price $10.00 per year.
During 1965 volumes I-XX will be reprinted and available from ey
Reprint Corporation, 16 East 467TH Srreet, New Yorn, N. Y. 1
Subscriptions and remittances should be addressed to Mrs. Lazenia
ScuwartTen, ARNOLD ArBorETUM, 22 Diviniry AVENUE, CaMBrRiIDGE, Massa-
cHussEtTTs, 02138.
CONTENTS OF NO. 1
Lerrers FROM CHARLES SpracuE SARGENT TO REGINALD SOMERS
Cocks, 1908-1926. Edited by Joseph Ewan 1
Susan Detano McKeEtvey, 1883-1964. Richard A. Howard
Tue GENERA OF VITACEAE IN THE SOUTHEASTERN UNtTep STATES.
George K. Brizicky
Dates OF PUBLICATION OF THE JoURNAL LinNAEA: FuRTHER Evi-
pence. H. HE. Moore, Jr. and C. EZ. Wood, Jr.
Comparative Anatomy or THE LzAF-BEARING CacTacnan, XIII.
| Tue OccurRRENCE or WateR-SoLuBLe Antsorropic Bopres In
Am-Driep anp AtcoHot-Drenypratep Leaves or PERESKIA
AND Pereskiopsis. I. W. Bailey
A New Cuscura rnom Nurat. M. L. Banerji and Sitesh Das
“Volume 4, No. 4, sectudiny pages 401-505,
i spas oe et come &. sti
JOURNAL
OF THE
ARNOLD ARBORETUM
VoL. 46 JANUARY 1965 NUMBER 1
LETTERS FROM CHARLES SPRAGUE SARGENT TO
REGINALD SOMERS COCKS, 1908-1926 *
Edited by JosEpH Ewan !
WHEN CHARLES SPRAGUE SARGENT DIED IN 1927, after serving 54 years
as Director of the Arnold Arboretum, he left a varied and significant legacy
of botanical accomplishment. The Arnold Arboretum which he established
is a monument to his vision, energy, and ability. His published works are
a record of his interest in and knowledge of woody plants. After comple-
tion of his magnum opus, the Silva of North America (1891-1900), Sar-
gent wrote the Manual of the Trees of North America which was, in fact,
a condensed version of the Silva, available to many more interested people
than had access to the original work of 14 folio volumes.
e production of a manual with its necessarily concise statements of
characterization, distribution, uses, and so forth, entails an enormous effort
and a refinement of style not easy to achieve. To obtain the greatest pos-
* In response - a request by the editors of the boom of the Arnold Arboretum,
well known, has Beier for publication this series of salt from Professor Sargent
of Volume 46,
history of a floristically critical area, the southeastern United States, now being studied
intensively. Eds.
* The 302 letters of Charles Sprague Sargent reproduced here have been faithfully
Tulane University. They were pldagenn
misspelled place names and a few obvious
rected, All the letters carried the heading “Jamaica Plain, Mass.,” althoug
Arboretum during Sargent’ s excursions. Salu-
e
Personnel” (Rochester Chapbooks, Publisher, 1961, 51 pp.), chiefly to Mr. JoHN -
BAR (1859-1927), with footnotes identifying most of the persons ations
2 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
sible precision in statements of range and other details, Sargent encouraged
correspondents in various parts of the country to provide specimens and all
available information about the trees in their particular localities. From
the time of publication of the first edition of the Manual Sargent worked
for approximately fifteen years toward the completion of the second edi-
tion. Among the many correspondents who contributed to the effort,
Sargent especially mentioned, in the preface to the second edition, Alice
Eastwood who collected in Alaska and New Mexico, and Professor Cocks
who explored the forests of Louisiana.
Sargent apparently first met Professor Cocks early in 1908. Unfor-
tunately we do not know the content of the first letter Sargent received,
for incredibly Cocks’s incoming letters were not kept together, and only
occasional letters or paragraphs from them may be found pocketed with
herbarium specimens in the Arnold Arboretum. Professor Sargent quickly
detected the aptitudes and values of his newfound correspondent, for his
302 letters to Cocks, reproduced here, were written sometimes daily, once
two in a day, and with few long intervals, until twenty days before Profes-
sor Cocks’s death on November 21, 1926. Sargent himself died four months
later, on March 22, 1927.
Reginald Wodehouse Somers Cocks was born August 31, 1863, at Pap-
worth, Worcestershire, England. He attended Trinity College, Cambridge,
where he took the M. A. degree, in 1889, with first honors in classics. His
interest in Latin persisted through his lifetime. There is a letter from Ben-
jamin Lincoln Robinson, Curator of the Gray Herbarium, dated February
13, 1917, thanking Professor Cocks for his estimate of a paper which con-
tained some Latin with which he disagreed. In this Dr. Robinson wrote,
“T have no doubt that you are entirely right that my Latin contains
various slips.
Although there are Cocks specimens in the Tulane Herbarium labelled
“Feliciana, March, 1892,” and “Feliciana, April, 1895,” as well as some
collections made in 1897, Professor Cocks’s active botanizing began in
March, 1898, and continued through that season. On May 27, 1898, he
presented his first paper at the meeting of the Louisiana Society of Natural-
ists on Selaginella apus |S. apoda| growing in profusion at Mandeville,
Louisiana. The Society had been organized July 3, 1897, and ape iba
May 1, 1899, with Professor J. H. Dillard as its first president. “Mr
S. 0c ks, M. A.”’ is listed as a member of the executive committee for sis
year 1898-99, at the time he was an instructor at Boys’ High School in
New Orleans. Cocks and Professor George E. Beyer of Tulane completed
a series of “excellent lectures on botany and zoology” given under the
auspices of New Orleans Free Lecture System, according to a report in the
Gulf Fauna and Flora Bulletin for June, 1899. June, 1899, included trips
as far afield as Lake Charles prairies and Selma, Alabama, the home of
Mrs. Cocks, and August, excursions to Alexandria and vicinity. From 1900
on, year after year, regular field trips, with special attention given to the
y plants, were made into all sections of the state. Cocks, like another
eles, Philip Henry Gosse, first arrived in Canada from England
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT 13) COCKS
REGINALD WODEHOUSE SOMERS CocKS
JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
CHARLES SPRAGUE SARGENT
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 5
but evidently did not stay in the north. A few herbarium labels suggest
that he may have arrived in New Orleans as early as 1890 but this evidence
is not wholly trustworthy. On other occasions specimens from opposite
sides of the state carry the same month; yet it is highly unlikely that in
those days he could have moved about so rapidly. Cocks generally recorded
only the month and the year on his labels, and did not number his collec-
tions. Professor Sargent subsequently numbered some sheets for easy ref-
erence. For example, a Carya collection from Clear Lake, Natchitoches
Parish, May, 1909, later became number 1765; another from Bayou La-
combe, St. Tammany Parish, across the state, also May, 1909, is number
1766.
After a year as Professor of Botany at Louisiana State University,
1906-07, Professor Cocks moved to Tulane to occupy the newly created
Ida A. Richardson Chair of Botany. Mrs. Richardson took an active
interest both in living plants and in books about them (our Tulane set of
Sargent’s Silva was her gift). It is notable that, on several occasions,
Sargent mentions sending seeds or plants of foreign introductions, recently
grown at the Arnold Arboretum, as possible additions to New Orleans
gardens. This was in the spirit of Ida Richardson who is credited, and
with good evidence, for the introduction of Cocculus laurifolius, Siphonan-
thus indicus, and other exotics into local gardens and patios. Through the
years Professor Cocks supported the activities of the New Orleans Garden
Society, and a volume of his collected papers was presented to the Society
by one of its members, Mrs. J. Leo Burthe. Over and beyond his lecturing
to garden clubs and his teaching of botany classes (his lecture notes have
survived) was his enthusiasm for searching out new plant records for
Louisiana. Here Sargent found a devoted colleague. It is abundantly
clear from his letters that Professor Cocks conscientiously ran the errands
Sargent put to him. And the errands kept coming, in extremis with Sar-
gent’s advancing concern that the revised Manual might not be finished
before his life was ended. The first edition of the Manual had appeared
in 1905 and immediately corrections and additions began to accumulate
in the desk copy. When another collector provided a range extension in
Louisiana, Sargent wrote Cocks to verify it. Mattoon found Pinus car-
ibaea [P. elliottii var. elliottii]! in the Tangipahoa region, and Sargent
wrote for Cocks to hunt for it in other parts of the state where it might
have been overlooked. From these collecting trips Sargent recognized five
new species or varieties of hickory, a new hybrid oak (Quercus « cock-
sit) from near Alexandria, a hawthorn (Crataegus cocksii) from near
Winnfield, and a linden (Tilia cocksii) from near Lake Charles. Sargent
accompanied Cocks on several field trips over the state, testing revised
keys in the field, collecting specimens in flower and fruit, and following up
old records made by nineteenth century botanists. The two men marked
trees to return to for successive vouchers, especially the oaks where the
yields of fruit vary from year to year.
The zeal of the plant collector and the comradeship of the botanists por-
trayed in the letters which follow may be gleaned from a letter by Ernest
‘
6 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Jesse Palmer (often mentioned in Sargent’s letters) to Professor Cocks
dated March 5th, 1926, the year of his death. Palmer wrote ‘With refer-
ence to the Yucca louisianica at Ruston L[ouisian|a, of which I sent you
a small snap, I regret to say that I have no duplicate material. When I
saw it and made the photographs I was travelling with Dr. Small in his
truck (the famous ‘weed wagon’). I took some specimens, but as you
know, flowers of these plants are very hard to dry, and as we didn’t have
much chance for changing dryers on the trip practically all of the material
was spoiled, and I only managed to save enough for one meager specimen
for our herbarium.
“T was sorry to learn that you have been laid up. Have had a bad cold
myself the past month, but have managed to keep going. | Palmer lived
thirty-six years after this bout.] Professor Sargent, I am glad to report,
has been in much better health and has been at the Ashoxctum almost
every day during the winter. He is truly a remarkable man.’
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
My thanks first, to Professor William T. Penfound, of the University
of Oklahoma, formerly at Tulane, for insuring the preservation of the
Sargent letters during his years at the University. To Charlotte Ponder
for her careful typing of the manuscript, and to Nesta Dunn Ewan for her
critical editorial eye and her assistance with the indices, I express my very
real appreciation.
April 7, 1908.
My Cear Professor Cocks:
I want to tell you what a very pleasant day I had in Shreveport, thanks
to your letter of introduction. I saw the Mesquite and the Gleditsia,
although they were not yet in flower. The Gleditsia is certainly very close
to Gleditsia aquatica. There is only one plant of it. I should say now,
without having seen the flower, that it would be best to consider it a
variety of that species, although the longer pods and greater number of
seeds is remarkable. Possibly other individuals will be foun
I noticed in Jackson Square, New Orleans, three or four small trees of
what I thought to be an eastern Asiatic Acanthopanax which I did not
recognize. Do you know anything about these trees, and can you dry some
specimens of the foliage for me? Is it possible to find out where these
plants came from? I am afraid they are not old enough yet to flower.
This short visit to Louisiana impressed me more than ever with the
beauty and interest of the state and I feel very keen to get back and to
visit those parts of the state which I have not seen, namely the region east
of Baton Rouge and west of Vicksburg.
I hope another year we may be able to manage a trip together. It is a
great pleasure to me to make your acquaintance and I hope that I shall
hear from you again.
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 7
z
April 21, 1909.
You remember that you sent me a specimen of a Tilia from Shreveport
which I told you was probably Tilia americana. I am satisfied now that it
is not Tilia americana, and that it is perhaps Tilia leptophylla which you
will find mentioned in Small’s Flora. I very much want to get flowers of
this Louisiana Tilia and to know something of its distribution in the state.
The same plant appears to grow on the Red River in Arkansas. Can’t you
get your correspondents to look out for this tree in Louisiana and especially
to obtain good flowering specimens as these have not, so far as I know,
been collected?
I wish we were in the woods together now.
3
December 8, 1909.
I now expect to be in Boston at the end of the month and, if you are
coming here, I hope you will stay at my house. You can reach Boston very
easily from there and also the Arboretum. It would be a great pleasure
to me to see you again and to have you as my guest. There are many sub-
jects we ought to discuss about southern botanical explorations.
4
January 17, 1910.
I am very glad to hear that you got home safely and are enjoying warm
weather again. Here we have had bitterly cold weather and a good deal
more snow, and I am longing for Louisiana or some other country of a
oa climate than New England. Many thanks for your package of
plan
pee is certainly Aesculus austrind.
The Bumelia from Slidell without fruit is B. lanuginosa. The others
seem to be correctly named.
It was a great pleasure having you in Brookline.
5
April 8, 1910.
I write to say that I got home safely and to thank you again for all your
kindness to me during my visit in Louisiana. I never had a better week
or saw finer or more interesting trees, and we certainly must have another
trip together before long. I understand that you will obtain flowers of
Aesculus Pavia for us, flowers of Crataegus and Persimmon from Lucknow,
and fruit of Salix from Shreveport and Bayou Sara. Any other specimens
will be most acceptable.
I am curious to hear about the Willow at New Orleans. The Shreveport
Willow grows at Fulton, Arkansas, and also at Allenton which is about
8 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
thirty miles from St. Louis and apparently is a common and widely dis-
tributed tree. I cannot believe that it is only Salix nigra. A little more
study of Louisiana Willows is going to lead to all sorts of surprises. The
trouble is we have all been taking too much for granted. I find that we
have n’t here a copy of Dodson’s Bulletin on Northern Louisiana Shrubs.
If you can get a copy of it for the library here, I shall be much obliged.
I hope you got home comfortably and found everything all right at
home. The mud at Fulton was about three feet deep. I never saw such
roads before, but it did not rain and I was fortunate in finding in full
flower the Oak I was looking for. I had a good day at Allenton and found
there at least five species of Prunus, all of which had been passing for
Prunus americana, and so it goes.
6
April 21, 1910.
Glad to get your letter of the 18th. I am much interested in what you
say about Hamamelis. Have you perhaps found a third species? The Mis-
souri plant flowers in February and March in a region which must be
several weeks earlier than Louisiana. The habit you describe, too, is dif-
ferent. The Missouri plant grows always in the sandy and rocky borders
of small streams and spreads into large thickets by underground roots. I
should judge from what you say that your plant has not this habit.
How about the Willows at New Orleans and also the Diospyros at New
Orleans? Did you get the fruit of the Willow at Bayou Sara? I am
anxious to hear fuller accounts of your trips since we separated.
It is a very early spring here indeed.
7
May 16, 1910.
I have yours of the 10th and will write you about the plants when they
arrive. Pearl Island must be directly at the mouth of Pearl River. I think
I have seen the name on old maps. If you have access to a copy of Bar-
tram’s Travels, notice what he says about it. I suppose you know that he
went as far as Baton Rouge. I cannot think that there is any trouble in
finding this island, and I have no doubt the Plum-tree is still growing on it.
I very much hope that you intend to pass August in this part of the
world. We will try to give you as good a time as possible.
8
June 7, 1910.
Very sorry to hear that you had such a bad time on Campbell Island,?
but the fact that you found no Plum tree there may save us a lot of trouble
in the future. I have been very busy lately and have only just now been
able to look at your plants. We shall send you soon the names of several
of them.
? Lake Pontchartrain.
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 9
With regard to the Hamamelis, your plant from Richlands appears
identical with the spring-flowering species from west of the Missouri River.
Probably it is the same thing which grows at Alexandria, Louisiana, I do
not feel so sure of the Covington plant. I collected it there myself and
have always felt doubtful about it. We must try and get flowers or find
out just when it blooms.
I find that Mohr in 1885 collected your Lindera at Opelousas. We have
what looks like the same thing, too, from Georgia, and in Missouri there
are plants with less pubescence than yours which seems to connect it with
the northern form, J am inclined to think now that your plant will have
to be considered a variety. Your fruiting specimen which we have was
collected June 15th and of course — the fruit was ripe. You ought to
try and get mature fruiting specim
The Richlands Diospyros panes looks very different both in the
character of its tomentum and in the shape of the leaves. I presume that
the trees in the New Orleans swamps are the same thing, although the
leaves are certainly less cordate and more like those of more northern forms
but the tomentum seems identical. The thing now is to get the fruit and
the mature leaves. I hope you will be able to manage this. We ought, too,
to have mature leaves of the Willows which you collected, and also mature
leaves and fruit of the different plums. This I am afraid will prove more
difficult, but perhaps you will be able to manage some of them. Any hope
from our friends at Shreveport in this matter?
The plum business is very difficult owing to the difficulty of getting
material and finding good characters by which to distinguish the different
forms. I hope you are arranging to be in this part of the world this
summer,
June 13, 1910.
Your Vacciniums are, —
72, V. Elliottit,
79, V. Elliottit?
80, V. stamineum,
81, V. vacillans,
89, V. stamineum,
90, V. vacillans,
99, V. glaucescens,
101, V. vacillans.
This I believe disposes of your unnamed plants except the Willows and
Persimmons, and it will take some time to work these up
10
October 12, 1910.
Many thanks for the three lots of plums which arrived today in capital
condition. I have to thank you, too, for the Persimmon fruit which came
sometime ago. So far as the shape of the fruit of the two kinds is con-
10 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
cerned I see nothing very remarkable about it for the fruit of the common
Persimmon shows as much or more difference in variation. The pubescence
on the Persimmon, too, seems to be a very variable character. The fact
that one form grows in water continuously, or nearly continuously during
the year, and the other only on dry land is remarkable and we ought to
find some other characters beyond the shape of the fruit to separate these.
I think there is a difference perhaps in the time of blooming and possibly
in the size of the flowers.
Is there any thing new in the Salix situation and have you foliage speci-
mens for us?
I hope you are well and enjoying life, and have no University troubles
on your hands.
11
December 14, 1910.
I am much obliged for your letter of November 28th (I am ashamed to
see how long it has remained unanswered) and for the package of plants.
3£8, Pearl River, is certainly Asimina parviflora. I do not know any
A. pubescens.
#9, C vii. of Shreveport, is Crataegus spathulata.
#11, C iii. of Shreveport, is Crataegus arborescens.
413, Amelanchier canadensis |var.| tomentula Sargent is the best I
can do for this. It seems the same as the Covington tree.
+22 and #23, ii. and iii., Shreveport, Crataegus spathulata.
I cannot say anything about the plums yet; indeed I am more ignorant
about them than I was a year ago, still we will do something with them
sooner or later. As you know, it is an extremely difficult genus to collect,
because they flower when there is nothing else to collect and the fruit
ripens early when it is hot and botanizing is disagreeable.
I have never seen flowers or fruit of Cephalotaxus japonica, which seems
to be an abnormal garden form with erect branches of some other species.
If you have specimens of the flowers and fruit, we shall be very glad to get
them.
Have n’t you got a lot of Willow material for me? That southern Black
Willow question is not yet settled. Indeed there is so much work to do in
the south that I do not know which way to turn. I certainly hope to be
down in your part of the world again this spring.
We have received through the Department of Agriculture a specimen of
Tilia collected at Lake Charles which is perfectly glabrous and looks like
Tilia floridana. We should investigate it.
We have had some cold weather and some snow, but it is not as bad as
it was when you were here last year.
12
December 31, 1910.
I hope you are going to be able this winter to further investigate the
Louisiana Hamamelis. I am describing the Missouri and Arkansas spring-
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 11
blooming plants as Hamamelis vernalis. The specimens from Covington
collected by myself and by you and your specimens from Alto, Richland
Parish are certainly different in the pubescence from the Missouri plant.
Of course we have n’t got any flowers of any Louisiana specimen. In the
Gray Herbarium there is also a Hamamelis collected at Alexandria which
I suppose is the Richland Parish plant. Why can’t you take up this mat-
ter this winter and get flowers if possible from all these stations, or at least
find out whether they do or do not flower in the winter or early spring?
13
January 9, 1911.
Very sorry indeed to hear that you are under the weather. Take care of
yourself, pray, for there is lots of work ahead of you if we are ever going
to solve all the mysteries of Louisiana trees. It is my hope and intention
to pay you a visit this spring either before or after I go to Texas, or at
both times. I have not formulated my plans yet.
Mr. Rehder here is working over the North American species of Malus
and is describing a number of new species and forms. On April 3rd, 1885,
I collected at Pinnyville [Pineville], Louisiana, which is just across Red
River from Alexandria, specimens of an Apple growing in a glade in the
pine woods which we used to refer to Malus angustifolia. I do not believe
it is that species and probably it represents an undescribed one. It ought
to be looked up and fruit should be collected. Of the true Malus angusti-
folia we have from La. two specimens, one collected by me March 26, 1886,
at Opulusas [Opelousas], and one collected by you at Bayou Lacombe,
No. 1779. I do not remember where Bayou Lacombe is. Both these Louis-
jana specimens differ from the specimens of the southeast, Georgia, Florida,
etc., by the pubescence on the leaves and petioles. I should suppose Malus
angustifolia would be a common Louisiana plant, especially in eastern
Louisiana as we have specimens from Pearl River Valley in Mississippi.
This is a thing which ought to be looked up.
I have just finished describing seven species of Prunus from Arkansas
and Texas, and I do not believe that these descriptions cover any of your
Louisiana trees. Prunus is a genus which certainly has got to be more
carefully studied in Louisiana.
I think we have pretty good material of that pubescent Willow but I
hope you will be able to collect Willows wherever you see them in Louisiana
as we want more material and more information about these different forms
of the Black Willow. I am suggesting calling the Bayou Sara tree Salix
nigra variety altissima, for as it grows at Fulton, Arkansas, this is the
tallest of all the Willows I have ever known anything about.
The amount of material we have representing Louisiana woody plants
is still unsatisfactory and my knowledge about them is even more so. I am
counting on you for a good deal of help.
With kind regards and best wishes for the New Year, I am
iz JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
14
February 10, 1911.
I have today your letter of February 6th and the specimen of Oak. This
looks to us like the tree which they call in England the Lucombe Oak and
which is supposed to be a hybrid between Quercus Cerris and Quercus
Suber. Hope you will get plenty of Willow material and the Witch Hazel
flowers if possible.
To show how poor we are in Louisiana plants I could not find this
morning a Louisiana specimen of Liquidambar in our herbarium.
I am going to Florida on the 18th for a few days and I shall return
home before going to the southwest. I want to go to Texas before Louis-
iana, so it will be April, I suppose, before I reach New Orleans. I do not
care much where I go in the state but we ought to look up that Tilia at
Lake Charles; and I should like to go, too, to some more places east of the
Mississippi. Opulusas [Opelousas] is always very interesting to me, so I
shall be entirely at your disposal.
15
February 15, 1911.
I write another line to remind you that there is a lot to do on Prunus
in Louisiana in the hope that you may be able to get good flowering
material from trees so located that we may get fruit from them later in the
season. This is one of the most difficult groups to work up as the fruit is
hard to preserve, and it flowers so early that it is necessary to make special
trips to get them.
16
March 6, 1911.
The two specimens have arrived. Certainly this is not the same as my
spring-blooming Missouri and Arkansas species which has the inner sur-
face of the sepals bright red. This plant of yours is remarkable in the
small size of the flowers and of the fruit which is not more than half the
size of the ordinary Hamamelis fruit. This may be the variety parvifolia
of Nuttall, a variety afterwards taken up by Torrey & Gray but dropped
by recent authors. Judging from the time it flowers, your plant may repre-
sent a third species; at any rate we have got to know more about it.
Will you be on the lookout for a yellow-twigged Tree Willow which is
common in eastern Texas and which you ought to find in the Shreveport
and western Louisiana region? This is either a species or a good variety of
Salix nigra and we want to know more about it and to get more material.
I am hoping now to go to Texas on March 15th and to meet you at Lake
Charles on my way back, but I will write again before I leave home.
17
March 14, 1911.
I am glad, or perhaps really sorry, to hear that Plum trees are so abun-
dant in western Louisiana. I am leaving here on Thursday, the 16th, and
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 13
go via St. Louis to Texas. I cannot exactly fix now the date of our meeting
at Lake Charles but I will telegraph you from Texas as soon as I know.
may not be able, however, to send word very long in advance, so I hope
you will be ready to start at short notice as it will be horrid to be tied up
alone at Lake Charles. Will you send me a line to the post-office at San
Antonio in about a week from today and tell me if everything will be all
right? I think it would be an excellent plan to pay Tracey a visit as I have
never met him and possibly something might be gained by doing so.
18
April 4, 1911.
I got home safely and very comfortably as that was an excellent train,
to find here the coldest April Ist on record. The ground is still deeply
frozen, new ice has formed on the ponds and there is not a sign of leaf or
flower of any kind. I wish I were back with you in New Orleans.
Our Lake Charles Tilia differs from Tilia leiophylla in the absence, or
almost absence, of pubescence and in the serration of the leaves. Tilia
leiophylla has generally rather coarsely serrate leaves, but in all the Lake
Charles specimens the teeth are reduced to mucros. Still I think we must
consider our plant a form of Tilia leiophylia, especially as we have speci-
mens from Fulton with practically glabrous leaves. It will be interesting
and important, however, to get flowers and fruit from Lake Charles.
I have specimens of all the Louisiana Crataegus described by Beadle
and I feel quite sure that the Lake Charles Crus-galli tree which we saw is
undescribed. I hope you won’t fail to get the fruit, and I greatly regret
that we did not get flowers or make specimens. I am quite impatient for
the specimens of the Crataegus from Covington to arrive for I cannot be-
lieve that this is C. brachyacantha. The bark is different and the peduncles
and pedicels are much shorter than those of that species. If it turns out to
be new, this is one of the most interesting Crataegus discoveries that I
have made in years. C. brachyacantha is common at Minden and
Munro[e], and I see that Bush collected it at Natchitoches.
As you perhaps know four Crus-galli species were collected by Beadle
near Opelousas. My C. edita appears also to grow there, and of course
C. berberifolia. About Shreveport there are several Crus-galli species, but
I think you will find the entire western border of the state full of species
of this group.
I am very much interested in that Crataegus with white bark, cordate
leaves and partly grown fruit which we found on our drive from Covington
near the schoolhouse. I thought it might be C. silvicola but the leaves as
I remember them are much too cordate for that species
I feel quite sure that the Covington Viburnum is V. pubescens. Vibur-
num dentatum seems to be confined entirely to the Appalachian region.
T ought to see what you have taken for V. molle. I hope you won’t forget
good specimens from any localities of the Louisiana Sambucus as this
genus is pretty puzzling.
14 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
I have ventured to order and send to you a telescope for your driers
after the pattern of mine, which has proved very satisfactory in strength
and lightness. Please accept it in memory of the pleasant days we have
passed together in Louisiana. Notice, too, that I have had it made much
deeper than my own and draw from this fact your own conclusions.
I hope to hear from you very soon about your work since I left. If
Prunus and Crataegus are to be finished within three years there is not a
moment to lose.
19
April 6, 1911.
The Vitis which we collected at Lake Charles is V. canescens. You col-
lected the same thing two or three years ago at Richland Parish and called
it V. labrusca. I do not see that the books credit Louisiana with V.
canescens.
The Highbush Blackberry of which we saw so much at Lake Charles
and Covington is Rubus Andrewsianus of Blanchard.
20
April 19, 1911.
The package of plants has arrived and I am very glad to see them. The
Malus from Covington appears to be Malus angustifolia, but we want to
get good fruiting specimens of this and a handful or two of fruit. It is an
entirely different plant from the one at Pineville. This I hope you have
looked up for I very much want to get the fruit, having good flowering
specimens already.
The Viburnum from Glen Gordon is not Viburnum pubescens but V.
scabrellum.
The Crataegus I cannot distinguish from C. i aaa ae and I be-
lieve we shall find it has blue fruit.
The Euonymus from Covington is E. americanus.
What you call Vitis canescens from Glen Gordon is Vitis cordifolia and
different from the Lake Charles plant which I told you by mistake was
canescens. There is no Vitis canescens; it should be V. cinerea. The Cov-
ington plant seems different from that from Lake Charles.
The shrubby Vaccinium from Covington is V. stamineum. You have
also collected this from Shreveport. It is desirable to get good fruiting
specimens of this
The Rubus from Claybourne is the same as the tall-growing species
from Lake Charles. The oldest name for this is R. argutus of Link, which
must supersede R. Andrewsianus. The little Rubus from Glen Gordon
with prostrate stems is R. trivialis. The Dewberry from Lake site with
the large flowers and fruit is, I feel satisfied, an undescribed s
I hope you found the Malus from Opelousas which, if it is pipet ae
is a very tomentose form of it.
I hope you are going to be able to clear up many doubts and mysteries
id SU Neier es
1965 } EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 15
this season and that you will make good headway with Prunus, Malus and
Crata
21
June 10, 1911.
Do you know anything about the writer of the enclosed? Possibly he
may be made useful as a collector or in connection with your proposed
garden.
I shall hope to hear from you soon again about the various plants in
which we are interested.
22
July 22, 1911.
The enclosed may interest you, although I daresay you are in com-
munication with this lady.* I suppose it was her uncle who was associated
with Riddell. I know of no other publication by Carpenter.
How are you getting on and what is the Plum situation? I hope good,
for in Texas and Arkansas there is no fruit whatever. And how about
Malus, Crataegus, etc.?
I hope that you are not worn out by the heat and that I shall soon hear
from you again. I cannot think that it has been hotter in Louisiana than it
has in Boston this year. We have never known anything like it or ex-
perienced such a drought.
Let me hear from you when opportunity offers.
23
August 26, 1911.
How are you and what is the botanical situation? I hope that you won’t
be too late for the fruit of Aesculus Pavia from Mandeville as we want it
for a subject for one of Mr. Faxon’s plates. I think it would be well to
gather it before it is ripe, although it should be fully grown. Perhaps the
best way would be to wrap up a fruiting branch in paper and send it by
mail. This might give better results so far as the drawing goes than a
dried specimen.
Any word of the Malus from Pineville which we are very keen to get
hold of? Prunus in Texas and Arkansas is behaving very badly this year
and there is no fruit on any of the plants. I hope it is doing better in
Louisiana.
I am just back from a short trip to Colorado where I had a few good
botanical days and from whence I returned via the Great Lakes, which I
found a most interesting trip.
24
December 19, 1911.
It is a long time since I have heard from you. I hope you are well and
that the botanical situation is not too much for you.
* Mrs. StaucHTer of Ruston, La., who provided information on WM. M. Carpen-
TER for Mee Cocks (cf. Tulane Graduates Mag. 3: 122. 1914).
16 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
I was looking at Louisiana Crataegus in the herbarium the other day
and it is astonishing what a small amount of material we have from that
state and how little I know about it. The Plums and Apples, too, are
weighing rather heavily on me. Have you got any more plants to send us
from this year’s collecting?
I hope you will have a very pleasant Christmas and a happy and pros-
perous New Year.
25
February 3, 1912.
It is a long time since I have heard from you but I hope this does not
mean that you are not well. I hope to be in Louisiana coming from Texas
early in April and I want to meet you somewhere and make another trip
with you. I hope you will be able to manage this.
The Louisiana Prunus situation is in bad shape as only fragmentary
material has so far been collected. I think it is desirable that you make a
Plum journey early and before I get to Louisiana, otherwise we shall miss
them again. For example, numbers 1 and 2 of the Butler plantation were
well out of bloom on March 28, 1910; from Laurel Hill to Covington we
have leaves only. +1 from Clear Lake was out of bloom March 30th.
Shreveport plants were all out of bloom April Ist, and specimens collected
at Opelousas were out of bloom March 20th. Bush’s collections at Natch-
itoches April Ist, 1909, were long out of bloom.
I should think it would be desirable to look over the state for Plums as
early as March 10th, or perhaps even earlier in the south. The trees should
be carefully marked to insure mature leaves and fruit later in the season.
I want very much to go with you to that place north of Alexandria to
look for the Malus which you have n’t been able to find. I am very sure
it is an undescribed species.
As for Louisiana Crataegus the situation, I hope, is not hopeless but I
think we must confess that we are making very little headway with it.
Please let me hear from you.
26
March 28, 1912.
I am still pretty shaky but the doctor tells me that I can probably get
off in a week or ten days for Louisiana. I do not know about the trains
yet, but would n’t it be feasible for us to meet say at Munroe and drive
from there to Alexandria? How long would this take and would it be a
feasible trip? It would at least show me a new country. Or I could per-
haps get to Alexandria quicker than I could to New Orleans, look up the
Apple across the river, then go on to Shreveport and Natchitoches, and
return to New Orleans.
Let me have an answer to this if you can before I start. If not, I will
telegraph you when I find out if I can really go and tell you when and
where I will be.
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 17
27
October 16, 1912.
Returning from a short journey in Missouri I find your letter of Sep-
tember 26th and the package of specimens which you have been good
enough to send us.
I cannot do much with the Crataegus unless you have the notes on the
color of the anthers. This is essential to a correct determination of these
troublesome things. Have you also fruit? I can say, however, that No. 1
N.O. is C. viridis and xi. and xviii. of Natchitoches are C. brachyacantha.
C. brachyacantha was the species which we found so abundant a year
ago last spring near Covington. The Malus and Vacciniums I will write
about as soon as the specimens are mounted.
28
February 18, 1913.
We have a specimen of a Maple collected by you at Natchitoches April
27, 1911, with fully grown fruit. It is a very distinct form of the Sugar
Maple and perhaps an undescribed species. There is nothing like it in our
herbarium. I am writing to you now to suggest that as this tree had fully
grown fruit on the 27th of April it must flower very early, probably some
time before we get to Natchitoches. It is desirable if possible to get
flowers this spring as we may want to publish a plate of it if it turns out
to be new. Do you remember the tree? Is it common, etc.? The nearest
Sugar Maple to this station which we know is at Fulton, Arkansas, and
there is another at Boerne, Texas, which must be four or five hundred
miles away.
What is the prospect of the season, is it going to be early or late? I will
let you know a few days before I start for New Orleans.
29
February 25, 1913.
I am much obliged for the specimen of Maple which arrived today. I
think it is safe to refer it to Acer leucoderme Small.
Please write me again about the season and how vegetation is coming on.
30
April 12, 1913.
We arrived in New Orleans safely but Tracey failed to turn up there.
From New Orleans we went to Natchez, staying there about thirty-six
hours and then came home from Chattanooga, arriving here last night. I
have been quite anxious about you for I am afraid the rain which started
in after we left Natchez has made a great deal of trouble in the Red River
Valley and that you are prevented from doing some of the work you were
going to do.
I have n’t had time to do much with plants since I got home but the
Opelousas Malus seems to be very near Malus ioensis var. Palmeri, and
18 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
the species from Win[n]field to be a form of Malus angustifolia with re-
markably acuminate leaves. It can hardly, however, be specifically distinct.
At Natchez we found Hydrangea quercifolia very common. Has this ever
been found in Louisiana where it ought to grow I should think, but we
have no specimens from anywhere west of Alabama? I had supposed that
it was an Appalachian species but finding it at Natchez makes me think it
may grow south of Natchez and possibly across the river, I also found at
Natchez what I believe is my Aesculus splendens although I have n’t seen
the fruit yet and I think that we found the same species at Winnfield. If
so this is rather a fine plant for the Louisiana flora. That little Viburnum
acerifolium, if it is that species, is certainly interesting for this appears to
be an Appalachian species, at least we have no specimens taken west of
Alabama and none from west of the Mississippi River. These ought to be
looked up. Although Quercus breviloba is credited in my Manual to
Louisiana I do not find that we have any specimens of it from that state.
I should suppose that if it occurs there at all it would be about Shreveport
as it is common at Fulton.
I have n’t taken time yet to find out the things which you have n’t sent
us, but I will write you again next week. Please let me hear what hap-
pened to you after we parted. I have n’t seen anything so fine anywhere on
this journey as the woods at Opelousas.
31
April 15, 1913.
A few of the Louisiana plants which we do not have in the herbarium
are Mimosa strigulosa, Parkinsonia aculeata, Desmodium if there are any
woody species, and Erythrina herbacea. Have you ever seen this last
assume the habit of a shrub or small tree, in southern Florida perhaps a
tree of considerable size?
Of Quercus laurifolia we have only the specimen with young leaves col-
lected by us at Lake Charles two years ago. I should be glad to have fruit-
ing specimens from Lake Charles and from other parts of the state.
I will send you a list of other Louisiana desiderata as soon as I have
time to look them up.
You are O.K. with Prunus Munsoniana.
32
April 15, 1913.
As the copy of your paper, for which many thanks, appeared this morn-
ing I am afraid you had to shorten your trip and were unable to get to
several of the places you hoped to visit. Too bad!
It looks as if we were never going to get at the bottom of the Louisiana
Crataegus. Mr. Rehder, who is working up Malus, has made a new variety
of M. ioensis which he calls creniserrata. The type for this is the Pineville
plant. He refers to it also the Crowley and Opelousas plants. In regard
to Crowley I find that you are right and that we have fruit from there and
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 19
some fragmentary leaves. I shall be very glad to get leaves collected now
with the young fruit, especially leaves of vigorous shoots as it is always
important to collect these. Your Malus angustifolia from Covington, etc.,
is behaving very badly and does not seem to belong to the typical form of
that species as it turns out to have hairy pedicels, etc. I wish you would
collect some more material of this plant from that region with good vege-
tative leaves, etc. If Malus angustifolia, which we have always believed to
be perfectly glabrous, is going to behave in this way it will make addi-
tional trouble for us.
33
April 19, 1913.
As you know, Louisiana was not credited in my Manual for Avicennia
nitida. We have a specimen from you gathered at Grand Isle. Can you
give me the range of the species in Louisiana, that is the range east and
west on the coast? Is it always shrubby in Louisiana or sometimes a tree?
I do not know where Grand Isle is, but perhaps you will tell me.
34
April 21, 1913.
As I wrote you, we consider the Pineville plant the type of Malus ioen-
sis variety creniserrata, nov. var. Rehder. The Natchitoches plant which
we have from you in flower only is referred to this variety although it looks
a little different. The Opelousas and Crowley plants we now refer to
Malus ioensis var. Palmeri Rehder. The type of this variety is in south-
western Missouri, but this form is common in southeastern Missouri and
in Arkansas.
You understand that what we have always called Malus angustifolia
now has to be called Malus coronaria. Rehder makes a new variety of
this, variety puberula, the type of which is the Winnfield plant. I found
exactly the same thing at Natchez and we are referring to this variety all
your specimens from eastern Louisiana. So far as our specimens show we
have no typical M. coronaria or angustifolia from Louisiana, all your speci-
mens having more or less pointed leaves and hairy pedicels, while in the
real coronaria the leaves are usually rounded at the apex and the entire
plant is glabrous. As I wrote you the other day, I hope you will get more
material from eastern Louisiana.
Now in regard to the Crataegus which we collected: Opelousas, #1, a
Viridis species, by roadside, distinguished from C. viridis by the bark.
Fruit needed.
C #2 agrees well with C. tersa of Beadle.
C +3, the Crus-galli species with small corymbs, does not fit in with
any described species. Of course we want fruit of this. C +4 we were
badly fooled by; it is not a Crus-galli at all but C. brachyacantha.
C #5, a Viridis species. No flowers.
Winnfield +1. I don’t know this.
20 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
+2. This was the small slender tree near the quarry, certainly a distinct
new species. Fruit certainly should be obtained.
Lake Charles. The thornless Crus-galli in yard on roadside to English
Bayou. I don’t know this.
These are all we collected this year. I do not think there ought to be
much trouble with the Louisiana species if we can only get material for,
with the exception of C. brachyacantha, apiifolia and spathulata, they all
belong to the Viridis and Crus-galli, with the exception also of that plant
we found in western Louisiana which belongs to some other group. It
looks something like C. silvicola of Beadle. I collected a number of years
ago specimens of a good many Crus-galli forms from Mendum | Minden]
which I think is a field which should be investigated.
I will write you again about Crataegus in the course of a few days. I
am very anxious to hear from you and what happened to you after we
separated.
35
April 30, 1913.
Too bad that the weather is so much against us; still if we keep on I
think we shall get to the bottom of our Louisiana problems.
I understand that Robin’s Flora is a supplement to his general Travels
in three volumes, and if the librarian of the Howard Library can get us a
copy of the whole work I shall be greatly indebted to him and to you.
We have a wonderful season here this year and have never had so many
flowers before.
Better luck next time you start out!
36
May 20, 1913.
I have this morning the package of your plants, for which many thanks.
Carya Nos. 1 and 3 from Bernice is C. alba. No. 2 from Bernice I don’t
know. The Carya from West Feliciana, Nos. 1, 2 and 3, I don’t know.
No. 4, C. alba. No. 5, C. cordiformis.
When I say I don’t know I mean that I don’t feel sure about this with-
out more material. Of course we ought to have fruiting specimens in the
autumn.
Acer appears to be A. floridanum, and all the specimens of Malus can
be referred, we think, to M. coronaria var. puberula. The Selma Ilex is
I. longipes.
Have you ever found the Hydrangea west of the Mississippi River?
There is still, I think, two Maples and another Malus to come from Natch-
itoch.
I never heard from that banker whom I asked to send the Malus speci-
men. Can’t you stir him up on the subject?
Mr. Harbison, who collects for the Arboretum in the southeast, has been
to Selma this spring to look for the Molles species of Crataegus you told
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 21
me about and for the //ex. I told him that you had a plantation near
Selma and he apparently lost a good deal of time in trying to locate it.
He even went to the court-house to look for a Cocks owning property in
that part of the world. I suppose the trouble was that the plantation does
not stand under your name but under that of some member of your wife’s
family. Harbison will be back there sometime this year and I wish you
would write me how he can find your plantation and also the exact local-
ities for the Molles species of Crataegus and for the /lex.
I hope the world is treating you kindly and that you are coming north
this summer. There is a lot of work which ought to be done in Louisiana
in the autumn.
37
June 18, 1913.
I am glad to get your letter. The Holly from Selma is /lex longipes of
Chapman.
The last Maple you sent from Natchitoches appears to be Acer leuco-
derme, but we also have had from the same region from you in previous
years what must be Acer floridanum; in fact these Natchitoches Maples do
not behave very well and show a tendency to too much variation. Acer
nigrum from there we have never seen yet but I hope you will be able to
get it this autumn.
I am going to write you in a few days about the Louisiana things which
especially need looking up this autumn. I am glad in the meantime that
you are in such a good field as you report Selma to be. By all means send
the Plums and collect everything woody you can lay your hands on, and
please pay especial attention to the Hickories. Harbison has been to Selma
two or three times in the interest of the Arboretum and will be back there
probably this autumn but I am afraid not until after you have left.
I gather from your letter that you don’t expect to come north this sum-
mer. I wish you would let me know about this and, if you are coming,
when you will be here and how long you expect to stay. I hope in any case
nothing is going to interfere with work in Louisiana this autumn.
38
June 25, 1913.
I have your note of June 21st and the box of Plums. I do not know this
plant if it is not a late-ripening variety of the Chickasaw. I suppose you
are making specimens. I have made out the following memorandum of
plants in Louisiana which need looking after this autumn:
Opelousas.
Crataegus #1, a Viridis species on the bank by roadside east of Opel-
ousas.
Crataegus +3, low rich woods fifteen miles west of Opelousas, a tomen-
tose Crus-galli species.
Crataegus +£5, a Viridis species in low wet woods, fifteen miles west of
Opelousas.
22 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
The Quercus, like the Post Oak, but growing in low wet woods. Mature
leaves and fruit of this should be collected.
Quercus ludoviciana, new hybrid, Sargent. Our hybrid tree fifteen miles
west of Opelousas. I have described the tree with the above name in the
new part of Trees and Shrubs. Fruit and mature leaves needed.
The red-flowered Aesculus in woods east of Opelousas, perhaps Aesculus
Pavia but the leaflets are too pubescent below.
us.
Mature leaf specimens of the species in the woods fifteen miles west of
Opelousas, probably M. ioensis var. Palmeri.
Hickory #1, large tree with smooth bark in woods east of Opelousas.
The trees marked 3 and 4 are probably this form.
Hickory #2, large tree in woods east of Opelousas, with rather rough
ark.
Winnfield.
Crataegus £1, the Crus-galli species by roadside close to town.
Crataegus 3¢2, the very tall slender tree near quarry, no doubt a new
Crus-galli species.
Malus coronaria, var. puberula. The type of this variety is from Winn-
field. Fruit and leafy shoots are needed
The red-flowered Aesculus which I believe is my Aesculus splendens. It
is important to get the fruit of this for if it proves to be Aesculus splendens
this is a new species for Louisiana.
cores
Two species in woods near qua
A large Hickory in yard in Winnfield, This is probably an undescribed
species.
Lake Charles.
Crataegus #1. On road to English — Irish? — bayou. The tree is in a
yard, about fifteen feet high, with stem a foot in diameter and wide-
spreading branches.
Hickory. The tree with pale close bark in the low woods along the river,
common. The young leaves are bright red. This is probably an unde-
scribed species and perhaps the same as one of the Hickories in the woods
east of Opelousas.
We should have autumn leaves and fruit of the following Hickories:
Bernice II, West Feliciana; Nos, 1, 2 and 3, Bayou Lacombe, 1785, May
1908; and #1766, May 1909.
We need good material of Malus from Crowley and of the two forms at
Natchitoches, with fruit and leaf shoots. Also from Natchitoches more
specimens of the three forms of Acer, A. floridanum, A. leucoderme and A.
nigrum; the last I have never seen.
I have a great deal of incomplete Crataegus material from Shreveport,
Munroe, Richmond, Natchitoches and Crowley, but it seems to me that it
would be better to concentrate this autumn on the things which we saw this
spring and which I have enumerated above, and try and get these finished
up. If we don’t begin pretty soon and finish some of these doubtful Louis-
sicecaeatiate amen tec
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 23
iana trees we shall never get anywhere I am afraid. There are apparently
more species of Crataegus at Natchitoches than anywhere else in Louisiana
and of course it is desirable to collect fruiting specimens and number the
trees this autumn if they are in good condition with the view of completing
them in the spring, but as I have already said it is most important to finish
up the things which we got this spring.
Wistaria frutescens and macrostachya appear to run together and we
are inclined to consider the latter a variety of the former. I certainly col-
lected the two plants at Covington. We have no fruiting specimens of
Wistaria from Louisiana and if you come across any this autumn I wish
you would make specimens from the different localities.
39
July 9, 1913.
Many thanks for the second lot of Plums which have arrived safely.
I have n’t seen Harper’s Alabama book yet but I believe I have ordered
it. It is not perhaps surprising that it is n’t complete as his botanical ob-
servations are chiefly made from the windows of moving trains.
Have you seen Small’s new edition of The Flora of the Southeastern
States? I cannot see that he says much about Louisiana plants in it, and
he has certainly missed all the interesting new things in the way of trees
and shrubs that have been found in the south in late years. It does n’t
seem to me that this book, in spite of its great size, adds much to our
knowledge of the subject.
I do not believe it is any hotter in Alabama than it has been here during
the past week and I hope it is n’t as dry there as it is here.
40
July 18, 1913.
I have yours of the 18th and the lots of Plum fruit, for which many
thanks. Sardis must be a great Plum country, and I hope you are drying
leaves and making notes of the different forms.
I am off tonight for Puget Sound, but shall be back at the end of three
or four weeks. Anything you send in my absence will be taken care of.
I return Hedrick’s letter. His statement confirms my belief that it is
impossible to tell much about Plum trees from herbarium specimens alone.
I cannot believe that Prunus Watsoni grows in Alabama.
41
August 15, 1913.
I am just back from the Pacific coast and find here your letter of July
17th and the leaf specimens of the Sardis Plums.
We feel quite sure that your No. 7 is not P[runus] pennsylvanica. I do
not know what it is but it looks like a new species of Cherry. You better
send some notes about the size, habitat, etc., of this tree. No. 8 is not P.
mitis and also looks as if it might be a new Cherry. No. 5 is, as you say,
24 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
P. umbellata, and I think you are right in referring No. 6 to P. munson-
tana. | am afraid I cannot throw any light on the other specimens
The Selma region seems to be a terror for Plums and I hope we shall get
to the end of them sometime.
I hope you are all right for the autumn campaign in Louisiana for it is
important to clear up some of these Louisiana mysteries. By all means
collect Crabapples from the Selma region. There is probably one new
species there with leaves very pubescent on the lower surface.
I’ve just written Harbison to suggest that he go at once to Selma & look
over the Plum field with you.
42
August 27, 1913.
W. H. Lamb of the Forest Service of the United States pronounces an
Ash collected by Dr. J. S. Schenck May 1901 in a Palm Swamp, New Or-
leans, and previously referred to F[raxinus| profunda, to Britton’s F.
Michauxti. Do you know anything about this? Specimens of F. Mich-
auxit which I have seen look distinct. Leaflets on the under surface are
slightly pubescent and the wing of the seeds is short and broad. This may
be a good species.
43
September 24, 1913.
I find that from southern Missouri I can best reach Louisiana at Mun-
roe and I suggest that we meet there instead of at Shreveport, then from
Munroe we can go in either direction. It looks as if I could be there on
the 8th or 9th of October, but I will telegraph you two or three days in
advance of my arrival. I think, however, you had best be there on the
evening of the 8th.
44
September 30, 1913.
In looking over the plant you recently sent we find that the J/ex, a small
shrub from the banks of the Alabama River, is /lex monticola. There is a
second specimen of this species from Sardis. The Bumelia is B. lycioides.
Vitis No. 1 is V. cordifolia.
Vitis No. 2 is V. aestivalis.
I am leaving on Thursday and shall be able to telegraph you probably
from St. Louis two or three days in advance of my reaching Munroe.
45
October 20, 1913.
We had a couple of good days with Harbison on Mobile Bay and finally
got home on Friday. Hickories are very abundant on the shores of the Bay
and there is but one species there, a Pignut, which shows remarkable
variation.
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 25
The Winnfield Sambucus is S. canadensis variety submollis Rehder,
which appears to be the common form west of the Mississippi from Mis-
souri to Texas. The Sambucus which we collected at Opelousas and which
appears to be common in the neighborhood of New Orleans and along
Mississippi Sound is Sambucus Simpsonii Rehder, a species first distin-
guished in western Florida south of Tampa Bay. It is sometimes a small
tree and appears to be very common in all of southern Louisiana, Missis-
sippi and Alabama. The Florida plant, as I remember it, did not have
the bright red petioles, and these were not noticeable in plants which I saw
about Mobile. The very shining leaves are very unlike those of any form
of Sambucus canadensis and this I think is a good addition to your Louis-
iana flora.
I wish you would dry me a specimen of what they cultivate in New Or-
leans as Rose of Sharon as I do not seem to be able to place this plant
from memory. I hope, too, you will send specimens of the different forms
of Ligustrum which they cultivate i in New Orleans with deciduous leaves,
and the Araucarias. Indeed we should be glad of herbarium specimens of
any of the uncommon trees and shrubs cultivated in New Orleans as there
ought to be representatives in this herbarium of every woody plant cul-
tivated in the United States
I will write again soon about some of your other plants. I hope you
have got over the hardships of Opelousas
46
October 25, 1913.
The //ex with solitary fruit on short pedicels which we collected at
Winnfield is //ex monticola. This is the first time that we have had any
indication that this species grows west of the Mississippi River, and Small
gives its western locality as Alabama. Perhaps this therefore is a new
addition to the Louisiana flora.
I think we shall have to call the Viburnum which we supposed might be
V. prunifolium V. rufidulum as the buds are covered with the rufous to-
mentum of this species which varies on the petioles.
I find that there is n’t a specimen of Persea borbonia from Louisiana
in our herbarium. I suppose it is a common enough tree in the state and
I wish you would let us have a specimen. I should be much obliged, too, if
you will sometime take a look at Acer Drummondii as it grows in the
swamps and give me some idea of the size this tree attains under favorable
conditions, both in height and trunk diameter, and also some notes on the
character of the bark. I don’t remember that I have ever been close to the
tree and if it is to be considered a species I must have more facts about it
than I have at present.
47
November 10, 1913.
We have sent the plants named on the enclosed list to Mr. Marshall,
Superintendent of the Audubon Park, to whom I also send a list.
26 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Cupressus funebris is an important Chinese tree which ought to do well
in New Orleans, and I hope a good place will be selected for it. I don’t
know as there is much to say about the other plants.
I will write a line also, as you suggested, to Mr. Morgan, President of
the Audubon Park Commission.
48
November 18, 1913.
I have your letter of November 13th as well as the Louisiana specimens
of Hickory. Of Nos. 2, 3 and 7 from West Feliciana there are no nuts,
No. 2 of course being C. cordiformis. Of No. 3 of Grand Ecore there are no
nuts.
No. 6 from Natchitoches looks like C. pallida, and I think No. 2 from
Natchitoches is the same although there are no nuts of this. No. 7 from
Natchitoches is C. ovata approaching variety Nuttallii, No. 8 Natchi-
toches looks like C. ovata but there are no nuts. No. 9 Natchitoches is C.
myristicaeformis but there are no nuts and we should be glad to have
them. You speak of having found C. —— at Natchitoches but I don’t
find either nuts or leaves in the packa
I feel helplessly confused about oe southern Pignut Group. The more
material I see the worse the confusion becomes.
You certainly did not send the specimen of the Oak which you took for
Q. breviloba.
I think you had best send me a specimen of your arborescent Alder from
Selma that I may feel sure of the species. When are you going to send me
the lists of trees from your Alabama place? Such a list certainly should be
published.
P.S. — Please send us some of your printed labels for these last speci-
mens.
49
November 26, 1913.
I have your note of November 21st and the nuts, for which many
thanks. We had to use some of your labels with the nuts and I wish you
would send me about fifty of your blank labels for future use. I will write
you in a day or two about the Selma Apples and Hickories
My correspondent in Natchez, who is not a botanist,* has found there
what I feel quite sure is Carya texana which is called Pignut. My cor-
respondent writes, — “One who travels in the adjacent Louisiana country
tells me that the Bitter Pecan or Pignut is thick in the swamps and that
representatives of German dealers have taken the output of the sawmills
for use in the making of carriages. The wood is said to be very tenacious.”
This may be Carya texana and it would be interesting if you could get into
touch with some one in that part of the state and find out about it. She
also writes, —‘‘I hear of a nut somewhat larger, thin-shelled and very
sweet in the West Feliciana Parish.”
* Miss C. C. Compton.
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 27
You once told me that you had heard of a flat Pecan somewhere near
Baton Rouge and it is possible that this may also be texana which is evi-
dently much more widely distributed than we had supposed. If it grows
in Natchez there is no reason why it should not be in West Feliciana.
50
November 28, 1913.
In regard to your Alabama Malus Nos. 1 and 2 appear to be the same
and look very much like M. ioensis, var. Palmeri, Before we can be ab-
solutely sure of this, however, we should see the flowers. No. 3 is most like
M. fragrans, 1 think must be a new species; certainly judging by the leaves
it is a very distinct form.
51
December 3, 1913.
I am glad to get your letter of November 27th and to hear that the
plants arrived safely.
Although I wrote both to the Superintendent of the Park and to the
Chairman of the Park Commission I have never heard a word from either
of them. They seem to have curious ways in your town. I understand
from your letter that the express bill has been settled by the Park people
and I will interview our expressman on the subject. I do not think the
plants which you said you sent on “Monday” have yet turned up.
ae
December 6, 1913.
I have your package of plants. The Hibiscus from New Orleans is H.
mutabilis from southern China. The Oak from Natchitoches, called by you
Ouercus brevifolia, is Quercus stellata Margaretta, The Ilex Amelanchier
is all right. This is the first time we have ever had any wild specimen of
this plant, having known it only from a plant in cultivation. This we have
lost and we very much want to get it again either by seeds or roots. Pos-
sibly this can be managed next year. We shall be glad, of course, to get
flowering specimens. Can you make Harbison understand just where it
grows?
i The Viburnum from Natchitoches is V. scabrellum. Your Vacciniums
Nos. 1, 2, 3 and 5 are V. Elliottii. No. 7 is V. stamineum or one of the
allied species; and Nos. 4 and 6 are virgatum which has not before been
in our herbarium from Louisiana.
Rosa humilis is all right. The Rubus from Winnfield is, so far as we
know, an undescribed species. We collected the same thing at Washington.
In regard to your three Acers from Natchitoches No. 1 is floridanum,
No. 2 leucoderme var., certainly a very curious looking form, and No. 3
leucoderme like the typical plant.
I think this will account for all your specimens. I hope you will soon
send us another supply.
28 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
53 i
December 20, 1913.
Your last package of plants has arrived. In regard to Rubus, Nos. 2, 4
and 7 are R. trivialis; the others all seem to be the common Highbush
Blackberry which we have collected together. It is nearest R. Andrews-
ianus, at least it should be referred to that species until the southern Black-
berries are more critically studied than they have been.
I find that the older name for Zizyphus vulgaris is Z. sativa Gaertner.
54
February 24, 1914.
Your Cornuses have arrived and seem to be correctly named, except
what you call C. sericea is C. obliqua or Purpusi, the western and appar-
ently the southern form of C. amomum, the correct name for C. sericea.
We have had no specimen of this form so far south and I am glad to
have it.
In regard to the Sassafras business, Fernald in the January 1913 number
of Rhodora has taken up a White Sassafras, first distinguished by Nuttall
under the name of S. variifolium var. albidum. This variety is distin-
guished by its glabrous branchlets and leaves which are glabrous when
young. According to Fernald, it grows from western Massachusetts to the
Carolina mountains. According to Nuttall, the inhabitants of the Caro-
linas distinguish the two forms by the names of the White and Red Sassa-
fras, the root of the White Sassafras being much more strongly camphor-
ated than the ordinary sort and nearly white. No one says anything about
the wood of this variety but if the roots are white the wood might be. I
think it would be well to look at Sassafras in Louisiana and see if you can
find it with glabrous branchlets and leaves. By the way, we have no speci-
men of Sassafras from Louisiana.
I am sorry about the flowers of Acer Drummondii. Have you no speci-
mens that you can spare us? Does not Acer Negundo grow in eastern
Louisiana? I have it from the state only from Shreveport and Opelousas?
I should like to see the eastern Louisiana specimens. There are no speci-
mens either from Mississippi or Alabama here.
po)
February 26, 1914.
I have been looking over the Louisiana Hickories and I do not get very
much comfort from them but send you the following notes:
Opelousas, East. #5: this is the tree with close smooth bark but with
the buds, fruit and foliage of the Shagbark, C. ovata. This is the most
interesting perhaps of the Louisiana Hickories, for if it is a species or even
a variety it changes all our ideas about the Shagbark Group of the genus.
If we should consider it a hybrid what would be its parentage? We saw
but one tree and it is most desirable to locate others in that Group and try
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 29
to get flowering specimens and young leaves this spring. 1 and 3; on the
bank of the bayou. We thought these were the same, but notice that the
rachis and midribs of the young leaves of #1 are very pubescent, and
that of #3 are perfectly glabrous. #4 appears to be the same as #3.
+3 and #4 have very large buds and I cannot place them, or #1 either,
although #1 may possibly be a tree which is common on Mobile Bay.
Opelousas, West. #1 and 2, the two trees standing near each other in
an open wood not far from the swamp which you crossed in the spring to
find the large tree of Crataegus brachyacantha. 31 has pear-shaped and
+2 subglobose fruit; they are probably the same and I believe an unde-
scribed species or a form of the Winnfield Yard tree, distinguished by
hairy branchlets and the yellow scales on the fruit. I have seen what
seems to be the same thing from Florida and Georgia. It is very important
to collect these two numbers in their spring condition that we may see if
the young leaves are covered with yellow scales like those of the Winnfield
yard tree. +4, “rich woods west of Opelousas; close pale bark; young
leaves fragrant and red like the Lake Charles tree.” This we did not
relocate in the autumn.
Winnfield. The yard tree; this so far as I can tell now is an unde-
scribed species. We have sufficient material. Like so many other species it
has both globose and pear-shaped fruit, for I take for granted that the trees
in the yard are of one species. #2, ‘‘tall tree in woods”. This may be the
same as the yard tree but I am not sure. The leaves look all right but I
can find little trace on the buds of the yellow scales which are so con-
spicuous on those of the yard tree. The fruit of #2 is depressed-globose.
I should like to see the young leaves of this tree. I do not remember where
it is. Was it at the last place we went to in the afternoon, in open ground
on a slope north (?) of the town where we found also a large Plum tree?
On April 6th at Winnfield, ‘‘in dry woods”, we collected a specimen with
young leaves white tomentose on the lower surface and only sparingly
pubescent above. The branchlets are red, slender and glabrous. This I
suppose is one of the trees in the low ground before we got to the quarry.
In the autumn we collected in this region C[arya] alba but the tree we
collected from in the spring is not C. alba. What is it? We missed it in
the autumn.
Munroe. In dry woods near Munroe we collected specimens of C. alba
and of a tree of the Pignut Group with very slender pubescent branchlets
and small buds; leaves with broad leaflets and pubescent petioles and
rachis. Old nuts from the ground of what was probably this tree are very
small. This appears to be a common tree in dry woods near Munroe. I do
not know it.
Bernice #2. Only young leaves and flower-buds. Can this be the same
as the yard tree at Winnfield? The region for it would, of course, be all
right. It ought to be looked up.
West Feliciana. #1 looks like C[arya| porcina. The buds are much
larger than those of the northern tree. #2, no nuts. Can this be the
Winnfield yard tree? #3, C. ovata, no nuts. #4; the nuts look like those
30 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
of C. megacarpa. I find no foliage of this. #6, C. porcina? #7 and 8: I
do not know if these may not be the same as the Munroe Pignut. They
are pubescent like that tree, but the nuts are much larger than the old
ones we picked up from the ground.
Bayou Lacombe. I can say nothing about two very fragmentary speci-
mens, Nos. 1766 and 1785.
Lake Charles. I think that we have to begin all over again. You
turned to the right at the river after passing Irish Bayou and I to the left.
Along the river I found trees with bright red, fragrant leaves on April 2d,
and pale close bark. Is it possible to say if the tree you collected from is
the same? This Lake Charles tree must be undescribed. I believe the
same thing is west of Opelousas.
Lucknow.® Of the tree with small, rather thick-shelled pear-shaped fruit
er : have sent to you I have not seen foliage and know nothing
bou
ane. +1 and 2. I have no idea what these are. #5 seems to
be a pear-shaped C. alba with rather small buds. #6 looks like C. pallida,
but it is the only station west of Selma I know for it and it should occur at
intermediate stations. Does this tree have pale bark and does it grow in
low ground or on high ridges? I should like to see young leaves. +7, C.
ovalis with small fruit. #10: I think this is a new species which grows
also at Fulton, Arkansas. Young leaves and flowers are important as well
as notes on size, habitat, etc. ¢xi, a pear-shaped ovata! What is the
bark like. 43, Grandcone.® The fruit looks like that of one of the forms
of C. ovalis but the buds are covered with yellow scales. Unless it is an-
other C. pallida it is too much for me. Natchitoches seems to be the storm
centre for everything that ought and ought not to grow in Louisiana.
I do not want to describe any new species or varieties of Carya until
next winter, so that we may have the benefit of another season’s field work.
It is important that the trees of Lake Charles, east and west of Opelousas,
Lucknow, Bernice and West Feliciana, should be visited this spring.
Winnfield is less important and there is still much to be done there. If you
are able to get good spring material it may be desirable for me to go to
Louisiana again in the autumn and take another look at some of these
trees, for I feel that we are not going to get any right conception of them
except by constant field observation. West of Opelousas there is the new
apple (#2) of which flowers are needed, and it would be well to get
apples from Crowley as your correspondent seems to have given out.
I expect to go to southern Florida this spring, leaving here on the 16th
of March, and to stop in Georgia and South Carolina probably on my way
north. You may think that Louisiana Hickories are bad, but I am inclined
to think that those in south-western Missouri and in the southeastern
states are even more troublesome.
Let me hear what the prospects are of your being able to do a good deal
of field work this spring. Harbison is to go to Selma for your Plum flowers
*>Sw. of Rayville, Richland Parish.
®Error in original letter for Grand Ecore?
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 31
as soon as he hears from a friend there that the season is opened. I hope
you do not feel that we know anything yet about the Louisiana Plums.
56
April 16, 1914.
I am back from the south where, although the spring was very backward
and the weather rather cold, I saw much to interest me and was able to
extend southward the range of a number of trees. Just before I left I had
a note from you saying you were sending me flowers of Acer Drummondii,
but the package has not yet arrived. I suppose it will turn up in time.
I am inclined to think you are right in supposing there are two quite
distinct Lindens in Louisiana, one quite glabrous and the other covered on
the lower surface of the leaves with stellate pubescence. The former is
well represented at Lake Charles; the latter we found at Winnfield and
Opelousas, and you found it at Natchitoches. This appears to be the com-
mon species of eastern and southern Texas, except on the coast where
Tilia pubescens occurs. It is desirable to get flowers of the pubescent form
from Natchitoches or some other convenient station.
I am more than ever convinced how little we really know about our
southern trees and how much there is still to do. I think I found on the
Caloos[a}hatchee River in Florida what must be a new Water Hickory or,
if not a species, a very distinct variety. I see Small credits Louisiana with
Cyrilla parvifolia but we have no specimens from the state in our
herbarium.
I am anxious to hear what success you have had with the Hickories this
spring.
57
May 20, 1914.
I have taken a look at your Hickory specimens. No. 6 at Natchitoches,
if the flowers and fruit are from the same tree, is something I do not know
at all. It has slender branchlets and small buds of a Pignut but the young
leaves are as pubescent as those of C[arya| alba. The nut is very much
compressed and the husk splits readily. If there are many trees like this,
I do not see why it is not a new species.
No. 10, Natchitoches. Is there not a mixture here? The flowering speci-
men is C, alba but the fruiting specimen is one of the Pignut group.
There appear to be no flowers of xi. Natchitoches and 3 Grand Ecore,
and no fruiting specimens of 12, 15 and 16 Natchitoches and 20 Grand
Ecore. Note that 12 Natchitoches and 20 Grand Ecore have the yellow
scales on the young leaves of the yard tree at Winnfield and of the trees
with the round and pear-shaped nuts of West Opelousas. I should suppose
there was something in the scales of the young leaves of specific value
i help us.
reer B, 9, 13, 14 and xi. seem to be new numbers of which
there are no fruiting specimens.
32 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
West Feliciana 10 and 13 are, I suppose, new numbers but we have no
fruit to match them. I believe that the round and pear-shaped fruits of 1
and 2, West Opelousas, belong to one species and that there is no charac-
ter in the shape of the fruit in Hickories.
I hope you are well and not too hot.
58
June 17, 1914.
I have read with much interest your Notes on the Flora of Louisiana,
No. 1,‘ but why not follow the rules of the Vienna Congress, as you do in
some cases, and call Quercus acuminata Q. Muehlenbergii and Magnolia
foetida M. grandiflora? Also why not write “canadensis” in Cercis cana-
densis with a lower case c when you write caroliniensis with one?
I do not seem to remember Pinus glabra from West Feliciana. Did I
have a specimen from there? Of course I know it is in Covington and in
Jackson, Mississippi.
I am looking a little into Tilias and I find two specimens of yours which
I think with our present lights will have to be called T. americana. One
was collected at Alexandria in June 1905 and the other at Wakefield, West
Feliciana, June 1907. Unfortunately neither specimen is numbered. Do
you suppose it would be possible to locate these trees? You once insisted
that the St. Charles Tilia was different from the one at Natchitoches.
There are certainly two species at Lake Charles, one like the Natchitoches
and Shreveport tree with very thin leaves with scurfy pubescence on the
lower surface which soon rubs off or on some individuals is persistent, and
the other which is entirely glabrous. The former is T. leptophylla; the
latter seems undescribed. You collected this last in flower May 12, 1911,
but not in fruit. We have, however, a poor fruit specimen collected by
Andrew Allison in the vicinity of Lake Charles (No. 322, no date) which
came to us from the National Museum at Washington. Do you remember
the tree from which you collected the flowers and can you locate it? We
collected on March 26, 1911, Tilia leptophylla at Lake Charles and no
doubt you were looking for our tree when you made a specimen on May
12th of that year. This May 12th tree should certainly be looked up and
investigated further. Tilia leptophylla appears to be the species of Opel-
ousas and Winnfield, and I presume is the common Louisiana Linden.
There is a Tilia collected at Selma by Harbison with large leaves oblique
at the base and covered below with silvery white tomentum, which occurs
also on the petioles and peduncles, and the young branchlets are stellate-
pubescent. I do not think that this can be T. heterophylla. The specimens
were collected May 5th in young bud. This tree should be investigated
and collected. Is it too late for the flowers now? Fruit, of course, is also
needed. Judging by Harbison’s material, this tree can hardly be referred
to any of the described species. It is evident that there are several more
Tilias in the southern states than were formerly recognized. I am working
on Hickories and am going to write you about them very soon.
* Published in Plant World 17: 186-191. 1914.
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 33
If your wife has been in Washington I presume she has entirely recov-
ered. I certainly hope so. I hope you are going to have a good summer
in Alabama. I am going over to England for a few weeks on the 9th of
July but shall be back in time for the south in the autumn.
59
une
I have yours of the 20th and the specimens. The ee eh Poe
looks like Tilia americana. I suppose for the present, at least, it will have
to be so-called. Your specimen from Avery Island is not like either of the
Lake Charles species, and if it is common west of the Mississippi River I
have not seen it there before. I have seen specimens of what I believe to
be the same thing from River Junction, Florida. I hope you will gather
and press a number of specimens with flowers or young fruit of Tilia
which you say is common on your place, for we have by no means got to
the bottom of this Linden business yet.
Your Amelanchier looks most like A. sanguinea which is a northern spe-
cies. You better send me specimens of your Azaleas or anything else
interesting.
Can you not arrange to stop here on your way south from Maine? I
expect to be back on the 25th of August and it will be a great pleasure to
see you and your wife here, and it would give us an opportunity to talk
over many things about the autumn campaign. I suppose you could stop
in Boston as well on the way south as on the way north.
I hope I shall hear from you again before I leave on the 8th of July.
60
: June 29, 1914,
Many thanks for yours of the 24th with the Lindens. No. 2 certainly
looks like | Tilia] leptophylla, and No. 3 like Harbison’s plant. This seems
to me the same as your Avery Island species. If I am right in this it makes
its distribution from western Louisiana to western Florida. The general
outline of the leaf looks like that of heterophylla, but the tomentum on the
lower surface is less dense, and this new tree has more or less pubescent
branchlets, peduncles, pedicels, etc. The range, too, is quite different and
I do not see why it is not a good species. I hope you will keep watch of it.
I want to describe as new a Hickory from Starkville, Mississippi, a
large tree with dark rough bark and ovate fruit with a husk of medium
thickness, and a slightly angled nut. The Starkville tree is peculiar in the
ovalis group, to which it belongs, in the tomentum on the lower surface of
the young leaflets, and in the dark rough, not scaly, bark. Your No. 10 of
Natchitoches, although I have no young foliage, can probably be referred
to this species. Do you remember anything about it?
I do not remember if I told you that I think we must call the Winnfield
yard tree and 1 and 2 from West Opelousas C. arkansana. They all vary
among themselves and from the type, but unless we are going to make a
34 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
species of practically every Hickory tree a good deal of allowance has got
to be made for variation.
I hope you are keeping a sharp lookout for Selma Hickories for I feel
practically as much in the dark about the southern species as I did two
years ago.
61
July 7, 1914.
I have yours of the 2d and the package of Lindens. The perfectly glab-
rous and very coarsely toothed leaves are those of what we have considered
Tilia americana. 1 think it can be so considered until we find out some-
thing to the contrary. The species which you have not sent before with
leaves brownish below and covered with very fine pubescence is Tilia
Michauxii, and the white-leaved species is certainly the same as that from
Avery Island and River Junction, Florida. I have n’t seen this tree from
any part of Louisiana but Avery Island.
I expect to be back here on the 24th of August, and if by any chance
your return has been delayed please let me find a letter from you then
telling me where you are and what your plans are.
62
November 6, 1914.
We got home safely a couple of weeks ago and saw more Hickories in
Texas and in Arkansas than we did in Louisiana this time. About the
Louisiana species I shall write you later.
I have arranged to send Palmer to Natchitoches early next spring and
to let him make his headquarters there through the season, or long enough
to solve the botanical problems of that mysterious place. I think we can
depend on him to make a good collection.
I wish you would send me a specimen of the arborescent form of Rhus
glabra either from Alabama or Louisiana. I should like, too, Louisiana
specimens of the variety of Taxodium which you first reported from the
state. The further west the specimen comes from the better. I should also
like to have for purposes of future reference a specimen of Pinus glabra
from Bayou Sara, as this so far as I know is the extreme western station
reported for this species.
We are having wonderful weather here but it is still dry. Do not work
too hard over your class. Real botany is much more important.
63
November 25, 1914.
Many thanks for the western specimens of Prunus. I hope to live long
enough to get these things straightened out but the es at present
does not seem to me very good. It is a tough propositi
It is not surprising that Carya texana should be Ata near Shreveport.
I believe it is a very widely distributed tree.
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 35
am very sorry to hear about the losses in your family. It is an awful
business altogether and I am afraid the end is still far distant.
64
December 21, 1914.
I am taking another look at your Prunuses from Alabama and Louisiana
and report as follows:
Sardis 1 and 3, P. angustifolia, the latter with unusually broad leaves,
but I suppose it is a vigorous shoot.
Umbellata, 2, 4, 5, 8, and 11 from River Road.
VI., munsoniana.
15 and 16, leaves only, may be the same.
VII., the new Cherry, no flowers and the tree destroyed.
9, evidently the Big Tree Plum.
Natchitoches 1, munsoniana.
Natchitoches 6 and 7, only flowers.
Natchitoches 3, 4 and 5, P. tarda.
Shreveport 17 and 20, P. tarda.
Ruston 2, fruit but no leaves.
10, munsoniana.
4 may be P. americana. This number is worth looking up.
9 may be a small-leaved Big Tree but there are no flowers or fruit.
The common Plum of Louisiana is what we have called for the present
the Big Tree Plum. I refer the following numbers to it: 20, 21, West Fel-
iciana. 1, the Butler place. 4, Laurel Hill. Ventree’s Plantation, April 27,
1910. Laurel Hill, ii., iii. 1, open woods, Hammond. ? Butler place, 2.
Covington, March 28, 1911. Natchitoches, 11. Ruston, 6 and 8. Ven-
tree’s plantation, i., ii. Pineville, September 20, 1912. Archibald, 18.
Shreveport. k., iii. Alta, 93, 14. Clear Lake, 1. Mhoon Plantation, i., ii.
This is a common tree from Missouri to San Antonio, Texas, and, judging
from your #9 from Sardis, extends into Alabama, although this is the
only Alabama specimen I have seen. It appears to vary greatly in the size
of the fruit, in the time of flowering, and in the time of the ripening of the
fruit. I tried to make two or three species of it but I am afraid they are
not very good, with the exception perhaps of P. reticulata which has dis-
tinctly thicker leaves, smaller flowers and very late-ripening fruit. It
ought to be possible to find some characters in the bark, and #2 from the
Butler place may be distinct.
I do not think the color of the fruit makes much difference in Plums as
most of the species have red and yellow fruits. Prunus munsoniana is
probably only introduced into Louisiana and Alabama as it is a more
western species which has been cultivated for a great many years and is
beginning to establish itself in many different parts of the country.
I am still in doubt about the right name for the Big Tree Plum. It may
be the Prunus mexicana of Watson, based on a very poor specimen of
northeastern Mexico, or it may be that my Prunus arkansana is the name
36 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
It is unfortunate that the red-fruited Plum which Bartram found on one
of the islands off the Louisiana coast has disappeared.* This was described
by Rafinesque as P. coccinea which, if it is the Big Tree Plum, would be
the oldest name. It may, of course, have been a red-fruited form of Prunus
umbellata which appears to be common in the east Gulf States.
With the compliments of the season and all good wishes for the New
Year, I am,
65
Janu an ine [1915!]
I can report about your West Feliciana Hickories as follo
2, 3, 6, 10, 13 and 20 I refer to Carya megacarpa Sevitl although of
#3 we have no fruit. Next to Carya alba this is the commonest coast
Hickory from South Carolina to Louisiana, extending into western Mis-
sissippi and probably into western Louisiana. It appears to run into C.
porcina and I am now thinking of making both, that is porcina and mega-
carpa, forms of C. ovalis.
West Feliciana +1, April and October 1914, which is very pubescent, is
either another species, or, judging by the nuts, a variety of megacarpa.
Notice that #1, April 20, 1913, is perfectly glabrous. I have n’t kept this
specimen.
#7 and 8 are the pubescent tree like #1 of 1914. 1785 of 1908 is
evidently the same, but as there is no fruit I have not kept it.
1766 of 1907 is evidently megacarpa. I have n’t kept this.
I believe that C. arkansana or C. texana get into Louisiana at Natch-
itoches but I am not ready to say much yet about the western Louisiana
Hickories.
I hope that you are well and that 1915 is going to treat us all better
than 1914 has, although present appearances for the happiness and pros-
perity of the world do not seem particularly good.
P.S.— I suspect that numbers 3, 4, 9, 13 and 14 of East Opelousas are
the same as #1 of West Feliciana.
66
January 7, 1915.
I have yours of the 14th. Am very sorry to hear about the grippe.
Prunus is very difficult, especially when one does not see the plants
growing. I have no doubt from what you tell me that your 1 and 3 of
Sardis must be separated from angustifolia, for the time of the ripening
of the fruit certainly ought to have some specific significance. I will look
at the specimens again.
It is my plan to let Mr. Palmer, who is collecting for the Missouri Bo-
tanical Garden and the Arboretum, make his headquarters at Natchitoches
® Travels 423. 1791. Francis Harper (Naturalist’s ed. Travels 598. 1958) suggests
Prunus hortulana Bailey. Rafinesque (FI. Ludoviciana 435. 1817) quotes Bartram al-
most word for word, even to the “subulated point” of the leaf!
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 37
this year in the hope that he will be able to make a pretty complete collec-
tion of the flora of that region. As he can reach Shreveport easily from
Natchitoches I understand it ought to be a good place of operations for
work about Shreveport and eastern Texas. I think if he can make a good
collection in that part of the state it ought to simplify work for us in the
other parishes. I wish you would tell me how early you think he ought to
get to Natchitoches to get the earliest things, which I suppose will be
Prunus and perhaps Salix. I should like to have him there early enough to
get all the Plums as they come into flower.
67
January 11, 1915.
Thanks for your letter received on Saturday. I went to look at those
Plums again before finally deciding about reticulata, arkansana, etc. The
type of P. mexicana is in the Gray Herbarium; it is a miserable scrap.
The leaves look a good deal like what I call arkansana.
Carya #1 from Lake Charles, the tree with stellate pubescent petioles
and rachis, young leaves very red and fragrant, growing in low wet ground.
The branchlets are glabrous but pubescent in your specimen of October
1913. Is this the same? Flowers have never been collected and are
needed. Your specimen from Lake Charles, October 1913, is probably this
#1. I do not know anything like this but we ought to find it in other
places if it is a species, for Hickories are generally pretty widely distrib-
uted. We ought to see more of this tree. My only other Lake Charles
specimen from you is #2, September 1914. I have also two unnumbered
specimens of fruit collected at Lake Charles by you in 1913; they are both
pear-shaped and one is much larger than the other. Do you know to what
they belong?
+4, east of Opelousas, with red and fragrant young leaves, may be this
#1 of Lake Charles but the pubescence is quite different. The fruit is
pear-shaped but then the shape of the fruit does not count for much ap-
parently. Is n’t #5 from Natchitoches the same as +1 from Lake
Charles?
+1 of East Opelousas, the tree with globose fruit, between the road and
bayou and close to the road, may represent a new species. I do not find
flowers and young leaves of this. Did you ever collect them?
This is only a slight dose of what I will give you soon on the Hickory
situation. If you think the trees in one state are difficult, how about the
whole country? It is a tough proposition but I hope we are making a little
headway.
68
January 14, 1915.
I have had to give up the idea of our #5 of East Opelousas as a form
of C. ovata with smooth bark. The nut is reddish, not white, and not suf-
ficiently angled for ovata. The leaflets are constantly seven, while it is rare
38 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
to find seven leaflets in C. ovata and of a different shape; and the branch-
lets are too slender. I understand that your numbers 9, 13 and 14 from the
same region are trees with smooth pale bark.
and 9 from Natchitoches which you think the same as 5 from Opel-
ousas I believe are C. megacarpa, although the leaves are somewhat pubes-
cent. The fruit of these numbers is distinctly pear-shaped and shows the
yellow scales of megacarpa. I hope that in these scales we have found a
good specific character. I have drawn up a description of Opelousas #5,
for which I shall propose the name of C. leiodermis. I do not see why it
has not got to go into a new group but I want to know more of this tree.
+2 of Natchitoches seems like a tree which is growing at Starkville,
Mississippi, which I am calling megacarpa stellipila. The fruit of your
specimen is smaller but the pubescence on the young leaves is the same,
and your plant is certainly some kind of a megacarpa.
#¢1, Natchitoches, C. megacarpa.
+7, Natchitoches, C. ovata.
#13, Natchitoches, C. megacarpa.
+10, Natchitoches, the leaf specimen is C. alba, but the fruit under this
number seems to be C. megacarpa.
£1, West Feliciana, seems the same as #2 Natchitoches, that is var.
stellipila.
+7, West Feliciana, C. megacarpa.
+8, West Feliciana, seems the same as 1, West Feliciana.
+4, West Feliciana, of which there is no leaf specimen, is probably a
megacarpa. Have you leaves of this? If #4 is megacarpa, this leaves none
of the West Feliciana numbers unaccounted for, but there are still many
problems west of the Mississippi.
69
January 20, 1915.
I feel sure that there is some mixture in Natchitoches #6. The flower-
ing specimen seems to be Carya alba, while the mature leaves and fruit
under this number belong to an entirely different group. I do not suppose
you remember anything about this.
70
January 22, 1915.
Have you any evidence that Carya cordiformis grows anywhere on the
Louisiana coast? I have specimens from West Feliciana and from the
neighborhood of Opelousas. I have nothing from Lake Charles or the
Covington region.
71
January 27, 1915.
I have yours of the 22d. I have about finished now all I can do on
Hickories until I get more information and then shall take up the Lindens,
about which I will write you later.
Re) ee Pe SLT | et ey eee, eee eI
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 39
I should not think there would be any necessity for your going to
Natchitoches again if Palmer does his work as well as I hope he will, and
in a week or so I will make suggestions for spring work. I very much hope
to get to Louisiana myself again this spring for a few days but I do not
know if I can manage it. If I do, of course we must meet somewhere.
I am sorry to hear that you are likely to find new Plums in Louisiana,
the worst proposition that there is.
72
January 29, 1915.
I have yours of the 26th and write to say that I shall be very glad to
have a specimen of C[arya| cordiformis from the Lake Charles region as
it apparently is not a common coast tree.
I have placed the Winnfield yard tree and 1 and 2 from West Opelousas
with C. arkansana. The Winnfield tree may be all right but I am not very
well satisfied with 1 and 2. C. arkansana usually grows in high dry ground
and has dark deeply furrowed bark. These Opelousas trees were in low
ground and had pale bark. I do not know what else to do with them unless
to make a new species of them, and I do not like to do this until we can
find more individuals. This is a thing still to attend to.
73
February 6, 1915.
I have been through the Louisiana specimens of Crataegus again and I
do not think that the situation is entirely hopeless. The trouble is that the
plants of which we have insufficient material are pretty widely scattered,
making it difficult to get what is necessary for their determination. Pal-
mer will look after Natchitoches and I suppose can get to Shreveport
where there are still a number of species we do not know.
I have placed Crus-galli 33 from West Opelousas with C. tersa of
Beadle which we found in the same locality, and your Crataegus 39 from
Natchitoches with C. edura Beadle.
In 1901 I collected at Shreveport a Viridis species which I now think is
C. velutina Sarg., the type of which grows on the Red River at Fulton;
and Bush has apparently collected it at Natchitoches “by iron bridge.”
This is a new species for Louisiana. I collected at Shreveport another
Viridis species with villose corymbs, color of the anthers not given and no
fruit. It was in bloom on April 20th and seems distinct. And also on the
same date another Viridis species with very broad, ovate leaves which had
been out of bloom, : erie suppose, for two weeks. These two appear to
be undescribed s
At Munroe in 1901 I collected sterile branches of a shrub two to three
feet tall with three-lobed leaves on the young shoots. It looks like a Viridis
species. What is it?
From you I have #16 & 23, a Viridis species collected June 1908 at
Richlands, with half-grown fruit only. Do you know anything of these?
40 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Natchitoches Crus-galli species. You do not give the color of the
anthers of xii., xiii., xvi. and xvii. Can you?
Minden. I have several fragmentary Crus-galli specimens from Minden,
collected by me in April 1901 and by Bush in August of that year. I be-
lieve you have never been there. In August Bush collected there “on right
hand side of road to prairie west of town, just before getting to spring,” a
Viridis species “with bark and branches rough, dark, scaly and flaky, ex-
actly as in C. aestivalis which is beside it.” This sounds like the Viridis
species we saw at Munroe growing with C. aestivalis. The specimens look
alike. Flowers are much needed.
Pineville. I collected on April 3, 1885, in bud a Crus-galli specimen
with small, broadly obovate leaves pale and glabrous below and villose
few-flowered corymbs, no spines and red branches. Is it not time that this
specimen should be cleared up?
You do not give the color of the anthers of your #19 Pineville, April 24,
no year.
No number and no fruit from a Crus-galli specimen collected by you out
of bloom tae 5, 1912. This must have flowered very early for a Crus-
galli spec
I collected in 1901 at Shreveport a very narrow-leaved and distinct
Crus-galli, twenty stamens, color of the anthers not given.
All the undetermined and undescribed Louisiana species belong to the
Crus-galli or Viridis groups and there are not many of them. The only
exception is the plant from Holtonville which had pretty well grown fruit
on March 20, 1911, and is therefore a very early flowered species. It may
be a pruinosa but I am not sure. If it is, it is the earliest flowered of the
whole group and hundreds of miles from any other species of the group.
This certainly ought to be investigated this year.
Munroe, where there are also Crataeguses to investigate, Minden and
Pineville seem to me to be the Crataegus regions for you to visit this spring
if you can manage it. At Munroe there are Hickories to look for and these
I will write you about soon. These three places are not very far apart and
might, I should think, be conveniently taken in on one trip.
I hope to be able to meet you at Lake Charles, or some other convenient
place, about the middle of April.
74
February 19, 1915.
I believe now that we have the Hickories from east of the Mississippi
pretty well in hand with the exception of one or two Alabama and Missis-
sippi species or varieties, but there is still a bad lot of them in western
Louisiana, southern Arkansas and Texas. I cannot believe now that 1 and
2 of western Louisiana can be referred to C. arkansana, variable as that
species appears to be. The bark and place of growth won’t do. Notice the
prominent tufts of white hairs on the margins of the leaves of +2 col-
lected by you in April. These are absent from the young leaves of the
Winnfield yard tree which seems to be a good arkansana. It is important
i eee ee
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 41
to find more of these West Opelousas trees and to learn something about
them. Can you undertake this?
+4 of East Opelousas seems the same as West Feliciana 1 and 8, mega-
carpa stellipila.
#1 of East Opelousas I am making a new variety of C. ovalis, var. sub-
globosa, distinguished by its large fruit and by the stellate hairs on the
rachis and midribs of the leaves. I am sorry we have no winter-buds of
this.
#3 of East Opelousas is a pretty good megacarpa and I am so consider-
ing it. The buds, however, are very large.
This seems to clear up East Opelousas, at least for the present. One
new species and a new variety from there are pretty good I think.
One of the interesting things to follow up is the tree “in dry woods”’ at
Winnfield (I suppose this means near the quarry), with leaves hoary-
tomentose below and slender branchlets. We thought when we collected
it that it was some form of alba but of course it is not that. It is nearest
stellipila but that so far as I know never has the dense hoary tomentum
on the under surface of the leaflets. This is certainly an important tree
to follow up.
I will write again on the Lake Charles and Munroe Hickories.
75
February 20, 1915.
I cannot make much out of the St. Charles’ ® Caryas partly because the
specimens are not all properly numbered. This is my fault, however, at
least very largely.
Your #1 of October 1913 is certainly a different species from your #1
of September 1914. The fruit +1 of October 1914 belongs, I judge, with
the September specimen although it is marked 1 October. Why cannot this
be the same as East Opelousas #1, C. ovalis subglobosa? Perhaps my
specimen collected April 2d, 1913, by river, with bright red unfolding
leaves may be the same, and I am not at all sure that your specimen
without number, October 1913, may be the same as your #1 of that date.
#1 of October 1913 has very pubescent branchlets and buds. I have two
lots of Lake Charles pyriform fruit from you marked Lake Charles Eng-
lish Bayou, and West Lake Charles. These are not numbered but perhaps
you can tell me to which specimen they belong. I fear, however, that the
whole Lake Charles situation is so mixed up that it can only be straight-
ened out in the field.
On April 2, 1913, the Hickory leaves of Lake Charles were nearly fully
grown. To be really useful they should be collected in an ordinary season
by the middle of March I should think. Can you run over there for a day
about that time and get very young leaves of all the Hickories and then
meet me there about the middle of April? It seems to me that we should
be there together.
® Surely a lapse for Lake Charles?
42 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Carya from Bernice ii. April 9, 1913, is no doubt C. arkansana. I can
tell nothing about the Munroe material which is too fragmentary. Pos-
sibly the tree in the field, the first one we collected from last autumn, is an
arkansana but I am not sure. In these woods there is a small-fruited spe-
cies with pale bark which I do not know at all.
If we meet at Lake Charles we might go to Munroe together and then I
could get into Mississippi without going to New Orleans. Have you ever
been to Delphi which is east of Munroe, and have you ever collected about
Fort Hudson? I was there fifty-two years ago but of plants have no recol-
lection except of the Magnolia which was very fine
If such curious Hickories are found at Natchitoches, Lake Charles,
Opelousas and Winnfield, why are there not others in other places in the
state, and why is it not up to you to look out for them? I hope Palmer will
pretty thoroughly cover Natchitoches and Shreveport and the regions be-
tween Shreveport and Texarkana, in Caddo Parish, where I believe that
some of the Fulton, Arkansas, trees will be found. I believe you have not
been in that corner of the state and I doubt if this has ever been visited by
a botanist. So far as I now know the Hickories which need more investiga-
tion are 1 and 2 of West Opelousas, that is other stations where this tree
should be found, the Lake Charles and Munroe species, and the tomentose
Winnfield tree.
The situation is bad, but not as bad as it was. I hope you will be able
to make the early visit to Lake Charles.
76
February 23, 1915.
I have yours of February 17th about the earliness of the season and am
writing Palmer to advance the time of his arrival in Natchitoches.
I am surprised to find that there is no specimen in the herbarium here
of Castanea pumila from Louisiana where it must be a common tree.
77
February 25, 1915.
Our large Opelousas Malus +2 seems to be the same as the Pineville
tree which we have called M. ioensis creniserrata. It is certainly a very
distinct looking form and perhaps when these things are better known
than they are now would be considered a species. The trouble is that of
these so-called species of Malus there seem to be many intermediates.
78
February 25, 1915.
We are still in doubt for want of material about the common Malus at
Selma. Judging by the leaves, it is the same as ioensis var. Palmeri, which
is the first species which we collected west of Opelousas, and west of the
Mississippi appears to be a common tree.
I am afraid Harbison cannot get to Selma this spring. Is there any one
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 43
there who could send you the flowers? There might be some one there who
would know enough to gather them fresh and send them to you for
pressing.
79
February 26, 1915.
In writing you about Castanea pumila I overlooked the fact that we
have a leaf specimen collected by you at Covington March 1911. The
leaves are remarkably glabrous and very green on the under surface of that
species. Sometime perhaps you will be able to get better material.
80
February 27, 1915.
I have this morning your letter of February 23rd about Lake Charles,
etc.
I think now in Hickories that we can put a good deal of reliance on
characters which have usually been passed over, like the scales on the
unfolding leaves and on the winter-buds, therefore I think it desirable that
we should get very young foliage of the Lake Charles Hickories this season
if possible. That is why I suggested the middle of March but I daresay
that would be too early. You can judge of that, however, in New Orleans
much better than I can here. I should like very much to go there with you
in April for I am particularly interested in those trees, and I think we
ought to see them together.
I do not know if it is really necessary to go to Winnfield in the spring
as we have material of that tomentose plant, but if we are in Alexandria
and going to Munroe it would not be too much trouble to stop off there for
a few hours if the trains are running conveniently. I should hate the idea
of passing a night there.
The Hickory difficulties are narrowing down now unless some one is un-
fortunate enough to unearth a new lot of them.
81
April 23, 1915.
We got home safely last night direct from Selma via Montgomery. We
had a couple of days in Selma and of course went out to your plantation.
I do not think we saw many of the Plums because Harbison did not know
apparently how to locate them. As he went about with you at Sardis he
did not pay especial attention to exact localities. We saw your caretaker
who was much pleased to know that I had seen you so recently and was
very anxious for news of your wife. We did not get out to the bluffs on
your place but went to Hatch’s Bluff, which I suppose has about the same
vegetation as yours. There does n't seem to be but one Tilia there which
looked very much like No. 2 at Lake Charles, but on the other side of the
river we found another species with leaves very silvery white and tomen-
tose on the lower surface, and like one of the Florida and Georgia species.
44 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
What most interested me at Hatch’s Bluff was a tree which looks like a
Scarlet Oak but has fruit unlike that of any other Oak I have seen. If it
is a Scarlet Oak it is certainly a very distinct variety and possibly it will
have to be called another species. I will send you in a day or two a couple
of the acorns and cups, and I especially invite your attention to the study
of this tree. We only saw one specimen which was standing at the edge of
the bluff about two or three hundred yards, I should think, from the point
where we reached it across a plowed field close to a negro’s house.
We saw the Oak which you called Quercus Durandii. It is certainly not
the Texas tree of that name or one that grows near Columbus, Mississippi.
I suppose, however, that it may be the Quercus austrina of Ash[e|. There
was only one Plum in bloom and that was a good sized tree on the left-
hand side of the road which leads past your place, which we reached by
turning to the right at your gate. This tree was in the bottom, and in the
bark looked a good deal like Prunus americana. I will send you in a few
days a bit of my specimen, also the acorns of the peculiar Oak.
Another Plum which interested me was a very large tree with dark,
slightly scaly bark, on the right-hand side of Marion Junction Road, just
after the crossing of the second bridge on the Orville Road, one mile west
of the city limits going out by the Orville Road. This is a large tree at the
foot of a rather steep bank and is rather inclining towards the road; it is
quite new to me. It was out of flower but I will send you a piece of the
specimen. Perhaps you will be able to refer these two specimens to some
of your numbers.
We found Mississippi and Alabama very hot, dry and dusty, and in our
minds Lake Charles is still the pleasantest place we saw on this trip. I will
write you again when I get things somewhat straightened out.
| To be continued |
1965] SUSAN DELANO MCKELVEY, 1883-1964 45
SUSAN DELANO McKELVEY, 1883-1964
RicHarp A. Howarp
In JUNE oF 1964, we received from Mrs. Susan Delano McKelvey a
letter requesting her retirement from the Board of Overseers’ Committee
to Visit the Arnold Arboretum and from her appointment as Research
Associate. Mrs. McKelvey stated she could no longer do the things she
used to do and wished to make way for someone more active in both of
the roles she cherished. Her wish was a difficult one to approve and so
these notes were originally prepared in appreciation for service at a
friend’s retirement. We did not know that time was to be so short, for
Mrs. McKelvey died on July the eleventh.
Susan Adams Delano McKelvey was born in Philadelphia, Pennsyl-
vania, March 13, 1883. She was graduated from Bryn Mawr, married
Charles W. McKelvey in 1907, and made her home for a number of years
at Oyster Bay, Long Island. About 1920, she moved to Boston. De-
termined to study landscape gardening, she consulted Professor Charles
Sprague Sargent at the Arnold Arboretum, volunteering her services in
return for instruction in the identification of plant materials. Professor
Sargent believed in testing volunteers, often with menial tasks such as
pulling weeds or, in the case of Mrs. McKelvey, washing clay pots in the
greenhouses. Under the guidance of William H. Judd, who was in charge
of the greenhouses, Mrs. McKelvey also assisted in plant propagation;
but she carefully reserved some time for reading, which led to research
in the library. The famous lilac collection of the Arnold Arboretum was
being developed, and, at Sargent’s suggestion, she undertook the task of
compiling information on these plants. The manuscript she submitted was
of such value that E. H. Wilson added a brief history of the lilac and
Alfred Rehder a key and a generic description. The horticultural informa-
tion, the descriptions, and the documentation, however, were the patient
effort of Mrs. McKelvey. The manuscript was published in 1928 as The
Lilac: A Monograph. It was dedicated simply to “The Professor.” This
book, though long out of print, is still the only monograph of a favorite
among flowering shrubs.
In the following years Mrs. McKelvey spent some time in the south-
western United States and became interested in the Yuccas and their
relatives, often the most conspicuous plants of the drier areas. She
sought help from various people in the identification of this difficult group
and in the process learned at first hand how little information was avail-
able. At the suggestion of Dr. Alice Eastwood, of the California Academy
of Sciences, she began a diligent study of these difficult plants, photo-
graphing and collecting specimens for the herbarium and for cytological
46 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
work. With Karl Sax, then a young cytologist, later to become director
of the Arboretum, she published a paper basic to the understanding of
the genus Yucca and its frequent associate Agave. In the study of the
explorations that led to the discovery of the earlier published species of
Yucca, Mrs. McKelvey became an authority on the routes of the early
travellers and the explorers of the great Southwest, thereby uncon-
sciously laying the foundation for still further research. The first part
of her work on Yucca was published by the Arboretum in 1938. Its
acceptance as a scientific study of high quality was soon evident, but
the years of World War II delayed the issuance of part two until 1947.
The last of the three books written by Mrs. McKelvey was probably
the most demanding of her abilities to extract historical, particularly
botanical, data from general travel accounts. In 1955, the Arnold Arbo-
retum published The Botanical Exploration of the Trans-Mississippi West,
1790-1850, by Susan Delano McKelvey. Although a volume of over
eleven hundred pages, each seemingly with one or more footnotes of
documentation, the book is an eminently readable account both of history
and of geographical exploration from the botanical point of view. The
reviews of this book which appeared in history journals, as well as in bo-
tanical ones, attest the value of the work with its interweaving of data
from so many sources.
For her achievements Mrs. McKelvey was acknowledged and honored
by horticultural societies and organizations. In 1929, she received the
Centennial Gold Medal from the Massachusetts Horticultural Society and
the Schaeffer Medal from the Pennsylvania Horticultural Society. In
1957, the New York Botanical Garden honored her with the Sarah
Gildersleeve Fife award given to individuals for work in the field of
botanical literature.
Mrs. McKelvey received her first appointment as a research assistant
to the staff of the Arnold Arboretum in 1931, when Professor Oakes Ames
was supervisor. It was the privilege of the succeeding directors to con-
tinue her appointment as a member of the research staff.
In 1928, Mrs. McKelvey accepted from the Board of Overseers of
Harvard University an appointment to the Committee to Visit the Arnold
Arboretum. Rarely did she miss a meeting or an opportunity to lend
support and to express her interest in the work or the collections. She
valued the living collections as plants to be enjoyed, as well as to be
studied. She knew the value of herbarium specimens, and the difficulty
of preparing them, and was appreciative of good herbarium management.
Further, she realized the contributory value of cytological and anatomical
work in her own monographic studies. Thus she fulfilled her duties on
the Visiting Committee, interested and knowledgeable in the many aspects
of a modern arboretum
The association of Susan McKelvey with the Arnold Arboretum was a
generous one. From her early efforts as a volunteer in the greenhouse to
her bequest of research materials, her contributions were many. With
her brother she devoted her energies toward raising a memorial fund to
1965 | SUSAN DELANO MCKELVEY, 1883-1964 47
Professor Sargent which remains a significant part of the endowment of
the Arnold Arboretum. Through the years, her many gifts of letters and
records, of specimens and photographs, of books and equipment, have all
enriched our organizatio
We regret the passing of a valued friend and supporter.
BIBLIOGRAPHY *
— 1925 —
Syringa rugulosa, a new species from western China. Jour. Arnold Arb, 6: 153,
154.
— 1928 —
The Lilac: a Monograph. i-xvi + 581 pp. front., 171 pls. Macmillan Company,
New York.
— 1932 —
A white pine blister rust demonstration. Horticulture 10: 331.
1933
Taxonomic and cytological ecletionehien of Y. ucca and Agave. (With Karl Sax).
Jour. Arnold Arb. 14: 76-81. pl. 55.
Arctomecon californicum. Natl. Hort. aha 3: 50.
A verification of the occurrence of Yucca Bevel in Arizona. Jour. Arnold
Arb. 15: 350-352. pls. 114-117.
— 1935 —
Notes on Yucca. Jour. Arnold Arb. 16: 268-271. pls. 138, 139.
— 1936 —
The Arnold Arboretum. Harvard Alumni Bull. 38: 464-472.
938 —
Yuccas of the southwestern United States. Part one. 1-150. pls. 1-80, maps.
Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plain.
Yuccas of the southwestern United § cree Part two. 1-192. pls. 1-65, maps.
Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Pla
— 1949 —
A new Agave from Arizona. Jour. Arnold Arb. 30: 227-230. pls. 1, 2
om 195
Botanical exploration of the trans- Mississippi V West, 1790-1850. i-xl + 1144 pp.
maps. Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plain
— 1959 —
A discussion of the Pacific Railroad report as issued in the quarto edition.
Jour. Arnold Arb. 40: 38-67.
* Prepared by Lazella Schwarten,
48 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
THE GENERA OF VITACEAE IN THE
SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES ?
GEORGE K. BrIzIcky
ViraceseE A. L. de Jussieu, Gen. Pl. 267. 1789, “Vites,” nom. cons.
(GRAPE FAMILy)
Unarmed [rarely armed] woody, sometimes + fleshy vines climbing
by stem-tendrils opposite the leaves [or rarely tendrilless perennial herbs,
shrubs, or small sometimes succulent trees|; branches often swollen {or
articulated] at the 3—7-lacunar nodes. Leaves alternate [very rarely the
upper ones opposite|, usually 2- ranked, simple or palmately [rarely
times also terminal [rarely only terminal], sometimes provided with
a tendril, usually manifestly peduncled, bracteate. Flowers small,
regular, usually 4- or 5-merous (except the usually 2-carpellate gynoe-
cium), hypogynous, pediceled, bi- and/or unisexual ba least function-
ally), the plants often polygamo-dioecious or -monoecious. Sepals connate,
the calyx tube small, saucer- to cuplike. Petals pret [very rarely
connate at base] and spreading or recurved at anthesis, or apically co-
herent and dropping off as a “cup” at anthesis. Stamens opposite the
petals, distinct [very rarely connate into a “staminal tube”, sterile [or
very rarely wanting] in @ flowers; filaments filiform; anthers introrse
[very rarely extrorse], dorsifixed above the base or near the middle, 2-
locular at anthesis. Pollen medium sized or rarely small, usually 3-colp-
wanting]. Gynoecium usually 2-carpellate [very rarely 3—8-carpellate],
‘Prepared for a generic flora of the ser aoai sna United States, a joint project of
the Arnold Arboretum and the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University made pos-
sible through the support of George R. Cooley and a ‘Nationa gna Foundation
and under the direction of Carroll E v2 Bats fon eed C. Rollins. This treat-
ment follows the pattern established in es ant sg in Qe series (Jour. Arnold Arb.
39: 296-346. 1958) and continued through those in volumes 40-45 (1959-1964). The
area covered is bounded by and includes North Carolina, Tennessee, Arkansas, and
Louisiana. The descriptions are based primarily on the plants of this area, with any
supplementary ao in brackets. References which the author has not seen are
marked by an a
The author is cine to Carroll E. Wood, Jr., for his many valuable suggestions ;
to Mrs. Julia Morton, of the Morton Collectanea, University of Miami, for fresh ma-
terial of Cissus infected with fungus; and to Mrs. Gordon W. Dillon for = help in
the preparation of the typescript. The figure was drawn by R. P. Monro
ee
eh a i a cia” i rca mmm
1965 | BRIZICKY, GENERA OF VITACEAE 49
syncarpous, usually rudimentary in ¢ flowers; stigma usually small,
simple [rarely lobed to parted]; style single, short to long; ovary
superior, often variously adnate to disc from base to almost the top,
2{-8]-locular often incompletely so; ovules 2, collateral [rarely ovule
solitary] in each locule, ascendent from carpellary margin at base of locule,
anatropous, apotropous, 2-integumented, with a thick nucellus. Fruit a
1-4[-6]-seeded berry, usually + fleshy and juicy. Seed coat usually
hard, bony or crustaceous, with an adaxial raphe and abaxial chalaza;
endosperm copious, hard-fleshy, rich in protein (aleurone grains) and oil,
usually adaxially 3-lobed [rarely unlobed and/or ruminate]; embryo
“spatulate,” small, straight, + axial; cotyledons small; radicle elongated,
inferior. (Including Leeaceae Dumortier, Anal. Fam. Pl. 21, 27. 1829,
nom. cons.) TYPE GENUS: Vitis
A primarily pantropical family of about 13 genera with some 700 species,
a few genera primarily of the North Temperate Zone; four genera in our
area.* The genus Leea L., of the Old World Tropics, which differs from
the rest of the family mainly in its nonclimbing habit, sympetalous corolla,
staminal tube, extrorse anthers, lack of a nectariferous disc, and ovary
with 3-8 one-ovulate locules, is considered to represent either a subfamily
of Vitaceae (Gilg) or a family of its own (Suessenguth, Schultze-Motel).
the corolla (petals free and expanding, or apically connate and forming a
“cup”), the inflorescence type, and rarely the character of the tendrils,
also are considered to be of generic significance. Since most of the indi-
vidual generic characters may vary considerably within and form transi-
tions between the genera, generic limits are in some cases somewhat un-
certain.
Although the vast majority of Vitaceae are sympodial, tendril- -bearing
vines, there are some tropical tendrilless species with the stems either
monopodial or sympodial.2 The occurrence of intermediates between in-
* After this article was in press, L. H. Shinners recorded (Sida 1: 384. 1964) a
m
of Tulane Uni versity, Covington, St. Tammany Parish, Louisiana. This collection
7 ivation.”
possibly represents an escape from cultiv:
* The Braun- “Eichler theory (Troll, pp. 30-32; Suessenguth, pp. 183-190) which re-
gards the shoots of tendril-bearing members of Vitaceae as congenitally formed sym-
i of ontogeny, should be men-
dener (Das Mikroskop see aay based ois as rare
tioned. According to this theory, supported recently by Shah pesiden on the same
basis, the tendrils in Vitaceae are extra- lateral oa of a nopodially
branched shoot, destitute of subtending le lea It seems appropriate os nant Troll’s
comments (loc. cit.) on Nageli & cenit theory. ae cn cae the ontogeny
50 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
florescences and tendrils (e.g., inflorescences sensitive to a contact stimulus
and performing slight twining movements; those divided into a floriferous
part and a tendril; or tendrils bearing a few flowers at the tips of their
branches) is ample evidence for regarding the tendrils as modified in-
florescences. The tendrils (and inflorescences) are either ‘“continuous”
(at each of 3—7 or more successive nodes) or “intermittent” (lacking on
every third node) and are either monochasially 2—12-branched, or some-
times once or twice forked, or unbranched. The tendrils attach them-
selves to the support by twining (coiling) or by adhesive discs sad eine
at the apices of their branches in response to a contact stimulus (e.g.
most of the species of Parthenocissus; the monotypic Pterocissus Urb.
& Ekm.; and some species of Cissus and Tetrastigma (Miq.) Planch.).
Cross-pollination by insects seems to be the rule, although at least in
some monoclinous or polygamo-monoecious species or varieties self-
pollination (including geitonogamy) has also ron recorded.
Floral anatomical data known for a few genera and species indicate
incomplete septation of the ovary and “anatomically parietal’ placenta-
tion (Kashyap, 1957; Nair & Mani).
Chromosome counts made for eight genera (about 57 species) are
2n = 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 38, 40, 44, ca. 45, 48, 50, 52, 60, 72, 80,
96, 98, Suggesting that both aneuploidy and polyploidy have been of
importance in the evolutionary development of Vitaceae.
very characteristic seeds of VirompEAE make possible the safe de-
termination of fossils of this subfamily. The seeds are usually more or
less oblong-obovate or obovate in outline (or sometimes pyriform and
distinctly beaked at the micropylar region); the shape in cross section
depends upon the number of seeds in a fruit. The seed coat is composed of
a thin, outer, parenchymatous membrane and a hard, usually bony, inner
layer (sclerotesta). The adaxial (ventral) surface of the sclerotesta
exhibits a median cordlike to threadlike raphe, extending from the hilum to
the seed apex and onto the convex abaxial (dorsal) side, where it joins a
round to linear, depressed to somewhat elevated “chalazal knot.” On the
adaxial surface the raphe is flanked on either side by a deep groove (an
infolding of the sclerotesta) varying in shape and length; the endosperm is
consequently deeply three-lobed on the adaxial side. (See Fic. 1.)
The family is closely related to Rhamnaceae, from which it differs
mainly in the predominance of sympodial vines, the hypogynous flowers,
the predominantly two-ovulate locules, the apotropous ovules, the some-
what different pollen (similar to Araliaceae rather than to Rhamnaceae),
leads to the improbable assumption of “extra-axillary’ branches destitute of subtend-
that, on the contrary, the latter itself requires explanation through comparison with
the fully doses [mature] state.” (Translation supplied.)
1965 | BRIZICKY, GENERA OF VITACEAE 51
the type of fruit (berry), the usually lobed or ruminate endosperm, and
the “spatulate” (vs. “investing”) embryo. Together these families con-
stitute the order Rhamnales.
It is noteworthy that species of Tetrastigma, and perhaps of some
other genera of Vitaceae, are the exclusive host plants of the species of
Rafflesia in Malesia.
Economically the family is most important for the species of Vitis (q.v.).
b
he Q
. 1. Diagrams to show characteristic seeds of Vitaceae a ly Vitoideae
wax poe membranaceous layer of seed coat removed; relative sizes of seeds
modified for ease of comparison. a—c, Vitis (subg. Vitis) Labrusca: a, convex
abaxial surface, showing “chalazal knot” with wrt extending to see
za
to show variation in raphe a grooves: d, Cissus incisa; e, Ampelopsis arborea;
ft, pa ese pony Bs g, Vitis (subg. Muscadinia) rotundifolia.
REFERENCES:
Apatia, R. D., B. N. Mutay, & G. R. Hrncorant. A contribution to the
embryology of Vitis trifolia L. Jour. Univ. Bombay II. 19(3B): 1-10.
1950: IL. ibid. 21(3B): 51-60. 1953. [= Cayratia trifolia (L.) ee
ApKINSON, J. Some factors of the anatomy of the Vitaceae. Ann. 27:
133-139. pl. 15. 1913. [Cissus, Leea, Parthenocissus, and Vitis, nash
anatomy. |
ARBAUMONT, J. D’. La tige des Ampélidées. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. 11: 186-255.
pls. 11-14. 1881. [Anatomy.]
ArsHap Att, M. Studies on the nodal anatomy of six species of the genus
Vitis (Tourn.) L. Pakistan Jour. Sci. Res. 7: 140-152. 1955.* [Vitis
apparently understood in the sense of Bentham & Hooker to include all
genera of Vitaceae, except Pterisanthes Bl. and Leea.]
sr pe Loranthacées. Hist. Pl. 11: 408-494. 1892. [Vitaceae, as a tribe
e’”’) of Loranthaceae, 426-430, 472,
Beek G., & J. D. Hooxer. Ampelideae. Gen. Pl. 1: 386-388. 1862.
BERLESE, A. N. Studi sulla forma, struttura e sviluppo del seme nelle Ampelidee.
52 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Malpighia 6: 293-324, 482-536. pls. 11-18bis. 1892. [Form, structure,
and development of seeds in Vitaceae. |
Berry, E. W. Seeds of a new species of Vitaceae from the Wilcox Eocene of
Texas. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 19: 39-41. 1929. [Ampbelocissites lytlensis,
presumably intermediate between Ampelocissus and Vitis
Bousats, D. Contribution a l’étude des causes de la resistance des Vitacées
au mildiou de la vigne (Plasmopara viticola (B. et C.) Berl. et de T.)
et leur mode de transmission héréditaire. (English summary.) Ann.
Amél. Pl. 9: 5-233. 1959. [See also ibid. 11: 401-500. 1961.]
Branpt, M. Untersuchungen iiber den Sprossbau der Vitaceen mit besonderer
Beriicksichtigung der afrikanischen Arten. Bot. Jahrb. 45: 509-563. 1911.
[An i i a work on morphology, especially on branching systems, of
Vitace
CANDOLLE, : P. pe. Ampelideae. Prodr. 1: 627-636. 1824.
CHaApEFAUD, M. Sur la morphologie des Vitacées. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci.
Paris 228: 1660-1662. 1949. [Some data in support of the hypothesis of
monopodial branching system in the tendril-bearing Vitaceae. See also
BUNGNON under Vitis. ]
Darwin, C. On the movements and habits of climbing plants. Jour. Linn. Soc.
Bot. 9: 1-118. 1867. [Vitaceae, 79-87. ]
Gitc, E. Vitaceae. Nat. Pflanzenfam. III. 5: apy 1896. [See also ibid.
Nachtr. III. 211. 1908, and Nachtr. IV. 193. 1915.]
Kasuyap, G. Studies in the family Vitaceae. I. ie al morphology of Vitis
trifolia L. Agra Univ. Jour. Res. Sci. 4(Suppl.): 777-784. 1955.* [Cayratia
trifolia. |
Studies in the family Vitaceae. II. Floral anatomy of Vitis trifolia
Linn., Vitis latifolia Roxb. and Vitis himalayana Brandis. Jour. Indian Bot.
Soc. 36: 317-323. 1957. [Cayratia trifolia, Ampelocissus latifolia, and
Parthenocissus himalayana; septation of the ovary incomplete; placentation
anatomically parietal. |
. Studies in the family Vitaceae. III. Floral morphology of Vitis latifolia
Roxb., Vitis himalayana Brandis and Vitis trifolia Linn. Ibid. 37: 240-248.
1958. [Morphology and embryology
KiRCHHEIMER, F. Rhamnales I: Vitaceae. Jn: W. Joncman, ed., Fossil. Catal.
4: 1-174. 1939. [Basic seed structure in living and fossil representa-
tives, 1-9; history of Vitaceae, 118-129.
LENGERKEN, A. von. Die Bildung der Haftballen an den Ranken einiger Arten
der Gattung Ampelopsis. Bot. Zeit. 43: 337-346, 353-361, 369-379, 385-
393, 401-411. pl. 4. 1885. [Morphology, anatomy, and functioning of
tendrils; Ampelopsis, 3 spp. (including “A. hederacea” apparently = A.
brevipedunculata), 343-359; and Parthenocissus (as ““Ampelopsis”), 3 spp.,
359-393. |
Mrxr, S. Seed remains of Vitaceae in Japan. Jour. Inst. Polytech. Osaka Univ.
D. 7: 247-273. 1956. [Fifteen spp. in 5 genera sige Pliocene to present;
numerous illustrations of seeds of living and fossil spp.; in the keys,
legends, — mon eaintie substitute “chalaza” and ‘ “chalazal” for ‘“‘charaza”’
and “charazal.’’|
Mutay, B. N., N. Cc Narr, & M.S. R. Sastry. Contribution to the embryology
of Vitaceae. Proc. Rajasthan Acad. Sci. 4: 16-28. 1953.*
Narr, N. C., & K. V. Mant. Organography and floral anatomy of some species
of Vitaceae. Phytomorphology 10: 138-144. 1960. [Cissus, 5 spp.;
Ee ee ee ee a as a i ae aa ll ws
1965 | BRIZICKY, GENERA OF VITACEAE 53
Vitis, 1 sp.; Ampelocissus, 1 sp.; Cayratia, 1 sp.; placentation parietal,
cae sap derived from axile condition
& P. N. N. NAmMBIsAN. Contribution to the floral morphology and
embryology of Leea sambucina Willd. Bot. Not. 110: 160-172. 1957.
[Disc absent; placentation anatomically sean embryo sac of Polygonum-
type, synergids egglike, antipodals epheme
PLANCHON, J. E. Ampelideae. Jn: A. & C. DE “CANDOLLE, Monogr. Phaner.
5(2): 305-654. 1887. [Basic monograph of the family. ]
Rarer, M. S. The anatomy of grape and related genera. Oregon State System
Higher Educ. Grad. Theses 1932/1942: 84, 85. 1946.* [Six genera of
Vitaceae.
SCHNEIDER, C. K. IIlustriertes Handbuch der Laubholzkunde. vol. 2. v +
070 pp. Jena. 1907-1912. [Vitaceae, 300-323. 1909; 1032-1034. 1912.]
SCHULTZE-MorTEL, W. Reihe Rhamnales. Jn: H. Metcutor, Engler’s Syllabus
der Pflanzenfamilien. ed. 12. 2: 300-304. 1964. [Vitaceae, 302, 303;
Leeaceae, 303,
SHAH, J. J. Studies on 1 the stipules ae six ier of Vitaceae. Jour. Arnold
Arb. 40: 398-412. 1959. [Cissus, ; Cayratia, 2 spp.]
Origin, development and et of tendrils of Vitaceae. Delhi
Univ. Proc. Summer School Bot. Darjeeling 1960: 430-444. 1962. [Cissus,
3 spp.; Cayratia, 2 spp.; “the tendril or an inflorescence represents an
extra-axillary and ebracteate lateral branch . . . the shoot of the Vitaceae is
obviously a monopode . . . the sympodial as well as the dichopodium theories
are not supported by the present study.”
SUESSENGUTH, K. Vitaceae. Nat. Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 20d: 174-371. 1953.
[Extensive bier rae | ,
. Leeaceae. Ibid. 372-390. 1953. [Vitaceae subfam. Leeoideae Gilg. ]
Trott, W. Vergleichende ae der hoheren Pflanzen. Band 1(Teil 1).
xii + 955 pp. Berlin. 1935-1937. [Vitaceae: tendril-bearing shoots (Vitis),
30-32; shoot system Vout 627, 628; tendril systems, 840-846. See also
7.]
SUESSENGUTH, 180-1
VaTSALA, P. Chromosome studies in Ampelidaceae. Cellule 61: 191-206. 1960.
[Vitis vinifera, 7 vars.; Cissus, 5 spp.; Cayratia, 2 spp.; Ampelocissus
(“Ampelopsis”), 1 SP; ' Leea, 1 sp.; includes also a list of chromosome
us]
Vita, P., & V. VERMOREL. es, graphie. 7 vols. Paris. 1901-1910. [A monu-
mental, although somewhat obsolete, work on the family, primarily on
Vitis. |
Key TO THE GENERA OF VITACEAE
General characters: usually woody vines climbing by tendrils opposite the
leaves; leaves alternate, simple or palmately 3-5-foliolate, rarely bipinnate ; in-
florescences opposite the leaves; flowers small, regular,
2-carpellate gynoecium), hypogynous ; stamens opposite the petals ; nectariferous
disc intrastaminal, conspicuous, rarely obscure; ovary 2-locular, with 2 subbasal,
ascendent ovules in each locule ; fruits 1-4-seeded berries ; seed with a conspicuous
abaxial chalazal knot and 2 deep adaxial grooves, one on each side of the raphe.
A. Petals expanding at anthesis, distinct; inflorescence usually cymose, without
a tendril; pith Neate
B. Flowers 4-mero inflorescence an umbel-like compound ox ae
chasium) ; mea 3- 5 faliclate, Sie AG, ee ee es SSUS.
54 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
B. Flowers 5-merous.
C. Nectariferous disc conspicuous, cupular, distinct at least in the upper
part; inflorescence a thyrse, usually repeatedly bifurcate and corymb-
like, rarely raceme-like; leaves simple or bipinnate; ay bifurcate,
without MEARE MRM. is alia Se enlists, teehee wee eee . Ampelopsis.
C. Nectariferous disc obscure, reduced and fused with ie of ovary;
inflorescence a pyramidal cymose panicle with monochasially
branched rachis; leaves palmately (3)5-foliolate; tendrils monochasi-
ally 3-12-branched, developing adhesive discs at tips of their
PIED Ser ene A etiam dining as 3. Parthenocissus.
A. Petals cohering at apex and falling off as a unit at anthesis; inflorescence
a panicle, sometimes with a tendril; pith brown; leaves simple. .... 4. Vitis.
1. Cissus Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. 1: 117. 1753; Gen. Pl. ed. 5. 53. 1754.
Deciduous |or evergreen] + woody, sometimes + fleshy [or herba-
ceous|] vines [rarely tendrilless perennial herbs, shrubs, or small +
succulent trees]; tendrils continuous, simple or bifurcate, without [or
very rarely with] adhesive discs; roots often tuberous. Leaves simple,
unlobed or lobed, and/or palmately 3[—5]-foliolate, membranaceous | to
leathery] or + fleshy, petioled [rarely sessile |. Inflorescences compound
umbel-like cymes (pleiochasia) without tendrils, each opposite a leaf
[rarely terminal], continuous, the secondary branches sometimes bifur-
cate. Flowers 4-merous [exceptionally 5-merous|, bisexual [or bi- and
unisexual, the plants then polygamo-monoecious], greenish- or creamy-
yellow, white, or purplish. Calyx cuplike, indistinctly shallowly 4-lobed
to subentire. Petals 4, usually expanding, spreading at anthesis. Stamens
4. Nectariferous disc cuplike, adnate high up on the ovary [or distinct
and 4-parted, or replaced by 4 distinct bowl-like glands], the free upper
margin + 4-lobed or crenate to subentire, spreading or upright. Stigma
small; style rather long, + filiform; ovary 2-locular, apparently incom-
pletely so (in our species).* Berries subglobular-ovoid to -obovoid, 5—12
mm, in diameter, dark purple to black, usually 1(2)-seeded, inedible.
Seed obovoid, indistinctly beaked at base; chalazal knot linear, on lower
part of abaxial face, imperceptibly merging with the narrow, linear, salient
raphe running toward seed apex on abaxial and down to hilum on
adaxial face; 2 adaxial grooves short, oblong, near base of seed (Fic. 1,
d); sides of seed indistinctly very coarsely reticulate. Typr spEcIEs:
C. vitiginea L., 2n = 26. (Name from Greek, Aissos, an ancient name
for ivy, applied by Linnaeus to this genus.)
A nearly pantropical sae (exclusive of Hawaii and Polynesia) of
nearly 350 species, a few in the warmer parts of the temperate zones.
Subgenera Cissus (subg. ie Phin), of pantropical distribution,
* Flowers of a few random herbarium specimens of Cissus incisa and C. trifoliata,
boiled and dissected, invariably showed ovaries with only a narrow central strip of the
anes which bore two collateral ovules on each ied at base. Additional material
uld be investigated before any conclusions are draw
Sic a
1965 | BRIZICKY, GENERA OF VITACEAE 55
and CyPHOSTEMMA Planch. (sometimes segregated as the genus Cypho-
stemma (Planch.) Alston), of the Old World Tropics, have been recognized.
Three species of subg. Cissus occur in our area.
Cissus incisa (Torr. & Gray) Desmoul., marine-vine, a stout vine with
fleshy, three-foliolate or deeply three-parted leaves, usually occurs on
limestone in hammocks or in rocky and sandy open woods and on bluffs,
from central peninsular Florida to Texas, Arizona, and Mexico, north to
Arkansas, Missouri, and Kansas. Cissus trifoliata L., of the West Indies,
Mexico (?), and northern South America (?), differing in the always
three-foliolate leaves with smaller, often flabellate, more regularly toothed
leaflets, and smaller fruits, occurs in hammocks in southern peninsular
Florida and on the Florida Keys. The very polymorphic, tropical
American Cissus sicyoides L., with more or less membranaceous, simple,
unlobed, medium-sized leaves, and often with long aérial roots, occurs in
hammocks, from the Florida Keys northward in peninsular Florida to
Polk County. The inflorescences of this species (sometimes also of C.
trifoliata) frequently are greatly expanded and deformed by a smut,
Mycosyrinx Cissi (DC.) Beck, the flowers being transformed into elon-
gated subcylindrical formations containing spores of this fungus. The genus
Spondylantha Presi was based on this monstrosity.
The few published data indicate an “anatomically parietal” placenta-
tion in a few investigated Asiatic species (Nair & Mani). Chromosome
counts for 12 species are 2m = 22, 24, 26, 28, 32, 44, ca. 45, 48, 50, and
96, Suggesting that both aneuploidy and polyploidy have been of im-
portance in the evolution of the genus.
The genus is closely related to the monotypic Laotian Acareosperma
Gagnep., and probably to Cayratia Juss. The genus is in need of a modern
revision
The tuberous roots of Cissus trifoliata are reputedly poisonous. The
aérial roots of C. sicyoides are locally used in Central America for wattling
baskets, and leaves of this species seem to contain saponines and are
locally used for washing linen in tropical America.
REFERENCES:
Under family references see BRANDT, DARWIN (pp. 83, 84), Nam & MAant1,
SHAH, SUESSENGUTH (pp. 237-277), VaTSALA, and Vata & VeERMOREL (1:
80-108.
BANERJEE, K. G. Some observations on the anatomy and biology of the aérial
adventitious roots of Vitis guadrangularis Wall. Proc. Indian Sci. Congr
Assoc. 16: 229. 1929.* [C. quadrangularis L.}
Cuavan, A. R., & J. aH. Origin and development of the vegetative
axillary bud in Vitis repens W. & A. Ibid. 42(3, abs.): 225. 1955.*
[C. repens Lam. | ;
. Septate epidermis and stomata in the tendril es ee pallida W. & A.
Curr. Sci. Bangalore 24: 84, 85. 1955.* [C. repanda Vahl. }
Descorncs, B. Un genre méconnu de V itacées: iemlind et distinction
des genres Cissus L. et Cyphostemma (Planch.) Alston. Not. Syst. Paris
56 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VoL. 46
16: 113-125. 1960. [Data in support of segregation of Cyphostemma;
many new combinations. ]
Lawrence, G. H. M. Cissus and Rhoicissus in cultivation. Baileya 7: 45-54.
1959. [See also ibid. 8: "S2, 53. 1960.]
Lyncu, R. I. On branch tubers and tendrils of Vitis gongylodes. Jour. Linn.
Soc. Bot. 17: 306-310. pl. 15. 1879. [C. gongylodes (Bak.) Burch. ex
Planch. |
Mapan, C. L., & S. L. Nayar. A ig ayy ina po of the stem of Cissus
quadrangularis Linn. Jour. Sci. Indus. Res. 18C(12): 253-255. 1959.*
Narr, N. C., & V. PARASURAMAN. amas of Vitis pallida. Curr. Sci.
Bangalore 23: 163, 164. 1954.* [C. repanda.]|
Suau, J. J. On the “sensory epidermis” of stipules . Ries repens W. and A.
Curr. oy aor en 23: 302, 303. 1954.* [C. repens. ]
Nucleated vessel elements in tendrils of Vie ene W. & A. Ibid. 65.
1954.* [C. repens. |
. On the nature of primary vascular — in the tendril of Vitis pallida
Ww. & A. Ibid. 24: 165. 1955.* [C. repan
—. Phloem fibre in the tendril of Vitis ie W. and A. Sci. Cult. 20:
390, 391. 1955.* [C. repens. |
. Developmental pattern of the primary vascular system in the stem
of a Cissus sp. Jour. Indian Bot. Soc. 39: 443-454. 1960.* [Cissus sp.,
close to C. quadrangularis, the node quadrilacunar, 453. |
SrivasTAvA, J. G. On aérial roots in Vitis quadrangularis Wall. Curr. Sci.
Bangalore 20: 133. 1951.* [C. quadrangularis. |
2 Ampelopsis Michaux, Fl. Bor.-Am. 1: 159. 1803; on Planchon
in A. & C. de Candolle, Monogr. Phaner. 5(2): 45 3
Deciduous woody vines; tendrils usually few and scattered [or many
and continuous], bifurcate, devoid of adhesive discs. Leaves membrana-
ceous, simple or bipinnate [pinnate or palmate], long-petioled. Inflor-
escences few- to many-flowered thyrses, each opposite a leaf, continuous,
often repeatedly bifurcate and corymb-like, more rarely elongated, raceme-
like, the ultimate branches ending in usually umbel-like, crowded, sessile,
3-flowered dichasia. Flowers 5-merous [4-merous in 1 species], bisexual,
greenish. Calyx very small, + saucer-like. Petals 5, spreading at anthesis.
Stamens 5. Nectariferous disc cupular, distinct except the lower part
adnate to the ovary, shallowly lobed or crenulate to subentire on the
margin. Stigma small, simple; style elongated, slender; ovary 2-locular,
apparently incompletely so in our species. Berries subglobular to obovoid,
8 mm. in diameter, green, blue, or black, 1—4-seeded. Seed obovate to
broadly obovate in outline, convex on abaxial, + angular on adaxial side;
chalazal knot + spatulate, at or below center of abaxial side; raphe
narrowly linear, salient on abaxial, threadlike on adaxial surface; 2
adaxial grooves oblanceolate, usually somewhat curved, in the lower half
of seed (Fic. 1, e). Lectotype species: A. cordata Michx.; see Britton
& Brown, Illus. Fl. No. U. S. ed. 2. 2: 509. 1913. (Name from Greek,
ampelos, grapevine, and opsis, likeness, appearance; i.e., having the ap-
pearance of the vine, Vitis vinifera.)
1965 ] BRIZICKY, GENERA OF VITACEAE 57
A genus of about 22 species, of tropical and warm-temperate regions
of Asia (19 species, centered in China) and North America (3 species) ;
two indigenous and one naturalized species in our area. Ampelopsis cor-
data Michx., 2n = 40, a high-climbing, nearly glabrous vine, the leaves
simple, ovate, cordate or truncate at base, unlobed or slightly 3-lobed,
coarsely and sharply toothed, the berries greenish or bluish, occurs in
rich woods and bottomlands from northern Florida to Texas and Mexico,
north to southeastern Nebraska, southern Illinois, southern Indiana,
southern Ohio, and Virginia. It seems to be closely related to the eastern
Asiatic A. brevipedunculata (Maxim.) Trautv. (A. heterophylla Sieb. &
Zucc.), 2n = 40, a more or less pubescent vine with ovate-cordate, 3-lobed,
simple leaves and bright-blue berries, which is cultivated for ornament and
is sporadically naturalized in at least North Carolina and Georgia (Small),
northward to Ohio and New England. Am~pelopsis arborea (L.) Koehne
(A. bipinnata Michx.), pepper-vine, 2n = 40, generally a high-climbing
vine (or sometimes bushy), with bipinnate (or -ternate) leaves, rather
small, coarsely toothed or incised leaflets, and dark-purple to black berries,
occurs in swampy woods from southern Florida to Texas, north to Okla-
homa, Missouri, southern Illinois, and to Virginia and Maryland. It is
mexicana Rose, of western Mexico (Sinaloa to Guerrero), remain un-
certain
Inflorescences showing transitions to tendrils, with a branch or the
peduncle spirally coiled, have been frequently observed’ in Ampelopsis
cordata. In at least our species, the septa of the ovary are not connate
at the center. The genus appears to be homoploid, 2m = 40 having been
found in the six species investigated.
A close relationship to Ampelocissus Planch., Vitis, and especially to
Parthenocissus has been assumed by various authors. The genus is in
need of a modern revision.
REFERENCES:
Under family references see BRANDT, LENGERKEN (pp. 343 3-359), SCHNEIDER
(pp. 318-323, 1033, pen! SUESSENGUTH (pp. 313-315), VATSALA, and VraLa &
VERMOREL (1: 68-75.
—_— Back pas heterophylla. Addisonia 16(3): 35, 36. pl. 530.
[A. brevipedunculata
Deneck P. I. Seeds of Ampelopsis from the tertiary deposits of the territory
of USSR. (In Russian.) Bot. Zhur. 42: 643-648. 1957.
MEEHAN, T. The native flowers and ferns of the United States. vol. 2. v
200 pp. oe 1-48. 1879. [Vitis indivisa Willd. (= Ampelopsis a:
21-24, pl. 6.]
3. enep ots Planchon in A. & C. de Candolle, Monogr. Phaner.
5(2): 447. 1887.
pbctoue ai evergreen] high-climbing vines; tendrils aagbige
monochasially 3-12-branched, with [rarely without] adhesive discs a
58 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
tips of branches. Leaves palmately [very rarely pedately| (3)5(7)-folio-
late, long petioled, leaflets medium sized to large, coarsely toothed, sub-
sessile to long petiolulate. Inflorescences usually many-flowered cymose
panicles with prolonged monochasially branched rachises [or corymb-like
bifurcately branched thyrses], lacking tendrils, opposite the leaves, inter-
mittent, and sometimes also terminal. Flowers 5-merous, bisexual |some-
times also functionally ¢ |, greenish. Calyx small, cupular, shallowly
irregularly 5-lobed. Petals 5, concave, thickish, expanding at anthesis.
tamens 5. Nectariferous disc usually obscure, fused with the ovary base,
distinguishable from the ovary by darker color, secretion of nectar, and
natomical structure [or rarely disc evident]. Stigma simple, small; style
narrowly conical, short; ovary 2-locular, the septa meeting in the center
and apparently not or weakly connate. Berries subglobular, 5-10 mm. in
diameter, dark blue to black, often glaucous, 1—4-seeded, inedible. Seed
obovate to obovate-suborbicular in outline, convex on the abaxial,
angular, + keeled on the adaxial side; chalazal knot round to short-
spatulate, situated in or above the center of abaxial surface, extended to
the seed apex into a linear + salient raphe inconspicuous and threadlike
on the adaxial side; 2 adaxial grooves narrow, cracklike, slightly curved,
extending nearly from apex to base of seed (Fic. 1, f). LrcTotyPr
species: P. quinquefolia (L.) Planch. (Hedera quinquefolia L.);
Britton & Brown, Illus. Fl. No. U. S. ed. 2. 2: 511. 1913. (Name from
Greek, parthenos, virgin, and kissos, ivy; an equivalent of vigne-viérge,
the French name for the type species.)
A genus of about 15 species, of the temperate and tropical regions of
eastern Asia and North America, centered in Asia (12 species); one
species in our area.
Parthenocissus quinquefolia (Ampelopsis quinquefolia (L.) Michx., A.
hederacea (Ehrh.) DC.),* Virginia creeper, woodbine, 2” = 40, occurs
*Rehder (1905) presented strong arguments for regarding Hedera quinquefolia L.
as a species of Parthenocissus developing adhesive discs on its tendrils. Consequently
he applied P. quinquefolia (L.) Planch. to this species. Suringar supported Rehder’s
iscs, known at present as P. vitacea (Knerr) Hitchc. Rehder’s has generally
been a American and European botanists, but a few botanists have adopted
bner’s interpretation. Thus, in his Catalogus Florae Austriae (1 1957),
Janchen treats P. quinquefolia species without adhesive discs on the tendrils,
citing in i cea (Knerr) Hitchc. and Hedera quinquefolia L. T
species with adhesive rece crane known as P. quinquefolia (L.) Planch., Janchen
c f of escens (Schldl.) Graebner (amplif. Janchen)” with “P. quinquefolia
Rehder, Schneider, Fritsch, Hegi, Mansfeld, non Graebner” and “non Hedera quinque-
folia L.” in synonymy. Made in good faith, but hardly well founded, this action un-
fortunately returns confusion to dc already stabilized nomenclature of the American
species of Parthenocissus
Gleason (1947) showed that Vitis inserta Kerner, on which Parthenocissus inserta
(Kerner) Fritsch is based, “is merely a synonym of P. quinquefolia.’ Hence, the
correct name for the species known under that name is P. vitacea (Knerr) Hitchc.
i.
1965 | BRIZICKY, GENERA OF VITACEAE 59
in hammocks and woods and on rocky banks from Cuba, the Bahamas,
and southernmost Florida (including the Keys) north to Maine, Vermont,
southwestern Quebec, New York, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Wisconsin,
Minnesota, and southern Manitoba, west to Texas, and in Mexico and
Guatemala (Huehuetenango). The species is variable, and several forms
and varieties, mostly horticultural, have been distinguished. The most
frequently encountered wild form of var. guinquefolia is f. hirsuta (Donn)
Fern. (P. hirsuta (Donn) Small, P. pubescens (Schlecht.) Graebn.), with
soft-pubescent lower surface of leaflets, young branchlets, and inflo-
rescences. Parthenocissus quinquefolia var. murorum (Focke) Rehd.,
differing from the typical variety mainly in tendrils with 8-12 short
branches (as against 3~8 elongated branches) and somewhat broader and
thicker leaflets, has been recorded at least from Florida, the Bahamas,
Cuba, and Mexico. The species is closely related to P. laetivirens Rehd.,
of central China.
Parthenocissus vitacea (Knerr) Hitchc.,4 2m = 40, which differs from
P. quin quefolia hi in the bifurcately branched corymb-like in-
florescences (with a tendency toward racemose branching), tendrils
usually lacking rahe discs, and somewhat larger berries and seeds,
occupies a range north and west of our area, occurring from Nova Scotia
and Quebec to southern Manitoba and Montana, south to New England,
Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Missouri, Kansas, New Mexico,
western Texas, and Arizona. The closely related P. heptaphyila (Buckl.)
Britt. ex Small, perhaps a variety or subspecies of the preceding, with
(6—)7-foliolate leaves and smaller leaflets, seems to be restricted to central
Texas.
The flowers in at least our species are proterandrous, and cross-pollina-
tion appears to be the rule. Bumblebees, honeybees, and some other
Hymenoptera, Diptera, and Coleoptera have been recorded as pollinators.
Chromosome numbers, known in four species, are invariably 2m = 40.
Hybridization (in cultivation, as well as in the wild) between P. quinque-
folia and P. vitacea, assumed by Schneider (p. 316), can not be sub-
stantiated at present, since no authentic records of such hybrids have
been available.
The genus seems to be closely related to Ampelopsis, as well as to
Ampelocissus and Vitis. A modern revision of the North American species,
Suessenguth (p. 312) adopted P. vitacea but made a misleading remark. Having
questionably placed Ampelopsis quinquefolia DC. var. vitacea Knerr, Bot. Gaz. 18:
93, in the synonymy of P. vitacea Hitchc., he noted, “fraglich ob hierher gehorig,
for it to climb a wall or even a tree unless the bark be very ieee owing to the
structure of its tendrils. It climbs more like the grape and the clem ... On ex-
amination the tendrils will be found ¥ baad ae like grape tendrils, ait curling and
grasping by recurved tips, rather than t, digitate and clinging by disk-like expan-
sions as in the case of the typical species rena variety ].”
60 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
based on field studies, with special regard to the morphology of in-
florescences and tendrils, is desirable.
Both eastern North American species and the eastern Asiatic Partheno-
cissus tricuspidata (Sieb. & Zucc.) Planch. (Ampelopsis tricuspidata Sieb.
& Zucc., A. Veitchii Hort.), Boston ivy, 2n = 40, are valued ornamentals,
used especially for covering arbors, rocks, bushes, and walls. Fruits of
at least P. quinquefolia are said to be poisonous.
REFERENCES:
Under family references see BRANDT, DARWIN (pp. 84-87), LENGERKEN (pp.
359-393, 401-403), KasHyap (1957; 1958), SCHNEIDER (pp. 313-318, 1033),
SUESSENGUTH (pp. 309-313), VaTSALA, and ViALA & VERMOREL (1: 62-67.
1910).
Carter, A. Notes on pollination. Bot. Gaz. 17: 19-22. 1892. [Parthenocissus —
(“Ampelopsis’”), 19, 20 »}
Des Moutins, C. Note sur une propriété singuliére des vrilles de la vigne-vierge
(Ampelopsi Paes Mich.). Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux 24: 105-113.
Ln i O. Anpassung-Erscheinungen bei einiger Kletterpflanzen. Abh.
aturw. Ver. Bremen 4: 558-560. 1875. [Ampelopsis hederacea var.
dumetorum Focke and var. murorum Focke, distinguished by tendril char-
acters and climbing habits, 559, 560.]
Guieason, H. A. The preservation of well known binomials. Phytologia 2: 201-
212. 1957. [P. vitacea, 204, 205.]
Gorr, E. S. The Virginia creeper. Garden Forest 3: 392-394. 1890. [Indicates
existence of 2 vars. differing in their tendrils and san habits. See also
W.R. Lazensy, Bot. Gaz. 13: 233. 1888, and 15: 233.
GRAEBNER, P. Die Benennung der Wilden Wein- Arten unserer ‘Gatien, Garten-
flora 57: 59-67. 1908. [See also ibid. 49: 215, 216, etc. :
. Die Parthenocissus-Arten. Mitt. Deutsch. Dendrol. Ges. 40: 1-10.
1928. [Seven spp. in N. Am. ]
JANCHEN, E. Parthenocissus quinquefolia Eengpan geri unser gewOhnlicher
Wilder Wein. Phyton Austria 1: 170-
KNerR, E. B. Notes on a variety of FAs quinquefolia. Bot. Gaz. 18:
70, 71. 1893. [A. quinquefolia var. vitacea, with discless tendrils. |
MansFELp, R. Zur Nomenklatur der Farn- und Bliitenpflanzen Deutschlands. V.
Repert. Sp. Nov. 46: 286-309. 1939. [Parthenocissus, 303.]
Moens, P. Ontogenése des vrilles et différenciation des ampoules adhésives chez
quelques végétaux (Ampelopsis, Bignonia, Glaziovia). Cellule 57: 371-401.
19 P. tricuspidata (as ““Ampelopsis Veitchii Michx.”), ontogeny of
tendrils and differentiation of adhesive discs.
Reuper, A. Die amerikanischen Arten der Gattung Parthenocissus. Mitt.
Deutsch. Dendrol. Ges. 14: 129-136. 1905.
Scoccan, H. J. Flora of Manitoba. Natl. Mus. Canada Bull. 140: 1-619.
pls. 1-8. 1957. [Both - quinquefolia and P. vitacea (“P. inserta”) occur
in southern Manitoba, 391. ]
SovEcEes, R. Embryogénie des Ampelidacées (Vitacées). Développement de
Vembryon chez l’Ampelopsis hederacea DC. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris
244: 2446-2450. 1957. [Same type as Geum urbanum; embryogenetically
both Celastrales and Rhamnales approach Rosales. |
1965 | BRIZICKY, GENERA OF VITACEAE 61
SURINGAR, J. V. Nomenklaturalia. Mitt. Deutsch. Dendrol. Ges. 43: 199-217.
1931. | Parthenocissus, 203-207.]
4. Vitis Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. 1: 202. 1753; Gen. Pl. ed. 5. 95. 1754.
Deciduous, rarely evergreen, woody vines; bark of main stem and
branches usually shreddy and exfoliating, without distinct lenticels, or
rarely close, not exfoliating, with numerous lenticels; pith brown, usually
interrupted by diaphragms within the nodes, rarely continuous through
the nodes; tendrils usually bifurcate, rarely simple, not forming adhesive
discs, intermittent, rarely continuous, Leaves simple [rarely palmately
compound], often lobed, dentate. Inflorescences panicles (perhaps thyrses),
each opposite a leaf, sometimes with a tendril at the apex of peduncle.
Flowers 5-merous, fragrant, both bisexual and (at least functionally) uni-
sexual [rarely bisexual only], the plants polygamo-dioecious to tricecious.
alyx very small, saucer-like, or obsolete, slightly 5-dentate to entire.
Petals 5, coherent at apex, separating only at base, falling off as a cup
at anthesis. Stamens 5, straight in ¢ and bisexual flowers, reflexed and
with sterile pollen [or exceptionally wanting] in @. Nectariferous disc
of 5 flat, + distinct or coherent glands alternate with the stamens. Gynoe-
cium rudimentary in ¢ flowers; stigma small; style conical, short; ovary
2-locular. Berries globular [to ellipsoid], 5-25 mm. diameter [or more
in cultivars|, purple to black, more rarely whitish, pink, bronze, or green-
ish, glaucous or not, 2-locular, 2-4-seeded. Seeds mostly pyriform, + dis-
tinctly beaked at base, more rarely obovate to obovate-oblong and beak-
less; chalazal knot round to elliptic, mostly in the center of the abaxial
side; 2 adaxial grooves deep, rather long, narrow, + curved hag the upper
part (Fic. 1, a-c, g). LecrorypE species: V. vinifera L., = 38; see
Britton & Brown, Illus. Fl. No. U. S. ed. 2. 2: 505. 1913. sie Latin
name of the vine, V. vinifera.)
A genus of nearly 60 species, of temperate and tropical regions of the
- Northern Hemisphere, centered in China and in eastern North America.
Two very distinct subgenera have been recgonized, subg. Vitis, 2m = 38,
comprising the vast majority of species, and subg. MuscapINIA, 2n = 40?,
including three American species. Morphological differences between the
subgenera (see below), coupled with different chromosome numbers and
a rather strong genetic barrier, seem to favor the generic segregation of
subg. MuscaprntA. Since, however, cytological data are known only in
one of the three species of the latter, and the morphological differences
can be evaluated only after a thorough study of the related genera,
Muscadinia is retained here as a subgenus of Vitis. .
Subgenus Vitis (§ Euvitis Planch.). Bark of the main stem and bran-
ches shreddy and exfoliating, without distinct lenticels; pith interrupted
by diaphragms within the nodes; tendrils forked; infructescences usually
elongated, many fruited; seeds usually pyriform, + distinctly beaked at
base, smooth on the abaxial side. About 17 species (or perhaps fewer) in
62 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
our area. There is no agreement as to the interrelationships of these; the
sequence in which they are mentioned below reflects only increasing area
of occurrence, not taxonomic relationship. The species of subg. Vitis often
intergrade, and their delimitation appears to be rather difficult; hence the
species concepts of various authors differ, and the specific status of some
species is still uncertain. A thorough taxonomic and nomenclatural re-
vision is needed.
Vitis illex Bailey (V. cordifolia var. sempervirens Munson), V. Smalliana
Bailey, V. sola Bailey (apparently closely related to and perhaps conspe-
cific with V. tiliifolia HBK., of the West Indies, Central America, and
northern South America), and V. Shuttleworthii House (V. coriacea Shut-
tlew. ex Planch. 1887, not Mig. 1863) are restricted to Florida. Vitis
araneosa Le Conte (V. rufotomentosa Small), the specific status of which
is uncertain, ranges from Florida to Louisiana and southeastern Virginia.
The Mexican-Texan V. Berlandieri Planch., 2m = 38, and V. candicans
Engelm., mustang grape, 2” = 38, seem to occur in our area at least in
western Arkansas. Vitis Lincecumii Buckley, 2n = 38, of Texas, Okla-
homa, Arkansas, Louisiana, and southeastern Missouri, recently has been
recorded from Scott County, Tennessee. Vitis Baileyana Munson is found
in upland and mountain areas in Alabama and northwestern Georgia, west-
ern South and North Carolina, and eastern Tennessee, north to southeast-
ern Virginia, West Virginia, and southeastern Kentucky. The taxonomic
status of V. Lincecumii and V. Baileyana needs further clarification. While
Gleason (New Britt. Brown Illus. Fl. NE. U. S. 2: 517. 1952) suggested
that both might be not yet fully stabilized species of hybrid origin,
Steyermark (Fl. Missouri 1036, 1037, 1040. 1963) reduced them to the
synonymy of V. aestivalis var. aestivalis and V. vulpina, respectively.
Vitis palmata Vahl (V. rubra Michx.), 2n = 38, ranges from northeastern
Texas, northern Louisiana, and central Mississippi north to western
Oklahoma, central Missouri, southern Illinois and southern Indiana, west
to southern Kentucky and western Tennessee. Vitis rupestris Scheele,
sand-grape, 2m = 38, has a similar range, but does not seem to occur in
Mississippi and Louisiana: reports of this species from Pennsylvania, the
District of Columbia, and North Carolina appear to be based on intro-
ductions and escapes.°
Five additional species of subg. Vitis are of wide distribution in
eastern North America: Vitis vulpina L. (V. cordifolia Lam.), frost-grape,
chicken-grape, 2m = 38; V. Labrusca L., fox-grape, 2n = 38; V. aesti-
valis Michx., summer-grape, pigeon-grape; V. cinerea Engelm. ex Millard
(including var. cinerea, graybark-grape, 2m = 38, and var. floridana
Munson, sometimes regarded as a distinct species, V. Simpsonit Munson) ;
and the most widely distributed species of North America, V. riparia
Michx. (V. vulpina of authors, not L.), frost-grape or river-bank-grape,
°In his Spring Flora of the Dallas-Fort Worth Area, Texas, Shinners stated, “The
name of this species is misapplied by Fernald and Rehder to plants extending north
through and far beyond our area.” Unfortunately, the basis for this statement was
not explaine
1965 | BRIZICKY, GENERA OF VITACEAE 63
which occurs from New Brunswick and Quebec to Manitoba and Mon-
tana, south to Virginia, Tennessee, Arkansas, Texas, and New Mexico.
Vitis argentifolia Munson (V. aestivalis var. argentifolia (Munson) Fern.:
V. bicolor, of authors) has a range similar to that of V. aestivalis and is
usually regarded as a variety of it. Since both seem to occur together
within nearly the same range, it appears to be more appropriate to regard
V. argentifolia either as a form of V. aestivalis or as a distinct species.
The latter solution seems preferable until further study clarifies the
problem.
Subgenus Muscaprnia (Planch.) Rehd. (Muscadinia (Planch.) Small).
Bark of main stem and branches close, lenticellate, not exfoliating; pith
continuous through the nodes; tendrils simple; infructescences very short,
few-fruited; seed obovate to oblong-obovate, scarcely beaked, usually
transversely wrinkled on the abaxial side. A strictly American subgenus
of two or three species, in the southeastern United States, the West Indies,
and Mexico; two species in our area.
Vitis rotundifolia Michx. (M. rotundifolia (Michx.) Small), muscadine,
southern fox-grape, scuppernong, 2m = 40, occurs in hammocks, swamps,
open woods, thickets, and riverbanks, from southern Florida to Texas,
northward, mostly on the Coastal Plain, to Virginia, Delaware, south-
western West Virginia, southeastern Kentucky, Tennessee, extreme south-
eastern Missouri, and Oklahoma. Leaves in this species are distinctive
but rather variable; berries are subglobular, 12-25 mm. in diameter, with
thick, tough, purple-black to bronze (in the cultivar ‘Scuppernong’) skin
and tough, sweet pulp with a characteristic musky flavor. Long aérial roots
are often present. This species is highly resistant to virus and fungal
diseases and insect pests, sisi to phylloxera and nematodes. Vitis
Munsoniana Simpson ex Munson (M. Munsoniana (Simpson ex Munson)
Small), closely related to and differing from the preceding mainly in
the sour, not musky-flavored, black, persistent berries, 8-15 mm. in
diameter, with a tender skin and pulp and smaller seeds, is found in
hammocks and scrub, in peninsular Florida and Georgia, on the Florida
Keys, and in the Bahamas. The leaves, very similar to those of Vz
rotundifolia, are said to be persistent, at least in southern Florida. Vitis
Popenoei Fennell (V. vulpina var. yzabalana S. Wats.), of Mexico (Vera-
cruz) and Guatemala (Izabal), seems to be a distinctive species eyed
related to V. rotundifolia. However, fruits and seeds, cytology, and dis
tribution of this species need to be studied. — of V. souendibalin
from Mexico apparently are referable to V. Popeno
Although the flowers in the genus usually are 5-merous, the number of
floral parts (petals and stamens) may vary from three to six (nine), the
Regarding the distribution of sexes, the plants may be polygamo-dioecious
(androdioecious; rarely gynodioecious in some cultivars) or trioecious,
64 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
more rarely dioecious (with only staminate and functionally pistillate
flowers). Cross-pollination seems to be the rule, although in many culti-
vated varieties with bisexual flowers self-pollination also occurs. Data on
pollinating agents of our species are few, but bees seem to be most
important.
Chromosome numbers, known in 21 species and numerous diate are
invariably 2n = 38 in the species of subg. Vitis, and 2 40 in V
rotundifolia. Polyploidy within the genus is rare, and ce = 57 and 76
have been found in a few cultivars of V. vinifera. ‘So it is to be considered
that speciation in this genus is achieved by intrachromosomal variations
brought about by accumulation of genic differences” (Vatsala).
Although wild hybrids have rarely been recorded, the species of subg.
Vitis hybridize freely, and numerous, sometimes complex, artificial hybrids
between Vitis vinifera and some North American species, as well as be-
tween some of the latter, have been produced. There seems to be, how-
ever, a genetic barrier between the species of the subgenera. While the
cross V. (Muscadinia) rotundifolia 2 V. vinifera 8 has always been
unsuccessful, the reciprocal cross resulted in a highly sterile F; (2n = 39).
Two such hybrids have recently been made fully fertile by chromosome
doubling with colchicine, and a small population of tetraploids has been
raised from the artificial amphiploids (cf. Dermen, 1964). A complex
triploid (2n = 59) hybrid, (V. Lincecumii « Labrusca vinifera) @
x V. rotundifolia 4, which bears only staminate flowers, has been
produced.
A close relationship with Ampelocissus and a more distant one with
Ampelopsis and Parthenocissus have been assumed by various authors.
According to Levadoux, Boubals, and Rives, “In the family of Vitaceae,
it is possible to distinguish a comparium containing the genera with 2” =
40 chromosomes [Ampelocissus, Ampelopsis, Parthenocissus, and Vitis].
In this comparium there appears a remarkable exception, the cenospecies
Euvitis | Vitis subg. Vitis| to which nearly all the cultivated vines belong,
and which is characterized by a chromosome number of 2” = 38. The
linnean species, traditionally differentiated within this cenospecies, are
ecospecies between which no genetical barrier can be observed.”
The genus is of great economic importance for the edible fruits from
which raisins, grape juices, and wines are made. The horticultural varie-
ties of economic importance have originated from Vitis vinifera (including
extremely numerous cultivars), V. Labrusca (e.g., cultivars ‘Concord’,
‘Champion’, ‘Chautauqua’, and others, collectively known as V. labrus-
cana Bailey), V. aestivalis, and V. riparia, and from crosses between
certain of these species. In the United States, cultivars of V. vinifera are
restricted to the Mediterranean-type climate of California; but numerous
cultivars derived from hybrids of V. vinifera with cultivars of the hardy
American V. Labrusca are widely grown under the climatic conditions of
the eastern United States. All of the latter have a characteristic aroma
and produce wines quite different from those from V. vinifera. Within
the range of V. rotundifolia its cultivars are widely grown for the fresh
1965 | BRIZICKY, GENERA OF VITACEAE 65
fruit used for home and local consumption and in the production of a
distinctive wine.
REFERENCES:
The vast number of references has been reduced here primarily to thos
either of general interest or dealing specifically with the southeastern United
States. Under family references see especially ADKINSON, ARBAUMONT, BEILLE
(pp. 105, 107-109), Bousats (1959; 1961), BRANDT, DarwIN (pp. 79-83),
KIRCHHEIMER (pp. 1-9, 118-129), Narr & Mant, SCHNEIDER (pp. 301-312,
1032, 1033), SUESSENGUTH (pp. 283-299; bibliography, pp. 174-179, 283, 284,
296, 297- 299, and 334-337 [cultivars]), TROLL (pp. pote i 628), VATSALA,
and VraLa & VERMOREL (especially 1: 109-718. pls. 1-70.
Battey, L. H. The species of grapes peculiar to North America. Gent. Herb. 3:
149-244. 1934
Barrett, H. C. Vins cinerea as a source of Spry characters in grape breed-
ing. Proc. Am. Soc. Hort. Sci. 70: 165-168.
Buncnon, F. Sur la phyllotaxie des grappes . aa vrilles de la vigne (Vitis
vinifera L.). Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 228: 770, 771. 1949.
. Sur la valeur morphologique des grappes et des vrilles de la vigne
(Vitis vinifera L.). Ibid. 937-939. [Data from phyllotaxy in support of the
thesis of monopodial branching in Vitis.
Sur les caractéres distinctifs des rameaux végétatifs, des grappes et des
vrilles de la vigne (Vitis vinifera L.). Ibid. 1967-1969.
DERMEN, H. Colchiploidy in grapes. Jour. Hered. 45: 159-172. 1954. [Poly-
ploidy successfully induced in 10 vars. and selections of bunch grapes, in
one of V. vinifera, and 16 muscadine grapes.
. Cytogenetics in hybridization of bunch- and muscadine- -type grapes.
Econ. Bot. 18: 137-148. 1964. [“Two such hybrids known as ‘N. C. 6-15
and ‘N. C. 6-16’ were made fully fertile by chromosome doubling with
colchicine.’’]
DetjeN, L. R. Pollination of the rotundifolia grapes. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci.
Soc. 33: 120-127. 1917
Dorsey, M. J. Variation in the floral structures of Vitis. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club
39: 37-52. pls. 1-3. 1912. [Bisexual flowers occur in the cultivars of many
spp. of Vitis; variations in perianth, androecium, and gynoecium. |
Ecucut, T., T. Kato, & M. Kome. Flower bud differentiation and pacar
of grapes. og Japanese; English summary.) Jour. Hort. Assoc. Japan 2
46-52.
Esau, K. iat — in the grapevine, and its seasonal changes. Hilgardia
18: 217-296. 1948
FENNELL, J. L. Two new North American species of Vitis. Jour. Wash. Acad.
Sci. 30: 15-19. 1940. [V. Popenoei, 17-19.] ee
fe
Heprick, U. P. The grapes of New York. Rep. N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta.
Part 2. [N. Y. Dep. Agr. 15 Annual Rep. 3(2).] xv + 564 pp. 101 pls.
Albany. 1908. [Beautiful colored plates of some wild spp. and very
humerous cultivars. |
HeEcepus, A. Conclusions aig Ca apt relatives a la cealhoap histologique
de % vigne. Acta Bot. Acad. Sci. Hungar. 6: 257-266. 1960.
HENKE, O. Biochemische und ssenpeeielacdia “sana an Vitis-Art-
bastarden. Ziichter 30: 213-219. 1960.
KRAVCHENKo, L. K. Some data on floral morphology, the flower type, and
66 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
biology of flowering of wild species of the genus Vitis L. (In Russian.)
Dokl. Akad. Nauk Uzbek. SSR 7. 1961.* [Twenty-two North American
spp. investigated; derivative nature of unisexual and antiquity of bisexual
flowers shown (see Vassilczenko, p. 492).]
KrocuMat, A., & W. Grierson. Brief history of grape growing in the United
States. Econ, Bot. 15: 114-118. 1961.
Lattin, G. bE. Zur Vererbung der Anthocyanbildung bei Vitis. Proc. Int. Congr.
Genet. 9: 823-827. 1956.*
LEVADOUX, L. Les populations sauvages et cultivées de Vitis vinifera L. (Eng-
lish summary.) Ann. Amél. Pl. 6: 59-118. 1956. [Morphological and
taxonomic data; extensive bibliography. |
, D. Boupats, & M. Rives. Le genre Vitis et ses espéces. (English sum-
mary.) Ann, Amél. Pl. 12: 19-44. 1962.
Loomis, N. H., & C. F. WrittaMs. A new genetic flower type of the muscadine
grape. Jour. Hered. 48: 294, 304. 1957.
Witiiams, & M. M. Murpny. Inheritance of flower types in
muscadine grapes. Proc. Am. Soc. Hort. Sci. 64: 279-283. 1954. [See also
N. H. Loomis, ibid. 52: 276-279. 1948; and C. F. Wititams, ibid. 64:
274-278. 1954.]
Lutz, H. J. Injuries to trees caused by Celastrus and Vitis. Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club 70: 436-439. 1943.
McNet1, E. M. New plant finds in southern West Virginia. Castanea 25: 135.
1960. [V. rotundifolia, near Mullens, Wyoming Co.
Massey, A. B. Native grapes and their wildlife value. Bull. Va. Polytech. Inst.
38(2): 1-20. 1945. [Includes the apparently erroneous record of the
northernmost locality of V. Munsoniana: Smith Island, Cape Fear River,
C., 20
A... 20.
MeryaniAn, A. S. Uber die Dorsiventralitit der Weinrebe. (Zur Morphologie
und Biologie der Gattung Vitis.) Angew. Bot. 12: 470-502. 1930
NEcRUL, A. M. Evolution of the dimensions of grape seeds and berries (based
USSR). (In Russian; French summary.) Izv. Timiryazeva Sel’skokhoz.
Akad. 33: 167-176. 1960.*
OBeRLE, G. D. A genetic study of variations in floral morphology and function
in cultivated forms of Vitis. Tech. Bull. N. Y. Agr. Exp. Sta. 250: 1-63.
1939. [Includes review of literature on floral morphology, pollen develop-
ment, and inheritance of flower type and sex.
Otmo, H. P. The use of seed characters in hee identification of grape varieties.
Proc. Am. Soc. Hort. Sci. 40: 305-309. a:
Correlations between seed and as development in some seeded
varieties of Vitis vinifera. Ibid. 48: 291-297. 1946.
. Breeding tetraploid grapes. /bid. 59: ws 290. 1952. [See also ibid.
41: 225-227. 1942.]
PaTeL, G. I., & H. P. OLtmo, Cytogenetics of Vitis: I. The hybrid V. vinifera X
V. rotundifoha. Am. Jour. Bot. 42: 141-159. 1955. [Includes many
references to earlier works on hybridization of V. rotundifolia. |
Causes of difference in success in reciprocal crosses between Vitis vi-
nifera Linn. and V. rotundifolia Michx. Cytologia 21: 411-416. 1956.
[Failure in the cross V. rotundifolia 2 X V. vinifera & “must reside in the
cytoplasm of either embryo-sack or/and maternal tissue surrounding the
embryo-sack.”’]
1965 | BRIZICKY, GENERA OF VITACEAE 67
. Induction of polyploidy in the sterile F, hybrids of Vitis vinifera Linn.
and Vitis rotundifolia Michx. X. Phyton Buenos Aires 7: 63-68. 1956.
[ Colchicine treatment. ]
Interspecific triploid hybrid in grape. Caryologia 9: 340-352. 1957.
Prrovano, A. L’hérédité des caractéres dans " ee entre Vitis vinifera et
Vitis Bibewien. Viticult. Nouv. 6(68): 4-6
Popova, N. A. On the first phases of embryogenesis in grapes. (In Russian.)
Sadov. Vinograd. Vinodel. Moldavii 11(5): 25~27. 1956.*
RrpereEAu-Gayon, P. Les anthocyannes du genre Vise application a la dif-
férenciation des vins. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 250: 591-593. 1960.
R. J. ANDeRSon, Jour. Biol. Chem, 57: 795-814. 1923, and 61:
685-694. 1924: ANDERSON & NABENHAUR, Jour. Biol. Chem. 61: 97-107.
1924, and Jour. Am. Chem. Soc. 48: 2994. 1926; SCHRINER & ANDERSON,
Jour. Biol. sii 80: 743-752. 1928.]
ae AuD. Les anthocyannes de la baie dans le genre Vitis. Compt.
cae rar “Sci Paris 244: 233-235. 1957. [V. vinifera and 11 N. Am.
eae "We Prospection préliminaire des espéces Américaines du genre Vitis.
Ann. Amél. PI. 13: 51-82. 1963. [Includes maps by Loomis of distribution
of 12 spp. of e. N. A.]
Sax, K. Chromosome counts in Vitis and related genera. Proc. Am. Soc. Hort.
Sci. 26(1929): 32, 33. 1930. [Undocumented; see also A. M. NEGRUL,
Ziichter 2: 33-43. 1930; * and RANDHAWA & Iver, Hort. Advance 4:
SMITH, M. B., & H. P. Otmo. The pantothenic acid and riboflavin in the fresh
juice of diploid and tetraploid grapes. Am. Jour. Bot. 31: 240, 241. 1944.
SNYDER, J. C. Primordial development of the inforescenc of the Concord
grape. Proc. Am. Soc. Hort. Sci. 30: 247-252.
TKACHENKO, G. V. The role of the substances nee by the stigma in the
pollination of the grape (Vitis vinifera L.). (In Russian.) Bot. Zhur. 44:
963-967.
TURNER, L. M. Anatomy of aerial roots of Vitis rotundifolia. Bot. Gaz. 96:
367-371. 1934.
VaSSILCZENKO, I. T, The recent status of the problem of the origin of cultivated
grape (Vitis vinifera L.). (In Russian.) Bot. Zhur. 49: 487-502. 1964.
Wacner, E. Uberdauernde Nucleoli und tripolare Spindeln in der Pollenmeiose
eines as a Naturwissenschaften 40: 488. 1953. [V. vinifera
x V. ripari
Weaver, R. J. Pr olonging dormancy in Vitis vinifera with gibberellin. Nature
183: 1198, 1199, 1959.
Wittiams, C. F. Hybridization of Vitis degen Inheritance of anatomical
stem characteristics. N. C. Agr. Exp. Sta. Tec 1923.*
. Relation of berry size to ng type of seedlings in muscadine grape
crosses. Proc. Am. Soc. Hort. Sci. 69: 254-260. 1957.
68 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
DATES OF PUBLICATION OF THE JOURNAL LINNAEA:
FURTHER EVIDENCE
H. E. Moore, Jr., AND C. E. Woon, Jr.
FOSTER HAS RECENTLY REVIEWED the problem of determining the dates
of publication of the nineteenth-century periodical Linnaea in which a very
large number of plants were described and named between 1826 and 1882.
His list brought together the partial data published by six previous authors
and other evidence adduced from articles in Linnaea itself, from reviews or
comments in contemporary publications, and from a few other sources.
In spite of these detective efforts, accurate dates have been lacking for
many parts and volumes.
One of the difficulties in dating this, and a number of other botanical
periodicals in which the title-page date of a volume may differ greatly
from that of the actual publication of the individual parts, stems from the
formerly widespread practice of discarding the covers of the parts when
the volumes were bound. Thus, the dates of publication of the parts of
only a few volumes of Linnaea have been taken previously from their
original covers, these being missing in most sets which have been con-
sulted. We were therefore happily surprised in August, 1964, when, having
occasion to check a reference to Linnaea in the library of the Royal Botanic
Garden, Edinburgh, we found that of the complete run of forty-three
volumes, twenty-one (20-28, 32-43) have the original covers of the six or
seven component parts (Hefte) bound in at the back. Each cover is dated
with month and year and includes a table of contents and sometimes notes
which provide additional data about the date of publication of the plates
and the index (Register). Since throughout most of its history Linnaea
seems to have been behind schedule, these cover dates may reasonably
be considered the earliest possible for each Heft and should be taken as
the date of publication, unless other evidence is available, as in the case
of parts of volumes 42 and 43, the dates of which are given by Van
Steenis-Kruseman and Stearn as one to six months later than the cover
date. All other cover dates in the list which follows are in general accord
with Foster’s list, which in many instances provides the latest possible
publication date.
To avoid duplication of effort, it should also be mentioned that we
examined an incomplete run of Linnaea in the library of the University of
Edinburgh and that Moore examined two sets at Oxford University (Rad-
cliff Science Library and library of the Botany Department), but in all
volumes the original covers are missin
For convenience, the earlier references to dates of publication of parts
of Linnaea are repeated here:
1965 | MOORE AND WOOD, THE JOURNAL LINNAEA 69
BLAKE, S. F., Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington 46: 192. 1933. [Vol. 28 only;
see pt Fl. ‘Melee Bull. 4(17): 907. 1962.]
Foster, R. C., Jour. Arnold Arb. 43: 400-409. 1962.
Kun7ze, ae Rev Gen, 3(2): 158, 159. 1898.
ooreE, H. E., Jr., Gent. Herb. 8: 375. 1954.
STEENIS- care M. J. vAN, & W. T. STEARN, FI. Males. I. 4: cxcvm,
1
cxcIx. 1954.
SVENSON, H. K., Rhodora 41: 313. 1939.
URBAN, ‘ Bot. Jahrb. 19: 562. 1894.
Volume 22
TITLE-PAGE DATE: 1849.
Heft 1(Bogen 1-8, Taf. I):
VOLUME DaTE
Volume 20.
TITLE-PAGE DATE: 1847.
Heft 1(Bogen 1-8, Taf. I*): 1-128 May, 1847
““) Diese Tafel wird beim nichsten
Hefte nachgeliefert.”
Heft 2(Bogen 9-16*) : 129-256 June, 1847
‘“*) Tafel I. wird hiernachgeliefert.”’
Heft 3(Bogen 17-24, Taf. II, III): 257-384 ibe 1847
Heft 4(Bogen 25-32): 385-512 Aug. 1847
Heft 5(Bogen 33-40) : 513-640 Oct. 1847
Heft 6(Bogen 41-50) : 641-781 Dec. 1847
Volume 21.
TITLE-PAGE DATE: 1848.
Heft 1(Bogen 1-8, Taf. I-III*): 1-128 Feb. 1848
‘“) Diese drei Tafeln werden mit dem nachsten
Hefte ausgegeben werden
Heft 2(Bogen 9-16, Taf. IV, V*): 129-256 Apr. 1848
‘*) Die drei ersten Tafeln kénnen erst mit
dem dritten Hefte pocigieegs werden.”
Heft 3(Bogen 17—24*) : 257-38 July, 1848
“*’) Tafel I-III ras ae ache”
Heft 4(Bogen 25-32): 3 Aug. 1848
Heft 5( Bogen 33-40, oe oe 513-640 Oct. 1848
Heft 6(Bogen 41-49) : 641-780 Jan. 1849
March, 1849
Heft 2(Bogen 9-16, Taf. oy nee e, 1849
Heft 3(Bogen 17-24) : 257-384 July, 1849
Heft 4(Bogen 25-32, Taf. 7 ‘ale 385-512 Aug. 1849
Heft 5(Bogen 33-40): 513
Heft 6(Bogen 41-48, Taf. 5: ne 768
Heft 7( Bogen 49-57) : 769-898
Not ‘dated, en possibly
also Dec. 1
Volume 23.
TITLE-PAGE DATE: 1850.
Heft 1(Bogen 1-8): 1-128 Feb. 1850
Heft 2(Bogen 9-16) : 129-256 May, 1850
70 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM
VOLUME
Heft 3(Bogen 17-24, Taf. I, II): 257-384
Heft 4(Bogen 25-32): 385-51
2
Heft 5(Bogen 33-40, Taf. III, IV): 513-640
Heft 6(Bogen 41-49) : 641-770
Volume 24.
TITLE-PAGE DATE: 1851.
Heft 1(Bogen 1-8): 1-128
Heft 2(Bogen 9-16): 129-256
Heft 3(Bogen 17-24): 257-384
Heft 4(Bogen 25-32): 385-512
Heft 5(Bogen 33-40): 513-640
Heft 6( Bogen 41-51): 641-804
Volume 25.
TITLE-PAGE DATE: 1852.
Heft 1(Bogen 1-8, Taf. 1): 1-128
Heft 2(Bogen 9-16): 129-256
Heft 3(Bogen 17-24): eos
Heft 4(Bogen 25-32): 385-5
Heft 5(Bogen 33-40, Taf. D: 513-640
Heft 6(Bogen 41-49) : 641-772
Volume 26
TITLE-PAGE DATE: 1853.
Heft 1(Bogen 1-8): 1-128
Heft 2(Bogen 9-16, Taf. I, II): 129-256
Heft 3(Bogen 17-24, Taf. III): 257-384
Heft 4( Bogen 25-32): 385-512
Heft 5(Bogen 33-40) : 513-640
Heft 6(Bogen 41-52): 641-807
Volume 27.
TITLE-PAGE DATE: 1854.
Heft 1(Bogen 1-8): 1-128
Hefte 2, 3(Bogen 9-24): 129-384
Heft 4(Bogen 25-32): 385-512
Heft 5(Bogen 33-40): 513-640
Heft 6(Bogen 41-51): 641-799
Volume 28.
TITLE-PAGE DATE: 1856.
Heft 1(Bogen 1-8, Taf. I, II*): 1-128
“*) Die zu diesen: Hefte gehorigen
beiden Tafeln werden spater
nachgeliefert
Heft 2(Bogen 9-16): 129-256
“Die beiden Tafeln zum ersten Hefte
werden mit dem dritten ausgegeben
werden.”
DATE
July, 1850
Aug. 1850
Oct. 1850
Jan. 1851
May, 1851
July, 1851
Sept. 1851
Nov. 1851
Jan. 1852
June, 1852
June, 1852
Dec. 1852
Feb. 1853
Apr. 1853
June, 1853
Dec. 1853
Feb. 1854
Apr. 1854
Aug. 1854
Feb. 1855
May, 1855
Sept. 1855
Nov. 1855
Jan. 1856
Feb. 1856
Apr. 1856
Aug. 1856
Aug. 1856
Sept. 1856
[voL. 46
aa cea 2
1965 | MOORE AND WOOD, THE JOURNAL LINNAEA
VOLUME Date
Heft 3(Bogen 17-24*) : 257-384 Jan. 1857
‘“*’) Mit diesem Heft wird Taf. I. u. II.
nt
Heft 4(Bogen 25-32): 385-512 June, 1857
Heft 5(Bogen 33-40) : 513-640 Aug. 1857
Heft 6( Bogen 41-49) : 641-767* Feb. 1858
*Cover of Heft 6 notes: ‘“‘Das erste
Heft des 29sten Bandes der Linnaea
ist unter der Presse.”
Volumes 29-31.
Cover-pages lacking.
Volume 32.
TITLE-PAGE DATE: par
Heft 1 (Bogen 1-8):
Heft 2( Bogen 9-16, aa. : II): 129-256
Heft 3(Bogen 17-24, Taf. III): 257-384
Hefte 4, 5( Bogen 25-40): 385-640
Heft 6(Bogen 41-49) : 641-784
Register pages 786-801 published with
Volume 33, Heft I
Volume 33.
ITLE-PAGE DATE: 1864 u. 1865.
Heft 1(Bogen 1-8): 1-128
Heft 2( Bogen 9-16): 129-256
Hefte 3, 4(Bogen 17-32, Taf. I, II): 257-512
Heft 5(Bogen 33-40) : 513-640
Heft 6(Bogen 41-49, Taf. III) : 641-770
Volume 34.
TITLE-PAGE DATE: 1865 Ay 1866.
Heft 1(Bogen 1-8): 1-12
Heft 2( Bogen 9-16): aoe
Heft 3( Bogen 17-24): 257-384
Heft 4(Bogen 25-32) : 385-512
Heft 5(Bogen 33-40): 513-640
Heft 6(Bogen 41-47): 641-752
Volume 35.
TITLE-PAGE DATE: 1867 u. 1868.
Heft 1(Bogen 1-8, Taf. I, I): 1-128
Heft 2(Bogen 9-16): 129-256
Hefte 3, 4(Bogen 17-24, Taf. III-XXII*) : 257-384
*There are 2 plates marked XXII, one a
habit of Acacia tortilis, the other con-
taining diagnostic features of Acacia
verek and A. glaucophylla.
Heft 5( Bogen 25-32): 385-512
Heft 6( Bogen 33-40) : 513-637
March, 1863
Feb. 1864
May, 1864
May, 1864
Aug. 1864
Dec. 1864
March, 1865
June, 1865
March, 1865
July, 1865
Sept. 1865
Dec. 1865
Feb. 1866
Dec. 1866
Apr. 1867
July, 1867
Dec. 1867
March, 1868
Nov. 1868
72 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM
VOLUME
Volume 36.
TITLE-PAGE DATE: 1869 u. 1870.
Heft 1(Bogen 1-8): 1-128
Heft 2(Bogen 9-16): 129-256
Heft 3(Bogen 17-24): 257-384
Heft 4(Bogen 25-32): 385-512
Heft 5(Bogen 33-40) : 513-640
Heft 6(Bogen 41-50) : 641-790
Volume 37.
TITLE-PAGE DATE: 1871 bis 1873.
Heft 1(Bogen 1-8): 1-128
Heft 2(Bogen 9-16): 129-256
Heft 3(Bogen 17-25): 257-416
Hefte 4, 5(Bogen 26-34, Taf. 1): 417-544
Heft 6 (Bogen 35-42): 545-663
Volume 38.
TITLE-PAGE DATE: 1874.
Heft 1(Bogen 1-8): 1-128
Heft 2(Bogen 9-16) : 129-256
Heft 3(Bogen 17-24): 257-384
Heft 4(Bogen 25-32): 385-512
Heft 5(Bogen 33-40) : 513-640
Heft 6(Bogen 41-48) : 641-753
Volume 39.
TITLE-PAGE DATE: 187 2
Heft 1(Bogen 1-8): 1-12
Hefte 2, 3(Bogen 9-16, Tat i 129-256
Heft 4 (Bogen 17-22): 25
Heft 5(Bogen 23-28): rele
Heft 6(Bogen 29-33): 449-526
Volume 40.
TITLE-PAGE DATE: cap
Heft 1(Bogen 1-6): 1-9
Hefte 2, 3(Bogen 7-12, ad a re 97-192
Heft 4(Bogen 13-18): 193
Heft 5(Bogen 19-24): oe
Heft 6(Bogen 25-30): 385-468
Volume 41.
TITLE-PAGE DATE: 1877.
Heft 1(Bogen 1-7): 1-112
Heft 2(Bogen 8-12): 113-192
Heft 3(Bogen 13-18): 193-288
Heft 4(Bogen 19-24): 289-384
Hefte 5, 6(Bogen 25-36) : 385-576
Heft 7(Bogen 37-41): 577-655
DATE
May, 1869
Sept. 1869
Jan. 1870
Apr. 1870
Sept. 1870
Dec. 1870
Feb. 1871
Sept. 1873
Dec. 1873
Jan. 1874
May, 1874
July, 1874
Aug. 1874
Dec. 1874
Feb. 1875
June, 1875
July, 1875
Aug. 1875
Oct. 1875
Jan. 1876
Dec. 1876
Dec. 1876
Feb. 1877
Apr. 1877
Aug. 1877
Oct. 1877
Feb. 1878
[voL. 46
1965 | MOORE AND WOOD, THE JOURNAL LINNAEA
VOLUME
Volume 42.
TITLE-PAGE DATE: 1878 u. 1879.
Heft 1(Bogen 1-7): 1-112
Heft 2(Bogen 8-12): 113-192
Heft 3(Bogen 13-18): 193-288
Heft 4( Bogen 19-24): 289-384
Heft 5(Bogen 25-30) : 385-480
Hefte 6, 7( Bogen 31-42) : 481-667
Volume 43.
TITLE-PAGE DATE: 1880 bis 1882.
Heft 1(Bogen 1-4, Taf. . 1-66
Heft 2(Bogen 5- 9): 67-13
Hefte 3, 4(Bogen 10-16, ae er 139-252
Hefte 5, 6(Bogen 17-31): 253
Heft 7(Bogen 32-36): ee i-xxiii
BarLey Hortorrum, CORNELL UNIVERSITY
N
ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY
DATE
Feb. 1878
Oct. 1879
July, 1880
74 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE LEAF-BEARING
CACTACEAE, XIII
THE OCCURRENCE OF WATER-SOLUBLE ANISOTROPIC BODIES
IN AIR-DRIED AND ALCOHOL-DEHYDRATED LEAVES
OF PERESKIA AND PERESKIOPSIS
I. W. Batrey !
IN A PRELIMINARY SURVEY of the occurrence of crystals in the leaf-
bearing Cactaceae (Bailey 1961), I noted the common presence in various
species of Pereskia of brown isotropic bodies during earlier stages of the
clearing of leaves in three per cent sodium hydroxide. Although isotropic
in polarized light, the radial striations and occasional concentricities of
these bodies superficially resembled those that occur in certain ‘‘sphero-
crystals’ of calcium oxalate reported upon in the Cactaceae by Mobius
(1885). They differed fundamentally, however, from the abundantly
occurring druses and other crystalline forms of calcium oxalate in the
family which are insoluble and retain their anisotropy in dilute solutions
of sodium hydroxide. I concluded that the chemical composition and the
factors involved in the formation of the isotropic bodies merited detailed
investigation.
Having obtained more extensive collections of Pereskia, I now find that
of 14 putative species of the genus all exhibit a tendency to form more or
less numerous bodies comparable to those previously reported upon
(Bailey 1961). This is true in the case of leaves from herbarium speci-
mens of 11 species collected from plants growing in their native habitats
and, likewise, in the case of leaves of 14 species preserved in formalin
acetic alcohol (FAA).? Furthermore, the normal living leaves of eight
species, although they have formed abundant druses of calcium oxalate, do
not contain such bodies, but tend to develop them when the leaves are air
dried or are transferred to alcohol varying in dilutions of from 95 to 50
per cent.
In the ordinary white light of a microscope the crystalline contents of
the bodies are colorless. In polarized light they are as strikingly bire-
fringent as the druses of calcium oxalate (Fic. 1). When dehydrated
rapidly lose their birefringence and commonly turn brown (Fic. 2).
Upon prolonged treatment in alkali, the isotropic residues of the aniso-
* This investigation was supported by a grant from the National Science Founda-
tion. I am indebted to the American Philosophical Society for the loan of a Wild
ga soy
* Forty per cent pao hn five parts: glacial acetic acid, five parts: 50 per cent
ethyl Lobe ninety part
1965 | BAILEY, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XIII 75
tropic bodies ultimately lose their striated and other internal structural
features and dissolve (Bailey 1961, figs. 30-33). This behavior is in
marked contrast to that of druses and small individual units of calcium
oxalate which, in the same leaves, remain insoluble and retain their
anisotropy (Fic. 2). That the birefringent bodies are not composed of
calcium oxalate is indicated, not only by their behavior when transferred
to dilute sodium hydroxide, but also by their solubility in water at ordinary
room temperatures.
In Pereskia, the size, form, and abundance of the water-soluble bire-
fringent bodies varies more or less extensively in different collections of
a taxon, in different leaves of the same plant, and in different layers of the
same leaf. The larger more conspicuous bodies commonly are composed
of a group of adjacent cells filled with compact birefringent contents
which frequently exhibit fine striations oriented radially toward the center
of the body (Fic. 5). Smaller bodies of spherical or angular form have a
similar compact crystalline composition, but fewer adjacent cells are con-
cerned in their development. In some cases, single large independently
occurring cells of the mesophyll are not completely filled with crystalline
contents, but may contain one or more small, spherical, radially striated
bodies or hemispherical striated ones attached to the walls of the cell.
When many diversely dehydrated leaves of Pereskia are examined, some
of them contain, in addition to larger bodies, minute water-soluble, bire-
fringent units diffused throughout parts of the mesophyll (Fic. 4). These
units vary markedly in crystalline form from rotund to rectangular, dia-
mond-shaped, slender boat-shaped, and thin angular platelets. Some of
the larger ones appear to arise by fusion of smaller units forming rings
or spheres with or without isotropic interiors. These birefringent units,
not only are water soluble, but also lose their anisotropy and turn brown
in dilute sodium hydroxide.
At times, certain crystalline forms of the smaller units tend to be aggre-
gated in varying degrees of compactness. For example, as illustrated in
Fic. 3, single diamond-shaped crystals may be surrounded by a layer of
aggregated crystals of different form. In other cases, groups of adjacent
cells contain aggregations of small birefringent units in varying degrees of
compactness. There appear to be transitional forms of crystallization be-
tween such structures and the commonly occurring extreme form illus-
trated in Fic. 5. At times, large bodies of the latter general form, having
compact radially striated crystalline interiors, are jacketed by flat, more or
less rectangular, birefringent units which are loosely aggregated and hap-
hazardly oriented.
I have not encountered slender, much elongated, needle-like crystals
occurring independently in Pereskia. However, particularly when living
leaves are dehydrated in 95% alcohol, aggregations of such crystals may
be formed in a few adjacent cells subtending stomata (Fic. 6). Where the
elongated crystals are oriented parallel to one another, the aggregation may
superficially resemble raphides of calcium oxalate, but the fascicles are not
confined to single enlarged cells (i.e., idioblasts), are not embedded in
76 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
mucilage, and are water soluble. Very infrequently one encounters a
radially oriented aggregation of such needle-like crystals in a single un-
usually large cell of the mesophyll (Fic. 7).
It is evident from observations recorded in preceding paragraphs that
the birefringent structures induced during dehydration of the leaves of
Pereskia exhibit more extensive variability in crystalline form than do
druses of calcium oxalate persisting from the living condition in the same
leaves. However, it is significant that, in spite of the diversity in the
induced forms of crystallization, all of them are characterized by their
solubility in water and by their similar behavior when transferred to dilute
sodium hydroxide. It is not obvious at present why some dehydrated col-
lections of a taxon or clone form the bodies, whereas others do not; why
some leaves of a shoot contain them, when adjacent leaves are without
them; and why some parts of a leaf have them, when other parts are
devoid of them. Nor is it evident what factors are concerned in producing
the variability in forms of crystallization. More detailed and extensive
investigations, particularly adequate chemical analyses, starting with nor-
mal living leaves are highly desirable for elucidating such uncertainties.
In 36 collections of Pereskiopsis of varying taxonomic affinities, kindly
collected and preserved for me in FAA by Boke, Moran, Kimnach, and
others, a majority of 20 has leaves and occasionally young stems containing
water-soluble birefringent bodies of varying abundance, sizes, and diver-
sified crystalline forms. The largest of these bodies, up to and exceeding
600 microns in diameter, are much larger than the largest of those that
occur in Pereskia (compare the contrasting sizes at the same magnification
in Fics. 1, 8, & 9). In addition, the larger birefringent bodies of Pereskiop-
sis differ markedly in their internal crystalline composition from those of
Pereskia.
In Pereskiopsis, the larger bodies of multicellular origin tend to be rings
or disks of varying thickness oriented periclinally in relation to the external
surfaces of leaves and young stems. They are readily detectable without
magnification, appearing superficially as embossed white pustules in the
surfaces of leaves and stems which shrink during dehydration in FAA.
In some of these bodies, all of the cells in the interior of the body are
devoid of crystalline content, except for cells which contained druses of
calcium oxalate in the living leaf or stem. In such a body, the isotropic
core is jacketed by an anisotropic layer of varying thickness which appears
as a birefringent ring in polarized light. More frequently the bodies have
a cell with water-soluble birefringent contents at its center surrounded by
an isotropic zone (which may contain water-insoluble druses of calcium
oxalate) and, in turn, by an outer birefringent one having more or less
numerous outwardly projecting bulges (Fic. 9). Less frequently most cells
in the interior of a body may contain loosely aggregated water-soluble
crystals (Fic. 8).
The individual crystals in these large birefringent bodies vary markedly
in size, form, degree of aggregation, and orientation. Particularly in the
outer birefringent zone of the bodies, many of the constituent cells exhibit
1965 | BAILEY, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XIII 77
a conspicuous tendency to contain slender, elongated, more or less needle-
like crystals oriented radially toward the center of the body. Similar forms
of crystallization and orientation may be present in the central cell of a
body. In the case of the large outwardly bulging cells illustrated in Fic. 9,
some of them may have needle-like, radially oriented crystals in their inner
or outer parts, whereas remaining parts of the cell contain minute widely
diffused birefringent specks resembling “crystal sand.”
: Si .
Text-Fics. A-E. Crystalline bodies in large cells of mesophy ll of nccinge: ar
as seen in nonpolarized light, 300. A-D, Pereskiopsis aft. rotundifolia (B
B-1): A, radially oriented needle- like crystals i in plasmolyzed cell; B, c ead
form at the ge concealed by black specks; C, concentric layering of needle-
like crystals; four centers of cryst aie in a large cell. E, Pereskiopsis
porteri (Kicanach 76): eens brwetine needle-like serials extending outwardly
into adjacent cells of the mesophyll. Drawn by Elmer W. Smith.
Some dehydrated collections of Pereskiopsis contain smaller, more
nearly spherical bodies. Some of these, when viewed in optical section
(Fic. 10), resemble the larger body illustrated in Fic. 9. A single cell with
birefringent contents at the center of the body is surrounded by an iso-
tropic layer and, in turn, by an outer anisotropic one. In other cases, the
bodies are birefringent throughout, their central part exhibiting very narrow
anisotropic concentricities partly concealed in Fic. 11 by four positions of
extinction when viewed in polarized light. The crystalline contents of the
cell in the center of such bodies may be deposited at times in similar con-
78 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
centricities (Fic. 10), whereas in other cases the central cell contains
larger elongated units resembling those that occur in cells of the external
parts of the bodies (Fic. 11). It is significant in this connection, however,
that the longer axis of the crystalline units — regardless of extreme varia-
tions in size and form — tend to be radially oriented toward the center of
the bodies. It should be noted, in addition, that cells, particularly in the
interior of the larger bodies, not infrequently contain black granular con-
tents which tend to obscure internal crystalline configuration when the
bodies are viewed in polarized light.
Some of Dr. Boke’s collections of Pereskiopsis preserved in FAA in their
native habitats (particularly in his B-1, B-18, B-20, B-22, and B-31, with
putative affinities to P. aquosa, P. chapistle, P. rotundifolia, or P. spathu-
lata) contain, in addition to multicellular bodies, large independently dis-
tributed cells with water-soluble crystalline contents. Some of these cells
(Trext-ric. A) have slender, elongated, radially oriented units resembling
the configuration that occurs so infrequently in Pereskia (Fic. 7). Occa-
sionally a large cell may contain several bodies of similar crystalline form
(Text-Fic. D). The contents of other cells of the same leaf (TEXT-FIG.
C) commonly exhibit conspicuous concentricities, due apparently to varia-
tions in the size or form of the crystalline units in successive zones of their
deposition. In some cases the longer needle-like crystals of the external
zone extend outwardly into parts of adjacent cells forming expanded bodies
of more or less conspicuously lobed or angular forms (Text-Fic. E). At
times, the inner parts of some of the cells contain numerous black isotropic
specks (TextT-Fic. B) which tend to obscure the anisotropy in the interior
of concentric configurations.
DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS
The water soluble birefringent bodies of Pereskia and Pereskiopsis are
formed during dehydration of the “sap” of living cells. In Pereskia, the
larger bodies are remarkably similar regardless of whether leaves are air
dried, as in the case of herbarium specimens, immersed in 95%, 70%, and
50% ethyl alcohol, or preserved in FAA. In none of my numerous collec-
tions of different species of the genus do larger crystalline bodies compara-
ble to those of Pereskiopsis occur. Although highly variable, the forms of
crystallization differ so consistently in Pereskia and Pereskiopsis as to
provide, even in herbarium specimens, an additional criterion for separating
the genera taxonomically.
Young green stems in some of my collections of Opuntia (preserved in
FAA) contain water soluble birefringent bodies of sizes and crystalline
forms resembling those that occur in Pereskiopsis, suggestive of possible
taxonomic relationship. Furthermore, the ‘“spherocrystals” in Echino-
cactus, Mamillaria, and Anhalonium observed and briefly discussed by
Lauterbach (1889) and Michaélis (1896) were found in tissues treated
with alcohol. It now appears that these anisotropic bodies, unlike normally
occurring druses and other forms of calcium oxalate, belong in a special
1965 | BAILEY, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XIII 79
water soluble category. The occurrence of such bodies in all three sub-
families or tribes of the Cactaceae at least suggests that a tendency for
their formation during dehydration of the “sap” of living cells may be
widely distributed throughout this characteristically xerophytic family.
Since the publication of Schleiden’s (1845) classical paper, the Cactaceae
have proved to be a family having extraordinarily abundant druses and
other water insoluble crystalline forms of calcium oxalate in their tissues,
indicative, in turn, of the production of excessively large amounts of oxalic
acid in their metabolism. It is significant in this connection that in living
cacti, crystals of calcium oxalate occur in the mesophyll of leaves (where
present) and in parenchymatous cells of the pith, cortex, xylem, and
phloem of both stems and roots. In contrast to this, the water soluble
crystals formed during dehydration of “sap” in Pereskia and Pereskiopsis
occur primarily in the chlorenchyma of leaves and in the cortex of green
stems which function in photosynthesis.
Unfortunately, owing to numerous complexities and uncertainties, it does
not appear possible at present to determine the exact chemical composition
of the water soluble bodies merely by their forms of crystallization. For
example, upon the basis of superficial resemblances in forms of crystalliza-
tion, it has been suggested by Lauterbach (1889) and others that the bire-
fringent bodies in dehydrated tissue of the Cactaceae are composed of
inulin or related substances. Such is not the case in collections available to
me where tests for such composition of the crystalline bodies are negative.
That calcium is involved in the chemical composition of the larger
birefringent bodies of Pereskiopsis may be demonstrated by treatment in
sulphuric acid. When transferred to this acid the birefringence of the
bodies is rapidly reduced, but is quickly restored by the formation of
crystals of calcium sulphate. The transition to calcium sulphate tends to
occur more rapidly than in druses of calcium oxalate present in the same
tissue.
It is of interest in these connections that similar forms of crystallization
in alcohol have been encountered in certain representatives of other fami-
lies of angiosperms, viz. cactus-like euphorbias, Mesembryanthemum
(Aizoaceae), Basella (Basellaceae), Ceropegia and Stapelia (Asclepia-
daceae), Galtonia (Liliaceae), and Nolana (Nolanaceae). Belzung (1893),
Belzung and Poirault (1892) and Mirande (1898), following the earlier
investigations of Hansen (1888), Leitgeb (1888) and others, concluded
upon the basis of extensive microchemical and other tests that calcium
malate and calcium “malophosphate” (?) are concerned in such plants
during the formation of water soluble crystals when their tissues are de-
hydrated in alcohol. A similar conclusion was reached subsequently by
Kean (1931) in his investigation of Mesembryanthemum. ;
Although these investigations are suggestive rather than conclusive from
modern chemical points of view, they do indicate that the water soluble
crystals are in all probability calcium salts of organic acids, occurring in
close association with calcium phosphate. It is unlikely that the crystals
are composed solely of calcium phosphate, as suggested by earlier investi-
80 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
gators, since such crystals are almost insoluble in water as are the crystals
of calcium oxalate. That dehydration in alcohol is not essential for their
formation is clearly indicated by their typical occurrence in the dehydrated
cellular ‘‘sap” of air dried leaves, for example in herbarium specimens.
At present, cumulative circumstantial evidence from these phylogeneti-
cally highly specialized genera, in correlation with the behavior in the
characteristically xerophytic Cactaceae, raises a fundamentally significant
question. Are there evolutionary changes in the metabolism of angiosperms
(viz. those having excessive succulence) which lead to the formation of
unusually large amounts of such organic acids as oxalic, malic, etc.? The
phenomena are highly complex and variable and involve various uncertain-
ties. An adequate answer to the question will involve active and sustained
cooperation between botanists and chemists.
Preliminary observations on the only normal living leaves of Pereskiop-
sis available to me thus far (from Dr. Boke’s culture of his B-78) suggest
that this genus may provide more favorable material for studying succes-
sive stages in the formation of birefringent bodies during dehydration than
does Pereskia. A more detailed discussion of the phenomena will be under-
taken when living leaves and young stems of other species of Pereskiopsis
become available.
LITERATURE CITED
BartLey, I. W. 1961. Comparative anatomy of the leaf-bearing Cactaceae, III.
orm and distribution of crystals in Pereskia, Pereskiopsis and Quiabentia.
Jour. Arnold Arb. 42: 334-346.
BetzunG, E. 1893. Nature des sphérocristaux des Euphorbes cactiformes. Jour.
Bot. Morot 7: 221-229, 261-267.
. Porrautt. 1892. Sur les sels de l’Angiopteris evecta et en parti-
culier is malate neutre de calcium. Jour. Bot. Morot 6: 286-298.
Hansen, A. 1888. Uber Spharokrystalle. Arbeit. Bot. Inst. Wiirzburg 3; 92-122.
Kean, C. I. 1931. Artificial Shier Me feat tissues of Mesembryanthe-
mum. Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 3
LAUTERBACH, H. 1889. ecunaeuse ibe Bau und Entwicklung der Sekret-
behalter bei den Cacteen. Bot. Centralbl. 37: 257-264, 289-297, 329-336,
369-375, 409-413.
Leitces, H. 1888. Uber sphirite. Mitt. Bot. Inst. Graz 1: 257-260.
MicwHaéE.is, P. 1896. Beitrage zur vergleichenden Anatomie der Gattungen
Echinocactus, Mamillaria und Anhalonium. Doctoral Thesis. Halle.
Mrranpe, M. 1898. Contribution 4 l’étude du malate de neutre calcium et du
ome garg de calcium dans les végétaux. Jour. Bot. Morot 12: 6-12,
32-42, 58-
Mostus, M. eae. “se as aera von Kalkoxalate bei Cacteen. Ber. Deutsch.
ScCHLEIDEN, M. J. 18 - ‘Beitrige zur Anatomie der Cacteen. Mém. Acad. Imp.
Sci. St. '-Pétersbourg 4: 335-380.
eee a eS ae
1965] BAILEY, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XIII 81
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE I
Fics. 1-4. Parts of leaves of hone photographed in polarized light. 1,
Pereskia aculeata, showing birefringence of large water-soluble yer and
anisotropy of small druses of sain "ouillate in cytes ted leaf,
aculeata, showing loss = birefringence by the water-soluble bodies au retention
of anisotropy by druses of calcium oxalate after treatment in dilute sodium
by aggregations of small crystals of different form, x 180; 4, P. corrugata, show-
ing diffusely distributed minute water-soluble crystals, x 114
PLATE II
Fics. 5-7. ga ee birefringent bodies of Pereskia photographed i in non
polarized light,
scone 7, P. pititache showing radially oriented needle-like crystals in a single
large c ell.
PLATE III
Fics. 8 & 9. Large page Benin birefringent bodies of ern (Boke
B-22) pr cbc in FAA, photog aphed in polarized light, X 114; 8, crystals
sei throughout the body; 9 ‘ body having a wen at the center with birefringent
ontents, surrounded by an isotropic layer (except for druses of calcium oxalate
ee from the living leaf) and jacketed eieunally by a birefringent zone.
PLATE IV
Smaller more nearly spherical water-soluble poate gira
of Pe ae “photographed in optical section in polarized light. From
Boke’s collection B-20 aii in FAA, X 330; 11, from Boke’s prise Be B-1
preserved in FAA. x 4
Jour. ARNOLD Arps. VOL. 46 PLaTE I
* © i:
BAILEY, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XIII
: 8
Jour. ARNOLD Ars. VoL. 46
PraTeE II
BarLey, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XIII
Jour. ARNOLD ARB. VOL. 46 Prate III
BaILEY, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XIII
OUR. ARNOLD ARB : }
Jour. ARNOLD ARE bi PLATE IV
BAILEY, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XIII
86 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
A NEW CUSCUTA FROM NEPAL
M. L. BANERJI AND SITESH Das
DuRING THE MONTHS OF SEPTEMBER AND OcTOBER, 1960, while the
senior author was carrying on botanical exploration in East Nepal, a
sizeable collection was made which included a conspicuous Cuscuta with
reddish stem and dark brown flowers, parasitic on Hypericum patulum,
Banerji 1199. On examination in the herbarium this plant did not agree
well with any of the known species of Cuscuta. For identification of the
material constant reference to the monograph of the genus by Yuncker
(1932) and to Santapau and Patel’s (1957) work on the Bombay Cuscutas
has been made. Because of the presence of a single style on the gynoecium,
very careful study has been made of Cuscuta reflexa Roxb., both of mate-
rial in the Central National Herbarium, Calcutta, and of literature available
in the Indian floras. By kindness of Dr. S. K. Mukerjee, Keeper of the
Central National Herbarium, Calcutta, Wallich’s and Hooker’s sheets,
mentioned by Yuncker (loc. cit.) under reference to C. reflexa Roxb., have
also been examined, and flowers from these sheets have been dissected and
studied. As the type of C. reflexa is not definitely known, Roxburgh’s
Icones have been referred to, as well as Van Ooststroom’s treatment of the
genus Cuscuta in Flora Malesiana (1955). Our conclusion is that the
material collected from East Nepal is definitely not C. reflexa Roxb.
Amongst the Convolvulaceae collected by Zimmerman in 1954 in Nepal,
very kindly sent by the Director, Conservatoire et Jardin Botaniques,
Genéve, to the senior author for determination, is a Cuscuta, Zimmerman
1302, which is exactly the same as Banerji 1199.
In the Central National Herbarium, Calcutta, is a sheet, Burkill 35707,
from Dibrugarh (Assam) which, although named Cuscuta reflexa Roxb.,
is quite different from other sheets so determined. Further, this specimen
of Burkill’s superficially resembles the present materials from Nepal in
characters of calyx, size of corolla, and position of the anther lobes. It is
pertinent to mention that on this sheet (Burkill 35707) is a sketch of the
characteristic globose-shaped gynoecium. A close examination of the
flowers revealed a gynoecium with a prominent style 0.5—0.75 mm. long,
in both the Nepal specimens and in Burkill’s material. The infrastaminal
appendages have also been found to differ from those of C. reflexa Roxb.
A study of the pollen grains, made by the junior author, showed marked
differences, too. Pollen from Wallich’s and Hooker’s materials has been
found to measure 27.2, while the pollen from the Nepal materials meas-
ures 30.4y in diameter in polar view. With such marked differences from
C. reflexa Roxb., it seems best to treat these materials collected from
East Nepal and Assam as a distinct new species.
1965 | BANERJI AND DAS, CUSCUTA FROM NEPAL 87
Cuscuta santapaui Banerji & Das, sp. nov.
Caules sat crassi et asperi, rubreoli. Flores 6-7 mm. longi, breviter
pedicellati, bracteati, in fasciculos cymosos paucifloros aggregati; pedicelli
1.5—-1.75 mm. longi, bracteis minutis. Calyx cupulatus, plus minusve
urceolatus, carnosus infra, membranaceus ad margines, laciniis alte divisis
late deltoideis, 1.4—1.6 mm. latis, 1.25—1.5 mm. longis, altera alteri incum-
benti, subaequalibus, externis quidem duabus minoribus. Corolla alba
reticulationibus alte brunneis ornata, carnosa, ca. 5.5—6.5 mm. longa, cylin-
drica; corollae tubus 3—3.5 mm. diametro ad anthesim, laciniis late lanceo-
latis, 1.5-2 mm. longis, mucronatis ad apicem, patentibus. Appendices
infrastaminales ad trientem tubi corollin longae, ex oblongis obovatae, in
parte superiore incurvae, 2—2.5 mm. longae et 1 mm. latae; marginibus
irregulariter fimbriatis, fimbriis etiam ad pontes visis. Stamina corollae
lobis breviora; antherae integrae 1.25 mm. longae, 0.5 mm. latae; filamenta
brevissima, dorsi xa. Ovarium globosum, vulgo 2.75-3 mm. diametro;
stylus 1, crassus, 0.5-0.75 mm. longus, sulco uno indistincto per totam
longitudinem insignitus, supportans stigmata bina linearia 1.5—1.75 mm.
longa ad basin saccata. Fructus capsula circumscissilis; semina 4, paulum
oblonga, singula ca. 0.5 mm. diametro.
Hootyrus, Banerji 1199, lectus in via Nayapati ad Risingo in Nepalia ad
altitudinem ca. 2500 m., positus in herbario Calcuttensi (caL); 1soTypr subeo-
dem numero positi in herbario Arnold Arboretum (A), et in herbario universitatis
Floridae australis (usF), in U. S. A., in herbario Bot. Surv. Nep. in Nepalia et
in herbario universitatis Kalyanensis in India. Typi lecti sunt die 8 mensis
octobris anni 1960 inficientes Hypericum patulum. Paratypus, Burkill 35707,
ad Dibrugarh in Assamia lectus die 18 mensis novembris anni 1911 inficiens
Callicarpam sp. positus in herbario Calcuttensi (cAL). Paratypus alter,
immermann 1302, lectus in Nepalia “de Simigaon au col,” ad 2150
ee ol die 15 septembris 1954, et positus in herbario Hortus Botanici
Genevensis (G) et in herbario universitatis Kalyanensis prope Calcuttam in
India.
This new species of Cuscuta resembles C. reflexa Roxb. in general ap-
pearance, although differing markedly from it. The calyx is shallower and
more or less urceolate; the corolla tube smaller; the infrastaminal appen-
dages more deeply fimbriate and bearing fimbriae at the bridges. The
ovary is globose with a clear or distinct style bearing two long and linear
stigmas saccate at their bases; the seeds are minute. To contrast the
characters of the new species with those of C. reflexa sei illustrations
H. Santapau, now Director, Botanical Survey of India, who initiated the
senior author in taxonomic studies and whose contributions in the field of
taxonomy in India are enorm
The authors thank Father a for the Latin translation of the
88
JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM
[voL. 46
1965 | BANERJI AND DAS, CUSCUTA FROM NEPAL 89
diagnosis of the new taxon and Dr. S. K. Mukerjee for the facilities
granted. The junior author is grateful to the University of Kalyani for
the award of a scholarship during the tenure of which this work was car-
ried out.
REFERENCES
CrarkeE, C. B. 1883. Cuscuta. In: Hooxer f., Fl. Brit. Ind. 4: 225-228.
OoststRoom, S. J. vAN. 1938. Cuscuta. In: Blumea 3: 68-72.
1953. Cuscuta. In: C. G. G. J. van STeEnts, Fl. Males. I. 4(4):
391-394.
SANTAPAU, H. & V. PaTteL, 1957. The genus Cuscuta in Bombay. Jour. Bombay
Nat. Hist. Soc. 54: 707-713
Yuncker, T. G. 1932. The genus Cuscuta. Mem. Torrey Club 18: 109-331.
INDIAN Arp Mission
INDIAN Empassy, NEPAL
AND
UNIVERSITY OF KALYANI
KALYANI, INDIA
i. , C. santapaui: A, flower; B, calyx; C, interior of split
te eos pun ‘intrstaminal scales have been ga in outline abe
D, infrastaminal scales; E, stam and G, gynoecia; H, s a-g, C.r :
a, ‘flower: b, calyx; c _ interior ae ee and flattened corolla “Gnfestaminal iio
have been shown in outline only); d, infrastaminal scales; e, stamen; I and g
w
gynoecia. (All figures of C. panes drawn from Hooker’s material.
VOLUME 46 NuMBER 2
JOURNAL
OF THE
ARNOLD ARBORETUM
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
B. G. SCHUBERT
EDITOR
L. I. NEVLING, JR. C. E. WOOD, JR.
LAZELLA SCHWARTEN
CIRCULATION
APRIL, 1965
PUBLISHED BY
THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY
CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS
PS O08! Boran jeune
APR OT tons
THE JOURNAL OF THE
ARNOLD ARBORETUM
Published quarterly by the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University.
Subscription price $10.00 per year.
During 1965 volumes I-XX will be reprinted and available from the Kraus
10017
REPRINT CorporaTion, 16 East 467TH Srreet, New York, N.Y. 1
cryin and remittances should be addressed to Mrs. Lazenua
WARTEN, ARNOLD ArBorETUM, 22 Diviniry AvENUE, CamBripcs, Massa-
138.
engi 02
CONTENTS OF NO. 2
Tue GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE IN THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED
States. Shirley A. Graham and C. E. Wood, Jr. «0.0.0.0...
Letrers From CuHaries Sprague Sarcent To Recinatp SoMERS
Cocxs, 1908-1926 (Continued). Edited by Joseph Ewan ....
ANATOMY OF THE Patm Ruapis excensa, I. Mature VEGETATIVE
Axis. Martin H. Zimmermann and P. B. Tomlinson ............
Srupres tn Atyssum: Near Eastern REPRESENTATIVES AND THEIR
Autres, II. Section Meniocus AnD Section PsiLoNEMA.
T. R. Dudley
Tue GENERA OF VALERIANACEAE AND DrpsSACACEAE IN THE SOUTH-
EASTERN Unirep States. I. K. Ferguson
A Pretimimary Report on Funirera. Lorin I. Nevling, Jr. ........
Volume 46, No. 1, including pages 1-90,
was issued , eee 15, 1966.
160
181 *
218°
232»
a Second-class aes paid at aie Massachusetts
JOURNAL
OF THE
ARNOLD ARBORETUM
VoL. 46 APRIL 1965 NUMBER 2
THE GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE IN THE
SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES?
SHIRLEY A. GRAHAM AND C. E. Woon, Jr.
POLYGONACEAE A. L. de Jussieu, Gen. Pl. 82. 1789, “Polygoneae,”
nom. co
(BuCKWHEAT Famity)
Annual or perennial herbs, shrubs, trees, or vines, often with conspicu-
ously swollen nodes, the nodes completely or partly surrounded by a mem-
branaceous or scarious sheath, the ocrea, or this reduced to a row of hairs
or completely wanting in a few genera. Leaves entire [rarely pinnatifid or
palmately cleft], alternate or whorled [or opposite], petiolate to sessile,
membranaceous to fleshy or leathery, occasionally articulated at the base
with the stem. Inflorescences diverse, the flowers seldom solitary, mostly
clustered into few-flowered fascicles, each fascicle subtended by a bract
and each flower by a persistent sheath (ocreola) and occasionally also by
2 scarious bractlets; rarely fascicles subtended by and partly included in
an involucre, the flowers subtended at the base only by numerous bractlets.
Flowers regular, with a variable number of parts, mostly 3- or 5-merous,
bisexual or unisexual, the base (receptacle?) narrowed into a short or
long stipe which articulates with the pedicel. Tepals (2—)5 or 6, in 2
species outside this area, and references marked by an asterisk have not been seen by
the authors.
ts. Richard A. Howard and Ben W. Smith have reviewed the treatments of
Coccoloba and of Rumex subg. Acetosa, respectively; their suggestions and corrections
are gratefully acknowledged. Dr. Howard has generously allowed us to report two
chromosome counts made by him; and Dr. R. B. Channel] collected excellent flowering
and fruiting material which has been indispensable in the study of Brunnichia. The
illustrations were prepared by Arnold D. Clapman.
92 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
whorls, imbricate or quincuncial in bud, often petaloid, + united, forming
a short to long floral tube, persistent and sometimes enlarging in fruit.
Stamens (3—)5-8 (9), inserted perigynously in 2 whorls, variously ar-
ranged but generally paired, occasionally alternating with nectariferous
teeth and/or united into an annulus surrounding the ovary; filaments
filiform, generally of two lengths, those opposite the internal whorl of
tepals longest; anthers 2-locular, longitudinally dehiscent, versatile or
basifixed; pollen of diverse types. Gynoecium (2—)3-carpellate, syncar-
pous; stigmata punctate, capitate, fimbriate, or flabelliform; styles 1-3,
included to exserted; ovary 1, superior, lenticular or pyramidal, 1-locular,
rarely incompletely 3-locular at base, sessile or slightly stalked; ovule 1,
basal, on a short and thick or Jong and thin funiculus, eclictropous, the
inner integument longer than the outer at anthesis and forming the micro-
pyle. Fruit a lenticular or pyramidal (3-angled) achene, scarcely to en-
tirely inclosed by the membranaceous tepals or the leathery or fleshy, ac-
crescent floral tube. Embryo developing in the micropylar end of the
seed, straight or curved, lying in one of the angles of the seed or along the
middle of one side, outside of and curved around the abundant mealy or
horny, sometimes ruminate endosperm or centered in it; perisperm want-
ing; radicle superior; cotyledons of diverse shapes. Embryo sac develop-
ment normal (Polygonum type). TypE Genus: Polygonum L.
Predominantly of the North Temperate Zone, consisting of about 30
genera and 700 species; represented in the southeastern United States by
seven genera. The family is a very natural and easily recognized one, but
infrafamilial categories are much debated. At least five major classifica-
tions, none of which is entirely satisfactory, have been proposed (cf.
Meissner, Bentham & Hooker, Dammer, Gross, and Jaretzky). The
classification of Gross, which seems to be most in accord with the com-
monly accepted relationships of the genera, is followed here, although the
subfamilial sequence is not considered by the writers to be an expression of
the order of evolution within the family.
Two genera, Fagopyrum Mill. and Emex Campd., included in Small’s
Manual of the Southeastern Flora, are not known to be naturalized in the
Southeast. Fagopyrum esculentum Moench (F. sagittatum Gilib., Poly-
gonum Fagopyrum L.), buckwheat, 2m = 16, grown extensively as a
grain in Russia, is cultivated to a limited extent in the United States.
Although escaping to roadsides and other disturbed areas, it probably
does not persist for more than a season, at least in our area. The genus
is included, however, in the key to genera because of its occurrence as a
waif. The Mediterranean Emex spinosa (L.) Campd. is a waif evidently
rarely introduced as seed in ballast but apparently not persistent in the
Southeast.
Various authors have related the Polygonaceae to several families, in-
cluding the Chenopodiaceae, Phytolaccaceae, Basellaceae, and Caryophyl-
laceae, mainly on the basis of the unilocular ovary and single basal ovule.
pagers
-
<=
Se cm oa
~
1965] GRAHAM & WOOD, GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE 93
The family is now generally regarded as derived from and advanced over
the Caryophyllaceae.
Floral anatomy of the Polygonaceae has been studied intensively. The
most recent workers, Laubengayer and Vautier, agree that the basic floral
plan is three-merous, with whorled parts, as in Eriogonum and Rumex,
and that the five-merous condition, found, for example, in Polygonum, is
derived. In five-merous flowers one tepal is bivalent, as shown by its
position partly in and partly out of the two whorls of tepals and by its
two vascular traces. (In some cases, the second trace may be reduced or
missing, but the tepal generally remains intermediate in position between
the two whorls. )
According to Laubengayer, the unilocular, uniovulate ovary was derived
from a multiovulate gynoecium with free-central placentation by suppres-
sion of the lower portion of the ovary and by adnation of the lower part
of the placenta to the lower ovary wall. The “funiculus” is, then, the
remaining portion of the free-central placenta. Joshi, however, believes
the ovule is borne on a true funiculus, with only the basal end of the stalk
perhaps representing a vestige of a free-central placenta. (See Lauben-
gayer and Vautier for summaries of the views of other authors on various
aspects of the floral anatomy.)
The characteristic ocrea of the Polygonaceae has been interpreted vari-
ously as an outgrowth of the sheathing base of the petiole, as the product
of the fusion of either a row of adjacent stipules or two lateral stipules, or
as an expanded axillary stipule.
The pollen morphology is extremely diverse. The basic type from
which others are thought to have been elaborated is ellipsoid, heavy- and
smooth-walled, and has three long furrows, each with a central germ pore.
It is found in such entomophilous genera as Eriogonum, Fagopyrum, and
Antigonon, and in some insect-pollinated species of Polygonum. Evolution
of the pollen grain is thought to have proceeded from this in two direc-
tions: in insect-pollinated species (such as Polygonum Persicaria), toward
further elaboration of exine sculpture with concomitant reduction of fur-
rows and increase in number of pores, and in wind-pollinated species
toward reduction in number of pores and the thickness of exine, and loss
of furrows.
The family is of minor economic importance, including a few food plants
(e.g., Fagopyrum, Rheum Rhaponticum L.), some tropical timber trees,
a number of ornamentals, and some noxious weeds. Fagopyrum was
formerly the major commercial source of a flavonol, rutin, which
strengthens capillary blood-vessel walls, preventing hemorrhage in victims
of high blood pressure (cf. Couch, Humphreys).
REFERENCES:
BarLton, H. Polygonacées. Hist. Pl. 11: 367-400. 1892.
BENTHAM, G., & J. D. Hooker. Polygonaceae. Gen. Pl. 3: 88-105. 18
BUCHINGER, M. Nota sobre la subdivisién de la familia de las Poligonécess.
Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 7: 42, 43. 1957.
94 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Coucn, J. F. Rutin for the capillaries. ay U. S. Dep. Agr. 1943/47: 711-
715. 1947. [Obtained from Fago
DamMMe_r, U. Polygonaceae. Nat. Pia III. la: 1-36. 1892.
Duke, J. A. Polygonaceae. Jn: R. E. Woopson, Jr., & R. W. ScHEry, Flora of
Panama. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 47: 323-359. 1960. [Including general
information on Rumex, Polygonum, Coccoloba, Antigonon; treatment of
Coccoloba by R. A. How
Epman, G. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Gattung Oxyria Hill, nebst zyto-
logischen, embryologischen und systematischen Bemerkungen iiber einige
andere Polygonaceen. Acta Hort. Berg. 9: 165-291. 1929. [Includes
much of general interest about the family; large bibliography. |
EmBercer, L. La structure de la fleur des Polygonacées. Compt. Rend. Acad.
- — 208: 370-372. 1939. [See also Rev. Gén. Bot. 51: 581-638.
ane bs Zur ne der Bliithen von Polygonum. Osterr. Bot.
Zeitschr. 78: 229-241.
Gross, H. Beitrage zur atts der Polygonaceen. Bot. Jahrb. 49: 234-339.
1913. [Morphology, anatomy, taxonom
Humpureys, F. R. The occurrence and industrial production of rutin in south-
eastern Australia. Econ. Bot. 18: 195-253. 1964. [From leaves of
Eucalyptus macrorrhyncha; includes review of use of Fagopyrum and
flowers of Sophora japonica as major sources; large bibliography. |
JARETZKY, R. Beitrage zur ee der Polygonaceae unter Beriicksichtigung
des Oxymethylanthrachinon-Vorkommens. Repert. Sp. Nov. 22: 49-83.
pl. 22. "1925.
. Histologische und karyologische Studien an Polygonaceen. Jahrb.
Wiss. Bot. 69: 357-490. 1928.
Josu1, A. C. The nature of the ovular stalk in Polygonaceae and some related
families. Ann. Bot. II. 2: 957-959. 1938.
raidafin P. Handbook of flower pollination. vol. 3. (Transl. J. R. A. Davis.)
v + 644 pp. Oxford. 1909. [Rumex, 337-340; Pisce 341-349. |
patie ath R. A. Studies in the anatomy and morphology of the polygona-
ceous flower. Am. Jour. Bot. 24: 329-343. 1937. [Includes all genera of
our area except Antigonon. |
sional me L. Morphological and cytological studies on Fagopyrum esculen-
Am. Jour. Bot. 22: 460-473. pls. 1, 2. 1935; II. Embryogeny. bid.
og 129-133. 1936.
MEISSNER, C. F. Monographiae generis Polygoni prodromus. iv + 169 pp.
7 pls. Genéve. 1826.
——-. iulasrieeters [except Eriogoneae]. DC. Prodr. 14: 1-186. 1856.
Mirra, G. C. The origin, development and morphology of the ochrea in Poly-
gonum iicatake L. Jour. Indian Bot. Soc. 24: 191-199. 1945.
PerpricEAT, C. A. Anatomie comparée des Polygonées et ses rapports avec la
morphologie et la classification. Actes Soc. Linn. Bordeaux 55: 1-91.
pls. aa
Passes . , fil. Polygonaceae. Jn: G. Hecr, Illus. Fl. Mittel-Europa.
ed. 2. 3: oo. 1958. [Rumex, Oxyria, Rheum, a oe Fagopyrum. |
soar H. N. The dispersal of plants throughout the world. xx + 744 pp.
2 pls. Kent, England. 1930. [See index for scattered aiesin on dis-
oa of Rumex, Polygonum, and Brunnichia.
Roserty, G., & S. Vautier. Les genres de Polygonacées. Boissiera 10: 7-128.
1965] GRAHAM & WOOD, GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE 95
1964. [An unsatisfactory treatment based on gross morphology and the
unique evolutionary ideas of Roberty; much “splitting” of categories be-
tween family and species, much “lumping” at the specific level (e.g.,
Rumex [ca. 100 spp.] reduced to 10 spp. and Eriogonum [ca. 150 spp.]
cet to 8 spp., with 72 names, mostly of well- este species of the
western U. S., equated with the distinctive E. tomentosum of the south-
tag U. S.); not all names included; inadequate ti cb studied; use-
ful bibliography. |
Stnnott, E. W., & I. W. Bartey. Investigations on the phylogeny of rie
rms. 3. Nodal anatomy and the morphology of stipules. Am. Jou
Bot. 1: 441-453. 19
SIRRINE, E. Structure th seed coats of Polygonaceae. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci.
2: 128-135. pls. 7-9. 1895.
SouEcEs, R. “asl og sur l’embryogénie des Polygonacées. Bull. Soc. Bot.
France 66: 168-199. 1919. [Polygonum Persicaria.| Ibid. 75-85.
[| Rhe
TUTIN, T. C. ed. Polygonaceae. Jn: T. G. Tutin, V. H. Heywoon, e¢ al., eds.,
FL. Europaea 1: 75-89. 1964. [Koenigia, Polygonum, Bilderdykia, Rey-
noutria, Fagopyrum, Oxyria, Rheum, Rumex, Emex, Muehlenbeckia, Calli-
gonum, Atraphaxis; treatments of various genera prepared by T
Tutin, D. A. Wess, K. H. RECHINGER, and Wess & A. O. CHATER
VAUTIER, S. La vascularisation florale chez les Polygonacées. Candollea 12:
219-343. 1949. [Including all genera of our area
Wess, D. A., & A. O. CHaATER. Polygonaceae. /n: V. H. Heywoop, ed., Flora
Europaea. Notulae systematicae ad Floram Europaeam spectantes No. 2.
Repert. Sp. Nov. 68: 187-189. 1963. [Includes discussion of generic limits
in Polygonaceae, especially Polygonum, sensu lato
Wi.iiams, B. C. The occurrence of intercellular canals in root tips of plants
in the Polygonaceae and the Labiatae. (Abstr.) Am. Jour. Bot. 37: 668.
1
WobeHouse, R. P. Pollen grains in the identification and classification of
plants. VI. Polygonaceae. Am. Jour. Bot. 18: 5z.- 293
[Includes descriptions of pollen of Eriogonum, Rumex, Polygonum, Anti-
ono
nt alacant E. F. Observations on the development and germination of the
seed in certain Polygonaceae. Am. Jour. Bot. 1: 454-476. pls. 45-48. 1914.
[Includes Rumex, Fagopyrum, Polygonum, Polygonella.|
Key TO THE GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE
General characteristics: Jeaves mostly alternate and entire; nodes usually
swollen and surrounded by a membranaceous sheath ; flowers regular, the tepals
the pedicel; ovary 1, superior, 1-locular, with a single basal orthotropous ovule ;
fruit a lenticular or 3-angled achene.
A. Plants herbaceous or menos occasionally (in Polygonum) twining
climbing vines without tendri
B. Flowers subtended by ‘at partly inclosed in an involucre; ocreae want-
oy op a PE II Sie aire re ae aoa 1. Eriogonum.
B. Flowers not involucrate, subtended by membranaceous ocreolae; ocreae
present; stamens (3—)5-8 (9).
96 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
C. Tepals 6, the outer spreading or reflexed and remaining small in fruit,
the inner erect, enlarging in fruit and often with conspicuous, raised
venation or callosities. . Rumex.
. Tepals (2—)4 or 5 (6), all erect (the outer sometimes veflexed in fruit
in Polygonella), without raised venation or callosities.
D. Tepals remaining small in fruit; achene pyramidal, exserted; em-
bryo embedded in the endosperm; cotyledons convolute; flowers
in small panicles, the upper appearing corymbiform. ............
Pi ed re oe ae Pea Lees See eee est [Fagopyrum. |
. Tepals enlarging in fruit; achene lenticular or pyramidal, generally
inclosed by the tepals; embryo in one angle of the achene outside
the endosperm; cotyledons accumbent or incumbent, not convo-
lute; flowers in panicles or spikelike racemes
. Branches nodal, not adnate to the internode; flowers 2 to
several at a node in fascicles, the ocreolae imbricate, small
and inconspicuous, scarcely unilaterally flared. ..............
RRO ate eee Pie tities, Dg is Sy ioce hc Nel Sa WE ps 3. Polygonum.
. Branches appearing internodal due to adnation to the internode
above the node of origin; flowers solitary at the nodes, in the
axils of conspicuous, imbricated, unilaterally flared ocreolae.
Pe eS Oar Ge toate a ad aad 4. Polygonella.
C
Oo
ica)
—
A. Plants shrubs, small trees, or tendril-bearing vines
is
F. Plants shrubs or small trees; leaves thick, leathery, reniform to orbic-
ular; ocreae present; fruit an achene surrounded by a fleshy floral
Me eee ee oe gen deat « 5. Coccoloba.
; ails tendril-bearing vines; leaves membranaceous, ovate to deltoid;
ocreae wanting or much reduced; fruit a 3-6-angled achene inclosed by
membranaceous to leathery tepals.
G. Tepals rose-red, membranaceous; stipe remaining narrow in fruit;
stigmata reniform- RRS solos es cay ee gaa ee 6. Antigonon.
G. Tepals yellow-green, leathery; stipe expanding in fruit to form a
broad unilateral wing; stigmata irregularly flabelliform.
kr
Subfam. ERIOGONOIDEAE Meissn.
Tribe ErtoconeaE [Dumort. |]
Eriogonum Michaux, Fl. Bor.-Am. 1: 246. pl. 24. 1803.
Herbaceous, suffrutescent, or occasionally shrubby, bi- or triennials or
perennials [or annuals] with large taproots, inhabiting open, dry, sandy
or rocky regions; densely woolly [rarely glabrous]; branching di- or tri-
chotomously; nodes lacking ocreae. Leaves basal in rosettes and cauline
[or basal only], petiolate to sessile, the blade often decurrent on the
petiole, the lower (abaxial) surface densely silver or brown tomentose.
Basal leaves diverse in shape and size, in ours narrowly to broadly elliptic
to oblanceolate; cauline leaves alternate, whorled [or opposite], narrowly
to broadly elliptic, becoming bracts toward the top of the plant. Bracts
foliaceous [or stipuliform], connate at base of involucre. Inflorescences
Nig | | dlmmanmaa natin ete naan aan
ee
1965] GRAHAM & WOOD, GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE 97
diverse, basically cymose; floriferous branches axillary and/or terminal;
flowers subtended by and partly included within a turbinate [to cylin-
drical], 3—5(—8)-lobed involucre, the involucres solitary on the peduncle
[or clustered]. Flowers 3-merous, the base narrowed into a long stipe
[or this nearly wanting], bisexual, subtended at the base by numerous
linear or lanceolate, scarious, setiferous to villous bractlets; flowers many
[rarely 1] in an involucre, exserted at anthesis. Tepals 6, petaloid, white
to yellow [or red], ovate to linear, erect or nearly so at anthesis, enlarging
and remaining erect in fruit or the outer whorl becoming oriented at right
angles to the pedicel and the inner remaining erect, covering the fruit.
Stamens 9, two opposite each outer tepal and one opposite each inner tepal,
persistent; filaments pilose at base, exserted [or included J ; anthers versa-
tile; pollen ellipsoid, tricolpate with long, tapering furrows, the exine
thick, coarsely granular with 3 meridional strips between the furrows.
Gynoecium 3-carpellate; stigmata 3, capitate; styles 3, filiform, long and
exserted [or short and included]; ovary 3-angled, glabrous or villous.
Fruit a 3-angled (or -winged?) ovate- or oblong-pyramidal, beaked achene.
Embryo straight [or curved], centered [or excentric] in mealy endo-
sperm; cotyledons thick, orbicular; radicle shorter [or longer] than coty-
ledons. Type species: E. tomentosum Michx. (Name from Greek, erion,
1, and gonu, knee, in reference to the tomentose pubescence and the
geniculate nodes of some species.) — UMBRELLA-PLANT.
A North American genus of about 150 species in four subgenera and
14 sections, best developed in the western United States and well known
for the taxonomic difficulties it presents. The four species occurring in
the Southeast belong to subg. ErtoGonuM (subg. Eueriogonum S. Wats.) ,?
comprised of perennials with turbinate involucres without angles or
nerves and two to five or more foliaceous bracts, and sect. ERIOoGONUM
(§ Eriantha Benth.), having flowers with a stipelike base, achenes not
winged, and embryo straight, centered in the endosperm.
Most widespread in the Southeast is Eriogonum tomentosum Michx.,
occurring from South Carolina to Florida along the sand hills of the inner
part of the Coastal Plain. It is easily recognized by the dense, brown
tomentum on the undersurface of the leaves and by the whorled cauline
leaves. The three other southeastern species, E. longifolium Nutt., E.
Harperi Goodman, and E. floridanum Small, have white pubescence and
alternate cauline leaves. They and the eastern Texas E. vespinum Shinners
*It is not clear ge the names proposed by Watson (1877) were meant to be
subgenera or sections. He refers to them as sections and indicates to which section the
earlier names of Saehini (1856) and Torrey & Gray (1870) _belong. The rank of
te)
(Coville & Morton, Munz & Keck, and Anderson), oie n’s names are treated here as
subgenera and Bentham’ s and Torrey & Gray’s as section.
98 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
are morphologically so similar that maintenance of four species is highly
questionable, and a re-evaluation of their taxonomy is recommended.
Eriogonum longifolium occurs in Texas, Oklahoma, Kansas, southern
Missouri, and Arkansas, while E. Harperi is described as endemic to Col-
bert and Franklin counties in northwestern Alabama. Specimens examined
from the area of Hot Springs, Arkansas, are difficult to place in either.
Eriogonum floridanum, endemic to central peninsular Florida, differs from
the preceding two species in having generally larger flowers, 6-10 mm.
long vs. 4-8 mm. long, with very long pedicels (exceeding 1 cm.) in pe-
dunculate, rather than nearly sessile, involucres. Eriogonum vespinum
is distinguished from EF. longifolium only in being less densely pubescent
and having slightly longer peduncles and floral stipes.
Chromosome numbers, mostly undocumented, of several species of the
western United States have been reported (2m = 18, 22, 24, 32, 34, 40,
and 80), the most common number being 2” = 40. At least two western
species, Eriogonum fasciculatum Benth. and E. nudum Dougl., include
lyploid races of 2n = 40 and 80. The basic gametic number is thought
to be x = 10, with hybridization and aneuploid increases and decreases
accounting for the wide range of numbers. Natural hybrids of several
species are known or suspected, but production of artificial hybrids is
hampered by the difficulty of emasculating the small flowers, each of
which produces but a single seed ;
The genus is considered to be closely related to the endemic American
Chorizanthe R. Br. and Oxytheca Nutt., the only other members of the
family with involucrate, nine-staminate flowers.
REFERENCES:
Under family references see LAUBENGAYER, VAUTIER, and WODEHOUSE.
ANDERSON, F. W. “Indicative” Eriogonums. Bot. Gaz. 12: 250-252. 1887.
[E. ovalifolium in Montana not indicative of silver in the soil.
Anpverson, J. M. A revision of Eriogonum section Pedunculata. Diss. Abstr.
20: 2509. 1960.*
BENTHAM, G. Eriogoneae. DC. Prodr. 14: 5-28. 1856.
CovILLeE, F. V., & C. V. Morton. Eriogonum intrafractum, a new species and
new subgenus from Death Valley, California. Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 26:
303-306. 1936. ep oe oe
Ganvocer, M. Le genre Eriogonum (Polygonaceae). Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg.
42: 183-200. 1905. _Lielues "Aagelianon of 23 new spp. and many new
vars., all from the U
Goopman, G. J. A new = can from the Southeast. Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club 74: 329-331. 1947. [E. Harperi.]
Mounz, P. A., & D. D. Keck. A California flora. 1681 pp. Berkeley, Calif.
1959. [Eriogonum, 332-354.]
SHINNERS, L. H. Eriogonum vespinum eh Laerreoreee a new species from
eastern Texas. Field Lab. 22: 68, 69. 19
STEYERMARK, J. A. Rare Missouri ey a Umbrella plant (Eriogonum
longifolium). Missouri Bot. Gard. Bull. 44: 106, 107. 1956
Stokes, S. G. The genus Eriogonum, a preliminary study based on geographic
distribution. 132 pp. San Francisco. 1936.
a ii i te
1965] GRAHAM & WOOD, GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE 99
G. L. Stepsins. Chromosome numbers in the genus Eriogonum.
Leafl. West. Bot. 7: 228-233. 1955.
Torrey, J., & A. Gray. A revision of the Eriogoneae. Proc. Am, Acad. Sci.
8: 145-200. 1870. [Eriogonum, 146-190.]
Watson, S. Descriptions of new species of plants, with revisions of certain
genera. Proc. Am. Acad. Sci. 12: 246-278. 1877. [Eriogonum, 254-269.]
Contributions to American botany. II. Descriptions of some new
species of North American plants. /bid. 14: 288-303. 1879. [Eriogonum,
295, 296.]
Subfam. POLYGONOIDEAE | Meissn. |
Tribe RuMIcEAE Dumort.
2. Rumex Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. 1: 333. 1753; Gen. Pl. ed. 5. 156. 1754.
Herbaceous annuals or perennials of open, generally disturbed habitats.
Plants glabrous, with long taproots; ocreae scarious, cylindrical, the
margins often becoming shredded with age. Leaves basal and cauline,
entire, sometimes with crisped or undulate margins, membranaceous to
subcoriaceous, long-petiolate, lanceolate [linear] to ovate, the base acute
to obtuse or hastate, the apex acute; cauline leaves alternate, the upper
ones reduced. Inflorescence composed of [a single terminal or] several
axillary panicles, the flowers mostly 3 to several in an axillary fascicle
at each node. Flowers 3-merous, green or reddish, bisexual or unisexual,
the plants monoecious, polygamomonoecious, or dioecious; when monoeci-
ous the ¢ flowers borne above (distal to) the @ ones. Tepals 6, slightly
united at base, forming a short floral tube which is narrowed into a long
stipe shorter than to exceeding the pedicel; 3 outer tepals linear, reflexed
and remaining small in fruit; 3 inner tepals (“valves”) broadly ovate, erect
and accrescent, inclosing the fruit, in some species developing raised
reticulations and/or thickened callosities (“grains” or tubercles) on 1
or all 3 tepals, or with a prominent midvein on the outer (abaxial) side
of each, the margins entire or variously toothed. Stamens 6, in pairs
Opposite the outer whorl of tepals; filaments short; anthers basifixed;
pollen spheroidal, 18—32 » in diameter, 3—6-colporate, the furrows long and
narrow, variously arranged depending on the number present, the exine
finely to coarsely reticulate. Gynoecium 3-carpellate; stigmata 3, fimbri-
ate; styles 3; ovary 3-angled. Fruit a 3-angled, pyramidal achene. Seed
coat smooth, shining. Embryo nearly straight, lying along the middle of
one side of the achene; cotyledons linear to lanceolate, generally parallel
or rarely perpendicular to wall of achene. (Including Acetosa Mill., Aceto-
sella (Meissn.) Fourr.) Lectotype species: R. Patientia L.; see Britton
& Brown, Illus. Fl. No. U. S. ed. 2. 1: 653. 1913. (Name adopted by
Linnaeus from ancient Latin.) — Dock, SORREL.
A genus of over 100 species, world-wide in distribution, although poorly
represented in tropical regions. About 50 species and hybrids are re-
ported from North America, 11 of these introductions from Europe.
100 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Thirteen to fifteen species in three of the four subgenera occur in the
southeastern United States. Several species are widely distributed as
noxious weeds of cultivated ground and roadsides.
Subgenus RuMEx (subg. Lapathum Pers.) is comprised of annuals and
perennials, with leaf bases round to cuneate, never sagittate or hastate,
flowers bisexual and inner tepals with or without callosities. The chromo-
somes are the smallest in the genus, x = 10, and 2m ranges from 20 to
200. Polyploidy and inter- and intraspecific hybridization have been re-
ported in both sections of the subgenus.
In sect. RuMEXx (§ Simplices Rech. f.), the single stem is unbranched
with a terminal inflorescence. The six species of this section which oc-
cur in the southeastern United States are of European origin and are
highly polymorphic, mostly with several subspecies. Rumex crispus L.,
2n = 60; R. pulcher L., 2n = 20; and R. obtusifolius L., 2n = 40 and 60,
are widespread in the United States. Growing along roadsides and in
waste places throughout our area, they are occasionally sympatric (€.g.,
in New Orleans, Louisiana; Tallahassee, Florida; and Granger and Hawk-
ins counties, Tennessee). Putative natural hybrids of R. crispus X
R. obtusifolius have been reported from Louisiana and of R. crispus
R. pulcher from Virginia. Rumex crispus in Great Britain is composed
of several races, all evidently interfertile (Rechinger, 1961). Although
widely distributed in the northern and western states, R. conglomeratus
Murr., 2m = 20, appears in our area only in the more easterly parts of
North Carolina. Also common elsewhere in the United States but of limited
distribution in the Southeast are R. Patientia L., 2n = 60, known from
scattered localities in Tennessee and North Carolina, and R. mari-
timus L. var. fueginus Dusén (confused by Small with R. persicarioides
L.), 2m = 40, reported from Little Rock, Arkansas. According to Rech-
inger (1937), R. sanguineus, 2n = 20, is probably not present in the
Southeast but has been confused by American taxonomists with R
conglomeratus.
Section AxILLarEs Rech. f., characterized by plants with leafy axillary
branches and secondary inflorescences, has its center of development in
North America. Extra-American species are believed by Rechinger, on
the basis of their isolated systematic position, to be relics of ancient lines
of evolution. Seven species of this section have been collected in the
Southeast, but R. mexicanus Meissn. and R. cuneifolius Campd., native
to Mexico and South America, respectively, are known from limited ma-
terial which suggests they are not established introductions. Rumex
verticillatus L., 2n = 48, 60, R. floridanus Meissn., and R. fascicularis
Small, restricted to the Atlantic and Gulf coastal plains, are distinguished
from one another on the basis of slight morphological differences which
scarcely support specific rank. Also occurring on the Coastal Plain in
Louisiana is R. chrysocarpus Moris (R. Berlandieri Meissn., R. Langloisit
Small). Rumex altissimus Wood, 2n = 20, widely distributed in the
eastern and central United States, is known from most of the Southeastern
States, generally occurring inland from the Coastal Plain. Several experi-
1965] GRAHAM & WOOD, GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE 101
mental crosses made among species in the section (see Sarkar) show a
high degree of pairing and good seed-set in the F; generation of the dip-
loids, but completely sterile triploid and tetraploid hybrids.
Subgenus Acetosa (Mill.) Reichenb., morphologically and cytologically
the most variable subgenus, includes about 40 species in six sections, with
a predominantly Old World distribution (most abundant in northern and
eastern Africa, southern Europe, and the Middle East). The plants are
shrubs or perennial or annual herbs and are hermaphroditic or dioecious,
commonly with hastate or sagittate leaves, and inner tepals much longer
than the achene and mostly without callosities. Chromosome numbers
vary from 2m = 8 to 40. The dioecious annual, Rumex hastatulus Baldw.
ex Ell., 2n = 8 2,9 $,or2n = 10 2,10 4, is the only member of sect.
ACETOSA subsect. AMERICANAE Live & Sarkar; its nearest relatives are
the western American R. paucifolius Nutt. ex S. Wats. (§ Paucifoliae Live
& Sarkar) and the Old World R. Acetosa L. and R. thyrsiflorus Fingerh.
(§ Acetosa), both with 2n = 142, 154 and adventive in northeastern
merica. Rumex hastatulus is widespread in sandy soils of the Coastal
Plain from North Carolina to northern Florida, west to Texas and Okla-
homa, and occurs in the adjacent Piedmont on disturbed, well-drained sites.
Sex determination in Rumex hastatulus, R. Acetosa, and R. paucifolius,
2n = 14 and 28, has been studied by several workers. An X/A balance
mechanism of sex determination similar to that originally discovered in
Drosophila occurs in R. Acetosa, with sex expression determined by the
ratio of autosomes to X chromosomes, the Y chromosomes having no effect.
Sex expression in R. paucifolius appears, on the other hand, to follow the
more primitive X/Y scheme, discovered in Silene (Melandrium) and de-
scribed later in R. Acetosella, in which strong male factors are located in
the Y chromosome and the effects of the autosomes are secondary to the
influence of XX versus XY.
Two karyologically distinct races differing in sex-chromosome mor-
phology and chromosome number occur in Rumex hastatulus. The differ-
ences in karyotype have involved loss of one autosomal pair and the
appearance of multiple Y chromosomes, changes which Smith has postu-
lated to be the result of two successive translocations. Populations from
North Carolina to Florida and Mississippi have a modified X/A mech-
anism (2n = 6 + XX 9 and 6 + XY,Yo2 4 ). Although sex is determined
primarily by the ratio of X chromosomes to autosomes, the Y chromosomes
are not entirely neutral but contain a region which enhances the expression
of maleness. Populations from Louisiana and Texas to Oklahoma and
Arkansas have ten chromosomes in both sexes (27 = 8 + XX @ and 8 +
XY 4). The genetics of sex determination in this western race have not
yet been analyzed. ;
Staminate plants of Rumex hastatulus are “heterogametic,” producing
male- and female-determining pollen in equal numbers; carpellate plants
are “homogametic.” In North Carolina, carpellate plants (57%) are
more abundant than staminate (43%). Smith has suggested that the
disparity in sex ratio in R. hastatulus may be attributable to a differential
102 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
selection favoring either the female-determining pollen or the female-
determined embryos prior to the seedling stage, a phenomenon which has
been demonstrated in R. Acetosa and in other dioecious plant species.
Apogamy occurs in a few species of the subgenus but accounts for only
an estimated 1-2% of seed-set.
Subgenus AcETOSELLA (Meissn.) Rech. f. consists of a polyploid series
of perennial dioecious herbs with hastate or ‘sagittate leaf bases and
callus-free tepals which generally do not exceed the achene. One to four
species are recognized, depending mainly on the emphasis placed on chro-
mosome number. Love (1944b), maintaining that “polyploidy alone seems
to catapult a species into being,” has recognized four species: Rumex
angiocarpus Mutb., 2n = 14; R. tenuifolius (Wallr.) A. Love, 2n = 28;
R. Acetosella L., sensu sieteto: 2n = 42; and the arctic R. graminifolius
Rudolph ex Lamb., 2” = 56. The morphological distinctions between
these are few, mostly quantitative, and tend to disappear when popula-
tions are studied over the entire range. Hexaploids (2n = 42) with the
character of R. angiocarpus (tepals adnate to the fruit) have recently
been found in populations from Europe, Canada, and Australia (Johnson
& Briggs, p. 166). This complex, including Eurasian weeds of nearly
cosmopolitan distribution, is represented in our area by diploid and
hexaploid plants. Sex chromosomes are present, and the sex-determining
mechanism is thought to be of the X/Y type. Rumex Acetosella is
generally considered an indicator of acid, worn-out soils, but Artist, finding
that the species grows on soils of pH 4.5—8.5, believes its distribution 1s
probably dependent on a combination of several ecological factors, rather
than on pH alone.
Pollination in Rumex is almost exclusively anemophilous, although in-
sects occasionally are attracted by the red fruiting inflorescences. The
fimbriate stigmata are well adapted to receiving air-borne pollen. Rumex
crispus and R. obtusifolius are distinctly proterandrous; several other
species are reportedly self-pollinated. Experimental crosses between sub-
genera have been unsuccessful.
Floral structure in Rumex is believed to have been derived by reduction
from the basic three-merous type possessed by the closely related Rheum.
Internal vascular bundles and internal phloem have been described from
several species of Rumex, including R. crispus, R. Patientia, and R. conglo-
meratus. The perennial species without internal bundles are considered
the oldest members of the genus
The genus is of little economic importance. The leaves of some species
are eaten as salad greens, the oxalic acid content imparting a slightly sour
taste. Roots of Rumex hymenosepalus Torr., canaigre, contain up to 30%
tannin and have been suggested as a commercial source of tannin. Some
weedy species, such as R. crispus, are pests in cultivated areas, but can be
controlled by cutting away the taproot to three inches below the soil
surface, since regenerative capacity has been found lacking in the rest of
the taproot (Healy).
1965 ] GRAHAM & WOOD, GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE 103
REFERENCES:
Under family references see DUKE, KnuTH, LAUBENGAYER, RECHINGER, Ru-
LEY, SOUEGES, TUTIN, VAUTIER, WODEHOUSE, and Woopcock
AuLEs, H. E., C. R. Bett, & A. E. Raprorp. Species new to the flora of North
or South Carolina. Rhodora 60: 10-32. 1958. [R. Patientia, 13, 14.]
ALLEN, C. E. The genotypic basis of sex-expression in angiosperms. Bot. Rev.
6: 227-300. 1940.
Anonymous. Canaigre. Bull. Misc. Inf. Kew 1890: 63~69. 1890. Jbid. 1894:
167, 168. 1894. [R. hymenosepalus. |
Artist, R. C. The value of Rumex Acetosella as an acid indicator. Butler
Univ. Bot. Stud. 2: 81-91. 1932.
CHANCELLOR, A. P. Studies on the ecology of some species of the genus Rumex.
Brit. Weed Control Conf. Proc. 3: 197-203. 1956.*
Dupceon, W. Morphology of Rumex crispus. Bot. Gaz. 66: 393-420. pls. 17-
19. 1918, [Floral morphology. |
Fink, B. Contribution to the life-history of Rumex. Minn. Bot. Stud. 2:
137-153. pls. 9-12. 1899.
FREEMAN, O. M. Notes on the flora of Polk peg North Carolina. Castanea
20: 37-57. 1955. [R. hastatulus, R. pulcher, 45.]
oo en N. W., & D. S. Brack. Canaigre: a potential domestic source of
nin. U. S. Dep. Agr. Prod. Res. Rep. 28. 32 pp. 19
ey J. L., & A. P. CHANCELLOR. The comparative hicks? of closely re-
lated species living in the same area. IV. Rumex: interference between
individuals in populations of one and two species. Jour. Ecol. 47: 679-
695. 1959. [R. obtusifolius, R. crispus, R. conglomeratus, R. sanguineus,
R. Hydrolapathum.
Heaty, A. J. Control of docks. New Zealand Jour. Sci. Tech. A. 34: 473-475
1953.
JACQUETY, = Etude de la couche protectrice sur les souches de deux Rumex.
C Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 243: 1437-1439. 1956. [R. crispus, R.
oote? folius.]
Description et histogenése d’une souche primaire de Rumex obtusifolius
DC., dans sa phase en rosette. /bid. 245: 2528-2531. 1957.
etait Mo orphologie de l’inflorescence de Rumex obtusifolius D. C. Ibid. 247:
1481-1484, 1958.
Jensen, H. W. Meiosis in Rumex. I. Polyploidy and the origin of new species.
Cytologia 7: 1-22. pl. 1. 1936; II. The origin and behavior of the so-called
sex chromosomes in Rumex. Ibid. 23, 24. pls. 2, 3. [Incorrectly rejects
the existence of i * ]
Jounson, L. A. S., & B. G. Briccs. Taxonomic and cytological notes on Acetosa
a Acetosella i in nena Contr. New S. Wales Natl. Herb. 3: 165-169.
196
Josut, ‘ C. The anatomy of Rumex with special reference to the morphology
of the internal bundles and the origin of the internal phloem in the Poly-
gonaceae. Am. Jour. Bot. 23: 362-369. 1936.
Kitanr, Y. A new root-tip stain peer on Siamese Acetosa. (Abstr.) (In
Japanese.) Jap. Jour. Genet. 31: 302.
Krause, E. H. L. Lapathon und Patience. Taevitinees iiber die Geschichte
von Rumex Patientia. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 24(2): 6-52. 1908. [R.
Patientia in early literature; its uses. ]
104 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Love, A. Physiological differences within a natural polyploid series. Hereditas
28: 504-506. 1942. aie: subg. Acetosella. |
The dioecious forms of Rumex subgenus Acetosa in reas Bot.
Not. 1944: 237-254. 19442, [Establishes 4 sects. in subg. Ace
Cytogenetic studies on Rumex, subg. Acetosella. ons 30: 1-136.
1944b. [Bibliography of 189 references covering topics of polyploidy and
sex chromosomes in plants; distribution maps of ene Acetosella. |
. Agamospermy in Acetosa. Ibid. 35: 390-393. 1949.
Sex determination in Rumex. Proc. Genet. Soc. Canada 2: 31-36.
1957."
ARKAR. Cytotaxonomy and sex determination of Rumex pauci-
folius. Canad. Jour. Bot. 34: 261-268. 1956.
McVaucu, R. The vegetation of the granitic flat-rocks of the southeastern
United States. Ecol. Monogr. 13: 119-166. 1943. [R. hastatulus, 140;
distribution map, 154.]
MAHEsHwarI, P. Origin and development of internal bundles i the stem of
Rumex crispus. Jour. Indian Bot. Soc. 8: 89-117. pls. 1,
& B. StncH. On the internal bundles in the stem of och Patientia
L. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. 45: 153-157. 1942.*
Marek, S. Morphological and anatomical features of the fruits of genera
Polygonum L., Rumex L. and keys for their determination. (In Polish;
Notte, M. Rhizomerfall mit vegetativer Vermehrung hei Kanes: Bot. Jahrb.
76: 224-250. 1954.
Norpstept, O. Apogami hos Rumex. Bot. Not. 1907: 238. 1907.
ReEcuHInGceER, K. H., fil. Vorarbeiten zu einer Monographie der Gattung Rumex.
[I.] Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 49(2): 1-132. pls. 1-3. 1932; II. Die Arten der
Subsektion Patientiae. Repert. Sp. Nov. 31: 225-283. pls. 135, 136. 1933;
III. Die siid- und zentralamerikanischen Arten der Gattung Rumex. Ark.
Bot. 26A(No. 3): 1-58. pls. 1-6. 1934; IV. Die australischen und neu-
seelandischen Arten der Gattung Rumex. Osterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 84: 31-52.
1935; V. The North American species of Rumex. Publ. Field Mus. Bot. 17:
1-151. 1937; VI. Versuch einer natiirlichen Gliederung des Formenkreises
von Rumex bucephalophorus L. Bot. Not. 1939: 485-504. 1939; VII.
Rumices Asiatici. Candollea 12: 9-152. 1949; VIII. Monograph of the
genus Rumex in Africa. Bot. Not. Suppl. 3(3): 1-114, 1954.
Lines of evolution and geographical pee ah pl in Rumex subgen.
Lapathum. Watsonia 1: 19-23. 1949.
. Notes on Rumex Acetosa L. in the — Isles. Jbid. 5: 64-66. pls.
4,5. 1961. [Includes observations on R. c
SarKAR, N. M. Cytotaxonomic studies on sn section Avxillares. Canad.
Jour. Bot. 36: 947-996. 1958.
SayRE, J. D. Physiology of stomata of Rumex Patientia. Science 57: 205,
206. 1923.
SmitH, B. W. Sex chromosomes and natural polyploidy in dioecious Rumex.
Jour. Hered. 46: 226-232. 1955.
: ie mechanism of sex determination in Rumex hastatulus. Genetics
48: 1265-1288. 1963.
. The evolving karyotype of Rumex hastatulus. Evolution 18: 93-104.
1964.
1965] GRAHAM & WOOD, GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE 105
WerLt, J., & M. Bournértas. X Polygonorumex Guineti J. Weill (Rumex
obtusifolius L. X Polygonum Hydropiper L.). Bull. Soc. Bot. France
3: 32 1-326. 1946.
Tribe Potyconeae [Persicarieae Dumort. ]
3. Polygonum Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. 1: 359. 1753; Gen. Pl. ed. 5. 170.
1754.
Annual or perennial herbs, shrubs, or twining vines of diverse, com-
monly moist habitats, often occurring as tenacious weeds in disturbed
areas. Plants glabrous or pubescent; stems erect or prostrate, simple or
branched, unarmed or with short recurved spines, the nodes often con-
spicuously swollen; ocreae completely or partly surrounding the nodes,
cylindrical, membranaceous or scarious, often becoming hyaline with age,
the distal margin entire, shredded, or bearing 1 to many short awns.
Leaves basal and/or cauline, membranaceous [to + fleshy], entire [rarely
lyrate-pinnatifid or palmately cleft], alternate, sessile or petiolate, mostly
linear to ovate, occasionally cordate, hastate, or sagittate, in some articu-
lated with the stem, Inflorescence composed of axillary fascicles of 1 to
several spirally arranged, pedicellate flowers; fascicles solitary in the
axils of leaves or arranged into 1 or more terminal or axillary racemes
(termed “spikes’”’), less commonly the racemes of fascicles paniculate
[rarely the lower half of the inflorescence bulbil-bearing]. Flowers
regular, green or white to pink or red, commonly 5-merous, bisexual or
functionally unisexual, the stipe generally short, occasionally long;
pedicel articulated with the flower, subtended by a scarious ocreola.
Tepals (2—)4 or 5 (6), + distinct, petaloid, erect, accrescent, completely
or partly inclosing the achene, the outer ones smooth or keeled, rarely
developing into broad wings in fruit. Stamens (3—)5~8 (9), the number
and arrangement variable within each species, generally included, alter-
nating with short, oblong, flattened nectariferous teeth, or the teeth lack-
ing; anthers versatile: pollen of diverse types, some characterizing sections
of the genus. Gynoecium (2—-)3-carpellate; stigmata 2 or 3, punctate,
pe Nag or fimbriate; style 1 and deeply cleft or 2 or 3, included to
exserted, straight and deciduous, or hooked at the apex, indurated and
persistent; ovary lenticular or 3-angled. Fruit a lenticular or 3-angled
pyramidal achene, both types occasionally occurring on the same plant.
eed coat smooth and shiny or rough and dull, light to dark brown.
Embryo in one of the angles of the achene, outside of and curved around
the abundant mealy or horny endosperm; cotyledons linear to lanceolate,
accumbent or incumbent. (Including Antenoron Raf., Bilderdykia Du-
mort., Bistorta Mill., Duravia (S. Wats.) Greene, Persicaria Mill., Pleur-
opteropyrum Gross, Pleuropterus Turcz., Reynoutria Houtt., Tiniaria
(Meissn.) Webb & Mog., and Tracaulon Raf.) LectoTyPE SPECIES: P.
aviculare L.; see Britton & Brown, Illus. Fl. No. U. S. ed. 2. 1: 659.
106 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
1913. (Name from ancient Greek, polygonon, an herb, from poly, many,
and gonu, knee, the swollen nodes producing the appearance of jointed
stems.) — KNOTWEED, SMARTWEED.
A highly variable and taxonomically difficult genus of about 150 species,
nearly world wide in distribution and composed of several natural species-
groups, the taxonomic ranks of which are much in dispute. In recent years
data from cytology, palynology, floral anatomy, and chemistry have been
used in an attempt to determine the relationships of the taxa and to
devise a more natural classification. Unfortunately, emphasis often has
been placed on one technique, without regard for existing information
from other studies, thus leading to conflicting classifications. There is
a need for correlation and careful weighing of all data in future studies
of Polygonum, sensu lato.
The system followed here is, in general, modified from those of Steward,
Steyermark, and Gleason. The infrageneric divisions, being based almost
solely on variable vegetative characters, are considered sections of the
genus. Thus defined, Polygonum is divided into eight sections, five of
which occur in our area. Section Tovara, distinguished from the rest of
Polygonum mainly by its persistent, indurated, hooked styles, is considered
by some taxonomists to be worthy of generic rank. However, to establish
a genus in this family on the basis of a single character, even a floral
one, is out of keeping with the magnitude of differences upon which the
other genera of Polygonaceae are based. Section TINIARIA is considered
to include sect. PLEUROPTERUS, since morphological distinctions between
the two, though present in the species of our area, are lacking in several
Asiatic species (e.g., P. baldschuanicum Regel, a woody vine with
capitate stigmata but a much-branched paniculate inflorescence). Identical
pollen morphology (see Hedberg), as well as chemical similarities (Jar-
etzky), support this union. Fagopyrum Mill., which differs from Poly-
gonum in having nonaccrescent tepals, the embryo embedded in the endo-
sperm, cotyledons rolled around the radicle, and more or less corymbiform
inflorescences, is maintained as a distinct genus.
The pollen of Polygonum is of interest because of its unusual diversity ;
sectional limits within the genus are marked in several cases by distinct
spermae. In P. Persicaria, for example, the archesporial cell acts directly
as the pollen mother-cell, dividing to form four microspores in each locule.
Rarely it divides to form two pollen mother-cells, resulting in eight pollen
grains. In P. lapathifolium and P. sagittatum there are eight pollen grains
in each locule, and in P. aviculare, P. Convolvulus, and P. orientale,
thirty-two. Other species have several pollen mother-cells, and the number
of pollen grains may be 64, 128, or 256. Species with porate pollen have
fewer grains per locule than those with colporate pollen. The number of
pollen grains does not characterize sections.
1965] GRAHAM & WOOD, GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE 107
Numerous chromosome counts have been made, but, unfortunately,
many are unreliable due to questionable identifications and lack of voucher
specimens. On the basis of all reported counts there seems to be no corre-
lation between chromosome numbers and recognized sectional limits, wide
ranges being found in each section.
Section Poryconum (§ Polygonum DC., § Avicularia Meissn., Poly-
gonum L., sensu stricto; including Duravia (S. Wats.) Greene) is com-
prised of generally prostrate, much-branched annuals, with small leaves
usually less than 2 cm. long and articulated at the base with the stem
and flowers in axillary clusters. The pollen is spheroid-prolate, 3- or 4-
colporate with furrows 4-44 the length of the polar axis, elliptic pores,
and a smooth or granulate exine. Chromosome numbers of 2 = 20, 22,
24, 40, 60, and 66 have been reported. Several widely distributed species
of the section are present in our area, including the polymorphic P.
aviculare L. (P. neglectum Bess., P. buxiforme Small), 2n = 20, 22, 40,
60; the coastal American endemic P. glaucum Nutt., 2m = 20, 40; P.
erectum L., 2n = 40; and P. tenue Michx., 2n = 20. Equally widespread
in the United States, but of more restricted occurrence in the Southeast
(mainly in Louisiana, Arkansas, and Tennessee), are P. ramosissimum
Michx., 2n = 20; P. prolificum (Small) Robins., 21 = 60; and P. cam-
porum ‘Meissen: The Asiatic P. argyrocoleon Steud. ex Kuntze has been
collected as a waif on the outer banks of North Carolina.
The species of sect. PocycoNumM reportedly are inbreeding, the flowers
being self-pollinated and perhaps also cleistogamous. In recent work on
P. aviculare and related species, Styles has suggested that both hybridiza-
tion and apomixis are rare, the extreme variability in morphology resulting
from the influence of seasonal changes and of environmental factors in
general.
Section Prrsicarta (Mill.) DC.* (Persicaria Mill.) includes plants
of low, wet habitats and waste ground, with flowers in axillary or terminal
spikes or racemes. The leaves are mainly elliptic to lanceolate and
cauline, the tepals are neither keeled nor winged, and the branched stems
are glabrous or pubescent, without recurved prickles. The pollen is
spheroid, polyporate, with scattered circular pores and a reticulate exine.
Reported chromosome numbers include 2” = 20, 22, 24, 40, 44, 60, and
66. The section is the largest of the genus, with about 100 species. Of
the 14 species in the Southeast, at least five are introductions from Europe
or Asia: Polygonum lapathifolium L. (Persicaria lapathifolia (L.) S. F.
Gray), 2n = 22; P. Persicaria L. (Pers. Persicaria (L.) Small), 2n = 40,
44; P. Hydropiper L. (Pers. Hydropiper (L.) Opiz), 2n = 20, 22; P. caes-
pitosum var. longisetum (De Bruyn) Steward; and P. orientale L. (Pers.
orientalis (L.) Spach), 2" = 22, 24. The last two occur only in the
northern part of our area, while the other three are widespread. Species
* Persicaria was used “ authors before De Candolle as an infrageneric category
(e.g., see Linnaeus, Sp. P 60. 1753) but gree clear indication of rank.
De Candolle (Lamarck & i. Candolle, Fl. Franc. ed. 3. 3: 365. 1805) appears to
have been the first to apply the name without st to a section of Polygonum,
108 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
indigenous in our area are the variable, often aquatic P. coccineum Muhl.
(Pers. Muhlenbergii (S. Wats.) Small); P. densiflorum Meissn. (Pers.
portoricensis (Bert.) Small) and P. hirsutum Walt. (Pers. hirsuta (Walt.)
Small), of the Atlantic coastal plain; and three highly variable species,
P. pensylvanicum L. (Pers. pensylvanica (L.) Small), P. hydropiperoides
Michx. (Pers. opelousana (Riddell) Small, Pers. setaceum (Baldwin)
Small), and P. punctatum Ell. (Pers. punctata (Ell.) Small, P. robustius
(Small) Fern.). Polygonum bicorne Raf. (Pers. longistyla (Small) Small)
extends from the west into Louisiana, Arkansas, and Mississippi. Poly-
gonum mississippiense Stanford (Pers. mississippiensis (Stanford) Small)
has been described from Mississippi and Persicaria paludicola Small, 1933
(not Pers. paludicola (Makino) Nakai, 1926), from the Everglades,
Florida. The northeastern Polygonum Careyi (Pers. Careyi (Olney)
Greene), although included in Small’s Manual, does not appear to extend
southward into our area.
A number of species in sect. PerstcartA have both terrestrial and
aquatic forms (sometimes remarkably unlike) which can be changed from
one to the other by merely changing the habitat. Such amphibious species
are often sterile, spreading by means of rhizomes. Cleistogamy is re-
ported in the section, and a tendency in the flowers toward separation
of the sexes is apparent in some species, e.g., P. hydropiperoides. Several
putative hybrids have been recorded between species of sect. PERSICARIA,
especially in Europe (for a list of hybrids see G. Hegi, Illus. Fl. Mittel-
Europa, ed. 2. 3: 396-400. 1958), but almost no controlled experimental
studies have been made. Careful biometrical, ecological, and cytological
studies are needed for a better understanding of the species limits in this,
as in the other sections of Polygonum.
Section EcHINOcAULON Meissn. (Tracaulon Raf.) is closely related
to and at times has been combined with sect. Persicarta, from which it
differs mainly in the sagittate or hastate leaves, reflexed prickles on the
angles of the stem, and reclining, creeping, or climbing habit. The
pollen is indistinguishable from that of sect. PersicArtA. Chromosome
numbers of 2” = 20, 22, 24, 40, 44, 60, and 66 have been reported for
the section. Two species, P. sagittatum L. (Tracaulon sagittatum (L.)
Small), with sagittate leaves, and P. arifolium (T. arifolium (L.) Raf.),
with hastate leaves, occur in tidal marshes and other wet places in our
area. The Brazilian P. Meisnerianum Cham. & Schlecht. var. Beyrich-
ianum Meissn., easily recognized by its cordate, narrowly lanceolate leaves
and dichotomously branched inflorescence with glandular hairs, was col-
lected, probably as a waif, along the Tchefuncta (Chefuncte) River, St.
Tammany Parish, Louisiana, in the late 1800’s.
Section Tovara (Adans.) Benth. & Hook.* (Antenoron Raf.®), com-
‘Torrey (Fl. State N. Y. 2: 151. 1843), apparently, was the first to use Tovara
as an infrageneric category of Polygonum, but without clear indication of rank.
The first certain use of Tovara as - section of Polygonum appears to be that of
Bentham & Hooker (Gen. Pl. 3: 98. 1880
°If sect. Tovara is recognized at ‘the generic level, the name Tovara Adans. (Fam.
1965] GRAHAM & WOOD, GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE 109
prised of one to three species disjunctly distributed in eastern America
and eastern Asia, is distinguished by an elongate spikelike inflorescence,
a 4-parted floral tube, and a persistent style, 2-parted to the base with
recurved, hooked tips, which in fruit becomes very rigid and bent
obliquely downward. According to Hedberg, the pollen is spheroid and 12-
porate, with oblong pores arranged as though along the 12 edges of a
cube; the exine is finely reticulate.
The eastern American Polygonum virginianum L. var. virginianum
(Antenoron virginianum (L.) Roberty & Vautier, Tovara virginiana
(L.) Raf.) is widely distributed in shady bottom lands and thickets,
from Quebec to northern Florida, west to eastern Texas and Minnesota,
with disjunct populations in central Mexico (Hidalgo and Puebla). A
glabrous variety, P. virginianum var. glaberrimum (Fern.) Steyerm., was
described from our southeastern coastal states. The eastern Asiatic
members of this section have been considered as either two distinct
species (P. filiforme Thunb. and P. apoénse Elmer) or three varieties of
P. virginianum, depending on the emphasis placed on density of pubes-
cence, shape and size of leaves, shape of base of leaves, and color of
tepals. Polygonum virginianum var. filiforme (Thunb.) Nakai, dis-
tributed from southern Korea and Japan to southwestern China, has a
reported chromosome number of 2” = 44.
The dispersal mechanism of fruits in this group is unique in the family.
During maturation of the fruit a separation layer forms across the pedicel,
leaving only the vascular cylinder intact. When the fruits are mature,
disturbance of the plant causes the vascular cylinder to break and the
fruits to be catapulted forcibly as much as three or four meters. The
origin of the catapulting force has not been satisfactorily explained in
modern physiological terms (cf. Reed & Smoot). In addition to being
thrown from the parent plant, the fruits, with their persistent hooked
styles, may catch in the coats of animals, becoming dispersed over even
greater areas.
Section TrnrariaA Meissn. (including Reynoutria Houtt., 1777; Bilder-
dykia Dumort., 1827; Tiniaria (Meissn.) Webb & Mogq., 1846; and
Pleuropterus Turcz., 1848) is comprised of annual or perennial trailing
or erect plants with axillary or terminal spikes or panicles. The tepals
are keeled or winged, the stigmata capitate or fimbriate, and the pollen
similar to that of sect. PotycoNum, but with furrows generally more
than +, the length of the polar axis and a smooth to finely reticulate exine.
Chromosome numbers of 2” = 20, 22, 40, 44, and ca. 88 have been re-
ported for the section.
Three species occur in our area. Polygonum Convolvulus L. (Bilderdy-
Pl. -2: 276. 4763) cannot be used, since it has been rejected in favor of a later
homonym, Tovaria Ruiz & Pav. (Prodr. 49. 1794; see Int. Code Bot. Nomencl. 263.
1961), of the Tovinibtins or Cruciferae. The later name is an orthographic variant
of the peers both having been designated in honor of a 16th century Spa
physicia Simon a Tovar. "Female is replaced by the next oldest legitimate generic
name, pri ies Raf. (Florula Ludov. 28. 1817; type species: A. racemosum
Raf. = A. virginianum (L.) — & Vautier).
110 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
kia Convolvulus (L.) Dumort.), 2” = 20 and 40; P. scandens L. var.
scandens (B. scandens (L.) Greene); and P. scandens var. cristatum
(Engelm. & Gray) Gleason (B. cristata (Engelm. & Gray) Greene and
B. dumetorum sensu Small), 2m = 20, are widespread in the Southeast
and beyond. Polygonum cilinode Michx. (B. cilinodis (Michx.) Greene),
of the northeastern United States, reaches its southern limit in Tennessee
and North Carolina. In addition, the Japanese P. cuspidatum Sieb. &
Zucc. (Pleuropterus Zuccarinii Small, Reynoutria japonica Houtt.), 2n =
4 and ca, 88, and P. sachalinense F. Schmidt ex Maxim. (Reynoutria
sachalinensis (Maxim.) Nakai), flowering bamboo, are often cultivated for
their vigorous erect growth and showy panicles of flowers. Both species
persist after cultivation and are very difficult to eradicate due to an ex-
tensive, spreading rhizome system. In the Northeast, escapes are becom-
ing obnoxious weeds. Both species have been collected in Tennessee and
North Carolina and may be expected elsewhere in our area in the future,
if not controlled.
Extrafloral nectaries are found in several species of sect. TrNTARIA (€.2-;
P. Convolvulus and P. sachalinense). They consist of a circular to oval
depression at the base of the petiole on the abaxial side containing multi-
cellular, short-stalked, glandular trichomes. Fully developed before the
leaf unfolds, the nectaries are thought to function as hydathodes, pro-
viding a release for excess turgidity developed during formation of the leaf.
REFERENCES:
Under family references see DUKE, GEITLER, JARETZKY (1925), KNUTH,
LAUBENGAYER, Mitra, RECHINGER, RIDLEY, SHARMA, SOUEGES (1919), TUTIN,
VAUTIER, WEBB, WobEHOUsE, and Woopcock. Under Rumex see MAREK an
WEILL & Bournérus.
Antes, H. E., C. R. Bett, & A. E. Raprorp. Species new to the flora of
North or ‘South Carolina. Rhodora 60: 10-32. 1958. [P. hirsutum, 13.]
A. ADFORD. Species new to the flora of North Carolina. Jour.
Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 75: 140-147. 1959. [P. sachalinense, 141.]
BRENCKLE, J. F. Notes on Polygonum (Avicularia). [I.] Photoperiodism and
taxonomy. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 68: 491-495. 1941; Notes on the
Avicularia. 11. Phytologia 2: 169-171. 1946; Notes on Polygonum. ats.
Ibid. 402-406. 1948; [IV.] On some Asiatic Polygonums. /bid. 3: 300-
303. 1950; Notes on Polygonum. V. Ibid. 361-366. ;
Burk, C. J. Distribution records and range extensions from the North Caro-
lina outer banks. beeen 26: 138, 139. 1961. [P. sawatchense, 139,
redetermined by H. E. Ahles as P. argyrocoleon
CouttTer, S. atopy in the genus Polygonum. Bot. Gaz. 17: 91, 92. 1892.
Doma, Y. On the pollen grain formation in genus Polygonum. (In Japanese;
English summary.) Bot. Mag. Tokyo 70: 31-37. 1957.
. Cytological studies in Polygonum and related genera. I. [bid. 73:
337-340. 1960.
. Consideration on the ming ge differentiation in Polygonum. 1-2.
(In Japanese; English summary.) Jour. Jap. Bot. 37: 3-12, 81-88. 1962.
Fassett, N. C. The variations ey Polygonum punctatum. Brittonia 6: 369-
393. 1949,
1965] GRAHAM & WOOD, GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE 111
FERNALD, M. L. The variations of Polygonum pensylvanicum. Rhodora 19:
70-73. 1917.
FLanacin, V. L. A report on starch storage in septate fibers of Polygonum
coccineum var. pratincola. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 64: 304-310. 1961.
Fucus, C. Sur le développement des structures de l’appareil souterrain du
Polygonum cuspidatum Sieb. et Zucc. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 104: 141-
147. 1957.
HepsBerG, O. Pollen morphology in the genus Polygonum L. s. lat. and its
taxonomical significance. Sv. Bot. Tidskr. 40: 371-404. 1946.
Henpricks, H. V. Torsion studies in twining plants. Bot. Gaz. 68: 425-440.
1919; II. bid. 75: 282-297. 1923. [P. Convolvulus.]
Hom, T. Polygonum: sectio Tovara. Bot. Gaz. 84: 1-26. pls. 1, 2. 1927.
Justice, O. L. Viability and dormancy in seeds of Polygonum amphibium L.,
P. coccineum Muhl., and P. hydropiperoides Michx. Am. Jour. Bot. 31:
369-377. 1944.
KEARNEY, T. H., Jr. Cleistogamy in Polygonum acre. Bot. Gaz. 16: 314. 1891.
[= P. punctatum.
Li, H. L. The genus Tovara (Polygonaceae). Rhodora 54: 19-25. 1952.
Love, A., & D. Love. Chromosomes and taxonomy of eastern North American
Polygonum. Canad. Jour. Bot. 34: 501-521.
Martin, A. = Identifying Polygonum seeds. Jour. Wildlife Manag. 18: 514-
520. 195
mae T. ne virginianum. Meehan’s Monthly 7: 181, 182. pl. 10.
1897.
Reep, H. S., & I. Smoot. The mechanism of seed-dispersal in Polygonum
virginianum. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 33: 377-386.
SALisBuRY, E. J. The Hee nectaries of the genus Polygonum. Ann.
Bot. 23: 229-242. pl. 16. 1909.
ScHouz, H. feel Saint fiir die Sammelart Polygonum aviculare L.
Verh. Bot. Ver. Brandenb. 98-100: 180-182. 1960.
ScHotsMAN, H. D. The anatomy of the glands of some pew rege
and hybrids. (In Dutch; English summary.) Nederl. Kruidk.
262-276. 1950. [Includes P. Persicaria, P. lapathifolium, P. erent
Suarp, A. J. Tovara in Mexico. Rhodora 54: 305, 306. 1952. [P. virginianum. ]
SHINNERS, L. H. Polygonum bicorne Raf. instead of P. longistylien Small.
Rhodora 59: 265-267. 1957
Stmmonps, N. W. Polygonum L. em. Gaertn. Jn: Biological flora of the
British Isles. Jour. Ecol. 33: 117-143. 1945. [Description of sects. occur-
ring in British Isles; list of fungi and insects associated with the genus;
detailed treatment of life history and ecology of P. Persicaria, P. petecti-
cale, and P. lapathifolium
SMALL, J. K. A monograph Pr the North American species of the genus Poly-
gonum. Mem. Dep. Bot. Columbia Coll. 1: 1-183. pls. 1-84. 1895
SovEces, R. Embryogénie des Polygonacées. Développement de l’embryon
chez le Polygonum Persicaria L. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 168: 791—
793. 1919: Le développement de l’embryon chez le Polygonum aviculare
L. Ibid. 178: 409-412. 1924.
Sperry, J. J. The anatomy of the oe gay viviparum L.
(Abstr.) Trans. Tex. Acad. Sci. 26: 55,
STANForD, E. E. The inflorescence and Scars in Polygonum, subgenus
Persicaria. Rhodora 27: 41-47. 1925.
112 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
. Possibilities of hybridism as a cause of variation in Polygonum. Ibid.
1-89.
. The amphibious group oh aati: subgenus Persicaria. Ibid. 109-
112, 125-130, 146-152, 156-1
. Polygonum pti nition ‘and related species. Jbid. 173-184.
Polygonum hydropiperoides and P. opelousanum. pot 28: 11-17,
22-29. 1926.
. Polygonum Hydropiper in Europe and North America. Jbid. 29:
77-87. 1927.
STEWARD, A. N. The Polygoneae of eastern Asia. Contr. Gray Herb. 88:
1-129. pls. 1-4. 1930
———. The Ne for Polygonum cuspidatum Sieb. & Zucc. Rhodora 32: 223-
225.193
STYLEs, B. sig “The taxonomy of Polygonum aviculare and its allies in Britain.
Watsonia 5: 177-214. 1962.
Sucano, N., & K. Hayasut. Anthocyanin of the seedlings of a Polygonum.
Studies on anthocyanins. XXXII. Bot. Mag. Tokyo 73: 231-233. 1960.
[P. Hydropiper
Wirts, K. J. The germination of Polygonum species in the field and in the glass-
house. Jour. Ecol. 48: 215-217. 1960. [P. Persicaria, P. aviculare, P.
Convolvulus. |
4. Polygonella Michaux, Fl. Bor.-Am. 2: 240. 1803.
Heather-like, subherbaceous annuals or suffrutescent perennials, mainly
of sand hills, scrublands, and waste places. Branches many, erect, adnate
to the parent stem for approximately half the length of the internode.
Leaves alternate, narrowly linear to spathulate, caducous or persistent,
sessile, articulated with and appearing to arise from the free upper edge
of the membranaceous, cylindrical ocrea. Inflorescence racemose, terminal
on primary and lateral branches, the flowers solitary in the axils of im-
bricated ocreolae and slightly to well exserted from them; ocreolae uni-
laterally flared to an acute or acuminate apex, the margin entire or bear-
ing several short to long, bristle-like hairs. Flowers bisexual or function-
ally unisexual (the plants dioecious, gynodioecious, or gynomonoecious) ;
pedicel broader and longer than the stipe and subtended by 2 lanceolate,
keeled, scarious bractlets, or bractlets wanting. Tepals 5, slightly fused,
forming a short floral tube, erect (the outer tepals occasionally tardily
reflexed), in 2 whorls of 2 outer and 3 inner ones, or (in subg. Thysanella)
included, alike (subg. T/ysanella) or the inner whorl of 3 dilated near the
base forming 2 lateral nectariferous teeth (subg. Polygonella); anthers
versatile; pollen prolate, 12-40, long, tricolporate, the pores equatorially
arranged, the furrows longitudinally elongated, the exine reticulate. Gynoe-
cium 3-carpellate; stigmata 3, punctate; styles 3, filiform, free to the
base; ovary 3-angled, slightly stalked. Fruit a shiny yellow to brown or
gray pyramidal achene. Embryo straight, in one of the angles of the
seed; cotyledons oblong, thick and fleshy; radicle equalling or exceeding
Oe ne eS yO ae |
1965] GRAHAM & WOOD, GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE 113
cotyledons. (Including Delopyrum Small, Dentoceras Small, and Thy-
sanella A. Gray.) Type spectes: P. parvifolia Michx. = P. polygama
(Vent.) Engelm. & Gray. (Name a diminutive of Polygonum.) — Jotnt-
WEED.
Indigenous to the eastern United States, with two subgenera and nine
species, all but Polygonella Parksii Cory (endemic to Atacosa and Wilson
counties, Texas) occurring in the Southeast.
Subgenus THysaNeLta (A. Gray) Horton® (Thysanella A. Gray,
Polygonella § Thysanella (Gray) Roberty & Vautier) has inner tepals
fimbriate, filaments alike, and pedicels subtended by bractlets within the
ocreolae. It consists of Polygonella fimbriata (Ell.) Horton var. fimbriata
(T. fimbriata (Ell.) A. Gray), of Florida, Georgia, and Alabama, and
var. robusta (Small) Horton (T. robusta ‘Small), 2n = 32, endemic to
Florida.
Subgenus PoLyGonELLa (§ Delopyrum (Small) Roberty & Vautier, §
Dentoceras (Small) Roberty & Vautier), with inner tepals entire, the
inner whorl of filaments dilated near the base, and pedicels not subtended
by bracteoles within the ocreolae, composes the remainder of the genus.
The species are distinguished by such characters as habit, type of margin
on the ocreolae, number of ocreolae in a raceme, shape and size of leaves,
and color and position of tepals during flowering and fruiting.
The procumbent, mat-forming Polygonella myriophylla (Small) Horton
(Dentoceras myriophylla Small) is endemic to the southern part of the
Florida lake region. Polygonella ciliata Meissn. var. ciliata and var. basi-
ramia (Small) Horton (Delopyrum ciliatum (Meissn.) Small and D. basi-
ramia Small), both 2m = 22, are also restricted to Florida. Polygonella
macrophylla Small, 2n = 28, occurs on the Gulf Coast of Alabama and
northern Florida. More widespread are P. gracilis (Nutt.) Meissn. (De-
lopyrum gracile (Nutt.) Small, Delopyrum filiforme Small), 2n = 22, 24;
P. polygama (Vent.) Engelm. & Gray (P. brachystachya Meissn., P.
Croomii Chapm.), 2m = 28; and P. americana (Fisch. & Mey.) Small.
The first two are species of the Coastal Plain; the latter is generally pied-
montane, occurring sporadically from South Carolina to central New
Mexico. Polygonella articulata (L.) Meissn. (Delopyrum articulatum
(L.) Small), 22 = 32, is the only species of the genus in the northeastern
United States, reaching its southern limit in northeastern North Carolina.
It is regarded as the most primitive species of Polygonella by: Horton,
who also believes that the modern species of the genus evolved in Florida
from an ancestral stock forced southward by Pleistocene glaciations.
Internodal branching characteristic of Polygonella is lacking in the
rest of the family. The wood anatomy is characterized by a lack of
parenchyma in annuals and by axile xylem parenchyma in perennials.
Starch is stored in the xylem in an unusual cell type which resembles a
*The taxonomic treatment follows the recent revision of Polygonella by
Horton. We = also relied on this paper for much of the general information ¢ con-
cerning the genus.
114 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
fiber in shape and pitting, but is nucleate and living at maturity. The
floral anatomy is, by reduction, the simplest in the family (Vautier).
Each tepal has a single trace which connects with the main vascular
supply; the other floral parts are supplied by single free traces which
end in the floral tube. No anatomical evidence of a double trace to the
fused inner and outer tepal can be seen in this genus. Reported chromo-
some numbers form an aneuploid series (2m = 22, 24, 28, 32).
REFERENCES:
Under family references see LAUBENGAYER, VAUTIER, and Woopcock.
Horton, J. H. A taxonomic revision of Polygonella (Polygonaceae). Brittonia
15: 117-203. 1963. [Includes distribution maps of each s
SMALL, J. K. The relation between the genera Thysanella and “Polygonella as
shown by a hitherto unobserved character. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 24:
47, 48. 1897. [Internodal branching in Thysanella and Polygonella. |
Subfam. COCCOLOBOIDEAE Dammer
Tribe CoccoLoBEaE [Dumort. |
5. Coccoloba P. Browne ex Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. ed. 10. 997, 1007, 1367.
1759, nom. cons.
Dioecious shrubs or trees [vines] of warm sandy coasts and hammocks;
nodes often swollen or geniculate. Leaves evergreen [or deciduous},
thick and leathery [or membranaceous], alternate, variable in size and
shape, ours reniform to orbicular or oblong to elliptic with apex obtuse
and base cordate to acute, the surfaces minutely punctate [or the upper
surface pitted and lower with superficial or sunken glands]; petioles short,
attached to the stem near the base of [or well above] the partly deciduous
tubular ocrea. Inflorescence a many- to few-flowered raceme [spike or
panicle], less than to exceeding the leaves, terminal on primary and lateral
branches. Flowers regular, greenish or yellowish white, unisexual or
functionally so, campanulate, with a short floral tube, the stipe mostly
equal to or shorter than the pedicel, the young buds completely covered
by the ocreola which ruptures as they mature; pedicels [less than to]
exceeding the length of the ocreola. Staminate flowers in 2—5-flowered,
bracteate fascicles at the nodes, each flower subtended and surrounded
by the persistent ocreola which incloses the adjacent flower and its ocreola,
additional ocreolae of aborted flowers occasionally also present, the fila-
ments long, exserted, the styles short, included. Carpellate flowers soli-
tary at the nodes, subtended by a bract and surrounded by an ocreola,
the filaments short, the anthers sterile, the styles long, exserted. Tepals
5, greenish white. Stunmas (7) 8; Slaments broadest at base and united
into an annulus surrounding the ovary, without nectariferous teeth;
anthers versatile; pollen prolate, ca. 50 X 40y, tricolporate, the furrows
extending nearly to the apices of the grain, the pores slightly elongated
equatorially, the exine finely reticulate, tectate-perforate. Gynoecium
3-carpellate; styles 3, the dilated apices stigmatic; ovary 1-locular, some-
1965] GRAHAM & WOOD, GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE 115
times incompletely 3-locular at base; ovule on a long funiculus. Fruit an
achene with 3 major ridges, surrounded by the fleshy floral tube, the tube
persistent, accrescent, rose-purple to nearly black when mature, the
lobes covering the apex of the achene [or the lobes alone accrescent,
surrounding the achene]; seed filling the upper part of achene, the lower
part with spongy tissue. Embryo straight, the radicle short, the cotyledons
orbicular; endosperm ruminate. (Coccolobis P. Browne, Civ. Nat. Hist.
A are 209. 1756, invalidly published; Guaiabara Mill, Gard. Dict. Abr.
. 1754, nom. rejic.) Lectotype species: C. Uvifera (L.) L. (Poly-
7 num Uvifera L .), typ. cons. (Name from Greek, coccos, berry, and
lobos, lobed, in reference to the fleshy, lobed floral tube surrounding the
fruit.)
An indigenous tropical and subtropical American genus of about 170
species and one of the few tropical genera in the family. The greatest
number of species (about 85) occurs in South America (about 44 in
Brazil); two reach their northern limit in peninsular Florida. The sea
grape, Coccoloba Uvifera, 2n = 132, a characteristic shrub or small
tree of warm, sandy shores from Florida to northern Argentina, is im-
mediately recognizable by its large orbicular to reniform leaves and the
dense clusters of sweet-acid, rose-purple fruits (nearly black when fully
mature). The pigeon plum, C. diversifolia Jacq. (C. laurifolia Jacq., C.
floridana Meissn.), 2n = 22, a tree to about 20 m. tall, with generally
smaller, oblong to elliptic leaves and nearly black fruits, inhabits ham-
mocks and scrublands in Florida, the Bahamas, the Greater Antilles, and
Antigua. Both range along the east coast of Florida north approximately
to Merritt Island; on the west coast C. Uvifera occurs at least as far
north as Manatee County, but C. diversifolia is restricted to the southern
counties. Hybrids of the two are known from Everglades National Park,
Florida, and Prov. Pinar del Rio, Cuba. Coccoloba Uvifera also hybridizes
with several other species elsewhere in its range.
The taxonomy of the genus presents numerous difficulties. Many species
have at least two names, one based on a staminate, the other on a carpel-
late plant, the unisexual condition having been discovered only recently
(cf. Howard, 1949). Morphologically, the flowers vary little among
species, while vegetative characters which, for lack of floral differences,
must be used in classification, are extremely variable. In collecting Cocco-
* Pre ap saan unreported chromosome counts by Prof. R. A. Howard, Arnold Arbo-
retum: Coccoloba Uvifera &, 2n = 132 (meiotic count), R. A. & E. S. Howard 10211,
Miami B ok. apg? County, Florida, 18 May 1948 (ny); C. rapa Zn = 22,
seedling grown in Cambridge, Mass., from fruits of R. A. & E. S. Howard 8976,
Arroyo del a Prov. San Juan, Dominican Republic, 15 Sept. 1946 (cx)
An earlier count ae 2m = ca. 80 for C occoloba Uvifera (Edman, re Horti Berg.
9: 270. 1929) is open to question, for it is possible that this was obtained from either
hybrid or apomictic material of C. Uvifera. Since the name C. diversifolia has been
applied incorrectly to several different species, Jaretzky’s count of 2 = ca. 200
(Jahrb. Wiss. Bot. 69: 441. 1928) may have been obtained from another species.
Apparently both reports are undocumented by herbarium specimens
116 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Fic. 1. Coccoloba. a-i, C. Uvifera: a, fruiting branchlet, x ™%4; b, staminate
flower, X 6; Cc, ca rpellate flower with staminodia, x 6; d, carpe ate flower in
semidiagrammatic een section to show flo ral tu = ‘and basal orthotropous
ovule, i
seed ah off-center, cotyledons appearing in section, two to right, one to left
(ct, “8 }. Xe 3:8 fot in diagrammatic cross section at approximate level
. ;
“
be spongy tissue, seed coat, and endosperm as in “f,”’ 3; h, seed, X 4;
i, embryo, inverted from patie in seed, X 4. In “bd” note acter of
stipe with pedicel.
1965 | GRAHAM & WOOD, GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE 117
loba care should be taken to represent the diversity of growth habit and
leaf variability within the population. Adventitious shoots, which tend
to have longer internodes and larger leaves than the normal stems, should
also be included. Since the fruit of many species changes in shape as it
matures, comparisons of size and shape can be made only with fully
mature fruits
A successful ornamental, Coccoloba Uvifera is planted along seasides
in warmer regions of the world for its hardiness and attractive fruiting
racemes and evergreen foliage. It has been reported in cultivation since
1690 and has become naturalized in several places in southeastern Asia
and on some Pacific islands. Two variegated leaf forms are propagated.
It is successful also as a pot plant, requiring little care except pruning.
Jelly is sometimes made from the fruit. Coccoloba diversifolia, with
bronze-colored juvenile leaves, is planted as a street tree in southernmost
Florida. Both species are considered good honey plants, and birds feed
on the fleshy fruits. Little work has been done on the biology of the genus,
although hybridization apparently is frequent, and apomixis is suspected.
Fossil leaves of Coccoloba are known from the Paleocene or Eocene of
Alaska and also have been reported from Alabama, Mississippi, Texas,
Arkansas, Louisiana, Tennessee, Kentucky, and Wyoming.
REFERENCES:
Under family references see DUKE, LAUBENGAYER, and VAUTIER.
Ho.iick, A. The Tertiary floras of Alaska. U. S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap.
182: 1-185. pls. 1-122. 1936. [Coccoloba, 112, 113, a £27, 227]
Hooker, W. J. Coccoloba Uvifera. Bot. Mag. 59: pl. 1
Howarp, R. A. The genus Coccoloba in Cuba. Jour. hela Arb. 30: 388-424.
1949. [C. Uvifera, 409; C. diversifolia, 423]; Studies in the genus Cocco-
loba. II. The identification of Coccoloba Swartzii Meisner and Coccoloba
barbadensis Jacquin and their relatives. Jbid. 37: 317-339. 1956; III.
h i id. 38
38: 211-242. 1957; V. The genus in Haiti and the Dominican Republic.
Ibid. 39: 1-48. 1958; VI. The species from the Lesser Antilles, Trinidad
and Tobago. Ibid. 40: 68-93. 1959; VII. A synopsis and key to the
species in Mexico and Central America. Jbid. 176-203, 205-220; IX. A
critique of the South American species. /bid. 41: 213-229, 231- 258: 1960;
. New species and a summary of distribution in South America. /bid. 42:
87-95. 1961; XI. Notes on the species in Asia. [bid. 107-109.
a history of the genus Coccoloba in cultivation. Baileya 6: 204-212.
1958
LaMorre, R. S. Catalogue of the Cenozoic plants of North America through
1950. Geol. Soc. Am. Mem. 51. 381 pp. 1952. [Coccoloba, 128.]
Lrnpau, G. Monographia generis Coccolobae. Bot. Jahrb. 13: 106-229. pl. 5.
1890
: Ze r Entwicklungsgeschichte einiger Samen. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges.
9: 274-279. pl. 17. 1891. [C. populifolia, 276-279, pl. 17, figs. 7-13.]
Nachtrage und Berichtigungen zu meiner Monographia Generis Cocco-
lobae. Bot. Jahrb, 14(Beibl. 31): 14-16. 1891.
118 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
SarcENT, C. S. Coccolobis. Silva N. Am. 6: 113-120. pls. 298-300. 1894.
YVINGLING, H. C. Some aspects of the anatomy of Coccolobis Uvifera (L.)
Jacq. Ohio State Univ. Abstr. Doctors’ Diss. 40: 343-352. 1943.
6. Antigonon Endlicher, Gen. Pl. 310. 1837.
Herbaceous to woody, perennial vines; stems lightly to densely pubes-
cent, often with geniculate nodes; lateral branches leafy or modified as
tendrils; ocreae short, with a nearly entire margin, membranaceous and
falling away on old stems or reduced to a fine line; axillary buds 2, one
forming a lateral branch, the other an inflorescence, one or both some-
times suppressed. Leaves deltoid to cordate or hastate, the blades in ours
not decurrent on the petiole. Inflorescence of terminal and axillary ra-
cemes bearing lateral tendrils, especially on their distal portions, ~
terminating in a forked fendeil: flowers borne at the nodes, 3—5 in
fascicle, the fascicles subtended by an acuminate bract and each ae
subtended by a membranaceous, persistent ocreola. Flowers bisexual,
pedicellate, the pedicel persistent, the stipe and pedicel nearly equal in
length. Tepals 5, forming a short floral tube, bright rose- -red [ purplish
crescent, enlarging 3 or 4 times, inclosing the fruit, and often becoming
very showy, the outer tepals cordate to ovate, the inner oblong. Stamens
(7-9), the filaments bearing scattered glandular-capitate hairs and
alternating with small triangular, nectariferous teeth, the filaments and
teeth united half their length to form a broad cuplike annulus around
the ovary, the base of the annulus fleshy; anthers versatile; pollen sub-
prolate, ca. 50 40y, tricolporate, the furrows extending nearly to the
apices and with the membranes lightly flecked with scattered granules,
the pores elongated equatorially, the exine thick, finely reticulate. Gynoe-
cium 3-carpellate; stigmata 3, reniform-capitate; styles 3, filiform, gen-
erally included; ovary 3-angled, slightly stalked, surrounded by the fleshy
base of the annulus; ovule on a long, thin funiculus. Fruit a 3-angled
achene. Seed with mealy, ruminate endosperm; embryo slightly excentric.
(Corculum Stuntz, U. S. Dep. Agr. Bur. Pl. Indus. Bull. 282: 86. 1913.)
LECTOTYPE sPECIES: A. leptopus Hook. & Arn.; see Hooker & Arnott, Bot.
Capt. Beechey’s Voy. 308. pl. 69. 1840, and Britton & Wilson in Sci. Surv.
Porto Rico Virgin Is. 5: 265. 1924. (Name from Greek, probably from
anti, similar to, and gonu, knee, alluding to the geniculate nodes; cf.
Polygonum.) — CORAL-VINE, MOUNTAIN-ROSE.
A Central American genus of two or three species: Antigonon guati-
malense Meissn. (A. macrocarpum Britt. & Small); A. flavescens S. Wats.,
perhaps only a greenish-white color form of A. leptopus; and the well-
known A. leptopus (Corculum leptopus (Hook. & Arn.) Stuntz), Confeder-
ate vine, 2m = 40, ca. 44, 48, a widely cultivated ornamental vine with
cordate to hastate leaves and showy racemes of accrescent rose-colored
flowers. Antigonon leptopus is planted throughout the warmer parts of
1965] GRAHAM & WOOD, GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE 119
the Southeast and apparently has become naturalized in several scattered
localities in Florida. Its natural range is described as Baja California and
Chihuahua, south to Oaxaca, Mexico. In Florida the plant blooms con-
tinuously from early spring to late fall and may reach a height of 10 m.,
climbing by means of tendrils. Abundant viable seeds and edible tubers
are produced, from which new plants sprout in the spring. The genus
is insect pollinated, as the brightly colored tepals and copious nectar
indicate. A white-flowered form (= A. flavescens?) is occasionally culti-
vated.
REFERENCES:
Under family references see DUKE, VAUTIER, and WoDEHOUSE.
BAILEY, -- Antigonon. Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture. ed. 2. 1:
304.
Hooker, I i“ “Antigonon leptopus. Bot. Mag. 96: pl. 5816.
Orpetx, G. S. Coral vine, a perennial honey source. eat Bee Cult. 82:
656, 657. 1954.*
Rao, V. S. A contribution to the morphology of Antigonon leptopus Hook. &
Arn. Jour. Indian Bot. Soc. 15: 105-114. 1936. [Mega- and microsporo-
genesis. |
STANDLEY, P. C. Antigonon. In: Trees and shrubs of Mexico. Contr. U. S.
Natl. Herb. 23: 247, 248. 1922
7. Brunnichia Banks ex Gaertner, Fruct. Sem. Pl. 1: 213. pl. 45, fig. 2.
1788
Perennial, woody, high-climbing, tendril-bearing vines of riverbanks
and low damp ground, mostly growing in trees or thickets. Stems ridged
[or nearly terete], glabrous or slightly pubescent; lateral branches short,
ending in tendrils; axillary buds 2, one forming a lateral branch, the
other suppressed or forming an inflorescence; ocreae short and entire,
glabrous or pubescent, continuous with the base of the petiole or reduced
to a row of hairs flanking each side of the base of the petiole. Leaves
alternate, petiolate, ovate to oblong, the apex acute to acuminate, the
base rounded to truncate. Inflorescence of densely flowered terminal and
axillary panicles or racemes; flowers borne at the nodes, 3—5 in a fascicle,
each fascicle subtended by a bract and each flower by a persistent, hyaline,
lanceolate-subulate ocreola. Flowers bisexual, the stipe much longer
than the short pedicel, the floral tube and stipe 3-ridged, with one ridge
[or two] expanding in fruit to form a flattened, leathery wing. Tepals 5,
whitish- or yellowish-green, oblong to elliptic, leathery, slightly united
at base, forming a short floral tube, reflexed at anthesis, connivent in fruit,
both tepals and pedicel accrescent. Stamens 8 (7-10); filaments ex-
serted, persistent; anthers versatile; pollen subprolate, ca. 45 & 35n,
tricolporate, the furrows extending nearly to the apices of the grain, the
pores slightly elongated equatorially, the exine thick, reticulate, tectate-
perforate. Gynoecium 3-carpellate; stigmata 3, obscurely bilobed and
irregularly flabelliform; styles 3, exserted, persistent; ovary 3-ridged;
ovule basal in the spongy tissue of the locule, the funiculus long and
120 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
runnichia. a-k, B. cirrhosa: a, flowering and fruiting branch, X
on Qs eee disarticulated from pedicel, X 8; c, d, stamens, the anther-halves
bent forward in “d” to show connective, < 16; e, two views of stigma, < 10;
f-h, ary in Sublanratigoat vertical section to show successive changes in
orientation of ovule, beginning at anthesis — note incompletely developed outer
integument of ovule, X 8; i, mature accrescent calyx with wing, the achene not
visible, X 2; j, achene in semidiagrammatic vertical section to show seed sur-
1965] GRAHAM & WOOD, GENERA OF POLYGONACEAE 121
thin, at anthesis anatropously bent so that the micropyle is directed
downward, later straightening, the micropyle then directed upward (cf.
Ic. 2).8 Fruit a 3—6-angled achene inclosed in the persistent, accrescent
floral tube; seed filling upper part of achene, spongy tissue the lower
part. Embryo embedded in sagen along one angle rh ing“ cotyle-
dons oblong; endosperm mealy, ruminate. TyPE sPEC B. cirrhosa
Gaertn. (Named for the Danish aia es iY Aesiaittey 1737-1827.)
— EARDROPS, BUCKWHEAT VINE.
genus of one American and two African species. The American
Brunnichia cirrhosa, 2n = 48, is found generally on rich bottom-land
soils and along riverbanks of the pipe eaclka United as from
brunnichia Hutch. & Dalz., primarily on the basis of the two- rather
than one-winged pedicels.
The genus is most closely related to Muehlenbeckia Meissn. and is of
no economic importance.
REFERENCES:
Under family references see LAUBENGAYER, RIDLEY, and VAUTIER.
Damme_r, U. Zur Kenntnis der afrikanischen Brunnichia-Arten. Bot. Jahrb.
26: 347-357. 1899. [See also J. HurcuHinson & J. M. Datziet, Bull. Misc.
Inf. Kew 1928: 28. 1928, and Fl. W. a. Afr. ed. 2. 1: 139. 1954.]
Lewis, W. H., H. L. Srrrptinc, & R. B. Ross. Chromosome numbers for some
angiosperms of the southern United Ses and Mexico. Rhodora 64:
147-161. 1962. [B. poreng 150. ]
SMALL, J. K. Morphological notes on the genus Brunnichia. Bull. Torrey Bot.
Club 21: 131, 132. 1894. [B. cirrhosa.]
family characterized by orthotropous ovules, Brunnichia cirrhosa is re-
markable in that the long, slender funiculus of the ovule is bent over at the apex, the
part of the locule, while a spongy (flotation?) tissue occupies the remainder of the
cavity. At maturity the seed has become so large that the funiculus is pushed down-
ward, developing a crook or “kink” just beneath the seed. (Cf. Fic. 2, f-h, j.
ientati ric
thought that the ovule was at first ny aah ai later ing an anatropous position
“which it does not seem, however, to keep up to the ioe of its development” (trans-
a supplied). In B. cirrhosa the gate i oo bent long before anthesis,
n in the very smallest buds which could be disse
ee by spongy tissue (stippled) filling fruit, x 4; k, dia Race cross
section of fruit and seed cut through c otyledons of embryo (uppe ht), the
endosperm stippled, the seed coat hatched, the space between s oa be achene
wall black — note three remnants of spongy tissue giving appearance of partial
partitions, X 8.
122 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
LETTERS FROM CHARLES SPRAGUE SARGENT TO
REGINALD SOMERS COCKS, 1908-1926 *
Edited by JosEpH EWAN
82
May 6, 1915.
You sent us leaves of Malus from Sardis under three numbers — 1, 2
and 3. These appear to us, however, to be all the same thing and until I
went to Selma I thought they might be a form of Malus ioensis, but I col-
lected flowers on the road between Selma and Sardis which look very much
like the flowers of Malus platycarpa. Now what we want is the fruit to
make the determination certain. I suppose you can manage that this sum-
mer. I was surprised to find Persea palustris so common about Sardis as I
did not know it ever got so far into the interior.
I had a letter from Palmer this morning in which he said things were
coming out very rapidly and he thought Tilia would be in bloom in a
week. I hope therefore you will bear in mind the collections of flowers at
Lake Charles and Avery Island. Palmer says there are more different kinds
of trees and shrubs about Natchitoches than any place he has yet visited,
although Crataegus is not represented there by many groups.
How about the name for our Lake Charles Carya? I want to write the
description and am depending on you for a very fancy and first-class
name.
P.S. — There is a man here now preparing a monograph of Smilax, so
if you have any doubtful specimens we had best see them. Your Smilax
91 from Wakefield, June 1907, is Smilax lanceolata.
83
May 12, 1915.
What is the Tilia situation? Of the three Lake Charles species we have
flowers only of #2 and no fruit of 1, 2 and 3. Of the Sardis species which
grows on the river bluff, your +6 of 1914, we have flowers and fruit. Of
your other species (#41110) we have specimens only in very young bud,
but a specimen of yours (no date and no number) is in flower; the label
says “the neighborhood of Selma”. This is the tree I found at Selma but
did not see at Sardis where I suppose you did not see it. I hope you will
be able to manage the fruit of this second species this summer. It cer-
tainly ought to be pretty fully grown before you return to New Orleans.
Pretty bad times these but there is no use thinking about them when
there are trees to think of.
* Continued from volume 46, p. 44.
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 123
84
May 21, 1915.
I congratulate you on having found such a fine tree as Magnolia acu-
minata in Louisiana. I do not think it is surprising that it should be there
but rather that it should have been overlooked so long. Please tell me the
exact place where you found it, town if possible, so that I can enter it
properly in my Manual.
This does not seem such a remarkable discovery as the finding by Harbi-
son of Magnolia in northeastern Mississippi. He is finding a great many
interesting things in that state and it would not surprise me if Carya pal-
lida reaches eastern Louisiana as he finds it so abundant in western central
Mississippi. You ought to make a special hunt for this in West Feliciana.
Carya callicoma I think sounds good and I am much obliged to you for
the suggestion.
85
June 2, 1915.
I have written out the description of C[arya] callicoma. Your #15
from Natchitoches, with very young leaves, looks as if it might be this
species. I do not suppose you remember much about it.
Is it possible that the Winnfield trees “in dry woods”, that is near the
quarry, with young leaves pale tomentose below, can also be callicoma?
I think Winnfield needs more investigation as to its Hickories.
Your #1 Lake Charles, October 1913, is of course the same as your
tree from the man’s yard, and undoubtedly C. arkansana. There is fruit
which probably belongs to this species collected “‘near English Bayou”
where we did not see C. arkansana.
#11, 12 and 16 Natchitoches are C. arkansana, and #3 from Grand
Ecore is probably the same.
I hope soon to hear from you about Tiélias.
86
June 14, 1915.
I am glad to get your letter of the 10th of June which has arrived just
as I was going to write to tell you that among some specimens of Tilia
sent by Palmer are three numbers from Lake Charles and all apparently
our +1. He seems to have missed the other two numbers, at least there is
no trace of any pubescence whatever on these specimens. They were
gathered too soon but among the lot there are one or two open flowers. I
very much hope therefore you have been to Lake Charles and have got
the flowers of our three numbers. I should judge that you might have
been too early at Avery Island as I have received from a young lady there
specimens of what she calls the smooth and rough-barked trees. The
flowers, however, will answer our purpose after a fashion.
Is it possible that Liriodendron does not reach Louisiana? I have no
record of it there and no specimen.
124 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Can you tell me the range of Quercus velutina in Louisiana? While at
Sardis you will look out, of course, for that peculiar Quercus coccinea with
the deep cups. It will be interesting to know if this is a common form or
only the peculiarity of an individual tree. I do not know what to say about
that little Post Oak about Selma in which Harbison is so much interested.
The leaves are very tomentose on the lower surface but I do not see that,
except in habit, the shrub differs from the large trees in Selma. You have,
I hope, the memorandum of the two Plums we found in flower near your
place and south of Selma.
As I think I told you, I am trying to arrange the Hickories largely on
the absence or presence of yellow scales on the leaves and on the involucre
of the pistillate flower and fruit. I had supposed that these yellow scales
did not occur on the pistillate flowers and young fruit of Carya alba until
the other day when I received from Harbison specimens collected in Mis-
sissippi of what otherwise looked like Carya alba, but the young fruit was
thickly covered with yellow scales. Such scales certainly do not occur on
our tree as it grows here, and it is possible that the northern and southern
trees ought to be separated. All this is preliminary to a request that you
will look at Carya alba in the Selma region and see how the young fruit
looks, and possibly dry me a few specimens, especially if you find the
yellow scales.
Instead of going to North Carolina why don’t you come to Brookline
and do some work on the synonymy and bibliography of your Flora?
87
June 23, 1915.
I never received a more interesting package of plants from you than the
one which arrived this morning — very many thanks.
Quercus 800 is surely Small’s Quercus austrina which we have been
hunting for so long and is evidently a good species. Would n’t it be pos-
sible to get fruiting specimens?
802, Quercus coccinea. Is this the tree on the bank with the peculiar
cups I wrote you about?
804, Quercus nigra. This is a distinct form with thicker leaves which
are usually three-lobed at the apex. I saw a good deal of it between Selma
and Sardis, and I think it ought to have a varietal name.
Tilia 788, Sardis, with leaves pale and glabrous below and prominent
axillary tufts, seems to equal 2528, West Feliciana, and probably our 2 of
Lake Charles. This I think is a common and widely distributed species in
the southwest.
Tilia 784 and 786, leaves green and glabrous below, axillary tufts very
small, looks like 2534 of Lake Charles.
780, 782, 790 and 792, the Tilia with leaves white pubescent below.
It would seem as if there were three and not two Tilias in the Selma-
Sardis region as I had supposed. I only saw two last spring.
Acer 2520 seems to be a form of the Sugar Maple which is common in
southern Georgia and in Mississippi. The leaves are paler on the lower
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 125
surface but I can see no other difference. We have never had flowers or
fruit of this.
Quercus 2524, ee
Quercus 2526, Q. a
Tilia 2530, HEL, nm Charles,” on English Bayou at Miller Place.
This has leaves densely pubescent below, but our #1 from Miller Place
with checkered bark, collected April 12th, is perfectly glabrous.
Tilia 2536 is our #2 of April last.
Tilia 2534, bark like a Persim[m]on, is our #1, although you say #2?
I do not think we collected your 2530 at all. The pubescence is more
rusty than that on the leaves of our #3. This new Lake Charles tree may
be one of the Avery Island species. Did you find it on the Miller place?
You do not appear to have collected this time our #3 which has leaves
white-pubescent below. The trees near the schoolhouse in West Lake
Charles and the tree by the river bank in Lake Charles are our #3. This
seems to be a common species and no doubt Palmer has the flowers.
Let me hear soon what else you are finding of interest at Sardis which
seems to be an inexhaustible field.
88
June 28, 1915.
The Ptelea which we collected at Lake Charles in March 1911 looks
exactly like the Ptelea rhombifolia of Heller and I think should be referred
to that species, at least until we know more about the different forms of
this troublesome genus. From eastern Louisiana I have one specimen of
P. trifoliata collected by you but no other Ptelea at all from Louisiana.
Have n’t you met with the genus in other places in that state, and how
does it happen that Selma and Sardis, which contain almost every other
known plant, cannot boast of a Ptelea, at least there is nothing from that
region in our herbarium?
89
July 2, 1915.
Very many thanks for the fruit of Carya alba which tells me just what
I wanted to know. It is surprising that these yellow scales on the fruit
of this species have always been overlooked. Perhaps, however, this is not
more remarkable than that every American botanist has described the
st of Epigaea repens as a dried capsule although it is really a fleshy
erry.
There is no one now in this country who knows so little about Tilias as
I do, but I should think Palmer could look after the fruit of the Lake
Charles species this autumn. As you have read in my last letter, there is
what appears to be a fourth species there. Undoubtedly the West Feliciana
species are the same as those which grow at Natchez and I do not think
you need to worry much more about them. This leaves Avery Island from
which we certainly ought to have good fruiting specimens. I wrote to the
126 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
lady who sent the specimens the other day from there, asking her to send
me a specimen of one of her numbers showing the young branches but I
have had no answer from her. I have no more idea than you do when the
fruit of these things ripen.
The Scarlet Oak which I want you to look into is a single tree growing
on the edge of the bluff, or rather a little way back from the edge. We
went from your place to a store, the post-office of Sardis I think, and then
took the road to the river. We got out at a negro cabin near the river,
walked across a field, and then turned to the left and followed along the
cliff for some distance. This particular Oak cannot be more than three
hundred yards from where we reached the bluff. The remarkable thing
about this tree is the much swollen scales of the cup. If this sort of Scarlet
Oak is common in the Sardis region, then it ought to be made a variety of
Quercus coccinea. 1 think perhaps I had best send you one of the fruits
we picked up under the tree. As you know, Quercus rubra also grows on
this bluff, and very far south of any station I have known for it before.
How about the two Plum trees of which I wrote you? I hope you will
follow them up, and also Quercus austrina. We should be glad to get
specimens of any of the woody plants growing about Sardis which you may
have time to make.
90
July 22, 1915.
You have n’t said anything about having collected at the time of your
last visit to Lake Charles fruiting specimens of that remarkable Ash tree
with pendulous branches which we saw there. If you did not collect fruit
I can ask Palmer to get it when he goes there this autumn. How early do
you think the tree is likely to drop its fruit, and can you give any specific
directions for finding the trees? We only saw one tree, as I remember, with
fruit on it and that was hanging over a cottage close to the road. This of
course was as we went down the lake (not towards the bayou) but I should
not know what to tell Palmer in order to find this particular tree.
Anything new in the tree line at Sardis, and have you given up the idea
of coming north this summer?
91
July 23, 1915.
How about the Slippery Elm, Ulmus fulva, in Louisiana? It is common
from Missouri to Texas and it ought at least to be in western Louisiana,
but I have no knowledge of it there.
92
July 29, 1915.
A new tree for the Selma region is Carya carolinae-septentrionalis which
Harbison collected there this spring.
Why can’t you send me now a specimen of the White Oak near your
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 127
place which we thought was Quercus austrina? I should like to see it in
its present summer condition. It might be sent without drying I should
think.
93
August 7, 1915.
I have your letter and the package of specimens, for both of which many
thanks.
Acer 820 and 828 are A. saccharum. This form with leaves pale and
pubescent below appears to be a rather common tree from southern Georgia
and northern Florida to Mississippi. Acer 822 is A. floridanum.
Carya carolinae-septentrionalis is right. I have already written you
that Harbison had found it near Selma.
Quercus 814 looks as if it might be a hybrid of Q. imbricaria. Do you
know more than one tree? We ought to know more about it and get more
material.
Quercus 812 Sardis must be Q. Durandii. Is this the small tree on the
left-hand side of the road going from your house towards Sardis and at
the foot of a rather steep hill where our motor got stuck? This was the
tree we took for Quercus austrina. Please answer this. If your 812 is not
our little tree, where does it grow? Have you noticed on 812 that the
leaves on the lower branches are very different from those on the upper
part of the tree?
Is your Quercus 800 the same as the 804 mentioned in your letter?
800 looks as if it might be the mysterious Q. Aybrida of Chapman.
The Tilia cultivated at Lake Charles is Tilia tomentosa from Hungary.
I saw only two Lindens in the Selma-Sardis region but there are evi-
dently three species, — Ist, the tree with leaves silvery pubescent below,
your 780, 782, 790 and 792. 2nd, the tree with very coarsely serrate leaves,
your 784 and 6 of July 1914. I did not find this tree and I do not know
if the young leaves are all pubescent, and I am afraid that you do not.
3rd, the tree with leaves not so coarsely serrate as #2, covered below with
pale stellate hairs in April and in June entirely glabrous with the exception
of the conspicuous axillary tufts. This is your 788. 786 is the same but
without the tufts. This was the only Linden I saw on the bluffs of the
river at Sardis but I saw plenty of #1 south of Selma.
I think now, thanks to you, that we have complete material of these
three Lindens. Can’t you induce your friends at Avery Island to collect
good fruiting specimens of Lindens there? There are probably two species,
one a tree with pubescent branchlets and rusty pubescent leaves which
are very scabrate above, your #6 of October 1910. I do not know that
we have either flowers or fruit of this. It seems similar to the tree from
the coast of Georgia which has passed for T[ilia] pubescens, but I daresay
it is not that species. Two, a tree with leaves pale pubescent below and
also rough above. This is Miss MclIlhenny’s smooth-barked Linden and
your specimen of May 24, 1914. Can this be the same as #1? The dif-
ference in the time of year when the specimens were taken may account
128 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
for the different color of the pubescence. Miss McIlhenny’s rough-barked
Linden may be the same as #1 but the specimen is so poor that it does
not tell much.
Palmer is now in St. Louis arranging his collection and I am afraid can-
not get off much before the first of September, but I shall write him to get
back to Louisiana as soon as possible. The Florida and Alabama Oaks
seem to be as puzzling or more puzzling than the Lindens.
I wish you were here now for I am living all alone and we might get
through a great deal of work together.
94
August 10, 1915.
I have received from you a box of Plum fruit i no word as to what it
is. I suppose I should hear from you on this subje
Your Wakefield, West Feliciana “Tilia americana,” June 1907, is evi-
dently the same as Selma #2, and the same as your specimen collected
near Alexandria June 1905.
I cannot quite follow you on the Lake Charles Tilia. Your #2532 with
pubescent branchlets and leaves pubescent below agrees with our #3 of
last spring, but your #1 from the Mills’ place (42530) has the same
pubescence as your number 3 (2532) although the branchlets are gla-
brous. Now unless there is a bad mixup on my part it is impossible that the
tree in Mill’s yard which had perfectly glabrous leaves on April 12th
should on May 21st have leaves densely pubescent below.
I am writing Palmer today to get off as soon as possible and go first to
Lake Charles for evidently there is no Linden at Natchitoches which does
not also grow at Lake Charles. I hope you are hunting Oaks.
95
August 19, 1915.
Many thanks for your two notes and the information they contain. I
hope you will continue to watch the Oaks at Sardis. You have said noth-
ing about that peculiar form of Quercus coccinea about which I wrote you.
If the leaves of Tilias are going to change from glabrous to pubescent
as they grow older I am afraid it will be hopeless to find characters by
which they can be separated.
Too bad about Avery Island for I suppose the weather won’t become
cool there or mosquitos disappear until it is too late to collect Tilias.
I hope the cotton crop is going to be a success.
96
August 21, 1915.
I enclose a leaf of an Oak which Harbison found at Pleasant Hill, near
Selma, and which may be an extreme form of Quercus Durandii. He found
similar trees at other places near Selma, and I have asked him to write
and give you as near as possible the locality of these trees in the hope that
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 129
you will be willing to investigate them before you leave Alabama and
obtain mature specimens. According to Harbison Pleasant Hill is a very
interesting place, and possibly you may like to visit it.
97
August 23, 1915.
Many thanks for yours of the 19th and for the Plums which have not
yet arrived but which I suppose will be here tomorrow. It seems to me
that this is about the worst of all the groups of our woody plants.
We are sending you by express to Tulane a set of woody plants col-
lected in Louisiana by Palmer this year, or rather nearly a full set for I
understand he has been obliged to leave some of them behind him at St.
Louis in his pursuit of Tilia fruit. I will arrange that the herbaceous plants
be sent from St. Louis.
I take no responsibility for Palmer’s names, and a few of them appear
to be incorrect. Notice his Quercus 7473 with leaves only from Natchi-
toches, which looks as if it might be Q. Durandii. His Quercus 7448 from
Natchitoches seems to be the three-lobed form of Q. nigra common be-
tween Selma and Sardis. It needs a varietal name. His Q. stellata var.
Grand Ecore 7518 and Chopin 7978 we are much interested in here. The
pubescence seems to be like that of the Post Oak in Selma. I do not know
if I wrote you about this tree and the importance of collecting fruit of it
this autumn, as well as the little dwarf Oak in sandy soil near Selma which
is evidently a dwarf form of the larger tree. Palmer makes a point that
the bark of his tree is scaly like that of the White Oak and not rough like
the Post Oak. Is this true of the Selma tree?
Palmer’s Quercus velutina 7443 is stellate-pubescent on the upper sur-
face of the leaves. This sort of pubescence so far as I have seen never
occurs on the leaves of the straight velutina but is conspicuous on the
variety missouriensis of mine from Missouri and Arkansas. On the Mis-
souri tree, however, the branches are much more tomentose than Palmer’s
7443, but in Mississippi and Florida there is a velutina without tomentose
branches but with stellate pubescence on the upper surface of the leaves
at least early in the season. This may be another variety. It has not yet
turned up in Alabama and I hope you will be able to look at the velutinas
in your region and see if you can find any trees with such stellate pubes-
cence. Harbison claims that the trees in Mississippi with the stellate
pubescence do not have the orange colored inner bark. This is a fact,
however, which needs further investigation.
98
October 20, 1915.
Many thanks for your letter of October 15th. No, I have n’t been ill
but away on several short journeys this autumn and my correspondence
has fallen into a hopeless condition of neglect. I was on the point of
writing you when I heard of the storm in Louisiana but did not get around
to it. I hope you did not suffer personal inconvenience, but I am afraid
130 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
many of our trees at Lake Charles were destroyed. I hope, however, the
Hickories are all right.
Have you been out this autumn with Palmer? He wrote me that you
thought of doing so. I have n’t heard from him for some time and I fancy
that he is now in eastern Texas or Oklahoma as he went early from Louis-
iana. I am sorry to say that he found that many of the Lindens from
which he collected in the spring were blown down early in the summer.
Please let me hear from you soon.
a9
November 1, 1915.
Many thanks for the collection of Oaks from the Selma district. The
more I see of these Selma Oaks the less I know about them and this last
collection of yours seems to me the worst lot I have seen.
904 is Crataegus tomentosa. The other specimen of Crataegus in fruit
I do not know.
950. I do not know this Oak. Is it some form of the Water Oak? Do
you remember the tree?
954. Quercus velutina.
972. Quercus austrina, if there is such a thing.
962 I suppose is the dwarf form of the new Post Oak with scaly bark.
As you know, this also grows at Natchitoches.
934. Is this not the common Post Oak? It shows none of the pubes-
cence which is so conspicuous on the under surface of the leaves of the
new Post Oak. How is the bark of this 934?
952, 968, 960 and 932 seem to be QO. Durandii.
930. Is this Q. austrina again?
938 looks as if it might be a hybrid of Q. imbricaria. It is unknown to
me.
956 is the new Post Oak.
958 is nearly glabrous and I suppose is the common Post Oak.
I am going to take up the Oak question seriously when Harbison’s col-
lection of the past autumn arrives and try and come to some conclusion
about some of these troublesome southern species, varieties or hybrids. It
is rather curious that this scaly barked Post Oak grows at Selma and then
not again until we get to Natchitoches. By the way, Palmer writes that
he thinks he has found Gleditsia texana at Natchitoches. This would be
a new tree for Louisiana. Apparently anything can be expected in the
Natchitoches region.
I hope you are all right.
100
November 12, 1915.
We have been able to raise two new Chinese Citrus plants which may
prove useful. The first of these, Citrus ichangensis,’® has fruit something
° Burkill includes this in C. macroptera, as a race of thick-skinned shaddock-like
Citrus.
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 131
like a grapefruit although rather smaller. Some persons think that the
fruit has even a better flavor than that of grapefruit but this of course is
doubtful. The great point about it is that it is likely to be much hardier
than the grapefruit or any other Citrus plant with edible fruit. The fact
that our plants are raised from seeds gathered from wild plants growing
in the mountains of western China suggests that the plants may be freer
from disease than many of the long cultivated forms. The second plant is
an Orange and still unnamed. It is said by Wilson to be the best of the
tight-skinned Oranges of China. It is a low level plant in the Yangtse
Valley but should prove hardier than the ordinary cultivated Orange. I
could send you fifty or one hundred plants of each of these if you can use
them to advantage among your friends in Louisiana. I think these trees
should be introduced. Let me hear about this as soon as you conveniently
can.
101
November 22, 1915.
I have yours of the 20th and you may be sure we shall send you a set
of Palmer’s plants as soon as they arrive. He is now working on them in
St. Louis and I expect something from him very soon.
It would certainly be remarkable if you have found M[agnolia] cor-
data in Louisiana. As you know perhaps, it has recently been rediscov-
ered in Georgia. If you have specimens of the leaves I should like to see
them as they throw some light on the identity of the plant.
We are arranging to send you two hundred and fifty of the Ichang
Orange and two hundred and fifty of the Ichang Lemon for distribution
among your friends in Louisiana. We can send more if you want them.
The Arboretum will take the liberty of paying the express charges on the
case to New Orleans as you ought not to be put to any expense in this
matter.
102
December 7, 1915.
The Citrus fruit started from here last night in two cases by express and
I have no doubt will reach you in good condition. They have been in-
spected and I do not think there can be anything the matter with them.
Now if you can use more of these plants to advantage in Louisiana we
can send them to you. I am anxious, of course, to get them as widely dis-
tributed as possible. I advise you to try a few of Citrus ichangensis at
your place in Alabama. This ought to prove, judging from the locality
where the trees grow naturally, the hardiest of all the Citrus species with
edible fruit. If you want more you better let me know soon before winter
really sets in.
Crataegus 964 from Sardis, 1915, is evidently C. tomentosa, although
I have n’t seen the flowers, and the same as your 14 Sardis, 1914. These
are the only Alabama specimens of this widely distributed tree we have
132 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
and I have no other record of its extending into Alabama, so this is an-
other tree the distribution of which you have greatly extended.
103
December 14, 1915.
I have just been looking over the Louisiana specimens of Malus.
Your Pineville specimen, our +1 west of Opelousas, the Crowley speci-
mens and your specimens collected at Natchitoches April 15, 1911 and
April 15, 1912, and Palmer’s Natchitoches 7252 we are placing with
M{alus| ioensis var. Palmeri. This leaves now only our Malus 42 west
of Opelousas, a tree thirty feet high with red-brown bark. This is cer-
tainly something different. It may be an extreme form of M. angustifolia
but I hardly think so. I had supposed you collected flowers but I do not
find them, although you visited the tree the second time to collect fruit.
The flowers if possible should be collected in the spring.
I have just written Harbison that we have n’t got to the bottom yet of
the Selma-Sardis species of Malus and I hope he will visit that locality
again next spring.
104
December 16, 1915.
In writing you yesterday I made a mistake, of course when I said we
had referred your Pineville Malus to ioensis var. Palmeri. It is, of course,
the type of ioensis creniserrata.
105
December 18, 1915.
I am very glad indeed to hear that the Citrus plants reached you in
good condition. We have plenty more of them and I shall be glad to send
you another supply if you can use them to advantage. I do not suppose
the Orange is going to prove of much value but the so-called Ichang
Lemon I believe will turn out to be a plant of much economic value.
Yes, I remember about the Crataegus from Louisiana and will get to
it before long I hope.
Ashe is a man who is apt to make a good deal of trouble and I suggest
that you be cautious about sending him material. He has a way of not
keeping specimens on which he makes species and then forgetting them
himself. How about the Magnolia cordata?
106
December 22, 1915.
We have no specimen of Quercus cinerea collected in Louisiana by you,
and only one specimen in the state recently collected at Natchitoches by
Palmer. Does not this tree occur in eastern Louisiana and have n't you
seen it in other places in western Louisiana?
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 133
107
December 31, 1915.
I have been looking over your Sardis specimens of Quercus.
#800 with “bark like the White Oak” is what Harbison feels sure is
Small’s Q. austrina, but the old fruit which you picked up from the ground
with this specimen is probably Q. texana. The following are also austrina:
804, 958, 956, 930, 950, 934, 902, 932. This seems to be a good species
and to be widely distributed. You ought to find it in eastern Louisiana.
944, 960, 972, QO. Duranditi.
898 and 912, ea oe new variety.
942?, 900, O.r
914, ‘Sardis, teh like a hybrid and should be followed up. I cannot
guess at its parentage.
932 might be Q. Durandii or austrina. It is sometimes very hard to dis-
tinguish these from leaves ong ne.
802 I take to be Q. texa
2524, fea ot. Francisville, Louisiana (no fruit) must be a form of
Q. falca
Po is Feces for today.
108
January 8, 1916.
I have your note about Quercus austrina. I confess that without acorns
I cannot tell austrina from Durandii with any degree of satisfaction. Ap-
parently what we are calling austrina according to Harbison is sometimes
a large tree, and the tree which he considers austrina certainly always has
scaly bark. Small, as you know, is often rather vague in his descriptions.
Probably there is a good deal more to learn about these trees. P.S.— Do
you know anything about an Oak collected by you in St. Tammany, July
1900, No. 6, and called by you Quercus tomentosa or Q. velutina? It is
not that species and the leaves are good Red Oak leaves, and the fruit is
good coccinea fruit. It is probably a form of the Red Oak with cups
shaped like the northern form (Q. ambigua or borealis). I should think
this was a tree worth further investigation.
109
January 13, a
I enclose a leaf of an Oak specimen gathered by you in New Orleans
October 1911. Was this tree planted? This is the same tree as the one
which is growing at Natchez, Mississippi, and of which Harbison has
found a single planted individual by an abandoned house near Selma.
With the leaf is an acorn from one of the Natchez trees. At Natchez most
of the leaves are still on the trees and perfectly green, so that if this tree
has been planted in the streets of New Orleans you ought to be able to
recognize it at this time. The same species grows on the Texas coast and
it would be surprising, I think, if it does not turn up in West Feliciana.
134 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
It is certainly an undescribed Oak and one of the largest Oaks of North
America. It is well worth hunting for, therefore, in Louisiana. I have
only just found out about the persistent leaves which add a good deal to
the interest of the tree. 5
I enclose also a copy of Buckley’s description of his Quercus Shumardu
which has always been overlooked or disregarded. Judging from his de-
scription, it is a tree with foliage a good deal like that of Q. texana but
with cups as shallow as those of the Red Oak but covered with very thick
scales. I enclose a couple of cups of what I suppose is this tree from
Fulton on the Red River in Arkansas. Our Quercus texana collected last
April at Lake Charles may be this tree, and Palmer appears to have found
it at Natchitoches and Grand Ecore. Your Sardis 1906 and 1915 may be
the same thing. ;
I doubt if 1900 and 942 of Sardis are Quercus rubra, but your Sardis
specimen of August 1913 is certainly this last. The trees which I think
are Shumardii have more deeply lobed leaves than Q. rubra and large and
very conspicuous axillary tufts of hairs on the lower surface. Typical
texana has deep cups with thin scales.
Unless some character besides the shape of the cup and the thickness of
their scales can be found to separate Q. Shumardii from Q. texana I should
think that the former was a variety of the latter, but this group needs a
great deal more observation in the field. It is true that Q. rubra evidently
grows in Feliciana, but I do not feel at all sure that it is in western
Louisiana. It is important to collect more material of the Red Oak group
about Sardis if you are there again, and particularly in Louisiana.
I am writing to Palmer to pay especial attention to it in Arkansas, Okla-
homa, western Louisiana and Texas this year. I should think that the
Oaks of West Feliciana especially needed attention. I feel almost sure
that you will find the new Natchez species there. If this tree from New
Orleans, of which I now return a leaf, was planted where did the trees
come from? Probably not very far from the city. This, however, is not
a swamp tree so possibly it did not come from the immediate neighbor-
hood of the city.
Do you remember the peculiar Post Oak with white scaly bark growing
in low wet ground west of Opelousas? The leaves are not pubescent on
the lower surface like the peculiar Post Oak of the Natchitoches region,
and apparently they lose the stellate pubescence from the upper surface
very early in the season. We have never had the mature leaves of this
Opelousas tree and fruit has never been collected; this is a Louisiana tree
which certainly needs further investigation. Either it is a new species or
a very distinct form of the Post Oak.
I thought at one time the Hickories were bad but I must acknowledge
the Oaks are more troublesome, and certainly they are now less well
known than the Hickories.
Quercus Shumardii.— {This name is followed by the direct quotation
of Buckley’s original description, which ends the letter. |
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 135
110
January 15, 1916.
Referring to the Opelousas Malus, No. 1 is from the clump which the
negro carried you to see but which I did not see. This we call ioensis var.
Palmeri. No. 2 is the solitary large tree with red-brown bark which we
saw later but further east. This we first collected October 10, 1913. We
have from you a specimen called No. 2 collected in April 1914, but there
is not a trace of a flower on this specimen.
On the label of your No. 1 collected April 1914 you say “large tree.”
This I take for granted is the negro tree. On the label of No. 2 you say
“large tree, not in clumps.”
Don’t you think it would be a good plan for you to revisit Opelousas
this spring and get good flowering material of this No. 2 which probably
has very little to do with variety creniserrata? This will give you an op-
portunity, too, to take a look at the peculiar Post Oak which does not
grow very far from it and quite near the Quercus ludoviciana.
111
January 21, 1916.
I have just finished looking through Palmer’s autumn collection of
Oaks. His Natchitoches 8761 and 8762 represent my idea of Quercus
Shumardii. The buds show that this tree is in no way connected with Q.
rubra, but I expect it will be found to be a variety of Q. texana. This last
is well represented by Palmer’s 8835 from Chopin. His Windsor 8935 has,
as you see, shallower cups and appears to be approaching Shumardii. His
Q. breviloba, Natchitoches 8718, is Q. Durandii and this is the first speci-
men of this species which I have ever seen from Louisiana, although it
used to be said to grow on the banks of the Red River at Shreveport. If it
does grow there I have never seen specimens. This fine tree can now, I
think, safely be added to the Louisiana flora.
The next time you go to Covington would it be too much trouble to cut
for me a piece of a stem of the //licium about six inches long and as large
a piece as can be conveniently found? It is wanted here for one of my
associates who is studying the anatomy of woods.
Have you ever been to Port Hudson and do you know what grows in that
region? I should like to go there again myself for it is fifty-three years
since I saw it. Have you ever been up the railroad northward from Laurel
Hill? This goes on to Woodville, Mississippi, which must be an entirely
unknown Oak [region] botanically.
112
January 22, 1916.
I have your two notes of January 18th and the two cups. The more
shallow one with the much thickened scales is my idea of typical Q[wercus |
Shumardii. The specimen with the thinner scales seems to me to be a
shallow-cupped texana, that is it has the thin scales of that species. What
136 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
I think is that these things run together and that Shumardii must be
considered a variety of texana. It has been planted a good deal in the
streets of New Orleans and I have collected there acorns with deep and
with shallow cups. You say that your two trees can be distinguished in the
field but how? It would be very useful if we could so distinguish
Shumardii, otherwise than by the thickened scales of the cup and keep it
as a distinct species.
How large are the specimens of the Natchez Oak 1! in New Orleans?
If these planted trees came from Covington it ought not be too very difficult
to find these species growing wild there. Have you noticed whether the
New Orleans trees are still retaining their leaves?
I enclose an extract from Palmer’s last letter. Do you know these
regions?
“In Winn Parish, some distance n. e. of Natchitoches, there is a peculiar
region with limestone bluffs and saline springs, so different from any of the
surrounding country that it should produce something of botanical interest,
also in going north from Natch. I passed through a region of nearly pure
sand some miles south of Bienville where Quercus brevifolia seemed to be
very common. I only saw it from the train but wished I could have gotten
into it. If you are in that part during the summer and it is convenient I
should very much like to spend a day or two with you about Natchitoches
and Chopin, where there are a great many good things to be seen. The
accommodations at Natchitoches are very good and I spent sufficient time
about there to know something of the surrounding country.” Have you
noticed whether the New Orleans trees are still retaining their leaves?
113
January 26, 1916.
Many thanks for the package of specimens. The two Oaks are just my
idea of Quercus texana. Malus +2 from Opelousas certainly should be
followed up. It seems intermediate between angustifolia and ioensis and
nearer the former. The bark as I remember it is different from that of any
of our American species. This may be something new.
We have a specimen of Magnolia collected by Mohr near Mobile with
the cordate leaves of your specimen. The Mobile specimen has always been
considered an acuminata, and I think it is probably a variety of that
species. The leaves are not at all like what we call cordata. This of
course is a tree to follow up.
114
February 8, 1916.
I have been trying to group all the Tilia material in this herbarium with
the following results as far as your specimens are concerned:
Alabama. #1, bluffs of the Alabama River. A species with glabrous
branchlets, thin cordate leaves stellate-pubescent below throughout the
season. I collected specimens last April near Sardis and you collected it in
™ Q. comptonae Sarg.
eS
1965} EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 137
1914; no other date on the label and no number. This species has not been
collected and these are urgently needed.
#2, Tilia heterophylla Ventenat, not of Sargent’s Manual, = T.
Michauxii of Nuttall but not of Sargent’s Manual. To this species I refer
your numbers 780, 782, 790, 792, and many specimens collected by
Harbison.
#3, a glabrous species with very coarsely serrate leaves, your 6, 784,
786, and 788, “near Selma, 1914,’’ and Selma, June 12, 1914. This might
pass for a green-leaved form of 7. floridana if the leaves were not so
coarsely serrate. If these specimens had been found in the north they
would certainly be referred to T. americana. I feel very doubtful about
this tree of which we have good material. Your specimen from West
Feliciana, June 1907, called T. americana?, is evidently the same thing.
This makes three species for Selma.
Louisiana. +1, branchlets glabrous, leaves stellate-pubescent below
through the season. Lake Charles, your 2530 from the Mills Place. I had
supposed that the Avery Island plant with leaves pale pubescent below
belonged here but I find on the upper surface of the leaves the remains of
stellate-pubescent hairs. These are very unusual on the upper surface of
Tilia leaves and the Avery Island plant may be something entirely distinct.
I much want to see the very young leaves of your Lake Charles tree and
fruiting specimens of the Avery Island tree. I have placed with the Lake
Charles tree Palmer’s following numbers from Natchitoches Parish, —
8747, 7946, 7397, 7474, 7554, 8013, 8021, 7420, and the specimen col-
lected by you at Natchitoches April 15, 1911. Palmer’s 7675 from Welsh
is probably the same as it has glabrous branchlets. All these specimens are
very incomplete and we ought to have more and better Lake Charles
material of this number.
+2, a perfectly glabrous species with leaves green or more or less
glaucous on the lower surface. This is our #2 of last spring from Lake
Charles, and Palmer’s 7644, 7673, 8523, 7574, 7342, 7694, 8510, your
2534, your Lake Charles specimen of March 26 and May 12, 1911, and
your Shreveport specimen of June 1908. What I believe is the same species
but with leaves more or less glaucous on the lower surface are Palmer’s
7923, 8699 and 7569. These specimens with glaucous leaves I do not
know how to distinguish from T[ilia] floridana of Small, and I do not see
how to distinguish the glaucous and the green-leaved specimens specifically.
We have only very incomplete material of this +2 from Lake Charles.
#3, a species with glabrous branchlets, young leaves stellate-pubescent
but soon becoming glabrous, and usually conspicuous tufts of axillary
hairs. Your 2528 from West Feliciana seems to be this species which is
our #3 of Lake Charles and Palmer’s 7523, 7956, 7554, 7479, 7474, 7952,
7397, your Natchitoches specimen April 27, 1911, your Lake Charles 2530
and 2536, Palmer’s 8511, 7695, your Lake Charles October 1914, your
Winnfield April 6, 1913, our Opelousas April 3, 1913, your Laurel Hill
March 1910. This seems a widely distributed species in Oklahoma, eastern
138 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Texas and Arkansas, and gets into Mississippi. Our Louisiana material is
still very incomplete, especially that from Lake Charles.
+4, a tree with pubescent branchlets and leaves rusty tomentose below.
Your 2532 (3 L. C.) from Lake Charles, and Palmer’s 7674, 8500, and
perhaps 8494 but of this the branchlets are glabrous. I suppose that the
“Tilia pubescens” of Avery Island belong to this species. There are no
fruiting specimens of any of the above numbers and they are urgently
needed.
I should say then that there are certainly four species in Louisiana. If,
as I suspect, the Avery Island specimen with young leaves stellate-
pubescent above is a species, there would be five, and if the glabrous tree
with very coarsely serrate leaves from West Feliciana can be separated
from T. floridana, then there are six species.
The important species to work up are the two species from Avery Island,
the fruit of +4 from Lake Charles and the young leaves of your Lake
Charles #3. It is important to compare young leaves of all the species
because the conditions of their early pubescence may be very helpful in
distinguishing the species.
I had hoped that we had reached the end of the southern Tilias but
evidently we are still very far from that I fear. It is astonishing how the
peculiarities of the southern trees have been overlooked or neglected.
There is confusion I am sure about that Mills Place Lake Charles
number
115
February 10, 1916.
I am sending you under another cover the cup of a very small Oak fruit
and a cup and nut of a larger one. These seem to have been both gathered
by me at Laurel Hill when we were there together. We have young leaves
which belong to the small cup and these leaves seem to be Q. texana. The
shape of the cup is all right for that species but of course is exceptionally
small. The large acorn and cup would pass here at the north perfectly
for a Red Oak. Unfortunately there are no leaf specimens which belong
with this acorn. It appears to be in an exceptionally good condition if it
was picked up from the ground in March, which was the time we were at
Laurel Hill.
If the Red Oak gets at all into Louisiana I suppose it would be in West
Feliciana, and I am sending you this material in the hope that it may help
you in studying this group. Of course it is desirable to determine, if we
can do so, the true range of the Red Oak. Undoubtedly what has been
called Red Oak in the south is often Shumardi.
Ames and I are starting about the 10th of March for a short trip in
Arizona, but my idea is to stop a day in New Orleans to talk matters over
with you and then on the way back to stop again, if you think it desirable
to do so, and return home by Natchez. All this, however, can be decided
when I see you in New Orleans on the way west.
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 139
116
February 19, 1916.
I have yours of February 15th. Please take another look at your Tilias
784 and 788 from Selma. The flowering specimens look rather different
but I cannot find much difference in the fruiting specimens. How do you
distinguish these two trees? The truth is we have got to live with trees in
order properly to understand them. Herbarium material is really of very
little good except as a record. These two numbers look very much like the
Tilia from west Louisiana.
In order to meet engagements further west Ames and I would have to be
in New Orleans on the morning of March 16th when I hope the crowd will
have left. We had best write, I think, for our accommodations at the hotel.
I should like to devote a part of the day to going over with you your
specimens of Tilia and Quercus. Our plan now is to be back in Louisiana
in April, but about this we can confer on March 16th.
117
February 23, 1916.
I have just been through all the Hickory material of the 1915 collections.
The most interesting thing for us now in Louisiana is your Natchitoches
+6 of 1913 and 1914, for which I long ago wrote out a description, but I
had so little material that I did not do anything more about it. I believe
that Palmer’s Natchitoches 7258 (see this), which he called C[ arya] alba,
may be this same tree, and I believe also that the two small trees which we
found in dry woods just before we got to the quarry at Winnfield April 6,
1915, may be the same. We thought at the time they were C. alba,
but of course they have nothing to do with that species. These trees
ought to be followed up, and if you cannot get there in the autumn perhaps
Palmer can
I suppose that those miserable Monroe Hickories which have bothered
us so much, judging by the buds, all belong to C. arkansana, but they did
not have good arkansana sn It would pay to get spring material which
would show the young lea
In spite of the very peauily shaped fruits which used to puzzle us so
much I now believe that the following Natchitoches numbers must be
referred to C. arkansana: Cocks 10, xi. 12, 16, 20, Palmer 1 and 3, also
Chopin 1 of Palmer, Lake Charles 1 of Cocks, and Cocks and Sargent, Lake
Charles (yard of J. Mills).
Your Grand Ecore 3 of 1913 may also be C. arkansana with small
globose nuts. It is important to see your leaves of this number. Can you
find the tree or tell Palmer how to do it? Grand Ecore, Palmer 7524,
Creston 7016 Palmer seem to be C. arkansana.
1 and 18 of Natchitoches which I had placed with C. megocarpa |sic|
are evidently C. arkansana. I feel very doubtful about 2 and 5 of Natchi-
toches and I should like to see young leaves of these numbers. 5 may
be C. arkansana but I am doubtful about 2. It is possible that the flower-
ing and fruiting specimens are of different species.
140 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
I hope you can get together all the specimens about which I have been
writing you lately so that we can discuss them on the 16th of March when
we shall not have any too much time I fear.
118
April 24, 1916
I got home Saturday night after a successful two days in Natchez
and one day in the neighborhood of Jackson where unfortunately Harbison
did not turn up. ;
Miss Compton has now located in Natchez twenty-nine or thirty indi-
viduals of the new Oak. All the old trees are in the neighborhood of build-
ings but some of these must be so old that I am inclined to believe that
they must be original trees left standing when the forest was cleared.
We saw, however, two wild trees, one growing in a field far from any
houses and probably thirty or forty years old, and one much smaller in
the woods. The relationship of the trees certainly would be Live Oak
and I believe should be looked for on high ground and not in swamps.
The largest specimen near Natchez is fully one hundred feet high and
another tree has a trunk about five feet in diameter. Several of them
are much larger than the tree we showed you on the Duncan place.” It
is as evergreen as Quercus virginiana and is certainly one of the finest
Oaks in the United States. I hope you will be able to locate the wild
trees in Louisiana.
The Maple tree from which we collected on our way to Natchez and
which you thought was Acer leucoderme is evidently the same form 0
Sugar Maple that grows in West Feliciana and is evidently a distinct
form.
I shall hope soon to hear about your visit to Sardis. I enjoyed our
days together immensely and certainly West Feliciana can produce as
fine trees as are to be seen in any part of the United States.
119
I think it would pay you when you are in West Feliciana Parish in the
autumn to look into the Beech question a little and collect good fruiting
specimens from a number of trees. I collected only two specimens this
spring and these represent the northern species, F[agus| grandiflora, and
the southern variety, var. caroliniana. The curious thing about it is that
the under surface of the leaves is very pubescent. The pubescent
grandiflora has been described as forma pubescens and apparently has
only been collected before in New England. What is more interesting
perhaps is that the leaves of the specimen of the variety caroliniana are
also pubescent on the lower surface. This has been described as forma
mollis. Apparently it has only been collected once before, at Tallahasseé
by Nash in 1895, and in Louisiana (New Orleans) by Drummond 1m
1832.
* «Duncan Park” of Dr. STEPHEN Duncan of Natchez.
:
f
i
E
;
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 141
This collection seems to give you two new varieties for Louisiana. It
would not be a bad idea to collect Fagus in any part of the state you
may visit.
I hope you are finding the new Oak.
P.S. — The right name of the shrub we found so common and naturalized
by the roadsides near Laurel Hill is Pyracantha crenulata Roemer.
120
May 10, 1916.
Many thanks for the package of specimens which arrived yesterday.
Tilias.
820. This is the species with leaves stellate-pubescent on the lower
surface while young, becoming glabrous, and small but conspicuous axillary
tufts. This seems to be the commonest Linden of Louisiana and southern
Arkansas.
822. The glabrous, early-flowering species I suppose. There is a
trace of axillary clusters on this particular specimen, the flower-buds
appear although the leaves are not much grown.
S54 = 822.
836, T. heterophylla.
832 = 822 and 834, I believe.
4014 is what we have been calling T. floridana.
4016, the species with pale pubescence on the lower surface of the
leaves. This, according to the original description, should be T. leptophylla.
4012 = 4016.
4010 = 4014.
2530 = 4016.
Alabama 842 = Malus angustifolia.
Alabama 844, Amelanchier. Mature leaves and fruit desired if not
already sent.
Quercus 838, Sardis. This certainly outdoes Shumardii as we have seen
it in Louisiana.
I notice that you are quite cautious about giving names to your Oaks
and I do not know how to tell the young leaves of austrina from those of
Durandii. 1 hope you can do so.
Notice your 840 which has stellate pubescence on the upper side of
the leaves. Is this a Post Oak? What is 830 from Pine Bank Creek
with its long-stalked fruit? Can this be the Natchez tree or is it what
you call Q. austrina?
I hope to hear soon from you again.
121
May 23, 1916.
Much obliged for your letter of March [sic] 18th. I am glad to hear
that you found Carya pallida in Louisiana. I notice what you say about the
lateness of C. alba.
142 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
I have noticed in different places in the South individual trees of what
I supposed was C. alba which were very much later in coming out than
is usually the case with this tree. I have not been able, however, to
follow up any of these trees to find out if they had other peculiarities.
I suppose you can recognize in the autumn these late trees and it would
be well, of course, to collect fruit and leaf specimens. These may show
some characters which would make it possible to distinguish the late
trees as a variety.
I do not think I ever wrote you about Quercus velutina. My variety
missouriensis was based principally on the stellate pubescence on the
upper side of the leaves. I saw at Jackson this spring a small tree with
these stellate leaves but the inner bark was not yellow like the inner
bark of the common form of Quercus velutina. It is possible that this
stellate pubescence and the gray inner bark may have some relationship
and make it possible to distinguish another form of this tree. Harbison
has noticed the same thing in Mississippi and western Florida, and I
think it would be well for you to bear this in mind and keep a lookout
for Black Oaks.
There is certainly an undescribed species of Malus at Sardis, your
numbers i., ii. and iii. The leaves on the flowering branches of this tree
look exactly like those of M. angustifolia but the mature leaves, especially
on the shoots, resemble those of some of the forms of M. ioensis. Possibly
the angustifolia which you sent me the other day may belong to this tree.
I have n’t got time to look at the specimens this morning however. I will
write you later on this subject. Harbison says that the young leaves of
Q. austrina are perfectly glabrous.
122
June 1, 1916.
Have you ever collected Halesia carolina in Louisiana? If so, we have
no specimen in our herbarium. My Manual speaks of it as growing
through Louisiana to eastern Texas and Arkansas. West of the Mississipp!
we have one specimen collected in northern Arkansas, nothing from
Louisiana or Texas. It appears to be common at Selma. It is possible
that the description of the range has got to be modified.
123
June 8, 1916.
I am very glad indeed to get at last the Avery Island Tilias. They do
not look at all as I thought they were going to and seem to be the same
as three common species at Lake Charles. So much the better, for the
fewer species we can get on with the better.
What do you know about the distribution of Asimina triloba? We
have Louisiana specimens only from Wakefield and Natchitoches. Does
it grow in eastern Louisiana, and how does it happen that it does not
grow at Sardis? We have no Alabama specimen whatever in the herbarium.
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 143
124
June 19, 1916.
I have yours of the 14th from Sardis where I hope you are not suffering
too much from the heat. I am just going to begin to arrange this spring’s
collecting of Tilia and will write you again on that subject.
I have given up trying to understand Q. Durandii and Q. austrina.
Harbison, however, thinks he knows these trees as far off as he can see
them and I am enclosing your note to him. The leaves of Q. Durandii
vary more on the same tree than those of any other Oak I have seen.
On the lower branches they are very often deeply lobed and higher on
the tree entire, and sometimes green and glabrous below or pale and
pubescent, although I believe the pubescent leaves are more common
than the glabrous ones.
I will ask Harbison to write you just where he found the Natchez Oak
near Sardis and I hope you will be able to locate the tree and find others.
Palmer has failed to find it where Mohr collected in Texas twenty-six
years ago, so we know it only as a tree growing near human habitations.
125
June 30, 1916.
Perhaps you will be interested in reading the enclosed from Harbison.
Please let me have it back sometime. Notice what he says about the
difference in Tilia at the top and bottom of the trees, and also about
Quercus. You and he between you ought to be able to get to the bottom
of this Quercus austrina business.
126
July 5, 1916.
In spite of all our efforts the Louisiana Tilia material here is still very
incomplete and unsatisfactory, as you will see by the following. My
present idea is that Louisiana specimens can be grouped as follows:
A. The perfectly glabrous species without axillary tufts of hairs.
Lake Charles.
Cocks, May 12, 1911, no number, good flowers.
May 21, 1915, 2534, good flowers.
Palmer, 7644 in bud, 8523 sterile.
Sargent, river bank, April 12, 1915. #1 yard of C. J. Mills, sterile.
River bank, April 13, 1915, #1, sterile.
St. Francisville.
Sargent, April 12, 1916.
Laurel Hill.
Cocks, March 1910, sterile.
Natchitoches
Palmer, 7569 in bud, 7523, good flowers. These Palmer specimens
have leaves glaucous below but are probably a form of species represented
by Group A.
144 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Please notice that we have n’t a single Louisiana fruiting specimen
of this group. The tree is common in Mississippi and reaches Texas and
Alabama, and your Sardis 786, of which we have three fruits I think is
the same.
B. This is the species with large leaves very oblique at the base,
early in the season very thin, bluish green, lustrous and slightly pubescent
below, especially on the midribs and veins, usually soon becoming
glabrous, axillary tufts small, often wanting. My +2 of Lake Charles,
April 13, 1915, is my idea of this species. We also collected it March 26,
1911. It is your 4014, Mills Place, April 3, 1916
Lake Charles.
Palmer, 7694 in bud, 8510, sterile (bracts but no fruit), 7695 in
bud, 8511, sterile.
Avery Island.
Cocks 4050 and 4052.
Natchitoches.
Palmer 7574, sterile, 8699, sterile, 7956 and 7963 with flowers.
Ish
elsh.
Palmer 7673, sterile.
opin.
Palmer 7342, sterile, 7970, poor flowers.
Grand Ecore.
Palmer 9449, sterile.
East Opelousas.
Cocks 401, sterile.
Shreveport.
Cocks, 10, June 1908. D. Coty, no date.
West Feliciana.
Cocks, 2540, flowers and fruit.
I should have liked to have made my #2 of St. Charles the type of
this species for the young leaves look so distinct, but if you can get fruit
of Avery Island 4052 that might be taken as the type. This tree grows
also in Texas and Arkansas but we have no very good material from
those states.
Sardis.
Cocks 822 and 834, April 20 and 22, 1916, and 788, flowers and
fruit complete
I once Gok 788 belonged to Group C but the leaves are very
oblique and bluish below. The tufts of hairs are prominent on this
specimen, but I do not know how to distinguish these numbers from the
Avery Island tree. Are 822 and 834 from the 788 trees? It would be
well to get fruiting specimens of these numbers. Please write me, too,
the sort of place in which this tree grows, the height of the tree approxi-
mately, diameter of trunk, nature of bark, branching, and any other in-
formation you can supply as we may have to take the Sardis plant as
the type of the species in case we cannot get more Louisiana material.
ieee ee eee
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 145
C, Leaves more or less cordate, dull green when young on the lower
surface, more pubescent than those in Group B, becoming glabrous, axil-
lary tufts large and conspicuous.
Lake Charles.
Cocks 2536, flowers just opening May 21, 1915.
West Lake Charles.
Cocks, October 1914, no number, sterile.
Near Alexandria.
Cocks, June 1905, in flower?
Shreveport.
Palmer 9479 in bud.
Opelousas.
In rich woods, Sargent, March 29, 1900, and April 3, 1915, both
sterile.
Natchitoches.
Palmer 7523 and 9416, both sterile.
St. Francisville. Cocks 2523 in bud.
Sardis. Cocks 820 and 832, April 20, 1916, sterile. We should have
more specimens of these num mbers
D. Leaves mostly very oblique at the base, rusty pubescent below
during the season
Lake Charles.
Cocks 3, 2530, flowers, fruit and young leaves, and 2532. The branch-
lets of 2532 are pubescent and those of 2530 are perfectly glabrous. How
about getting fruit of 2532?
Avery Island.
Cocks 4054 in flower May 24, 1914, is evidently the same but the
branches are more pubescent.
October 18, 1900, a ree shoot.
Welsh
Palmer 7674, 8500, 8495, all sterile.
E. Leaves smaller than those of the last group, mostly cordate,
densely pale stellate-pubescent below during the season but the pubes-
cence is not closely attached and can be easily rubbed off.
Lake Charles.
Sargent 3, April 13, 1915. Several sheets, all sterile. One specimen
taken near the schoolhouse in West St. Charles [West Lake Charles in-
tended] has pubescent branchlets; those of the other specimens are
glabrous.
Natchitoches.
Palmer 7420 in bud, 7946 in flower, 8747 sterile, 7474 in bud, 7952
in flower, 7479 in bud, 9416 sterile, 8013 sterile, 8021 sterile, 7397 sterile.
Cocks, April 27, 1911, in bud, no number; April 15, 1911, sterile,
no number.
Chopin.
Palmer 7554 in bud.
Welsh
146 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Palmer 7675, sterile.
East Opelousas.
Cocks, 4312 and 4016, sterile.
Winnfield.
Sargent, April 6, 1913, sterile. We have no fruit of this tree from
Louisiana, and you do not appear to have collected any specimen in the
state.
The specimen of 2530 taken April 3, 1916, at the Mills Place seems
to belong to E rather than to D. Are there not two species on that
wretched Mills Place?
This seems to make five species in the state, although it may be diffi-
cult to separate B and C with the material we have
At Sardis there is a Linden with oblong finely serrate thin leaves pale
pubescent below during the season and obliquely cordate at the base.
We have a sterile branch collected by you in 1914, no date and no
number. I collected what I think is the same on the bluff near Sardis
April 19, 1915, sterile shoots only. I don’t think this is your 788, and
I don’t find that you have sent flowers or fruits. Possibly your Sardis 22
and 23 belong here. These two sheets look abnormal. The leaves are
very long-pointed, very coarsely serrate and oblique at the base. These
trees should be followed up and more material obtained.
Your Selma 784 and 6, and also several other unnumbered sheets col-
lected in 1914, bother me a good deal for I cannot find any way to
separate them from T [ilia| americana. T. americana, however, is a dis-
tinctly northern tree as we now understand it and fees not appear to
extend south of Pennsylvania and northern Missouri. Please look at these
trees and see if the leaves are lustrous below and if there is any pubescence
on them except the axillary tufts. I am afraid that your specimen from
Wakefield, Louisiana, June 1907, is the same.
Have you ever heard anything from our Laurel Hill friends and are
they collecting any material for us? Don’t you think it would be a good
plan to ask them to get fruiting specimens of all the different Lindens
in that neighborhood?
Memorandum.
Tilia material needed before these trees can be properly described.
A. Fruiting specimens from Louisiana and Sardis 786.
B. Fruiting specimens from Avery Island 4050 eine 4052, and from
Lake — where it appears to be a very common ies.
C. Fruiting specimens of Cocks’s 2536, Lake Charles, and fruiting
RPE ies at Sardis 820 and 832.
Fruiting specimens of Lake Charles 2532, Avery Island 4054.
E. Lake Charles fruiting specimens.
Sardis. Fruiting specimens of Cocks’s 22 and 23, also of the species
collected by Sargent on the bluffs April 1915.
Additional material of 784 and 6.
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 147
127
July 12, 1916.
Of the Quercus of your last sending two specimens (no numbers) called
Durandii and austrina are both Durandii.
958 is my idea of austrina. 960 I suppose is a good Durandii. These
species are easily distinguished by the
820 I should call Durandii. 824, probably apne 826, Durandii.
840, Durandii. 830 I do not know but it may be aust
958, 970, 956, 950 and 934 appear to be some iy : the Post Oak.
The small tree by the stream at the foot of this hill where we were
stuck, and called both austrina and Durandii, I now think is the Post
Oak with scaly bark.
4022, West Opelousas, is the Post Oak like that at Natchitoches.
I enclose another communication from Harbison. Between you I think
you ought to be able to clear up this Oak business this year.
I take it that your Sardis Tilia 952 and 954 is the one I collected on
the bluff near Sardis about which I wrote you the other day. This tree
apparently grows at River Junction, Florida. We have no flowers or
You called your Sardis 950 T. floridana. Have you ever seen this before?
How does your Hickory which was so late in putting out its leaves look
now?
If you stay late enough in Alabama it would be a good idea to get
some acorns of your peculiar hybrid Oak 938 to plant, as these hybrid
Oaks are interesting and it is possible that it might be hardy here.
Too bad that you and Harbison did not connect!
128
August 7, 1916.
It is a long time since I have heard from you although Harbison wrote
me the other day that he had a letter from you telling him of the floods
in your region. I hope your crops are not ruined. Farming in the South
seems to be a very precarious business.
The young leaves of Quercus austrina as collected by Harbison are
perfectly glabrous and I think all the specimens which you have sent
under that name are either Durandii, which seems to be a common tree
with you, or forms of the Post Oak. I trust you will be able to get a
good supply of Quercus material so that we can settle this year some
of these doubtful points
I have pretty much come to a conclusion about Lindens, or most of
them, and will write you on the subject in the course of a few days. I
wish you would take a look at Magnolia glauca and perhaps make some
specimens. Harbison has recently found a shrubby form with perfectly
glabrous peduncles, while in the form which grows to a large tree the
peduncles are densely covered with snow white silky hairs. At the north
the plants are shrubby and the peduncles are glabrous. Most of our
148 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
southern specimens have silky peduncles, especially those from Natchi-
toches collected by Palmer. I do not think we have any specimens from
Sardis and shall be glad to have them.
If it is any hotter in Alabama than it is here today I am sorry for it.
129
August 9, 1916.
I have this morning yours of en ae You must have had a horrible
time and I fear that your crops are
I think we are slowly getting a little light on the Tilia situation, but
it is a tedious and difficult job because material is often so fragmentary.
There are certainly a number of new species. I notice that your 2530
from Lake Charles has perfectly glabrous branches and that 2532 has
pubescent branches. We have flowers and fruit of 2530 but only flowers
of 2532. I hope therefore that the new Louisiana collections may include
fruit of this number. These numbers must represent the same species in
spite of the branches. The lower surface of the leaves is covered with
matted stellate pubescence which is easily rubbed off and not like the
close persistent tomentum which you find on several of the Sardis species.
This Lake Charles tree, which is also common in the coast region of Texas,
does not seem to extend east of the Mississippi River.
I hope soon to hear that things are in better shape in your part of the
world.
130
August 26, 1916.
Thanks = yours of the 21st which I find after a short visit in Illinois
and St. Loui
No, that eae won’t do for C. aprica. It is no doubt an undescribed
species.
I went to St. Louis to see Palmer who was arranging his spring collec-
tion. He has a good deal in the autumn to do in Texas and I have told
him that it was not absolutely necessary for him to get back into western
Louisiana this autumn. He thought, however, he might do it. He reports
very large trees of Quercus Durandii in Natchitoches, so that is another
Louisiana tree. Apparently they are doing nothing in St. Louis in the
way of distributing his plants and claim they are not going to distribute
anything until they can make a critical study of them. I am sorry about
this and if you can designate exactly what you need I will make another
attempt to get them for you.
If you get this note drop me a line as to where you are to be in
Virginia as I am going there myself in September and it is possible
we might meet.
131
September 28, 1916.
I have yours of the 19th. I wrote you on August 9th & 26th & told you of
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 149
the safe arrival of the specimens & suggested that we might meet in
Virginia whence I have just come. Have you specimens of the late
Carya alba about which you have written me or if not can you get them?
I will write a real letter when my secretary gets home.
132
November 16, 1916.
It is a long time since I have heard from you and I hope that silence
does not mean that you are entirely swamped by those Alabama Oaks
and Hickories. The Oak business seems to be endless, for now Harbison
feels quite sure that he has found a new species near Vicksburg. I have n't,
however, seen his material.
I am writing especially today to tell you that we are sending you by
mail two plants of a Chinese vine, Sargentodoxa cuneata. We think here
it is going to be a good thing as in China, at least, it grows vigorously
and has fragrant yellow flowers. Will you “place’’ these two plants where
they will be likely to be taken care of? I am rather anxious about these
because I am afraid this plant will not prove hardy in the north.
Hoping to hear from you soon, I am,
133
November 18, 1916.
According to Harper, “Mr. Mattoon of the U.S. Forest Service claims
to have found Pinus caribaea in eastern Louisiana this year. Dr. Mohr
did not seem to have any information about its occurring in Louisiana
when he mapped its range, and I did not see any of it west of the Pearl
River when I visited New Orleans in 1905.”
Have you any views one way or another about this tree in Louisiana?
134
December 30, 1916.
I very much fear there are three species of Tilia on Avery Island.
First, Tilia floridana, Cocks 4052, May 29, 1916, and 4042, July 28,
1916.
Second, Tilia ambigua, n. sp., Cocks 4050, May 29, 1916; Miss
Mcllhenny, June 8, 1915, ‘“‘the smooth barked Linden.” This is a common
western Louisiana species and our No. 2 of Lake Charles. It is one of
the trees which has been placed under lettophila [sic], gcease name I
now want to abandon as the identification is not possi
Third, Tilia Cocksii, Cocks (4054) May 29, 1916, (4040) July 28,
1916. “The rough barked Linden,” Miss Mcllhenny, June 8, 1915. This
looks superficially like some of the Lindens from the coast of South
Carolina and Georgia which have been called Tilia pubescens but is distinct
from them in its glabrous branches and buds. I have seen nothing like
it except these Avery Island specimens and I wish we could find it in
other localities. I hope, however, that we are going to Avery Island in
150 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
the spring and then perhaps we shall be able to see more of these trees.
This is only the first paragraph of the Linden dose I am going to
send you very shortly.
With best wishes for the New Year, I am,
135
January 2, 1917.
I have determined some of your Alabama Tilias as follows:
T. Harbisoni, n. sp., near Selma, 1914, Cock’s 780, 790 and 792. This
is a common west Florida species and I think a good one.
T. floridana var. oblongifolia, n. var. 788 type, 820, 832, 834, 952, 954,
958, also near Selma 1914. This is a common Louisiana tree about which
I shall write you later.
T. nuda, n. sp. 95, June 6 and July 28, 1916; 954 (= 956 of 1915),
June 28, 1916. Where is 956? I do not find it here. This is a perfectly
glabrous species which is common in Mississippi, Louisiana, Arkansas
and eastern Texas. Selma appears to be its most eastern station. The
trees at Natchez, Mississippi, I have taken as the type.
Hutchins’ Run, Cocks’s 970, July 26, 1916, with partly grown fruit.
This differs from all other species of the United States’ Tilias which I
have seen in the long hairs on the fruit, and if this is a constant character
I suppose this is a distinct species. If you can locate the tree so that
Harbison can find it in early spring; flowers and mature fruit will have
to be collected either by him or by you.
964, 966 and 968, Hutchins’ Creek, Cocks, June 27, 1916. This looks
like what we have been calling T. heterophylla but flowers are needed.
Can you locate these trees for Harbison? 962 Hutchins’ Creek may be
the same but the branchlets are much more slender and the buds smaller.
782, limestone cliffs of the Alabama River at Cocks’s place, June 15,
1915, has slender light yellow branches and seems different from any
of the others.
836, young leaves, April 21, 1916. I do not connect this with any of
your other specimens. What is it?
Your Selma 1110, May 5, 1913, which seems the same as Selma June
30, 1915, I cannot place. Complete material is needed.
I am still in doubt about your Sardis species which we have thought
might be T. americana, represented by your +6 of July 14 and #784 of
June 2, 1915, by specimens collected in June 1914 and by #960, July 25,
1916. Specimens from West Feliciana and from Alexandria seem to be the
same. The axillary tufts of hairs which are so conspicuous in Tilia ameri-
cana are smaller and often wanting from your specimens. Can you tell
me if your #822, April 20, 1916, is from one of these trees? If not,
Harbison ought to look them up and get young leaves. I suppose you
can tell him where to find them. The fruit appears to be usually de-
pressed-globose. I do not know, however, how to really distinguish these
dried specimens from T. americana, but central Alabama is a long way
from the home of T. americana.
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 151
When we see how difficult it is to get complete material of these south-
ern Lindens it is not at all surprising that they have been misunderstood
and neglected for so many years. I am afraid there is still a good deal
of field work to be done on them. If you can give Harbison the informa-
tion how to find the doubtful numbers he can go there this spring and
obtain the young leaves, always supposing that you were unable to do so.
Of course you could probably find the trees much more easily than he
could. In case you can not go will you get into communication with him?
136
January 4, 1917.
Will you send me your full name so that it can appear with the
description of Tilia Cocksii, also can you give me the Christian name or
names of Miss MclIlhenny who sent me specimens from Avery Island?
As you know, there are on the Louisiana coast region a number of
islands similar to Avery Island. Have they ever been explored botanically,
and don’t you think this ought to be done in connection with this Tilia
business. It seems fair to presume that the vegetation on these islands
would be very similar. We certainly ought to try to find Tilia Cocksii in
more than one place.
137
January 6, 1917.
I have referred the Louisiana species of Tilia as follows:
Tilia ambigua, n. sp. Our Lake Charles #3, Avery Island, Cocks’
4050; Chopin, Palmer 7554; Creston, Palmer 7420; Welsh, Palmer 7675,
8494: near Winnfield, Cocks and Sargent, April 6, 1913, East Opelousas,
Cocks 4012 and 1016; on Little Bayou Teche, Cocks 4018.
Please notice that we have neither flowers nor fruits of this species from
Lake Charles. We have a very poor flowering specimen from Avery Island
but no other flowers from the state, and fruit only from Little Bayou
Teche.
T. floridana, Small, West Lake Charles, Cocks, October 1914 (no
number) ; Lake Charles, Cocks 2536, 2530, 4014; our #2 of Lake Charles;
Palmer, Lake Charles, 7695, 8511.
Notice that from Lake Charles we have partly expanded flowers on
your +2536 but no other flowers and no fruit at all.
Avery Island, Cocks, 4052 and 4042. Grand Ecore, Palmer, 9449;
Chopin, Palmer 7970, 7342; Natchitoches, Palmer, 7574; Shreveport,
Palmer, 9479, 10608; Welsh, Palmer, 7673; East Opelousas, Cocks, 4010,
4020; West Feliciana, Cocks, 2540; St. Francisville, Cocks, 2528; near
Laurel Hill, Cocks and Sargent, April 12, 1916; West Plantation, Bayou
Sara, Cocks and Sargent, April 14, 1916.
There is good material from Avery Island. 4020, East Opelousas, has
good fruit. 2540, West Feliciana, has a few open flowers. All the other
specimens are very incomplete.
152 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Tilia floridana, var. oblongifolia, n. var. Laurel Hill, Cocks, March
1910; Natchitoches, Palmer, 9437, 8699, 9416, 7956; Grand Ecore,
Palmer, 7523; Chestnut, Palmer, 9462.
Natchitoches 7956 has good ae si there are no other flowers and
no fruit of any of the Louisiana speci
Tilia rhoophila, n. sp. Lake Chars, Cocks 2530 (I am doubtful about
this), 2532; Welsh, Palmer, 8500,
There are good flowers of 2532 aed no ies and all the Welsh material
consists of young shoots. 2530, Lake Charles, has glabrous branches and
buds and may be 7. Cocksii. This species, if it is one, needs investigation
in Louisiana.
Tilia nuda, West Feliciana, Cocks, 4024; Lake Charles, Cocks, May 12,
1911, 2530, 2534, Palmer 7644, 8523, our #1 of Lake Charles.
T. nuda, var. glaucescens, n. var. Natchitoches, Palmer, 7569, 7923.
The type of this new variety is Cocks Sardis 786. We have no flowers
or fruit of the variety from Louisiana, and only two fruits from Sardis
and none from Texas
With T. Cocksii this makes five Louisiana species without the Sardis
species with coarsely serrate leaves like those of T. americana which,
judging by the two fragmentary specimens, also grows in Louisiana. On
the whole our Louisiana material is not at all satisfactory. When we
remember how much time and trouble we have taken to get together the
small amount we have it will perhaps be understood why these southern
species have been so much neglected and overlooked. Certainly there is
no other genus which is more difficult to collect material in a saitsfactory
condition.
A common Lake Charles tree our #2 with leaves at the end of May
very thin, blue-green and nearly glabrous below is interesting. It belongs
with the floridana set but perhaps should be distinguished as a variety.
Palmer 7694 and 8510 from Lake Charles may be the same but I am
not sure, and probably Natchitoches 8697 may be the same form. We
have no flowers and no fruit of this tree from Lake Charles and we
ought to try and get them. I take it for granted that you know the form
I am talking about as you collected it at Lake Charles March 26, 1911
(no number).
I wish you would think over the situation and decide if possible if you
will be able to obtain some of the material we need this year. The im-
portant things to get are flowers and fruits of this Lake Charles Tilia
floridana, and material and information of T. rhoophila from Walsh.
Palmer has a good deal of Tilia work to do in western Texas this year
and it is desirable that it be arranged so that we will not be obliged to
go into Louisiana at all this season. I take it for granted that you will
be able to get off for a week or ten days about April Ist for a trip into
western Louisiana, and also for your proposed expedition with me into
the country adjacent to the Illinois Central Railroad. Apparently there
are no Lindens in East Louisiana except in West Feliciana; we at least
—— ER ate ss tea
a
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 153
do not seem to have any specimens from that part of the state. How
about this?
As the nature of the pubescence is the best character by which to
distinguish the various species it is essential to collect in the spring the
half-grown leaves. It is necessary therefore to visit trees three times, in
the spring for young leaves and in the summer and early autumn for
flowers and fruit. The color of the branchlets and the character of the
winter-buds have been almost entirely overlooked, and it will be laborious
and expensive to get these in addition to the spring and summer material.
All these southern trees ought to be grown in New Orleans where they
could be easily seen and ih ee studied. You need an arboretum
there very badly.
138
January 12, 1917.
I enclose a provisional conspectus of the United States species of Tilia
based on the material already in hand. It will require considerable chang-
ing probably when we are successful in getting all the material we need
this year. I am sure we have n’t got to the bottom yet of the distribution
of these trees. For example, we know nothing of Lindens in Louisiana
east of the Mississippi River with the exception of those in West Feliciana;
certainly there must be others. And we know nothing of Lindens in any
of the coast region of Mississippi or Alabama, Selma and Sardis being
the most southern station in Alabama from which I have seen specimens.
There must be Lindens on or near the gulf coast of Mississippi. If you
do not mind doing so I wish you would ask Tracey [sic] if he has not
collected Lindens along the southern coast. Lindens are so common on
the Carolina and Georgia coast, and so common in places like Lake
Charles, that it would be surprising if they did not occur in the coast
region east of the Mississippi River.
Many thanks for your letter just received this morning. I will make
the corrections you suggest and write you again in a few days.
Conspectus of the [Tilia] Species of the United States.
Surface of the leaves glabrous at maturity.
Surface of the leaves glabrous or almost glabrous as they unfold.
Leaves furnished with conspicuous tufts of axillary hairs, their lower sur-
face light green and lustrous; pedicels glabrous or on glabrous.
. T. glabra.
Leaves without tufts of axillary hairs, their lower surface lustrous;
pedicels densely hoary tomentose. _T. nuda.
Leaves finely serrate, yellow- i oblique or cuneate at the base; tufts of
axillary hairs small, rusty bro _ T. littoralis.
Leaves minutely dentate, wie green, without tes of males hairs.
4
brevipedunculata.
Leaves crenately serrate, ean on the lower surface, the tufts of
illary hairs usually wanting or minute. 5. T. crenoserrata.
Surface of the leaves Bir exnitescent below early in the season, becoming
154 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
glabrous or nearly naga’ gia summer, glaucescent or green, often
without tufts of axillary hai 6. T. floridana.
Surface of the leaves pubescent or cern below through the season.
Lower surface of the leaves stellate-pubescent.
Pubescence short, gray, firmly attached; neg coarsely serrate; tufts of
axillary hairs not pine ee someti wanting; ns ds sparsely
stellate-pubescent, becoming glabrous. . T. neglecta.
Pubescence white, slightly attached.
Branchlets and winter-buds glabrous or very rarely pubescent in No. 8.
Leaves dark green, finely dentate, oblong-ovate, mostly oblique or cor-
date at the base; tufts of axillary hairs minute. 8. T. ambigua.
Leaves blue-green, coarsely serrate, orbicular to suborbicular, sym-
metrically cordate at the base; tufts of axillary hairs conspicuous.
9. T. phanera.
Branchlets and winter-buds pubescent.
Leaves finely serrate, oblong- -ovate, obliquely truncate or cordate at the
h.
base, up to 12 cm. in lengt 10. T. texana.
sks very coarsely serrate, ovate to orbicular, mostly cordate at the
, hot more than 8 cm. in length. 11. T. grosseserrata.
Surface of ie cial tomentose below with close firmly attached tomentum;
branchlets glabrou
Leaves broadly pa short-pointed, mostly cordate = the base, their
tomentum silvery white or grayis . T. heterophylla.
Leaves oblong-ovate, long-pointed, mere oblique and ae at the base.
Leaves silvery white on the lower surface; flowers at least 10 mm. in
length, on sparingly stir pedicels; bumebilets stout; winter-buds
compressed, 10-12 in length. 13. T. monticola.
sity silvery white or eae on the lower surface; cane 5 or 6
ong, on densely ase erin pedicels; branchlets slender; winter-
s terete, 5 or 6 mm. in length. 14. T. Harbison.
Surface My i leaves Rien ‘below early in the season, becoming floccose
pubescent, the pubescence more or less firmly attached.
Young leaves stellate-pubescent on the upper sie
Leaves often broader than long, dark green above, silvery white on the
lower surface; branchlets —— or xellaepubescen hee the first
season ; winter-buds glabrou T. amphiloba.
Leaves snot than broad, i oe above, white or eke on the lower
surface; branchlets tomentose during their first season, becoming pubes-
ae winter-buds covered with rusty brown pubescence. 16. 7. georgiana.
Young leaves not stellate-pubescent on the upper surface.
Winter-buds glabrous.
Branchlets sparingly pubescent early in the season, — glabrous or
nearly glabrous; lower surface of the leaves rusty pubescen
Leaves coarsely serrate, their pubescence thin, slightly mee some-
times entirely deciduous late in the season; — 9 or 10 mm. in
length. T. caroliniana.
Leaves less coarsely serrate, their pubescence oe attached, persist-
ent through the season; flowers 4 or 5 mm. in length. 18. T. Cocksii.
Branchlets pale pubescent pinion at least two seasons; lower surface
of the leaves white pubescent. 19. T. nivea.
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 155
Winter-buds pubescent.
Pubescence on the lower surface of the leaves and seni gray or
rusty, that of the leaves only slightly attached. 0. T. rhoophila.
Pubescence on the lower surface of the leaves silvery an the pubes-
cence slightly attached.
Branchlets covered with close gesonierage becoming glabrous in their
‘ second year; flowers 7 or 8 mm. in length, the corymbs densely
stellate-pubescent. 21. T. cheiophila.
Branchlets covered with long rigid hairs mostly deciduous at the end
of the first season; flowers 5 or 6 mm. in length, the corymbs covered
with straight hairs. 22. T. trichoclada.
139
February 9, 1917.
Hickories. 6 of Natchitoches, We used to think this was a new species
but I am convinced that the flowering specimen collected in April 1914
is C[arya| alba, and that the fruiting specimen collected in October 1913
and the fruit is C. arkansana.
#1 of Natchitoches, October 1913, seems to be C. ovata.
The Carya in dry woods before reaching the quarry at Winnfield, a
tree with slender glabrous branches, young leaves nearly glabrous above
and hoary-tomentose below. This is not arkansana, alba, ovata, ovalis,
megacarpa, callicoma or luchieieilc What is it? It has always bothered
P me. Can’t you settle this problem this year?
Carya #5, Natchitoches, Cocks, October 1913. This has stout glabrous
branches, buds the size of those of C. ovata, and stellate pubescent rachis
and midribs of the leaves. The fruit is pear-shaped with a thick husk
splitting tardily and looking like some of the forms of C. arkansana.
Unless there is some mixup here I do not know it, but if the fruit and
leaves do not go together I do not know the leaves unless they may be
some extreme form of ovata. 2 and 17 of Natchitoches seem the same.
I once thought that 17 was a callicoma but these Natchitoches numbers
have small obtuse buds covered with yellow scales and are entirely different
from the buds of callicoma. The young leaves of 2, however, show no
trace of the yellow scales, so that it cannot be an arkansana. Another
species? I hate to think so. Some of the other Natchitoches and Grand
Ecore numbers which I have placed with arkansana may be the same
thing and it is possible, of course, that this may represent another species
for western Louisiana seems capable of anything in the tree line.
n Have you found out anything more about that Alabama alba which
i leaves out so late? I think I saw the same thing once near Natchez. It
may be some variety which we have not got hold of yet. I wish you
would go over your Hickory material and see if you can throw any
light on any of the numbers I have written to you about today. I had
hoped that we had finished the Louisiana Hickories but there seems to
be still a little to do at Natchitoches and especially at Winnfield.
156 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
140
February 14, 1917.
Here are some of the results of Rehder’s visit to New York:
Vitis rufotomentosa. The Louisiana specimen referred by Small to this
species of his was collected by Hale near Alexandria and was called by
him V. aestivalis. The best character by which V. rufotomentosa can be
distinguished from V. aestivalis is in the pubescent branchlets and pedicels.
According to this Palmer’s 7974 from Chopin, Louisiana, would be V.
rufotomentosa. Harbison has found it at River Junction, Florida, so
there is no reason why it might not grow in Louisiana. I shall ask Harbi-
son to look for it in Alabama and Mississippi. If you want therefore to
keep V. rufotomentosa distinct from V. aestivalis you can include it in
your Flora on the strength of Palmer’s specimen. I do not believe myself
that it is very much of a species. The Vitis ni pubescent stems, how-
ever, ought to be looked for in eastern Louisian
Of Vitis caribaea, which Small also credits nm Louisiana, there is no
specimen in the New York herbarium, and only four from Florida. On
one of these some one has written ‘Florida to Louisiana.” I think you
can safely drop this species as a Louisiana plant for there is nothing to
show that it grows there
Bumelia lucida Small. This is based on a specimen collected by Car-
penter in 1838. His label reads, “No. 19, Prinos new? Small tree 10-20
feet high; limbs rigid, some short ones resembling thorns. Grows in thick
woods, Feliciana, Louisiana. Flowers in June and Ist of July; berries
purplish black. Dr. Carpenter, 1838.” Before Small got hold of it some
one labeled it “B. lycioides Pursh.”” I should think it probably a form of
B. lycioides. It certainly does not look, however, like your specimen of
that species collected at Wakefield in 1907. You may be able to find
Carpenter’s plant yet. In the shape of the leaves it looks like a sterile
specimen collected by Letterman near Opelousas in August 1882 and
preserved in the St. Louis herbarium.
Bumelia cassinifolia Small is based on a specimen collected by Letterman
in August 1883 near Opelousas. We have a photograph of the type speci-
men and a single leaf. The leaves are obovate, rounded at the apex, thin,
glabrous and not conspicuously reticulate. This specimen is certainly
different from that collected by Letterman referred to above and preserved
at St. Louis. We have what seems to be the same as Small’s B. cassini-
folia from Paradise Key in the Everglades of Florida, from Mosquito Inlet
and St. Marks, Florida, and from near Bainbridge, Georgia. This last is
a shrub growing in moist soil. These Florida specimens have slender
glabrous pedicels and rounded calyx-lobes.
I think you ought to be able to find this plant near Opelousas. If not,
I should think you could include it in your Flora on the strength of
Letterman’s specimen in New
Of B. lycioides we have from Louisiana only your Wakefield specimen
and we should have more of it and know more about the distribution of
this tree in the state. I think it must be common in western Louisiana.
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 157
141
February 15, 1917,
Your unnamed Vitis No. 9, Richmond Parish, June 1909, is V. palmata.
This seems common in western Louisiana as Palmer got it at Monroe and
Natchitoches. I suppose you have Palmer’s specimen No. 8006, V. rupes-
tris from Natchitoches, June 1915.
I am sorry to hear that there is another den of Tilias in western Louisi-
ana for I fear it is filled with trouble. I suppose you will pay a visit there
and I shall be glad to hear of the results.
142
February 23, 1917.
Do we know enough about C[arya| leiodermis and have we ever had
fruit from more than one tree? Except by the color of the young leaves
and by the much thicker husk of the fruit can /eiodermis be distinguished
from callicoma? Are you sure that the young leaves of leiodermis are not
red or sometimes red? We ought to have a great deal more fruit of these
two Hickories. Even if the distinctive characters hold good might they
not better be considered varieties of one species? Why cannot our un-
known Winnfield Hickory be leiodermis, of which we have no very young
leaves?
143
April 9, 1917.
Biloxi is a wonderful place for Live Oaks and I wish you had been
there with us. There are two very distinct forms, one with young leaves
nearly grown and pale and slightly pubescent on the lower surface. These
trees are like the one which we collected at Springfield. The second form
is a tree still covered with last year’s leaves which are dark green and
very lustrous on the upper surface, coated below with thick white tomen-
tum, strongly revolute and very conspicuously reticulate-venulose. These
trees were not in bloom and have lost none of their old leaves. T his
second form was what I supposed was the typical Quercus virginiana.
We saw nothing like it in Louisiana. It would be strange, however, if it
did not extend into the southeastern part of the state and I should expect
it at Slidell. Have you ever been there?
I understand that your Live Oaks at New Orleans are green and glabrous
on the lower surface and I wish you would dry me some specimens show-
ing their present condition. I very foolishly omitted to do this and in this
herbarium there is only one specimen of Q. virginiana collected by me in
western Louisiana many years ago. I do not find in our Texas material
specimens with leaves as thick and tomentose as those on the trees of
Biloxi but what appear to be a good many intermediate forms. It is
evident that Q. virginiana has been shamefully neglected.
That curious White Oak which we found in the road from Springfield
158 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
seems to agree with Michaux’s Q.[uercus| alba repanda which is a
name for it. It would be interesting to get good leaves and fruit from this
tree which seems to be exceedingly rare.
We are having today what appears to be the severest snow storm of the
winter and I wish I was back in some comfortable place like Opelousas,
although I daresay Ames does not share this opinion. I will write again in
a few days as soon as I get things a little in order. I think we had a
wonderfully good trip this year. I can’t have too many Live Oak specimens
from different trees.
144
April 11, 1917.
T. W. Adams, Greendate, Canterbury, is the name and address of the
New Zealand man who cultivates Conifers and Oaks so successfully and
apparently has a wonderful collection of trees. I wonder if your people
know him.
I have a note that Pinus glabra grows on the Amite River. Did you
supply this information and, if so, can you give me the exact locality
where you found the tree? This must be the extreme western limit of its
distribution.
I understand that the only place where you have found Kalmia latifolia
in Louisiana is in Washington Parish. If so, this is probably its western
limit and the talk in my Manual of its occurring in western Louisiana and
southern Arkansas must be incorrect; at any rate we have no specimens
here from that region.
In the March issue of Torreya which arrived this morning there is an
article by Wilbur R. Mattoon of the Forest Service on the extension of the
range in Louisiana of Pinus caribaea. According to him there are pure
stands of this tree covering mile after mile along the New Orleans Great
Northern Railroad, and that logging and turpentine operations are carried
on there by several large companies. He observed it between Slidell and
Covington. From Covington to Hammond he found it confined to ponds
and along streams, and spread over large areas of flat lands further east.
About Hammond he noticed it quite common in young stands and scattered
groups. This was the most western point this man visited. He says that
“its occurrence south of Hammond along the Illinois Central right-of-way
suggests the high probability that it occurs to the north and to the west
doubtless as far as the natural barriers formed by the extensive outlying
swamp and overflow lands of the Mississippi River.” He says, — “The
region, it would seem, affords an excellent opportunity for some one to look
for a further extension of the western limit of this interesting and very
valuable commercial Yellow Pine.” How about this, and if it does grow at
Hammond how did we happen to miss it? This seems to be a thing to look
into. I will try and get some of Mattoon’s specimens, but as Hammond is
of easy access from Louisiana you will no doubt have an opportunity to
verify his observations.
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 159
145
April 13, 1917,
Was it Jlex cassine myrtifolia or Ilex lucida which you said you had not
been able to find in Louisiana? We have a specimen of /lex lucida from
you, your Pearl River No. 81, no date, with //ex Dahoon on the label. In
our herbarium I do not find any /lex cassine myrtifolia west of Alabama. I
saw a plant of //ex cassine (Dahoon) growing in the lake at Avery Island
but failed to take a specimen. We have no Louisiana specimen of this tree.
It does not seem to be anywhere very common, and I should like to know
about its distribution in Louisiana and to get Louisiana specimens if
possible.
Ilex lucida is common at Biloxi.
146
April 16, 1917.
Is the Tilia by the river (the tree I did not see) from which you collected
this sprig the same as your 2532 (3 Lake Charles) of May 21, 1916?
Your 2530, June 1, 1915, from the Mills Place seems the same. If these
are all one species T. rhoophila as a Louisiana tree will have to disappear,
and we should have to consider that the young branchlets of 7. ambigua
are sometimes pubescent and that the pubescence of the leaves of this tree
sometimes becomes brown before the end of the summer.
Tilia Cocksii. I understand that your 4040 and 4054 are from the tree
at Avery Island which you showed me. If this is true it would seem that
there is no way of really learning anything about these southern Linden
trees except by visiting them every day from March 15th to September Ist.
My last visit shows that there is no use trying to do anything with them
worth while with only herbarium specimens gathered twice a year to depend
on.
The Carya by the roadside near Loranger with slender branchlets and
stellate pubescent young leaves and evidently small buds may be some
form of C. alba but I think you should try and get the fruit. These trees
seem to be the only strange-looking Hickories we saw this year.
As I understand it C. callicarpa becomes C. leiodermis, C. letodermis
becomes a variety, and C. ovalis subglobosa becomes C. leiodermis, which
is something gained.
I enclose a bit of my specimen of the Winnfield Hickory which does
not look like what you showed me. Is it possible that my specimen is
C. leiodermis. What seems to be the same tree grows at Natchez. I think
it desirable to investigate Winnfield in the autumn. There is that com-
paratively smooth Bumelia from Avery Island which needs further inves-
tigation. Can you manage that?
Don’t you want to lend me the fruiting specimens of the new Oak with
rhombic leaves which you showed me the other day? I am afraid that we
shan’t be able to get fruit of this tree this autumn owing to spring frosts.
[To be continued
160 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
ANATOMY OF THE PALM RHAPIS EXCELSA
I. MATURE VEGETATIVE AXIS?
Martin H. ZIMMERMANN AND P. B. TOMLINSON
DIAGRAMS PURPORTING TO REPRESENT the course of vascular bundles
in palm stems are reproduced frequently in textbooks. These seem to
be based less on direct observation than on figures copied from earlier
publications. Reasons for this are obvious. Palms are essentially tropical
organisms and are not commonly available to research workers. More-
over, palm stems are too large and too complicated to lend themselves
easily to standard botanical microtechniques. Workers of the nineteenth
century, despite their limited technical facilities, made much more prog-
ress than their modern counterparts.
Von Mohl’s classic and unexcelled work (1824-1849) is the prime
source of our present understanding of the anatomy of the palm stem, as
has been shown in surveys of the history of the subject (Branner, 1884;
Monoyer, 1925; Tomlinson, 1961, 1964). The development of this under-
apr up to the time of Von Mohl and subsequently has been traced
noyer and is best illustrated by the series of diagrams in Fic. 1,
cia et largely from his paper, together with Monoyer’s diagrams of
the stem of “Cocos botryophora” (Arecastrum romanzofianum (Cham.)
Becc., see Moore, 1963), based on his own observations and reproduced
here as Fic. 2. In addition to surveying the literature both Branner and
Monoyer made significant contributions to the subject. Branner attempted
to explain the distinctive curvature of individual leaf traces in palm
stems as a mechanical consequence of their appearance in the meristema-
tic region of the palm stem (cf. also Schoute, 1903; Arber, 1925, p. 35 a)
According to Arber, Von Mohl appreciated the mechanics of the curvature
in 1858.
Monoyer was concerned much more than previous workers with anas-
tomoses between individual bundles and the way in which the vascular
network constitutes a pathway for long-distance transport. His own
diagrams (Fic. 2) illustrate a regular system of bundle fusions. He
*This is a contribution to a major research program in which the as of
arborescent monocotyledons is being studied by one of us (P.B.T.). The gram is
supported by grants from the National Science Foundation (G.B. 506) aoe the
American Philosophical Society (Penrose Fund 2959, Johnson Fund 488).
Subsequent articles will deal with leaf, root, and inflorescence insertion, seedling
and cae anatomy, and general development.
f this paper, including a 12-minute analytical motion picture, was presented
in cai guns posium “Long Distance Transport Phenomena” held during the X Inter-
a Botanical Congress, Edinburgh, Scotland, August, 19
t should be noted that Arber’s diagram (Fig. xvi) is somnew uit misleading.
1965] ZIMMERMANN & TOMLINSON, RHAPIS EXCELSA 161
shows a presumed bundle fusion (his P/. V/IJ, Fig. 4) without com-
menting on anatomical details. Previously Lestiboudois (1840) and
Karsten (1847) had recorded presumed fusions, but they were based
on macroscopic dissection only. All other illustrations of fusions appear
to have been inferred rather than observed (e.g., Fic. 1 E). Our own dye
injection experiments suggest that interconnections between different
vascular strands are numerous and physiologically very significant.
Monoyer’s work was also important in suggesting differences between
proximal and distal parts of a single palm stem (Fic. 2). This is a point
overlooked by theorists who ascribe a simple “type” of construction to
all palm stems.
We suspect that the essential features of the distribution of vascular
bundles in palm stems has hitherto not been grasped except by Branner
(1884). Early concepts of the growth of palm stems, now known to
be false, were used by De Candolle (1813) in separating monocotyledons
from dicotyledons as a major group. Monocotyledons do indeed differ
in their basic construction from dicotyledons, but not in the way envisaged
by De Candolle. The so-called “palm-type” of bundle distribution has
long been regarded as one of the basic patterns in monocotyledonous
construction (e.g., Falkenberg, 1876). It would evidently be useful to
establish these concepts more factually.
The present article is the result of the reappraisal of the problem at
first hand. Von Mohl’s general principles have been established on a
quantitative basis for the first time and many new observations made.
A much more accurate understanding of the structure of the palm stem
and of the pathway for long-distance transport has now been reached.
Earlier observers give little indication of methods used in analyzing
palm stems. Large scale dissection, particularly of partly decomposed
trunks, has evidently been most used. This gives general information
about the behavior of individual bundles, but the intimate relation be-
tween different bundles is lost, and anatomical details are overlooked.
Macroscopic dissection cannot distinguish easily between temporary juxta-
position of two bundles, which is frequent where they are congested, and
true vascular anastomoses which are physiologically and developmentally
important. Serial sections, less used by previous workers, have been
mostly of small palms (e.g., Nageli, 1858).
Our own study is largely based on serial sections, which means that
the relative position and detailed anatomy of vascular bundles is preserved.
Anatomical information is stored on ciné film so that large scale analyses
which are needed become a relatively simple matter. In addition, this
dynamic approach makes it easy to distinguish between important and
unimportant vascular contacts.
GENERAL MORPHOLOGY OF RHAPIS
The problem was simplified by using the small palm Rhapis excelsa
(Thunb.) Henry, a native of eastern Asia and a common ornamental in
ee ee eee
1965 | ZIMMERMANN & TOMLINSON, RHAPIS EXCELSA 163
south Florida, Aérial stems 2-3 cm. in diameter and up to 5 m. high
arise from horizontal rhizome segments up to 1 m. long. Younger, de-
veloping parts of each rhizome segment are protected by short, rigid scale
leaves which are morphologically equivalent to the sheathing base of
the foliage leaves of aérial stems. In older parts of rhizomes the scales
decay, leaving annular scars at intervals of 1-3 cm. marking the nodes.
Adventitious roots arise at wide but fairly regular intervals along the
rhizome, commonly, but not exclusively at the nodes. After a period of
hortsontal growth the apical part of the rhizome enlarges appreciably and
turns erect. There is a rapid change from rhizome scales to normal foliage
leaves, the transitional leaves with increasingly developed blades illus-
trating that the scales are essentially foliage leaf sheaths without a blade.
In the axils of several of the most distal rhizome scales new vegetative
buds grow out as the rhizome apex turns upwards. Most of these lateral
branches grow out horizontally as new rhizome segments; occasionally
In the distal parts, axillary inflorescences appear, internodes are shortened
Pic. 1, casera bundle course of “palm type” according to various
classical authors. A—-E, redrawn from Monoyer, 1925; F, from Haberlandt, 1884.
- : ;
=)
—
ime
ro)
|
a
ra)
3
=)
gq
»
a
A=
seh
‘a
pre
(=)
rot)
ond
[a
wm
i
aa
7 oO
et
»
wm
=)
=
mS
oo
A
ns
i=)
ge
<
oOo
a
e€
number of bundles at any one level remains ae per constant. D. enberg
(1876). Purporting A illustrate Chamaedorea elatior (and possibly Snives from
Nageli, 1858, who studied this species), although, according to his text, Falken-
7 i
°
=
-
o
for
=F
“SD
10
a
@
BS;
=
©
wn
oO
i=)
=.
un
io”
°
c
2
"SSS
=
a
io
1]
i
2
pl
@
4
)
=
Qu.
°
(a
=]
oo
a
yy
—
ro)
te
a!
tr
&
never observed. F. Ane ome (1884). From Falkenberg ( pes via —
(1882). A much- re, bie illustration purporting to represent the “palm type.
It was actually drawn by Falkenberg to represent Aspidistra elatior C Tihaseack:
a statement pollen Ba textbooks. It seems to bear little relation to actua
palms. From this date on, the “palm type” of vascular construction has become
entirely hypothetical.
JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM
MONOYER 1925
M
_ E Hil iE
K
| 7
‘N
SS
HAN
\\
1965 | ZIMMERMANN & TOMLINSON, RHAPIS EXCELSA 165
and the outline of the stem becomes more angular owing to the pressure
of developing inflorescences. The anatomy of this part of the stem will
be described in a subsequent article.
By choosing a palm of this stature the problem was reduced from the
analysis of a stem like that of Cocos, which may be up to 0.5 m. in
diameter with over 20,000 vascular bundles at any level, to one in
which there were about 1,000. The relative ease with which the Rhapis
stem could be sectioned freehand was a second reason for its selection.
Clearly, principles based on the study of a diminutive palm must be
verified by analysis of a much larger and more typical stem. The basic
approach used in this work suggests that ultimately this will be possible.
However, we already have much evidence from larger palms like Chrysali-
docarpus, Sabal, Washingtonia, etc. which suggests that Rhapis is indeed
a small-scale model for palm stems generally.
CINEMATOGRAPHIC ANALYSIS
Cinematographic analysis was accomplished by two different methods,
namely, by photographing, frame by frame, (1) sequentially cut surfaces
and (2) serial sections through the microscope. Kodachrome II, Type A
film has been used throughout.
Surface photography. Photography of cut surfaces has been used
only to a very limited extent with Rhapis. Pieces of stem were clamped
in the specimen holder of a Reichert type OME sliding microtome, and
thin shavings were taken with a frequently sharpened knife. The speci-
men holder was advanced for each cut along the optical axis of the
camera, i.e., manually with the screw which raises the specimen holder.
The specimen holder was modified in order to accept long pieces of stem.
A scale marked in ink on the stem provided a means of measuring the
rate of advance. The camera, a Bolex H 16 REX, was mounted on a
sturdy stand above the specimen with the optical axis coinciding with
that of the stem. A long focal-length lens (105 mm.) allowed the operator
of the microtome ample working space. We developed this method our-
selves but learned during the preparation of this manuscript that a
similar, but automatic method for the analysis of short tissue pieces had
been developed earlier by Postlethwait. In fact, the method seems to
have been proposed as long ago as 1907 (Postlethwait, 1962).
Photography of serial sections. For the analysis of the course of
Base. May be compared with De Bary’s scheme, but with the addition of —
bundles (faisceaux de jonction) which unite upper and lower bun sees
(solid black) represent dorsal (major) bundles which penetrate most deeply into
stem center. Ventral and minor bundles (cross hatched) have same course but
penetrate less deeply into stem. :
Apex. Essentially ae base but with bundles of both systems all extending more
than halfway across stem. A likely explanation of this is given in the text (p. 171).
166 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
vascular bundles over long distances, sections 25—50u thick were cut
freehand on the same microtome at intervals of 0.5 mm. The automatic
feed was set at 50u and every 10th section kept. For easy processing
each of the sections retained was tied with a constant orientation to a
sequentially numbered slide by cotton thread. Orientation was facilitated
by a shallow longitudinal groove scored along the stem and visible as
a slight notch in each section. A small wad of glass wool between cotton
thread and section prevented unstained thread marks across the section.
Sections were bleached briefly in “Clorox,” washed in water and 70%
ethanol, stained overnight in a mixture of safranin (95 parts of a 1%
solution in 70% ethanol) and Delafield’s haematoxylin (5 parts), dif-
ferentiated briefly in acidulated 50% ethanol, dehydrated, and mounted
in neutral ‘“Piccolyte.” Sections at 0.5 mm. intervals proved adequate
for general analyses as it was easy to trace a single bundle from section
to section. For details of “rapid” changes which occurred at a node a
complete series of sections approximately 30, thick were prepared, pass-
ing through an entire internode about 2 cm. long which had been embedded
in celloidin.
A piece of stem much longer than could be held complete in the micro-
tome clamp was analyzed in shorter lengths. The upper part of each
of these shorter segments was clamped in the normal way and as many
sections as possible removed, then the lower part was held firm by
freezing, in a 5% gum arabic solution, to the flat stage of a freezing
attachment and the sectioning of the segment completed. We have now
greatly simplified the procedure by the development of a modified clamp
with which very long pieces of stem can be held.
The key problem is to match successive sections under the microscope
so that a fixed point in the section successively occupies the same position
on each frame of the film. So far this has been done by incorporating
a camera lucida into the microscope-camera system in such a way that
an outline drawing of every 2nd to 6th section is made and used to orient
its successors precisely. The drawings are used as an additional per-
manent record, with the microscope-stage coordinates marked for about
every 10th slide, so that, if necessary, it is possible to return to the slides
at any later time and locate the photographed position. A Wild M20
microscope was used, with the parts assembled from below upwards as
follows: microscope base with centerable rotating mechanical stage, ob-
jective turret, drawing tube, camera tube H, binocular. Viewing and
focusing are done in the binocular; photographs are taken with a Bolex
H 16 REX, which is mounted on a Wild camera stand.
It is often not necessary to have a permanent record of drawings and
photographed slide positions. The extra labor of drawing can be eliminated
with an optical “shuttle” system. A Wild discussion tube is mounte
graphs are taken alternately through each microscope, the double image
being used merely to superimpose successive sections precisely.
1965] ZIMMERMANN & TOMLINSON, RHAPIS EXCELSA 167
Analysis of films. For the analysis of films an L-W 224 A Photo-
Optical Data Analyzer was used. This is essentially a 16 mm. movie pro-
jector modified by L-W Photo, Inc. (15451 Cabrito Road, Van Nuys,
Calif.), so that a film can be projected without flicker at any speed from
1 to 24 frames per second, forward or backward. The film can be
stopped instantly, and moved frame by frame. Less expensive projectors
are available, and action editors are also usable for the purpose. How-
ever, the instrument we have used has proved ideal in every respect.
The vascular system of Rhapis described below has been resolved by
an essentially dynamic process. This is reflected in the subsequent
description which refers to the distribution of vascular bundles by a
dynamic terminology. This is merely a convention. Changes in direction
of mature bundles reflect changes in the angle of differentiation of bundles
in meristematic regions. “The “movement” suggested by ciné analysis,
particularly of one bundle in relation to another, is quite apparent and
implies neither actual movement of bundles nor their growth.
GENERAL STEM ANATOMY OF RHAPIS
Stem (Fic. 7) divided into a narrow cortex less than 1 mm. wide and a
layer except for interruptions below occasional stomata. Cortical parenchyma
up to 20 cells deep; cells isodiametric or slightly elongated vertically, becom-
ing chlorenchymatous in exposed stems. Innermost layers of cortical paren-
vascular bundles forming peripheral mechanical zone. Each sg eel
with a massive fibrous sheath; xylem sheathed only by narrow slightly thick-
(vertical, bridge, and satellite bundles — see below). iieieps wage igri
center of stem gradually less congested and with reduced fibrous sheaths,
coming more circular in transverse outline.
very rare. Silica bodies in small isodiametric stegmata abundant next to fibers.
168 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Tannin common in unmodified parenchyma cells throughout the stem; rha-
anatomy throughout its length is discussed in detail below): abruptly pen
from ground parenchyma by sheathing tissues. Phloem usually directed towards
stem periphery, partly sheathed by fibers forming a well-developed fibrous
phloem sheath. Fibers becoming sclerotic and conspicuously concentric- -layered
tissue, often divided into two equal strands by a narrow sclerotic isthmus, in-
cluding sieve tubes mostly 12-15 wide, with compound sieve plates on slightly
oblique to oblique end walls, irregularly scattered companion and phloem paren-
chyma cells, the former not well differentiated from the latter. Protophloem
remains often recognized as an irregular group of sclerotic cells in the peri-
pheral part of the sclerotic isthmus. Xylem enclosed by thin-walled, slightly
lignified parenchyma less abruptly delimited from ground tissue than phloem
sheath; rarely including a few fibers. Cells immediately surrounding vessels
with wide pits and distinctly differentiated from remaining xylem parenchyma.
Tracheal elements? including one or two metaxylem vessels 40-604 wide,
circular in transverse outline, and usually some narrow protoxylem elements.
perforation plates with few (4-10) thickening bars on oblique end walls;
protoxylem either long imperforate tracheids with annular or helical wall
thickenings or somewhat shorter vessels with unspecialized perforation plates
transitional to metaxylem elements.
Variation throughout a single stem largely involves an increase in lig-
nification with age. Stems vary much in vigor of growth and this is re-
flected in differences in diameter and length of internodes and total
number of vascular bundles. Absolute measurements may be misleading,
the best comparative unit is the internode. Differences between axes in
juvenile and adult stages of growth have not yet been examined. The
following paragraphs deal with overall distribution and types of vascular
bundles in the adult mature stem; subsequently anatomical changes
along vascular bundles are described.
COURSE OF VASCULAR BUNDLES IN THE STEM
Cinematographic analysis demonstrates that all vascular bundles behave
essentially alike (Fic. 3). Major and minor bundles, with a we agoge
transitional series, differ in relative position in the stem and in the
number of internodes between their successive branchings. Any one leat is
supplied by a larger number of minor and a smaller number of major
bundles.
From the base to the apex essentially all bundles maintain their indi-
viduality and proceed indefinitely up the stem. Each of these vertical
*Protoxylem is distinguished from metaxylem entirely by its position and the
nature of its elements. Developmental differences are not considered here.
1965 } ZIMMERMANN & TOMLINSON, RHAPIS EXCELSA 169
7. LEAF TRACE ENTERS
LEAF E
SATELLITE BUNDLES
ENTER INF LORESCENCE
s
e)
ss oS
1, VERTICAL BUNDLE NEAR STEM
@ 9 Soe vp PERIPHERY ON ITS WAY UP
o@ Cz:
(le oS
s
s Bs we
Se << y 8
ie) = $ i lia
“@e¢ hire:
s® Bsc
he a aes | ©
6. LEAF TRACE AT 5. BUNDLE MOVES TOWARD
BASE OF INFLORES- Farha PERIPHERY AND 3
CENCE SURROUNDED UP INTO LEAF TRACE 4, sare B INCREASES
BY SATELLITE BUNDLES, <n, SVERTICAL BUNDLE (VB),
‘E BUNDLES (S) AND
= spo BS (Be)
@? 2, BUNDLE MOVES
TOWARD STEM CENTER
Css — NEAR STEM PERIPHERY
vcs et =
<a M NEAR
Br
Fic. The course of vascular bundles in the stem of Rhapis excelsa. In the
ede a ie aie the stem axis is foreshortened four times in relation to the
stem diam
bundles gives off a leaf trace at intervals, the minor giving off leaf traces
more frequently than the major bundles (Fic. 3, right). The overall
course of the bundle is not a straight line. Each vertical bundle “moves”
slowly towards the stem center. At intervals which vary according to its
Status, the bundle is “pulled out” sharply towards the periphery. Major
bundles extend well into the stem center, minor bundles are “pulled out”
before they reach very far toward the stem center (Fic. 3, right). The
fact that only relatively few bundles reach the stem center, but all
170 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
bundles are at one time or another in the peripheral region, results in
a considerable crowding of the peripheral stem area. This crowding is
accentuated by the large fibrous sheaths of the bundles in this area
(Fic. 7
FicuRE 4 represents to scale, a bundle with a distance of 135 mm.
between successive leaf contacts. Distances between leaf contacts are
shorter in minor bundles, longer in major bundles. A major bundle was
traced incompletely, but by extrapolation it was estimated that the
along a given bundle. Major bundles can become minor bundles and
vice versa.
'e J
2 be FA
Ef I G
4 | @ 2
5 1 o 4 1
FF i o Ei = \
1 @ 2
20 Y 20
j o =
we
; e 5 LEAF
J
{ @
>
4
Si 6
1s =f | 1s
a
=
Z| @
& I ]
le
ae j
23 1
Jo ak
10 los. BE 10 1
a
‘ % 1 . =!
Ro =
re a!
° ea
5 I SF I
LEAP
5 9 7 i
J
I 1 o 1
1 e 3 1
FS 2 - ‘ hibsacatsancaeens
5 Jo 13 mm 20 i 2 3 4 MILLIMETERS
hoe 4 (eft). The course of a vascular bundle in the stem of Rhapis, drawn
. ni i i
un
stem periphery (short eta gow, and the measured bundl Open circles
indicate presence of protoxylem only; half-open circles indicate ranenee of both
protoxylem and metaxylem; closed circles indicate presence of metaxylem only.
Fic. 5 (right). Diagram of a major, an intermediate, and a minor leaf trace
to show spatial relationship to each other. Bridges and ‘satellite bundles are not
shown. Stem axis is foreshortened 3.6 times in relation to the stem radius
Measurements were taken as in FIG.
1965 | ZIMMERMANN & TOMLINSON, RHAPIS EXCELSA 171
A feature which cannot be indicated in FicurE 3 is the shallow helix
exhibited by all bundles in the central, uncrowded part of the stem.
Traced upwards, all central bundles rotate uniformly in a clockwise
direction, the steepness of the helix being such that each bundle rotates
about 1% of the stem circumference during a distance of about 15 cm.
This helical path had been indicated by several earlier workers (e.g.,
Meneghini, 1836; Niageli, 1858), but irregularly and only for single
bundles. Ciné analysis shows it to be a uniform property of all bundles.
It is quite obvious that if the distance between two successive leaf
contacts of the same (major) vertical bundle is a little over 30 cm. this
twisting brings the higher contact to the side of the stem opposite that
which bears the lower contact (cf. Mirbel’s diagram, Fic. 1B). If the
path is still longer, the bundle may actually return to the original side
of the stem. Monoyer’s diagram of the upper part of the stem of Are-
castrum (Fic. 2, right) may be simply the expression of either longer
distances between leaf-trace intervals and/or a steeper helix.
DETAILS OF VASCULAR BUNDLE ANATOMY
FicurE 5 shows three bundles drawn to scale, a major, a minor, and
an intermediate one. It can be seen that the three traces enter the leaf
at different angles. Therefore there is no distinct nodal plexus.
During the oblique outward curve, a bundle forks repeatedly (Fics. 3,
left; 6, 10, 11). The protoxylem-containing branch goes into the leaf as
the leaf trace, the metaxylem-containing branches become respectively
bundles. These four types of branches are discussed in the following
paragraphs.
Leaf trace. This originates by gradual transformation of the vertical
bundle in the following way. Following any vertical bundle upward in
the stem, at a point about 10 cm. below the next leaf contact, the first
evidence of protoxylem is reached (position 3 in Fic. 3). From this
point upward the amount of protoxylem increases continuously, The
bundle then reaches its maximum size (position 4, Fic. 3), turns sharply
toward the stem periphery and breaks up into several branches. The
whole of the metaxylem, but normally none of the protoxylem, passes
into these branches. The protoxylem-containing bundle is the direct
continuation of the vertical bundle and goes into the leaf as the leaf
trace. This means that there is no continuity of metaxylem between stem
and leaf. The leaf is irrigated solely by protoxylem.*
Vertical bundle. Ordinarily, the vertical bundle is the first branch
to break off the leaf trace, shortly above the sharp outward turn. It
then follows the leaf trace and near the stem periphery abruptly turns
upward and continues its course up the stem, repeating the cycle (Fics.
3-6)
In most cases a single vertical bundle arises from a trace plexus. Oc-
“See footnote 3, page 168.
We
MAJOR LEAF TRACE
JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM
AF BASE WITH
INFL
RUDI
ORESCENCE
MENT
VERTICAL BUNDL
BRIDGES
—
Sk
Sa
BUNDLE
~~
‘
iy
VERTICAL BUNDLE
NM! SPLITS OFF
MINOR BUNDLE
In
leaf trace to its neighboring bund
elation to s
e
>
as
x
MAJOR BUNDLE
ae
hs
iagrammatic representation (not to scale) of the relation of a major
i em axis foreshortened about
XY. f
u
i our times
1 ini oxylem-
i i . The i
ion and continuity of vascular tissue, they do not imply continuous vessels
(see text p. 173). This figure represents stages 4~7 of FIG. 3.
casionally, however, none of the branches develops into a vertical bundle,
in yet other cases two or even three vertical bundles may arise. This
emphasizes the dynamic flexibility of the palm stem: the total number
of bundles does not have to be exactly the same along the stem; in fact,
Future investigation should answer this question.
it is certainly affected by environmental conditions. Whether the initial
to this mechanism of “multiplying vertical branches’? we do not know.
leaf contact is less than 10 cm.
drastic increase in stem diameter from seedling to mature axis is due
Occasionally one can find a vertical bundle carrying not only metaxylem
but also protoxylem. This indicates that the distance to its next higher
The very small fibrous bundles in the cortical area (Fic. 7) are vertical
bundles from minor leaf traces. They become smaller, ‘“move” towar s
the stem periphery (rather than towards the center) and end blindly
further up the stem.
Bridge bundles. From each departing leaf trace, two to six bundles
branch off and connect to vertical bundles in the neighborhood (Fic. 6).
[voL. 46
1965] ZIMMERMANN & TOMLINSON, RHAPIS EXCELSA 173
Bridges are short, the longest one measured 4.5 mm. Occasionally they
are so short that leaf trace and vertical bundle appear to fuse directly
(Fic. 10). Bridges are always oriented obliquely upwards in the same
way, so that the end of the bridge attached to the leaf trace is below
the end attached to the vertical bundle.
Bridge bundles normally come directly off the leaf trace, but they
also may break off a satellite bundle or even the vertical bundle. Oc-
casionally a single bridge bundle breaks up into two branches which then
connect to two vertical bundles (Fic. 6
Physiologically, bridge bundles not only provide vertical vascular con-
tinuity via other vertical bundles, but they also provide extensive cross
connections. Injection experiments in which dyes are introduced via
petiole, root, or bore-hole in the stem, illustrate these lateral interconnec-
tinuity of individual vessels. Vessels are of limited length and overlap
within any one bundle, just as they do within the xylem of a diffuse-
porous dicotyledonous tree.
Satellite bundles. Several satellites branch from larger leaf traces in
the region of bridge production (Fics. 3, left; 6, 11). Major traces
produce up to 10 or more satellites; minor traces produce fewer or none,
according to their size. Satellites accompany the trace to the periphery
of the central cylinder. Some may “rotate” around the parent leaf trace
and, in addition, may be inverted temporarily. They retain their in-
dividuality but may become temporarily enclosed within the fibrous
sheath of the parent leaf trace or a nearby vertical bundle without making
vascular connection. Ultimately they form a “halo” around the leaf
trace (Fic. 3, position 6; Fic. 9). Immediately below the leaf base they
turn abruptly and tangentially, and enter the inflorescence rudiment. It
is obvious that satellites are best developed if a fully developed inflores-
cence is (or was) present. However, even inflorescences which had aborted
very early in their development and are macroscopically not visible can be
detected by their satellites, even in the lower “vegetative” part of the
aérial stem (Fic. 8).
With a good deal of experience, one can often easily distinguish, in
a single transverse section, vertical bundle, satellites, and bridges. How-
ever, this is not always possible, and one must follow the bundles up-
ward in order to differentiate with certainty between the three types of
branches that come off the leaf trace. One cannot help getting the im-
pression that the three types, vertical bundles, satellites, and bridges,
are developmentally equivalent. This problem will undoubtedly be met
again, and hopefully be solved, when the apex is analyzed.
COMPARISON OF RHAPIS WITH OTHER MONOCOTYLEDONS
Our study of Rhapis has been carried out conjointly with the examina-
tion of a number of larger palms. The reason for this is quite obvious.
174 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Our findings differ so fundamentally from the “classical” diagrams (cf.
Fics. 1 and 3) that the question arose as to whether we were dealing
with an unusual object. Comparative studies have shown, however, that
this is not the case. Whatever we have studied in other species has
corresponded to Rhapis, although a great deal of work still remains to
be done. We are now in a position to do it with the cinematographic
method.
Literature search has revealed that the actual observations of former
botanists do not differ from our findings. The way in which these early
workers put together diagrams by extrapolation and inference proved
misleading. Interestingly enough, good observers like Von Mohl, Karsten,
etc. describe the limits of their work precisely. Distortions arose by the
inaccurate citation of older authors, by frequent re-drawing of diagrams,
and by the failure to distinguish what was observed from what was in-
ferred.
Von Mohl’s original diagrams (1824) were correct but incomplete.
Those showing the blind ending of bundles in a basipetal direction (Fig.
VIII.2 in Tomlinson, 1961, p. 362) can be re-interpreted by assuming
that Von Mohl’s upper series were of a major bundle (Tomlinson’s Figs.
2a-f) and the lower series were of a minor bundle (Tomlinson’s Figs. 2g-
i). This is very possible because Von Mohl merely drew a series of
bundles from a single section and referred them to a hypothetical scheme.
It was only subsequently (Von Mohl, 1849) that he considered the pos-
sibility of bundle fusions. This hypothetical suggestion was seized upon
by later workers and incorporated in their diagrams (e.g., De Bary, 1877;
our Fic. 1E). Branner (1884) is the only nineteenth century worker
who fully understood the continuity of vascular bundles, simply because
he was able to examine a great deal of material at first hand. He dis-
covered that the continuity of vertical bundles was only evident when
the apical regions were examined. Macrodissection suggested the blind
ending of bundles because connections are tenuous and easily broken in
mature parts of the stem. It is a remarkable feature of botanical history
that Branner’s very accurate work based on the careful examination of
many palms in the field has been entirely overlooked in favor of wholly
hypothetical schemes proposed by authors who had little opportunity of
examining the problem at first hand.
While one of us (M.H.Z.) is interested in the vascular anatomy of
palms from the point of view of long-distance translocation, the other
(P.B.T.) approaches the subject as a systematic anatomist. The un-
ravelling of the palm stem via Rhapis has given a much sounder theoretical
background for an appreciation of certain features tentatively proposed
as diagnostically significant (Tomlinson, 1961; cf. also Stenzel, 1904,
where the important problem of identifying fossil palm stems is discussed
in detail). Palms have been subdivided into three main categories de-
pendent on the presence, in any small sample of the stem, of a majority
of vascular bundles with either one, or two, or many vessels. A multi-
1965] ZIMMERMANN & TOMLINSON, RHAPIS EXCELSA 175
dimensional understanding of the palm stem explains this variability.
We have seen in Rhapis that these three conditions represent successive
stages repeated in the same sequence in all bundles over and over again.
In Rhapis all bundles, traced from below upward and beginning a little
above a leaf contact, show initially (Fie. 3, stage 1) one metaxylem vessel,
except for areas in which two vessels within one bundle overlap, for
example in bridge contacts. Continuing upward, however, the bundle
then shows two vessels separated by a parenchymatous isthmus (some-
what below stage 4, Fic. 3). Finally (stages 4 and 5), prior and during
the breaking up of the leaf-trace plexus, many metaxylem vessels are
present. This increase in the number of vessels upward along a single
bundle goes parallel with the increase in the amount of protoxylem.
Diagnostic significance can only be attached to a comparison of bundles
of the same stage (preferably stage 1) of two species. Thus Rhapis, as
well as Ancistrophyllum, Areca, Borassus, etc. (Tomlinson, 1961, p. 336)
can be referred to as ‘‘one-vessel palms.” ‘‘Two-vessel palms” can be
recognized by protoxylem-free bundles which contain two vessels separated
by a parenchymatous isthmus which indicates that the vessels are not
merely overlapping ends. There may even be ‘“many-vessel palms,” but
with the present state of our knowledge comment is not justified.
One great danger of using this difference in number of vessels per
vascular bundle (of the stage 1) as a diagnostic feature lies in being
satisfied that a small region of the stem is an adequate sample of the
whole. In palms, there are considerable quantitative changes from base
to apex of a single axis. It is quite conceivable that the same stem could
be a ‘“‘one-vessel’”’ type basally, yet ‘“‘two-vessel”’ distally.
The genus Rhapis cannot yet be compared easily with monocotyledons
like Zea (e.g., Kumazawa, 1961) or Tradescantia (Scott and Priestley,
1925) which have a plexus of vascular tissue at each node. Non-nodal
monocotyledons, however, may be similar, although few of these have
been described in sufficient detail to merit comparison. An exception is
Alstroemeria aurantiaca (Amaryllidaceae) analyzed by Priestley, Scott
and Gillett (1935). This shows some of the basic features of the Rhapis
type. Median leaf traces in Alstroemeria are derived from continuous
vertical bundles, although this is not obvious because forking occurs many
internodes below the node of exsertion. Forking of bundles many nodes
below the level of their exsertion as leaf traces is illustrated in Falken-
berg’s diagrams of several monocotyledons intended as representative of
the “palm type.” But we know that the one palm (Chamaedorea) which
Falkenberg claimed to have studied was analyzed incorrectly. We feel
justified in being a little suspicious of Falkenberg’s diagrams. Rhapis
still has to be analyzed in terms of developmental physiology in the manner
of Priestley and his associates. No doubt in the future many other
monocotyledonous shoots will be better understood with the Rhapis stem
as am
176 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. 46
SUMMARY
The vascular anatomy of the mature, vegetative aérial axis of Rhapis
excelsa (Thunb.) Henry is analyzed quantitatively by a cinematographic
method. This involves photographing, frame by frame, either sequentially
cut surfaces or serial sections stained and mounted permanently. The
resulting film is analyzed in a data analyzer. All vascular bundles have
essentially the same course and construction. In the uncrowded inner
part of the stem they describe a uniform shallow helix continuously
through the stem as vertical bundles, tending always toward the center
of the stem. At intervals each turns sharply toward a leaf insertion and
at the same time breaks up into several branches. The leaf trace proceeds
into the leaf, satellite bundles go into the inflorescence, bridge bundles
are minor, intermediate, and major bundles, the last reach farthest into
the stem center and have the longest distances between successive leaf
contacts.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Routine serial sectioning on which this analysis is based was carried
out by Lesley Jackson, Vroni Oswald, and Gabriel A. Vargo. We are
indebted to them for their patience and perseverance with this tedious
task.
The generosity of Mrs. A. R. Jennings, who permitted unlimited access
to the Coconut Grove Palmetum for supplementary experiments, is grate-
fully appreciated.
LITERATURE CITED
Arper, A. 1925. Monocotyledons, a morphological study. 258 pp. Cambridge
University Press.
Bary, A. DE. 1877. nagar ag Anatomie der Vegetationsorgane der Phanero-
gamen und Farne. xvi + 663 pp. Wilhelm Engelmann, Leipzig (English
nana gr ieee Press, Oxford, 1884
BRANNER, J. C. 1884. The course and growth of the fibrovascular bundles in
palms. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, 21: 459-483.
CANDOLLE, A. P. bE. 1813, Théorie élémentaire de la botanique. viii + 527 pp-
Déterville, Paris.
DesFonTAINES, R. L. 1798. Mémoire sur l’organisation des monocotylédons,
ou plantes 4 une feuille séminale. Acad. Sci. Paris Mém. 1: 478-502
pls. 2-6.
FALKENBERG, P.- 1876. Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber den Bau der Vegeta-
tionsorgane der Monocotyledonen. 202 pp. 3 pls. Ferdinand Enke, Stutt-
gart.
HaBERLANDT, G. 1884. Physiologsiche Pflanzenanatomie. Wilhelm Laer
Leipzig (English translation: Macmillan, London, 1914).
"Way
1965] ZIMMERMANN & TOMLINSON, RHAPIS EXCELSA 177
Karsten, H. 1847. Die Vegetationsorgane der Palmen. Abh. Akad. Berlin
Physik 1847: 73-236
Kumazawa, M. 1961. Studies on the vascular course in maize plant. Phyto-
morphology 11: 128~1
Lestipoupots, T. 1840. + sur needa et la physiologie des végétaux.
Lille. [Original not seen. Cited by Mono
MENEGHINI, G. 1836. Ricerche sulla aces a caule nelle piante monocotile-
doni. 110 pp. 10 pls. Minerva, Padua.
MirseL, C. F. B. pe. 1843-44. Recherches anatomiques et physiologiques sur
quelques végétaux monocotylés. Compt. Rend. Paris 16; 1213-1235; 19:
689-695.
Mont, H. von. 1824. De palmarum structura. /n: K. F. P. von Martius,
Historia Naturalis Palmarum 1: pp. I-LII. 16 pls.
. 1849. On the structure of the palm stem. Rep. Ray Soc. 1849: 1-92.
Monoyer, A. 1925. eiicer - Cocos botryophora Mart. Mém. Acad. Roy.
Belg. Sci. Coll. 8°. 8(7): 1
Moore, ef “4 1963. An ne check list of cultivated palms. Principes 7:
119-1
NAGELI, e = 1858. Ueber das Wachsthum des Stammes und der Wurzel bei
den Gefasspflanzen. Beitrage zur Wissenschaftlichen Botanik. Heft 1.
PosTLETHWAIT, S. N. 1962. Cinematography with serial sections. Turtox News
40: 98-100.
PriestLey, J. H., L. I. Scott, & E. C. Gmitet. 1935. The development of the
ra t in Alstrocmeria and the unit of shoot growth in monocotyledons.
n. Bot. II. 44: 161-179.
ng 7 1882. Vorlesungen iiber Pflanzenphysiologie. 991 pp. W ory Engel-
mann, fae (English translation: Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1887).
Scuoute, J. C. 1903. Die Stammesbildung der Monokotylen. ‘ 92: 32-48.
1. Vv.
Scott, L. I., & J. H. Prrestiey. 1925. Leaf oe oe anatomy of Tradescantia
duminencis Vell. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 47: 1
STENZEL, K. G. 1904. Fossile Palmenholzer. so Palaont. Geol. Oesterreich-
Vora Orient. 16: 107-288.
Tomurnson, P. B. 1961. Palmae. Jn: C. R. Metcatre, ed. Anatomy of the
Monocotyledons 2. xv + 453 pp. Clarendon Press, Oxford.
1964. Stem structure in arborescent monocotyledons. In: M.
ZIMMERMANN, ed. The formation of wood in forest trees. pp. 65-86.
Academic Press, New York.
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
ABOT FOUNDATION, PETERSHAM
MASSACHUSETTS 01366
AND
FAIRCHILD TROPICAL GARDEN
Miami, Fioripa 33156
178 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VoL. 46
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE I
re 7, A small rie of the Rhapis stem showing crowding of bundles near
the stem periphery. Near the center of the photograph a leaf-trace plexus con-
sisting of leaf trace ( LT), vertical bude (VB), and satellite bundles (S). This
corresponds to position 5, FIG. 3.
PLATE II
Fics. 8-11. Transverse sections of stem of Rhapis; all magnifications iden-
tical. Fic. 8 (top left). A section at the level of the leaf base, corresponding to
position 7, FIG. 3. The aborted inflorescence between stem and leaf. Fic. 9
(top right). A section just below the leaf base, corresponding to position 6,
Fic. 3. The leaf trace (LT) is surrounded by a halo of satellite bundles. Fic. 10
(bottom left). A short bridge between a leaf trace (LT) and a neighboring
— bundle. Frc. 11 (bottom right). A leaf-trace plexus consisting of leaf
e (LT), vertical bundle (VB) and ne bundles (S). This photograph
panos to position 5, FIG. 3.
PLaTE I
Jour. ARNOLD Ars. VOL. 46
ve oe Ok +5
| yy
See Phos ’
v6 »
~)
Stee
er oe - SereSee:. np
es Lat } whe
Sree ase! ees
pease Rar ao: ih
: rr tee eerie’
x .
Ssieege ee
LY tae a
Pat hy
8," @® ans
A SG bah
4 gern Fes nse se O25,
ot, yews
ig, HO
a
oe
é. ee
ZIMMERMANN & TOMLINSON, THE PALM RHAPIS
Pirate II
Jour. ARNOLD Ars. VOL. 46
1 MILLIMETER
, THE PALM RHAPIS
NN & TOMLINSON
ZIMMERMA
~~
1965 | DUDLEY, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM 181
STUDIES IN ALYSSUM: NEAR EASTERN
REPRESENTATIVES AND THEIR ALLIES, II.
SECTION MENIOCUS AND SECTION PSILONEMA
T. R. DuDLEY
A SYSTEMATIC SURVEY OF the genus Alyssum has long been needed,
not only because it is the largest cruciferous genus in Turkey, accounting
for approximately one fifth of the taxa of the Cruciferae in that area,
but also because it has been the subject of some revisionary work (at
least in the perennial species of sections ALyssum and OpONTARRHENA).
The very extensive, and mostly unidentified Near Eastern collections of
P. H. Davis, A. Huber-Morath, and K. H. Rechinger have added impetus
to the need for a reassessment of morphological characters and variation,
and a more stable definition of the specific and infraspecific taxa.
Previously, the only practical procedure for identifying Alyssum was
to compare and contrast individual specimens with “correctly determined’
herbarium material. The lack of conformity in treatments because of
hierarchies and extreme “splitting” of Fenzl in Tchihatcheff (1860), J.
Baumgartner (1907-1911), and E. J. Nydrady (1926-1949). Taxa such
as Alyssum linifolium, A. alyssoides, A. minus, A. minutum, A. montanum,
A. sibiricum, A. tortuosum, A. murale, etc., having very wide geographical
distributions are subject to considerable morphological variation within
and between populations, as well as between individuals.
With the exception of section TETRADENIA, whose component species
are not known to occur in Turkey, and section PstLtoneMA which is repre-
sented in Turkey only by the widespread Alyssum dasycarpum (also
possibly A. alyssoides, cf. page 199), more species (eighty-eight) and
endemic species (forty-nine) are found in Turkey than in any other land
area of comparable size. Of the seven species assigned to section MENI-
ocus, six occur in Turkey, and of these three are endemics. These
endemics (A. blepharocarpum, A. stylare and A. huetii) are characterized
by a unique fruit indumentum of setae, found only in section MENtocus.
The other species of this section having the same type of fruit indumentum
is A. heterotrichum from Iran, Afghanistan, and a part of Kazakh S. S. R.
The remaining three species of section MENIocUS are glabrous-fruited.
Of these, A. aureum and A. meniocoides have continuous distributions from
southern Turkey to Syria, Lebanon, Palestine, Iraq, and Tran, while
A. linifolium is one of the most widespread in the genus, extending from
England (where it was probably introduced) throughout Europe and
Asia, and east to India. It is probable that as Turkey has the largest
182 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VOL. 46
representation of species and endemics of section MrENiocus, it has been
the center of speciation for that section. Certainly, Turkey is the current
center of diversity. On the other hand, this is not true for section
PsILONEMA, Of which only one species is known definitely to occur in
Turkey. Whereas Alyssum granatense is found only in Spain and North
Africa, A. damascenum and A. homalocarpum, although both Oriental
species, are to be considered as Saharo-Sindian elements, and are not
known from Turkey.
The widespread taxa Alyssum linifolium of section MeENtocus, and
A. alyssoides and A. dasycarpum of section PstLoNeMa are characterized
by a wide range of environmental tolerance. Such species as A. aureum
and A. meniocoides which have more or less continuous distributions from
Turkey into adjacent regions and are steppe-inhabiting or Irano-Turanian
elements, are relatively limited by particular habitat preferences. This
is also true for the Turkish endemics of section MENtocus, which although
found in spatially open habitats, are characterized by a narrow range of
environmental tolerance. All species of sections MENtIocus and PsILONEMA
are essentially calcicolous. This feature is particularly pronounced in
Turkey where the species of section MrENnr1ocus are usually found on
calcareous substrates, and is correlated with their preference for the steppe,
the soils of which are primarily of limestone structure. The very wide-
spread A. linifolium and A. dasycarpum attain their maximum develop-
ment in the calcareous steppe and serpentine mountain screes, but tolerate
and are relatively abundant in the saline steppe. Similarly, A. blepharo-
carpum is known to occur in the salt impregnated portions of the steppe
which surrounds many lakes of the Turkish interior.
In this and succeeding papers, the strictly European or Asiatic species,
which are most closely allied to those occurring in Turkey are included
in the keys, and are treated systematically. However, these studies of
Alyssum must be regarded primarily as a systematic revision of the
Turkish species.
To assist in interpretation of the keys and descriptions, in this paper
and in those to come, three plates showing the morphological diversity
of petals, filaments, fruits, and trichomes are included. These plates illus-
trate only the major types of diversity of these structures throughout the
genus. Prates II and III show some of the diversity of the distinguishing
floral and fruit characters. PLATE IV illustrates basic hair types which
comprise the indumentum. These types are arranged more or less in a
progressional sequence, from the simplest to the most complex. This
does not imply, however, that one type necessarily evolved directly from
any other. Many of the fruits pictured in Prater III are normally cov-
ered with a characteristic indumentum (Fics. a, c—g, j-o). This indumen-
tum has been omitted in order that the fruit shape and configuration not
be obscured. I am grateful to Dr. P. H. Davis, University Department
of Botany, Edinburgh, Scotland, for permitting the use of these three
plates, which were drawn for the forthcoming Flora of Turkey by Mrs.
A. Dyer.
1965 | DUDLEY, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM 183
Included in this paper are keys to all currently recognized species as-
signed to sections MENrocus and PstroneMa. In the main, all specimens
seen have been cited, with the exception of the very widespread and
common taxa, such as Alyssum linifolium or A. alyssoides. The specimen
citations of these two species, as examples, from many areas in Europe
could easily number several hundreds. In such cases I have cited only
a few representative specimens; in most large herbaria, however, there
will be found abundant additional material. Although I have omitted
specimen citations for common European species, the citations of speci-
mens of these taxa from the countries of the Near East are as complete
as possible since floristic studies of the Near East are still in the explora-
tive stages. This policy will be followed also in further papers on Alyssum.
The abbreviations for herbaria given by Lanjouw and Stafleu (eds.),
Index Herbariorum, ed. 5 (Regnum Vegetabile 31. 1964) are used in this
paper. Several not listed in an earlier paper (Jour. Arnold Arb. 45: 58,
60. 1964) are given here.
Herbarium of the Botanical Institute of the Academy of Sciences of the Kazakh
S. ma-Ata, U.S. S.R. (Aa).
Laboratoire de eens de la Faculté des Sciences, Alger, Algérie (AL).
Botanisches Museum, Berlin-Dahlem, Germany
Instituto Botanico de Barcelona, Barcelona, Spain (Bc).
Istituto Botanico dell’ Universita, Bologna, Italy (BoLo). a
Museum of Natural History, Department of Botany, Budapest, Hungary (BP).
Botanical Institute and Herbarium of J. E. Purkyné University, Brno, Czecho-
slovakia (BRNU).
Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah, U. S. A. (BRY).
Botanical Institute of the University of Coimbra, Coimbra, Portugal (cor).
Botanisches Institut der Karl-Marx Universitat, Leipzig, German ny (LZ). :
University Herbarium, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, U.S.A.
MICH). ;
The New England Botanical Club, Inc., Cambridge, Massachusetts, U. S. A.
Institutum hotanicute Universitatis Carolinae, Praha, Czechoslovakia (PRC).
I would like to acknowledge with gratitude the valuable assistance of
Dr. G. K. Brizicky for his translation of pertinent Russian literature and
labels, and the editorial advice of Dr. B. G. Schubert.
I. Section Meniocus (Desvaux) Hooker
KEy TO ALL SPECIES OF SECTION MENIOCcCUS
A. Fruits anne smooth, without setae or papillae.
B wingless; styles 0.1-0.5 mm. long; petals 1-2(-2. ‘bs x 0.5 m
pale ‘vello ae aa ye Ns ide ed eas SR ed Ae ar linifolume
; Seeds winged (wings 0.1-0.4 mm. wide); styles 0.5-1.8 mm. long; petals
(1.5—)2-6.5 & 1.5-2 mm., go
C. Styles 0.5-1 mm. long; petals oo (1.5-)2-3.5 mm. long; leaves
ca. 1.5 mm. wide, + conduplicate. .........- 2. A. meniocoides.
to
184 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
C. Styles 1-1.8 mm. long; petals retuse or bilobed, 4—6.5 mm. long;
leaves generally 2-4 mm. wide, always fla . were 3. A. aureum.
A. Fruits setose, at least on margins, and often papillos
D. mae more than 1.5 mm. long; petals ceply bilobed (sinuses 1.5-3.5
m. deep), or retuse; sepals 2-3.5 m
E Fruits elliptic, or obovate, (4~)5~7 mm. long, obtuse, setae (0.5-1
mm. long) and papillae always present and dense; seeds wingless;
Peta CRO WOO. on ob 8 a Shia os 5 oi as tees 5. A. stylare.
Fruits orbicular or ovate, 3.5-5.5 mm. long, emarginate (rarely
obtuse) or truncate, setae (0.2-0.5 mm. long) sparse on face of
valves, or if only on margins then papillae always present; seeds
winged, (wings 0.2-0.3 mm. wide); petals r — bocca eee
Ree eer ee Tre ee reer ee A, blepharocarpum.
. Styles less than 1.5 mm. long; “pe shallowly eae (sinuses 0.3-0.5
mm. deep) or emarginate; sepals 1-2 . lon
F. Petals shallowly bilobed, 2-4 mm. tani seeds winged (wings 0.1-
.2 mm. wide); sepals deciduous; leaves increasing in size upwards ;
fruits broadly elliptic to orbicular, obtuse or truncate; angen
spreading, more than 5 cm. long. A, huetii.
F. Petals emarginate, (0.7—)1-1.5 mm. long; seeds aren nee sepals +
persistent; leaves decreasing in size upwards; fruits narrowly ellip-
tic or obovate, acute or attenuate; inflorescence compact and dense,
oR AO ent bee wees eee ke A. heterotrichum.
o
1. Alyssum linifolium Steph. ex Willd. Linn. Sp. Pl. ed. 4. 3(1) : 467.
1800(!).— Benth. Fl. Austral. 1: 71. 1863. — Boiss. Fl. Or. 1: 286.
1867.— Ruprecht, Fl. Caucasi. 105. 1869. — Willk. & Lange, Prodr.
Fl. Hisp. 3: 834. 1880.— Brandza, Fl. Rom. 136. 1883.— Cosson,
Comp. Fl. Atl. 2: 239. 1887. — Fedtschenko, Fl. Turkest. 1: 47.
1906. — Bornm. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien 60: 74. 1910. — Hayek,
Prodr. Fl. Penin. Balc. 1: 437. 1925. — Javorka & Csapody, Ic. Fi.
Hung. pl. 211, fig. 1589. 1930. — Post & Dinsmore, FI. Syr., Palest.
& Sinai, ed. 2. 1: 89. 1932. — Krause, Ankaranin Floru 73. 1934.
— Thiébaut, Fl. Lib.-Syr. 1: 72. 1936. Heywood, Repert. Sp. Nov.
64(1): 54. 1961. — Quezel & Santa, Nouv. Fl. Algér. 1: 410. 1962.
— Rech. Ark. Bot. 5(1): 169. 1963. — Dudley in Rech. Fl. Lowland
Iraq 307. 1964. — Ball & Dudley in Flora Europaea 1: 299. 1964.
Syntypes Crimea and Caucasus, Tauria et Armenia, Stephan s.n. (B,
non vidi). Lectotype, Tauria, Stephan s.n. (B, non vidi); isolectotype
(G-pc).
Annual, with many erect, ascending or rarely prostrate stems. Leaves
linear and lanceolate (5— )8-10(- 25) & (0.5-)1-2.5 mm.; the lower
gradually attenuate, the upper short petiolate. Sepals 12-2 mm. long.
Petals only slightly longer than sepals, 1.2-2.4 mm. long, emarginate,
and pale yellow to whitish. Long filaments unidentate, 1-1.5 mm. long.
short filaments 0.8-1.5 mm. long; appendages 0.3-0.4 mm. long. Fruits
obovate or broadly elliptic, obtuse, 3.5-7 « 2-4.5 mm., glabrous; locules
4—6(-8)-ovulate. Styles 0.1-0.5 mm. long. 2n = 14-16. Fl, Feb—July.
Two varieties are recognized.
—< ase
1965] DUDLEY, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM 185
A. Plant erect; stems stout, greenish; indumentum of stellate ng with few
and long rays; fruiting racemes elongate, multi-branched, 3-7 cm. long;
leaves 10-25 1-2.5 mm. 2... 0405 ccse cea scans a. <i, linifolium.
Plant reduced; stems slender, grayish; indumentum of stellate hairs with
few or many, short rays; Pei racemes igen, sid branched,
1-3 cm. long; leaves 5-8 XK 0.5-1.3 mm. .......... r. teheranicum.
>
a. Var. linifolium.
Meniocus serpyllifolium Desv. Jour. Bot. 3: 173. 1814, nomen nudum — non
Alyssum linearifolium LaGasca, Gen. & Sp. Pl. 19. 1816. (!). Holotype,
jai locis ardis prope Moxente oppidum Regni Valentini, LaGasca 146
on vidi); isotype (G-pc
sre linifolius (Steph ex Willd.) DC. Syst. Nat. . ge 1821 (!); DC.
Prodr. 1: 165. 1824 raga Se Select. Pl. 2: tab. 42. 1823.—
Pri in Ledebour, FI. Alt. 3: 1831; in ‘a chong Fl. Ross. 1: 134.
42.— Mora, Fl. Fan. Esp. . Portugal 6: 572. 1873.—Colmeiro, Pl.
aid Hisp,-Lusit. 157. 1885.— Busch in Kuznet., Busch & Fomin, FI.
Cauc. Crit. 3(4): 607. 1909; FI. Sibir. & Orient. Extr. 6: 558. 1931; in
Fl. U.R.S.S. 8: 359. 1939. — Cadevall & Sallent, Fl. Catal. 1: 147. 1915.—
Popov, Man. Fl. Tashkent, fasc. 1 & 2. fig. 222. 1923-1924. — a peieg
Fl. Ross. Austro-Orient. 5: 441. pl. 389. 1931.— Grossh. Fl. Kavk. ed. 2
4: 220. tab. 25, i 7. 1950.—I. V. Pavlov (Ed.), Fl. Kazakhstan 4: 282.
tab. 35, fig. 12
Mesocus paleo eee Turcz. Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou 27(2): 297. 1854 (!).
olotype, West Australia, Nova Hollandia, collection no. 4, Drummond 127
(LE, non vidi); isotypes (BM, G, GH, K, OXF, W
DIsTRIBUTION AND HABITAT: a common and widespread weed of
ruderal and cultivated lands, roadsides, vineyards, sandy and conglomerate
hillsides, gravelly plains, steppe, Macchie, calcareous and gypsum out-
crops throughout most of central, western, and southern Europe, North
Africa, and the Middle East, Caucasia, and extending east to Afghanistan
and Pakistan, and north to Siberia; alt. 50-2700 m. Naturalized and
relatively common in New South Wales of Australia.
Spain. Valley of Segura, Bourgeau 577 (E, G, GH, K, W); Cerros del seca
nr. Aranjuez, 600 m., Font Quer & Gros 26 (BM, E, G, GH, K, W); Prov. Teruel,
Sierra de Valanche, Reverchon s.n. (E); Prov. Almeria, Muria, 1200 m., Rever-
chon 851 (£, w); nr. Cazorla, 1200 m., Reverchon s.n. Oe North Africa. Oran,
Plateau le Koide, 1000 m., 17 Apr. 1911, Faure (£); Oran, Warion s.n. (E).
Russia. Crimea, 1816, Bieberstein (c—pc); Tauria, 1820, Steven (c—Dc) ; Crimea,
Busch sn. (w); Odessa, 1846, Nordmann (x); ibid., Rehmann s.n. (E) Podolia,
1820, Andrezejowski (G-pc); Podolia, Besser s.n. (x, w); Illyria, Willdenow
s.n. (G-DC); Russian Armenia, Talin, Karmrashen (Karaburun)-Ashnak, 9 June
= (cH); Caucasus, Callier 539 (BM, K, W); ibid., Callier 4211, 258 (G);
Daghestan, 1874, Becker (K, w); Azerbaidjan, Pichler 150 (G); Transcaucasus,
Holmberg 533 (w); ibid., 800 m., 1888, Conrath (c); Tanaim, Goldberg s.n
(c-vc); Nachitschevan, Dzhulfa-Darosnan, 3 May 1934, Karjagin (a); ibid.,
nr. Aliablast, 13 May 1934, Grossheim & Gurvitsh (x); Georgian Caucasus,
186 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
1831, Hohenacker (BM, K, w); ibid., 1838, Hohenacker (c, K, w); Achabzich,
Radde 412 (x); Prov. Elisabethpol, nr. Elisabethpol, Apr. 1900, Fedossejew
(A, G, W); Prov. Fergana, dist. Kokand, S. of Kanibadam, 1913, Minkwitz (GH);
Kurtuk, Kurtu river, 12 May 1930, Serowa & Ryschowa (a); Kirghiz S. S. R.,
Prov. Semirechensk, dist. Pishpek, Atbashansk, Chu river, Tsintserling (A, GH);
Siberia, Suddagh, Pallas sn. (pM); Uskut, Pallas sm. (pm); Dauria, nr.
Astracan, 1819, Fischer (G-pc); ibid., 1828, Prestcott (kK); Songarei, 1831,
Schrenk (G, GH, w); Siberia, 1819, Sprengel (c-pc); Catherinoslavo, Borysthenes
nr. Alexandrovsk, 1865, Griimer (pm); Altai, Ledebour 329 & Meyer 46 (w).
Romania. Basarabia, dist. Ismail, nr. Satu, 2-10 m., Borza 654 (£). Turkey.
A3: Prov. Ankara, NW. of Beypazari-Nallihan, Kiihne 395 (stu); Kirzbepe,
Kiihne 730 (stu). A4: Prov. Kastamonu, Seker-Képrii (Kure-Kastamonu),
1892, Sintenis 3773 (Gc, K, w). A5: Prov. Amasya, Amasya, 400-600 m., 1889,
Bornmiiller 1340 (£, K, w). A6: Prov. Tokat, Tokat, 600-700 m., 1893, Born-
miller 3244 (G, Kk, w). A7: Prov. Giimiisane, Bayburt-Giimiisane, 1700 m.,
Stainton 8222 (E). A8: Prov. Giimiisane, Giimiisane, Bourse 39 (w). AQ:
Prov. Kars, Kagizman-Tuzluca, Sauer 269 (£, istF); Tusuz, 1800 m., Davis
29576 (A, BM, E, K). A/B8: Prov. Erzurum/Giimiisane, Bayburt-Erzurum,
1853, Huet (e, c). B1: Prov. Manisa, Sipyli (Manisadag), 700-900 m., Born-
miiller 9070 (Gc, w). B2: Prov. Usak, Ouchak (Usak), 910-940 m., Balansa 1251
(BM, E, G, GH, K, Ww). B3; Prov. Eskisehir, Eskisehir, Turkish Sugar Co. 475,
477 (BM, E); Prov. Afyonkarahissar, dist. Emirdag-Bolvadin, 10 km. S. of
Emirdag, 1100 m., Huber-Morath 13726 (£, HM). B4: Prov. Ankara, Ankara nr.
Judyie, 385 m., 1929, Bornmiiller 13853 (BM, Gc); Aokaen, Freres E. C. 244 (G);
13 Apr. 1958, Kahae (stu); Merton 3279, 3286 (£, K); Gérz 15 (BM, G); Prov.
Konya, Yavsan Memlehasi nr. Tuz golii, Davis 18691, 31807 (BM, E, K); Prov.
Nigde/Konya, 4 km. from Halkenli kéy, W. side of Tuz gélii, 1000 m., Dudley,
D. 35928 (&). B5: Prov. Kayseri, plaine de Césarée (Kayseri), 1107 m.,
Balansa 990 (£, G, GH, K, w). B6: Prov. Maras, Elbistan, 1500 m., Davis 27642
(A, BM, E, K). B7 : Prov. Elazig, Egin (Kemaliye), June 1853, Huet (6, w).
B8: Prov. Bonurein: Erzurum, June 1853, Huet (G); Zohrab 376 (kK). C2:
Prov. Antalya, Elmali-Korkuteli, 5 miles from Elmali, 1120 m., oe D.
35211 (£). C3: Prov. Burdur, Burdur, May 1845, Heldreich (BM, E, K, G, W);
Prov. Konya, Konya-Beysehir, 4 km. from Beypazari, Dudley, D. pe (E).
C4: Prov. Konya, Konya-Sultanhani, 18 miles from Konya, 1050 m., Dudley,
D. 35918a (a, E); Cumra distr., Kiiciik bug Helbaek 2557 (£); Nigde, Ala dag,
nr. Cukur dag, 1900-2060 m., Parry 64 (kg). ‘gndacont a too specimens:
Huber-Morath 10990, 12817, 13721, 13724, 14803 (HM); y, D. 35937,
35840 (£); Caria, Kirk s.n. (g): Lycia, Sorkoon (?), a p « K); Acmenia,
Szowits sn. (G, GH, K, W); 1867, Calvert & Zohrab (gr, Gc, K); idem 45, p-P-
(OxF). Syria. Quaryatein, Davis 5726B, 5602 (£, K); Quaryatein -Rat Tush,
Davis 5634 (£, K); Russell s. n. (pm, cG-pc). Palestine. Wadi Musa-Moan
(Transjordan), 1219 m., Davis 8691 (gz, K); Plaine de Amalites, Apr-May
1846, Boissier (G); Ain-Musa, 16 Apr. 1929, Eig et al. (G, w); 20 km. S. of
ee: 18 gf 1923, idem on w); Wadi Hasa-Ain Musa, 17 Apr. 1929, idem
306 (kK); Jazira, 20 km. NW. of Falija, Guest & Rawi 13649 (xk); Mosul-
Kirkuh, Guest 625 (x); Karbala liwa, ca. 15 km. W. of Karbala, Gillett &
Rawi 6375 (K); 18 km. S. of Rutba, 640 m., Rawi 14634 (x); Thukhaib, 280
m., Rawi 14795 (kK); 50 km. E. of Samarra. Asila, 10 km. N. of Sha haikh
SS ee ee
1965 | DUDLEY, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM 187
Mohamma, 50 m., Rawi 20480 (x); ibid., Rechinger 13452 (w); 4 km. E. of
Samarra, 65 m., Rawi 20329 (x); ibid., Rechinger 13500 (w); Truleal-e-Has,
Rechinger 4330 (w); Mesopotamian desert, 15 Sept. 1919, Watson (x);
Oguhah, Graham 25 (pM); Euphrates, Meskare-Der-es-Sor, Sabcha-Tibne, 250-
350 m., Handel-Mazzetti 542 (w); Kaijum-Abukenal, 120-180 m., Handel-
Mazzetti 652 (w); Mejadin-Salbije, 180 m., Handel-Mazzetti 632 (w); Assyria,
Kerkcik, 1893, Bornmiiller 894 (Gc); Jabal Hamrun, Muqdadija (Sharaban)-
Jalaula, Rechinger 14212 (w). Iran. Prov. Khorasan, Turbat-e-Haidari, 1300
m., Rechinger 4346 (Gc, w); ibid., ca. 30 km. from Meshhed, Rechinger 1502
(w); Mt. Kopet Dagh, nr. Alamli, 2000 m., Rechinger 4670, p.p. (w); Djenaran-
Kucan, Rechinger 7519, p.p. (w); Schiras-Kamareyi, 200-600 m., Apr. 1868,
Haussknecht (BM, G); Sultanabad nr. Kaswin, 1524 m., Lindsay 29, 32 (pm);
Transcaspian, 1900, Sintenis 165 (G, K, W); 10 km. E. of Zorab, 1667 m., Cowan
& Darlington 1615 (x); Prov. Hamadan, Kharaghan (Hamadan), Sabeti 94
(w); Faghire nr. Hamadan, Sabeti 225 (w); Aq Bulaq, ca. 100 km. N. of
Hamadan, Rioux & Golvan 210, 213 (w); Mt. Elburs, Demawend, 2640 m.,
22 July 1936, Gilli (w); Keredj, Rechinger 526 (w); ibid., 27 Apr. 1934, Gauba
(w); Mazanderan, Bashm Kuh (Shahmirzad), N. of Baslm, 2700 m., Wendelbo
1341 (BG, £); Haraz valley, W. of Siah Bisheh, 700 m., Wendelbo 428b (xe, E);
Bakhtiari, Oregon, Damane-Kuh, 2300 m., Wendelbo 1727 (Bc, £); Kerman,
Kerman-Saidabad (Sirdjan), Mashiz-Khan-e-Sorck, 2000-2580 m., Rechinger
3051 (£, G, K, w); Mt. Djamal Bariz, Bam-Djiroft, Deh Bakri, 2100 m
Rechinger 3805 (G, K, W); Rescht-Teheran, Ruiobar-Mendschel, 300-400 m.,
1902, Bornmiiller 6243 (G). Kuweit. Shaiba, 23 Aug. 1919, Watson & Sharples
(kK). Afghanistan. Hari-rud valley, Aitchison 160, 430, (GH, kK); Istalif, 1800-
1840 m., Gilli 1087, p.p.; 1088 (w); Kamardtal, W. of Duab, 1630 m., Gilli
1078 (w); Prov. Kabul, Chord Kabul, E. of Kabul, 2280 m., Gilli 1090 (w);
Koh-i-Asmir, 1900 m., Wendelbo 2733 (BG); ca. 15 km. W. of Sarobi, 1100 m.,
Wendelbo 2791 (Bc); Sarobi, Volk 2454 (w); 20 km. E. of Lataband, 1800 m.,
Wendelbo 3022 (pc); Qual-e-Eslan, 25 km. S. of Kabul, 1830 m., Wendelbo
3204 (Bc). Pakistan. North-West Frontier, Parachinar, Kurram Valley, 2134
m., Stewart 28117 (micH); Stewart 14738 (kK); Peshin, 1550 m., Lace 3308
(E, K); Murqudochen, Stokes 942 (Kk).
Specimens intermediate between the two varieties are known to occur in
Afghanistan: Otipore, Chokey and Korobat, Griffith 1519, ex hb. Lehmann (K);
Griffith 1415 (GH).
Alyssum linifolium is one of the most widespread species in the genus,
and is quite variable in the size of its leaves and fruits, and in its stature.
However, with the exception of the variety which follows (var. teherani-
cum), the minor variations do not warrant nomenclatural recognition.
One interesting variation occurs on plants (e.g. Davis 18691 and Dudley,
D. 35928) growing in extreme saline habitats. The leaves of these plants
are very narrow and conduplicate, resembling those of A. meniocoides.
This character, however, is not constant, for the plants assume a normal
appearance immediately outside the salt areas. nor
The closest allies of Alyssum linifolium are A. meniocoides and A.
aureum, both of section Mrentocus. From these, A. linifolium may be
easily distinguished by its wingless seeds, much shorter styles, and smaller
floral parts.
188 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Professor Zohary (Palest. Jour. Bot. Jer. ser. 2(2/3): 162. 1941)
maintains that Alyssum minimum L. (Sp. Pl. 2: 651. 1753) is the correct
binomial for this species, and that A. linifolium is a synonym. Examina-
tion of Linnaeus’s specimen of A. minimum (LINN. 828:8) proves with-
out any doubt that this is not the case; A. minimum L. can only be treated
as a synonym of Lobularia maritima (L.) Desv. (Basionym: Clypeola
maritima L. Sp. Pl. 2: 652. 1753). A. minimum sensu Willd. (Willd. Linn.
Sp. Pl. ed. 4. 3(1): 464. 1800) clearly is not the same taxon as A. mini-
mum L., but may be identified rather as A. desertorum Stapf.
b. Var. teheranicum Bornm. Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 4: 1269. 1904 (!).
—Parsa, Fl. Iran 1: 746. 1952. Holotype, Iran, in vallis oppidi
Teheran, 1150 m., 20 Feb. 1892, Bornmiiller 2155 (B, non vidi);
isotypes (BM, E, G, K, OXF, W).
Alyssum (Meniocus) cupreum Freyn & Sint. Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 3: 695.
1903 (!).— Fedtschenko, Fl. Turkest. 1: 47. 1906. Holotype, Russia, Regio
Transcaspica, Krasnowodsk in arenosis montium, 17 Mar. 1900, Simtenis 18
(BRNU, non vidi); isotypes (BM, E, G, K, W
Meniocus Aegon f. microcarpus Busch in ‘Kuaet,, Busch & Fomin, FI.
Cauc. Crit. 3(4): 610. 1909. Holotype, Russian Anneni, in tractu Bort-
et in Somchetia, 1837, Koch 143 (LE, non vidi).
Alyssum linifolium var. cupreum (Freyn & Sint.) Dudley in Hedge, Arbok
Univ. Bergen, Mat.-Naturv. No. 13: 6. 1963 (!).
DisTRIBUTION AND HABITAT: scattered in extreme steppic conditions,
loose gravel, dry limestone hillsides, desert, and serpentine substrates of
Turkey, Syria, Iraq, Iran, Caucasia, Azerbaidjan, Afghanistan and Paki-
stan; alt. 200-2000 m.
Turkey. A2 (E): Prov. Istanbul, Rumel Hissar, 16 May 1915, Post (G).
A4: Prov. Ankara, Cubuk, 1000 m., Markgraf (z). B4: Prov. Ankara, 7
Apr. 1958, Kiihne (stu). C4: Prov. Konya, Agios Philippos (Hagios Phili-
bos), Post 15 (G). C5: Prov. Nigde/Adana, Ulukisla-Pozanti, 900 m., Davis
300 (BM, E, K). Cappadocia, 1834, Montbret (x). Asia Minor, "Aucher
280 (G, K); ibid., Aucher 4100 (BM, G, K, W). Syria. Palmyra, 200 m., Dinsmore
22497 (K). Iraq. Dist. Kiruk (Kurdistan), ad confines Persiae, Khanaquin,
Rechinger 14128 (w); Mosul, 200 m., Bugloss 8 (kK). Iran. Prov. Teheran,
Kishlak (Garmsar), Seman-Teheran, 900 m., Rechinger 2773b (w); nr. Teheran,
1220 m., 1892, Bornmiiller 2154 (£, Gc, K, w); ibid., Schmid 5102 (c); Kom,
1892, Bornmiiller 2153 (G); Chononsar, 1900 m., 1892, Bornmiiller 2151 (G, K,
w); Bornmiiller 2156 (BM, E, G, K, OXF, W); Teheran-Davudieh hills, 1400 m.,
Wendelbo 97a (Bc, E); Persepolis, Kotschy 1053 (c, w); S. of Tabriz, Gilliat-
Smith 1351, 1352, 1336, 1338 (K); 39 km. W. of Kermanshah, 1372 m., Cowan
& Darlington 2618 (K); Shershah, Mar. 1859, Bunge (c, K); Kerind, Evans 37
(£); Prov. Kazvin, Keredj, nr. Kalak, 1600 m., Rechinger 2745 (c, w); Mt.
Elburs, Keredj-Kalak, Rechinger 143 (w); Prov. Isfahan, Kuh Pah, 1700 m.,
Rechinger 2714 (w); Abadeh-Daulatabad, 1500-2000 m., Schmid 5313, 5318
(G); Fars, Takht-i-Jamshed, Koelz 14420 (£, w); Prov. Khorasan, Robat Safid,
800-2000 m., Rechinger 7335 (w); Mazanderan, Haraz valley above Panjab.
1300 m., Wendelbo 303 (BG, E); Prov. Baluchistan, Khash (Vasht)-Iranshahr
1965 | DUDLEY, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM 189
(Bampur), Mt. Karvandar, 1500-1600 m., Rechinger 3958 (w). Russia. Azer-
baidjan, Zelizabethpol (Elizavetpol), 1882, Pichler (c, cH, w); Krasnowodsk,
1900, Sintenis 17 (£, G, K); 1900, Sintenis 19 (Gc). Afghanistan. Kabul-Pagh-
man, 1880-1910 m., Gilli 1089a, 1089b (w); Kabul, Scher Darwasah, 1790-
1840 m., Gilli 1081, 1082, 1083, 1085 (w); ibid., Neubauer 537 (w); ibid.,
Koh-e-Tschelsotun, 1810 m., Gilli 1084 (w); Kabul, Gilli 1091 (w): E. of
Kabul, Budchak, 1770 m., Gilli 1080 (w); Dschmal Baba, S. of Kandahar, 1000
m., Gilli 1077 (w); Kodananebene-Istalif, 1750 m., Gilli 1079 (w); Istalif,
00 m., Gilli 1087, p.p. (Ww); Sarobi, Volk 2455, p.p. (w); Pule Surkh nr.
Tsharikar, Neubauer 542 (w); nr. Kabul, NW. of Aliabader Mt., 1800 m.,
Gilli 1086 (w); ibid., Collett 12 (Kk). West Pakistan. Quelta, Kitta Aboulla,
Duthie 8577, 8578 (G, K).
The differential characters of Alyssum linifolium var. teheranicum are
consistent in small and scattered populations throughout the southeastern
range of the species. The type specimens of var. teheranicum are morpho-
logically identical to those of A. cupreum, the latter name is, therefore,
placed in synonymy. Bornmiiller used yet another varietal name for this
taxon in exsiccatae, but without a Latin description. This epithet re-
ferred to the dense, metallic-colored indumentum.
bo
. Alyssum meniocoides Boiss. Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris II]. 17: 158.
1842 (!).—Boiss. Fl. Or. 1: 286. 1867. — Handel-Mazzetti, Ann.
Naturh. Mus. Wien 27: 52. 1913.— Boul. Fl. Liban. & Syr. 32.
pl. 38, fig. 11. 1930.— Post & Dinsmore, FI. Syr., Palest. & Sinai,
ed. 2. 1: 89. 1932. — Thiébaut, Fl. Lib.-Syr. 1: 72. 1936. — Parsa,
Fl. Iran 1: 747. fig. 621. 1952.— Rech. Ark. Bot. 5(1): 170. 1963.
— Dudley in Rech. Fl. Lowland Iraq 307. 1964. Holotype, Meso-
potamia, Aucher 281 (c); isotypes (BM, K, OXF).
Meniocus filifolius Jaub. & Spach, Ill. Pl. Or. 1: 107. tab. 53B. 1843 (!), non
Alyssum filifolium rating 1826. (Cf. Dudley, Jour. Arnold Arb.
45(3): 372. 1964). lotype, —— 281 (Pp, non vidi); isotypes (BM,
G [holotype of A. psa
Alyssum tetraspermum Bertol. aera Bot. 2: 12. 1843 (!). Holotype
Turkey, C6: a ex campis ad Portum ego ve of Birecik),
Mar. 1836, Chesney 25 (Boo, non vidi); isotypes (BM,
Alyssum kermanshahensis Cowan ex Parsa, Fl. Iran 1: 733. ra eE 1952 (!).
Holotype, Persia, 39 miles E. of Kermanshah, 1372 m., 29 Mar. 1929,
Cowan & Darlington 354 (x).
Annual, stems slender, 3-10 cm. tall. Leaves (5.5—)10-18 mm. long,
+ conduplicate. Petals obovate, entire, (1.5-)2-3.5 mm. long. Long
filaments 1.5—2 mm. long, terminated with bifid apices 0.3—-0.4(—0.5) mm.
long. Short filaments 1-1.5 mm. long, with always bifid appendages
0.5-1 mm. long. Fruits glabrous. Styles 0.5—-1 mm. long. Seed wings
0.1-0.2 mm. wide. Fi, Feb.—Apr.
DIsTRIBUTION AND HABITAT: fallow fields, steppe, limestone slopes, and
sometimes associated with Quercus aegilops forests in Mesopotamia of
190 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
southeastern Turkey, the Syrian desert, Lebanon, Palestine, Iraq, Iran
and Afghanistan; alt. 100-2000 m.
Turkey. C6: Prov. Gaziantep, Aintab (Gaziantep), Apr. 1886, Shepard (cH,
K); 10 Apr. 1884, Post (Bm); Yonas, Euphrates, 25 km. E. of Gaziantep, 914 m.,
Haradjian 1770a (£, G, K, w); Bal Zus (Balkis) nr. Birecik, — m., Har-
adjian 1043 (Gc, w); Merza nr. Birecik, 1888, Sintenis 131 (BM, E, G, K, W);
Prov. Hatay, Amurk nr. Hassa, Amanus dag-Kurt dag, Haradjian 280 fe w).
C7: Prov. Gaziantep, Rum Kala (Halfeti), 1888, Simtenis 157, approaching A.
aureum (BM, E, G, K, W); Prov. Urfa, Djebel Taktak (Tektek dag) Apr. 1867,
Haussknecht (BM, K, W). C8: Prov. Mardin, Mardin, 1894, Post (BM, G).
Syria. Isiayah, 1 Apr! May 1900, Post (pm, G); Nebk, Davis 5528, approach-
ing A. aureum (£, K); Dayr-’Atiyyah, Post (pM): ibid., 1200 m., Post 13815
(E, G, K); ibid., May 1879, Post (pm); Aleppo, Russell s.n. (pa); ibid., Lesier
(Gc, K); Palmyra, 400 m., Dinsmore 20497 (x); ibid., Snoi-Teida, Djebel Abour,
tak 2887 (Gc); Pamascis, Apr. 1928, Druce (xr); ibid., 14 Apr. 1894,
Péronin (G); ibid., Djebel Kharbi, Gaillardot 1546 (c); ibid., Sasoa-Kisive, 671
m., Feb. 1945, Norris (pM); 10-15 km. from Damascus, 503-914 m., 4 Mar.
1945, Norris (BM); nr. Baalbak, 12 Mar. 1867, Fox (kx); Horms-Hama, 2000 m.,
Haradjian 4099 (c); Armel Wir’al-Am’El Beidha, 8 Apr. 1890, Post (BM).
Palestine. Busrah-Kurayyah, 900 m., Dinsmore 2460, approaching A. aureum
(Gc, K); Moab-Qual’at Ziza, Feinbrun _ Zohary 327 (BM, E, G, GH, K, W);
Amman-Ziza, 15 Apr. 1929, Eig et al. (G, w); Ziza, 700 m., ‘Dione 11815
(E, G, K); Es-Salt--Amman, Apr. 1895, ae (Gc); Uinel | Amm ud, 15 Apr. 1929,
Fig et al. (G, w). Lebanon. Wadi Karn, Yabrud (Zebrad), Post 88 (Gc); Zefer-
ya-Beyrout, 21 May 1881, Péronin (Gc); Beyrout plain, 100 m., Maitland 70
K). Iraq. Zawita, Mosul liwa, Polunin et al. 47 (BM, E, G, GH, K); Hieropolis,
Mar. 1867, Haussknecht, p.p. with A. aureum (Gc, K, w); Euphrates, Abu Herera.
Meskene-Der-es-Sor, 205-350 m., Handel-Mazzetti 424, approaching A. aureum
(w); Tuz Khurmatli, Rogers 349 (x); Kirkuh, Rogers 74 (kK); Duleam liwa, 6
km. above Ana, 130 m., Gillett & Rawi 6967 (x); Erbil liwa, Slahaddin, 1000
m., idem 10423 (K); er iReepate liwa, Givija forest, 1100 m., idem 10623 (K);
L’Alders, — Hanna (bm). . Teheran, Davudieh hills, 1400 m., Wendelbo
97b (BG, E); distr. oe ee peer aeaiig 22 km. E. of Kermanshah, 1280 m.,
Bent & Wright 112, p.p., 125, p.p. (w); 39 miles E. of Kermanshah, 1372 m.,
Cowan & Darlington 256 (x); Prov. Luristan, Durud, Koelz 17103 (£, MICH,
w); Teheran, Farahabad, Sabeti 182 (w); nr. Kaswin (Mazraeh), 1200 m.,
Schmid 5050, 5045 (c); ibid., Schmid 5055 (w); ibid., Stutz 711 (BRY, W)-
Afghanistan. Obeh, 1700 m., Keie 3782 (w); Prov. Bamian, Danak Siakr, 10
km. from Doab, 1500 m., W endelbo 3418 (BG, E).
In collections containing both Alyssum meniocoides and A. aureum in
has any apparent ecological or altitudinal preferences; however, A. aureum
replaces A. Eee in central and eastern Anatolia. The petals of
some specimens (e.g. Sintenis 131 & 157) approach in size those of
A. aureum,; sicseiae the leaves of these specimens are somewhat atypical
1965 | DUDLEY, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM 191
and more or less resemble those of A. aureum. In all other respects,
however, these plants possess all the other characters of A. meniocoides.
Collectors have frequently confused A. meniocoides with A. linifolium,
which occurs commonly throughout the same geographical areas, but the
former has winged seeds, longer styles, larger floral parts, and generally
narrower and conduplicate leaves.
3. Alyssum aureum (Fenzl) Boiss. Fl. Or. 1: 286. 1867 (!).— Boul.
Fl. Liban. & Syr. 32. 1930. — Post & Dinsmore, Fl. Syr., Palest. &
Sinai, ed. 2. 1: 89. 1932. — Thiébaut, FI. Lib.- Syr. 1: 72. 1936. —
Rech, Ark. Bot. 5(1): 166. 1963.
Meniocus aureus Fenzl, Pug. Pl. Nov. Syr. & Taur. Occid. 1: 13. 1842 (!).
i Syria, circa Aleppo, 22 Mar. 1841, Kotschy 27 (w); isotypes
BM, GH, K, OXF.
eee peli RANE Taub, & Spach, Ill. Pl. Or. 1: 105. tab. 53A. 1843 (!).
Syntypes, Kotschy 27 & Aucher 4100 (BM, E, G, K, W). as ctotype, Kotschy
27 (Pp, non vidi); isolectotypes (BM, E, G, GH, K, OXF,
sa pleiospermum Fenzl, Ill. & Desc. Pl. fut A & Taur. Occid. 54.
3 (!). Holotype, Kotschy 27 (w), isotypes (BM, E, G, GH, K, OXF).
‘ies meniocoides var. aureum (Fenzl) Zohary, Pal. Jour. Bot. Jer. Ser.
2(2/3): 162. 1941 (!).
Annual, with stout stems, (3—)5—20 cm. tall. Leaves (8.5—)12-30 mm.
long, and always flat. Petals golden, spathulate, retuse or bilobed, 4—6.5
mm. long. Long filaments 2-4 mm. long, wing terminated with lanceolate
or bifid apex, 0.5—1 mm. long. Short filaments 2-3 mm. long with lanceo-
late or bifid appendages 1-1.5 mm. long. Fruits oot Styles 1-1.8
mm. long. Seed wing 0.2-0.4 mm. wide. F/. Mar.—Jun
DIsTRIBUTION AND HABITAT: dry cultivated lands, steppe and marly
vineyards in Lycaonia, the Upper Euphrates region and Mesopotamia of
Turkey, the Syrian desert of Western Syria and Palestine; alt. 400-2500
m.
Turkey. B6: Prov. Malatya, wos (Darende), 18 Apr. 1917, McDaniels
(cu). B7: Prov. Erzincan, Siirek, 1890, Sintenis 130b (G); Prov. Elazig, Elazig-
Kale, 22 km. E. of Elaziz, 1300 m., Davis 28938 (BM, E, K); Harput, Noé 857
(G); Prov. Malatya, Malatya, 1000-2500 m., Ajtaikovitch (w): Arapkir-Denizli,
1889, Sintenis 153 (£, w). C4: Prov. Konya, Ayos Philibos (Hagios —
nr. Konya, Post B16 (c); Cumra dist., Kiiciik kéy, Helbaek 2400 (Ee). C6:
Prov. apices Yonas, 25 km. E. of Gaziantep, 914 m., Haradjian 17706 ia
C7: Prov. Urfa, Djebel Taktak (Tektek dag), Apr. 1867, Haussknecht, p.p.
(sm). Syria. Turmainen nr. pre 396 m., 12 Mar. 1865, Haussknecht, p.p.
with A. meniocoides (Gc, w); Aleppo, Haussknecht 98 (c); Yab Sam, 400 m.,
Dinsmore 20409 (c, K); ok Rogers 599b (kK); Djebel Muhassan, 12 Mar.
1863, Haussknecht (c); El Jebath-E] Beithata, Zz Apr. 1890, Post, p.p. with
A, meniocoides (BM); Hauran, Post s.n. (BM). estine. Amman- Ziza, Eig &
Zohary 1929 (Huy); Amman-Abu Jaber, 1000 m., a 2838 (Ww q.
nr. Mosul of Kirkuk, Guest s.n. (K); Baghdad nr. Kamaracha, 1822, Olivier
192 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
(c); Hieropolis, Mar. 1867, Haussknecht, p.p. with A. meniocoides (Gc, K, W);
ibid., 1782, Michaux (c).
The species Meniocus pleiospermum and M. grandiflorus are based on
the same type material (Kotschy 27) as M. aureus, the basionym of
Alyssum aureum, The other syntype of VM. grandiflorus pital 4100) is
correctly referred to Alyssum linifolium var. teheranicu
Zohary (Pal. Jour. Bot. Jer. Ser. 2(2/3): 162. 1941) ener that
the differences between A. aureum and A. meniocoides were very slight,
and recombined A. aureum as a variety of the latter species. A. aureum
may be distinguished from A. meniocoides by its considerably longer
styles, larger and retuse or bilobed petals, larger fruit, and usually flat
and wider leaves. Although the distinction in petal size and leaf form
occasionally breaks down (cf. note under A. meniocoides), the much longer
styles, and the always retuse or bilobed petals remain diagnostic for A.
aureum. Furthermore, these species retain their identity in regions of
overlap, and they clearly have different flowering times.
The inclusion of A. aureum by Parsa (FI. Iran 1: 747. fig. 622. 1952)
is probably an error. With the exception of this reference, A. aureum
has not been recorded from Iran, and no Iranian specimens have been
seen at Kew, upon whose collections Parsa based his work. These ma-
terials, and Parsa’s illustration lead me to conclude that A. aureum sensu
Parsa is, in fact, A. minutum.
>
. Alyssum huetii Boiss. Fl. Or. 1: 287. 1867 (!). Syntypes, Turkey,
11 May 1869, Bourgeau; Balansa 1252, Kotschy 206, and June-4
July 1853, Huet. Lectotype, Turkey, B8: Prov. Erzurum, in neglectis
circa Erzurum, 1829 m., June—4 July 1853, Huet (c); isolecto-
types (BM, K, OXF).
Pt. II, rics. i, s. Px. III,
Fic. a. Px. IV, Fic. b.
TexT-Fie. 1.
Meniocus hirsutus Boiss. & Bal. in Boiss, Diagn. 3(5): 32. 1856 (); non
Alyssum hirsutum Bieb. Holotype, Turke 2: Prov. Usak O uchak
ey, B
(Usak), 910-940 m., 21 May 1857, Balansa 1252 (G); isotypes on, GH,
K, OXF, W).
Annual, with ascending or erect stems up to 40 m. Leaves linear or
oblanceolate, (8—)30-40 x (0.5—)2-3 mm., + conduplicate, acute, in-
creasing in size upward. Racemes simple, ie rarely branched, (5—) 10-20
cm. long. Pedicels spreading to horizontal, 4-6 mm. long. Sepals early
deciduous, 1.7-2 mm. long, acute. Petals obovate-clavate, shallowly
bilobed, (2—)3—4 & 1mm. Long filaments 2-2.5 mm. long, with unilateral
wings and teeth (teeth 0.5 mm. long), never exceeding anthers. Short
filaments 1.2-1.5 mm. long with connate, lanceolate and acute, or bifid
appendages, as long or longer than filaments. Fruits elliptic or orbicular,
obtuse or truncate, 4.5-6.5 3-3.5 mm., papillose with + sparse, slender
1965 | DUDLEY, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM 193
and simple tuberculate setae (0.3-0.5 mm. long); locules 4~6-ovulate.
Styles stout, 0.5-1 mm. long, + dilated basally. Seeds narrowly winged.
FI, May-June.
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT: an Anatolian endemic of disturbed sites,
cultivated lands and steppe, scattered mainly in Inner Anatolia, from
western, southwestern and central Turkey, and extending east to the
Armenian Highlands; alt. 800-2500 mm.
Turkey. A3: Prov. Ankara, 10 km. W. of Beypazari, 2 km. W. of Zavije,
1000 m., Kiihne 202 (stv). ‘AS: Prov. Erzurum, Tortum, Calvert 1240 (Gc).
A/B4: Pr rov. Ankara, nr. Indize-su, 800-900 m., 1929, Bornmiiller 13853 (BM,
GH, K, w). B4: Bias, Ankara, Ankara, Kotte 1021 (kK); Hussein nr. Ankara,
Kotte 121 ag ee Haymana, 9 km. W. of Haymana, 1808 m., Huber-Morath
13723 (HM). * Prov: rage Argaei (Erciyas dag) nr. Tpshamaki, 1600—-
2500 m. ee 206 (G, w). : Prov. Erzurum, Erzurum, Calvert & Zohrab
1240 (er, G, K, OXF, w). C2: ai Anatalya, Elmali dag, 11 May 1869, Bour-
geau (E, GH, OXF, w); Elmali-Korkuteli, 5 km. from Elmali, 1100-1120 m.,
Dudley, D. 35212 (£) & Dudley, D. 35230 (a, rE).
The closest ally to Alyssum huetii in Turkey is probably A. stylare,
which is also an Anatolian endemic. It may be distinguished from A.
stylare by its shorter and stouter styles, smaller floral parts, and sparser
fruit indumentum of shorter and slender setae, and — It is also
Closely related to A. heterotrichum from Iran and Rus
The fact that the vast area of east-central eos has been little
A. huetii from that area, which intervenes between the presently known
areas of distribution of this species.
TExt-FIG. 1. Map showing distribution of Alyssum huetii (A), and A. stylare
(Q), in Turkey.
194 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
5. Alyssum stylare (Boiss. & Bal.) Boiss. Fl. Or. 1: 287. 1867 (1).
Meniocus stylaris Boiss. & Bal. in Boiss. Diagn. 3(6): 16. 1859 (!). Holotype,
Turkey, B5: Prov. Kayseri, inter segetes ad basin montis Karamasdagh
quinque leucis ad orientem urbis Caesareae siti, c. 1500 m., June & 2 July
1856, Balansa 486 (G); isotypes (A, K, OXF, W). Text-Fic. 1.
Annual, similar to, but larger and coarser than Alyssum huetii. Leaves
(2-)8-20 x 1.8-3 mm., + conduplicate, obtuse, increasing in size
upward. Inflorescence lax, multibranched and somewhat circinate, (8—)
10-20 cm. long. Pedicels spreading to ascending, 5-8 mm. long. Sepals
+ persistent, 3-3.5 mm. long. Petals deeply bilobed, spathulate and
clawed, 4-6 < 2-3 mm. Long filaments 3-4 mm. long, with unilateral
teeth (0.5-0.7 mm. long) sometimes exceeding anthers. Short filaments
1.5-2.5 mm. long, with free (rarely connate) lanceolate appendages, as
long or longer than filaments. Fruits elliptic to obovate, obtuse, (4—)5-7
x (2.5-)3-4.5 mm., 4-8-ovulate, papillose with very dense, simple or
furcate setae (0.5-1 mm. long). Styles slender 2—2.5 mm. long. Seeds
wingless. Fl, May-July.
DiIsTRIBUTION AND HABITAT: a Turkish endemic of central and eastern
Anatolia, the Upper Euphrates, the Cilician Taurus and the Anti-Taurus,
in neglected fields, high steppe, and often associated with Quercus-
Poterium scrub; alt. 1300-1850 m.
Turkey. A6: Prov. hs igre eangr = Be Ae 1600 m.,
1858, Tchihatchef (c). : Prov. Giimiisane, Giimiisane, 21 May 1862, Bour-
geau (G); Molirva- pe ue: Sorda), fod. laine 5656 ed E, G, GH, K,
w). A8: Prov. Giimiisane, dist. Bayburt, Giimiisane-Bayburt, 21 len. from
Bayburt, 1620 m., Huber-Morath 14802 (um); Bayburt, 11 July 1862, Bour-
geau 171 (Gc). A/B6: Prov. Sivas Tokat, Sivas-Tokat, N. side of Artova pass,
26° 26° 30° 32° E=a 36°
s a 2. Map showing distribution of Alyssum blepharocarpum (Q) in
urkey.
1965 | DUDLEY, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM 195
Camlibel dag, 1850 m., 14 June 1939, Reese (HM). B6: Prov. Maras, dist.
Elbistan, Elbistan-Darende, 28 km. NE. of Elbistan, 1300 m., Huber-Morath
12821 (HM). B7: Prov. Erzincan, Sipikor dag (nr. Kesis daz), Jerbatan, 1889,
Sintenis 1543 (Gc, K) & 1890, Sintenis 3123 (Kk). C5: Prov. Nigde, Pursuk
nr. Ulukisla), 1300 m., 1898, Siehe 89 (BM, G, K, W).
Among the species of section MENtocus, Alyssum stylare has the longest
styles, and the densest fruit indumentum which is composed of tubercu-
late, simple (occasionally bi- or trifurcate) setae to 1 mm. long. The
furcation of the hairs on the fruit is unique in the section.
Although Alyssum stylare is sympatric in the eastern part of its range
with A. blepharocarpum, it always has larger and obtuse fruits, deeply
bifid petals, and wingless seeds. Its larger flowers, denser fruit indumen-
tum, larger and broader leaves, stricter habit, and much longer, circinate
inflorescences distinguish it from A, huetii
-
Alyssum heterotrichum Boiss. Diagn. 1(6): 15. 1845 (!).— Boiss.
Fl. Or. 1: 287. 1867; in Buser, Suppl. Fl. Or., 50, 1888. — Parsa, FI.
Iran 1: 248. fig. 620. 1952 —I. V. Pavlov (Ed.), Fl. Kazakhstan 4:
281. tab. 35, fig. 10. 1961. Holotype, Iran ad muros hortorum prope
ruinas Persepolis, 11 Apr. 1842, Kotschy 224 (c); isotypes (BM, E,
K, OXF, W).
A, bungei Boiss. Fl. Or. 1: 274. 1867 (!). Parsa, Fl. Iran 1: 727. 1952.
Holotype, Iran, hab. in Persia, inter Isfahan et Teheran, May 1859, Bunge
(G
A, SeReaes nah ie Bull. Mosk. Obshch. Isp. Pri. Biol. 52(2): 87. fig. 1
1947. Holotype, Kasahstania, desertum Betpak-dala centralis in loco Kok-
aschik, 20 Apr. 1940, Rubtzov (aa, non vidi).
Annual, often low and decumbent, rarely more than 10 cm. tall.
Leaves oblanceolate-spathulate, flat, 7-25 < 1-4 mm., decreasing in
size upward. Inflorescence dense, 5 cm. or less long, frequently strongly
branched with lateral branches ca. % as long as terminal. Pedicels ascend-
ing, 1.5-3 mm. long. Sepals +. persistent, obtuse, 1-1.5 mm. long, with
very sparse indumentum. Petals obovate, emarginate, 0.7—1(-1.5) x
0.5-0.7 mm., greenish yellow. Long filaments 1-1.5 mm. long, with uni-
lateral teeth (ca. 0.5 mm. long). Short filaments 0.7-1(-1.5) mm. long,
with deeply bifid and basally connate appendages, % as long as filaments.
Fruits narrowly elliptic-ovate or obovate, acute or attenuate (rarely
otherwise), 3-4.5(-5) 1.5-3 mm.; densely papillose and with simple,
slender, and only slightly tuberculate setae (0.2-0.4 mm. long). Styles
slender, 0.4-0.7 mm. long, glabrous. Seeds wingless. Fl. Jan—Apr.
DIsTRIBUTION AND HABITAT: dry rubble and mountain steppe in Iran,
Afghanistan and Kazakhstan in Russia; alt. 1200-2000 m.
Iran. Prov. Khorasan, pe geen Rechinger 7519, p.p. (w); Montes
Kopet-Dagh, in jugo Alamli, ca. 2000 m., Rechinger 4760, p.p. (w); Montes
Hazar Masdjid, Aedak Balen: "1200-1600 m., Rechinger 5047 (w); Prov.
196 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Hamadan, Aq Bulaq, 35° 36’ N., 48° 27’ E., ca. 100 km. N. of Hamadan, Rioux
& Golvan 211 (w); Niriz, Fars, Koelz 14728 (w); Shiras, 1425 m., Pravitz
507 (s); nr. Schiraz, Dilguscha, Mar. 1868, Haussknecht (BM, G, K, W). Af
ghanistan. Prov. Pawan, 22 at above Gulhaliar in Panjshi valley, 1700 m.,
Hedge & Wendelbo 3005 (k£).
The type specimens of Alyssum bungei do not deviate in any characters
from material of A. hketerotrichum, and accordingly the name, A. bunget,
should be treated as a synonym of A. heterotrichum. Boissier considered
A. bungei to be the only annual species of section ODONTARRHENA, but he
commented that this was an artificial placement based entirely on his
observation of its uniovulate fruit locules. I have examined fruits from
the type material of A. bungei and have found that the fruit locules con-
sistently contain four or five ovules. It is true, however, that only one of
these ovules develops into a mature seed, while the others abort. In this
case, the fruits are one-seeded and the aborted ovules are visible under
magnification. A. heterotrichum is the only species in section MENIOCUS
having setae on the fruits, and an entirely extra-Anatolian distribution.
7. Alyssum blepharocarpum Dudley & Huber-Morath, Jour. Arnold
Arb. 45(1): 61. pl. J, figs. 1-13. 1964 (!). Pu. I. Text-Fie. 2.
Holotype, Turkey, B4: Prov. Ankara, dist. Kadinhan, Sarayoni-
Cihanbeyli, Weizenfeld, 13 km. nordéstlich Sarayénii, 870 m., 1
June 1956, Huber-Morath 13722 (HM); isotype (E).
Annual, resembling Alyssum huetii, but of more delicate habit. Leaves
linear, rarely subspathulate, (3.5—)8-20(-25) XX 0.5-2 mm., usually de-
creasing in size upward. Sepals (1.5—)2.5-3 mm. long. Petals 2-4 mm.
long, retuse. Long filaments (1.5—)2-3.5 mm. long, bilaterally winged,
the wider wings having acute or denticulate teeth (0.5 mm. long), never
exceeding the anthers. Short filaments 1.5-2 mm. long with connate,
lanceolate or denticulate appendages, 1 or more the length of filaments.
Fruits ovate-orbicular, usually truncate, 3.5-4.5(-5) > 2-3(-3.8) mm.,
papillose, or smooth, and always with sparse, short, slender tuberculate
setae, at least on margins. Styles slender, (0.7—) 1-2 mm. long. Seeds
winged. F/. Apr.—July.
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT: an endemic scattered in Inner Anatolia on
disturbed lands, cultivated fields, saline steppe, and gypsum outcrops; alt.
500-1620 m
The specimens known to date, and a discussion of this species may be
found in Jour. Arnold Arb. 45(1) : 61-63. 1964.
II. Section Psttonema (Meyer) Hooker
KEY TO ALL SPECIES OF SECTION PsILONEMA
A. Fruits orbicular, rotund, oblate or ovate, emarginate or obtuse, with indu-
mentum and smooth margins; sepals persistent; leaf margins entire.
1965] DUDLEY, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM 197
jee)
. Fruit indumentum monomorphic, of stellate hairs only; petals glabrous
or rarely with sparse adpressed indumentum; nectaries erect or subulate
(up to 2 mm. long), or if + globose, then fruits obtuse.
C. Fruit indumentum of non-overlapping, short-rayed stellate hairs;
styles glabrous; petals retuse; nectaries subulate and erect; fruits
TNE ohn nin Fe acest ng ee Sa ae 8. A. alyssoides.
. Fruit indumentum of long-rayed and overlapping stellate hairs;
styles with basal indumentum; petals deeply bifid; nectaries short,
+ globose; fruits obtuse. .................. 9. A. damascenum
. Fruit indumentum strigose and dimorphic, of adpressed stellate hairs,
and erect, furcate + tuberculate hairs; petals with dense strigose indu-
mentum; nectaries always reduced and een less than 0.4 mm. lon
D. Seeds winged; styles 0.5—1 mm. long, not basally dilated, glabrous,
or with sparse basal indumentum of adpressed stellate hairs; leaves
linear-oblanceolate, or elliptic-oblong, increasing in size upwards.
10. A. granatense.
D. Seeds wingless; styles (1—)1.5-2 mm. long, strongly dilated at the
base with dense dimorphic indumentum; leaves obovate-spathulate,
decreasing in size upwards. ................ 11. A. dasycarpum
Fruits broadly obovate, truncate, glabrous, with carrie margins; sepals
deciduous; leaves minutely denticulate at apices. .... 12. A. homalocarpum.
QO
oo
as
ag
Alyssum alyssoides (L.)L. Amoen. Acad. 4: 487. 1759 (!); Syst.
Nat. ed. 10. 2: 1130. 1759. — Hal. Consp. Fl. Graec. 1: 99. 1909. —
Schinz & Thell. Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 7: 407. 1907.— Beck, Fi.
Bosne, Herceg. 2(7) : 302. 1916.— Rydberg, Fl. Rocky Mt. & Adj.
Plains, 347. 1923. — Hayek, Prodr. Fl. Penin. Balc. 1: 439. 1925.
— Nyar. Magyar Bot. Lap. 24: tab. 1, fig. 24. 1925; Bull. Bot. Grad.
Cluj 7: tab. 8, fig. 106. 1927. — Javorka & Csapody, Ic. Fl. Hung.
7: 211. fig. 1590. 1930.— Degen, Fl. Veleb. 2: 187. 1937.—
Mansfeld, Repert. Sp. Nov. 46: 114. 1939.— Rech. Fl. Aegaea 225.
1943. — Abrams. Ill. Fl. Pacific States 2: 319. fig. 2149. 1944. —
Hylander, Uppsala Univ. Arsskr. 7: 182, 1945.— Fernald, Gray’s
Manual of Botany, ed. 8. 699. fig. 1805. 1950. — Gleason, New
Britton & Brown Ill. Fl. Ne. U. S. & Adj. Canada 2: 220. 1952.—
Lid, Norsk. Fl. 325. 1952. — Parsa, Fl. Iran 1: 744. fig. 617. 1952.
— Pawt. Fl. Tatrorum 325. 1956. — Lagerberg, Vilda Vaxter Nord.
2: 762. fig. 394b. 1957.— Markgraf in Hegi, Ill. Fl. Mitt.-Europa,
ed. 2. 4(1): 288. tab. 125, figs. 23, 44; tab. 127, figs. 3a, b; fig. 170a.
1960. — Heywood, Repert. Sp. Nov. 64(1): 53. 1961. — Dudley,
Jour. Arnold Arb. 45(1): 63-65. 1964; in Rech. Fl. Lowland Iraq
306. 1964. — Ball & Dudley in Flora Europaea 1: 299. 1964
Annual or biennial, with few or many, erect, decumbent or ascending,
rarely prostrate stems, up to 50 cm. long. Jndumentum grayish-green
(rarely silvery) of adpressed stellate hairs having few and + short rays
(density variable). Leaves obovate or linear-oblanceolate, up to 4 cm.
long. Racemes elongated, rarely reduced, up to 15 cm. long, and if
198 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
branched, branches never exceeding the terminal axis. Pedicels 2-6 mm.
long, spreading or horizontal. Sepals (1.5—)2-3 mm. long, persistent.
Petals obovate, usually glabrous, emarginate, 2-3(-4) mm. long, often
scarcely exceeding the sepals and persistent with them. Filaments 1-1.5
mm. long, always edentate and unappendaged. Nectaries slender and
erect, 0.5-0.8 mm. long. Fruits orbicular, emarginate or truncate, (2—)3-
4(-5) mm. long and wide; valves equally inflated at centers, and with
flattened margins, covered with an indumentum of minute (0.2—-0.3 mm.
in diameter) adpressed stellate hairs (density variable). Styles 0.3-
.6(-1) mm. long, + slender, usually glabrous. Seeds narrowly winged.
2n = 32. Fl. Mar—Aug. Two varieties are recognized:
A. Leaves oblanceolate or linear, (3—)10-40 X 1.5-3 mm., with sparse gray-
ish-green indumentum; plants always more than 5 cm. tall, usually 15-35
cm.; racemes elongated, never umbellate, (2—-)5-15 cm. long, 10-fruited,
ee ee ed tna ea ee ets Se Gwe eee wo a. Var. alyssoides.
Leaves obovate, 2-3.5 X 0.5-1 mm., with dense silvery indumentum;
plants very reduced, 1-3 cm. tall; racemes very wean a umbellate,
OS=) Ch. WO, FFT, no pce ek Ge enw keees b. Var. depressum.
ad
a. Var. alyssoides.
Clypeola alyssoides L. Sp. Pl. 2: 652. 1753 (!). Type, Europe in Austria et
Gallia; “2. Clypeola siliculis bilocularibus tetraspermis” (gm, hort. Clifford;
Clypeola No. 2, sub “Alysson incanum luteum serpilli folia.’’).
Clypeola campestris L. op. cit. 652, 1231. Type protologue refers to Sauvages,
Methodus Foliorum Monspeliensis. . . . 71. 1751, reading: “No. 405 Cl
annua siliculis bilocularibus dispermis calyce persistente. .. .”, and to eS
Bauhin, Pinax, 107. 1623, reading: “Alysson dictum campestre minus.
Alyssum calycinum L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 2: 908. 1763 (!).— Jacquin, Fl. Austr.
4: tab. 338. 1776. — Reich. Ic. Fl. Germ. & Helv. 2: tab. 18, fig. 4269. 1837-
1838. — Bertoloni, Fl. Ital. 6: 483. 1844. — Boiss. Fl. Or. 1: 285. 1867. —
Cusin & Ansb. Herb. Fl. Fr. 2: tab. 312. 1869.— Ruprecht, Fl. Caucasi.
105. 1869. — Ettings. & Pokorny, a Pl. Aust. 9: tab. 871. 1873.—
Mora, Fl. Fan. Esp. & Port. 6: 560. 1 — Willk. & Lange, Prodr. Fl. Hisp.
3: 833. 1880. — Brandza, Fl. Rom. 1833. — Schlecht., Lang. & Schenk,
Fl. Deutschl. ed. 5. 14: 195. tab. 1387. 1883. — Colmneiro, Pl. Penin. His-
pano-Lusit. 155. 1885. — Simonkai, Enum. Fl. Transsil. 91. 1886. — Beck,
Fl. Nieder-Osterr. 469. 1892. — Rouy & Fouc. Fl. Fr. 2: 185. 1895. (incl.
vars.). — Robinson in Gray, Synopt. Fl. N. Am. 1(1): 115. 1895.— Gre-
cescu, Consp. Fl. Roman. 68. 1898 (excl. var. [8] depressum). — Pauletti
in Fiori & Pauletti, Fl. Anal. Ital. 1: 457. fig. 1447. 1898-1899. — Busch in
Kuznetsov, Busch & Fomin, Fl. Cauc. Crit. 3(4): 601. 1909 (incl. forma) ;
in Fl. U. R. S. S. 8: 358. 1939. — Bornm. Bot. Centralb. Beih. 38: 479. 1921.
Thiébaut, Fl. Lib.-Syr. 1: 71. 1936.— Palhinha, Fl. Port. ed. 2. 307. 1939.
hi A A Fl. Kavk. ed. 2. 4: 220. tab. 25, fig. 6. 1950. — Jessen, Vilde
Pl. Nord. 2: 598. fig. 410, fig. 411b. 1950. — Karjagin, Fl. Azerbaid. 4: 277.
1953. Type, Europe, Austria, Gallia, Germania (pm, hort. Clifford;
Clypeola No. 2).
Alyssum campestre L. op. cit. 909., pro parte (!).
—°*°
1965 | DUDLEY, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM 199
Adyseton acy eee tides Fl. Carn. ed. 2. 2: 13. 1772 (!). — Bubani,
Fl. Pyr a 3: 209.
pac eeii eaten 5 beak Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. 7: 132. 1840
(!); Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. VI. 6: 15. tab. 2, upper right. 1840; in
Ledebour, Fl. Ross. 1: 137. 1842. — Schur, Enum. Pl. Transsil. 630. 1866
(excl. var. depressum).— Fedtschenko, Fl. Ross. Austro-Orient. 5: 440.
pl. 388, fig. A. 1931. — Popov, FI. Ukraine 5: 344. 1953.
Alyssum jaalerals Jordan, Diagn. Nouv. 198. 1864. Type, Switzerland, hab.
in ruderatis et agris es circa Genéve, Jordan (Pp, non vidi).
A. vagum Jordan, ibid. T France, hab. in ruderatis et sabulosis agris
lugdunensis, Villeurbanne (Rhone), Jordan (P, non vidi).
A, sabulosum Jordan, op. cit. 199. Type, France, hab. in sabulosis Beugesi,
Thoirette ge Mavier ( non vidi).
A. arvaticum Jordan, op. cit. 200. Type, France, hab. in ruderatis et arvis,
Delphinatts superioris; eh Grave (Hautes-Alps), Jordan (Pp, non vidi).
A, erraticum Jordan, loc. cit. Type, France, hab. in ruderatis et arvis pyren-
aeorum Gédre (Hautes- adden ge Jordan (Pp, non vidi).
A, sublineare Jordan, op. cit. 201. Type, France, hab. in ruderatis et sabulosis
montium Occitanieae, oe Cabardés (Aude), Teka. (P, non vidi
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT: a widespread weed species of western,
central and southern Europe, Russia, North Africa and Afghanistan in
ruderal and disturbed habitats and mountain meadows; sea level—2000
(—2800) m. Probably introduced and naturalized in northern Europe, in-
cluding the British Isles and Scandinavia. Naturalized in the United
States and Canada, and in the Argentine of South America. Recorded
from Turkey
England. Dirleton Common, 24 June 1835, Macnab (£); Surrey, Wands-
worth, July 1835, Hunter (£). France. Montpellier, Herault, 27 Apr. 1894,
Galavielle (£, G, W); Ig Arnott (£, K); Paris, Forbes s.n. (£); Zabern, May
1896, Krebs (BM, E, G, K, w); Loches, Apr. 1841, Trevelyan (£, K); Paris, Bois
de Boulogne, Cosson i: cH); La Maures, Hyeres, 30 Apr. 1906, Raine (GH).
rein Mt. Pietro, Solenol 355 (BM). Spain. Pyrenees, 2 aay 1896, Guillot
anes m., Reverchon 1276 (BM, E, 6); Barcelona, Gonzala 5453 (BM); ibid..
450 m., ‘Gonzala 5434 (BM); ibid., 3 May 1918, Sennen (BM, E); ibid., Can-
talejo, Sennen 2964 (pm); Cerdagne, 1380 m., 12 June 1926, Sennen (BM);
S Angoustrone Grande Rigole, Sennen 6040 (pm); Sierra de Barza, 1890,
all (BM, E, GH, K); Distr. Logrono Sorio, Se Sierra de la
eis 1700 m., Dresser 610 (£). Sweden. Skane i Alnarp, June 1841, Palmer
(E); Uppsala, Anderssen sn. (e); ibid., July 1866, Ahlberg (cH, on Askersund,
11 June 1887, Wyring (BM, GH, K); Prov. Gotland, Paroecia Alskog, Asplund
877 (BM, GH, w); Stenkyrka, 19 June 1867, Oldberg (cH). Denmark. Isle of
Moen, oat a Jéker (GH, w); ibid., May 1846, Tiitein (GH); ibid., Schonid
(GH). Jura, nr. Regensburg, 410 m., Rubner 781a (BM, E, K, W);
cs | ea an 1829, Rosh (£, W); Thusran, Grierson 30 (£); Baden nr.
Wiesloch, 200 m., Zimmerman 8 (BM, E, K, W); Berlin, 14 May 1896, Rehder
GH); Kies, 800 m., Zick 781a, b (BM, G, GH, K, Ww); Thurin a, nr tadt,
19 Apr. 1902, Reineck (GH, W). con Zurich, 26 June 1880, Rehder
(cH); May 1836, Naegeli (E, w); un, Apr. 1838, Brown (£, K); Vallaris
Rhone, May 1858, Balfour (£); Aug. en Dickson (E); Aigle, 4-9 June 1885,
200 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VoL. 46
Hamilton (£); Jura, nr. Neuville, 9 Aug. 1834, Shuttleworth (£); Zermatt-
Zmutt, May 1961, Dudley (a); Chur, 700 m., Meisser 340 (BM, G, GH, K, W);
_ Naples, 1845, Alexander (£); nr. Bormio, 18 Aug. 1870, Ball (pm, E, K); Flor-
ence, Babington (rE); St. Cauzian, Crawford 26 (£); Calabria, Sila nr. San
Giovanni in Fiore, 1000 m., 1933, Bornmiiller 80 (A). Sicily, Mt. Nebrodense,
Todaro s.n. (G, GH, Ww); 1700-1934 m., 21 July 1874, Stroblysi (BM). Po
Kielce, 18 May—30 May 1897, Bodzentyn (£, w); Kiovise nr. Karawajewi, La-
zarenko 65 (BM, E, K, W); Prov. Kioviensis, distr. Smila, pr. Jablunilvka, Kleo-
pow s.n. (BM, E, K, W). Czechoslovakia. Kaaden, nr. Taltsch, 700 m., Stelzhamer
346 (BM, E, G, GH, K, W). Austria. St. Veit, 6 June 1898, Krebs (£, G, K, W); nr.
Graz, 360 m., Kritsch 749 (pM, E, G, K, w); nr. Judenburg, 710 m., Pilhatsch
748 (BM, E, G, K, W); oe Hoare $n. (BM, E, G, GH, K, w); Laibach,
Fleischmann s.n. (BM C, Ww). . Mt. Ro kahicty nr. Bekras, 4
June 1922, Degen (w); Sorkut-Toak Bint, 24 June 1922, Degen (w); Chem-
oe mgt Ball (BM, £, GH, K). Romania. Transsilvania, distr. Brasov, nr. Har-
, 500 m., Borza 651c (pM, E, G, XE, oe distr., Turda Aries, Cheia Turzii, nr.
ge |
Drin, Struga-Debar, Rechinger 15975 (w); Serbia orientalis, Bela Palanka-Pirot,
600-800 m., Rechinger 15865 (w); ibid. Nischka Banja, nr. Nisch, Rechinger
16072 (w); ibid., Nischa Banja-Bela Palank, 600-800 m., Rechinger 15839 (w);
Serbia, Vanjano, May 1898, Adamovic (£, w); Sarlark nr. Pirot, 15 May 1897,
Adamovic (£, K, w). Albania. Bertiscus, nr. Pec (Ipek), 500-700 m., Rech-
inger & Scheffer 104 (w); Katimi nr. Bukovik, distr. Hati, Baldacci 298 (BM);
Kolasia, Baldacci 9 (pm); Kia nr. Skutari, Dérfler 153 (w). Greece. Terkovic-
Sliovo, "Rechinger 8 (w); Epirus, Tonschiefer. nr. Arachthos river, Rechinger
23199 (w); Macedonia orientalis, distr. Drama, Boz dagh, nr. Juricik, 300 m.,
Rechinger 6351b (w); ibid., Lekhani-Kechrokampos, valley of river Mesta
(Nestos), 700-900 m., Rechinger 15632 (w); Thrace, Orestias-Visi, Rechinger
22031 (w); ibid., Mt. Rhodope, nr. Jasmos (Jasi-Koi), Rechinger 9579 (w);
Mt. Olympus nr. Hagios, Diontsios, 800 m., 21 Mar. 1940, Charworth-Masters
9579 (BM); Xanthi, Lesins 6 (A); Mt. M alevo, Laconiae, Orphanides 2638
(ewe: Parhes, Hagios-Trios, 400 m., Samuelsson 141 (w). Crete. Lassithi,
Mt. Lazaro, Gandoger 77 (Bm). ual. Crimea, Yalta, above Nikita, 350 m.,
Davis 33328 (BM, E, K); Crimea, 1820, Steven (c-pe); Kiev, Zinger 555 (E,
w); Konigsburg (East Prussia), Baenitz 5.n. (BM, E, G, GH, K, w); Caucasus,
Prov. Terek, —— Balta, Brotherus 86 (sm); ibid., 17 July ne Busch
(BM, E, G, GH, w); Prov. Chewsuria, 1 Aug. 1903, Busch (BM, E, G, GH, K,
Ww); Daghestan, 6. Becker (BM, K); Azerbaidjan, Ismaily, paae St Ismaily,
24 May 1936, Grossheim (Bm). Bulgaria. Varna, 1846, Noé (Kk); Haskovo-
eee (fide Fenzl in Tchihatcheff, Asie Min. Bot. 1(3): 313. 1860). A7: Prov.
Trabzon, Boztepe, 21 June 1917, Schischkin (fide Schischk. Ber. Staats-Univ.
Tomsk 80: 465. 1929); Prov. Trabzon Giimiisane, nr. Vischera, Kalanema Dere,
00 m., June 1908, Blumencron (fide Handel-Mazzetti, Ann. Naturh. Mus.
Wien 23: 156. 1909). B6: Prov. Maras, Elbistan, Asdurian 85 (fide Béguinot
& Diartz. Contrib. Fl. Arm. 47. 1912). B10: Prov. Doganbayazit, Dutach-Bur-
1965] DUDLEY, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM 201
nubulak, 26 May 1916, Schischkin (fide Schischk. loc. cit.). C6: Prov. Gaziantep,
Killis, Post 335 (fide Post, Bull. Herb. Boiss, II. 3: 163. 1895). Tokat-Erzurum,
Aucher sn, (fide Fenzl, loc. cit.). Afghanistan. Prov. Kabul, Kabul-Paghman,
2800 m., Hedge & Wendelbo 3146 (sc, ©).
Canada. Quebec. Wolfe County, nr. Lake Aylmer, Wells 37470 ( GH); Missis-
quoi County, Philipsburg, 10-11 Aug. 1923, Knowlton (cH); ibid., Marie-
Victorin & Rolland-Germain 34152, 43296 (GH). Ontario. Waterloo County,
German Mills, Cressman’s woods, Montgomery 198 (cH); Learmington,
Macoun 33775 (GH).
United States. Maine. Orono, 16 June 1890, Fernald (Nesc); Bar Harbor,
11 June 1899, Rand (NeEBC). Vermont. Chittenden County, Colchester, S. of
Porter’s Swamp, Charette & Smith 2430 (NeEBC); ibid., Charette 2439 (NEBC).
Massachusetts. Suffolk County, Franklin Park, Boston, 11 June 1891, Manning
(GH, NEBC); Jamaica Plain, June 1875, Faxon (GH); Medford-Malden, May
1880, Davenport (cH); ibid., 6 May 1882, Manning (NEBC); Belmont, 6 June
1898, Hoffmann (nEeBC); Medford, 24 June 1880, Davenport (neBc); Somer-
ville, 10 May 1878, Perkins (NeBc); Norfolk County, Milton, 6 June 1897,
Kennedy (cx); ibid., 17 July 1915, Kidder (NEBc); Barnstable County, Bourne,
nr. Monument Beach, 20 June 1911, Knowlton (GH, NEBC); Falmouth, July
1882, Farlow (NEBC); Bristol County, Dartmouth, Sturtevant s.n. (NEBC); ibid.,
13 June 1904, Hervey (NEBC); Amherst, 1859, Gray (GH). Rhode Island.
Lighthouse Point, East Haven, Eames 216 (GH); ibid., 17 June 1902, Harger
(NEBC); Middlebury, Harger 4290 (NEBC); Hartford County, Southington, 31
May 1897, Bissell (NEBC). New York. Washington County, Vaughn, N. of
Hudson Falls, 10 June 1915, Burnham (GH); Tuckahoe, 12 May 1894, Pollard
(GH); Mt. Beacon, Hudson River, opposite Newburgh, June 1906, Kochler
(GH); nr. Plattsburgh, Hunnewell 4667 (GH); Onondaga County, East Green
Lake, Jamesville, Wiegand 15516 (GH); Columbia County, Becraft Mt., Green-
fort, McVaugh 317 (cH). Pennsylvania. Mt. Airy reservoir, 12 May 1871,
Parker (GH); Berks County, Bernville, Stoudt & Hermann 2768 (GH); College
Hill, Easton, June 1875, Porter (GH); ibid., 8 June 1892, Porter (GH). West
Virginia. Greenbrier County, White Sulphur Springs, Hunnewell 2593 (cH);
Berkeley County, nr. Inwood, Hunnewell 19182 (GH). Virginia. Clarke County,
nr. Boyce, Allard 106 (cH); ibid., Hunnewell 14991 (cH); Shenandoah County,
Pugh’s Run, Artz 830 (cH); ibid., Strasburg, Baldwin 5064 (GH); nr. Cedar-
ville, Pease 26574 (GH). Michigan. Near Lansing, 8 June 1887, L. H. Bailey
(GH); Berrian Springs, Pease 17777 (cH). Indiana. Tolleston, Umbach 1787
(GH); Fulton County, 1 mile Ne. of Leiter's Ford, Deam 56019 (cH). Wiscon-
sin. County highway “D,” S. of Madison, 18 June 1945, Greene (GH). Illinois.
Ravenswood, nr. Chicago, 7 June 1883, Arthur (cH); McHenry County, Algon-
quin, Benke 5741 (cH); Kankakee County, E. of St. Anne, Jones 11430 (GH).
Montana. Many Glaciers, Glacier Park, Pease 22323 (cH); Riverside Park,
975 m., Kirkwood 1129 (cH). Idaho. College campus, Moscow, Henderson
2759 (GH); ca. 2 miles S. of Grangeville on Whitebird Road, Jones 73 (GH);
3 miles E. of Joseph on Joseph-Whitebird Road, Jones 163 (cH); Teton
County, Victor, 1829 m., Payson & Payson 2160 (GH). Wyoming. Sheridan
County, Red Grade, E. slope of Big Horn Mt., 1981 m. Rollins 57177 (cH).
Utah. Newton-Heyde Park, Jones 288 (cH); Salt Lake City, Rollins 3095 (GH);
Cache County, Sage E. of U. S. A. C. stadium, Logan, 1433 m., Maguire 34581
(cH). California. Oakland, Brewer 2577 (cH); Siskiyou County, Yreka, Smith
202 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
90, 655 (cu); ibid., Sisson, Heller 8054 (cu); ibid., Parker ranch, Plowman’s
valley, 12 June 1948, Parker (GH). Oregon. Selkirk, nr. Nelson, Shaw 663 (GH);
Des Chutes river, 5 miles below bend, Peck 1713 (GH).
Argentina. Partido de Saavedra, Sierra de la Ermita, Cabrera 5459 (GH).
The nomenclatural confusion between Alyssum alyssoides and A. minus
(A. campestre sensu multo auct.) has been discussed in an earlier paper
(Jour. Arnold Arb. 45: 63-65. 1964). Although these two species are
assigned to different sections, to section PsILONEMA and section ALYSSUM
respectively, they are frequently confused. The sepals of A. alyssoides
are always persistent, its filaments are very slender, edentate and un-
appendaged, its nectaries are peg-like and erect, and its styles are usually
glabrous. In addition, the symmetrically inflated fruits of A. alyssoides
are generally smaller, and the easily displaced indumentum on the fruits
is composed of shorter-rayed stellate hairs.
Although specimens of A. alyssoides have been recorded from Turkey,
I have not seen any Turkish material. Certainly its presence in Anatolia
needs confirmation. It seems safe, however, to assume that the records
from the Armenian Highlands in eastern Turkey are correct. It is well
known from the Caucasus, and its presence in Armenia would be an
expected pattern of distribution. Throughout the Levant, A. alyssoides
is very rare (cf. Bornmiiller, Bot. Centralbl. Beih. 38: 479. 1921). For
the most part, the Caucasian, Turkish and Afghanistan specimens of
A. alyssoides are from higher altitudes (e.g. Hedge & Wendelbo 3146,
Afghanistan at 2800 m.) than are those normally found in Europe. From
the paucity of records and specimens from the Levant it is assumed that
this species has been unable to colonize and spread in the ruderal and
disturbed types of environments, with which it is normally associated
throughout much of Europe. Rather, it is apparently confined to isolate
pockets in the mountains. Conversely, it is interesting to note that it has
adapted well to the ruderal habitats of North America, and accordingly
seems to be commoner than in Turkey.
As a common European species A. alyssoides has long been subjected to
a very critical examination by numerous workers, many of whom (i.e.
Jordan, Sennen, Nyarady, Prodan, etc.) have contributed to the literature
approximately thirty taxonomic segregates, mostly of varietal or forma
rank, and almost twice as many recombinations. As it would not be in the
interests of brevity or clarity to cite all of those minor synonyms, I have
referred only to those species of Jordan which subsequently have been
recombined many times as subspecies, varieties, formae, and even sub-
formae. This species is very polymorphic with respect to plant height,
stem length, leaf size, leaf, fruit and sepal indumentum density, and
raceme length. The many segregates, excluding var. depressum which
follows, have been based chiefly on single character deviations, which are
very flexible and unstable according to the varying environmental pres-
sures. Many of the characters rarely occur on a population basis, and
examination of the type specimens has revealed that, more often than not,
ey ee ren ee tea
1965 | DUDLEY, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM 203
the characters are not constant on individual plants. When the morpho-
logical variation of A. alyssoides is considered throughout the whole range
of distribution, characters such as density of fruit indumentum do not
appear to have the stability essential for taxonomic recognition. The one
exception is var. depressum which forms small and scattered, but pheno-
typically stable populations in Romania, Hungary, Bulgaria, Greece, and
Crete.
b. Var. depressum (Schur) Dudley, comb. nov.
erg Pinstoyes var. [c.] depressum Schur, Enum. Pl. Transsil. 62. 1866
eth otype, Romania, Hermannstadt, Schur s.n. (w).
Piles calc um var. pumilum Hal. Denkschr. Akad. Wien Math. Nat
61: 496. 1894 (!). Holotype, Greece, Arcadia, in lapidosis calcareis ieee
pl Mt. Chelmos (Aroania vet.) gregarie., 1500 m. (in der Tannen-
region by Chelmos oberhalb Sudena, 1200-1500 n,). 15 Apr. 1893,
Halacs
A, inet var. [8] depressum (Schur) Grecescu, Consp. Fl. Rom. 69.
1898 (!).
A. calycinum var. minus Velen. Sitz-ber. Bohm. Ges. Wissen. Prag 27: 3.
1902 (! - Holotype, Bulgaria, in Mt. Tikiski, Balkan, Urumov (prc, non
vidi) ; isotype (w).
A, pied ha Fil. & Jav tap gine Bot. Lap. 9: 146. 1910 (!); Rep. Nat.
Mus. Hung. 107. tab. 1, fig. 2 1910. Holotype, Hungary, in virgultis ca-
cuminis montis Nagy- Széndshegy ad pag. Pilissentwany, Comit. Pest, ca.
500 m., 9 June 1909, Filarszky & Kiimmerle (sp, non vidi); isotypes (BM,
E, G, K, W).
A, cP dtc var. conglobulatum (Fil. & Jav.) Jav. is oe 441. 1924 (!);
Jav. & Csapody, Ic. Fl. Hung. 7: 211. fig. 1590a.
A. being var. pumilum (Hal.) Hayek, Prodr. 1 ce Balcan, 1: 439.
S Crh satin & Rech. Ost. Bot. Zeit. 84: 139. 1935.—Rech. FI.
oll #25.
A. Sesser a minus (Velen.) Hayek, loc. cit. (!).
A. calycinum f{. minus (Velen.) Stoj. & Steff. Fl. ‘Bulg. ed. 2527. 1948 (!).
DIsTRIBUTION AND HABITAT: rare on calcareous substrates of moun-
tains in Hungary, Romania, Greece and Crete.
Hungary. Comit. Pest, Mt. Szénashegy nr. ee (locus classicus),
Crete. Pezzuta,
400-500 m., Filarszky & Jdvorka 46 (BM, GH, K, W,
Todaro s.n. ‘(w); Mt. Psiloriti, nr. Nidha, Dirfor 774a (Ww).
9. Alyssum damascenum Boiss. & Gaill. in Boiss. Diagn. 3(6): 18
1859 (!).—Boiss. Fl. Or. 1: 285. 1867.— Bornm. Verh. Zool.-
Bot. Ges. Wien 48: 553. 1898.— Boul. FI. Lib. & Syr. 32. pl. =
1932. — Thiébaut, Fl. Lib.-Syr. 1: 71. 1936.— Zohary, Pal. Jour.
Bot. Jer. ser. ra ie 129 & 161. 1941. Holotype, Syria, in cultis
inter Merre amascum (Jardin e Ganchedulu), 18 Mar. 1847,
Gaillardot 317 — isotype (A).
204 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Annual, low growing, resembling Alyssum contemptum in habit; spar-
ingly branched from the base, 5-10 cm. in height, Leaves oblanceolate-
spathulate, acute, decreasing in size upward, uppermost involucrate;
indumentum on the lower surfaces denser, and of smaller stellate hairs
than that on upper surfaces. Racemes simple, or sparsely branched from
the base, 1-4 cm. long. Pedicels erect or ascending, + basally dilated,
3-5 mm. long. Sepals persistent, ca. 2 mm. long, with narrow scarious
wings; indumentum sparse, but with apical tufts of furcate, erect hairs.
Petals narrowly spathulate, 2.5-3 0.5—-0.8 mm., deeply bifid. Filaments
2-3 mm. long, edentate and wingless. Fruits ovate or rotund, 3.5—4.5 (-5)
< 3-4.5 mm., obtuse; valves + equally inflated, and with + dense
indumentum of relatively coarse stellate hairs. Styles 0.6-1 mm., with
basal indumentum. Seeds narrowly winged. F/. Mar.—Apr.
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT: a Saharo-Sindian species of dry_hill-
sides and cultivated or fallow fields in Syria and Palestine; alt. 200-
1000(—1900) m.
Syria. Aleppo-Aintab (Gaziantep), 610 m., 6 May 1865, Haussknecht (BM,
c); Mt. Carmel, Apr. 1928, Druce (oxF); Damascus, Salatie, Péronin 583 p.p.
(c); ibid., Kessoue, Péronin 1879 (c); ibid., Davis 5633 (£, K); ibid. Mt.
Gebel Khaisoun, Gaillardot 856 (c). Palestine. Jericho, Ain-i-Sultan-Wadi
Kilt, 200 m., 1897, Bornmiiller 71 (c, w). Lebanon. Dschebel Sannin, 1700-
1900 m., 10 June 1904, Kneucker (cH).
Alyssum damascenum is sometimes confused with A. minus, a weedy
species in section ALyssumM common throughout most of Europe and the
Near East, because of a resemblance in fruit shape and indumentum. The
filaments of A. damascenum, however, are always wingless, edentate, and
unappendaged, while those of A. minus are widely winged, appendaged,
and usually dentate. A. contemptum from Palestine, another species of
section ALyssum is sometimes confused with 4. damascenum due to the
annual, low growing habit. A. contemptum has widely winged toothed
and appendaged filaments, small globose nectaries, entire or merely
emarginate petals, and elliptic fruits whose valves are very asymmetri-
cally inflated, similar to those of A. szowitsianum. The fruits of A.
damascenum are orbicular with more or less equally inflated valves, its
nectaries are erect and peg-like, and its petals are deeply bifid.
Zohary and Fahn (Pal. Jour. Bot. Jer. ser. 2(2/3): 130. 1941) and
Zohary (op. cit. 161) assign A. damascenum to the group of annual species
in section ALyssum (including A. marginatum and A. szowitsianum)
characterized by a unique pedicel anatomy associated with the specialized
hygrochastic method of seed dispersal. However, in addition to possessing
the diagnostic features of section Psttonema, A. damascenum has 4
pedicel anatomy, which (as originally noticed by Zohary & Fahn) is
different from that of the other species mentioned. These facts suggest
that, although the annual species of section PsttoNEMA and section
"~
a i cel
1965 | DUDLEY, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM 205
ALyssuM are closely allied, the phenomenon of hygrochastic dispersal
has developed convergently within the two sections.
10. Alyssum granatense Boiss. & Reut. Pug. Pl. Nov. Afr. Bor. & Hisp.
Aust. 9, 1852 (!).— Mora, Fl. Fan. Esp. & Portug. 6: 561. 1873.
— Willk. & Lange, Prodr. Fl. Hisp. 3: 833. 1880.— Cosson, Ill. FI.
Atl. 1: 61. tab. 42. 1884; Comp. Fl. Atl. 2: 236. 1887. — Batt. in
Batt. & Trab., Fl. Algérie 1: 47. 1888.— Cadevall & Sallent, FI.
Catal. 1: 142. 1915.— Palhinda, Fl. Portug. ed. 2. 307. 1939.—
Heywood, Repert. Sp. Nov. 64(1): 53. 1961.— Quezel & Santa,
Nouv. FI. Algér. 1: 410. 1962.— Ball & Dudley in Flora Europaea
1: 299. 1964. Syntypes, Spain, in arenosis et cultis regionis alpinae
montium Granatensium, Sierra de la Nieve supra Yunquera, Boissier
& Reuter (BM, G, W); in Sierra Nevada circa Benalcaza, Boissier
(BM, G, w). Lectotype, Sierra de la Nieva supra Yunquera, Boissier
& Reuter (G); isolectotypes (BM, W).
A. willkommii de Roem. ex Willk. Linnaea 25: 8, 1852 (!). Holotype, Spain,
in collibus arenosis siccis prope oppidum Ayamonte, Jan. 1846, de Roemer
(uz, destroyed); isotype (BM).
A. granatense var. sepalinum Pomel, Nouv. Mat. Fl. Atl. 231. 1874 (!).
Holotype, North Africa, a Garrouban, Téniet-el-Haad, Tala-Yezid, Pomel
(AL, non vidi) ; isotype (w).
A. algeriense Pomel, op. cit., 232 (!). Holotype, apse Africa, de Garrouban
a Téniet-el-Haad, Pomel (aL, non vidi); isotype
. algeriense var. montanum Pomel, loc. cit. (!). TasGee North Africa,
Diehed Endatte, prés de Téniet-el-Haad, Pomel (AL, non vidi); isotype (w).
A. hispidum Loscos & Pardo ex Willk. Ill. Fl. Hisp. & Balear. 1: 85. 1882 (!);
Suppl. Prodr. Fl. Hisp. 304. 1893.—Syntypes, Spain, en Castelseras
particul. en el Cerillo de Calvario, en la huerta de Sg: —
Calaceite y nesesar. pasa 4 Catalufa par Caseras, s (WwW);
Aranda, Calavia (w). Lectotype, Aragon, airy 28 a 1846, pra
Piiex isolectotype (a).
A. hispidum var. granatense (Boiss. & Reut.) Willk. Ill. Fl. Hisp. & Balear.
1: 85, 86. 1882 a Suppl. Prodr. Fl. Hisp. 304. 1893
A. marisii Cout. Bol. Soc. Brot. 25: 189. 1910. Holotype, Portugal, hab. in
Beira meridional (Castello Branco) Malpica Baixo Alemtejo (Beja),
Maris s.n. (cot, non vi
A. hieronymii Sennen, Bol. Soc. Arag. 15: 259. 1919 (!). Holotype, Spain,
Castillo, Madrid, 15 Apr. 1915, Jerénimo 2411 (Bc, non vidi); isotype
BM
A. mea var. weilleri Emb. & Maire, Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afr. Nord.
23: 164. 1932. Syntypes, North Africa, hab. in rupestribus ra editis
Anti-Atlantis ad Agadir-n-Tigfert, 1700-1800 m., 1931, Weiller (AL, non
vidi); in Monte Fidoust, 2000-2200 m., 1931, W eilier (AL, non vidi).
Annual, with numerous erect or decumbent stems, up to 20 cm. long.
Leaves linear-oblanceolate, lanceolate, or elliptic and oblong, 3—20(—2 5)
—3 mm., increasing in size upward, indumentum grayish-green, of
adpressed stellate hairs. Fruiting racemes generally simple, elongated,
2-8 cm. long, densely fruited. Pedicels 2-4 mm. long, ascending to erect,
206 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. 46
and adpressed to the main axis, indumentum dense and + strigose.
Sepals persistent, 2—3.5 mm. long, with wide scarious wings, and often
with apical tufts of furcate hairs. Petals clavate, gradually attenuate into
claws (3)—4(-6) mm. long, emarginate, with dense strigose indumentum.
Filaments very slender, edentate and unappendaged, 2—2.5 mm. long.
Fruits orbicular, 3-5 mm, long and wide, emarginate; valves equally
inflated at centers and with wide flattened margins, indumentum dimor-
phic of tuberculate, simple and furcate hairs, intermixed with adpressed
few-rayed stellate hairs. Styles 0.5-1 mm. long, glabrous or with sparse
basal indumentum. Seeds conspicuously winged. F/. Feb.—Apr.
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT: cultivated and fallow lands, and dry
mountain screes in eastern and southern Spain, Portugal, and North
Africa! alt. 600-2200 m
Portugal. Sampaio 2471 (pm). Spain. Aragonia, Boissier s.n. (Gc, w); Murcie,
Sierra de Espufia, 1200-1400 m., Jerénimo 7101, 6715 (pm); Almeria, N. ae
of Sierra de Maria above Maria, Ellman & Sandwith (BM, GH, K); Pozuelo nr.
Madrid, Bucknell (BM, £); ibid., New Castile, 11 Apr. 1907, “White (£); Prov.
Valencia, Sierra de Espadan, 1800 m., Reverchon 21 (BM, E, G, K, W); Le Pozo,
1500 m., Reverchon 706 (w); Sierra de Alcaraz, 600-1000 m 1890, Porta &
Rigo (Bu, C, a. North Africa. Maroc, Djebel Lalla Aziza, Ibrahim, 1883,
Cosson (BM, E K, W); Djebel Kerher, 850 m., Sennen & Mauricio 9237
(pm); Batna, 4 hee 1867, Dukerley (BM, GH, K): Nogen Atlas, Ain Kahta,
1850 m., Jahandiez 322 (a, E, K, w); Algiers Sidi- bel. Abbés (nr. Oran)
Warion 114 (BM, £, w); ibid., 21 ‘Apr. 1874, Warion (£, GH, K); Oran, Balansa
535 (BM, E, K, w): Médéa, 900 m., Gay 2395 (BM, G, GH, K).
The only other annual species of Alyssum occurring in the Iberian
Peninsula and North Africa, and having dimorphic fruit indumentum and
persistent sepals is A. strigosum (sect. ALyssum), which is frequently
confused with A. granatense because of a similarity in habit and facies.
The major differences between them are detailed in the following table:
A. GRANATENSE A. STRIGOSUM
LEAVES Linear-oblanceolate, lanceo- Oblanceolate, or broadly
late or elliptic-oblong, gray- obovate-spathulate, green-
ish-green with dense indu- ish with + sparse indumen-
mentum of adpressed and tum, often _ strigose, of
strongly branched elliptic sparingly branched, or un-
hairs. branched, stellate _ hairs.
PEDICELS Ascending or and Widely divergent and pat-
often on ge main ent, or horizontal.
axis.
SEPALS Always persistent and erect, When persistent, widely
2-3.5 mm. long, lanceolate, spreading, 1.5-2 mm. long,
with + adpressed indu- ovate-elliptic, with dense
mentum and apical tufts of overall strigose indumen-
strigose hairs. tum.
ae ee Te ree
1965 | DUDLEY, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM 207
PETALS Emarginate with dense stri- Primarily bilobed, glabrous
gose indumentum, 4-6 X or with sparse adpressed
1.5-2 mm. geome 2-3.5 X 0.4-
FILAMENTS Very slender and wingless, Always with wide wings,
edentate, and unappend- teeth, and connate append-
aged. ages.
Fruits Orbicular, up to5 X 5mm., Orbicular or oblate, up to
values always equally in- 6 X 7 mm., valves more or
flated. less ook inflated.
From Alyssum alyssoides, the closest ally to A. granatense in section
PsILoneMaA, the latter is distinguished by its always larger floral parts,
larger fruits, globose and reduced nectaries, erect and adpressed position
of the pedicels, and the dimorphic fruit indumentum.
il,
—
Alyssum dasycarpum Steph. ex Willd. Linn. Sp. Pl. ed. 4. 3(1):
469. 1800 (!).— Fenzl in Tchihatcheff, Asie Mineure Bot. 1(3):
314. 1866.— Boiss. Fl. Or. 1: 285. 1867.— Fedtschenko, FI.
Turkestan 47. 1906.— Busch in Kuznetsov, Busch & Fomin, FI.
Cauc. Crit. 3(4): 600. 1909; in Fl. U.R.S.S. 8: 358. 1939. — Popov,
Man. Fl. Tashk., fasc. 1-2. fig. 221. 1923-—1924.— Post & Dins-
more, Fl. Syr., Palest. & Sinai, ed. 2. 1: 88. 1932.— Bornmiller,
Repert. Sp. Nov. Beih. 89(1): 58. 1936. — Thiébaut, Fl. Lib.-Syr.
1: 71. 1936.— Grossheim, Fl. Kavk. ed. 2. 4: 218. tab. 25, fig. 5.
1950. — Parsa, Fl. Iran 1: 742. fig. 616. 1952.— Karjagin in FI.
Azerbaid. 4: 274. 1953.—I. V. Pavlov (Ed.), Fl. Kazakh. 4: 282.
tab. 35, fig. 9. 1961. — Dudley, Notes Bot. Gard. Edinb. 24(2): 157.
fig. 1B. 1962. — Rech. Ark. Bot. 5(1): 168. 1963. — Ball & Dudley
in Flora Europaea 1: 299. 1964. Holotype, Russia, in Siberia ad
Kamam et Volgam fluvium, Stephan s.n. (LE, non vidi); isotypes
(BM, G—DC, K).
Annual, with many erect stems, up to 25 cm. long, rarely prostrate.
Indumentum + dense, of coarse stellate hairs with long and few (but
branched) rays, often appearing strigose. Leaves decreasing in size up-
ward; the upper attenuate, obovate to oblong-oblanceolate, 7-11(—25) x
(2.5-)4-9 mm. the lower wide spathulate and short petiolate, 20-35
< 12-15 mm. Inflorescence racemose or paniculate, up to 15 cm. long,
often branching widely. Pedicels (1.2—)1.5-2 mm. long, divergent to as-
cending, often subappressed to the rachis, with dense strigose and dimorphic
indumentum. Sepals 2-3 mm. long, + persistent, with dense dimorphic
and strigose indumentum. Petals obovate-spathulate, bifid or retuse,
2.5-3(-3.8) mm. long. Filaments 2-2.5 mm. long. Fruits elliptic-obovate
or orbicular, truncate, 2.5-3(-4) > 2.5-3 mm.; valves equally inflated
with thick flattened margins (ca. 1.5-2 mm. wide), and with dense
dimorphic indumentum. Styles (1—)1.5—2 mm. long, stout, strongly dilated
208 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
at bases, and with dense dimorphic indumentum on the lower half. Seeds
wingless. 27 = 16. Fl. Mar—June. Two varieties are recognized:
A. Inflorescence elongate and many-flowered; plants ss leaves oblanceo-
pee es eho es oa sy one eee eee . Var. dasycarpum.
A. Sr condensed, few-flowered; plants age leaves broadly
WOME SoG rss, coe o dw ok Kke Ch ReneS b. Var. minus.
a. Var. dasycarpum. Px. a Fics. b, h. Pt. III,
6, Fu. LV, Fm.
ser gui dasycarpum (Steph. ex Willd.) Meyer in Ledebour, Fl. Alt. 3:
150. 1831 (!); in Ledebour, Fl. Ross. 1: 127. 1842; Ic. Pl. Fl. Russ. 3:
tab. ae 1831.— Fedtschenko, Fl. Ross. Austro- Orient. 5: 44. pl. 388,
fig. B. 1931
Alyssum calycinoides Hausskn. in Bornmiiller, Repert. Sp. Nov. Beih. 89(1):
58. 1936, pro syn. (!).
DisTRIBUTION AND HABITAT: widespread in disturbed and _ ruderal
habitats, roadsides, fallow cultivated fields, vineyards, limestone ridges
and screes, and steppe throughout southwestern Asia, including Caucasia,
Turkey, Syria, Palestine, Iraq, Iran, Transcaspia, Afghanistan and Paki-
stan; alt. 100-2600 m.
Turkey. A2(E): Prov. Istanbul, oe 7 June 1916, Aznavour (G);
Serai-koi, Frizaldszky sm. (wu). A4: Prov. Cankiri, valley of Cakmakli bah
800-900 m., 1929, Bornmiiller 18860 jai G, K), 13859 (BM, GH, K). A6:
Tokat, Tokat, Aucher 4096 (BM, G, K, OxR). A7: Prov. Giimiisane, ae
Guans nr. Sobran (Kovans), 1894, —— 6143 (BM, G, E, K, w); ibid., 9
June 1862, Bourgeau (w). A8: Prov. Erzurum, Horasan nr. Hopik, 1600 m.,
Davis 29378 (A, BM, E, K); ibid., Beibout (Bayburt), May 1843, Huet (Gc).
A/B8: Prov. Giimiisane Erzurum, Bayburt- Erzurum, valley of Kassuklu, 1524—
1829 m., May 1853, Huet (BM, x). B3/4: Prov. ‘Ankara, Ankara-Polatli, 40
km. from Sakarya, 13 km. SW. of Polatli, 720 m., Huber-Morath 13732 (HM).
B4: Prov. Ankara, Angoradur Monasteri, Ankara, 10 May 1907, Fréres E. C.
(G); ibid., Kotte 1019 (x); Prov. Konya, Yavsan Memlehasi, nr. Tuz Gdli,
Davis 18706 (z, K); Prov. Nigde Konya, Sultanhani-Cihanbeyli, 4 km. from
Halkanli W. side of Tuz Gélii, 1000 m., Dudley, D. 35927 (a, £). BBS:
Prov. Kayseri, Incesu Develi, 3 km. S. of Incesu, 1050 m., Huber-Morath
10984 (uM); ibid., Calasse (Talas) nr. Kayseri, Balansa 489 (c, w); ibid.,
Erdschias dagh (Excivas dag), Lerca dag nr. Kononia, 1600 m., May 1902,
Zedebour (w); Prov. Kayseri Yozgat, Kayseri-Yozgat, Kopriilii, 1200 m.,
1890, Pema 1936 (BM). B6: Prov. Sivas, 4 km. W. of Sivas, 13 June
1939, Reese (HM). B7: Prov. Erzincan, Beahican nr, Albuschikchan, 1890,
Sintenis 2176, sub A. calycinoides (w); Prov. Erzurum, Erzurum, Zohrab 375
(x), C2: Prov. Denizli, Tavas-Denizli, 800-900 m. , Dudley, D. 35560a (A, E).
C4: Prov. Konya, Konya, 4 June 1937, Reese (uM). C5: Prov. Nigde, Nigde-
Ulukisla, S. side of pass, 47 km. from Ulukisla, 1450 m., Huber-Morath 12818
(um). C4: Prov. Konya, Konya, Post 14 (c); ibid., Cumra, Kiicik koy,
Helbaek 2406 (£); ibid., 4 km. from Konya, nr. Sille, 1040 m., Huber-Morath
HM). Armenia, Erzurum- Tokat, Aucher 4098B (Gc); ibid., Aucher 4098A
(Gc, w); Calvert & Zohrab 45—p.p. (oxF). Anatolia, Noé 947 (c). Syria. Hafar-
1965] DUDLEY, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM 209
Syrian desert, 100 m., Dinsmore 20309 (g, K); Nebk, Davis 5527 (A, BM, E,
kK); Damascus, Leamid Atiyeh, Post 1109 (pm); Jebel Abur Rejmein, 2 May
1900, Post (eM, G, K); S. of Jarud, 180 m., Dinsmore 22478 (K). Transjordan.
Above Wadi Musa, — Moan, 1219 m., Davis 8 8677 (A, BM, E, K); Ein Musa,
1372 m., Davis 8884 (BM, E, k). Iraq. 18 km. W. of Suleimani, 825 m., Eig &
Zohary (avy, non vidi); Moan, Moan-Ain Musa, 18 Apr. 1929, Eig et al. (,
w). Kurdistan, Oguhah, Graham sm, (K). Iran. Bakhtiari, Oregon, Damane-
caw range, 2300 m., Wendelbo 1726 (Bc, E); Prov. Khorasan, Turbat-e-Haidari,
m., Rechinger 4329 (Gc, w); ibid., Rechinger 4362 (x, w); Robat Safid,
iene m., Rechinger 7336 (w); nr. Kaswin, 3 May 1882, Polak (k, c, Ww);
ibid., 1200 m., Schmid 5044 (G); ibid., 1200-1300 m., 1902, Bornmiiller 6233
(BM, G, W); Prov. Fars, Shiraz-Kazerun, Gauba & Sebati 197 (w); Chiraz
(Shiraz), Aucher 4091 (c, K, OXF); Shiraz-Persepolis, 800-1000 m., Schmid
3518 (G); Prov. Kerman /Fars, Saidabad-Cafut, 1900 m., Rechinger 3194 (c,
w); Prov. Shahrud/Bustam, Khosh-Jaila, ca. 73 km. from Shahrud, 2000-2200
m., Rechinger 5442 (Gc, w); Prov. Hamadan, Aq Bulag, ca. 100 km. N. of Ham-
adan, Rioux & Golvan 212 (w); Abedeh-Daulatabad, 1500-2000 m., Schmid
3 (w); 5 miles N. of Daulatabad, 1372 m., Cowan & Darlington 1096 (K);
i Elburs, Keredj, Rechinger 244 (x, w); Scharabad, May 1858, Bunge (c,
GH, K); Tabriz, Gilliat-Smith 1773-1782 (x); Keredj, 16 May 1934, Gauba
(w); Emirabad, nr. Ibrahirabad, 1829 m., Cowan & Darlington 588 (kK); 10
miles E. of Zorab, 1219 m., idem 1775 (kK); 20 miles W. of Zorab, idem 1734
(K); Sultanabad, 1524 m., Lindsay 31 (Bm); Isphahan, Aucher 4091A (G, K,
w); Isphahan-Teheran, May 1859, Bunge (Gc); Transcaspian, Aschabad, Annaju-
Gjaurs, 1900, Sintenis 51 (BM, G, GH, E, K, W); Persia, ;
ibid., Kotschy 183 (Gc). Afghanistan. Herat, 1100 m., Kéie 4
1600 m., Koie 4164 (w); Kabul, Kabul-Tangi Gharu, 1700 m., ae 1076 (w);
E. of Kabul, Budchak, 1770 m., Gilli 1075 (w); Prov. Bamian, Band-i-Amir,
Lake Band-i-Panir, 2800 m., Rechinger 18394 (w); 2800-2900 m., Rechinger
18226 (w); Wendelbo 4783 (BG, E); 2900 m., Wendelbo 4761 (Bc, E); 3200 m.,
Volk 2767 es Afghanistan/Iran. Hari Reid Valley-Khorasan, Aitchison 104
(BM, G, GH, E, K); Jouvnal-Sinab, Griffith 299 (xk); Griffith 1366 (Kk, w).
peak ee 1525 m., Lace 3574 (gE, K); 1600 m., 17 fi 1888, Lace
(e); W. Baluchistan, Ziaret, 2338, Stewart 28087 (mMIcH); Nichara, Stocks 910
Caucasus, Bunge 75 (K, w); ibid., Taltisch nr. Swant, Meyer 1601
(G, K); ibid., 9 May 1947, Grubner (BM); ibid., nr. Codshadoi, Swant, June
1838, Hohenacker (BM, G, GH, K); nr. Khabadian, 610-914 m., 1883, Regel, p.p.
(B M); Transcaucasus, Nachitschevan, dist. Dzulfa, Darry-Dagh- Dzhulfa, Apr.
1934, Karjagin (a); Erivan, Buhse 118 (G, w); Azerbaidjan, dist. Salma, Dehr-
man, 2 Apr. 1828, Szovits (Gc); Turkistan, Chuma, Karolif & Krause s.n. (G);
Transcaspian, Kisil Arsah, 1885, Becker (k, w); in deserto Caspio, Pallas s.n.
rd Caspium nr. Astrachan, 1819, Fischer (c-pc, K); Astrachan, 1820, Steven
(G-Dc); Soviet Armenia, Kotairk region, Vokhchabad, Darabulal, 26 May 1956,
Mulkidzhanyan (pM, £); Vedi region, Arazdian-Kiarki, 29 June 1960, Takhtajan
et al. (gM, w); Kazakh S.S.R., Prov. Syr-Dariia, Perovsk, Akkum Tashk. desert,
11 May 1916, Tsintserling (a); Prov. Semiretschensk, Karatal river, 4 May
1902, Saposhnikov (pM, GH); Turkmenian S.S.R., dist. Krasbovodsk, steppe nr.
Kizil Arvat, Androsov 2565 (GH); Siberia, Songarei, Schrenk s.n. (G, GH);
Soongoro- Kirghisici, nr. Ajagus, Karelin & Kiriloff 73 (8M, E, GH, K); Siberia,
Pallas s.n. (pm); Altai, Ledebour 302 (c, w); ibid., Politons s.n. , w); Russia/
China, Songaria Chin. Lake Saisang-Nor, Meyer s.n. (E, GH, K, W
210 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VOL. 46
From all the other oriental species in section PstLoNEMA, Alyssum
dasycarpum may be distinguished by the dimorphic and strigose fruit
indumentum, longer and basally dilated styles, and wingless seeds. The
always orbicular fruits of A. granatense from the Iberian Peninsula and
North Africa are at least twice the size of those of A. dasycarpum. Also,
the tuberculate hairs on the fruits of the western European species are
sparser and longer, resembling more those of A. hirsutum (sect. ALYSSUM).
Alyssum strigosum (sect. ALyssuM) is sometimes confused with A. dasy-
carpum because of the similar dimorphic fruit indumentum. However, the
fruits of A. strigosum are larger and are covered with longer furcate hairs.
In addition, the winged, dentate and appendaged filaments, larger floral
parts, winged seeds, and widely divergent pedicels are diagnostic for
A. strigosum. No specimens which have winged seeds have been found
throughout the range of A. dasycarpum. A plausible explanation for the
Ukranian A. dasycarpum var. pterospermum (Bordz. Bull. Jard. Bot. Kiev
7-8: 17. 1928) is that unless the seeds are examined under magnification,
the lighter colored and often translucent radicle may be misinterpreted
as a wing formation.
b. Var. minus Bornm. ex Dudley, Notes Bot. Gard. Edinb. 23(2): 157.
fig. 1A. 1962 (!). Holotype, Iran, inter Ispahan et Hamadan, ad
pagum Mohammedi, 1800 m., 17 Mar. 1892, Bornmiiller 2174 (£);
isotypes (BM, G, K, OXF, W).
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT: a scattered and limited distribution in
desert and fallow lands, and stony hillsides of Syria and Iran.
Syria. Nebk-Quaryatein, 5 Apr. 1890, Post (Bm). Iran. ue -Yesd nr.
Bambis, 1900 m., 1892, Bornmiiller 2173 (Gc); nr. Kom m., 1892, Born-
miller 2175 (BM, E, G, K, OXF, W); nr. Dalechi, Kotschy 181 (BM, G-p.p., K, W);
Uenak ne. Teheran, Kotschy 64 (Gc, w); Karawanseri, Kaswin, 30 Apr. 1892,
Pichler (c, K, W); nr. Kaswin (Mazraeh), 1200 m., Schmid 5048 (w); ibid.,
Schmid 5007 (Gc); S. of Tabriz, Gilliat-Smith 1356, 1381, 1783 (K).
Intermediate between the varieties of A. dasycarpum: Iran. Prov. Kerman,
Kerman-Sultanabad, Sirdjian (Saidabad), Mashiz-Khan-e-Sorck, 2000-2580 m.,
Rechinger 3006 (G, w).
12. Alyssum homalocarpum (Fischer & Meyer) Boiss, Fl. Or. 1: 285.
1867 (!).— Muschler, A Manual Flora of Egypt 1: 422. 1912.—
Post & Dinsmore, Fl. Syr. Pal. & Sinai, ed. 2. 1: 87. 1932,— Burtt
& Lewis, Kew Bull. 3: 283. 1949. — Parsa, Fl. Iran. 1: 744. 1952.
— Montasir & Hassib. Ill. Man. Fl. Egypt 157. 1956. — Jafri, Notes
Bot. Gard. Edinb. 22: 95. 1956.— Rech. Bot. Not. 115: 37. 1962;
Ark, Bot. 5(1): 169. fig. 14. 1963. — Dudley in Rech. Fl. Lowland
Iraq 306. 1964.
Psilonema homalocarpum Fischer & Meyer, Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. 6: 63.
1840
Holotype, semina in Arabia Petraea, May 1837, Schimper (LE,
non vidi— cultivated in Hortus Petropolitanus from seed collected by
i seme
1965 | DUDLEY, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM 211
Schimper). Authentic specimens (ex hb. Gay) cultivated (1837) in Jardin
Luxembourg 7 Sra same seed collection have been examined in the
herbaria of G, GH, :
Alyssum herelscien ci Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, II. 17: 156. Sta (!). Holo-
type, Sinai, Mt. Horeb, Aucher 257 (P, non vidi); isotype
Alyssum ‘neesili Velen. Sitz-ber. Bohm. Ges. Wissen. Prat 11: 45 1911 (!).—
Velen. Repert. Sp. Nov. 13: 25. 1913. ery Arabia, in distr. Harara
et Wudijan, Drejheme et Zerko, 1909, Musil (pr
Alyssum nomismocarpum Rech., Aellan & Esfand. Phyton 2: 36. 1951 (7),
Holotype, Persia, Prov. Lars, "Hadjiabad p prope Tarum, in declivibus siccis
saxosis, ca. 900 m., 29 Apr. 1948, Rechinger et al. 3272 (Ww); isotypes (E,
G, K).
Annual, with numerous, erect but brittle stems, 5-20 cm. long. Leaves
oblong-spathulate, 1-4(—5) & (0.5—)1-3 cm., acute, minutely denticulate
above the middle, indumentum dense and ashy, of stellate hairs with +
divergent and long rays. Jnflorescence corymbose, 4-10 cm. long with
numerous patent or ascending fragile branches. Pedicels 1.3-2 mm. long,
horizontal, with sparse indumentum. Sepals deciduous, 0.8-1 mm. long,
with dense ashy indumentum of + long-rayed stellate hairs. Petals
linear-cuneate, subemarginate or entire, 0.5—-1 mm.
glabrous. Filaments subulate, edentate, ca. 1 mm. long. Fruits broadly
obovate, truncate, glabrous, 3-7 mm. long and wide, margins prominently
papillose, and coloring reddish-purple when dry; valves equally inflated,
with conspicuous venation. Styles 0.5—0.7 (-1) mm. long, dilated basally.
Seeds narrowly winged. Fl. Feb—Apr.
DISTRIBUTION AND HABITAT: a Saharo-Sindian species of dry silty river
beds, limestone and sandy slopes, basaltic screes, sandstone, desert and
calcareous cultivated lands in Egypt, Saudi Arabia, Kuweit, Palestine,
Iraq, Iran, and West Pakistan; alt. (120—)200—1000(—1600) m.
Egypt. Mergheb, May 1904, Muschler (kK); Ouadi Aschar (Wadi Isleh), 1903,
Muschler (c); nr. Belbeyi, 1837, Schubert (K). Saudi Arabia. Arabian desert,
Schweinfurth 127 (Kx); Galalah, Schweinfurth 8 (Gc); Talpine camp- -Hafarol
B ? }
Batin-Mahazul, 100 miles W. of Kuweit, 120 m., Dickson 511 (x); Wady Batin,
1219 m., Fitzgerald 15610/3 (BM). Syria. Jabal-Tenf, Gombault 1642 (p, non
vidi). Jordan. Naqb Ishtar, Hunting Aero Survey 16 (£). Palestine. 40 km.
S. of Maan, 1929, Eig & Zohary (vj, non vidi). Iraq. ca. 400 km. W. of
Baghdad, 1933, idem (Huy, non vidi); Rutba-Ramadi, 15 km. from Rutba,
750 m., Rechinger 9894 (w); 10 km. SW. of Rutba, 500 m. Rawi 21047 (K);
18 km. S. of Rutba, 640 m., Rawi 14637 & 14899 (x); dist. Diwaniya, 40 km.
WNW. of Shabicha, 380 m., Rechinger 13642 (w); Shabicha, 200 m., Gillett &
Rawi 6276 (Kk); Sharaban (Shabicha), Beluchi, Aug. 1886, Jennings (xk); 40
km. NW. of Shabicha, 390 m., Guest, Rawi & Rechinger 19306A (kK); As-
Salman, nr. Ansab, 145 km. SE. of As-Salam (Southern desert, ad confines
Saudi Arabia) 340 m., Rechinger 13810 (w); 62 km. WNW. of Ansab, 135 km.
SSW. of As-Salman, 360 m., Rechinger 13781 (w); Darb Al’ Haj, Saddi border,
360 m. Guest, Rawi & Rechinger 19083 (K); 12 km. ESE. of As-Salman, 240 m.,
212 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
idem 18739 (K); nr. Ansab, 145 km. S. of As-Salman, idem 1893 (K).
Shershah, Mar. 1859, Bunge (Gc, K); Prov. Baluchistan, nr. Zahedan, aon m.,
Gauba & Sabeti 196 (w); Montes Karvandar-Khash (Vasht or Kwash), irae
shahr (Bampur), 1500-1600 m., Rechinger et al. 3958 (w). West Pakistan.
North Baluchistan, pee Landon (p M).
This is the only glabrous-fruited representative of section PSILONEMA
having deciduous sepals, and it is the only Alyssum with minute teeth
towards the apices of the leaves. Rechinger (loc. cit.) notes and illustrates
the papillose fruit margins of A. homalocarpum. This character, although
rare in the genus, is not unique. A Greek endemic, A. euboeum (sect.
OpONTARRHENA) also has fruits, the margins of which are papillose,
especially towards the apices. The fruit size of A. homalocarpum varies
considerably; the smallest measure circa 3 < 3 mm., and the largest 7 X
7 mm., but without any apparent geographical pattern. None of the char-
acters said to distinguish A. nomismocarpum from A. homalocarpum, i..,
longer racemes, fragile stems, larger fruits, and shorter pedicels, indicates
a satisfactory specific separation when the entire range of morphological
variation is taken into consideration. Similarly, A. musili and A. horebicum
do not possess sufficient discontinuities to separate them from A. homalo-
carpum.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
PLATE I
Alyssum blepharocarpum: Holotype, Huber-Morath 13722 (HM).
PLATE II
Fics. hs Petal types, X 20: a, Alyssum desertorum var. — (Davis
27622); ce gh var, dasycar pum oo - 29378); c, A. pinifolium
(Kirk) ; . minutum (Davis 18040); apfii (Davis 28694); f, A.
lepidotim (dais 183914): g, A. ge moadicome (Davis 38893).
-r. Long filament types, X 20: h, Alyssum ag ap igen jon ees
pum yes genet i, A. hueti CDudley” D. 35230); j, A. minutum (Da
1894 0)5 bes A. xanthocarpum (Davis 19411); 1, A. lepidotum (Dai 183010):
m, A. a vides (Davis 20328); n, A. strictum (Sintenis 5614); 0, A. repens var.
pie Frauen al (Davis 30295) ; Pp, - filiforme (Davis 29072); i A. giosnanum
— ne 1381); 1, A. pinifolium (Kirk
S. S-y. Short filament types, < 20: S, sce huetii (Dudley, D. 35230)
2 he stribrnyi (Dudley, D. 34558); u, A. pseudo-mouradicum (Davis 38893) ;
v, A. corningii (Siehe 241); w, A. vw utum (Davis 18940); x, A. sei
or co (Davis 27622); y, A. strigosum subsp. strigosum (Dudley,
638).
*Parsa, in his Fl. de Iran 1: 745. 1952, records Alyssum homalocarpum from
the Shah Sam he Lut desert of Iran, and indicates that the original publication
this record is to be found on page 326 of the Bornmiiller paper titled “Aus
Pflanzenwelt Pi inner-Iranischen Wiistengiirtels” (Repert. Sp. Nov. 40: 1936 ).
Bornmiiller, however, does not mention A. homalocarpum, or in fact, any species of
Alyssum in that particular paper.
Bare i
iii tial
1965 | DUDLEY, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM 213
PLATE III
Fruit types, X 8: a, Alyssum huetii (Dudley, D. 35230); b, A. desertorum
var. desertorum (Davi 27622); ¢, A. dasycarpum var. dasycarpum (Davis
9 ; 7
A. hi rescott
pseudo-mouradicum (Dws 38893 ) : A. corsicum pied 7 h, A, fili-
forme (Davis 31609); k, A. haussknechti Date’ é oie t, wag
(Dudley, D. 35860); m, A. murale var. murale (Dudley, D
cassium (Kiihne 1446); 0, A, asiele ‘(Pinard): p, A. Ponca, iadiey,
BD. 36151).
PLATE IV
Hair types: a, Alyssum chondrogynum (Davis 3083), from the fruit, x 200;
b, A. huetii (Dudley, D. ois from the fruit, X 200; c, A. stapfii (Davis
28694), from the fruit, x 5 d, A. xanthocarpum (Davis 19411), from the
ins leaf surface, X 50 pf pseudo- mouradicum (Davis 38893), from the
upper surface of sterile at leaf, X 50; f, A. eriophyllum (Haussknecht), from
leaf of sterile shoot, & 50; g, A. s. strigosum ‘subsp. strigosum (Dudley, D. 34638),
from the stem, X 50; h, A. strigosum subsp. strigosum (Dudley, D. 34638),
. a
m, A. mouradicum (Balls 186), from lower surface of basal cauline leaf, < 50:
n, "A. szowitsianum (Dudley, D. ’35210a), from fruit, X 50.
Jour. ARNOLD Arps. VoL. 46 Pate I
= t |
Aa i ch Fh ih ol
G.
Wet, - DR. A. HUBER-MORATH
{ Flora Helvetica
é 4 oa a leg. Or, A. Huber-Morath
DupLey, Stupres in ALyssum
Jour. ARNOLD Ars. VOL. 46 Prate II
ATE
DupbLey, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM
Jour. ARNOLD Ars. VoL. 46 Pate III
Dupbtey, Stupres in ALyssum
Jour. ARNOLD Arp. VOL. 46 PLaTE IV
DupLEY, STUDIES IN ALYSSUM
218 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
THE GENERA OF VALERIANACEAE AND DIPSACACEAE
IN THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES *
I. K. FERGUSON
VALERIANACEAE Batsch, Tab. Affin. Reg. Veg. 227. 1802, nom. cons.
VALERIAN FAMILY)
Annual or perennial herbs, sometimes woody at base. Leaves in basal
rosettes or opposite, pinnately divided or entire, exstipulate, the bases
often arene ih Inflorescence a monochasium, thyrse, or many-flowered
compound dichasial cyme, sometimes condensed and capitate, bracteate
and shee goreene rer Flowers irregular or almost regular, bi-
sexual or unisexual. Calyx obsolete or developing late and becoming con-
spicuous only in fruit, annular [or toothed], adnate to ovary. Corolla
4
[bilabiate]. Stamens epipetalous and alternate with the corolla lobes, vary-
ing in number, usually 3 in our genera [1, 2, 3, or 4]; anthers versatile,
2- or 4-lobed, 4-locular, introrse, dehiscing longitudinally: pollen tricolpate,
echinate. Gynoecium syncarpous, ovary inferior, 3-locular, with two
locules usually suppressed and one fertile, with a solitary, pendulous, an-
atropous ovule; style 1, stigma simple or lobed. Fruit dry, indehiscent, the
calyx often developing into a winged, awned, or plumose pappus. Seed 1;
endosperm absent; embryo large, straight, the cotyledons oblong, the
radicle superior. TypE GENUs: Valeriana L.
A family of about ten genera and 370-400 species, widely distributed
but occurring mainly in the North Temperate regions and absent from
Australasia; three ogi native and one introduced in North America;
two genera in our a
Valerianaceae are a natural family closely related to Dipsacaceae but
‘Prepared for a generic flora of the southeastern be aie States, a joint project 0
Louisiana. The descriptions are base marily o e plants of this area, with any
a material in brackets. Rested which the author has not seen are
y an as
The Leger is ecu to Dr. Wood for his aid and valuable criticisms;
to
George K. Brizicky, for his guidance and — and to Mrs. Gordon W. Dillon,
for her help i in the preparation of the typescript
+
1965] FERGUSON, VALERIANACEAE AND DIPSACACEAE 219
distinguished by the 3-locular ovary (one locule fertile), cymose inflores-
cences, and seeds without endosperm. The family also has affinities with
the Caprifoliaceae and Rubiaceae.
Members of the family often have a very characteristic unpleasant odor.
Volatile oils occurring mainly in the root and rhizome have been investi-
gated extensively, especially in Valeriana.
The cytogenetics of the family have not been very fully investigated,
although chromosome numbers for some species of Valeriana (21 species
of 300) and Valerianella (11 species of 60) are available. However, only
a few chromosome counts are reported for four additional genera: Centran-
thus, 2n = 14, 32 (three species); Fedia, 2n = 32 (one species) ; Patrina,
2n = 22 (one species); and Astrephia, 2n = 32 (one species).
The family is of little economic importance. A few members, among
them Centranthus ruber (red valerian) and Valeriana officinalis (garden
heliotrope or common valerian), are grown as ornamentals. The latter is
used as a source of the drug “valerian.” Corn salad (Valerianella Locusta),
as its name implies, is used in salads. Spikenard (Nardostachys Jatamanst)
yields an oil which has been used in perfumery in the East.
REFERENCES:
ARNAL, C. Différenciation basipéte des faisceaux libéroligneux stylaires de Cen-
tranthus angustifoliuns DC. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 222: 674-676.
1946.
ASPLUND, E. Studien iiber die Entwicklungsgeschichte der Bliten einiger
Vuletioraneer, Vet.-akad. Stockholm Handl. IV. 61(3): 1-66. 1920.
BarLton, H. Valérianacées. Hist. Pl. 7: 504-518. 1879.
BenTHram, G., & J. D. Hooker. Valerianeae. Gen. Pl. 2: 151-156. 1874.
BorstnI, O. E. Valerianaceae. Inst. Paran. Catal. Gén. 12: 1, 2. 1956.
. Revision de las Valerianaceas de Brasil. Lilloa 31: 149-170. 1962.
BucHENAU, F. G. P. Ueber die Bliithenentwickelung einiger Dipsaceen, Vale-
rianeen und Compositen. Abh. Senckenberg. Naturf. Ges. 55: 106-132.
pls. 5, 6. 1854.
CANDOLLE, A. P. pe. Valerianeae. Prodr. 4: 623-642. 1830.
émoire sur la famille des Valérianées. 24 pp. pls. 1-5. Paris. 1832.
Cuatin, J. Etudes hater eo chimiques et médicales sur les Valérianées. 148
pp. pls. 1-14. Paris. 1872
Dempster, L. T. Dim ene ism in the fruits of Plectritis, and its taxonomic
implications. Brittonia 10: 14-28 58.
Duresne, P. Histoire naturelle et médicale de la famille de Valérianées. 61 pp.
pls. 1-3. Montpellier. 1811. a
Dyat, S. C. Studies in the family Valerianaceae. Abstr. Theses Cornell Univ.
1941: 333-336. 1942.*
Ewan, J. Centranthus: a new immigrant genus to California. Leafl. West. Bot.
2: 195. 1939. :
GRAEBNER, P. Die Gattungen der natiirlichen gros der Valerianaceae. Bot.
Jahrb. 37: 464-480. 1906. [See also ibid. 436-4
Hock, F. Beitrage zur jane eae Gruppirung nd Geographischen Verbrei-
tung der Valerianaceen. Bot. Jahrb. 3: 1-73. 1
. Valerianaceae. Nat. ncaa tV.. 45 172- cy 1891.
220 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
. Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen der Valerianaceen und Dipsacaceen. Bot.
Jahrb. 31: 405-411. 1902.
Kitup, E. P. Valerianaceae. In: J. F. Macsrive, Flora of Peru. Publ. Field
Mus. Bot. 13(6): 287-321. 1937.
‘ale O. B. N. Valerianaceae. Jn: E. WARMING, Symbolae ad floram Brasiliae
. Vid. Medd. Naturh. For. Kjgbenh. 34: 139, 140. 1883.
rs K. Experimental and cytological studies in Centranthus. Bot. Not. 111:
301-305. 1958.
Nietsen, S. D. Systematic studies in the Valerianaceae. Am. Midl. Nat. 42:
480-499. 1949. [ Plectritis. |
PizzoLonco, P. Ricerche sulla cariologia del genere Centranthus e loro impor-
tanza tassonomica. Delpinoa II. 1: 149-164. pls. 1, 2. 1959.
Poucaurs, M. L. Recherches caryologiques sur les Rubiales. Revue Gén. Bot.
56: 97-138. 1949. [Le noyau des Valérianacées, 101-109; Fedia, Vale-
rianella, Valeriana, Centranthus. |
RENDLE, A. B. The classification of flowering plants. vol. Dicotyledons. 636
pp. Cambridge, England. 1925. Meeseeapee ge 567-5
SCHERMERHORN, J. M. W. By, eds. Lynn ee Monograph V.
67 pp. Boston. 1962. Neier 62-67 ral
Sources, R. Embryogénie des Valérianacées. Développement de 1l’embryon
chez les Centranthus. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 212: 718-720. 1941.
VEsQUE, J. Développement du sac embryonnaire des phanérogames a
spermes. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VI. 6: 237-285. pls. 1-8. 1878. [Valerianella
pumila, Centranthus ruber, 255, 256
Vat, L. Contribution 4 l’anatomie des Valérianacées. Ann. Univ. Grenoble
15: 561-605. 1903.*
Wacenitz, G. Pollenmorphologie der mitteleuropadischen Valerianaceen. Flora
143: 473-485. pl. 5. 1956. [Valeriana, Valerianella, Centranthus.|
. Die systematische Stellung der Rubiaceae. Bot. Jahrb. 79: 17-35.
1959. [Gentianales = Contortae + Rubiaceae; Dipsacales = Caprifolia-
ceae, a ceae, Valerianaceae, Heuiak |
alerianaceae. Jn: H. Metcuior, Engler’s Syllabus der Pflanzen-
familien. a 12. 2: 475-477. 1964.
WEeBERLING, F. Die Infloreszenzen der Valerianaceen und ihre systematische
Bedeutung. Akad. Wiss. Lit. Abh. Math.-Naturw. Mainz 1961: 151-281.
1961.
KEY TO THE GENERA OF VALERIANACEAE
Calyx inrolled in flower, developing in fruit to form a conspicuous pappus with
a umose awns; fruit 1-locular; plant perennial. ........ 1. Valeriana.
Calyx obsolete; fruit 3- locular: plant annual or biennial. .... 2. Valerianella.
1. Valeriana Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. 1: 31. 1753; Gen. Pl. ed. 5. 19. 1754.
Perennial herbs or vines with thickened, strong-scented, fleshy [woody
or tuberous] roots, sometimes stoloniferous; glabrous or sparsely hairy
with short, simple hairs. Leaves petiolate ‘to nearly sessile, basal and
cauline, undivided, pinnate, pinnatifid, or ternate. Inflorescence usually
a dichasial cyme or thyrse, terminal or axillary, sometimes lax or sub-
capitate, bracteate and sii cteckaie Flowers irregular, bisexual or uni-
1965 | FERGUSON, VALERIANACEAE AND DIPSACACEAE 221
sexual. Calyx inrolled in flower, enlarging and developing in fruit to form
a pappus with short, sessile, patelliform, membranaceous limb and 5-15
plumose awns [or the limb cupuliform and irregularly dentate]. Corolla
funnelform or campanulate [salverform or rotate], the tube slightly sac-
cate at the base [or straight], usually more or less hairy in the throat,
5[3 or 4]-lobed. Stamens 3 [rarely 4], inserted toward the top of the
corolla tube, usually exserted (but included in V. scandens); anthers 2-
or 4-lobed. Stigma simple or 3-lobed; ovary 3-locular, with two locules
suppressed and one fertile with a solitary ovule. Fruit a unilocular, com-
pressed achene with 3 nerves on the outer and 1 on the inner surface.
LeEcToTYPE SPEcIEs: Valeriana pyrenaica L.; see Britton & Brown, Illus.
Fl. No. U. S. ed. 2. 3: 284. 1913. (Name Medieval Latin, from valere,
to be strong; said also to be named for the Roman emperor Valerianus).
A genus of about 300 species of Europe, Asia, Africa, and America,
centered mainly in the temperate regions of the Northern Hemisphere and
the mountains of South America; eleven species in the United States, two
in our area.
Of the seven sections recognized by Hock, six (Pseudiastrephia Hock,
Hybocarpus Hock, Valerianopsis Wedd., Phyllactis Pers., Porteria Hook.,
and Aretiastrum DC.) are entirely South American and have been various-
ly treated by different authors as distinct genera or as sections within
Valeriana. The North American species belong to sect. VALERIANA
(§ Euvaleriana Hock). Different authors have recognized a varying
number of series within this section (cf. Héck, Meyer).
The genus is well defined by the combination of perennial habit, three
stamens, and inrolled calyx usually enlarging and forming a pappus on
the one-locular fruit. It is probably most closely related to Valerianella
and to Centranthus, which is distinguished by one stamen and spurred
corolla.
Valeriana scandens L., readily recognized by its climbing habit, occurs
in Mexico, Central and South America, and the West Indies, northward in
peninsular Florida to a shell-mound in Duval County. It seems likely that
this species is a calciphile, but it does not appear to occur on the
Florida Keys. It is placed by Meyer in the Sorbifoliae, a series distin-
guished chiefly by included stamens and two-lobed anthers. Meyer recog-
nizes two varieties (which some authors have treated as distinct species) :
var. scandens, with tripartite leaves, and var. Candolleana (Gard.) Muell.,
with entire leaves. The widespread var. scandens occurs in Florida, but
var. Candolleana occurs northward only to Hispaniola and Cuba. Inter-
mediate specimens with both entire and tripartite leaves have been found,
however, both in our area and elsewhere. Valeriana pauciflora Michx.,
distinguished by its long, funnelform corolla tube and stoloniferous habit,
occurs from Pennsylvania to Illinois, Tennessee, and Virginia. It is placed
in the series Officinales Hick, separated by the rhizomatous or stolonifer-
ous roots and four-lobed anthers.
222 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Sexual polymorphism occurs in the genus in several ways, the plants
being completely hermaphrodite, polygamous, polygamodioecious, or di-
oecious, with dioecism least common. The presence of unisexual as well as
bisexual flowers is easily detected by the differential lengths of the corolla.
The mode of pollination appears to be unknown but is probably ento-
mophilous, Nectaries are reported to occur in the saccate base of the
corolla tube. The occurrence of proterandry assures cross-pollination in
bisexual flowers.
e cytogenetics of Valeriana officinalis, 2n = 14, 28, 56, has been
extensively investigated, but the cytology of the genus as a whole is not
well known. Chromosome numbers of 2n = 14, 16, 18, 28, 32, 56, and
64 have been reported.
REFERENCES:
Under family references see PoucguEs, WaAGENITz (1956), and WEBERLING.
ARTIUSHENKO, Z. T., & I. N. Konovatov. Morphology of fruits belonging to
the nut and nutlet types. (In Russian.) Acta Inst. Bot. Acad. Sci. URSS.
7. Morphol. Anat. Pl. 2: 170-192. 1951. [Valeriana fruit a dry syncarpous
drupe, 185, 186, 188. ]
it O. E. Addenda a las Valeriandaceas argentinas I. Lilloa 12: 23-27.
946. [Races of V. scanden
kes del estado de Santa Catarina (Brasil). Sellowia 15: 123-
136. 1963.
Exzenca, G. Investigation of viability and germination rate of Atropa bella-
donna, Digitalis purpurea, Digitalis lanata, Valeriana officinalis and Viola
inicalor in connection vith different seed treatments. (In Dutch.) Herba
11: 73-78. 1952.*
FaucoNNET, L. Variations saisonniéres chez Valeriana eee L. (German
summary.) Bull. Soc. Bot. Suisse 57: 122-131. 1947
GSTIRNER, F. Evaluation of valerian root. Planta Med. ” 81-85. 1958.*
Havuscuitp, F. Die Problematik der sedativen Baldrianwirkung. Pharmazie
13: 420-422. 1958.*
Hetwic, B. Uber die Frage der Heterorhizie bei Radix Valerianae officinalis.
Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 46: 595-609. 1928
IrmiscH, T. Beitrag zur Naturgeschichte der einheimischen Valeriana-Arten
insbesondere der Valeriana officinalis und dioica. Abh. Naturf. Ges. Halle
i: 4. pls. 1-4. 1854.
eit io F. Aunteniical data on the localization of essential oil in some
Valeriana species. (In Ukrainian; Russian summary.) Bot. Zhur. Kiev
10: 81-86. 1953.
KrePINsKY, J., V. Herout, & F. Sorm. Plant substances. VI. The isolation of
neutral products from the root of valerian (Valeriana officinalis L.). Collect.
Czech. Chem. Commun. 24: 1884-1896. 1959.*
Kuunuottz-Lorpat, G. Contribution 4 la biologie de Valeriana tripteris L.
Feuille Nat. II. 3: 101. 1948.*
Lattanzi, V. Valeriana officinalis L., ene and adulterations. (In Italian.)
Fitoterapia II. 26: 590-605. 19
LAWALREE, A. Le groupe du Valerian officinalis L. en Belgique. Bull. Jard.
Bot. Bruxelles 22: 193-200. 1952.
1965] FERGUSON, VALERIANACEAE AND DIPSACACEAE 223
MEIJeErs, T. Een onderzoek van het a Valeriana officinalis L. in Nederland.
122 pp. 23 pls.’s Gravenhage. 1957.
. Methods to determine different cytotypes of Valeriana officinalis L. s.
lato. Ba Dutch; English summary.) Pharm. Weekbl. 95(9): 269-278.
1960
MEVER, : G. Valeriana in North America and the West Indies (Valerianaceae).
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 38: 377-503. 1951. [An extensive taxonomic
revision
’ The genus Valeriana in East Tropical and South Africa. Jour. Linn.
Soc. Bot. 55: 761-771. 1958. [Distribution and taxonomy. ]
Puitipson, W. R. Studies in the development of the inflorescence. III. The
thyrse of Valeriana officinalis L. Ann. Bot. II. 11: 409-416. pl. 3. 1947.
Pirtier, H., & E. P. Kite. Venezuelan species of Valeriana, section Porteria.
Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 16: 422-428. 1926.
ProtassenyA, G. D. Zur Frage des karyologischen Unterschieds einiger von
Valeriana officinalis L. abgesonderter Baldrianarten. (In Russian.) Arbeit.
Bot. Kab. Centr. Moorversuchsstat. Minsk 1: 83-92. 1930.* [See German
summary in Bot. Centralbl. 162: 52. 1932.]
Runguist, E. Zytologische und morphologische Valeriana-Untersuchungen.
Hereditas 23: 279-286. 1937.
aah N. H. Quantitative studies in angiosperm taxonomy. X. Valeriana.
Geranium. XII. Mimulus. Castanea 29: 138-150. 1965.
eesti M. Polyploidy in oe officinalis Linn. in relation to its ecology
and distribution. Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 53: 159-186. 1947.
Studies in cyto-eco ses, geographic distribution and evolution of
Valeriana L. Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Lett. Sci. Math. Nat. B. I. 1950: 149-
175. pls. 3-5. 1951.
Meiosis in a polyhaploid twin plant and a hexaploid hybrid of Valeri-
ana sambucifolia Mikan. Acta Soc. Bot. Polon. 23: 359-374. pl. 1 5
Cytological studies in a chromosomal aberrant of oe and its
derivatives. Polsk. Akad. Nauk. Folia Biol. 10: 155-168. pls. 1, 1962.
SpraGuE, T. A. The British forms of Valeriana officinalis. Watsonia 2: vee 147.
1952
STROH, G. Valeriana L. Provisorische Liste der alterweltlichen Arten. Repert.
Sp. Nov. 40: 225-233. 1936.
Topp, B. H. The cytology of the Valerianaceae with special reference to the
status of the British forms of Valeriana officinalis. Thesis, Univ. Durham.
L*
Troirsky, N. Résultats des recherches morphologiques et biologiques sur le
Velurtana alliariaefolia Vahl du Caucase. (In Russian; French summary.)
Moniteur Jard. Bot. Tiflis 46/47: 77-100, (101). 1919.
VoroskiLov, V. N. Medicinal Valeriana. 160 pp. Moscow. 1959
Wattuer, E, Zur Morphologie und Systematik des Arzneibaldrians in Mittel-
europa. Mitt. Thiir. Bot. Ges. Beih. 1: 7-108. 1949. [V. officinalis. ]
2. Valerianella Miller, Gard. Dict. Abr. ed. 4. 1754.
Small annual or biennial, glabrous or pubescent herbs with dichasial
branching, appearing dichotomous, but the terminal bud aborting in the
lower branches. Basal leaves forming a rosette, petiolate to nearly sessile,
undivided or dentate; cauline leaves connate, undivided, dentate [or rarely
224 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
incised-pinnatifid]. Inflorescence capitate, terminal, usually a dichasial
cyme subtended by lanceolate to oblong, connate bracts. Flowers almost
regular, bisexual [or unisexual] in the axils of lanceolate to oblong, con-
nate bracteoles. Calyx obsolete [or forming a narrow, toothed rim]. Corol-
la funnelform, narrowly campanulate or tubular, the tube slightly saccate
at the base, 5-lobed. Stamens 3, inserted toward the top of the corolla
tube, exserted, anthers 4-lobed. Stigma simple or shortly 3-lobed; ovary
3-locular, one locule fertile with a solitary ovule. Fruit glabrous or pubes-
cent, 3-locular, two of the locules empty, the other 1-seeded. LectoTyPE
species: Valeriana Locusta L. = Valerianella Locusta (L.) Betcke; see
Britton & Brown, Illus. Fl. No. U.S. ed. 2. 3: 286. 1913. (Name a diminu-
tive of Valeriana.)
A genus of temperate parts of the Northern Hemisphere, including about
60 species in two sections; 19 in North America, ten in our area
The shape, relative size of the sterile locules, and indumentum of the
fruits are the most important characters used to distinguish the species.
The indumentum of the plant and the shape of the bracts (rounded,
pointed, or acuminate) are also important characters. Specimens with
both fruit and flowers are necessary for the determination of species.
Four species of sect. SPHONELLA Krok, marked by salverform corollas
and strongly glandular fimbriate-serrulate bracts, occur in the southeastern
United States. Valerianella Bushii Dyal and V. ozarkana Dyal are strictly
calciphile and known only from Arkansas and Missouri, while V. Nuttallii
(Torr. & Gray) Walp. and V. longiflora (Torr. & Gray) Walp. are known
only from western Arkansas and eastern Oklahoma. The other six species
of our area belong to sect. VALERIANELLA, with funnelform corolla and
glabrous bracts with entire or ciliate margins. Valerianella Locusta (L.)
Betcke (V. olitoria (L.) Poll., Valeriana Locusta L. a olitoria L.), 2n =
14, an introduced European species widely scattered throughout our area,
is readily recognized by the corky mass on the fertile locule of the fruit.
Valerianella umbilicata (Sulliv.) Wood and V. patellaria (Sulliv.) Wood
occur from North Carolina and Tennessee, northward to New York, Ohio,
and Illinois. They are distinguished from the other species in the section
by the breadth of the sterile locules in comparison with the fertile locule
of the fruit. Valerianella intermedia Dyal, which ranges from Massachu-
setts to Kentucky and Illinois, occurs in scattered localities in North and
South Carolina, apparently as an introduction. It is closely related to
V. radiata (L.) Dufr., a widespread, polymorphic species occurring
throughout our area and extending to Pennsylvania, Kansas, and Texas.
Valerianella Palmeri Dyal, occurring only in Arkansas, appears to be
closely related to V. intermedia but is separated by its longer fruit with
abortive sterile locules.
Somie authors have thrown doubt on the validity of some of the species
recognized in North America. Dempster has found dimorphism in the
fruits of species of the closely related Plectritis and has revised the taxono-
1965] FERGUSON, VALERIANACEAE AND DIPSACACEAE 225
my of that genus. In view of this, the species pairs Valerianella Bushii—
V. ozarkana and V. umbilicata—V. patellaria need further investigation,
for in each pair the two sometimes grow together, show a similar, limited
geographical distribution, and are distinguished by their fruits.
There is a lack of cytological information relating to North American
species of Valerianella. Chromosome numbers of 2n = 14, 16, 18, 32 have
been reported for European and Asiatic species. The method of pollination
appears to be unknown; insect visitors have been observed and self-pollina-
tion reported to occur.
Valerianella has affinities with Valeriana. It is very closely related to
Fedia and Plectritis, and early authors treated these variously as one or
more genera. More recent authors have treated Fedia as a monotypic
Mediterranean genus distinguished by its irregular corolla, two stamens,
and dimorphic fruits. Valerianella is separated from the predominantly
western North American Plectritis by the typically 3-locular ovary, 3-
lobed stigma, and dichotomously branched inflorescence vs. the 1-locular
ovary, 2-lobed stigma, and capitate or interruptedly spicate inflorescence.
REFERENCES:
Under family references see DemMpsTER, Poucgues, VESQUE, WAGENITZ
(1956), and WEBERLING
BARTHOLEMEW, E Three spermatophytes new to Virginia. Castanea
5: 111. 1940. 7 olitoria (= V. Locusta), V. umbilicata.
Dyat, S.C. Valerianella in North America. Rhodora 40: 185-212. 1938. [See
also tbid. 465-467. ]
Etvers, I. Chromosomenzahlen in der Gattung Valerianella nebst einigen sys-
tematischen Bemerkungen. Acta Horti Berg. 11: 81-87. 1932.
FREEMAN, O. M. Notes on the flora of Polk County, North Fei Castanea
20: 37-57. 1955. [V. intermedia as a field and roadside wee
GarJEANNE, A. J. M. Valerianella. (In Dutch.) Levende Nat. 53: 101-107.
1950.*
Goopman, G. J. Notes on Oklahoma plants. Proc. Okla. Acad. Sci. 32: 39,
40. 1952. [V. ozarkana recorded in Oklahoma.
Graves, C. B. Valerianella in New England. Rhodora 4: 195, 196. 1902.
Gray, A. Contributions to North American botany. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci.
19: 1-96. 1883. [Valerianaceae-V alerianella, 81-83.]
Krox, T. O. B. N. Anteckningar till en Monografi ofver Vaxlfamiljen pant
aneae. 1. Valerianella. Vet.-akad. Stockholm Handl. IV. 5: 1-105. pls. 1-
1864. 3
Porter, T. C. The Fedias of the northern United States. Am. Nat. 6: 385-388.
1872. [Valerianella.] ;
ee Paes genaged oe Shinners, sp. nov. Field Lab. 21: 93
953. [Described from T Xas. bai
ae, R. Embryogéni “— Valérianacées. Développement de l’embryon
chez le Valerianella ones Poll. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 176: 1081—
1083. 1923. [V. Locusta. ]
Sover-WILLEMET, H. F. Essai monographiques sur les Valerianella de France.
Précis Trav. Soc. Sci. Lett. Arts Nancy 1829-1832: 67-73, 288. 1833.
226 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VoL. 46
DIPSACACEAE A. L. de Jussieu, Gen. Pl. 194. 1789, “Dipsaceae,” nom. cons.
(TEASEL FaMILy)
Mostly perennial herbs, the flowers bisexual, irregular, with a calyx-
like involucel of fused bracteoles, and borne in the axils of imbricate recep-
tacular bracts, the calyx small [variable|, the corolla gamopetalous, 4[5|-
lobed, the stamens 4 [5], inserted toward the top of the corolla tube, and
the ovary inferior. TyPE GENUS: Dipsacus L.
An Old World family of about eight to twelve genera and 250-300
species, centered in the Mediterranean and Near East, extending to North
Europe, East Asia, and South Africa. About ten species in the genera
Dipsacus, Cephalaria, Scabiosa, Knautia, and Succisa are naturalized in
North America; one species of Dipsacus occurs in our area.
Dipsacaceae are placed in the Rubiales by most authors and appear
to be a very natural family, with the exception of the isolated genus
Morina, which some authors have placed in a separate family. Dipsacaceae
have close affinities with Valerianaceae. The family is distinguished from
Valerianaceae by the unilocular ovary and by the capitate inflorescence
surrounded by an involucre of bracts, characters which suggest affinities
with Compositae.
Chromosome numbers of 2” = 10, 14, 16, 18, 20, 34, 36, 38, 42, 43,
44, 46, 50, 54, and 64 have been reported. Ehrendorfer has suggested that
the basic chromosome number of the family is x = 9 and that euploidy,
aneuploidy on the diploid level, polyploidy followed by aneuploidy, gene-,
chromosome-, and genome-mutations have been important in the evolution
of Dipsacaceae.
The variation in the receptacular bracts and the diverse development of
the involucel and calyx are connected with fruit dispersal and give good
characters for taxonomic division of the family into genera.
e family is of little economic importance. A few genera are of horti-
cultural interest, and Scabiosa is widely cultivated for its ornamental
value.
REFERENCES:
ALVARA ADO, S. Constitucién morfolégica y filagenia del caliculo de las “dipsaca-
ceas.” Trab. Mus. Ci. Nat. Bot. Madrid 21: 1-29. 1925. [Scabiosa,
M wee =
——.. morphologische Aufbau des Hiillkelches der Dipsacaceen. Bot.
=a “61(Beibl 138): 10-21. se
BaILton, H. Dipsacacées. Hist. Pl. 7: 519-534. 1880.
Baxsay, L. Monographie der Gattung a Ann, Hist.-Nat. Mus. Hungar.
II. 2: 237-260. 1952.
. Anatomische und systematische Untersuchungen iiber die Gattung
Succisella. Ibid. 6: 167-176. 1955,
BENTHAM, G., & J. D. Hooker. Dipsacaceae. Gen. Pl. 2: 157-161. 1873.
CANDOLLE, A. Pp. DE. Dipsacaceae. Prodr. 4: 643-664. 1830.
nie oN R. ‘ Scabiosa columbaria in central New York. Rhodora 45: 220,
i ae
1965] FERGUSON, VALERIANACEAE AND DIPSACACEAE 227
Coutter, T. Mémoire sur les Dipsacées. Mém. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Genéve
2(2): 13-60. pls. 1, 2. 1826.
Dott, W. Beitrage zur Kénntiis der Dipsaceen und Dipsaceenahnlicher Pflan-
zen. Bot. Arch. 17: 107-146. 1927.
EHRENDORFER, F. Beitrige zur Phylogenie der Gattung Knautia ( Dipsacaceae )
| a Cytologische Grundlagen und allgemeine Hinweise. Osterr. Bot. Zeitschr.
109: 276-343. 1962. [An extensive study of the genus in Europe. |
, ee Taxonomie und Evolution bei Samenpflanzen. Jn: W. B.
TURR ed., Vistas in botany 4: 99-186. New York. 1964. [Darstellung
enon: nein Probleme am Beispiel der Dipsacaceae, 121-124. Rela-
tionships and evolution of the genera of Dipsacace
FIscHeER, J. Beitrage zur Systematik der Dipsaceen. Lotos Sitz-ber. Naturw.-
Med. Ver. Bohmen IT. 26: 78-102. 1906.
Fopor, F. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Histologie der Gattung Cephalaria. (In
Hungarian: German summary.) Bot. Kézlem. 9: 171-199, (45)-(46).
1910. [For leaf anatomy see F. Varca, Bot. Kézlem. 22: 28-34, (17).
5.]
192
Francois, L. Semences et jeunes poy chez les Dipsacées et les Composées.
Ann. Agron. III. 17: 674-718. 1947.*
Gutntuart, A. Beitrige zur Bliitenbiologie der Dipsaceen. Flora 93: 199-250.
1904. [Scabiosa, Knautia, Succisa, Cephalaria, Dipsacus.
Herr, C. Contribution a |’étude du pollen des Dipsacées. Thése Doct. Univ.
(Pharmacie) Strasbourg. 1934.*
Hock, F. Dipsacaceae. Nat. Pflanzenfam. IV. 4: 182-189. 1891.
. Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen der Valerianaceen und Dipsacaceen. Bot.
Jahrb. 31: 405-411. 1902.
JAEGER, P. Nouveaux cas de gynodimorphisme chez les Dipsacées. Compt. Rend.
Acad. Sci. Paris 199: 1239-1241. 1934. [Knautia, Scabiosa, Succisa, Cepha-
laria, Dipsacus; for Succisa see P. Macnus, Bot. Jahrb. 3: 187. 1882.]
Etude de la sexualité chez les Dipsacacées. Imprimerie Arts graphiques
modernes. Nancy. 1937.*
Kacuipze, N. Karyologische Studien iiber die Familie der Dipsacaceae. Planta
7: 482-502. 1929. :
LaviaLLe, P. Sur le sac embryonnaire des Dipsacées. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci.
Paris 180: 1127-1129. 1925. [See also ibid. 1606-1608. |
. L’étamine chez Knautia arvensis Coult. Polymorphisme des fleurs et
des capitules. /bid. 192: 176-178. 1931.
. La génération haploide female chez les Dipsacées. Bull. Soc. Bot.
France 83: 274-277. 193
. L’androcée et la weubeation haploide male chez les Dipsacées. /bid.
562-570
& P. JaEceER. L’origine du fruit dans ses rapports avec la pollinisation
chez Knautia arvensis Coult. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 192: 147
1476. 1
& ———. La fertilité et la stérilité de l’androcée: leurs rapports avec
le polymorphisme staminal chez Knautia arvensis Coult. Ibid, 198: 114-
116. 1934. [See also cytology of pollen, ibid. 199: 485-487. 1934. |
. Ktetn. Pistils bi-ovulés et soudure des deux ovules chez Knautia
arvensis Coult. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 77: 593-597. 1930.
Lunt, J. R. Succisa pratensis in Massachusetts. Rhodora 14: 174. 1912.
Puitipson, W. R. Studies in the development of the inflorescence. II. The
228 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
capitula of Succisa pratensis oe and Dipsacus fullonum L. Ann. Bot.
II. 11: 285-297. 1947. [D. sativ
Prouvier, V. Sur la recherche du méthylglucoside B chez quelques Dipsacacées
et Rhamnacées. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 256: 1397-1399. 1963.
PoppUBNAJA-ARNOLDI, V. eon cin in der Familie der Dipsacaceae. Planta
21: 381-386. 1933. [Scabiosa.]
Razr, B. A., & K. SuskAMANYAM. Embryology of the Dipsacaceae. Proc. Indian
Acad. Sci. B. 36: 249-257. 1952. [Cephalaria. |
RISsE, " Beitrige zur Zytologie der Dipsacaceen. Bot. Arch. 23: 266-288.
192
eee J. W., & M. W. Quimpy, eds. Lynn Index. Monograph V.
67 pp. Boston. 1962. [Dipsacaceae, 20-22.
ScunarF, K. Vergleichende Embryologie der Angiospermen. 350 pp. Berlin.
1931. [Dipsacaceae, 209, 210.]|
Sovéces, R. Embryogénie des Dipsacacées. Développement de |’embryon chez
ns a columbaria L. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 245: 465-468.
Embryogénie des Dipsacacées. Développement de l’embryon chez le
Cephalaria tatarica Schrad. Ibid, 256: 45-48. 1963. [Knautia, ibid. 1190-
1194.
SzaBo, Z. Nouvelles observations concernant Vhistologie et le développement
des organes sur les espéces du genre Knautia. (In Hungarian; French sum-
mary.) Bot. Kézlem. 9: 133-148, (25)-(41). 1910.
. A Knautia génusz Monografidja. Mat. Természett. Kézlem. 31. 1911.*
The development of the flower of the Dipsacaceae. Ann. Bot. 37: 325-
334. 1923.
Organografiai és genetikai vizsgdlatok dipsacacedkon (Organographische
und genetische Untersuchungen an “nea Magyar Tudom. Akad
Ertek. Természett. Koréb. 53: 571-636. 193
ae, a a der Gattung Cephalaria. om Természett. Kézlem. 38.
1940
TAMMES, T. Notiz iiber das Vorkommen von Dipsacan bei den Dipsaceae. Rec.
Trav. Bot. Néerl. 8: 369, 370. 1911.
TiecHEM, P. van. Remarques sur les Dipsacacées. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. IX. 10:
148-200. 1909.
Varca, F. Vergleichende anatomische Untersuchung der Gattungen Succisella
und Succisa mit Rucksicht auf die verwandten Gattungen. (In Hungarian;
German summary.) Bot. Kézlem. 21: 32-47, (4)—(8). 1923
VietH, J. Beitrag zur Kenntnis Dipsacaceenbliite. Ann. Univ. Sarav. Sci. 7:
215-274. 1959.
WaceEni1z, G. Die systematische Stellung der Rubiaceae. Bot. Jahrb. 79: 17-35.
1959. [Gentianales = Contortae + cme Dipsacales = Caprifolia-
ceae, Adoxaceae, Valerianaceae, Dipsacaceae. |
Dipsacaceae. Jn: H. MELCHIOR, Engler’s Syllabus der Pflanzenfamilien.
ed. 12. 2: 477, 478. 1964.
1. Dipsacus Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. 1: 97. 1753; Gen. Pl. ed. 5. 43. 1754.
Stout, erect, biennial herbs with spiny or prickly stems. Leaves simple,
entire [to pinnately divided], opposite, exstipulate; basal leaves petiolate,
stem leaves connate [petiolate]. Inflorescence a head with 1 or 2 rows of
>
1965] FERGUSON, VALERIANACEAE AND DIPSACACEAE 229
linear to lanceolate [narrowly triangular], subulate, erect or speading,
spine-tipped involucral bracts; each flower subtended by a chaffy recep-
tacular bract and surrounded by a 4-angled tubular involucel of fused
bracteoles, which is grooved with a median rib and truncate at the apex,
with an almost obsolete denticulate margin. Calyx cup-shaped, 4-angled,
with a ciliate margin. Corolla imbricate, lobes often unequal. Stamens 4,
alternate with the corolla lobes, exserted; filaments free; anthers 4-locular,
introrse, longitudinally dehiscent; pollen tricolpate, echinate. Stigma lat-
eral, entire; style filiform; ovary unilocular, ovule solitary, anatropous,
pendulous from the apex of the locule. Fruit indehiscent, dry, inclosed
within the calyx-like involucel and crowned with the persistent calyx. Seed
1; endosperm fleshy; embryo straight, the cotyledons oblong or ovate, the
radicle superior. Embryo sac development of the normal (Polygonum)
type. Lectotype species: D. fullonum L.; see Britton & Brown, Illus.
Fl. No. U. S. ed. 2. 3: 289. 1913. (Name from Greek, dipsa, thirst, be-
cause the united cup-shaped bases of the leaves in some species hold
water.) — TEASEL.
About 12 species of Europe, western Asia, and Africa, three naturalized
in North America. Dipsacus fullonum L. (D. sylvestris Huds.) ,? 2n = 16,
18, a native of Europe, is probably widespread and scattered throughout
the United States, occurring sporadically in our area. Dipsacus fullonum
has close affinities with D. sativus (L.) Schkuhr (D. fullonum auct. non
L.), 2n = 16, 18, also a native of Europe, locally naturalized in the north-
eastern United States. The involucral bracts curve upward in D. fullonum
and the receptacular bracts end in a long straight spine, while in D.
sativus the involucral bracts spread more or less horizontally and the
receptacular bracts end in a stiff, recurved spine. Some authors have
treated D. sativus as a subspecies of D. fullonum. The very different
laciniate-leaved D. laciniatus L. is established in the northeastern United
The genus is mainly a well-defined one recognized by the presence of
stem prickles and spine-tipped bracts. It is most closely related to Cepha-
laria, which is also distinguished from the rest of the family by chaffy
receptacular bracts and a four-angled involucel. Grenier and Godron
placed D. pilosus L. in Cephalaria, but few subsequent authors have
adopted this treatment.
The mode of flowering in the genus is characteristic, the flowers opening
first about halfway up the head and developing in sequence both upward
and downward.
The species are separated on the basis of the leaves, which may be con-
nate or stalked, entire or divided; the inflorescence, which may be oblong,
ovate, or globose; and the involucral bracts, which may be linear-lanceo-
late, subulate, keeled with spines on the margins and midrib, or narrowly
triangular, shorter or longer than the inflorescence.
* The application of the name Dipsacus fullonum L. will be discussed in the next
issue of this Journal.
230 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
The ripened inflorescences of D. sativus, the fuller’s teasel, are used in
fulling cloth (raising the nap), and the plants are grown to a limited ex-
tent for this purpose.
The flora and fauna of the rain water caught by the connate leaf bases
have been studied more or less extensively, but most biological aspects
of the genus have been neglected.
Chromosome numbers of 2” = 16, 18, 36 have been reported.
REFERENCES:
Under family references see GUNTHART, JAEGER (1934), and PHILIPSON.
BEAL, W. J., & C. E. St. Jonn. A study of Silphium perfoliatum and Dipsacus
laciniatus i in regard ie insects. Bot. Gaz. 12: 268-270. ms
Curisty, M. The common teasel as a carnivorous plant. Jour. Bot. 61: 33-45.
1923. eeriariny « on whether the water held in ee connate leaf bases
of D. fullonum operates as an insectivorous mechani
GREENE, E. L. Nomenclature of the fuller’s teasel. PiHlonts 3: 1-9. 1896.
Grenter, M., & M. Gopron. Dipsacaceae. Flore de France 2: 67-81. 1850.
[D. iilosas transferred to Cephalaria, 69. |
Grossin, F. Virescence spontanée chez Dipsacus silvestris Mill. et virescence
induite expérimentalement chez Zinnia elegans L. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci
Paris 242: 1349-1352. 1956. [Experiment with 2,4-D on D. jullonum.J
Howe, J. T. Dipsacus sylvestris Huds. Leafl. West. Bot. 2: 16. 1937. [Oc-
currence of D. fullonum in western |
Jurica, H. S$. Development of head and flower of Dipsacus sylvestris. Bot. Gaz.
71: 138-145, 1921. [D. fullonum.|
Macurre, B. Aquatic biotas of teasel (Dipsacus sylvestris) waters. Ecology
40: 506. 1959. [Algae, protozoa, nematodes, and other organisms found in
the water of the connate leaf bases of D. fullonum. |
Mu tins, D. Teasel growing, an ancient ie World Crops 3: 146, 147.
1951+ [D. sativus as D. fullonum. |
PLanTEFOL, L. La soudure des feuilles dans la torsion de contrainte de la
cardére (Dipsacus pri Huds.). Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 256:
3917-3921. 1963. [D. fullonum.
. La torsion de cane. des tiges de cardére (Dipsacus silvestris
— et la théorie des helices foliaires multiples. /bid. 3398-3403.
fullonum. |
ROBINSON, B. B. Minor fiber industries. Econ. Bot. 1: 47-56. 1947. [Includes
Dipsacus.]
erste I. Adatok a Dipsacus genus anatomiai es fejlodestani ismeretehez
[Beitrige zur Anatomie und Entwicklungsgeschichte der Gattung Dipsacus |.
Kiilén. Egyet. Természett. Szévet. Evkényv. 1910: 1-32. 1910.* [See
German summary in Bot. Centralbl. 116: 482. 1911.
Snow, R. Phyllotaxis of flowering teasels (Dipsacus laciniatus). New Phytol.
53: 99-107. 1954.
Sovéces, R. Embryogénie des Dipsacacées. Développement de l’embryon chez
le Dipsacus sylvestris Mill. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 256: 2268-
2273. 1963. [D. fullonum.|
SPOEL-WaLvius, M. R. vAN ver, & R. J. pE Vries. Description of Dipsacus
fullonum L. pollen. Acta Bot. Neerl. 13: 422-431. 1964.
STEYERMARK, J. A. An albino form of Dipsacus sylvestris. Rhodora 60: 174,
175. 1958. [D. fullonum.|
1965] FERGUSON, VALERIANACEAE AND DIPSACACEAE 231
Toncrorc1, E. Un caso di virescenza del — silvestris Mill. Nuovo Gior.
Bot. Ital. II. 45: 221-223. 1938. [D. fullon
Varca, L. Recherches limnologiques sur la ihe des réservoirs de la
entities (Dipsacus silvester Huds.). (In Hungarian; French summary.)
Erdész. Kisér. 30: 353-369, 410. 1928. [D. fullonum. |
VieTH, J. Persistance de morphoses induites chez Dipsacus fullonum. Bull.
Sci. Bourgogne 20: 70-81. 1960. [D. sativus. |
. Sur la feuille terminale présentée par Dipsacus silvestris. Ibid. 21:
39-44. 1962. [D. fullonum
Voropyser, B. A. The inhabitation of larvae of Diptera in water bodies in axils
of the leaves of Dipsacus. (In Russian.) Entomol. Obozr. 39: 799-801.
1960.
Wartiez, N. Contribution 4 l’étude biochimique des dipsacées. Présence dans
Dipsacus arvensis de méthylglucoside et de scabioside. Bull. Soc. Chim.
Biol. 8: 501-507. 1926.*
ARNOLD ARBORETUM
AND
Gray HERBARIUM
232 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
A PRELIMINARY REPORT ON FUNIFERA
Lorin I. NEVLING, JR.
THE EARLIEST RECORDED INFORMATION concerning the plants now recog-
nized as members of the thymelaeaceous genus Funifera C. A. Mey. was
published in 1820 (Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Modena 18: 391), by the Italian
botanist Raddi, In that publication, by means of a rather sophisticated
and complete description, Raddi defined a new Brazilian species of Daphne,
D. brasiliensis (to be transferred below to Funifera). In nearly a century
and a half which has since elapsed, our knowledge of this and related
species has not increased much; the chief contribution being descriptions
of a few additional species.
At the suggestion of Mr. Guido Pabst, Director of Herbarium Bradean-
um, I started what was intended to be a comprehensive revision of the
genus Funifera. However, the poor quality of most of the existing collec-
tions (i.e., flowers and fruits lacking from most of the sheets) has frus-
trated such a project. I hoped the difficulties would be at least partially
overcome when I had a large suite of specimens assembled. Since, how-
ever, the additional material was not very satisfactory I am presenting
as a report the information now available, hoping it may serve as an out-
line for field work and eventual new collections which will make possible
a precise and detailed study.
The species of the genus Funifera are not conspicuous components of
the vegetation in the areas of Brazil where they grow; nor are they of great
economic importance even at the local level. They are intriguing because
so little is known of their geographic and ecologic distribution, their anato-
my, and their morphology. In addition, the medicinal potential of these
plants found in references from folk-medicine, has both practical and
theoretical application in modern phytochemistry.
Various properties attributed to plants of the genus Funifera are similar
to those ascribed to other genera of the Thymelaeaceae. The tough cortical
fibers of Funifera are employed as cordage (Penna, 1946) a common prac-
tice in related genera of the family throughout the geographic distribution.
The fibers of the American genera are never used in paper making, this
use being restricted entirely to the Old World members of the family.
A decoction of the macerated bark of Funifera is used externally as 4
vesicant (Dragendorff, p. 204. 1898) in the same manner as that of
Daphne mezereum L. of Europe. If accidentally ingested the decoction is
especially caustic to the mucous membrane of the mouth. Other American
Thymelaeaceae known to have a similar vesicating effect are Daphnopsis
(one species has the common name “Burn Nose”), Dirca, and Ovidia.
A decoction of the leaves of Funifera may be used internally as an
1965] NEVLING, REPORT ON FUNIFERA 233
emetic or cathartic according to Hoehne (pp. 204, 205. 1939). Similar
results may be obtained also from the New World genera Daphnopsis,
Dirca, Lagetta, Lasiadenia, and Ovidia. Based on a very limited number
of reports, in Daphnopsis, Dirca, and Ovidia, such a decoction, or the com-
parable use of fruits, should be avoided as it presents more than a little
danger to the patient (both violent illness and death have been reported).
Hoehne (p. 206. 1920) says that Funifera is ‘““extremamente toxicas.” He
further notes that cattle are adversely affected by grazing both Daphnopsis
and Funifera and are stricken particularly from May to September (during
the vegetative growth phase).
An active principle has not been isolated but several compounds, mez-
erein, daphnin, and umbelliferone, have been reported in several genera
of the Thymelaeaceae. Hoehne (p. 206. 1920; p. 204. 1939) has reported
both mezerein and daphnin present in Funifera. If these compounds, or
chemically related ones, are more consistently present in the family than
has been realized, they may provide the chemical basis for the similarity
of application found in folk medicine throughout the world. The chemical
composition of mezerein is unknown, most authorities referring it to the
category of an “acrid resin.” Both umbelliferone and daphnin belong to
a large group of related compounds having coumarin (for a most informa-
tive paper on this compound see Brown, 1963) as a nucleus. Since the
coumarin derivatives are found in many groups of plants their use as
supplemental taxonomic characters is less important than might have been
expected. Umbelliferone is known to absorb ultraviolet light and has been
used as sunburn protection, and as a whitening agent in soap powders.
Specific uses for daphnin have not been reported. Coumarin has been used
commercially as an adulterant or substitute for vanilla, as an adulterant of
tobacco, and in the perfume trade. It has a fragrant odor and burning
taste. A coumarin derivative could account, in part, for the peculiar and
distinctive odor of many thymelaeaceous plants. In general, coumarin
is considered nontoxic to mammals although Pammel (p. 552) points out
that “Dr. Millspaugh states that in large does, [it] causes nausea, vomit-
ing, vertigo, great depression of the heart’s action and cold extremities.”
Dean (p. 241) further states that . . . “larger animals (e.g., dogs, horses)
can be killed by coumarin, but moderate quantities have no very marked
effect on man except that it has been reported recently that coumarin
has a true curare-like activity.” It is impossible to say whether a single
compound or a group of compounds is responsible for the similarity of
medicinal uses to which thymelaeaceous plants are put but the latter al-
ternative seems more likely. It is clear that more precise diagnostic
and physiological data are needed for all the compounds mention
MATERIALS
This study is based on specimens from the following herbaria, the ab-
breviations for which are taken from Lanjouw & Stafleu’s Index Herbar-
iorum, Part I. Ed. 5 (Regnum Vegetabile, 31. 1964).
234 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
A Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 1
pms British Museum (Natural History), London
E Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh
F Chicago Natural History Museum, Chicago
FI Herbarium Universitatis Florentinae, Firenze
c-pc Herbier DeCandolle, Conservatoire et Jardin botaniques, Genéve
cH Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts 1
HB Herbarium Bradeanum, Rio de Janeiro
K Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew
a Rijksherbarium, Leiden
LE Herbarium of the Komarov Botanical Institute of the Academy of Sci-
ences of the U.S.S.R., Leningrad
M Botanische Staatssammlung, Miinchen
Mo. Missouri Botanical Garden, St. mes
NY New York Botanical Garden, N
P Muséum National d’Histoire Naturale Paris
PI Istituto Botanico della Universita, Pis
R Divisao de Botanica do aes Setacat Rio de Janeiro
RB Jardim Botanico, Rio de Jan
s Naturhistoriska oats “Stos kholm
us U.S. National Museum (Department of Botany), Smithsonian Institution,
Washington
I wish to thank the directors and curators of the institutions listed for
allowing me to examine the specimens in their care. Special thanks are
given to Mr. Guido Pabst whose encouragement was responsible for my
carrying the study to this stage.
TAXONOMY
Funifera C. A. Mey. Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris II. 20: 46, 47, 49. February,
1843 (Type species: Lagetta funifera Mart. & Zucc.); Bull. Aca
St. Pétersb. Classe Physico-Math. 1: 355, 357. June, 1843.
Neesia Mart. ex Meissn. Jn: Mart. Fl. Bras. 5: 67. 1855, non Blume, pro syn.
Dioecious shrubs with flexible leathery branches, the stems often di-
chotomously branched, the cortex containing many fibers. Leaves irreg-
ularly pseudo-whorled, opposite, subopposite, or rarely alternate, simple,
entire, pinnately veined, petiolate, estipulate. Inflorescences usually borne
from the younger leafy or bracteate shoots, umbelliform or racemiform.
Flowers unisexual, tetramerous, perigynous; calyx tube cylindrical or
urceolate, the interior villous below and glabrous above; calyx lobes much
shorter than the tube, in unequal pairs, generally erect at anthesis; petals
0; disc of 8 free lobes or the lobes connate and coronate. Staminate
flowers: stamens 8, in two whorls, the upper 4 antisepalous, included to
exserted, the lower 4 alternisepalous, included, the anthers longitudinally
dehiscent, introrse, basifixed; pistillode present, densely villous. Pistillate
*The abbreviation a-cu, used for citation of certain microfiches, refers to the
collection in the combined library of the Arnold Arboretum and the Gray Herbarium,
Harvard University.
1965 | NEVLING, REPORT ON FUNIFERA 235
flowers: staminodia 8 or 0, the upper whorl sometimes bearing aborted
anthers; pistil 1, superior, the ovary uniloculate with 1 anatropous ovule,
the style chiankcie. the stigma obscurely bilobed or capitate, included or
exserted. Fruit a berry enclosed by the persistent and accrescent calyx
ube
KEY TO THE SPECIES
a. Mature leaves 4 to 7 times longer than broad, narrowly ong to oblanceo-
late, 4-14 cm. long, 1-2.5 cm. broad, densely sericeous ben
b. Leaves irregularly pseudo- whorled, opposite, pie woneinig or rarely alter-
nate, the apex acute and often minutely apiculate; staminate inflores-
cen ces 5—6-flowered, the primary peduncle ca. 3 mm. long, stout; disc
the staminate flowers with 8 free lobes; pistillate eon with 8 stam
co! ee PCO meres) Pete were Pure LN er : ae prone
ao
. Leaves subopposite or alternate, the apex long acuminate; staminate
inflorescences 10-35-flowered, the primary peduncle 10-35 mm. <e
slender; disc of the eats flowers coronate, the lobes connate below
pistillate flowers unknown. ................ Species A (Incertae veilin).
a. Mature leaves about 3 oa longer than broad, elliptic to oblanceolate or
obovate, sparsely sericeous beneath.
c. Leaves elliptic, 8-12 cm. rit 2.5—-4 cm. broad, glabrous above, the apex
subacute (nearly blunt); disc of the staminate flowers with 8 free lobes;
pistillate flowers lacking staminodia. ................ F. ericiflora.
Leaves oblanceolate to obovate, 9-21 cm. long, 3-7 cm. broad, glabres-
cent above, the apex acute or abruptly acuminate: disc of the staminate
flowers coronate, the lobes connate below; pistillate flowers with 8
eats G6 A Ae u a enite oulh ds SOW eau Gen 3. F. grandifolia.
fk
—_
.
Funifera brasiliensis (Raddi) Nevl. comb. nov.
Daphne sila ila Raddi, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Modena 18: 391. 1820 (Type:
Raddi s ;
Lagetta fu Cie Mart. & Zucc. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 1: t. 39. 1824, ex char.
Funifera utilis Leandro ex Mart. & Zucc. /bid., pro s
Funifera utilis Leandro ex C. A. Mey. Ann. Sci Nat, Paris II. 20: 46, 47, 49.
ebruary, 1843; Acad. St. Pétersb. Classe Physico- Math. 1: 357. June,
1843.
Daphne thereminii Lhotzky ex Meissn. in Mart. Fl. Bras. 5: 67. 1855, pro syn.
Neesia daphnoides Mart. ex Meissn. [bid., pro syn.
Much branched shrub, to 2 m. tall, the branchlets reddish brown, rugose,
minutely but densely sericeous and soon glabrescent. Leaves [alternate |
subopposite, opposite, or irregularly pseudo-whorled (3-7 leaves per
whorl), the blade oblanceolate or narrowly elliptic, 4-11(—14) cm. long,
0-2 (-2.5) cm. broad, acute and sometimes minutely apiculate at the apex,
tapered to the base, glabrous above, ochraceous sericeous beneath, the
costa immersed above, elevated beneath, the primary lateral veins incon-
spicuous, dark green above (appearing light to dark red-brown on drying),
light green beneath (ochraceous when dry); the margin revolute; petiole
236 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
ca. 3 mm. long. Inflorescences borne from the apical leafy whorls, the
bud scales numerous subtending the inflorescence, lanceolate, 2—5 mm.
long, glabrous above, sericeous beneath. Staminate inflorescence: 5-6
flowers per inflorescence, umbelliform, sericeous throughout, primary pe-
duncle ca. 3 mm. long, the rachis 0, the secondary peduncles ca. 4 mm. long.
Staminate flower: pedicel 0.5-1.5 mm. long; calyx tube cylindrical, 7-8
mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. in diameter at the orifice, white sericeous without,
villous within in lower two-thirds and glabrous in upper one-third; calyx
lobes unequal, the deltoid set 1 0.5 mm., the ovate set 0.75 & 0.5 mm.,
puberulent within; petals 0; antisepalous stamens inserted at the orifice,
exserted, the alternisepalous stamens inserted about the length of 3 anthers
below the orifice, included, the anthers subsessile, oblong, 0.5—0.75 mm.
long, 0.25 mm. broad; disc of 8 free lobes, the lobes linear, 1.5—2 mm. long,
glabrous, occasionally 2 lobes connate at the base; pistillode fusiform, ca.
0.5 mm. long, long-villous. Pistillate flower: pedicel obsolete; calyx tube
cylindrical, 8 mm. long, 2.5 mm. in diameter at the orifice, white, densely
sericeous without, densely villous within in lower two-thirds, glabrous in
upper one-third; calyx lobes deltoid, unequal, 1.5 2 mm. and 1 X 1
mm., minutely puberulent within; petals 0; staminodia 8, in two whorls,
the upper whorl with aborted anthers, the lower whorl (often hidden by
trichomes) papilliform; disc of 8 free lobes, the lobes linear with a slight
swelling at the apex, 2.5 mm. long, glabrous; ovary ovoid, ca. 2.5 mm. long,
densely villous, the style eccentric, 3.54 mm. long, villous, the stigma
obscurely bilobed, barely exserted. Fruit enclosed by the accrescent papery
calyx tube, the tube urceolate, to 12 mm. long, the berry obpyriform, ca.
5 mm. long, 4 mm. in diameter, white, the style and stigma often per-
sistent.
Flowering from December through May. Fruiting specimens infrequent.
Common names: Embira branca, Embira sebo, Pau de embira, Imbira
branca (also used for Apeiba cimbalanea of the Tiliaceae), and Imbira (a
common name shared with several species of the genus Daphnopsis).
Brasil.2, GuANABARA: Rio, Doellinger sm. (m), Gardner 812 (E, GH, K, NY,
P), 5597 (BM, E, GH, K, US), Gaudichaud “1832” (p), Glaziou 860 (F, K, P);
2487 (BM, K, P), “1872” (#1), Luschnath “1835” (LE), Martius s.n. (K, L, M),
Riedel 23 [“1829"] (LE, Ny), 552 [“1832”] (a, LE, Ny, Us), 553 [‘1823”] (A,
LE, Us), Saint-Hilare 757 (vp), Weddell 92 (p), “1843” (Pp); [Trovasi nei Boschi
in vicinanza di Rio-Janeiro, e segnatamente presso Matacavallos|, Raddi 5.1.
(Pr-holotype of Daphne brasiliensis); Alta do Béa Vista, Brade 10640 (GH, 8),
10641 (GH, R); Estrada da Vista Chinesa [road from Mesa do Imperador to
Alto da Béa Vista], Brade 15015 (rB); Corcovado, Aparicio & Rizzini 11 (RB),
Gaudichaud 79 (P), Glaziou 20473 (x, P, us), Guillemin “1839” (x, P), Lhotsky
“1832” (G-pc; microfiche, a~-cH), Miers 3256 (BM, x, Pp, us), Nadeaud “1862”
(P), Schwacke 7149 (xB), Mata das Obras Publicas, perto da Cotia, prosimo da
séde do H. Florestal, Kuhlmann “1930” (xp, mixed with Daphnopsis utilis) ;
eparting from my usual custom of noting the sex of the specimens cited,
for too frequently in collections of Funifera it is impossible to recognize.
a
1965] NEVLING, REPORT ON FUNIFERA 237
Mata do Horto Florestal, Lourenco “1922” (rs), Parque da Cidade, Gavéa,
Duarte 5204 (A, HB), Mata da Lagouinha, Dionisio & Constantino “1917” (RB);
Suamaré, Pereira, Liene, Sucre & Duarte 4143 (a, HB); Morro do Grajau, Filho
574 (R); Morro de Babilonia, Guillemin “1839” (p), Serra Carioca, Brade 10715
(R), Occhioni 364 (RB); in the ascent from the head of the valley of Catumbé,
up the high mountain on the n.w. side of the Aqueduct of Carioca, Burchell
1840 (K); along the Aqueduct, Burchell 858 (K), 1245 (K); up the path by the
side of the aqueduct Monta da Santa Theresa, A. C. [Allemdo Cysneiros | “1875”
(BM); Tijuca, Trapicheiro [lee side of Serra da Carioca], Netto “1870” (r),
Valle 96 (x); Corcovado Mountain, by way of Laranjeiras, Burchell 1449 (1),
Gardner 812 (BM, K). R10 DE JANEIRO: Cabo Frio, Netto, Glaziou & Schwacke
sm. (R). Without precise locality: Langsdorff & Riedel 606 (tr), Leandro do
Sacremento 8 (m), Lépine s.n. (Pp), Lund 169 (c-pc; microfiche a-cH), Martius
416 (K, MO, P), “1823” (G-Dc; microfiche, A~cH), s.m. (L), Weddell “1844” (P),
sn. (P), Widgren 485 (s), Sello sn. (pm, K). Locality questionable: Ceara,
Cysneiros 1347 (Rr); Para, Vincent “1915” (1).
Several manuscript names appearing on specimens of this species have
been published as synonyms. The two pistillate sheets of Martius s.n.
deposited at Munich bear the name “Neesia daphnoides” and are the
basis for that name. The microfiche of this collection from the DeCandolle
herbarium (c-pc) shows one specimen, Lhotsky “1832,” bearing the name
“Daphne Thereminii.’”” Both of these names were published by Meissner
as synonyms in Martius’ Flora Brasiliensis. Another sheet in the DeCan-
dolle herbarium, Martius “1823,” bears an unpublished name.
Several problems have arisen in connection with the geographic dis-
tribution of Funifera brasiliensis. It seems to me that the plants are
restricted to the Carioca, Tijuca, and Gavéa ranges with a disjunct popu-
lation, to the north, at Cabo Frio. The single collection from the last
named locality is fragmentary but appears to be this species. Positive
determination must await collection of flowering material. Several cryptic
reports indicate that the species occurs as far south as Sao Paulo but I
have seen no material to support the claim. In addition, José Correa
Gomes, Jr., Curador do Herbario, has written that no material of the
genus is on deposit at the Instituto de Botanica, Sao Paulo.
I have listed Allemdo Cysneiros 1347 as being from a questionable
locality. The specimen bears three labels: one, a handwritten label with
“Lagetta funifera (Mart.)” and the family name; a second label with the
collector’s name and title (M. N. PLANTAS DA COMM. SCIENT. DO
CEARA.) printed, the collector’s number (1347) and identification hand-
written; the third label is recently printed and typewritten. Cysneiros
collected in the state of Ceara from 1859 to 1861. It is not at all clear
whether the label is associated with the proper plant, for this locality is
not in accord with the range of Funifera brasiliensis as understood at this
time. A second sheet, with the initials A. C., which I assume to have been
collected by the same man, in 1875, is from “Rio.” | a
A specimen at Leiden, collected by Vincent in 1915, marked “Para” is
questionable. Surely “Para” refers to a local name and not to the state
238 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
of Para, but I have not found such a locality within the known range of
the species
The collections of Ludwig Riedel have been cited by number and year
of collection to avoid confusion. His two earliest Brasilian collections were
not numbered; his subsequent collections (four excursions) were each
independently numbered. A note explaining this system plus a biographic
discussion can be found in Urban’s “‘Biographische Skizzen. II. 2. Georg
Heinrich v. Langsdorff (1774-1852) und 3. Ludwig Riedel (1790-1861)”
Beibl. Bot. Jahrbiich. 44: 6-21. 1894 (see especially p. 20)
In this species, Funifera brasiliensis, growth seems to occur in flushes,
with stem elongation and flower production taking place simultaneously.
Following anthesis, one or more axillary buds subtending the inflorescence
develop and form the peculiar branched structure characteristic of the
shrubs of this species. Shortly after the lateral vegetative shoots elongate,
the leaves mature and the plants enter a resting phase
Notes on several herbarium specimens indicate the possibility of de-
velopment of an enlarged underground stem in older specimens. It is
believed that these underground stems would be advantageous for survival
in areas subject to frequent burning. This adaptation occurs in several
African genera but is suspected only in a few cases involving American
Thymelaeaceae.
2. Funifera ericiflora (Gilg & Markgraf) Domke, Biblioth. Bot. 111:
57. 1934, in text.
Daphnopsis plecgiie Gilg & Markgraf, Repert. Sp. Nov. 19: 113. 1923
(Type: Hoehne 2112).
Shrubs, the branchlets puberulent and glabrescent, yellow-brown.
Leaves opposite, the blades elliptic, 8-12 cm. long, 2.5—4 cm. broad, sub-
acute at the apex, acute to obtuse at the base, thin-coriaceous, glabrous
above, very sparsely sericeous beneath, costa nearly plane above and be-
neath, lateral veins many, submarginal vein present, margin not thickened;
petiole ca. 3 mm. long. Staminate flowers (fide Gilg & Markgraf): borne
in axillary fascicles: pedicel 3-4 mm. long, nodding; calyx tube ellipsoid-
campanulate, sericeous without, the interior villous below, glabrous above;
calyx lobes short, anthers subsessile; disc of 8 lobes, the apices laciniate;
pistillode rudimentary, obovate, sericeous. Pistillate flowers: pedicel ob-
solete; calyx tube urceolate, ca. 6.5 mm. long, | mm. in diameter at the
orifice, sericeous without, densely villous within in lower portion, upper
part glabrous; calyx lobes deltoid, 1.0 < 0.5 mm. and 0.75 & 0.5 mm.,
puberulent within; petals 0; staminodia 0; disc of 8 free lobes, linear, ca.
1.5 mm. long, glabrous, the apices somewhat swollen; ovary ovoid, densely
villous, ca. 1.5 mm. long, the style filiform, eccentric, 3.5 mm. long, gla-
brous, the stigma capitate, included. Fruit not known.
Flowering in June and November. Hoehne has remarked “interessante
per cause da fibra que contem a casca.” No common names are known.
canal
1965 | NEVLING, REPORT ON FUNIFERA 239
Brasil. Mato Grosso: Juruena, Hoehne 5504 (r).
There is scarcely any information available about Funifera ericiflora
which was not presented by Gilg and Markgraf at the time of their original
diagnosis, Only diligent collecting can provide us with fruiting material,
more and better specimens of flowering material, and a fuller knowledge
of the geographic and ecologic distribution of this species.
3. Funifera grandifolia Domke, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 12: 731.
1935 (Type: Kuhlmann 14 Nov. 1922! rs).
Shrubs to 3 m. tall, the branchlets minutely sericeous and glabrescent,
greenish brown. Leaves alternate to subopposite, the blades oblanceolate
Inflorescences borne from the young growth, solitary; each inflorescence
8—18-flowered, umbelliform, canescent, the primary peduncle 3-12 mm.
long, the rachis ca. 1 mm. long, the secondary peduncles 5—8 mm. long.
Staminate flowers: pedicel 1-4 mm. long; calyx tube cylindrical, 4.5—8 mm
long, 1~2.5 mm. in diameter at the orifice, white, densely puberulent with-
out, long-villous within in the lower one-third, glabrous in the upper two-
thirds; calyx lobes nearly dentate, ca. 1 mm. long, to 0.5 mm. broad,
puberulent within; antisepalous stamens inserted at the orifice, exserted,
the alternisepalous inserted about the length of 3 anthers below the orifice,
included, the anthers oblong, 0.5—-1 mm. long, ca. 0.25 mm. broad, the
filaments 0.25—1 mm. long, glabrous; disc coronate with 8 attenuate lobes,
1-1.5 mm. long, glabrous; pistillode densely villous. Pistillate flowers
(fide Domke): similar to staminate flowers with the following exceptions:
staminodia 8, filamentous; disc to 0.5 mm. long; ovary ovoid, ca. 3.5 mm.
long, villous, the style filiform, ca. 5 mm. long, villous on lower portion,
the stigma small, round, semi-included or included. Fruit unknown.
Flowers in November.
Brasil. R1o pE JANEIRO: Serra de Friburgo, Fazenda Valerio, Kuhlmann, 14
Nov. 1922 (rB No. 21335); in sylvis primaevis, Machi, Riedel 553 (LE).
In Domke’s diagnosis of this species a good description of staminate
and pistillate flowers is presented. The holotype, which I have examined,
is without flowers now; it has been remounted since publication of
Domke’s diagnosis and several errors appear on the typewritten label.
Domke has indicated that this may be the plant which was listed (Ann.
Sci. Nat. Paris II. 20: 49. February, 1843; Bull. Acad. St. Pétersb. Classe
Physico-Math. 1: 357. June, 1843) by C. A. Meyer as Funifera latifolia
Fisch. & Mey. (a nomen nudum). A concurring annotation, by A. Smir-
nova, is on the Leningrad collection.
240 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
INCERTAE SEDIS
Funifera species A.
Small shrub, the stems slender, sparsely sericeous and tardily glabres-
cent, reddish brown. Leaves alternate or subopposite, the blades narrowly
elliptic, 5-12 cm. long, 1.5-2.5 cm. broad, long acuminate at the apex,
cuneate at the base, membranaceous, glabrous (except sparsely sericeous
along the margin) above, sericeous beneath, dark green above (light brown
on drying), light green beneath (ochraceous on drying), the costa im-
mersed above, elevated beneath, the primary lateral veins inconspicuous,
the margin slightly thickened; petiole 2-5 mm. long, shallowly canalicu-
late, sericeous. Inflorescences borne from the older stems, axillary or extra-
axillary. Staminate inflorescence: 10-35 flowers per inflorescence, racemi-
form, sericeous throughout, the primary peduncle 1—3.5 cm. long, the
rachis 0.5—2 cm. long, the secondary peduncles 2—7 mm. long, dilated at
the apex; linear bracteole inserted near the summit of the primary pe-
duncle, deciduous. Staminate flowers: pedicel 1-1.5 mm. long; calyx tube
cylindrical, 6-7.5 mm. long, ca. 1 mm. in diameter at the orifice, white,
sericeous without, long villous within in lower one-fourth, glabrous upper
three-fourths; calyx lobes linear-deltoid or deltoid, 1 0.5 mm., and
0.75 X 0.25—0.5 mm., puberulent within; petals 0; filaments 0.25—0.5 mm.
long, the antisepalous whorl inserted about the length of 1 anther below
the orifice, subexserted or included, the alternisepalous whorl inserted the
length of 3-4 anthers below the orifice, included, the anthers linear, 0.75
mm. long, 0.25 mm. broad; disc coronate, 1.75—2 mm. long, glabrous, with
large linear lobes; pistillode fusiform, 2-3 mm. long, densely villous. Pis-
tillate flowers and fruit unknown.
10 DE JANEIRO: Ilha de Paqueta, Morro da Imbuca, Pereira 681
(RB). ‘Without precise locality: Sao Domingos, Avé-Lallemant 1887”
It is unfortunate that both of the specimens, which I believe represent
an undescribed species, are incomplete. The plants resemble Fumnifera
brasiliensis most closely but differ from it in important vegetative and
floral characteristics. There is no question that better and more complete
material will be collected in the future so I do not feel that it is wise to
describevthe species formally at this time.
EXCLUDED SPECIES
Funifera’ fasciculata Meissn. Mart. Fl. Bras. 5: 68. 1835 = Daphnopsis
fasciculata (Meissn.) Nevl. Jour. Arnold Arb. 44: 404. 1963
LITERATURE CITED
Brown, S. A. Recent studies on the formation of natural coumarins. Lloydia
26: 211-222. 1963.
Brown, S. A., and J. P. SHytux. Gas liquid chromatography of some naturally
occurring coumarins. Analytical Chemistry 34: 1058-1061. 1962.
1965 |
Dean, F. M. Naturally err: coumarins.
aches Naturstoffe 9: 225-291.
NEVLING, REPORT ON FUNIFERA
241
Fortschritte der Chemie organi-
DRAGENDORFF, G. Die a ae, 883 pp. Stuttgart. 1898.
HoeHNE, F. Vegetaes Anthelminticos.
Pla
Paulo. 1939.
PamMEL, L. A. A manual of poisonous plants. 977 pp. Cedar Rapids.
231
ntas e Substancias Vegetais Téxicas e Medicinais. 355 pp. Sao
. Sao Paulo.
1911.
Penna, M. Dicionario Brasileiro de Plantas Medicinais. ed. 3. 409 pp. Rio de
Janeiro — Sao Paulo. 1946
INDEX TO EXSICCATAE
The list is arranged alphabetically by the last name of the collector.
Numbers in parentheses refer to the corresponding species in the text.
Aparicio & Rizzini, 11 (1).
Avé-Lallemant, R., “1887” (Incertae
sedis).
Bee. A. C., 10640 Ve 10641 (1);
10715 (1); 15015
Burchell, W. J., 858 (a); 1245 (1);
1449 (1); 1840 (1).
Cysneiros, A., 1347 (1), “1875” (1).
Dionisio & Constantine, ed 1) We gales Op
igi PF. 34 (1).
, A. \P., 3204 (2).
Filho, t. E. M., 574 (1).
Gardner, G., 812 (1); 5597 (1).
Gaudichaud, Me Che “ia?” 11).
Glaziou, A., 860 (1); 2487 (1); 20473
(1); “1872” (1).
Guillemin, A., Sd (1),
Hoehne, F. es 4 (2).
Kuhimann, ieee er (3); “1930”
Langsdorff, G. & L. Riedel, 606 (1).
Leandro a ayaa w 41).
Lépine, J.,
Lhotsky, I. e183)" (1).
Lourenco, “1922” (1).
Lund, M., 7 ,
Luschnath, “1835” (1).
Martius, K. F. P. von, s.n. (1); 416
Netto, L., “1870” (1).
Netto, L., A. Glaziou, & W. Schwacke
Sn
Cichiant, P., 364 (1).
Pereira, E., 681 (Incertae sedis).
Pereira, E., Liene, D. Sucre, & A.
Duarte, 4143 (1); 6765 (1).
Raddi, G., s.n. (1).
Riedel, i. en. [18057] (1); 23
[1829"] (1); - [1832] (1);
$59 ["18s2"]
Saint-Hilaire, A., oo (1).
Schwacke, W., 7149 (1).
Valle, M. H., 96 (1).
Vincent, “1915” (1).
Teddell, M., 92 (1); “1843” (1);
“1844” (1), sn. (1).
Widgren, J. F., 485 (1).
242 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Li :
STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP, MANAGEMENT AND CIRCULATION | PPh
(Act of October 23, 1962: Section 4369, Title 39, United States Code)
this form with your postmaster.
1. DATE OF FiLI 2. TITLE OF PUBLICATION
"OCT 1 1964 | Journal of the Arnold Arboretum
3. FREQUENCY OF ISSUE
anuary, April, July, October)
rterly (J
4. LOCATION OF KNOWN OFFICE OF PUBLICATION (Street. city, cowmty, state, zip code)
JAMES AND ADDRESSES OF PUBLISHER, EDITOR
PUBLISHER ( Name and address)
The —— id Arbore tian of Harvard University, 22 Divinity Avenue, Cambridge, Mass. 02136
EDITOR (Name and
a G. 1. Schubert, 22 Divinity Avenue, Cambrid Massachusetts, 02138
EDITOR (Na
Eee enueten, 22 Divinity Avenue, Ganbridge, Massachusetts O73 _
sf OWNER ¢ ih deta by « corporation, d add: d
ike | 1 poo or more ie total amount 7 poly if not owned a, a crgoration ihe 8 names and
prado dh Ae me ‘edits! owners mnt be if ame and address, a
NAME ADORESS
The Arnold Arboretum of |
Harvard University 22 Divinity Avenue, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 02138
ee
8. KNOWN BONDHOLDERS, MORTGAGEES, AND OTHER SECURITY HOLI 1 TOTAL AMOUNT
OF BONDS, MORTGAGES or OTHER SECURITIES (If there are mone, so gars
ADDRESS
The oe and Fellais of _
|
9. Paragraphs 7 and 8 include, in cases voee the stockholder or security soompi appears upon the books of - company as
trustee or - any other fidu —— —
F Iso. ) the state-
& a affiant's full k ledg d belief h ii whic!
dee s who do not appear f ; Bald stock ane srcureiee in
a capacity other than that pr a bona fide owner. Names and addresses of individuals h P
= itself is a stockholder or holder of bonds, blishi ded
© paragraphs 7 and 8 Anyone the interests of such individuals are equivalent to 1 percent or more of the Basia amount i the
a ee eee
[ 13" THis Trem must BEC SING OTHER THAN THE PUBLISHER'S
OWN AND WHICH ARE NAMED IN SECTIONS 132.231, 132.232, AND 132.233, POSTAL MANUAL (Sections 43552, 43556, and 4356 of Title
39, United States Code)
SINGLE ISSUE NEAREST
PRECEDING 12 MONTHS ba rts
A
8. PAID CIRCULATION
1. TO TERM SUBSCRIBERS BY MAIL
2. SALES THROUGH AGENTS, NEWS DEALERS, OR OTHERWISE.
C. FREE DISTRIBUTION (including samples) BY Mall, CARRIER DELIVERY, OR BY
OTHER MEANS.
(Sum of lines B1, B2 and C)
(Signature of editor, publisher, business manager, or owner)
I certify that the statements made
Barc May by ebanaaiuiicie, A Pp es %
Bernice G. Schubert, Editor
POC Ferm 3526 Avg. 1963
a
ae ae mee
VoLuME 46
OF THE 3
Kee
gl
THE JOURNAL OF THE
=e : Published quarterly by the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University.
Subscription price $10.00 per year.
Volumes I-XX, reprinted, and back issues of volumes XXI-XLY are
= available oe the Kraus Reprint Corporation, 16 East 46TH STREET
New York , N-Y. 10017.
eae ae aad remittances should be addressed to Mrs. LazeLLa
‘Scuwarren, Arnotp Arsorerum, 22 Diviniry Avenue, Campripce, Massa-
cHUsErTs, 02138.
CONTENTS OF NO. 3
»
JOURNAL
OF THE
ARNOLD ARBORETUM
VoL. 46 Jury 1965 NUMBER 3
GRISEBACH’S FLORA OF THE BRITISH WEST INDIAN ISLANDS:
A BIOGRAPHICAL AND BIBLIOGRAPHICAL INTRODUCTION
WILLIAM T. STEARN
DESPITE THE PASSAGE OF TIME the Flora of the British West Indian
Islands (London. 1859-1864) by August Heinrich Rudolf Grisebach
(1814-1879) is a work which students of the Caribbean flora must neces-
sarily often consult on account of the many new specific names and
nomenclatural combinations published therein, as well as for taxonomic
information. Indeed, little taxonomic work on West Indian plants can be
done without reference to it. The following notes on this Flora were
originally compiled about 1960 to form an introduction to a facsimile
(Historiae Naturalis Classica, no. 30), which through a misunderstanding
was published in 1963 without them. They deal with its dates of publica-
tion (p. 263), the area covered (pp. 260-263), the abbreviations for
literature employed by Grisebach (pp. 276-285), and the collectors (pp.
264-272) whose material he cited. To these have been added a short
biography of Grisebach (pp. 245-249) and a chronological list of his
publications (pp. 249-260).
Historically Grisebach’s Flora is of interest as the first of a series of
British colonial floras initiated at Kew by Sir William Jackson Hooker ~
(1785-1865). As stated in a memorandum of 1863 on colonial floras,
“the publication by Government of a series of inexpensive portable 8vo
works, illustrative of the vegetable products of the British possessions, has
long been contemplated by the Director of the Royal Gardens of Kew.
To him, in his official capacity, incessant applications for information on
the vegetable products of our Colonies are made, by the Home and Colo-
nial Governments and by private individuals, especially merchants and
manufacturers; and he is habitually applied to by travellers and emi-
grants for the names of such books as will enable them to obtain precise
information about the plants of the different Colonies.” Grisebach’s Flora
was, however, “commenced before the general plan was entertained; and
neither the plan, size, nor typography of the work, nor the sequence of the
orders are uniform with the Floras since undertaken.” Bentham’s Flora
Hongkongensis (1861) served as a model for these. It is of interest to
note that the British West Indies were then estimated to possess 2,000
244 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Fic. 1. Aucust HetnricH RupoLtpH GRISEBACH (1814-1879).
species, British Guiana 2,500 species, Canada 2,000 species, South Africa
10,000 species, British India 12,000 species, Ceylon 3,000 species, Hong
Kong 1,000 species, Australia 8,000 species, and New Zealand 1,200
a
ies.
The choice of the British West Indies as the first area for systematic
botanic treatment in this way reflects Hooker’s own personal interest. For
1965] STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 245
years before, during his professorship at Glasgow (1820-41), he had been
receiving specimens and plants from his correspondents in the West Indies,
notably Scots, and his eldest son had emigrated to Jamaica (where he died
in 1840). One of Hooker’s first acts on becoming director of the formerly
private royal gardens at Kew was to send Purdie to Jamaica to get West
Indian plants for the expanding Royal Botanic Gardens now open to the
public. The period during which these collections were made coincided
with one of economic decline in the British West Indies. As stated by
Parry and Sherlock, “one disaster followed another: bankruptcy and finan-
cial chaos in the eighteen-forties, droughts and epidemics in the eighteen-
fifties, rioting and bloodshed in the eighteen-sixties” (Short Hist. West
Indies, 188. 1956). The will and means for founding institutions of
higher learning existed neither among the planters nor the emancipated
slaves. Encouragement for the scientific study of the plants of the British
West Indies and for further collecting had therefore to come from outside
the area. With the completion of Grisebach’s Flora this external stimulus
ended and local interest languished. Instead of forming the basis for yet
more investigation, the Flora gave the impression by its apparent exhaus-
tiveness that no further investigation was needed. Particularly did this
apply to Jamaica, where between 1860 and 1880 almost all botanical
activity ceased.
Renewed collecting in Jamaica, following the appointment in December,
1879, of Daniel Morris (1844-1933) as director of Public Gardens and
Plantations and his founding of a Botanic Department herbarium for
Jamaica, quickly demonstrated the unreality of such a view.’ By 1909,
according to Urban (Symb. Ant. 6: 84. 1909), the new botanical explora-
tion had led to an increase of 358 species of flowering plants above those
recorded for Jamaica in Grisebach’s Flora, 285 of them being species new
to science. Most of these discoveries stood to the credit of William Harris
(1860-1920) who went out to Jamaica as a gardener in 1881; most of the
support for his work came from the interest and encouragement of Ignaz
Urban (1848-1931) in Berlin and Nathaniel Lord Britton (1859-1934) in
New York.
BIOGRAPHY OF GRISEBACH
August Heinrich Rudolf Grisebach was born on 14 April 1814, at
Hanover, north Germany, where his father Rudolf Dietrich Grisebach
(d. 1837) was auditor general of the kingdom of Hanover. His mother’s
brother, the Géttingen professor Georg Friedrich Wilhelm Meyer (1782-
1856), author of Primitiae Florae Essequeboensis (1818), Chloris Hano-
verana (1836), and other botanical works, encouraged and directed his
early interest in natural history. After schooling at Hanover and Ifeld
he entered, in the autumn of 1832, the university of Gottingen, studied
botany here under H. A. Schrader and F. G. Bartling, as well as medicine,
1See Srearn, W. T., A botanist’s random impressions of Jamaica. Proc. Linn. Soc.
London 170: 134-147, 1959.
246 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
for five terms, then moved to the university of Berlin in April 1834, to
complete his studies, becoming doctor medicinae et chirurgiae in April
1836. At Berlin he came under the influence of C. S. Kunth, H. F. Link,
F. J. F. Meyen, and M. J. Schleiden; as his doctoral dissertation he pre-
sented Observationes quaedam de Gentianearum Familiae Characteribus
(Berlin. 1836), a pamphlet of 37 pages preliminary to his massive Genera
et Species Gentianearum adjectis Observationibus quibusdam phytogeo-
graphicis (364 pages, Stuttgart & Tiibingen. 1838). Already in 1833 he
had botanized in southern France and had become interested in the asso-
ciations of plants characteristic of regions and habitats. Alexander von
Humboldt’s travels inspired him as they did Charles Darwin. From Berlin
he moved back to Gottingen in 1837.
In March 1839 Grisebach set out on the most important journey of his
life, a botanical expedition to the Balkan Peninsula (he extended the use
of the term Rumelia to cover all the central region then under Turkish
rule) and north-west Asia Minor (Bithynia), which had long captivated
his imagination, this region being virtually unexplored from the botanical
standpoint and little known in other aspects. He left Vienna on 2 April
1839, and travelled by water to Istanbul (Constantinople), first down the
Danube to Tulcea (Tuldscha) and Sulina, then south along the Black Sea
coast of the Balkan Peninsula to Istanbul where he arrived on 17 April.
As interpreter, servant, and cook he engaged a reliable Greek who spoke
fluently Turkish, Greek, Arabic, French, and Italian and travelled with
him, by way of Uskiidar (Scutari), Kartal, Yalova, and Gemlik (Kemlik)
to Bursa (Brussa) which they reached on 2 May. Four days later Grise-
bach climbed to the snowline of the Ulu Da& (Olympus Bithyniae). He
distinguished on this mountain three main zones of vegetation: the region
of sweet chestnut (Castanea), ca. 50-2500 feet, the region of conifers,
2500-4600 feet, the alpine region, 4600-6920 feet. He then returned to
Istanbul, visiting Mudanya (Modania) on the way. Back in Istanbul he
met Fortunato Pestalozza, an Italian doctor from Milan, who later sent
him and also Boissier many specimens from Asia Minor. Grisebach left
Istanbul on 18 May, then travelled westward, by way of Tekirdag, to Enez
(Enos) in Thrace, reaching this on 25 May and leaving it on 30 May. He
then went on to Maronia (Marogna), taking ship from here to the island
of Thasos (Tassos) and thence to Athos (Hajion-Oros), where he stayed
from 3 June to 12 June surveying its vegetation. He then crossed Khal-
kidhiki, by way of Kholomonda (Cholomonda) to Thessaloniki (Salonichi).
This he reached on 16 June and left on 24 June, from here travelling
northwestward to Edhessa (Vodena) in Macedonia, thence to Bitola
(Monastir, Bitolia), Prilep (Perlepe), Skopje (Ueskueb), Tetovo (Tet-
tova) and Kalkandele at the foot of the Sar Planina (Scardus). On 14
July he made an ascent of Scardus reaching the peak (2496 meters high)
of Ljuboten (Ljubatrin) on 17 July and Kobelica (Kobelitza, 2526 meters
high) on 22 July. This survey provided both many observations on the
altitudinal zoning of vegetation and many specimens of hitherto unknown
species. His route now took him from Prizren (Prisdrén) westward over
1965] STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 247
north Albania to Shkoder (Scutari), which he reached on 27 July, leaving
on 31 July for Lastua at the southern tip of Dalmatia. Here his Rumelian
journey ended. In three months he thus covered a transect of the Balkan
Peninsula between 40° and 42° N. and from sea-level to 2526 m.
The scientific results of this journey across Thrace, Macedonia, and
Albania, made when Grisebach was 25 years old, entitle it to rank in
botanical history with the celebrated journey into floristically unknown
Lapland made a little over a hundred years earlier by Linnaeus at the age
of 25. His Reise durch Rumelien und nach Brussa im Jahre 1839 (2 vols.,
Gottingen. 1843-46) gives a general account of his travels. His Spicile-
gium Florae Rumelicae et Bithynicae (2 vols., Brunswick. 1843-45) is
a systematic enumeration of the plants then collected, its value as a
pioneer flora of the Balkan Peninsula being increased by the inclusion of
plants collected here and in Bithynia by Friedrichsthal, Frivaldzki and
Pestalozza, and by references to those described by Buxbaum, Sibthorp
and Smith, and others. This journey laid that foundation of first-hand
knowledge of types of European vegetation on which Grisebach built his
later phytogeographical work culminating in his Vegetation der Erde
(1872). In 1842 he made a journey to Norway in order to become
acquainted with northern vegetation; this provided the material for his
paper “Uber den Vegetationscharacter von Hardanger” in Wiegmann’s
Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte 10: 1-28. 1844
Late in 1847 Grisebach became full professor (professor ordinarius) of
botany in the medical faculty of the University of Gottingen, having been
a privatdocent there from 1837 to 1841, associate professor (professor
extraordinarius) since 1841, and here he remained during the rest of his
life, for his loyalty to Géttingen, which during its hundred years of exist-
ence had become a leading academic center of Germany, led him to
decline the offer of professorships elsewhere, i.e. at Giessen in 1846, at
Leipzig in 1851 and again in 1866, at Berlin in 1851, at Munich in 1855,
and at St. Pétersbourg in 1855.
Although Grisebach’s monographic work on Gentianaceae had extended
his studies far beyond the European flora, his travels and his collections
naturally concentrated his attention mostly on European plants. For a
long time, however, he had wished to investigate the vegetation of a
tropical area with the aid of extensive material. The tragic death of W. G.
Walpers in 1853 led him to Caribbean botany. Walpers possessed a large
collection of herbarium specimens, enriched with notes and drawings,
which had been made in Guadeloupe, Panama, and St. Thomas by the
Guadeloupe-born French doctor and naturalist, Placide de Fontbressin
Duchassaing (1818-1873). He gave this valuable material to W alpers
for publication, but Walpers, who had evidently become mentally dis-
ordered, did nothing worthwhile with it and after his suicide Grisebach
purchased it all. In the course of determining Duchassaing s plants Grise-
bach catalogued not only these but also all the other species recorded? im
the literature from the West Indian islands between 15° and 19 N., i.e.
between Martinique and St. Thomas. He published this list in 1857 as
248 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
“Systematische Untersuchungen iiber die Vegetation der Karaiben insbe-
sondere der Insel Guadeloupe” (Abhandl. Kon. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen
(Phys.) 7: 151-286). “About the same period,” as Grisebach states in
the preface to his Flora of the British West Indian Islands, “Sir W. Hooker
was exerting himself to procure the publication of a complete series of
Colonial Floras . . . and consequently entrusted the elaboration of the
present volume to myself, putting all the materials of the Hookerian
Herbarium and the Kew Museums at my disposal, and procuring a grant
of £300 to meet the necessary expenses. . . . Four times I went over to
England, to compare my own West Indian herbarium with that at Kew;
whilst all those forms which proved not to be in my possession were most
liberally placed in my hands to be examined at Gottingen. . . . For a
series of doubtful West Indian plants mentioned by older authors I have,
when sojourning in London, consulted the Banksian collection of the
British Museum, but not to as great an extent as might have been desirable.
All those Swartzian species, however, which I had no opportunity of seeing
there, were kindly sent for inspection by Professor Andersson, of Stock-
holm, and these proved most important . . . the only authentic informa-
tion as to certain Swartzian species is to be derived from his originals,
either in the possession of the Academy of Stockholm, or of the British
Museum.
This Flora of the British West Indian Islands was “intended to be a
synopsis of all vascular plants as yet known to inhabit the British West
Indian possessions.” The descriptions were accordingly made as concise as
possible, synonymy was kept to a minimum and, in general, only illustra-
tions were cited. Keys were omitted and distribution only briefly indi-
cated. Grisebach toiled at it intensively, continuously, and rapidly, and
its completion was a remarkable achievement. He was a very able botanist,
but the work swarms with mistakes, some due to the insufficiency of
material but most of them attributable to the high speed with which it was
prepared; Urban has noted that his errors are especially numerous among
species with very small flowers, which require time-consuming observation.
While engaged on this task Grisebach received a set of specimens collected
in eastern Cuba by Charles Wright (1811-1885). This material and
observations made while working on the Flora led him to publish two
important papers in 1860, namely, “Erlauterungen ausgewahlter Pflanzen
des tropischen Amerikas” (Abhandl. Kin. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen (Phys.)
9: 3-58) and “Plantae Wrightianae, e Cuba Orientali.” Pars 1 (Mem.
Am, Acad. Arts & Sci. N.S. 8: 503-536). He never visited the West
Indies himself, and the greater part of them had yet to be explored
botanically. In 1865 he published a paper on “Die geographische Ver-
breitung der Pflanzen Westindiens” (Abhandl. Kén. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen
(Phys.) 12: 3-80) summarizing phytogeographical information as then
available. According to this, the known flora consisted of about 4400
species of flowering plants and 400 of vascular cryptogams, the endemic
species being apportioned as follows:
1965] STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 249
849 species MARTINIQUE 2 species
JAMAICA 275 " GUADELOUPE i ~
TRINIDAD 83 “ St. Lucta 1 ad
DoMINICA 29 ‘ ANTIGUA 1 ‘i
St. VINCENT 12 i BARBADOS 1 is
MONTSERRAT 4 i BAHAMAS (including
RENADA 2 . Turks Ist.) 18
These figures are low because some of the areas rich in endemic plants
had then scarcely been entered by botanical collectors. The known West
Indian flora consists of about 10,000 species of phanerogams and 600 of
vascular cryptogams.
Work on Philippi’s and Lechler’s collections from southern Chile and
the Straits of Magellan (see Abhandl. Kén. Ges. Wiss. Géttingen (Phys.)
6: 89-138. 1856) and on the Malpighiaceae of Central America and
Brazil gave him an acquaintance with the flora of the American mainland.
This was extended further by the receipt for naming of big collections of
Argentinian plants made by Paul Giinther Lorentz eae 1881) ? and by
Georg Hieronymus (1846-1921) ® which he catalogued in “Plantae Lorent-
zianae” (Abhandl. Kon. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen (Phys.) 19: 49-278. 1874)
and ‘‘Symbolae ad Floram Argentinam” (Abhandl. Kén. Ges. Wiss. Got-
tingen (Phys.) 24: 3-346. 1879).
Meanwhile Grisebach had become the world’s leading authority on
plant geography, partly through his own field-work, partly by the study of
herbarium collections from many lands, partly through the analysis of
innumerable floristic and geographical publications. Already in 1838 he
had published a paper in Linnaea (12: 159~200. 1838) “Uber den Ein-
fluss des Climas auf die Begranzung des natiirlichen Floren,” and from
1841 to 1856 he published yearly reports on plant geography and systematic
botany. He brought together the fruits of this study in his monumental
Die Vegetation der Erde nach ihrer klimatischen Anordnung (2 vols
Leipzig. 1872), translated into French as La Végétation du Globe @ apres
sa Disposition suivant les Climats (2 vols. Paris. 1875-78). This and the
Flora of the British West Indian Islands are his most important single
contributions to botanical literature. In 1878, at the age of 64, he began
an even more ambitious undertaking, a Flora Europaea, of which he wrote
the text relating to Ranunculaceae, Berberidaceae, Papaveraceae and part
of Cruciferae during the winter of 1878-79, but which his death on 9 May
1879, from Bright’s Disease, prevented him from publishing even in part.
The fragment was, however, published by Agost Kanitz, in 1882, under
the title Reliquiae Grisebachianae.
CHRONOLOGICAL LIST OF GRISEBACH’S PUBLICATIONS
[The following list of Grisebach’s publications is extracted from the
“Biographische Nachrichten iiber A. Grisebach und Bibliographie seiner
*See “Zur nag sg von Dr, Paul Gunther Lorentz” by A. Stelzner in Beih. Bot.
Centr. 9: 450-468
* See obituary ee z. Pilger in Hedwigia 62. Heft. 5-6 [unpaged] 1921.
250 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Werke” by his son, the diplomatist Eduard Grisebach, appended, as pages
605-628, to his posthumous Gesammelte Abhandlungen und kleinere
Schriften zur Pflanzengeographie (Leipzig. 1880). Some quotations are
here omitted. To increase its utility a few supplementary details, enclosed
within brackets, have been added. |
Noch als Student hatte er veroffentlicht:
1. Die bei Hannover wachsenden Giftpflanzen. (Hannéver’sches Magazin, Jahr-
gang 1834).
. Bericht iiber eine botanische Reise nach dem Dauphiné und der Provence im
Herbste des vorigen Jahres; von Herrn Grisebach in Gottingen. (Allgem.
botanische Zeitung Nr. 21, Regensburg am 7. Juni 1834. p. 321-334). [ie.
Flora (Regensburg) 17: 321-334]
dR
Die Doctor-Dissertation ist betitelt:
3 eresonayg quaedam de Gentianearum familiae characteribus. Dissert
‘ ublice defensurus est auctor Aug. Henr. Rud. Gristtuch.
Berolini, yes Hitec. (37 pp.).
In dem namlichen Jahre (1836) schrieb er ferner:
4. Some remarks on the germination of Limnanthemum lacunosum (Ann. Nat.
hist. I. p. 6-12). [1838]
[4b. Some remarks on the genus [Erythraea]. (Ann. Nat. hist. I. p. 438-439.
1838) |
5. Gentianeae Americae borealis (in: Hooker, Flora boreali-americana). [2:
54-71; July 1837 |
6. Gentianeae Americae australis (in: Hooker, Contributions).
Die Monographie der Gentianeen fiihrt den Titel:
7. Genera et Species Gentianearum adjectis observationibus quibusdam phyto-
geographicis auctore Aug. Henr. Rud. Grisebach. Stuttgartiae et Tubingae,
sumtibus J. G. Cottae, 1839. (VIII & 364 pp.). [Published at end of 1838.
Listed in Allgemeine Bibliogrbl. Deutschl. 3 no. 42: 585 (19 Oct.) 1838; “the
work had actually reached the London booksellers, near a month before the
end of 1838.” (cf. Bentham, in London Jour. Bot. 4: 232. 1845.)| Das
Werk ist gewidmet “Viro illustrissimo Sir W. J. Hooker, fautori studii
Berlin, auf dem botanischen Garten in Schéneberg, ausgearbeitet, die Vorrede
ist jedoch schon von Gottingen (15. Mai 1838) datirt, wo er sich seit Michaelis
1837 als Privatdocent niedergelassen hatte.
Im Jahre 1838 gab er ferner zum Druck:
8. Uber den Einfluss des Climas auf die Begranzung der natiirlichen Floren.
(Linnaea, XII, p. 159-200). [Reprinted in item 139, pp. 1-29 (1880) ] .
9. Uber Luftréhrenhaare (ibid. p. 681-685). fie. Grisebach & Hoffmann,
Beobachtung der Luftréhrenhaare bei Limnanthemum Gmelin und Villarsia
Venten. op cit. |
10. Malpighiacearum Brasiliensium Centuriam (ibid. XIII, p. 155-259).
11. Alph. de Candolle, Introduction 4 l'étude de Botanique. Paris 1835. (Recen-
aD aes
1965 ] STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 251
sion — anonym — in: Géttinger Gelehrte Anzeigen vom 17. Mai 1838, p.
781~800).
12. Raspail, Nouveau systéme de Physiologie végétale et de Botanique. Paris
1837. (Recension — anonym — ibid. 20. September 1838, p. 1489-99).
13. Dutrochet, Mémoires pour servir 4 Vhistoire anatomique et physiologique
des végétaux et des animaux. Paris 1837. (Recension — anonym — ibid. 20.
u. 22. October 1838, p. 1668-80 u. 1683-86).
14. Hegetschweiler, die Flora der Schweiz. Ziirich 1838 (Recension — anonym
— ibid. 10. Nov. 1838, p. 1796-1800).
15. Benj. de Lessert, Icones selectae plantarum. tom. III. Paris 1837. (Recen-
sion — ibid. 6. Dec. 1838, p. 1929-38).
16. Kunth, Flora Berolinensis. Berlin 1838. (Recens. ibid. 29 Decemb. 1838,
p. 2071-78).
Im Marz 1839 trat er von Gottingen aus seine grosse Forschungsreise nach
der Tirkei an.
Diese Reise gab zu folgenden Publikationen Anlass:
17. Reise von Salonichi nach Vodena (in: Cotta’sches Ausland 1840).
18. Eimige Bemerkungen iiber tiirkische Bader. Hannover 1840. Gedruckt bei
G. Beese & Comp. (12 pp. Separatdruck aus: Holscher, Hannover’sche
Annalen der gesammten Heilkunde, V).
19. Reise durch Rumelien und nach Brussa im Jahre 1839. Erster Band Gét-
tingen, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1841 (VI u. 362 pp.) Zweiter Band ib.
1841 (374 pp. u. 2 Tafeln).
20. Spicilegium Florae rumelicae et bithynicae exhibens synopsin plantarum
quas aest. 1839 legit auctor A. Grisebach, Dr. med. Professor extr. Gottin-
gensis. Vol. I. Brunsvigae, Vieweg, 1843. (XII u. 407 pp.). Vol. II. ib. 1844,
(548 pp.). [Vol. 1, pp. 1-160, Feb. or Mar. 1843 (before Apr. 1843 according
to Grisebach in vol. 2, p. 497, no. 114), pp. 161-407, Dec. 1843; vol. 2, pp.
1-160, probably June 1844, pp. 161-548, Dec. 1845; cf. I. M. Johnston in
Jour, Arnold Arb. 34: 264. 1953].
Seit 1840 lieferte Grisebach 14 Jahre hindurch regelmassige Berichte uber
die Leistungen in der Pflanzengeographie und systematischen Botanik.
Hiervon sind erschienen:
21. Bericht iiber die Leistungen in der Pflanzengeographie wahrend des Jahres
1840 (Wiegmann’s Arch. fiir Naturgeschichte VII [2: 1841], p. 433-474).
22. Bericht iiber die Forschungen in der Pflanzengeographie wahrend des Jahres
1841 (ibid. VIII [2: 1842], p. 406-462). mie
23. Bericht iiber die Leistungen in der Pflanzengeographie wahrend des Jahres
1842 (ib. IX [2: 1843], p. 373-432). [English translation in Ray Society,
Reports and Papers on Botany, 57-122. 1846] ici
24. Bericht iiber die Leistungen in der Pflanzengeographie wahrend des Jahres
1843 (ib. X [2: 1844], p. 366-443). [English translation in Ray Society,
Reports and Papers on Botany, 125-212. 1846] ety
25. Bericht iiber die Leistungen in der Pflanzengeographie wahrend des Jahres
1844 (ib. XI [2: 1845], p. 329-416). [English translation in Ray Society,
Reports and Papers on Botany, 312-413. 1849]
26. Bericht iiber die Leistungen in der Pflanzengeographie und systematischen
Botanik wahrend des Jahres 1845 (ib. XII [2: 1846], p. 317-394). [English
translation in Ray Society, Reports and Papers on Botany, 417-493. 1849]
252 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
27. Bericht iiber die Leistungen in der systematischen Botanik wahrend des
Jahres 1846 [ib. XIV. 2 (1848) 169-194]
28. Bericht iiber die Leistungen in der Pflanzengeographie wahrend des Jahres
1846 (ib. XIII [2: 1847], p. 409-472).
29. Bericht tuber die Leistungen in der geographischen und systematischen
Botanik wahrend des Jahres 1847 (ib. XIV [2: 1848], p. 257-350).
30. Bericht tiber die Leistungen in der geographischen und systematischen
Botanik wahrend des Jahres 1848 (ib. XV [2: 1849], p. 340-446).
31. Bericht tiber die Leistungen in der geographischen und systematischen
Botanik wahrend des Jahres 1849. [ib. XVI. 2 (1850) 251-350]
32. Bericht tiber die Leistungen in der geographischen und. systematischen
Botanik wahrend des Jahres 1850 [ib. XVII. 2 (1851) 273-392]
33. Bericht iiber die Leistungen in der geographischen und systematischen
Botanik wahrend des Jahres 1851 [ib. XVIII. 2 (1852) 308-429 |
34. Bericht iiber die Leistungen in der geographischen und systematischen
Botanik wahrend des Jahres 1852 [ib. XIX. 2 (1853) 287-411]
35. Bericht iiber die Leistungen in der geographischen und systematischen
Botanik wahrend des Jahres 1853 [ib. XXI. 2 (1855) 313-410]
In das Jahr 1840 fallen ferner noch:
36. Edm. Boissier, Voyage botanique dans le midi de l’Espagne. Livr. I u. I
Paris 1839. (Rec. in: Gotting. Gel. Anzeigen vom 17. Februar 1840 p. 281-
286
37. Proceedings of the Botanical Society of London. July 1836—Nov. 1839.
London 1839 (Recension ibid. 19. Marz 1840 p. 462-464).
38. E. Meyer, Preussens cere Konigsberg 1839 (Recension ibid.
14. Mai 1840 p. 779-78
39. Transactions of the Tcean Society. Vol. XVII u. XVIII. London 1837-
38. (Recension ib, 21. Mai 1840 p. 812-824).
40. Nova acta physico-medica Academiae Caesareae Leopoldino-Carolinae na-
turae Curiosorum. Tom. XI. Breslau 1839 (Recens. ibid. 27. und 29. Aug.
1840 p. 1369-91).
41. E. Meyer, Commentarii. (Recens. ibid.).
1841:
42. Verhandelingen over de natuurlijke geschiedenis der Nederlandsche over-
zeesche bezittingen door de leden der natuurkundige commissie in Oost-indié.
Aflev. 1-3. Leyden 1839-40. (Recens. in Gétt. Gel. Anz. vom 10. Juli 1841
p. 1071-1078).
1842 unternahm er eine neue botanische Forschungsreise nach Norwegen, als
deren Ergebniss spater ver6ffentlicht wurde:
43. Uber den Vegetationscharacter von Hardanger in Bergens Stift. (Wzeg-
mann’s Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, X. [Jahrgang 1844] p. 1-28). [Reprinted
in item 139, pp. 30-51]
1842 erschienen:
44. Royle, Illustrations of the Botany and other branches of the natural history
of the Himalayan mountains and of the flora of Cashmere. London 1833-40.
(Recension in: Gottinger Gel. Anz. vom 5. Febr. 1842 p. 205-214).
45. Bertolonii Flora italica. Bologna 1833-39, (Recension — anonym — ibid.
26. Februar 1842 p. 329-332).
1965] STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 253
46. Moris, Flora sardoa. Turin 1837. (Recension — anonym — ibid. p. 332-
334).
47. Edm. Boissier, Voyage botanique dans le midi de l’Espagne. Livr. III-XVII.
ee 1839-41. (Recension — anonym — ibid. 14. u. 16. April 1842 p. 598-
613).
48, Smilaceae et Dioscoreae. Exposuit Aug. Henr. Rud. Grisebach, (in: de
Martius, Flora Brasiliensis, fasc. III-V. Vindob. et Lipsiae 1842 1. Aprilis
p. 1-48, c. tab. 1-6).
1843:
49. Gentianeae, (in: Nova Acta Academ. Caesar. Leop. Carolinae vol. XIX
[1843] supplem. p. 47-52).
50. Beobachtungen uber das Wachsthum der Vegetationsorgane in Bezug auf
Systematik.
Erster Abschnitt (Wiegmann’s fossa IX [1843] p. 267-292).
Zweiter Abschnitt (ib. X p. 134-155 mit Tafel). Dazu: Nachtrag zu den
Beobachtungen iiber das Wachsthum der Blatter. (ib. p. 345 bis 347 mit Tafel).
Dritter Abschnitt (ib. XII p. 1
Sl. ¥, Unger, die Pflanze im et de Thierwerdung. Wien 1843. (Recen-
sion in: Géttinger Gel. Anzeigen vom 21. October 1843 p. 1675 bis 1676).
1844:
52. Ch. Gaudichaud, recherches générales sur Vorganographie, la physiologie et
l’organogénie des végétaux. Paris 1841 (Recens. ib. 27. Juni 1844 p. 1014-22).
53. Sir W. J. Hooker, Icones plantarum vol. II-VI. London 1840-43. (Recens.
ib. 7. September 1844 p. 1427-39).
54. Meyen’s Reliquiae (Recension ibid.).
55. Phytozoen an Phanerogamen. (Botanische Zeitung. II p. 661). [English
translation in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 15: 264-265. 1845 “On the occurrence of
phytozoa in phanerogamous plants” |
1845:
Sh. a. oie wi Notice sur la végétation comparée du Jura, des Vosges et de
la Forét Noi
b. id. ’ Statistique Naat ny de Strassbourg
C. es ‘Sclaper, uber den Bau der Craciferenithe.
d. M. Rameaux, des gl ego végétale
In: Congrés scientifique de France. Sis ‘aie (Recension in: Got-
tinger Zz vom 1. Marz 1845 p. 338-341
a4 7. esata on Brown, Plantae Ana Part 1-3. London 1838-44.
(Recension ib. 28. April u. 1 Mai 1845. p. 682-693).
58. Goeppert und Berendt, die im Bernstein befindlichen organischen Reste der
orwelt. Berlin 1845 (Recension ib. 6. und 8. November ee p. 1770-89).
59. Uber die npg ag aoa .) Annalen LXIV p. 630-32).
60. Gentianaceae (in: De Candolle, Prodromus systematis ate Vol. IX.
[pp. 38-141, 561- ea tees 1845).
61. Uber die Bildung des Torfs in den Emsmooren aus deren unveranderter
Pflanzendecke (in: Gottinger Studien, redigirt von 4. B. Krische Gottingen
Sabicea & Ruprecht 1845 p. 255-370). [Reprinted in item 139,
35]
1846:
62. Novor. Actor. Academ. Caesar. Leopold. Carolinae tom. XX. wm SL
254 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Breslau 1843. 45. (Recension in: Gottinger Gel. Anzeigen vom 9. u. 12.
Februar 1846, p. 233-243
63. Uber die Bildung des Torfs, (Selbstanzeige, ibid. 19. Marz 1846, p. 442-44).
1847:
64. Uber die Vegetationslinien des nordwestlichen Deutschlands (in: Géttinger
Studien. Gottingen Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht 1847 p. 461-562). [Reprinted
in item 139, pp. 136-216]
1848:
65. Uber die Vegetationslinien (Selbstanzeige in: Gottinger Gel. Anzeigen vom
19. October 1848 p. 1667-69).
66. St. Endlicher, Synopsis Coniferarum. St. Gallen 1847. (Recens. ibid. 8.
Januar 1848 p. 41-52
67. C. Ndgeli, die neueren Algensysteme und Versuch eines eigenen Systems der
Algen en Florideen. Ziirich 1847. (Recension, ibid. 9. u. 11. Marz 1848
p. 395-4
68. v. ae orff und v. Trautvetter, Reise in den aussersten Norden und
Osten Sibiriens. St. Petersburg 1847. (Recens. ibid. 16. Septbr. 1848 p. 1481-
90).
69. Plantae Kegelianae Surinamenses. (in: Linnaea, XXI, p. 181-284).
1849:
70. Beitrige zu einer Flora der Aquinoctial-Gegenden der neuen Welt [Mal-
pighiaceae, [Trigoniaceae], Gentianeae|. (Linnaea, XXII p. 1-46)
71. Plantae eae [Gentianeae] (ib. p. 567 f.).
Im Jahre 1850 unternahm Grisebach eine grossere wissenschaftliche Reise in
die Pyrenien, auf welcher u. a. die Hieracien besonders studirt wurden, deren
Monographie er vorbereitete. Es erschien in diesem Jahre:
72. Ein neues deutsches Hieracium (Botanische Zeitung, VIII, p. 638
73. Irmisch, zur Morphologie der monokotylischen Knollen- und Zwiebelge-
wachse. Berlin 1850. (Recens. in: Géttinger Gel. Anzeigen vom 27. Marz
1850 p. 481-93)
1851 machte er mit A. Schenk eine gemeinsame Forschungsreise in die Alpen,
namlich durch das westliche Tirol, das Engadin, die Lombardei, Piemont und
Dauphiné, als deren Frucht veroffentlicht wurde:
74. Observationes quaedam de plantis, quas in itinere alpino a. 1851 suscepto
legerunt A. Grisebach et A. Schenk. (Linnaea, XXV, 593-611).
Den Herbst des Jahres 1852 benutzte er zu einer botanischen Reise, wieder
mit Schenk, in die Karpaten. Die Ergebnisse sind niedergelegt in
75. Iter hungaricum a. 1852 susceptum. Beitrage zur Systematik der ungarischen
Flora. (Wiegmann’s Archiv, XVIII p. 291-362).
1852 erschien ferner:
76. Commentatio de distributione Hieracii generis per Europam geographica.
prior.
sponte nascentium. Gottingae, Sumptibus Dieterichianis, MDCCCLII (4°.
80 pp. Separat-Abdruck aus dem V. Bande der Abhandlungen der konigl.
Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen.)
77. Uber die geographische Verbreitung der europaischen Hieracien. (Selbst-
1965] STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 255
anzeige in: Nachrichten von der kénigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften
August 1852).
Spater (1867 s. unten Nr. 113) bemerkte Grisebach iiber diese Schrift:
“Meine in den Schriften der Géttinger Societat iiber die Hieracien veroffentlichte
Abhandlung blieb unvollendet, weil die Hoffnung, ihre geographische Verbreitung
aus ausseren Einfliissen ableiten zu kénnen, nicht in Erfiillung ging.”
78. Gramina Rossica. Exposuit A. Grisebach. (Seorsim impressa ex Ledebour
Flor. Ross. Vol. IV) [pp. 324-464. 1852; 465-484. 1853] Stuttgartiae.
Sumtibus librariae E. Schweizerbart. 1852. 63 pp.)
79. Uber einige kritische Epilobien. (Botanische Rett [X] vom 3. December
1852 p. 849-55).
1853:
80. Grisebach und Oersted, Malpighiaceae centroamericanae. (Vidensk. Med-
delelser fra den naturh. Forening i Kjébenhavn for 1853 p. 43-52).
81. Gentianeae (ibid. 11 pp).
82. Schenkia, novum oe Gentianearum (Bonplandia, I, p. 226).
83. Tiedemann, Geschichte des Tabaks und anderer ahnlicher pier
Frankfurt a/M. 1854. (Recens. in: Géttinger Gel. Anzeigen vom 24. u. 27.
October 1853 p. 1697~1708).
84. Sir John Richardson, Arctic ewe expedition. London 1851. (Recens.
ibid. 12. u. 15. December 1853 p. 1981-98).
85. Seemann, Narrative of the voyage of H. M. S. Herald. London 1853.
(Recens. ibid. 15. u. 17. December 1853 p. 1998-2013).
1854:
86. K. Koch, Die Krim und Odessa. Leipzig 1854 (Recens. ib. 18. Dec. 1854
Ms 2001-2005).
. Grundriss der systematischen Botanik fiir akademische Vorlesungen ent-
worfen von 4. Grisebach. Gottingen, Verlag der Dieterich’schen Buchhand-
lung, 1854 (180 pp).
88. Systematische Bemerkungen iiber die beiden ersten Pflanzensammlungen
Philippi’s und Lechler’s im siidlichen Chile und an. der Maghellans-Strasse.
Mit 1 Kupfertafel. Gottingen, in der Dieterich’schen Buchhandlung, 1854 : in
4°. 50 pp. Separat-Abdruck aus dem VI. Bande [Phys., pp. 89- 138] der
Abhandlungen der kénigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen ).
13575
89. Systematische Untersuchungen iiber die Vegetation der Karaiben, ata
dere der Insel Guadeloupe. Gottingen, Verlag der D a he F
lung 1857 (in: 4°. 138 pp. Separat-Abdruck aus dem VII. Bande Uv eb ot
151-286] der Abhandlungen der kénigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschatten
Gottingen).
1858:
90. Novitiae Florae panamensis. (Bonplandia, VI, p. 2 meh i
91. Malpighiaceae. Exposuit Aug. Henr. Rud. Gr Labeck (in: de Martius Flora
Brasiliensis, fasc, XXI. in folio p. 1-124 m. Taf. 1-22).
Das Material zu der letztverzeichneten Arbeit war ihm durch Pago
Martius im Jahre 1853 zugegangen. Am 10. Februar 1857 ei er Hoare
fende Pflanzenkiste nach beendigter Untersuchung ~acalgumuaulaaite
256 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
In dem namlichen Jahre (1857) liess ihm die kOniglich grossbritannische
Regierung durch Sir William Hooker die Bearbeitung einer westindischen Flora
antragen. Nach sechsjahriger Arbeit war das durchweg in englischer Sprache
geschriebene Werk (am 13. Juli 1863) im Manuscript vollendet. Die Vorrede
ist “G6ttingen, 26th June, 1864” datirt. Viermal hatte er einen langeren Aufen-
thalt in London, behufs Benutzung der dortigen Museen, genommen. Das
gesammte Werk fihrt den Titel:
92. Flora of the British West Indian Islands. London: Lovell Reeve & Co.
1859; pp. 97-192. (June) 1860; pp. 193-315. (end of Loranthaceae), ay
1860; pp. 315-410. late 1861; pp. 411-506. 1862 (probably May); pp. 507
602, 603-789, i-xvi. (October) 1864]
Wahrend der Arbeit an diesem grossen Werke erschienen als Parerga:
1859:
93. Notes on Abuta, a genus of Menispermeae. (Journ. Linn. Soc. botan. IIT
p. 108).
1860:
94. Erléuterungen ausgewahlter Pflanzen des tropischen Amerikas. Gottingen,
der Dieterich’schen Buchhandlung. 1860 (in 4°, 58 pp. Separat-
Abdruck aus dem IX. Bande [Phys., pp. 3-58] der kénigl. Gesellschaft der
Wissenschaften zu Gottingen).
95. Plantae Wrightianae e Cuba orientali. Pars I. Cantabrigiae Nov. Angl. Dec.
(in: 4°, ex Mem. Acad. Amer. Scient. et Artium, N. Ser. Tom. VIII
p. 153-192).
1861:
96. Notice sur le genre Rheedia (Ann. des scienc. natur. botanique XV p. 231-
235).
a. Bemerkungen zu Wilkomm’s Monographie der europaischen Krummbholz-
kiefern. (Flora [XLIV] vom 14. October 1861 p. 593-98).
98. Zur Systematik der Birken (ibid. [XLIV] 28. Oct. 1861 p. 625-31).
1862:
99. Plantae Wrightianae e Cuba orientali. Pars II. Cantabrigiae Nov. Angl.
Nov. 1862 (in: 4°, ex Mem. Acad. Amer. VIII p. 503-
100. Notes on Coutoubea volubilis, Mart., and some other Gentianeae of
tropical America. (Journ. Linn. Society [Bot.] VI p. 140-46).
1863:
101. Uber einen wahrscheinlichen Dimorphismus bei den Farnen. (Nachrichten
der konig]. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen vom 25. Marz 1863
p. 101-12).
102. Das Pflanzenleben der Donaulander. Von A. Kerner. Innspruck 1863.
(Recension in: Géttinger Gelehrte Anzeigen vom 28. October 1863, p. 1686-
92). [Reprinted in item 139, pp. 217-221]
103. Christ’s Ubersicht der europdischen Abietineen. (Regensburger Flora
[XLVI] 1863 p. 189-90).
1864:
104. Uber die von Fendler in Venezuela gesammelten Bromeliaceen. (Nach-
1965] STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 257
richten von der en Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen, vom
13, Januar 1864 p. 1
105. On Welwitschia, a new genus of Gnetaceae by Jos. Dalt. Hooker. London
1863 (Bericht in: Géttinger Gelehrte Anzeigen vom 27 Januar 1864 p. 127~
47).
1865:
106. Die geographische Verbreitung der Pflanzen Westindiens. Géttingen, in
der Dieterich’schen Buchhandlung 1865 (in 4°, 80 pp.; Separat-Abdruck aus
dem XII. Bande [Phys., pp. 3-80] der Abhandlungen der kénigl. Gesellschaft
der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen). [Reprinted in item 139, pp. 222-285
107. Flora of the British West Indian Islands by A. H. R. Grisebach London
1864 (Selbstanzeige, zugleich Anzeige von Nr. 106 in: Gottinger Gelehrte
Anzeigen vom 1. Marz 1865 p. 321-330).
108. Diagnosen neuer Euphorbiaceen aus Cuba. (Nachrichten von der konigl.
Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften vom 15. Marz 1865 p. 161-81).
1866:
109. Catalogus plantarum Cubensium exhibens collectionem Wrightianam
aliasque minores ex insula Cuba missas. Lipsiae apud Guilielmum Engelmann
1866 “IV. u. 301
110. Die Vexebationsenicte der Erde, iibersichtlich zusammengestellt. Mit
Karte (Petermann’s geogr. Mittheilungen 1866 II, p. 45-53).
111. Der gegenwartige Standpunkt der Geographie der Pflanzen. (Behm’s geogr.
Jahrbuch I, p. 373-402). [Reprinted in item 139, pp. 307-334]
1867:
112. Catalogus plantarum Cubensium quas recensuit A. Grisebach. Lipsiae
1866. (Selbstanzeige in: Géttinger Gelehrte Anzeigen, Stiick 12, 1867 p.
65-67). ma
113. Botanische Mittheilungen von C. Ndgeli. Miinchen 1866. (Bericht ibid.
Stiick 18 p. 696-712).
1868:
114. Uber die Gramineen Hochasiens. (Nachrichten von der konigl. Gesellschaft
der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen vom 12. Februar 1868, p. 61-93). [Reprinted
in item 139, pp. 286-306] :
115. Bericht iiber die Fortschritte in der Geographie der Pflanzen. (Behm’s
geogr. Jahrbuch II, p. 186-219). [Reprinted in item 139, pp. 334-366]
1870:
116. Bericht iiber die Fortschritte in der Geographie der Pflanzen (ibid. III, p.
172-210). [Reprinted in item 139, pp. 367-402
Im Jahre 1872 erschien das 1866/67 begonnene, sa Abschluss der pflanzen-
geographischen Studien des Verfassers bezeichnende ;
117. Die Vegetation der Erde nach ihrer klimatischen Paros Ein Abriss der
vergleichenden Geographie der eermpe Erster Band. Leipzig, Verlag von
Wilhelm Engelmann 1872 (XII u 03 pp.). Zweiter Band. Mit vhgest
sichtskarte der Vegetationsgebiete. ibid 1872. (X u. 635 pp. und Sach- un
Personen-Register p. 637—
Seit seinen langjahrigen Jahresberichten (cf. oben Nr. 21-35), welche, soweit
258 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. 46
sie von bleibendem Gehalt, in die ‘‘Vegetation der Erde” eingearbeitet worden
sind, hatte Grisebach das schon in seiner ersten Abhandlung (cf. oben Nr. 8)
betretene Gebiet der Pflanzengeographie nie aus den Augen verloren, ja die
systematischen Forschungen nur als die Grundlegung zu einer Erklarung des
eign der nach Floren gegliederten Pflanzendecke des Erdballs betrachtet.
on der “Vegetation der Erde” erschien alsbald eine russische Ubersetzung
von tain ff (s. oben p. 511), sowie eine franzdsische, welche betitelt ist :
La végétation du Globe d'aprés sa regione suivant les Climats. Esquisse
d’une géographie comparée des plant Par A. Grisebach. Ouvrage traduit
de Vallemand avec l’autorisation et ei concours de |’Auteur par P. de Tchihat-
chef Correspondant de l'Institut de France. Avec des annotations du Traduc-
teur. Accompagné d’une carte générale des domaines de végétation. Tome
premier. Paris L. Guérin et Cie. [spater J. B. Bailliére et Fils| 1875 (gr. 8°,
XVI u. 765 pp.). Tome deuxiéme. Paris, librairie J. B. Bailliére et Fils 1878
(VI u. 905 pp.).
Grisebach schrieb eine neue Vorrede dazu (October 1874 t. I p. XIV-XVI)
und hat das Manuscript des Ubersetzers vor dem Drucke einer sorgfaltigen
Durchsicht unterworfen. [A posthumous second edition, “Zweite, vermehrte
und berichtigte Auflage” Erster Band 1884 (xv + 567 pp.) Zweiter Band 1884
(xi + 594 pp.) Register 1885 (pp. 597-693) |
In das Jahr 1872 fallen ferner noch:
118. Die Wirksamkeit Humboldt’s im Gebiete der Pflanzengeographie und
Botanik. (A. v. Humboldt, eine wissenschaftliche Biographie, herausgegeben
von Bruhns. Leipzig, F. A. Brockhaus 1872. Band III p. 232-268). [Re-
printed in item 139, pp. 557-584 |
119. Bericht Uber die Fortschritte in der Geographie der Pflanzen. (Behm’s
Geogr. Jahrbuch IV, p. 21-58). [Reprinted in item 139, pp. 403-438
120. V. Hehn, Kulturpflanzen und Hausthiere in ihrem Ubergange aus Asien
nach Griechenland und Italien, sowie in das tibrige Europa. Berlin 1870.
oe in: GOottinger Gelehrte Anzeigen vom 6. November 1872 p. 1766-
121, mek Von A. Grisebach, (in: Géttinger Professoren. Ein Beitrag
zur deutschen Kultur- und Literdrgeschichte. Gotha 1872, p. 139-165).
1873:
122. A. S. Oersted’s System der Pilze, Lichenen und Algen. Aus dem Danischen.
Deutsche vermehrte Ausgabe von A. Grisebach und J. Reinke. Mit 93 Figuren
in Holzschnitt. Leipzig, Verlag von Wilhelm Engelmann, 1873. (VI u. 194
pp.).
Die Ubersetzung riihrt ausschliesslich von Grisebach her, ebenso die Vorrede
die in Klammern dem Texte eingefiigten Erganzungen grésstentheils von Pro-
fessor Reinke in Gottingen
1874:
123. Plantae Lorentzianae. Bearbeitung der ersten und zweiten Sammlung
argentinischer Pflanzen des Professor Lorentz zu Cordoba. Gottingen, in der
Dieterich’schen Buchhandlung 1874, (in 4°, 232 pp. Mit 1 Tafel, Separat-
Abdruck aus dem XIX. Bande [Phys., pp. as der Abhandlungen der
k6nigl. iactoiah der Wissenschaften zu Gottin
en).
Der ee Theil des Werkes ist in Sse oubie Sprache verfasst
1965 | STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 259
(p. 20 bis 232), voran geht eine Einleitung in deutscher "aren enthaltend:
von p. 1-10 die pflanzengeographischen Ergebnisse (vgl. oben im Text p. 550—
552) und von p. 10 unten bis p. 20 “systematische an morphologische
Bemerkungen.”
| Published December 1874 according to Croizat in Darwiniana 5: 422, note
124. Bericht tuber diese Publikation in: Nachrichten der konigl. Gesellschaft
der Wissenschaften 1874 p. 53
125. Bericht tber die Fortschritte in der Geographie der Pflanzen (Behms
Geogr. Jahrbuch V, p. 46-97). [Reprinted in item 139, pp. 438-487 |
1875:
126. ps ad floram Brasiliae centralis cognoscendam edit. Eug. Warming
art. XX
Si uae Dioscoraceae, Smilaceae. Exposuit Dr. A. Grisebach. (ex
actis Videnskabelige Meddelelser societatis conn. eae Havniensis 1875
p. 121-164).
127. Pflanzengeographie, von A. Grisebach (in: Anleitung zu wissenschaftlichen
Beobachtungen auf Reisen, herausgeg. von Dr. G. Neumayer, Berlin 1875,
p. 333-358)
1876:
128. Bericht tber die Fortschritte in der Geographie der Pflanzen (Behms
Geogr. Jahrbuch, VI, p. 211-284). [Reprinted in item 139, pp. 487-
129. Bericht iiber die botanischen Institute der Universitat cee im Jahre
1876. Nachrichten d. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften p. 5
130. Index Seminum Horti Academici Gottingensis. 1876. pe Species
criticae quae a. 1876 in Horto Gottingensi floruerunt. Gottingae, typ. off
acad. Dieterich. (in folio. 8 pp.).
1877:
131. China. Ergebnisse eigener Reisen und darauf gegriindeter Studien von
Ferd. Freiherrn v. Richthofen, Berlin 1877. (Bericht dariiber in Gott.
Gelehrte Anzeigen vom 11. Juli 1877 p. 865-88). [Reprinted in item 139,
pp. 585-602 |
132. Uber Weddell’s Pflanzengruppe der Hypseocharideen, (in: Nachrichten de
Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften 15. Aug. 1877 p. 493-500).
133. Zum Andenken an Karl Ernst von Baer, (ibid. 5. Dec. 1877 p. 745 bis
748). [Reprinted in item 139, pp. csnauibass
134. Index seminum, 1877. Appendix: Species novae vel criticae quae a. 1877
in Horto Gottingensi floruerunt. Gottingae, typ. off. acad. Dieterich. (in
folio, 8 pp.).
Le]
1878:
135. Die systematische ar von Sclerophylax und Cortesia. (Nachrichten
vom 15. Mai 1878 p. 221-—
136. Der Dimorphismus lg : ortpflanzungsorgane von Cardamine chenopodifolia
Pers. Ein Beitrag zur Theorie der Befruchtung. Von A. Grisebach, (ibid. 12.
Juni 1878 p. 332-341).
137. Index seminum, 1878. Appendix: Species novae vel criticae, quae a. 1878
in ree Gottingens floruerunt. Gottingae, typ. off. acad. Dieterich. (in
folio, 8
260 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
1879:
138. Symbolae ad Floram argentinam. Zweite Bearbeitung argentinischer Pflan-
zen, nach den durch die Regierung zu Buenos-Ayres veranstalteten Samm-
lungen der Professoren Lorentz und Hieronymus, sowie den im Museum zu
Gottingen aufbewahrten Herbarien anderer Naturforscher. Von A. rabies
Gottingen, Dieterich’sche Verlagsbuchhandlung, 1879 (in 4°,
dem XXIV. Bande [Phys., pp. 3-346] der Abhandlungen der kénigl. an
schaft der Wissenschaften zu Gottingen).
Uber das Werk meldete er seinem altesten Sohne am 13. December 1878:
“Meine Symbolae ad Floram argentinam werden nun seit Anfang November
edruckt, bereits 13 Bogen — es sa iiber 40, so dass ich mich nun zu andern
botanischen Arbeiten wenden kann.” Diese neue Arbeit war zundchst eine Flora
europaea, von welcher er im Winter 1878/79 die Familien der Ranunculaceen,
contortuplicatum DC. bricht das 68 Quartseiten engster Schrift umfassende
Manuscript jah ab.
[139. Gesammelte Abhandlungen und kleinere Schriften zur Pflanzengeographie
A. Grisebach. Leipzig, verlag von Wilhelm Engelmann. 1880 (vii +
628 pp.) ]
[ 140. Reliquiae Grisebachianae. Flora Europaea. Fragmentum auctore Augusto
Grisebach ex Manuscripto . . . edidit Augustus Kanitz. Claudiopoli, apud
E. Demjén 1882 (58 pp.)
This is the concise synopsis of the European flora on which Grisebach was
- working shortly before his death; see under item 138 above. |
SCOPE OF GRISEBACH’S FLORA
Although long out of date in much of its nomenclature and taxonomy,
often unreliable in matters of detail and concerned only with the British
West Indian Islands, which occupied only about an eighth of the total land
area of the West Indies and by 1864 had been far from exhaustively
explored botanically, Grisebach’s Flora remains nevertheless the most
comprehensive general descriptive guide to the plants of the archipelago
stretching from the Bahamas and the Florida Keys to Trinidad and
Aruba.
Floristically these islands may be divided into five main groups, those
covered by Grisebach’s book being cited in LARGE and SMALL CAPITALS:
1. The Bahamas, i.e. the BAHAMA IsLANDS comprising 29 major
islands and about 3,000 islets (in all 4,403 sq. miles) + and the Turks
and Caicos Islands (170 sq. miles.)
. The Greater Antilles, consisting of Cuba (44,178 sq. miles),
Hispaniola (29,838 sq. miles), Jamatca (4,411 sq. miles), Cayman Islands
(100 sq. miles), Puerto Rico (3,450 sq. miles) and the Virgin Islands
(67 sq. miles), and separated by the deep Anegada Passage from the
Lesser Antilles proper.
*1 square mile = 2.59 square kilometers.
Fic. 2. THE West INpIAN ISLANDS. Roman numerals refer to “the five natural sections” noted by Grisebach
(for discussion of this division see page vi of Grisebach’s text). The islands considered by Grisebach are in
solid black.
VUOTA S.HOVAASIND ‘NUYVALS [S96T
192
262 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
3. The Lesser Antilles:
(a) Leeward Islands, between the Anegada Passage and the Martin-
ique Passage, including Anguilla (35 sq. miles), St. Martin (38 sq. miles),
St. Barthélemy (8 sq. miles), Saba (5 sq. miles), St. Eustatius (9 sq.
miles), St. Kirts (68 sq. miles), Nevis (50 sq. miles), BarBupaA (62
sq. miles), ANTIGUA (108 sq. miles), MONTSERRAT (32 sq. miles), Guade-
loupe (Grande Terre, 255 sq. miles; Basse Terre, 364 sq. miles), Marie
Galante (60 sq. miles), Dominica (305 sq. miles); the Virgin Islands
are usually listed under the Leeward Islands.
(b) Windward Islands, from the Martinique Passage south to
Grenada, including Martinique (430 sq. miles), St. Lucta (238 sq. miles),
St. VINCENT (150 sq. miles), Bequia (7 sq. miles) The Grenadines (13
sq. miles), GRENADA (133 sq. miles).
BARBADOS (166 sq. miles).
Alternatively
(a) Eastern Arc: Anguilla, St. Martin, St. Barthélemy, BARBupA,
Antisua, Guadeloupe (Grande Terre), Désirade, Marie Galante; these
form a series of old limestone-topped volcanic islands
(b) Western Arc: Saba, St. Eustatius, St. Kitts, Nevis, MONTSER-
RAT, Guadeloupe (Basse Terre), Dominica, Martinique, St. Lucia, ST.
VincENT, Bequia, The Grenadines, GreNnapA; these form a series of
younger volcanic islands.
c ARBADOS.
4. Tobago (116 sq. miles) and Trinidad (1,864 sq. miles).
5. Southern Caribees, consisting of Aruba (67 sq. miles), Curacao
(164 sq. miles), Bonaire (93 sq. miles), etc.
Trinidad belongs geologically and floristically not to the West Indies
but to northern South America, as Grisebach pointed out as long ago as
1865: “schon jetzt ist man indessen berechtigt, Trinidad von Westindien
nach seiner Pflanzenproduktion zu trennen und als ein Glied des Festlandes
zu betrachten.”” The Lesser Antilles are similarly independent of the
Greater Antilles. An observation by Alston (1952) emphasizes this: “the
80 miles of sea separating Tobago from Grenada, and the 120 miles which
separate St. Thomas from Saba are more formidable barriers to Selaginella
than the 90 miles between Cuba and Jamaica, and there seems to be no
reason for this but the geological history of the various islands” (Bull.
Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bot. 1: 28). Barbados and Tobago are on the
same South American continental shelf and thus not geologically as-
sociated with the volcanic Lesser Antilles. As a result of covering such
a heterogeneous assembly of islands Grisebach’s Flora includes most of
the widespread tropical lowland weeds, together with many endemic
West Indies species and a number of characteristic South American
species.
According to an analysis by Krug in Urban, Symb. Ant. 1: 57. 1898,
Grisebach recorded from the individual islands the following number of
1965 | STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 263
species of vascular plants (to which some more recent estimates or counts
are added in parentheses for comparison) :
BAHAMAS 191 (995 phanerogams, 69 pteridophytes, fide Britton & Millspaugh,
1920).
JaMaAica 2303 (approx. 2900 phanerogams, 540 pteridophytes).
St. Kitts 129 (no total for phanerogams available; 129 pteridophytes).
NEvis 11 (no total for phanerogams available; 83 pteridophytes )
MontTseErRRAT 48 (no total for phanerogams available, 68 pteridophy tes).
Domrnica 684 (no total for phanerogams available, 191 pteridophytes
Sr. Lucta 82 (no total for phanerogams available, approx. 120 pteridophytes).
Tosaco 4 (no total for phanerogams available, 95 pteridophyt
TRINIDAD 1,282 (approx. 2,200 phanerogams, 300 peatetes:.
This gives a total of 3,143 phanerogams, 356 pteridophytes. Grise-
bach’s Flora thus deals with about a third of the phanerogam species
and about half of the pteridophyte species known from the West Indian
archipelago between Florida and Venezuela.
PUBLICATION OF GRISEBACH’S FLORA
The Flora of the British West Indian Islands was published in London
in seven parts as follows:
PART DATE COMMENTS AND SOURCES
Part 1, pp. 1-96 December, 1859 Received by Linnean Society
on 14 Dec. 1859, by British
Museum on 20 Dec. 1859.
Cf. Grisebach in Abh. K6n.
Ges. ge eaablaats (Phys.)
9: 16.
Part 2, pp. 97-192 June, 1860 rey = i S. and B. M.
on 4 June 1860.
Part 3, pp. 193-315 (ending
with Loranthaceae), 316
(blank), 317-322 (index
to Section I), half-title
and title to Section I; this
p. 315, dealing with Lo-
ranthaceae but not Capri-
foliaceae, and the index
to Section I have been
discarded as redundant in
most bound copies. late 1860 Received by L. S. on 2 Nov.
1860, by B. M. on 3 Dec.
1860. Cf. Am. Jour. Sci. IT.
31: 129. (Jan.) 1861.
264 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Part 4, pp. 315-410 late 1861 Received by L. S. on 2 Nov.
1861, by B. M. on 6 Dec
1861. “Im Druck vollendet”
on 25 Sept. 1861 fide Grise-
bach in Bot. Zeit. 19: 296.
(Oct.) 1861.
Part 5, pp. 411-506 1862
probably May Received by L. S. on 14 May
1862.
Part 6, pp. 507-602
October 1864 Received by L. S. on 1 Oct.
1864, by B. M. on 8 Oct.
1864. Cited in Gard. Chron.
1864: 1038. (29 Oct.) 1864,
Jour. Bot. (London) 2: 360.
(1 Nov.) 1864, Am. Jour.
Sci. II. 39: 108. (Jan.) 1865.
Nace Sell Niel
Part 7, pp. 603-789, i-xvi
The details cited above correct the account of publication by B. D.
Jackson in Jour. Bot. ae 30: 347. 1892, and accepted by Urban,
Symbolae Antillanae 1: 57.
BIOGRAPHICAL NOTES ON COLLECTORS
Grisebach based his Flora chiefly on herbarium material assembled
at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, through the enterprise of William
Jackson Hooker. This material included many specimens collected by
residents, mostly medical men, in the British West Indies, notably Ban-
croft, Crueger, Distin, Finlay, Guilding, Imray, Lane, Lockhart, Mac-
fadyen, Gilbert McNab, March, Nicholson, Schack, Robert Schomburgk,
Waters, Wiles, and Wilson. For Jamaica the most interesting and ex-
tensive collections studied were those made by Purdie, sent out from
Kew in 1843, and by Alexander (later Prior), who visited Jamaica in
1849-50. Grisebach came to England four times during the preparation
of the work and was able to have much material from Kew on loan a
Gottingen and to retain fragments for his private herbarium, which re-
mains at Gottingen. He also had available the collections, not repre-
sented in British herbaria, made by Wullschlagel and Bertero. The his-
toric collections by Sloane, Masson, Roger Shakespear, Swartz, and
others, then at the British Museum, Bloomsbury, now at the British
Museum (Natural History), South Kensington, London, were known to
Grisebach but he made little use of them, probably because they were
then less accessible than the later collections at Kew.
The following notes on collectors cited by Grisebach are based on
Urban’s “Notae biographicae peregrinatorum Indiae occidentalis botani-
corum” in Symbolae Antillanae 3: 14-158. 1902, but provide some in-
formation not available to Urban.
ALEXANDER (after 1859 Prior),> RICHARD CHANDLER (1809-1902); |
° The names of some collectors cited in his Flora were abbreviated by Grisebach as
1965 ] STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 265
English medical man; author of Popular Names of British Plants (1863),
etc.; collected from November 1849 to August 1850 in Jamaica, mostly in
the Blue Mountains and St. Ann (with Moneague as center) ; adopted the
name of Prior after the death of maternal uncle so-named, thereafter spent
six months of every year on his property at Halse near Taunton, Somerset,
England, the other six months in London; herbarium at Kew; Urban,
Symb, Ant. 3: 107, 1902; Proc. Linn. Soc. London sess. 115 (1902-03):
35. 1903,
ANDERSON, ALEXANDER (d. 1811); medical man; settled in St. Vincent
between 1775 and 1785, being from 1785 to 1811 superintendent of the
St. Vincent Botanic Garden; visited Guiana in 1791; Guiana plants in
British Museum Ae Hist. i West Indian plants at Kew; Urban. Symb.
Ant. 3: 17.
BANCROFT, on NATHANIEL (1772-1842); English medical man;
settled in Jamaica in 1811 and died there in 1842 as General Inspector
of the Army Hospital at Kingston; herbarium at Kew; Urban, Symb.
Ant. 3: 19. 1902
BERTERO, CARLO GIUSEPPE (1789-1831); Italian medical man; studied
medicine and natural history in Turin under Balbis; travelled to West
Indies in 1816 as a ship’s surgeon; was 1816-18 in Guadeloupe, 1818 in
St. Thomas, 1818-19 in Puerto Rico, 1819-20 in Santo Domingo and
Haiti, 1820-21 in Colombia, 1821 in Jamaica which he visited on his
way back to Europe; in 1827 went to Chile, thence in 1830 to Tahiti; on
the return to Valparaiso from Tahiti his ship was lost at sea without a
trace; main herbarium at Turin, much material at Geneva, other speci-
mens at Paris, Munich, etc.; Urban, Sym. Ant. 3: 21, 22. 1902
Braprorp, Dr.; collected orchids in Trinidad, 1845-46, Antigua, 1846;
specimens at Kew; Urban, Sym. Ant. 3: 27. 1902.
Browne, Patrick (ca. 1720-90); Irish medical man; studied at Ley-
den; voyaged about 1745 to Barbados, Montserrat, Antigua, and St.
Kitts, settling in Jamaica in 1746, where he journeyed and collected
extensively; returned to England in 1755, where he published in 1756 his
Civil and Natural History of Jamaica (the original edition being 250
copies, fide Sabin, Dict. Books 2: 572. 1869, quoting Chalmers); went
back to the West Indies but returned to England in 1781, and then retired
to County Mayo, Ireland, his birthplace; in 1758 Linnaeus bought his
herbarium, now part of Linnaean Herbarium at the Linnean Society
of London; some specimens in British Museum (Nat. Hist.); Urban,
Symb,. Ant. 3:29. 1902; Stearn, Introd. Sp. Pl. 76. 1957.
CRUEGER, HERMANN (1818-64); German apothecary from Hamburg,
who settled in Trinidad in 1841; appointed on Purdie’s death, in 1857, as
indicated here: Alexander (Al.), Anderson (Anders.), Bancroft (Bancr.), Crueger
(Cr.), Distin (Dist.), Elsey (Els.), Guilding (Guild.), Hartweg (Hartw.), Hjalmars-
son (Hjalmars.), Imray (Imr.), Lockhart — Macfadyen (Macf.), McNab
(M’Nb.), Oersted (Oerst.), Purdie (Pd.), Sch.), Sieber (Sieb.), Swainson
(Swains.), Swartz (Sw.), Wilson (Wils.), me (Wullschi.) .
266 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
government botanist and director of the botanic ees at Port-of-Spain,
Trinidad; specimens at Kew; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 33. 1902.
Dist1n, HENry (d. ca. 1840): eredtical man; fee at Savanna-la-Mar,
Jamaica, whence he sent specimens to W. J. Hooker in 1831, 1833, and
1836; his medical work prevented him from collecting except near Sa-
vanna-la-Mar; specimens at Kew; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 37. 1902.
Don, Grorce, the younger (1798-1856); Scottish gardener and bota-
nist, son of GEorRGE Don the elder (1764-1814), and brother of Davip
Don (1799-1841); in 1822-23 collected for the Horticultural Society of
London in Brazil, Cuba, Jamaica, and Sierra Leone on the voyage of
the /phigenia; some specimens in British Museum (Nat. Hist.) ; Urban,
Symb. Ant. 3: 38. 1902.
Etsry, JosEpH RAvVENSCROFT (1834-57); English medical man and
naturalist; went in 1857 to the West Indies to collect specimens for
Grisebach’s Flora but died after only seven a on the island of St.
Kitts; specimens at Kew; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 1902.
FENDLER, Aucust (1813-— 83): German eh collector: emigrated in
1836 to the United States; in 1846-47 collected botanical specimens in
New Mexico, in 1850 in Panama, in 1854-58 in Venezuela, in 1877-83
in Trinidad, where he died. W. M. Canby, “An autobiography and some
reminiscences of the late August Fendler,” Bot. Gaz. 9: 285-290, 301-304,
319-322. 1884; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 47. 1902.
FIntay, Kirkman (d. ca. 1884); medical man; settled in Trinidad
ca. 1837 and collected there as well as in Antigua, Grenada, and Do-
minica; specimens at Kew; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 47. 1902
Fraser, JOHN (1750-1811); Scottish plant-collector and nurseryman;
made journeys in 1780, 1784-85, 1790, 1791, and 1795 to North America;
in 1801 visited Cuba, in 1802 New Providence, Bahamas; Urban, Symb.
Ant. 3: 48. 1902.
GuiILpING, Lanspown (ca. 1797-1831); clergyman; born on St. Vin-
cent; studied at Oxford; returned to St. Vincent in 1817; specimens at
Kew; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 53. 1902.
Hart wee , Cart THEOpoR (1812-1871); German gardener and plant-
collector; went, in 1836, to Mexico for the Horticultural Society of
London, also visited Guatemala, Peru, Ecuador, and Colombia and on
return journey stopped in Jamaica during May 1843, collecting in the
Port Royal Mountains, north of Kingston, in company with Purdie, be-
fore going on to England: (cf. Bentham, Pl. Hartweg. 263-266. 1846);
specimens at nae ia Museum (Nat. Hist.), Geneva, etc.; Urban,
Symb, Ant. 3: 57.
Hicson, al Ff 1773- 1836); English merchant; was curator of
Bath Botanic Garden, Jamaica, 1828-32; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 61. 1902.
HJALMARSSON, Justus ADALRIK (1823-1876); Swedish apothecary,
in May 1858 visited the island of Grand Turk, Turks Islands, for 14
days; specimens at Kew and Gottingen; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 60. 1902.
IMray, JOHN (1811-1880); Scottish medical man; emigrated to Do-
1965 } STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 267
minica in 1832, began investigation of flora of the island in 1837; speci-
mens at Kew; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 67. 1902
Jaceutn, Nicoraus JoSEPH von (1727-1817); Austrian botanist; born
in Leyden, Netherlands, but of French descent; studied philosophy at
Louvain, medicine and botany at Leyden, then at Paris; went, in 1752,
to Vienna for the completion of his medical studies, became acquainted
with the Emperor Franz I and was dispatched by him to the West
Indies in 1755 to obtain plants and animals for the Imperial gardens and
menagerie at Schénbrunn; between 1755 and 1759 visited St. Vincent,
Grenada, Curacao, Aruba, Venezuela, Guadeloupe, St. Christophers, St.
Eustatius, St. Martin, St. Barthelemy, Haiti, Jamaica (1758), Martinique
and Cuba; later became professor of chemistry and botany in Vienna;
some specimens in British Museum (Nat. Hist.), sold to Banks in 1777;
Urban, Symb. Ant. 1: 75-78. 1898; 3: 65, 66. 1902; Dawson, The Banks
Letters 447. 1958.
The results of Jacquin’s botanical work were summarized in his
Enumeratio systematica Plantarum, quas in Insulis Caribaeis vicinaque
Americes Continente detexit (Leyden. 1760), a work of only 41 pages
but nomenclaturally important for the first publication of genera and
species later described and often illustrated in his folio Selectarum
Stirpium Americanarum Historia (Vienna. 1763), of which a sumptuous
limited new edition with colored illustrations copied direct for Jacquin’s
drawings was published about 1780.
Lane, A. W.; surgeon; visited Bermuda, Cuba, Jamaica, St. Thomas,
ey Grenada, and Trinidad some time before 1844; specimens 2
Kew; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 71. 1902.
Liven, Jean JuLes (1817-1898); Belgian horticulturist and plant-
collector; born in Luxembourg; made his first collecting journey at the
age of 18 to Brazil in 1835-37; his second, in 1837, to Cuba, Mexico, and
Guatemala; his third, in 1841-45, to Venezuela, Colombia, Jamaica, and
for the introduction of new plants; directed, from 1852 to 1862, the
Jardin Royal de Zoologie et d’Horticulture in Brussels; specimens at Kew,
British Museum (Nat. Hist.), Geneva, Paris, etc.; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3:
76-78. 7s
LockHart, Davin (d. 1846); English gardener; accompanied Tuckey
on the Congo expedition of 1816; sent, in 1821, to Trinidad to found
a botanic garden, of which he was superintendent until his death in 1846;
Trinidad specimens at Kew; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 78. 1902
MacFADYEN, JAMES (1800-1850); Scottish medical man; studied medi-
cine and natural history at Glasgow; went to Jamaica, in 1825, as Island
Botanist but owing to lack of money resigned from this post and took up
medical practice, devoting his spare time to botany and the preparation
of his Flora of Jamaica (Vol. 1. 1837); unfortunately his death from
cholera prevented the publication of Volume 2, of which 216 pages were
printed, and his personal herbarium seems to have been destroyed; speci-
mens at Kew; Urban, Symb. Ant. 1: 99. 1898; 3: 79, 80. 1902.
268 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VOL. 46
McNas, GILBERT (1815-1859); Scottish medical man; third son of
Wiritam McNas (1780-1848), brother of James McNas (1810-1878),
uncle of WittiAM Ramsay McNap (1844-89); emigrated, in 1838, to
Jamaica and practiced in St. Ann and Kingston in association with James
Macfadyen; specimens at Kew and Edinburgh; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3:
80. 1902.
Marcu, WitttAm Tuomas (ca. 1795-ca. 1872); lawyer in Jamaica;
lived at Spanish Town, where he had a fine garden; probably many plants
recorded from Jamaica on the authority of specimens sent to Kew by
March, but not since found in Jamaica in a wild state, were really garden-
grown; specimens at Kew; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 81. 1902
Masson, Francis (1741-1805 or 1806); Scottish gardener and plant-
collector; sent out from Kew to collect at the Cape of Good Hope in
1772-74, to the Azores in 1776, Canary Islands in 1777, Madeira in 1778,
Barbados and Grenada in 1779, St. Eustatius, Antigua, St. Kitts, St.
Lucia, Nevis in 1780, Jamaica in 1781, then back to the Cape in 1786-95;
in 1797 to North America, dying at Montreal in December 1805 or
eer 1806; specimens in ‘British Museum (Nat. Hist.); Urban, Sym.
Ant. 3: 82. 1902: ; M.C. Karsten in Jour. S. Afr. Bot. 24: 203-218. 1958;
25: 167-188, 283-310. 1959; 26: 9-15. 1960; 27: 15-45. 1961.
NICHOLSON, THOMAS (1799-1877); Scottish medical man; settled at
St. Johns, Mattias. in 1822, returned to England in 1848 but went back
to Antigua in 1849 and prepared a catalogue of Antiguan plants, the
manuscript of which is at the University of the West Indies, Jamaica, with
photocopy at British Museum (Nat. Hist.); Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 92.
1902.
OERSTED, (ORSTED), ANDERS SANDOE (SANDGE) (1816-1872); Danish
botanist; made, in 1845, a journey to the West Indies, in the course of
which he visited St. Thomas, St. Croix, Grenada, and other isles of the Les-
ser Antilles, then went to Tamadca hese he spent six weeks, botanizing with
McNab and 1) Macfadyen and ascending the Blue Mountain Peak; his
Skildring of Naturen pas Jamaica (1856-57, reprinted in 1863) gives a
general survey of the zoning of vegetation (summarized in Urban, Symb.
Ant. 1: 118, 119. 1898); he then travelled in Costa Rica and Nica-
ragua, returning to Copenhagen in 1848; here he became professor in
1860; specimens at Copenhagen; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 93, 94. 1902;
Christensen, Danske Bot. Hist. 1: 377-420. 1925; 2: 232-244. 1929.
Purptr, Witt1am (1817-1857); Scottish gardener trained at Edin-
burgh under William McNab; sent out to Jamaica in 1843 by W. J.
Hooker to collect seeds, plants, and specimens; travelled extensively and
collected with great success over much of the island; left Jamaica in April
1844 for Colombia, where in May—July 1844 he collected on the Sierra
Nevada de Santa Marta, then elsewhere in Colombia in 1844—46, leaving
Colombia in 1846 to become government botanist and superintendent of
the Botanic Garden, Port of Spain, Trinidad; visited Venezuela in 1851
and Puerto Rico in 1854; died in Trinidad 14 October 1857; specimens
at Kew, some duplicates in Paris; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 107; Ewan, J.,
1965] STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 269
“A review of Purdieanthus and Lehmanniella . . . and biographical notes
on Purdie and Lehmann,” Caldasia 5: 85-98. 1948.
Purdie’s route in Taniaice, as revealed by his aptiees and localities on
specimens at Kew, may be summarized as follows
1843
St. ANDREW: 14 May, arrived at Kingston; 19 May, left for Port Royal
Mountains with Hartweg, crossed Liguanea Plain, reached Flamstead; 22 May,
reached St. George’s Gap; 24 May, returned to Kingston. St. CATHERINE:
26 May, to Spanish Town; 27 May, along gorge of Rio Cobre to W. McNab’s
residence at Woodbridge. St. ANDREW: 31 May, returned to Kingston by way
of Stony Hill; 6 June, set out for Blue Mountain Peak, reached Penn Hill.
St. THomas: 7 June, crossed Yallah’s River, reached Radnor Coffee Plantation
in Blue Mountains; 8 June, at Portland Gap; 12 June, reached Blue Mountain
Peak, stayed overnight; 13 June, returned to Radnor. St. ANDREW: 16 June,
to Resource; 17 June, to John Crow Ridge; 18 June, to Morce’s Gap. Port-
LAND: 20 June, to Spring Hill, by way of Silver Hill and Shentamee; 23 June,
to Fox’s Gap at junction of St. Andrew, Portland, and St. Mary Parishes.
St. THomas: 25 June, back to Radnor; 27 June, back to Portland Gap. Sr.
ANDREW: 28 June, returned to Kingston by way of Guava Ridge. St. THomas:
7 July, set out for Bath, along coast by way of Albion, the Salt Ponds and White
Horses to Morant Bay; 8 July, Port Morant and Bath Botanic Garden; 10 July,
Plantain Garden River and Wheelersfield; 11 July, to Quaw Hill and Holland
Bay; 12 July, John Crow Hill; 13 July, Holland Bay and Morant Point; 14
July, back to Bath with fever; 19 July, to Cuna Cuna Pass and into Portland
to Golden Vale estate. PorTLAND: 20 July, by way of Moretown to Port
Antonio, Blue Hole, Turtle Crawle, Fairy Hill; 21 July, back to Golden Vale;
22 July, back to Bath. St. Tuomas: 24 July, to Golden Valley and up to the
Plantain Garden River; 25 July, to Dunrobin Castle; 26 July, back to Bath;
1 August, White Hall; 2 August, Morant River, then to Windsor Forest, Woburn
Lawn; 3 August, by way of Hagley Gap, back to Kingston. St. CATHERINE:
9 August, by way of Ferry, to Twickenham Park. St. ANDREW: 10 August, Red
Hills. CATHERINE: 11 August, Ferry, Spanish Town, Guanaboa, Twicken-
ham Park, Caymanas, Ferry; 14 August, visited lagoons near Ferry by boat,
returned to Kingston; 23 August, by boat to Apostles Battery, Port Henderson,
and vicinity. Purdie’s route hereafter is not well documented. September, Guys
Hill, St. Mary: 6 October, reached Kingston from St. Mary and Pedro district
of St. ANN. 29 October, left for MANCHESTER; 19 November, Great Valley,
Manchester; then to Maroon Town, TRELAWNY.
1844
January, Montego Bay, St. James; then to Lucea and Orange Bay, HANoveR,
thence to interior of WESTMORELAND, visiting Dolphin Head (HANoverR) and
Bluefields Mountain (WESTMORELAND), and to ponds of St. ELizABeTH. 9
March, salt marshes near Kingston, St. ANDREW. 23 March, to Pedro district of
St. Ann. April, Roaring River, St. ANN. May arrived Santa Marta, Colombia.
Several species recorded by Grisebach from Jamaica, e.g. Drymonia parviflora
and Pinguicula elongata, were, in fact, based on specimens collected by Purdie
in Colombia.
A letter of J. H. Hart written on 12 June 1896 to the Royal Botanic
Gardens, Kew, calls attention to confusion between St. Anns, Port-of-
270 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. 46
Spain, Trinidad, and the Parish of St. Ann, Jamaica; ‘several species
credited to St. Anne’s, Jamaica, have not been re-found and it may be
well to note that locality as doubtful. From many circumstances I feel
diffident about attaching any importance to Purdie’s specimens from St.
Anne’s, Jamaica, most of the specimens so credited being found in St.
Anne’s, Trinidad, the district in which the Botanic Gardens are situated.”
RUGEL, FERDINAND IGNATIUS XAVIER (1806-1879); German pharma-
cist and plant-collector; born at Wolfegg on the Ach near Weingarten,
Wirttemberg, on 17 December 1806; went to Switzerland, thence, in
1840, to the United States, collecting at cost of R. J. Shuttleworth in
1846 in southern Florida, including Key West, and in 1849 in Cuba
(mostly in the province of Matanzas); settled then in Jefferson County,
eastern Tennessee, where he died on 31 January 1879; specimens at Kew,
British Museum (Nat. Hist.), Gottingen, Leyden, New York, etc.; Urban,
Symb. Ant. 3: 115, 116. 1902; S. W. Geiser, “Biographical note on Dr.
Ferdinand Rugel, American botanist,’ Field & Laboratory 16: 113-119.
1949; S. W. Geiser, “Birthplace of Ferdinand Rugel (1806-79), early
Southern botanist,” Field & Laboratory 18: 112. 1950
Ryan, JoHN (d. 1808); English medical man; plantation owner on
island of Montserrat towards end of the 18th century; returned to Eng-
land in 1792 but owing to customs difficulties at Plymouth sent his
specimens on to Copenhagen, whence they were later sent to Banks in
London; specimens in British Museum (Nat. Hist.) and Copenhagen;
Martin Vahl published descriptions of them in his Eclogae Americanae
(1796-1807) and Jcones (1798-99), the last at Ryan’s expense; Urban,
Symb. Ant. 1: 173. 1898; Dawson, The Banks Letters 727. 1958.
ScHaAck, BARON von (d. 1824), Austrian; lived for many years in
Trinidad and sent living plants from there to the botanic gardens of
Glasgow and Liverpool; specimens at Kew; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 119.
1902.
SCHOMBURGK, SIR ROBERT HERMANN (1804-1865); German botanist,
brother of Stk Moritz RICHARD SCHOMBURGK (1811-1890); collected dur-
ing 1835—44 in British Guiana, northern Brazil, and Venezuela; knighted
in 1844 by Queen Victoria for his achievements as an explorer; spent 11
months (1846-47) in Barbados; was British consul from 1848 to 1857 in
Santo Domingo; specimens in Kew, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), Paris,
and Berlin; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 121. 1902.
SIEBER, FRANZ WILHELM (1789-1844); Austrian plant-collector and
dealer in herbarium specimens at Prague; collected himself in Italy, Crete,
Egypt, Palestine, Mauritius, Australia, and South Africa, but collections
were made for him by Franz Kohaut in Martinique in 1820 (specimens
distributed as “Flora Martinicensis”) and by Franz Wrbna in Trinidad in
1722 (specimens distributed as “Flora Trinitatis’’); some confusion of
localities may have occurred; specimens in many herbaria; Urban,
Symb. Ant. 3: 127. 1902; Maiwald, Gesch. Bot. Bohmen 111-116. 1904.
SLOANE, Str Hans (1660-1753); Irish medical man and _ botanist;
studied medicine in London, Paris, and Montpellier, then voyaged, in
1965] STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 271
1687, to Jamaica as personal physician to the Governor, the Duke of
Albemarle, by way of Madeira, Barbados, Nevis, and St. Kitts; was in
Jamaica from December 1687 to March 1689; although resident in St.
Jago de la Vega, now Spanish Town (St. Catherine), and evidently re-
stricted by his professional duties, Sloane managed nevertheless to travel
in the parishes of St. Andrew, St. Mary, and St. Ann, ranging in the
north from St. Ann’s Bay to Rio Nuevo; on his return became a very
successful and wealthy doctor; knighted in 1716, made President of the
Royal College of Physicians in 1719, and President of the Royal Society
in 1727; published first a Catalogus Plantarum quae in Insula Jamaica
sponte provenient (1696), then his two-volume Voyage to the Islands
Madera, Barbados, Nieves, S. Christophers and Jamaica with the Natural
History .. . of the last of those Islands (Vol. 1. 1707; vol. 2. 1725),
which contains accurate descriptions and illustrations of his plants;
specimens contained in volumes 1-8 of the Sloane Herbarium in the
British Museum (Nat. Hist.), London. Urban, Symb. Ant. 1: 154-157.
1898; 3: 130. 1902; G. R. de Beer, Sir Hans Sloane and the British Mu-
seum (1953); E. St. John Brooks, Sir Hans Sloane, the great Collector and
his Circle (1954); J. E. Dandy (ed.), The Sloane Herbarium (1958).
PRUCE, RIcHARD (1817-1893); English botanist; began as a school
teacher; from 1849 to 1864 travelled to South America (Brazil, Colombia,
Ecuador, Peru, and Venezuela), making immense and botanically most
valuable collections; then returned to England in bad health and spent
the rest of his life as an invalid in a humble Yorkshire cottage, coura-
geously and diligently, although in frequent pain, monographing South
American Hepaticae. The major results of his study are embodied in
his Hepaticae Amazonicae et Andinae (1884-85); he did not collect in
the West Indies, but his specimens, distributed to numerous herbaria,
serve for comparison with material from Trinidad; Spruce, Notes of a
Botanist on the Amazon and Andes (2 vols. 1908).
SWAINSON, (fl. 1830-1842); collected in the Bahamas; not to be
confused with the zoologist WILLIAM Swarnson (1789-1855); specimens
at Kew; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 134. 1902.
Swartz, OLor (1760-1818); Swedish botanist; studied natural history
and medicine at Uppsala; went in August 1783 to North America, then
to the West Indies, leaving Boston on 26 Nov. 1783, landing at Montego
Bay, Jamaica, on 5 Jan. 1784; stayed for some time on the Hampden
estate, Trelawny, travelled between January and August 1784 in Han-
over, St. Elizabeth, and Westmoreland, visited Savanna-la-Mar, later
Kingston and from here, in 1785, ascended Blue Mountain Peak (East
Peak) and stayed with Matthew Wallen of Coldspring, St. Andrew, in
the Blue Mountains, and visited Catherine Peak (Catherine Hill), as
well as the Liguanea Plain, Ferry, and Spanish Town in St. Catherine,
and Morant Bay, Bath, and Manchioneal in St. Thomas; visited Cuba
and Haiti; in 1786 brought his collections to London and worked them
out with the aid of Dryander in Sir Joseph Banks’s house at Soho Square,
London, presenting Banks with specimens of Jamaican species not al-
272 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
ready represented by specimens collected by Mason, Shakespear, and
Wright; in autumn of 1787 returned to Sweden; published between 20
June and 31 July 1788 his Nova Genera et ‘Species Plantarum seu
Prodromus (facsimile in 1962) briefly characterizing many West Indian
plants, then Observationes botanicae (1791) giving critical observations
on species already but often imperfectly known, Jcones Plantarum incogni-
tarum (1794-1800), Flora Indiae occidentalis (1797-1806) and other
works; in 1789 became keeper of the Royal Natural History Collections
at Drottingholm, in 1791 professor at the Hortus Bergianus, Stockholm,
in 1807 keeper of the museum of the Royal Academy of Sciences; speci-
mens in British Museum (Nat. Hist), London (from Herb. Banks),
Riksmuseum in Stockholm (Swartz’s personal herbarium), Linnean So-
ciety of London (in Smith Herbarium), Geneva (in Prodromus Her-
barium), Copenhagen, Munich, etc.; original drawings listed by Urban
in Symb. Ant. 1: 164, 165. 1898, now in Library of Royal Academy of
Sciences, Stockholm (see p. 284); Swartz, Adnotationes botanicae (1829);
Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 134, 135. 1902.
Waters, JAMEs (fl. 1826-1847); English clergyman; collected speci-
mens in Jamaica which are at Kew; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 139. 1902.
Wites, James (fl. 1791-1805); English gardener; sailed with Captain
Bligh on his second voyage (1791-93) to introduce the breadfruit
(Artocarpus communis) into the West Indies from the Pacific, was suc-
cessful in establishing this first in the botanic gardens of St. Vincent, then
in Jamaica; specimens in British Museum (Nat. Hist.); Urban, Symb.
Ant. 3: 140. 1902.
Witson, NATHANIEL (1809-74); Scottish gardener; emigrated to
Jamaica and became Island Botanist and Superintendent of Botanic
Garden at Bath; founded Castleton Garden in 1860; in 1857-58 made
collections in many parts of Jamaica, including Dolphin Head and around
Manchioneal; specimens at Kew, British Museum (Nat. Hist.); Urban,
Symb. Ant. 3: 140. 1902.
Wooprorp, Sir RALPH (1784-1828); Governor of Trinidad, 1813-28;
specimens at Kew; Urban, Symb. Ant. 3: 141. 1902
WRIGHT, WiaM (1735-1819): Scottish cation! man; settled in Ja-
maica, in 1765, on Hampden Estate, Trelawny; returned to Britain in
1777-79; on voyage back to Jamaica as regimental surgeon to the newly
raised Jamaica Regiment in 1779 was captured by a combined Spanish
and French fleet, and interned in Spain; returned in 1782 to Jamaica,
where he was visited by Swartz; returned to England in 1785; specimens
at Kew, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), Edinburgh, Brussels; Urban,
Symb. Ant. 3: 143. 1902; W. Fawcett, “William Wright, a Jamaican
botanist,” Jour. Bot. (London) 60: 330-334. 1922.
WULLSCHLAGEL, HEINRICH RupoLF (1805-1864); missionary belong-
ing to the Moravian Brothers; 1844-47 in Antigua (herb. nos. 1-760),
1847-49 in Jamaica (herb. nos. 761-1345), in parish of Manchester; main
herbarium at Munich, some duplicates at Gottingen; Urban, Symb. Ant.
3: 145. 1902.
1965 | STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 273
COLLECTORS GROUPED BY ISLANDS
The following conspectus lists chronologically under each island the
botanical travellers and residents in the British West Indies who, by
collections or records, contributed to a knowledge of their flora down
to the year 1900. It has been extracted with slight modification from
Urban’s more extensive “‘Conspectus insularum earumque peregrinatorum
botanicorum” in Symbolae Antillanae 3: 147-158. 1902. Persons listed
within brackets, e.g. [J. B. Labat between 1694-1705], are not known to
have left herbarium specimens although they made notes, sometimes inci-
dental, on plants. Collectors cited by Grisebach are italicized, e.g. O.
Swartz.
ANTIGUA
P. Browne 1745 Ch. Breutel seco erie Crypt.)
F. Masson 1780 A. W. Lane befo
de Ponthieu before 1786 a. Pe Wullschligel ee
L. Cl. Richard 1786-1787 K. Finlay ca. 1850
W. Hamilton ca. 1814
L. ’Herminier 1815
T. Nicholson ca. 1831-1841 C. ‘ Barber 1891-1895
BAHAMAS
M. se 1725-1726 W. Robinson 1877
re, s, F. J. Marter & [J. D. Schopf] L. 7 K. Brace 1877-1880
H. Searing ca. 1885
se
A. Michaux 1789
J. Fraser 1802
Crudy before 1810
Swainson 1830-1842
W. F. Daniell 1857-1858
1859
R. W. Rawson 1867-1868
[R. Ligon 1647-1650]
H. Sloane a
J. Reid 169
[J. B. me between 1694-1705 ]
P. Browne 1745
[G. anny as 1750]
F. Masson
A. Maes ee ee 1785-1811
J. Gregg before 1786
Martfelt before 1791
W. Wright 1796-1798
F. Seaforth ca. 1803
W. Simmonds 1803-1804
F. Pursh 1810-1811
W. Hamilton ca. 1814
: H. Herrick 1886
[J. Gardiner 1886-1888]
C. S. Dolley ca. 1887
H. von Eggers 1887, 1888
A. S. Hitchcock 1890
J. 1. & A. B. Northrop 1890
D. Morris 1895
BARBADOS
C. S. Parker ca. 1825
[ J. D. Maycock before 1837 |
A. W. Lane before 1844
Rob. Schomburgk 1846-1847
W. Munro 1870-1876
W. B. Murray ca. 1871
O. Kuntze 1874
R. W. Rawson before 1875
H. von Eggers 1890, 1891
E. Warming 1891
J. H. Hart ca. 1895
J. F. Waby 1895
274
JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM
[voL. 46
BARBUDA
de Ponthieu before 1786
L. Cl. Richard 1786-1787
H. A. A. Nicholls 1891
DOMINICA
[J. B. Labat between 1694-1705 ]
J. Gregg before 1786
F. Pursh 1810-1811
[J. B. Ricord-Madianna between 1821-
182
5
J. Imray 1837-1880
Hoskin 1841
K. Finlay ca. 1850
Murray
H. von Eggers 1880-1883
[W. Schimper 1881, 1883 ]
F. Johow 1882-1883
A. Duss 1883, 1885
H. A. A. Nicholls since 1886
G. A. Ramage 1888-1889
J. J. Walsh ca. 1889
W.R. “ie 1892, 189%, 1895 to 1896
Cry
Sa oan ca. 1893
GRENADA
[J. B. du Tertre ca. 1650-1656]
[J. B. Labat between 1694-1705 ]
N. J. Jacquin between 1755-1757
F. Masson 1779
A. Anderson between 1785-1811
de Ponthieu before 1786
A. W. Lane before 1844
A. S. Oersted 1845-1846
K. Finlay ca. 1850
R. W. Rawson 1870-1872
G. Murray 1886 (Algae
W.R. Elliott 1886-1889 (Pterid.)
H. von Eggers 1889
J. J. Walsh ca. 1889
R. V. Sherring 1890-1891
G. W. Smith 1890-1894
D. W. Alexander 1891
W. E. Broadway since 1894
J. H. Hart ca. 1895
JAMAICA
J. Harlow ca. 1670
H. Barham 1680-1726
H. Sloane 1687-1689
W. Houstoun between 1729-1733
P. Browne 1746-1755
[E. Long ca. 1755-1769 |
N. J. Jacquin 1758
A. Robinson before 1768
W. Wright 1771-1777, 1782-1785
Th. Dancer 1773-1811
R. owns oe 1782
F. Masson 1
O. Swartz sl 1785-1786
de Ponthieu before 1786
J. von Rohr 1
F. J. Marter ‘se btel
J. Wiles 1793-1805
A. Broughton before 1800
F. R. deTussac 1802
E. N. Bancroft 1811-1842
[J. Lunan before 1814]
C. Bertero 1821
G. Don 1822
R. Heward 1823-1826
J. Macfadyen 1825-1850
J. Waters ca. 1826-1830
Murray 1
Th. Higson 1828-1836
H. Distin 1830-1840
Th. Hartweg 1843
W. Purdie 1843-1844
H. J. Krebs ena 1843-1866
P. H. Gosse 1844-1845
A. S. Oersted 1846
N. Wilson 1846-1858
F. H. Taylor 1852-1854 (Pterid.)
H. Barkly 1853-1856
W.T. March prgenee 1857-1858
W. F. Daniell ca
G. S. Jenman nae (Pterid.)
1965 |
B. Baker (Pterid. )
S. Roberts (Pterid.)
S. B. Wilson 1874 (Pterid.)
W. Nock 1875-1880 (Pterid.)
Lady O'Malley 1877
G. Syme 1879-1884
D. Morris 1879-1886
R. V. Sherring 1880-1887
F. C. Lehmann 1881
J. H. Hart 1881-1887
C. S. Sargent 1885
W. Fawcett since 1887
P. Browne 1745
J. Ryan ca. 1780
de Pouthien before 1786
J. von Rohr 1786
STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 275
H. von Eggers 1888
W. J. Thompson since 1889
D. E. Watt ca. 1890
A. S. Hitchcock 1890
E. H. L. Krause 1890
J. E. Humphrey 1893, 1897 (Crypt.)
4]
E. ‘Campbell 1894-1896
B. D. Gilbert 1895 (Pterid.)
A. Aare a
O. Hanse
Om oes 1899, 1900
MONTSERRAT
H. K. Holme ca. 1878
H. A. A. Nicholls 1890-1891
C. A. Barber ca. 1893
St. Kitts (St. CHRISTOPHER)
(J. B. du Tertre ca. 1650-1656]
H. Sloane 1687
[C. Plumier between 1689-1697 ]
[J. B. Labat between 1694-1705]
P. Browne 1745
N. J. Jacquin between 1755~1757
F. Masson 1780
S. Fahlberg between 1785-1834
B. A. Euphrasén 1788
[C. Plumier between 1689-1697 |
[J. B. Labat between 1694-1705 ]
N. J. Jacquin between 1755~1757
G. Young 1765~1774
A. Anderson 1785-1811
W. Lochead 1811-1815
G. Caley 1816-1823
L. Guilding 1817-1833
J. Macrae 1823
[J. B. du Tertre ca. 1650-1656]
[J. B. Labat between 1694-1705 ]
[de Leenrage es 1665 |
G. Young ca
J. Gregg ae re
de Ponthieu before 1786
W. Hamilton ca. 1814
F. L. !Herminier
. Hamilton ca. 1814
Ch. Breutel 1 (chiefly Crypt.)
J.R. Elsey 18
H. von Eggers 1882
C. S. Sargent 1885
W. F-.R. Suringar 1885
J. J. Walsh ca. 1889
C. A. Barber ca. 1893
St. VINCENT
C.§. Parker-ca. 1325
H. von Eggers 1889-1890
H. H. & G. W. Smith 1889-1890
E. H. L. Krause 1890
H. A. A. Nicholls 1890~1891
W.R. Elliott Seng (Crypt.)
H. Powell 1891-
J. . Hart ca. ie
SANTA LUCIA
J. B. Leblond ca. 1767
F. Masson 1780
TOBAGO
L. C. Meyer 1879
H. von Eggers 1889, 1891, 1899
Th. Clemens 1890-1891
H. A. A. Nicholls 1890-1891
J. H. Hart ca. 1895
A. Seitz 1896
276 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
TRINIDAD
[G. F. de Oviedo he iiae 1519-1556] XK. Finlay ca. 1850-1868
J. B. Leblond ca. Germain ca. 1860 (Crypt.)
Ryan ca. 1780 H. Prestoe 1864-18386
A. Anderson between 1785-1811 O. Kuntze 1874
J. von Rohr 1786 A. Fendler 1877-1883
N. Baudin, A. P. Ledru, A. Riedlé 1797 ~~ F. Johow 1882-1883
R. Woodford 1813-1828 [W. Schimper 1882- yee
D. Lockhart 1818-1846 H. von Eggers 1883, 1
von Schack ca. 1820 R. V. Sherring 1885-1886 (Pterid.)
F. Wrbna (for Sieber) 1822 J. H. Hart since 1887
C. S. Parker ca. 1825 W.E. Broadway 1888-1894
H. Crueger 1841-1864 D. W. Alexander 1890 seq.
A. W. Lane before 1844 E. Warming 1891
W. A. Bromfield 1844 Baptiste 1891-1896
Bradford 1845-1846 W. Lunt 1894-1898
W. Purdie 1846-1857 F. A. Lodge since 1899
LITERATURE CITED BY GRISEBACH °
Grisebach’s references to literature in the Flora are restricted for the
most part to concise citations of plates and figures. Although many of
these are self-evident, a number require much amplification in order that
the works concerned can be traced in a library catalogue. After each
entry below are given references to G. Pritzel’s Thesaurus Literaturae
botanicae, 2nd ed. (1872) cited as “Pr.” with an entry number, to Urban’s
“Bibliographia Indiae occidentalis botanica” in I. Urban, Symbolae Antil-
lanae 1: 1-179. 1898, cited as “Urb. 1” with a page number, to C. Nissen’s
Die botanische Buchillustration 2. 1951, cited as “Niss.”’ with an entry
number, and to C. Stevenson’s Catalogue of botanical Books in the Col-
lection of Rachel M. M. Hunt 2. (11). 1961, cited as “Hunt” with an
entry number.
*Since this paper was set in type the author has sent a series of additional refer-
ences which we are glad to cite here under the same abbreviated citations as in the
text. Ed.
P. Br.— Browne, P. Second edition in 1789, with text unchanged but plates re-
= Bh ne indexes with Linnaean binomials added; see STEARN, Introd. to Sp.
Cav. Diss. — CAVANILLES, = = For dates of publication, see also RickeTT & STAFLEU
8.
Cav. Ic. — CAvANILLES, A. rs = Taxon 12: 58, 59, 1963.
Jacq. Ic. Rar. — Jacquin, N. J. von. See also STAFLEU in Taxon 12: 64, 65. 1963.
L’Hér. Stirp. — LHéerise DE BruTELLe, C. L. For dates of publication, see also
STAFLEU in besoin aoe 68-70. 1963.
Kth. Nov. Gen. — Kuntu, C. S. To a and Urban references add, Nissen 954. At
end add, Facsimile nae inc
Rheed. Malab.~ RHEEDE TOT DRAAKEN ear A. van. For commentary, see Hass-
KarL, Horti Malabarici Rheedeani Clavis 868.
Sm. Ic. Rar.— Smutu, J. E. For dates of Tae tie see also StarLEU in Taxon 12:
1963
79. ;
Vent. Choix.— VentTENAT, E. P. To Pritzel reference add, Nissen 2047.
1965 | STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 277
Act. Holm.
Stockh. — 1790 — SrocK HOLM, KUNGLIGA SVENSKA VETENSKAPSAKADE-
MIEN. Nya Handlinger. 8vo. Vol. 11. 1790, vol. 13. 1792. Stockholm.
1790-92. Vol. 11. 1790, contains Swartz, O., Botaniske Anmarkningar om
Bomullslagen, pp. 20, 21; vol. 13. 1792, contains Swartz, O., Ochroma, nytt
ortesagte, pp. 144-152, f. é. (Urb. 1: 166).
A. Juss. Mel. — Jussieu, ADRIEN DE. Mémoires sur la Groupe des Méliacées.
Mém. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 19: 153-304. 4to. Paris. 1830 (Pr. 4542).
Ann, Mus.— Paris. Mustum p’HIstToireE NATURELLE — Annales. Vols. 1-21.
4to. 1802-27. Nouvelles Annales. Vols. 1-4. 4to. Paris. 1832-35.
Ann. Sc. Nat. II. 18.— ANNALES DES SCIENCES NATURELLES. Série II. Bota-
nique. Vol. 18. 8vo. Paris. 1842.
Ann. Sc. Nat. III. 12. —ANNALES DES SCIENCES NATURELLES. Série III. Bot-
anique. Vol. 12. as 1849,
= Gray, Gen. Bot. Amer.
Gr. . Bor. Amer. — Gray, Asa. Genera Florae Americae boreali-orien-
‘talis ilusrata, 2 vols. 8vo. oe 1848-49 (Pr. 3526; Nissen 749).
Aubl. — Austet, J. B. C. F. Histoire des Plantes de la Guiane frangaise. 4 vols.
4to. tae & Paris. 1775 (Pr. 277; Nissen 54; Hunt 642).
Baillon, Euph.— Barton, H. E. Etude générale du Groupe des Euphorbiacées.
8vo. Paris. 1858 (Pr. 359; Nissen 62
Barrel. Ic. — BARRELIER, J. Plantae per Galliam, Hispaniam et Italiam obser-
vatae, Iconibus aeneis exhibitas, folio. Paris. 1714 (Pr. 423; Nissen 80).
Beauv. Owar.
Beauv. Fl. d’Oware. — Pautsot pE Beauvois, A. M. F. J. Flore d’Oware et de
Benin en Afrique. 2 vols. folio. Paris. 1805-21 (Pr. 6896; Nissen 1481).
For dates of publication see BARNHART in Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 76: 914-920.
Pig aaa in Kew Bull. 1951: 43-49. 1951, Ft. Mates. I. 4: ccv. 1954.
; Tis, W. and others. Curtis’s Botanical Magazine. Vols. 1-90
a Sen. re London. 1787-1864 (Pr. 2007; Nissen 2350). For dates
of publication, etc., see CHITTENDEN, Curtis’s Benwatea Magazine Index, 1956.
Bot. Misc. — Hooker, W. J. Botanical Miscellany. 3 vols. 8vo. London. 1830-
33 (Pr. 4219; Nissen 2356).
Bot. Reg. — Epwarps, S. T. The Botanical Register. 33 vols. 8vo. London.
1815-47 (Pr. 2621; Nissen 2379).
Bot. Re
Bot. Repos.
Bot. Reposit.— ANprews, H. C. Botanists’ Repository. 10 vols. (pls. 1-664)
4to. London. 1797-1815. (Pr. 174; Nissen 2382). For dates of publication,
see Fi. Mates. I. 4: clxvii. 1954.
Br. Jam
P. Br. — _ Brown E, P. The civil and natural History of Jamaica. folio. London.
1756 (Pr. 1253; Urb. 1: 18-28; Nissen 255).
Catesb. Carol.
Catesb. Carolin. — Catessy, M. The natural History of Carolina, Florida and
the Bahama Islands. 2 vols. folio. London. 1734-47 (Pr. 1602; Urb. 1: 29;
Nissen 336; Hunt 486). For dates of publication, see STEARN in Jour. Soc.
Bibl. Nat. Hist. 3: 328. 1958. Regarding Catesby’s work, see Danby, The
Sloane Herbarium, 110-113. 1958. Frick & Stearns, Mark Catesby, the
colonial Audubon. 1961.
Cav. Diss. — CAVANILLES, A. J. Monadelphiae Classis Dissertationes decem.
278 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
4to. Paris. 1785-90 (Pr. 1614; Nissen 340; Hunt 677). For dates of publi-
cation, see Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 1: cxxvi. 1891, Fx. Mates. I. 4: clxxv.
Zig pair “eine we STAFLEU i in Taxon 10: 78. 1961.
Cav, Ic. — CavaniL1es, A. J. Icones et Descriptiones Plantarum. 6 vols. folio.
Madrid. 1791- ar (Pr. 1616; Nissen 341
Commelyn, Hort.— CoMMELIN, J. & Counc, C. Horti medici Amstelo-
damensis rariorum ... Plantarum . . . Descriptio. 2 vols. folio. Amster-
dam. 1697-1701 (Pr. 1833; Nissen 389).
Deless. Ic. — DELESSERT, B. Icones selectae Plantarum. 5 vols. folio. Paris.
1820-46 (Pr. 2126; Nissen 461). For dates of publication, see RicKeTT &
STAFLEU in Taxon 10: 79. 1961.
Desc. Fl.— DeEscourtitz, M. E. Flore oo des Antilles. 8 vols. 8vo.
Paris. 1821-29 (Pr. 2171; Urban 1: 37; Nisse :
Dill, Elth.— Dtttentus, J. J. Hortus cen 2 vols. folio. London.
1732 (Pr. 2285- Nissen 492; Hunt 637). For a commentary giving modern
names, see BUREART in Darwiniana 11: 367-414. 1958.
Dun, Anon.— Duna, H. F. Monographie de la Famille des Anonacées. 4to.
Paris. 1817 (Pr. 04. Nissen 558).
Dun. Solan. — DuNAL H. F. Histoire naturelle, médicale et économique des
Solanum. 4to. Paris & Montpellier. eo . 2503; Nissen 557).
Fl, Flum.— VEuLLoso, J. M. pa C. Flor. e Fluminensis Icones. 11 vols. folio.
Paris. 1835, dated “1827” “(re 9727; Nissen 2046).
Fl. des Serres. — FLORE DES SERRES ET DES JARDINS DE L’EuROPE. 23 vols. 8vo.
Ghent. 1845-83 (Pr. 10738; Nissen 2254). Grisebach cites vol. 2: ¢. 4.
(May) 1846, illustrating Tillandsia splendens Brongn.
Gaertn. Fruct.
Gaertn. Carp. — GAERTNER, J. De Fructibus et Seminibus Plantarum. 3 vols.
4to. Stuttgart & Leipzig. 1788-1807 (Pr. 3164; Nissen 682). For dates of
publication, see R1cKETT & STAFLEU in Taxon 10: 84. 1961
Gaud. Bonité. — GaupicHaup-BEAuprE, C. Botanique du Voyage autour du
onde .. . sur la Corvette La Bonité. 5 vols. 8vo. (text) & folio (plates).
Paris. 1844-66 (Pr. 3235; Nissen 690). For dates of publication, see JOHN-
STON in Jour. Arnold Arb. 25: 481-487. 1944, Fx. Mates. I. 4: clxxxiii. 1954.
Gay, Fl. Chil.— Gay, C. Historia fisica y politica de Chile. Botanica (Flora
Chilena). 8 vols. 8vo. (text) & folio (plates). Paris. 1845-53 (Pr. 3247;
Nissen 695). For dates of publication, see JoHNSTON in Darwiniana 5: 154-
165. 1946.
Gosse, Jam.— Gossr, P. H. A Naturalist’s Sojourn in Jamaica. 8vo. Lon
1851. See STAGEMAN, Bibliography of the first Editions of Philip Beary
Gosse 40. 1955.
Halle, Abhandl. VI.— Hatter. NATURFORSCHENDE GESELLSCHAFT—Abhand-
lungen. Vol. 6. Halle. 1862.
Hayne, Arn.— Hayne, F. G. Getreue Darstellung und Beschreibung der in der
rue gebriuchlichen Gewichse. 14 vols. folio. Berlin. 1805-46 (Pr.
3864; Nissen 815).
Hedw. Fil. acs EDWIG, J. ana Genera et Species. folio. Leipzig. 1799-
1803 (Pr. 3884; Nissen 8
Herb. Amar. — Herp 7 Amp ryllidaceae. 8vo. London (Pr. 3984; Nissen
857). For date e beatin (April 1837), see STEARN in Jour. Soc. Bibl.
Nat. Hist. 2: 376.
Hook. Exot. Fl, — ce W. J. Exotic Flora. 3 vols. 8vo. London. 1822—-
1965 | STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 279
27 (Pr. 4215; Nissen 920). For dates of publication, see FL. MAtes. I. 4:
clxxxvili. 1954. Part 18, (Jan.) 1825, contained pls. 138-141, parts 22-24,
(April-July) 1825, pls. 151-167.
ook. Gen.— Hooker, W. J. Genera Filicum. 8vo. London. 1838-42 (Pr.
4227; Nissen 924).
Hook. Grew, Ic. — Hooker, W. J., & R. K. Grevitie. Icones Filicum. Figures
and Descriptions of Ferns. 2 vols. folio. London. 1829-31 (Pr. 4217;
Nissen orn For dates of publication, see Borvin in Canad. Field-Nat. 64:
212~—214, 1950.
Hook. Ic
Hook. Ic. Pl.— Hooker, W. J. & others. Icones Plantarum. Vols. 1-10 (pls.
1-1000). 8vo. London. 1837-54 (Pr. 4224; Nissen 2341).
Hook. Spec.— Hooker, W. J. Species Filicum. 5 vols. 8vo. London. 1846-64
(Pr. 4229; Nissen 927). For dates of publication, see CHRISTENSEN, /ndex
Filicum 704. 1906.
Humb. Pl. Equin.— Humesotot, F. A. von, & A. BONPLAND. Plantae Aequinoc-
tiales. Plantes Liha, 2 vols. folio. Paris. 1805~17 (Pr. 4332; Nissen
954). For dates of publication, see SHERBORN . Lo in Jour. Bot.
(London) 39: 203. 1901, Ft. Mates. I. 4: clxxxix.
Ic. Mart. Hist. ie lg ie ae '
Jacq. Amer. — Jac , N. J. von. Selectarum Stirpium Americanarum His-
toria. folio. a 1763 (Pr. 4362; Urb. 1: 76; Nissen 979; Hunt 579).
Jacq. Amer. Pict
Jacq. Pict.— Jacquin, N. J. von. Selectarum Stirpium Americanarum His-
toria. . . . adjectis Iconibus ad Autoris Archetypa pictis. folio. Vienna.
c. 1780 (Pr. 4363; Urb. 1: 77; Nissen 980). This rare colored edition is
“constantly cited in our volume,” according to Grisebach himself; for recorded
copies in libraries, see S. SITWELL and others, Great Flower Books 61. 1956
Jacq. Eclog.— Jacquin, J. F. von. Eclogae Plantarum rariorum aut minus
cognitorum, 2 vols. folio. Vienna. 1811-44 (Pr. 4355; Nissen 969). For
dates of publication, see Woopwarpb in Cat. Books Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) 2:
917. 1904, FL. Mates. I. 4: cxci. 1954.
Jacq. Eclog. Gram. — Jacquin, J. F. von. Eclogae Graminum rariorum aut
minus cognitorum. folio. Vienna. 1813-44 (Pr. 4356; Nissen 968). For dates
of publication, see parent gee in Cat. Books Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) 2: 918
1904, Ft. Mates. I. 4: exc 4.
Jacq. H. Vind. — Jacquin, N. J. von. Hortus botanicus Vindobonensis. 3 vols.
folio. Vienna. 1770-76 (Pr. 4365; Nissen 973).
Jacq. Ic. Rar. — Jacquin, N. J. von. Icones Plantarum rariorum. 3 vols. folio.
Vienna. 1781-86 (Pr. 4368; Nissen 974). For dates of publication, see
SCHUBERT in oo Gray Herb. 154: 3-23. 1945.
Jacq. Obs. — Jacquin, N. J. von. Observationum botanicarum Iconibus .
Pars. I-IV. folio. Viena (Pr. 4364; Nissen 976; Hunt 586).
Jacq. Schoenbr.— Jacquin, N. J. von. Plantarum rariorum Horti Caesarei
J
Schoenbrunnensis pewins et Icones. 4 vols. folio. Vienna. 1797-1804
(Pr. 4372; Nissen 978).
Juss. Euph. — Jussieu, ADRIEN DE. De Euphorbiacearum Generibus medicisque
earundem Viribus Tentamen. 4to. Paris. 1824 (Pr. 4539; Nissen 1014).
Juss. Monogr.— Jussieu, ApRIEN DE. Monographie des Malpighiacées. Ar-
chives du Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 3: 5-152, 255-616 (reprint 1-368) Paris.
1843 (Pr. 4543; Nissen 1017).
280 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Kth. N. Gen.
Kth. Nov, Gen. — Kuntu, C. S. Nova Genera et Species Plantarum quas in
Peregrinatione Orbis novi collegerunt, descripserunt, partim adumbraverunt
Amatus Bonpland et Alexander von Humboldt. 7 vols. 4to & folio. Paris.
1815-25 (Pr. 4333; Urb. 1: 67). For dates of publication, see SHERBORN &
Woopwarp in Tour. Bot. (London) 39: 203, 204. 1901, BARNHART in Bull.
Torrey Club 29: 285-298. 1902, Jour. Bot. (London) 42: 153. 1904, FL.
Mates. I. 4: cxc. 1954, STEARN in Taxon 5: 153-156. 1956. Regarding
Kunth’s authorship, see STEARN, loc. cit. 1956. This is often cited as H. B. K.
. Gen. Facsimile published in 1963.
Kth. Rév.
Kth, Révis.— Kuntu, C. S. Révision des Graminées publiées dans le Nova
Genera et Species Plantarum. 2 vols. folio. Paris. 1829-34 (Nissen 954).
Reissued as: Distribution méthodique de la Famille des Graminées. 2 vols.
folio. Paris. 1835 (Pr. 4936; Nissen 1111). For dates of publication, see
SHERBORN & Woopwarp in Jour. Bot. (London) 39: 205. 1901, FL. MALES
I. 4: cxev. 1954.
Kth. Suppl. —Kuntn, C. S. Enumeratio Plantarum. Supplementum Tomi
primi. 8vo. Stuttgart & Tiibingen. 1835 (Pr. 4935; Nissen 1112).
Kze. Analect.— Kunze, G. Analecta pteridographica. folio. Leipzig. 1837
(Pr. 4944; Nissen 1113).
Kunz. Farnkr.— Kunze, G. Die Farrnkrauter in colorirten Abbildungen. 4to.
2 vols. Leipzig. 1840-51 (Pr. 4945; Nissen 1114). For dates of publication,
see STEARN in Jour. Soc. Bibl. Nat. Hist. 1: 139. 1938.
Lam, Ill.— Lamarck, J. B. A. M. pe. Tableau encyclopédique et méthodique.
Botanique. Illustration des Genres. 3 vols. 4to. Paris. 1791-1823 (Pr.
5005). For dates of publication, see Fr. Mates. I. 4: cxev. 1954, Rickert &
STAFLEU in Taxon 10: 112. 1961.
Lamb. Cinch, — LAMBERT A. B. A Description of the Genus Cinchona. 4to.
London. 1797 (Pr. 5011; Nissen 1122).
L. Clif. — Linnaeus, C. Hortus Cliffortianus. folio. Amsterdam. 1738 (Pr.
5408; Nissen 1215; Hunt 504). For a discussion of this work, see STEARN,
Introd. to Sp. Pl. 44-50. 1957, prefixed to Ray Society facsimile of Linnaeus,
Species Plantarum, 1753, vol. 1
L. Sp. Plant. — Linnaeus, C. Species Plantarum. 2 vols. 8vo. Stockholm.
1753 (Pr. 5427; Hunt 548). ee published in Berlin (1907), Tokyo
(1934), and Londoo (1957-59). e much revised second edition (2 vols.
Stockholm. 1762-63) was pd ofan by 19th-century botanists, includ-
ing Grisebach.
L’Her. Stirp.— L’HEeritter pe Brutette, C. L. Stirpes novae aut minus
cognitae. folio. Paris. 1785-91, dated “1784-85” (Pe 5268; Nissen 1190).
For dates of publication, see BritTEN & Woopwarp in Jour. Bot. (London)
43: 267, 268. 1905, FL. Mazes. I. 4: cxcevii. 1954, Rickett & STAFLEU in
Taxon 10: 113. 1961.
Linn. Pies! 1.— Lonpon. LINNEAN Society oF Lonpon-Transactions. Vol.
| 3 . London. 1791.
paet phe: of Bot.—Lonpon. London Journal of Botany. Edited by W. J.
Hooker. 5 vols. 8vo. London. 1842-48 (Pr. 10786; Nissen 2347).
Lun. Ht.— Lunan, J. Hortus Jamaicensis. 2 vols. 4to. Spanish Town, Jamaica.
1814 (Pr. 5689; Urb. 1: 97).
Mart. Fl. Bras.— Martius, C. F. Pu. von & others. Flora Brasiliensis seu
1965] STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 281
Enumeratio Plantarum in Brasilia hactenus detectarum. 15 vols. folio.
Leipzig. 1840-1906 (Pr. 5902; Nissen 2248).
Mart. Ic. Crypt. Bras.
Mart. Crypt. Bras. — Martius, C. F. Pu. von. Icones Plantarum cryptogami-
carum quas in Itinere Annis 1817-20 per Brasiliam instituto collegit et
descripsit. folio. Munich. 1828-34 (Pr. 5892; Nissen 1287). For dates of
publication, see Woopwarp in Jour. Bot. (London) 46: 198. 1908.
Mart. Nov. Gen.
Mart. N. Gen. — Martius, C. F. Pu. von. Nova Genera et er Plantarum.
3 vols. folio. Munich. 1824-32 (Pr. 5888; Nissen 1288). For dates of
publication, see Woopwarp in Jour. Bot. (London) 46: 197, on 1908, FL.
MALEs. I. 4: cxcix. sao
Mart. Palm. — Martius, C. F. Pu. von. Historia naturalis Palmarum. folio.
3 vols. Munich & Leen 1823-50 (Pr. 5884; Nissen 1286). For dates of
publication, see Woopwarb in Jour. Bot. (London) 46: 197. 1908, Ft. MALEs.
Lee
Martyn. Hist
Ic. Mart. Hist.— Martyn, J. Historia Plantarum rariorum. folio, London.
1728-38 (Pr, 5921: Nissen 1289; Hunt 476).
Mém. Brux. 15.— Brussets (BRUXELLES). ACADEMIE ROYALE DES SCIENCES ET
BELLES-LETTRES DE BELGIQUE—Nouveaux Mémoires. Vol. 15. 4to. Brussels.
1842. This contains M. Martens and H. Gateortrt, ‘‘“Mémoire sur les fougéres
du a (Pr. 5850).
Mém. Genév
Mém. iy 5. — GENEVA. reer DE PHYSIQUE ET D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE
DE GENEVE — Mémoires. Vol. 1. 1822, vol. 5. 1832. 4to. Geneva. 1822-32.
Mém. Mus.— Parts. MusEuM ee NATURELLE—Mémoires. Vols. 1-20.
Ato. Paris. 1815-32.
Mem. Turin. 33.—Turin (TortNo). REALE ACCADEMIA DELLE SCIENZE DI
Tortno—Memorie. Vol. 33. 4to. Turin. 1829.
Mett. Fil. Lips. — Mettentus, G. H. Filices Horti botanici Lipsiensis. folio.
Leipzig. 1856 (Pr. 6118; Nissen 1346).
Mett. Polypod.— Merrentus, G. H. Uber einige Farngattungen: I, Polypo-
dium. 4to. Frankfurt am M. 1857 (Pr. 6120). Reprinted from Abhandl.
Senckenberg Naturf. Ges. 2: 1-138. (Oct.) 1856, without change of pagina-
et
Me "PL Esseq.
Mey. Esseq.— Meyer, G. W. Primitiae Florae Essequeboensis. 4to.
Gottingen. 1818 (Pr. ae, Published in November 1818; cf. STEARN &
WituiaMs in Bull, Jard. Bot. Bruxelles 27: 247. 1957, STEARN in Taxon 10:
Mich. Fl.— Micuavux, A. Flora Boreali-Americana. 2 vols. 8vo. Paris. 1803
(Pr. 7611; Nissen 1357). On date of publication (March 1803), see SCHUBERT
in Rhodora 44: 149. 1942; on L. C. Richard’s part in its production, see
STEARN in Hunt, Cat. Books 2: xcix. 1961.
Mill. Ic. — Mrrier, Pu. Figures of the most beautiful, useful and uncommon
Plants described in the Gardeners Dictionary. 2 vols. folio. London. 1755-
60 (Pr. 6241; Nissen 1378; Hunt 566).
Mig. Surin. <. Mroux EL, F. A. W. Stirpes Surinamenses selectae. 4to. Leyden.
1850 (Pr. 6270; Nissen 1391). Reprinted from Verhandel. Wetensch. Haar-
lem. Verzam. II. 7.
282 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Nov. Comm. Gott. 5.— GOTTINGEN. KONIGLICHE GESELLSCHAFT DER WISSEN-
SCHAFTEN-Novi Commentarii Societatis Regiae Scientiarum Gottingensis.
Vol. 5. 4to. Gottingen. 1775. This rae on pp. 24-55 J. A. Murray’s
“Descriptiones a novarum we rari
. B. Agrostogr.— PALisoT DE BEAUVOIS ss M. F. J. Essai d’une nouvelle
Agrostographie 8vo. Get & 4to gnomes Paris. 1812 (Pr. 6900; Nissen
1480).
P. Br. — See Br. J
Payer, Organ. ak R, J. B. Traité d’Organogénie végétale comparée de la
Fleur. 2 vols. 8vo. ie 1857 (Pr. 7013; Nissen 1500)
Pl. Carib. — GrisepacH, H. R. A. Systematische Untersuchungen tuber die
Vegetation der Karaiben, insbesondere der Insel Guadeloupe. Abhandl. Kon.
Ges. age Gottingen 7: 151-286 (reprint 1-138) Gottingen. 1857 (Pr. 3597;
Urb. 1: 56).
Pluk. Alm.
Plukn, Alm.
Plukn. Almag.
Pluken. Phytogr.— PLUKENET, L. Phytographia. Pars 1 et 2 (pls. 1-120).
1691; pars 3 (pls. 121-250). 1692; pars 4 (pls. 251-328). 1696. 4to. London.
1691-1696 (Pr. 7212; Nissen 1540). The Almagestum botanicum (1696)
provides the text for the plates of the Phytographia. It is supplemented by
the Almagesti botanici Mantissa (pls. 329-350). 1700, and the Almatheum
(pls. 351-454). 1705. The whole was reissued in 1720 as Opera omnia
botanica (6 vols. London). Grisebach cites only the plates.
Plum. Descr.— Piumtier, Cx. Description des Plantes de l’Amérique. folio.
Paris. 1693 (Pr. 7213; Urb. 1: 123; Nissen 1544).
lum. Ed. Burm.— Puiumier, Cu. Plantarum Americanarum Fasciculus . . .
edidit . . . Joannes Burmannus. folio. Amsterdam & Leyden. 1755-60 (Pr.
7217; Urb. 1: 128-130; Nissen 1547; Hunt 554). For commentary, with
binomial nomenclature, see UrsBan, ‘‘Plumiers Leben und Schriften, nebst
einem Schliissel zu seinen Blitenpflanzen, ” Fedde, Repert. Beih. 5. 1920.
Plum, Fil.— Prumier, Cu. Traité des Fougéres de ]’Amérique. Tractatus de
Filicibus Pocus folio. Paris. 1705 (Pr. 7216; Urb. 1: 126; Nissen
se Hymenoph. — Presi, C. B. Hymenophyllaceae. 4to. Prague. 1844 (Pr.
321). Reprinted in aaaanais Konigl. Bohm. Ges. Wiss. V. 3: 93-162.
ae For dates of publication, see STEARN in Jour. Soc. Bibl. Nat. Hist. 3:
14-16.
Raddi, Fil. Brice, — Rappr, G. Plantarum Brasiliensium nova Genera et Species
novae. Filices. folio. aca ee (Pr. 7391; Nissen 1576).
R. P. Fl. Peruv.— Ruiz Lopez, H., & J. Pavon. Flora Peruviana et Chilensis.
4 vols. folio. Madrid. Heong ioe (Pr. 7896; Nissen 1699).
Redout. Lil.
Red. Lil.— Repouté, P. J. Les Liliacées. 8 vols. folio. Paris. 1802-16 (Pr.
7453; Nissen 1597). The text of vols. 1-4. 1802-08, is by A. P. bE CANDOLLE,
vols. 5-7. 1809-13, by F. pe Larocue, of vol. 8. 1814-16, by A. RaF-
FENEAU DELILE. For dates of publication, see Woopwarp in Jour. Bot.
(London) 43: 26. 1905, S. StrwELL & others, Great Flower Books 71. 1956.
Reichenb. Crit. — RetcHENBacH, H. G. L. Iconographia botanica seu Plantae
criticae. 9 vols. 4to. Leipzig. 1823-32 (Pr. 7504; Nissen 1602
Reichenb. Exot. — REICHENBACH, H. G. L. Iconographia botanica exotica sive
Hortus botanicus. 3 vols. 4to. Leipzig. 1827-30 (Pr. 7501; Nissen 1603).
—
1965] STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 283
Reichenb. Ic. Germ, — REICHENBACH, H. G. L. Icones Florae Germanicae et
Helveticae. 25 vols. 4to. Leipzig. 1834-1913 (Pr. 7511; Nissen 1604). See
also S. SITWELL & others, Great Flower Books 73. 1956.
Rheed. Malab.— RHEEDE TOT DRAAKENSTEIN, H. A. vAN. Hortus Indicus
alanis 12 vols. folio. Amsterdam. 1678-1703 (Pr. 7585; Nissen
625
Rick. Conif. Finan L. C. M. Commentatio botanica de Coniferis et
Cycad Opus posthumum ab Achille Richard filio perfectum. 4to. Stutt-
gart. 1826 crs, tn ‘Nisen 1635).
Rich. Cub. — Sacra ."3 DE LA. Historia fisica politica y natural de la Isla de
Cuba. Segunda Parte: Historia natural. Vols. 10 to 11. (Fanerogamia o
Plantas vasculares por A. Ricuarp). folio. Paris. 1845-55 (Pr. 7973; Urb.
1: 143-146; Nissen 1713).
— Sacra, R. DE La. Histoire physique, politique et naturelle de I’Ile de Cuba.
Botanique. Plantes vasculaires. Par A. RrcHarp. Vol. 1. 8vo. Paris. 1845.
Grisebach states “My quotations refer to the first volume of the French edi-
tion in octavo, comprising only the Polypetalous Orders (1845
Rich. Hydroch. — Ricuarp, L. C. Mémoire sur les Hydrocharitées. 4to. Paris.
1812. Reprinted from Mémoires de la Classe des Sciences mathematiques et
physiques de l'Institut de France, 1811 (2): 1-81. 1814.
Rothb. Descr.— RotrTBoE Lt, C. F. Descriptionum et Iconum rariores et pro
maxima parte novas Pivnias illustrantium Liber. folio. Copenhagen. 1773
(Pr. 7813; Nissen 1685).
Rudg. Guian. — Ruvce, E. Plantarum Guianae rariorum Icones et Descrip-
tiones. folio. London. 1805-06 (Pr. 7875; Nissen 1696). For dates of publi-
cation and commentary on plants figured, see STEARN & WILLIAMs in Bull.
Jard. Bot. Bruxelles 27: 243-265. 1957.
Rupr. Bamb. — Ruprecut, F. J. Bambuseae. 4to. Leningrad (Petropoli) &
Leipzig. 1839 (Pr. 7915). Reprinted from Mémoires de l’Académie Impériale
des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg VI, 5. ii: 91-165. (Feb.) 1840; see RICKER
in Proc. Biol. Soc. Liceiaag a 21: 11-18. 1908.
Schk. Crypt.—ScuKunr, C. Vier und zwanzigste Klasse der Linné’schen
Pflanzensystems neon Kryptogamische Gewichse. 4to. Wittenberg. 1809
(Pr. 8205; Nissen 1763). This is part of ScHKuHR’s Botanisches Handbuch,
1787-1847.
ano Aroid. —Scuott, H. W. Aroideae. folio. Vienna. 1853-58 (Nissen
789).
oe Gen. — Scnort, H. W. Genera Aroidearum exposita. folio. Vienna &
Olomouc eGibmntia). aes (Pr. 8340; Nissen 1790).
Schott, Ic.—Scuort, H. W. Icones Aroidearum. folio. Vienna & Olomouc
(Olmutz), 1857 (Pr. 8339; Nissen 1792).
Schrank, Ht. Monac. — ScHRAN NK, F. von P. von. Plantae rariores Horti
ecademici Monacensis descrintae et Iconibus iesteatne, 2 vols. folio.
Munich. 1817-22 (Pr. 8392; Nissen 1804). For dates of publication, see
STEARN in Jour. Soc. Bibl. Nat. Hist. 1: 151, 152. 1938, FL. Mates. I. 4:
ccxli. 1 *e
Schreb. Gram.—Scureser, J. C. D. von. Beschreibung der Graser nebst
ihren Abbilduticen folio. Leipzig. 1766-1810 (Pr. 8395; Nissen 1807
Seem. Bot. Her.—SrEMAN, B. The Botany of the Voyage of H. M. S.
Herald . . . during the Years 1845-51. 4to. London. 1852-57 (Pr. 8575;
Nissen 1827 ). For dates of publication, see SPRAGUE in Jour. Bot. (London)
9: 22, 23. 1921, Fx. Mates. I. 4: ccxii. 1954.
284 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Sl.— Stoane, H. A. Voyage to the Islands Madera, Barbados, Nieves, S.
Cliistophers and Jamaica, with the natural History of . . the last of those
Islands. 2 vols. folio. London. 1707-25 (Pr. 8723; Urb. 1; 154-157;
Nissen 1854; Hunt 417).
m. Ic. Rar.— Situ, J. E. Icones pictae Plantarum rariorum. folio on
aaace LPr, reas ’ Nissen 1859; Hunt 715). For dates of publication, see
Hunt
Pee Conard. 6. — WASHINGTON. SMITHSONIAN INsTITUTION. Contribu-
tions to Knowledge. Vol. 6. 4to. Washington. 1853. Each of J. Torrey’s
three papers has its own pagination, but the plates (7-1/2) are numbered con-
tinuously since J. Torrey’s ‘‘Observations on — Batis maritima of Linnaeus”
is article 3 (8 pp.) with its plate numbered “1
St. Hil. Fl. Bras. — Sarnt-Hirarre, A. F. C. 7 Flora Brasiliae meridionalis.
3 vols. folio. Paris. 1825-33 (Pr. 7988; cera 1715). For dates of publica-
tion, see RicKETT & STAFLEU in Taxon 10:1
ak Hil. P Pl. Rem. — Satnt-Himarre, A. F. C. . Hiteie des Plantes les plus
remarquables du Brésil et du Paraguay. Vol. 1. 4to. Paris. 1824 (Pr. 7986;
Nissen 1716).
Stockh. Handl. — See Act. Holm.
Sw. Fl. — Swartz, O. Flora Indiae Occidentalis. , - 8vo. Erlangen. 1797-
1806 (Pr. 9065; Urb. 1: 165; Nissen 1916). (Nov.) 1797; vol. 2,
part 1 (pp. 641-928). 1798, part 2 (pp. Sp la on vol. 3. (Oct.) 1806;
cf. Rickett & STAFLEU in Taxon 10: 144. 1961.
Sw. Ic. Ind. Occ. — Swartz, O. Icones Plantarum incognitarum quas in India
Occidentali detexit et delineavit. folio. Erlangen. 1794-1800 (Pr. 9064; Urb.
1: 164; Nissen 1917; Hunt 737). The statement under Hunt 737, and in
SITWELL and others, Great Flower Books, 77. 1956, that the unpublished
illustrations listed by Urban were destroyed in Berlin in 1943 is fortunately
incorrect. They were sold by Urban to Lindman and are in Stockholm at the
Library of the Royal Academy of Sciences with photocopies at the British
Museum (Natural History), London, the Hunt Botanical Library, Pittsburgh,
and the Institute of Jamaica, Kingston, Jamaica.
Sw. Observ. — Swartz, O. Observationes botanicae. 8vo. Erlangen. 1791 (Pr.
9063; Urb. 1: 163; Nissen 1918).
Trin. fe. — Trinius, C. B. Species Graminum Iconibus et Descriptionibus
illustravit. 3 vols. 4to. Leningrad (Petropoli) & Leipzig. 1828-36 (Pr. 9516;
Nissen 2002
Tuss. Fl. "Poasac: F. R. pe. Flore des Antilles. 4 vols. folio. Paris. 1808-27
(Pr. 9586; Urb. 1: 170; Nissen 2017).
Vahl. Symb.—Vaut, M. Symbolae botanicae. 3 vols. folio. Copenhagen.
1790-94 (Pr. 9649; Nissen 2032).
Vaill. Paris. — VatLtant, S. Botanicon Parisiense ou Dénombrement par Ordre
alphabétique des Plantes. folio. Leyden & Amsterdam. 1727 (Pr. 9657;
Nissen 2033; Hunt 470).
Vent. Choix.— VENTENAT, E. P. Choix des Plantes. folio. Paris. 1803-08
(Pr. 9733). For dates of gegen see EXELL in Jour. Bot. (London)
76: 181-183. 1938, FL. Mates. I. 4: ccx ’
Wedd. Monogr. Urt.—WeppELL, H. ‘ Monographie de la Famille des
Urticées. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 9: 1-592. 4to. Paris. 1856-57 (Pr.
10043; Nissen 2124). For dates of publication see Ropinson in Philipp.
Jour. Sci. C, Bot. 5: 471-473. 1911, Fit. Mates. I. 4: ccxvii. 1954.
STEARN, GRISEBACH’S FLORA 285
1965 }
Wight, Ic.-— WuicHT, R. Icones Plantarum Indiae Orientalis. 6 vols.
Madras, etc. rota (Pr. 10246; Nissen 2139). For dates of publication,
see Merrit in Jour. Arnold Arb. 22: 222-224. 1941, Fi. Mates. I. 4:
ccxvili. 1954.
Willd. Amar.— WILLDENow, C. L. Historia Amaranthorum. folio. Zurich.
1790 (Pr. tar Nissen 2156).
Willd. Hort. Ber
Willd. Hort. cue
tiones. folio. Berlin.
cation, see STEARN in Jour. Bot. (London) 75: 233-235.
I. 4: cexvili. 1954.
now, C. L. Hortus Berolinensis sive Icones et Descrip-
1803-16 (Pr. 10286; Nissen 2157). For dates of publi-
1937, FL. MALEs.
DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY,
BritisH Museum (NATURAL —
CROMWELL Roap, Lonpon, S. W. 7
ENGLAND
286 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
THE GENERA OF TILIACEAE AND ELAEOCARPACEAE
IN THE SOUTHEASTERN UNITED STATES *
GerorGE K. BriziIcky
TILIACEAE A. L. de Jussieu, Gen. Pl. 289. 1789, nom. cons.
(LINDEN FaMILy)
Trees to perennial or annual herbs woody at base, usually pubescent
with simple and/or stellate hairs; inner bark fibrous; mucilage cells and
cavities or, more rarely, ducts, in inner bark and often in pith, leaves, and
flowers. Leaves alternate, simple, usually palmately veined at base, some-
times palmately 3[—7]-lobed, toothed, petioled, stipulate, the stipules
usually small, caducous to persistent. Inflorescences bracteate, simple,
solitary or fascicled cymes, sometimes reduced to solitary flowers, opposite
the leaves or + leafy bracts, or axillary and/or terminal, sometimes
forming cymose panicles or chyrses, Flowers pediceled, small |to large],
regular, hypogynous, 5[4|-merous, usually bisexual. Sepals [4] 5, distinct
[or connate|, sometimes nectariferous at base within, valvate in aestiva-
tion. Petals [4] 5, distinct, usually yellow or yellowish sometimes
nectariferous at base within, imbricate or convolute in aestivation [or
wanting|. Nectariferous disc, when present, aati encircling the
stamens, cup-, ring-, or disclike, somewhat fleshy to membranaceous, on
the flat receptacle or at apex of an androgynophore. Androgynophore
present or absent. Stamens numerous (rarely few), usually distinct [re-
duced and sterile in ¢ flowers], the 5 innermost [or 5 to many outermost |
sometimes staminodia; filaments elongated, filiform, sometimes bifurcate
at apex; anthers introrse or extrorse, the anther halves contiguous or
separated at the tips of the bifurcate filament, dehiscent by longitudinal
[or apical] slits; pollen medium sized [rarely large], usually 3-colporate,
oblate to prolate, subreticulate or reticulate, the pattern often very compli-
cated. Gynoecium usually 2—5-carpellate, syncarpous [rudimentary in ¢
‘Prepared for a generic flora of the southeastern United States, a joint project of
the Arnold Arboretum and the Gray Herbarium of Harvard University made possible
L 2 escriptions are based primarily on the plants of this area, with any
ee Riteeldiaes material in brackets. Scented which the author has not seen are
er
The author is indebted to Dr. Wood for his many valuable suggestions; to Mrs.
Gordon W. Dillon for her help in the preparation of the typescript ; and to Dr. Olga
Lakela for information about the distribution of Muntingia in Florida. The illustration
was drawn by Mr. Arnold D. Clapman from materials collected by Dr. Wood
1965] BRIZICKY, TILIACEAE & ELAEOCARPACEAE 287
flowers]; stigma large or small, usually lobed; style single; ovary superior,
usually 2—5-locular, sometimes appearing 3-10-locular through develop-
ment of false partitions; ovules axile, in two rows, numerous to 2 [very
rarely 1| in a locule, ascendent to pendulous, anatropous, apo- to epi-
tropous, 2-integumented, with a thick nucellus. Fruit nutlike or a drupe
[rarely a berry], capsule, or schizocarp, sometimes prickly [or winged].
Seed with [or without] endosperm, the embryo large, “spatulate” or
“folded.” Type Genus: Tilia L.
An almost exclusively pantropical family of about 45 genera and over
400 species; only Tilia and the monotypic Entelea R. Br. (New Zealand)
primarily of the Temperate zones; three genera (one naturalized) in our
area. Four subfamilies and 16 tribes have been recognized in the family.
The genera usually are well marked, especially on the basis of fruit
characters. The three genera of our area have been placed in subfam,
Tilioideae, but the delimitation of this group appears to be uncertain, at
least from the standpoint of pollen morphology (cf. Tilia).
Although data on floral biology are scarce, the usually showy flowers
provided with various types of nectaries indicate that the family in general
is adapted to insect-pollination. The flowers usually are bisexual, al-
though part or all of the species of some genera are dioecious. Staminate
flowers usually possess a rudimentary gynoecium, while carpellate flowers
show antheriferous but sterile stamens. The androecium is basically two-
seriate (diplo- or obdiplostemonous), but one series, often the antisepalous
one, is sometimes completely suppressed. The usually numerous stamens
supposedly have arisen by multiplication of an originally smaller number,
in either one or both series. Indications of multiplication are seen in the
splitting of staminal traces. Floral anatomical and embryological data
are known for only a few genera of the family. The development of the
embryo conforms to the Urtica variation of the Asterad-type. The placen-
tation of the ovary usually is axile, apparently derived from the parietal
condition which is still encountered in some species of a few genera (e.g.,
Trichospermum Blume subg. Coelomesum Burret).
Chromosome counts recorded for 18 genera (41 species) are 2n = 14,
16, 18, 28, 30, 32, 36, 40, 48, 82, and 164, suggesting that disploidy,
polyploidy, and aneuploidy have been of importance in the evolution of
Tiliaceae,
The family is closely related to Scytopetalaceae, Sterculiaceae, Elaeo-
Carpaceae, Bombacaceae, and Malvaceae, which together form a very
natural order, Malvales (Columniferae), within which the family limits
are often weak and uncertain. Derivation of this order from Dilleniaceae
is thought possible.
A few Tiliaceae yield commercial timbers. Some species of Corchorus,
Triumfetta, Grewia L., Honckenya Willd., etc., yield fibers, either for
commercial or local use. Species of Sparmannia L. f., Grewia, and Entelea
are grown as ornamentals in warm parts of the country; Grewia biloba
D. Don is hardy as far north as southern New England.
288 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
REFERENCES:
BaILton, H. Tiliacées. Hist. Pl. 4: 161-201. 1873. [Includes Elaeocarpaceae
and F oo.
BENTHAM, G., & J. D. Hooker. Eacead, Gen. Pl. 1: 228-240. te 984-
987. 1867. [Includes Elaeocarpaceae and Flacourtiaceae-Prockiea
Burret, M. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Tiliaceen. Notizbl. Bot. can. ‘Restin 9:
592-880. 1926. [Taxonomy; keys to subfamilies, tribes, and genera; a few
genera treated in detail. |
CANDOLLE, A. P. DE. Tiliaceae. Prodr. 1: 503-518. 1824.
Corner, E. J. H. Centrifugal stamens. Jour. Arnold Arb. 27: 423-437. 1946.
[Centrifugal androecia found in Tiliaceae, Malvaceae, and 11 other fami-
lies. |
Dass, H. C., & G. S. RANDHAwA. Vascular anatomy of the flower of Grewia
asiatice L. Phyton Buenos Aires 19: 185-195. 1962
Denay, C. L’appareil libero-ligneux foliaire des Tiliacées. Bull. Soc. Bot.
France 91: 27-29. 1944. [Petiolar anatomy; number of taxa investigated
not stated and only a few discussed; undocumented. |
Dumont, A. Recherches sur l’anatomie comparée des Malvacées, Bombacées,
Tiliacées, Sterculiacées. Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. VII. 6: 129-246. pls. 4-7.
1887. [Tiliaceae, 179-195, 225-236, 239.]
Evin, H. L. A critical revision of certain taxonomic groups of the Malvales.
New Phytol. 34: 1-20, 122-143. 1935. [For critical notes see ibid. 35
93. 1936; some conclusions questionable.
Fawcett, W., & A. B. RENDLE. Tiliaceae. Fl. Jamaica 5: 80-91. 1926.
Geuric, M. Beitraége zur Pharmakognosie der Malvales. Anatomie des Laub-
blattes. Diss. 84 pp. 5 pls. Basel. 1938.*
Gray, A. Tiliaceae. Gen. Pl. U. S. 2: 89-94. pls. 136, 137. 1849. [Corchorus
slguosus L. gl Gray = C. orinocensis HB
HERLEMONT, R. J. Les Tiliacées d’Indo- Shines Etude d’anatomie et
ronnie oe de la feuille.) Thése. 118 pp. Paris. 1951. [Eight
genera, 46 spp
Kukacuka, B. F., & L. W. Rees. Systematic anatomy of the woods of the
Tiliaceae. Tech. Bull. Minn. Agr. Exp. Sta. 158: 1-70. 1943. [Anatomical
evidence favors segregation of Elaeocarpaceae; shrubby taxa appear to be
more primitive than the arborescent; evolution of floral structures seems to
be correlated with evolutionary development of anatomical structures; un-
documented. |
LakeEta, O., & F. C. CratGHeap. Annotated checklist of the vascular plants of
Collier, Dade, and Monroe counties, Florida. 95 pp. Fairchild Trop. Gard.
& Univ. Miami Press, Coral Gables. 1965.
Rao, C. V. Floral anatomy of some Malvales and its bearing on the affinities of
families included in the order. Jour. Indian Bot. Soc. 31: 171-203. 1952.
[Tiliaceae, mainly Triumfetta and Corchorus, 199, 200-202. |
& K. V. S. Rao. A contribution to the embryology of Triumfetta
forage Jacq. and Corchorus acutangulus Lam. Jour. Indian Bot. Soc.
31:
Rogyns, oe aie In: R. E. Woopson, Jr., & R. W. ScHery, Flora of
Pana ma. VI. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 51: 1-35. 1964.
Rurr, * oi Phylogenie des Columniferen-Astes der Dikotylen. Bot. Arch. 31:
1- 1930. [Tiliaceae, 17, 43-45, 137, 138; based on morphology and
ae
1965] BRIZICKY, TILIACEAE & ELAEOCARPACEAE 289
SARGENT, C. S. Manual of the trees of North America (exclusive of Mexico).
ed. 2. xxvi + 910 pp. map. Boston & New York. 1922. [Tiliaceae, 732-
748. ]
SAUNDERS, hee R. Floral morphology. vol. 1. viii + 132 pp. Cambridge, Eng-
land. 1937. [Tiliaceae, 120-123; Tilia, Sparmannia, Corchorus. |
ScHULTZE-MoTEL, W. Malvales. Tx: H. ME tcuior, Engler’s Syllabus der
Pflanzenfamilien. ed. 12. 2: 304-316. 1964. oy 307-309. |
SCHUMANN, V. Tiliaceae. Nat. Pflanzenfam. III. 6: 8-30. 1895
SINGH, B. Development and structure of angiosperm seed — I. Review of the
Indian work. Bull. Natl. Bot. Gard. Lucknow 89: ri 115. 1964. [Tiliaceae
(Triumfetta, Corchorus), 75.|
Specc, H. Untersuchungen zur Lage, Ausbildung und Funktion der schleim-
fihrenden Gewebe bei Malvaceen und Tiliaceen. Planta Med. 7: 8-23.
1959.*
STENAR, A. H. Embryologische Studien I u. II. I. Zur Embryologie einiger
Columniferen. II. Die Embryologie der Amaryllideen. Thesis. iv + 195 pp.
1 pl. Uppsala. 1925. [Tiliaceae, Tilia, Entelea, Sparmannia, Corchorus,
50-75
WEIBEL, R. La placentation chez les Tiliacées. Candollea 10: 155-177. 1945.
[Thirty- three genera; placentation mostly axile; investigation documented. |
Witczexk, R. Tiliaceae. Fl. Congo Belge 10: 1-91. 1963.
Key TO THE GENERA OF TILIACEAE
General characters: trees to herbs; hairs simple and/or eng leaves alter-
nate, simple, toothed, petioled, stipulate; inflorescences cymos owers small,
regular, hypogynous, bisexual; perianth 5-merous, sepals ony patals distinct ;
Stamens numerous, sometimes in 5 antipetalous fascicles, rarely 5-10, distinct;
gynoecium 2-5-carpellate, ovules many to 2 in each locule; fruit nutlike sani
indehiscent or capsular and loculicidally dehiscent.
A. Plants arborescent; inflorescences small, axillary, corymb-like, cymose pani-
cles, with a long peduncle adnate to half its length with a conspicuous wing-
like bract; stamens in five antipetalous fascicles, the five innermost stamens
modified into petaloid staminodia; filaments forked at apex, each branch
bearing a half-anther; gynoecium 5-carpellate; fruit nutlike, smooth. ....
ee ee at ee ae ee et ere err ee eee er Tilia.
A. Plants suffruticose or herbaceous, woody at base; inilowetannces small,
minutely bracteate, short-peduncled dichasial cymes, + opposite leaves or
leafy bracts; stamens numerous, not fasciculate, rarely 5-10, all fertile;
filaments not forked, the anther-halves contiguous; gynoecium 2- or 3-
carpellate.
B. Cymes solitary, opposite foliage leaves; sepals unappendaged at apex;
stigma conspicuous, disclike; ovary usually sessile; fruit a smooth,
podlike loculicidal capsule, with many minute, irregularly shaped, trun-
ok ane er arene eee sae ee eee ee . Corchorus.
B. Cymes in fascicles of 2-5, opposite much reduced leaves or leaf-like
bracts, appearing to form axillary and/or terminal, narrow, raceme-like
panicles; each sepal with a subapical hornlike appendage; stigma in-
conspicuous, minutely 2- or 3-lobed; ovary and androecium on a short,
glanduliferous androgynophore; fruit nutlike, globular to nearly ovoid,
covered with prickles hooked at apex, few-seeded, the seeds small, ovoid.
3. Triumfetta.
290 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Tribe Tri1eaeE [ Benth. ]
1. Tilia Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. 1: 514. 1753; Gen. Pl. ed. 5. 230. 1754.
Large deciduous trees; terminal buds aborting, the branching thus
sympodial; axillary winter buds with 2 or 3 unequal bud scales; indument
of simple and/or stellate hairs. Leaves 2-ranked, ovate to suborbicular-
ovate, 5-25 cm. long, usually obliquely cordate to truncate at base, gla-
brous to densely pubescent beneath, often with tufts of whitish or brown-
ish [rusty] hairs in the axils of lateral and/or basal veins; stipules ligulate,
caducous. Inflorescences axillary, few- to many-flowered, corymb-like
cymose panicles, with minute caducous bracts, manifestly peduncled, the
peduncle adnate to half its length to a membranaceous, oblong to obovate,
reticulate-veined, partly free winglike bract. Flowers bisexual [rarely
also ¢ by abortion, the plants then polygamous], fragrant. Sepals thick-
ish, + boat shaped, usually stellate-hairy without, each with a transverse,
nectariferous, partly hairy gland at base within. Petals longer than
sepals, narrow, creamy to yellow [pinkish], imbricate. Stamens numerous,
usually shorter than petals and fully developed style, in 5 antipetalous
fascicles (in ours), + cohering at base with each other within each
fascicle, the innermost stamen in each group modified into a spatulate,
petaloid staminode [except in some Old World species]; filaments whit-
ish, shortly bifurcate at apex, each division bearing a dorsifixed, extrorse
half-anther (1-locular at anthesis) [or filaments entire with undivided
anthers]; pollen medium sized, flattened at the poles, finely subreticulate.
Gynoecium usually 5-carpellate [rudimentary in ¢ flowers]; stigma
5-lobed at maturity; style elongated, slender; ovary usually 5-locular;
ovules 2 in each locule, axile, slightly superposed (almost collateral),
ascendent, anatropous, apotropous. Fruit dry, nutlike, with a thin, paren-
chymatous outer layer and a thickish, woody [or crustaceous] endocarp,
subglobular [or ellipsoid to obovoid], smooth [or (4)5-ribbed longi-
tudinally|, + tomentose [to glabrate], 1-locular by obliteration of parti-
tions, 1 (—4)-seeded. Seed obovoid; seed coat cartilaginous, brown, with a
large whitish scar and short, adaxial raphe; endosperm fleshy; embryo
large, ‘“‘folded,” the cotyledons foliaceous, cordate, palmately 5-veined
and 5-lobed, somewhat plaited in the middle, revolute toward cies
surface of eed. the radicle straight, inferior. LECTOTYPE SPEC
europaea L.; see N. L. Britton, N. Am. Trees 684. 1908. (Classical Latin
name for some European species of the genus, probably derived from
Greek, ptilon, wing, in allusion to the winglike bract of the inflorescence. )
— LINDEN, BASSWOOD.
A genus of perhaps 40 (18-65) species,” primarily of the North Tem-
perate Zone, with one species aati subarctic Europe, about nine sub-
°““As sharply as the genus Tilia is distinguished from the related groups —
by a number of peculiar aaa: just so difficult is the classification within the
genus. The number of species can not indicated with certainty, because all species
are connected with one another by transitions [transitional forms], geographic races,
and numerous hybrids” (Jaccard & Frey, p. 3). (Translation supplied.)
1965] BRIZICKY, TILIACEAE & ELAEOCARPACEAE 291
tropical Asia, and one or two Mexico; absent from the Himalayas and
Pacific North America. In eastern North America, Tilia occurs in rich
woods from Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and southern Quebec, south-
ward to central Florida, and westward to central and western Texas,
Oklahoma, and the eastern parts of Kansas, Nebraska, South and North
Dakota, and southern Manitoba. In Mexico, the genus ranges from
northern Coahuila, southward along the Sierra Madre Oriental to south-
ern Mexico, with scattered stations in the Sierra Madre Occidental
(McVaugh). There is great uncertainty regarding the number and
delimitation of the species of Tilia within this broad range, because the
characters used for distinguishing the species (e.g., presence or absence,
amount, color, and type of pubescence on the lower surface of mature
leaves; size, shape, and texture of leaves; and shape and size of leaf
teeth) seem to be quite inconstant (apparently from frequent hybridiza-
tion and introgression) and hardly of specific significance. The current
tendency is to reduce the 15 species recognized in the United States by
Sargent (1922) and the 14 distinguished in the southeastern United States
by Bush (in Small, 1933) to four or even to one.’ For example, Braun
(1961), who recognized in Ohio three “well-marked and fairly constant
of the genus in America, are undertaken to determine probable hybridiza-
tion and subsequent introgression resulting from Pleistocene migrations
and commingling of older species, no satisfactory treatment is possible.”
In wrestling with Tilia in northern Florida, Kurz and Godfrey (pp.
230, 231) remark, “It is of more than passing interest that our material
was subsequently borrowed by a student of Tilia and that individual
herbarium specimens taken from separate parts of a single tree were des-
ignated by him with more than one species name . . . Granting the fact
that local populations of Tilia in our range do exiibit, in general, degrees
of difference in their over-all pattern of characteristics, we are inclined to
recognize but one variable complex, T. americana. It seems futile to
attempt segregation into more taxa, certainly not without studies applying
techniques and employing values other than those traditionally used. In
northern Florida, T. americana, thus broadly interpreted, embraces a
range of plants, some of which individually correspond to T. heterophylla,
T. floridana [Small], 7. crenoserrata [Sarg.], and T. georgiana |Sarg.].”
With specific limits so uncertain, it seems to be most reasonable at the
present time to follow Kurz and. Godfrey in the recognition of a single
variable species, T. americana L., sensu lato, 2n = 82, both in our area
"Ci. &. L. Little, U. s. Dep. Agr. Agr. Handb. 41: 417-421. 1953; Fernald, Gray’s
Bot. ed. 8. 999. 1950; Gleason & Cronquist, Man. Vasc. Pl. NE. U. S. Canada
ie 1963; Steyermark, Fl. Missouri 1042-1044. 1963; Brown, ieee. Kurz & Godfrey,
1962.
292 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
and the entire United States. The taxonomy of the Mexican representa-
tives needs to be considered in conjunction with this concept.
The European Tilia cordata Mill., 2n = 82, and T. platyphyllos Scop.,
2n = 82, and the Eurasiatic T. petiolaris DC., 2n = 82, introduced into
the United States, are reported to spread sometimes from cultivation to
waste places and roadsides in the Northeastern States.
The flowers are pollinated mainly by Hymenoptera, especially bees,
and Diptera, the insects apparently being attracted, not only by the
fragrance and often bright color of the flowers, but also by the large,
yellow-green bract of the inflorescence. At least in European species
wind-pollination also seems to be of importance (Eisenhut). Although
proterandry and the relative positions of stigmata and anthers seem to
prevent self-pollination in individual flowers, pollination from neighboring
flowers of the same tree is said to occur side by side with cross-pollination.
As Jordan (1886) showed, the nectaries are situated at the base of the
adaxial surface of the sepals, not on the petals.
The vascular ground plan shows that the androecium of Tilia is diplo-
stemonous, consisting at an early stage of development of five antisepalous
double groups of stamens of the outer whorl and five antipetalous stamens
of the inner whorl. “As development proceeds the double group of
stamens in front of each sepal separates into two half groups, with the
result that in fully developed flower the whole androecium consists of five
antipetalous phalanges |fascicles], each phalange |fascicle| being com-
posed of a single antipetalous member in the centre flanked by half the
antisepalous group on each side” (Saunders). Only the five originally
antipetalous stamens usually are modified into staminodia.
Chromosome counts (eleven species) are 27 = 82 and 164, suggesting
that the genus is highly polyploid. Although many spontaneous hybrids
are known from cultivation, and much hybridization between wild plants
has been supposed, only a single wild putative hybrid, Tilia % vulgaris
Hayne (T. cordata < T. platyphyllos appears to have been reported.
This fully fertile hybrid is said to form pure stands in Lithuania and the
Ukraine (Jaccard & Frey).
The winglike bracts promote wind transportation of the infructes-
cences; seeds are dispersed to a lesser degree by rain wash and by some
frugivorous birds and mammals, especially rodents. Under natural con-
ditions seeds germinate slowly and irregularly, sometimes remaining
dormant for two to four years. Dormancy in Tilia americana is due to an
impermeable seed coat and a partially dormant embryo.
At least on the basis of wood anatomy, the genus has been regarded as
closely allied to the Indochinese-Indonesian Schoutenia Korth. and
Chartocalyx Maing. ex Mast., but these two genera have pollen of a
more or less malvaceous type and seem to occupy an isolated and un-
certain position in the family. The pollen of Tilia appears to be closer
to pollen of the genera of subfam. Brownlowioideae (Benth. & Hook.)
Burret than to that of the genera of subfam. Tilioideae (Erdtman, Pollen
Morphol. Pl. Taxon., 1952).
1965 | BRIZICKY, TILIACEAE & ELAEOCARPACEAE 293
Tilia americana, sensu lato, and the European T. cordata and T. platy-
phAyllos supply highly valuable, soft, white lumber of great utility; the
inner bark is sometimes used for making cordage. These and some other
European and Asiatic species are cultivated as ornamentals, all being also
esteemed as honey plants. Flowers of T. cordata, T. platyphyllos, and
T. < vulgaris Hayne (often referred to as T. europaea L.) are officinal,
at least in Europe. Seeds are said to be a source of oil for cooking and
other purposes.
REFERENCES:
The very large number of references has been reduced here primarily to those
either of general interest or dealing specifically with species of the southeastern
United States. Under family references see Dumont (pp. 185, 186), Gray
(pp. 91, 92, pl. 136), KuKACHKA & Rees (pp. 25, 26), SARGENT (pp. 732-748),
SAUNDERS (pp. 120-122), SCHUMANN (pp. 24, 25), STENAR, and WEIBEL (pp.
163, 164).
ARTIUSHENKO, Z. T., & I. N. Konovatov. Morphology of fruits of the nut and
nutlet types. (In Russian.) Acta Inst. Bot. Acad. Sci. URSS 7. Morphol.
nat. Pl. 2: 170-192. 1951. [ Tilia; on histological basis the fruit is defined
as a dry syncarpous drupe, 185, 187 (fig. 14
Asupy, W. C. Limitation to growth of basswood from mineral nutrient deficien-
cies. Bot. Gaz. 121: 21-28. 1959. [For further works on physiology of
T. americana see ibid. 28-31. 1959; 228-233. 1960; 123: 162-170. 1962;
Forest Sci. 7: 273-281. 1961; Ecology 43: 336-339. 1962. |
Barton, L. V. Dormancy in Tilia seeds. Contr. Boyce Thompson Inst. 6:
69-89. 1934. [See also G. GrimsLey, Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 46:
72, 73. 1930, and J. N. SpaetH, Science II. 76: 143, 144. 1932 and Cornell
Agr. Exp. Sta. Mem. 169: 1-78. pls. 1-4. 1934.]
Berry, E. W. ne history of the linden and ash. Pl. World 21: 163-175. 1918.
[ Tilia, 171-17
BESKARAVAYNAYA, i. A. Flower morphology in some species of the lime (Tilia
). Cn Russian.) Bot. Zhur. 46: 1027-1032. 1961. [Nine spp., including
T. americana. |
Braun, E. L. The genus Tilia in Ohio. Ohio Jour. Sci. 69: 257-261. 1960.
| Based on foes studies; includes glacial and postglacial history of the
genus in N.
The wee plants of Ohio. 362 pp., front. Columbus, Ohio. 1961.
(Tilia, 4 spp., 266-270.
Brown, C. A. Louisiana trees and shrubs. La. Forestry Commiss. Bull. 1.
Xx + 262 pp., front. Baton Rouge. 1945. [Tiliaceae, 180-183; only T.
americana recognized in the area.
BrusH, W. D. Utilization of basswood. U. S. Dep. Agr. Bull. 1007: 1-64.
pls. 1-7. 1922
CHAMBERS, T. C., & H. Gopwin. The fine structure of the pollen wall of Tilia
platyphyllos. New Phytol. 60: 393-399. pls. 6-9. 1961. [Electron micro-
scopy. |
Crises, J. E. Ecology of Tilia americana. Comparative studies of the foliar
transpiring power. Bot. Gaz. 68: 262-286. 1919; II. Jbid. 71: 289-313.
1
Danita, J. Recherches sur le développement de la structure anatomique de la
294 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
tige du Tilia platyphyllos Scop. Thése. 79 pp. Lausanne. 1925.* [Review
in Bot. Centralbl. 149: 196, 197. 1926.]|
DERMEN, H. Chromosome numbers in the genus Tilia. Jour. Arnold Arb. 13:
49-51. 1932. [Seven spp., primarily European and American, with
41; 4 Asiatic spp. with 2 = 82; undocumented.
E1sENHUT, G. Beitrage zur Kanne ae trae rion und Fruchtentwicklung
in der Gattung Tilia. Flora 147: 43- 1959
ENGLER, V. Monographie der ase Z ilia, Inaug.- -diss. 159 pp. Breslau.
1909.
Evert, R. F. Sclerified companion cells in Tilia americana. Bot. Gaz. 124:
262-264, 1963. [ Infrequent in nonfunctional phloe
L. Murmants. Ultrastructure of the eet Be phloem of Tilia
americana. Am. Jour. Bot. 52: 95-106. 1965.
FERNALD, M. L. Another century of additions to the flora of Virginia. Rhodora
43: 559-630. pls. 672-692. 1941. [ Tilia, 604-607; notes on T. floridana, T.
heterophylla, T. americana, T. neglecta; “‘as now interpreted,” T. neglecta
“is surely not a satisfactory species” (p. 607).
Freytac, K. Die Doppelbrechung des Schleimes von Tilia ulmifolia Scop.
Protoplasma 52: 53-57. 1960.* [T. cordata Mill. |
Hii, G. P. Exudation from aphid stylets ecg the period from dormancy to
bud break in Tilia americana (L.). Jour. Exp. Bot. 13: 144-151. 1962.
[| Longistigma caryae as test insect; “. . . it is suggested that a hormonal
factor is produced by the buds which results in sieve-tube activation.” ]
Hype, H. A., & D. A. WittaMs. Pollen of lime (Tilia spp.). Nature 155:
475. 1945. [Producing and shedding an abundance of pollen. |
Jaccarp, P., & A. Frey. Tiliaceae. Jz: O. KircHNER, E. Loew, & C. SCHROTER,
Lebensgeschichte der Bliitenpflanzen Mitteleuropas 3(4): 1-62. 1927.
[Morphology, biology, and distribution of Central European spp. of Tilia.]
Jounson, L. P. V. A practical method of overcoming seed dormancy in Tilza
americana L. Forestry Chron. 22: 182-190. 1946.*
Jorpan, K. F. Die Stellung der Honigbehalter und der Befruchtungswerkzeuge
in den Blumen. Flora 69: 195-225, 248-252, 259-274. pls. 4, 5
[T. platyphyillos, nectaries at base of sepals; apparently the first correct
record of the position of nectaries in Tilia.
Kurz, H., & R. % GoprrEy. Trees of northern Florida. xxxiv + 311 pp.
Gainesville, Fla. 1962. [ Tilia, 229-233.]
Li, H. L. The cultivated lindens. Morris Arb. Bull. 9: 39-44. 1958.
McVaucH, R. Suggested phylogeny of Prunus serotina and other wide-ranging
phylads in North America. Brittonia 7: 317-346. 1952. [Tiélia, 339, map
ra
MALeEeV, V. P. Malvales. Fl. URSS 15: 1-23. 1949. [ Tilia, 4-23.]
Peters, W. J. gece bi ae americana embryos. Proc. Minn. Acad. Sci.
27: 130-133. 1959 [196
PETERSON, D. W., G. M. ee & S. S. PauLey. Propagation of American
basswood by cuttings. Minn. Forestry Notes 86. 2 pp. St. Paul. 1960.*
Raprorp, A. F., H. E. Anzes, & C. R. BELL. Guide to the vascular flora of the
Carolinas. 383 pp. Chapel Hill, N. C. 1964. [Tilia, 227, 228; 4 spp. in the
Siuews C.S. Tilia, Silva N. Am. 1: 49-58. pls. 24-27. 1891. [T. americana,
T. pubescens, T. heterophylla. |
. Notes on North American trees. III. Tilia. I. Bot. Gaz. 66: 421-438.
1965] BRIZICKY, TILIACEAE & ELAEOCARPACEAE 295
1918; Tilia, II. Ibid. 494-511. [Fifteen spp. with many vars. recognized in
N. Am
SCHENCK, C. A. Fremdlandische Wald- und Parkbaéume. Band 3. Die Laub-
lzer. x + 640 pp. Berlin. 1939. | Tilia, 579-596; 4 spp. in N. Am.;
possibility of further reduction to 2 spp. suggested. ]
SCHMERSAHL, K. J. Ein Beitrag zur Morphologie cn Lindenbliiten. Pharmazie
18: 437-440. 1963.*
Sears, P. B. Postglacial migration of five forest genera. Am. Jour. Bot. 29:
684-691. 1942. [Tilia, 689, 690.]
Sen, D. N. Root ecology of Tilia europaea L. I. On the morphology of
mycorrhizal roots. Preslia 33: 341-350. 1961. [Ectotrophic mycorrhizal
association
. Self-saprophytism in roots of Tilia cordata L. Ibid. 36-40. [See also
Sci. Cult. 27(1): 43-45. 1961.*]
& J. JeEntk. Root ecology of Tilia europaea L.: anatomy of mycorrhizal
roots. Nature 193: 1101, 1102. 1962. [“The mycorrhizal roots are the
changed form of the end-roots of limited growth .
SovecEs, R. Développement de l’embryon chez le Tila platyphyllos Scop.
Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 212: 998-1000. .
Treta, J. Zur Morphologie der Pollenkérner der aa Tilia-Arten.
Bull. Acad. Polon. Sci. Lett. Sci. Math. Nat. B. Bot. 1928: 45-54. 1928.
[T. cordata, T. platyphyllos.]
Trippr, V. S. Studies on ontogeny and senility in plants. 1. Changes of growth
vigor during the juvenile and adult phases of ontogeny in Tilia parviflora,
and growth in juvenile and adult zones of Tilia, Ilex aquifolium and
Robinia pseudoacacia. Phyton Buenos Aires 20: 137-145. 1963. [T.
parviflora, apparently a slip for T. parvifolia = T. cordata.
United States Department of Agriculture, Forest Service. Woody-plant seed
manual. U. S. Dep. Agr. Forest Serv. Misc. Publ. 654. vi + 416 pp. 1948.
[ Tilia, 357-359. |
Vassittev, I. V. Tiliaceae. Jn: Trees Shrubs USSR 4: 659-727. 1958. (In
Russian.) [ Tilia, 659-726; ranges of T. americana, T. heterophylla, T.
caroliniana, T. mexicana, 695, fig. (map) 106.]}
Tribe CorcHOREAE Burret
2. Corchorus Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. 1: 529. 1753; Gen, Pl. ed. 5. 234. 1754.
Annual or perennial herbs, woody at base, or subshrubs [shrubs],
usually pubescent with simple {and/or cee hairs. Leaves alternate,
small to medium sized, usually unlobed; stipules small, linear-filiform
to filiform for lanceolate], usually caducous. Flowers small, bisexual,
short pediceled to subsessile, solitary and/or in umbel-like 2- or 3{-8]-
cucullate, deciduous. Petals usually 5, distinct, yellow, spatulate to
obovate, sometimes short clawed, shorter [or longer] than or equaling the
sepals, convolute. Disc extrastaminal, annular to cuplike, or absent (in
most American species). Stamens usually numerous (rarely [5—]8 or
10), appearing + evenly distributed, + distinct, sometimes on a short
296 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
androgynophore; anthers introrse, dorsifixed. Gynoecium 2- or 3{—5]-
carpellate; stigma large, discoid [to subglobular?], irregularly dentate,
crenulate to lobulate; style simple, subcylindrical to filiform, usually
longer than the stamens, with a stylar canal; ovary sessile or rarely on
a short, glandless androgynophore, + cylindrical [or subglobular]|, 2- or
3[—5|-locular, usually + pubescent; ovules numerous [to 2] in each
locule, usually axile in two collateral rows, + pendulous, anatropous, epi-
tropous [or apotropous]. Fruit a loculicidal capsule, + cylindrical,
usually elongated and podlike [or ellipsoid to subglobular], terminating
in a beak, short horns, or teeth, smooth [rarely with soft, spine-shaped
excrescences|, glabrous or + pubescent with simple [or stellate| hairs, 2-
or 3[—5|-locular [sometimes with incomplete transverse partitions between
the seeds], 2- or 3{[—5]-valved [or sometimes indehiscent]. Seeds usually
numerous in each locule, irregularly 3- or 4-angled or disclike, usually with
truncate ends, dark brown to black; seed coat coriaceous or crustaceous,
the raphe fine, hardly noticeable, oblique, apparently lateral, the chalazal
knot cushion-like; endosperm fleshy; embryo large, axial, ‘folded’;
cotyledons foliaceous, entire; radicle superior. Lectotype sprctes: C.
olitorius L.; see Britton & Millspaugh, Bahama FI. 262. 1920. (Name
from Greek, korkhoros, an ancient name for some herbaceous pot plant,
perhaps C. olitorius; etymology obscure.)
A pantropical genus of about 40 species, centered in Africa (ca. 15
species) and Australia (ca. 15 species), with several in Asia and America.
Two tropical American and one pantropical species occur in our area.
The American species, except the pantropical Corchorus aestuans L. and
the East African-West Indian C. hirsutus L., seem to differ from those
of the Old World at least in an obsolete disc in the flowers.
Corchorus siliquosus L., 2n = 28, is a subshrub or perennial herb, with
leaves only 1-3 cm. long and slender, nearly cylindrical capsules 5—8 cm.
long, bearing four minute toothlike appendages at the nearly truncate
apex. Occurring almost throughout tropical America, it extends north-
ward through the West Indies to hammocks, cultivated ground, and road-
sides of the Florida Keys and southernmost peninsular Florida, where it
seems to be indigenous. Records from Texas need verification. Corchorus
orinocensis HBK., usually a sparingly branched annual or perennial with
slender, subcylindrical, slightly flattened capsules 4-7 cm. long and at-
tenuated into a straight beak, is widely distributed throughout tropical
America and similarly reaches southernmost Florida (Dade and Monroe
counties). It is also known from Mobile and Tuscaloosa counties, Ala-
bama, southeastern Louisiana, and from scattered localities westward
through southern Texas to southern Arizona and Mexico. The Alabama
occurrences (and perhaps those in Louisiana) seem to be incidental intro-
ductions with subsequent naturalization (see R. M. Harper, Geol. Surv.
Ala. Bull. 53: 152. 1944). A third species, the widely distributed C.
aestuans L. (C. acutangulus Lam.), 2n = 14, is known as an adventive
weed from at least Dade, Collier, Leon, and Escambia counties, Florida,
1965] BRIZICKY, TILIACEAE & ELAEOCARPACEAE 297
and Mobile County, Alabama. It is usually an annual, with bristle-like
appendages on the lowermost pair of teeth of the leaves, a minute andro-
gynophore bearing a disc at the apex, and stoutish, subcylindrical, 3 (—6)-
angular and narrowly 3-winged capsules 1.5—-2 cm. long and terminated
in three usually bifid horns.
At least the cultivated Corchorus capsularis L., 2n = 14, and C. oli-
torius L., 2n = 14, are short-day plants. The flowers of the two open
respectively about an hour after and an hour before sunrise (Kundu).
Cross-pollination by insects seems to be the rule, self-pollination ap-
parently being prevented by the stigma’s overtopping the stamens.
e inner, antisepalous whorl of stamens is completely suppressed,
while the outer, antipetalous whorl is multiplied. The traces for the
antipetalous stamens, which arise conjointly with those of the petals, divide
primarily into three bundles: a median and two laterals. According to
Rao, all three branch to form a large number of staminal bundles. The
extrastaminal nectariferous disc (and sometimes an androgynophore) is
present in the Old World species, but both seem to be absent (obsolete)
in those indigenous to the New World. The stamens in a flower usually
are distinct, appearing evenly distributed upon the receptacle, but some-
times a few groups of two to four stamens with filaments connate for
various lengths can be observed. The anthers are dorsifixed (not basifixed,
as stated by some authors) and are usually vertical and nearly straight.
The orientation of the ovules should be investigated, since both epitropy
and apotropy have been recorded by various authors.
Chromosome counts made for 12 species are 2m = 14 and 28 (three
species). Although no conclusions can be drawn, it is notable that two
of the tetraploids are American and one is Australian, while all the
diploids are either Asiatic or African. A trisomic mutant showing ‘“dimor-
phic gametes” (microspores?) with » = 7 and 8, and an aberrant trisomic
branch (2n = 15) of a normal diploid plant have been recorded in
Corchorus capsularis. Hypo- and hyperploidy have also been detected in
all Indian species of the genus. Numerous attempts to produce artificial
interspecific hybrids, especially between C. olitorius and C. capsularts,
have been unsuccessful with both diploids and induced tetraploids. In
1960, Islam and Rashid reported the first sucessful cross, C. olitorius 9
x C. capsularis %, resulting in a few slow-growing, somewhat fertile
hybrids. Chaudhuri and Jabbar Mia later published on successful crosses
at the diploid level between C. olitorius and C. capsularis and the latter
and C. trilocularis. These crosses resulted in vigorous and fertile hybrids,
but C. capsularis ¢ C. trilocularis & , on the tetraploid level, resulted
in sterile hybrids. All crosses of C. aestuans with these species were unsuc-
cessful.
The minute, very light seeds of Corchorus apparently can be distributed
by wind (Islam & Khan), but the wide, even pantropical, distribution of
some species seems to be due largely to casual introductions (e.g., in bal-
last).
298 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VoL. 46
The genus occupies an isolated position in the Tiliaceae, representing
a tribe of its own. A revision of the genus is very desirable
The Indo-Burmese Corchorus capsularis and the presumably African C.
olitorius are important economic plants, the main source of the commercial
fiber jute. Grown extensively in India and East Pakistan, and to a minor
extent in the Philippines, Formosa, Brazil, and elsewhere, both often be-
come naturalized. Leaves or young shoots of these and some other wild
species are eaten as eg and/or used in folk medicine in many
tropical countries. Corchorus olitorius has been cultivated as a pot herb
in the eastern ar acaba particularly in Egypt, from ancient times.
Seeds of C. capsularis, C. olitorius, and some other species are poisonous,
containing glycosides of the Digitalis type.
REFERENCES:
e large number of references has been reduced here primarily to those
either of general interest or dealing specifically with species of the southeastern
United States. Under family references see Dumont (p. 192), Fawcett &
RENDLE (pp. 85-88), Gray (pp. 93, 94, pl. 137), LAKELA & CRAIGHEAD (p. 59),
a (1952, pp. 179-181, 200, 202), Rao & Rao, Ropyns (pp. 12-15), SAUNDERS
p. 123), SCHUMANN Gu. 21, 22), SIncH (p. 75), STENAR, WEIBEL (172, 173),
os Witczex (pp. 84-91).
Basu, S. N., & R. G. Bose. An anti-fungal substance in jute. Jour. Sci. Indus.
Res. 15C: 163-166. 1956.*
CuHavupuur!, S. D., A. M. Eunus, & A. Jappar Mra. Studies on colchicine in-
duced tetraploids of jute. Se 5: 339-346. 1956. [C. capsularis and
C. olitorius. |
& A. JaBBAR Mia. al cross in the genus Corchorus (jute plants).
Euphytica 11: 61-64. 196
Datta, R. M. Pollen grain nee in the genus Corchorus Samer |
Phyton Buenos Aires 6: 79-86. 1956. _ spp.; see also Datta & B
S. PanpbA, Pollen Spores 3: 261-263. 1961.]
. Chromosome studies in the genus Corchorus. Indian Agr. 2(2): 120-
122. 1958.* [See also N. S. Rao & Datta, Nature 171: 754. 1953.]
Polyembryony in Corchorus olitorius Linn. Sci. Cult. 25: 642. 1960.
[A twin seedling with two plumules and two radicles” observed. |
. Basak. Complex chromosome mosaics in two wild jute aeore
Corchorus trilocularis Linn. and C. siliqguosus Linn. Indian Agr. 3:
1959.*
. BANeRJI. On the cause of seed failure or seed setting in 4”
cultiwated Combats capsularis L. X 2n cultivated C. capsularis and 41
cultivated C. olitorius L. X 2n cultivated C. olitorius and their reciprocals
through cytogenetical studies. Genetica 31: 385-409. 1960.
ANA. 5 str ger hybridization between Corchorus olitorius
Linn. ( strain C.G.) and C. sidoides F. Muell., and C. capsularis Linn.
(strain D-154) and C. sidoides Muell. Biol. Pl. 2: 61-66. 1960. [Hy-
bridization Samu seeds few, sterile or inviable. |
& S. B. Sana. Wood anatomy of the genus Corchorus (jute). Indian
Agr. Ay ‘eee 1960.*
— . K. Sen. Interspecific hybridization between Corchorus sidoides
1965 | BRIZICKY, TILIACEAE & ELAEOCARPACEAE 299
F. hogs and C. siliquosus L., a natural polyploid. Euphytica 10: 113-119.
19 [ Unsuccessful. |
be ane .. & M. Durceat. Poisons digitaliques des graines de jute.
Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris 238: 507-509. 1954.
Guose, R. L. M., & B. D. Gupta. Floral biology, anthesis and natural crossing
in jute. Indian Jour. Genet. Pl. Breed. 4: 80-84. 1945.
Gupta, B. D., & M. S. Sarma. The genetics of Corchorus (jute). VI. Jour.
Genet. 52: 374-382. 1954. [Inheritance of a new anthocyanin pigmentation
pattern in C. capsularis. |
Istam, A. S., & M. I. Kwan. Studies on the seed germination of Corchorus
spp. Biologia Lahore 3: 165-167. 1957. [Three spp.; natural scarification
of seeds.
& F. Qatyum. Chromosome numbers in the genus Corchorus. Curr.
Sci. Bangalore 30: 433. 1961.* [Four spp.; see also I. BANeRJI, Jour.
Indian Bot. Soc. 11: 81-85. 1931, and K. Ray, Curr. Sci. Bangalore 31:
205. 1962.*
A. Rasuip. First successful hybrid between the two jute-yielding
species, Corchorus olitorius L. (Tossa) & C. capsularis L. (White). Na-
ture 185; 258, 259. 1960. [Seven of 365 seeds from 15 fruits in 115
crosses germinated, 3 grew to adult plants; reciprocal crosses unsuccessful;
55 backcrosses to C. capsularis failed. |
. A. K. Zam. Application of cytogenetical methods in determining
a new species of Corchorus. Biologia Lahore 6: 169-177. 1960. [C. pseudo-
olitorius Islam & Zaid. |
Iyer, R. D., K. Supa, & M. S. SwAMINATHAN. Fertilization and seed develop-
ment in crosses between C. olitorius and C. capsularis. Indian Jour. Genet.
Pl. Breed, 21: 191-200. 1961.*
Kunpu, B. C. The anatomy of two Indian fibre plants, Cannabis and Corchorus
with special pingel as to gee distribution and development. Jour. Indian
Bot. Soc. — 3-128. pl. 7
Orig re jute. Truths ae Genet. [ Breed. 11: 95-99. 1951.* [C.
ees. poe C. capsularis, Indo-Burm
Told -nedd’s foremost bast fibre. L Botany agronomy, diseases and
pests, Econ. Bot. 10: 103-113. 1956; II. Technology, marketing, produc-
tion and utilization. Jbid. 203-240. Extensive bibliography. |
& N.S. Rao. Origin and development of axillary buds in jute (Corchorus
capsularis). Ann. Bot. II. 18: 367-375. pls. 16, 17. 1954. [See also Nature
170: 1128. 1952.
& . Sarma. Studies on colchicine induced tetraploids of Corchorus
elitovins Pion. (jute). Jour. Indian Bot. Soc. 35: 11-26. pls. 2, 3. ;
Mone, C. Plant life in Alabama. Contr. U. S. Natl. Herb. 6: i-xii, 1-921.
1 map. 1901. [Distribution of Corchorus in Alabama, 613.]
Patet, G. I., & R. M. Datta. Pollen grain studies in various types of Corchorus
alitcwtas L., C. capsularis L. and some other species of Corchorus. Grana
Palyn. 1(3): 18-24. 1958. ee
. Interspecific hybridization between Corchorus olitorius Linn.
and C. capsularis Linn. and the cytogenetical basis of incompatability be-
tween them. Euphytica 9: 89-110. 1960. [See also S. P. BANERJEE &
R. M. Darta, Indian Agr. 4(1): 5-18. 1960.*]
Ray, B. Natural crossing in Corchorus olitorius L. Indian Agr. 4(1):
1960.
300 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
SarmMA, M. S., & R. M. Datta. Complex chromosome mosaics and variable
microsporocytes in Corchorus capsularis Linn. Sci. Cult. 19: 202, 203.
1953.*
SEALE, C. C., J. F. Joyner, & J. B. Pate. Agronomic studies of fiber plants;
jute, sisal, henequen, Furcraea, hemp and other miscellaneous types. Fla.
Agr. Exp. Sta. a gi 27 pp. 1957.*
SEN Gupta, J. C., K. SEN. Photoperiodism in jute. Nature 157: 655,
656. 1946. C. Dia and C. olitorius.|
SHARMA, A. K., & M. Roy. Cytological studies on jute and its allies. I. Agron.
Lusit. 20: 5-15. 1958. {Reduction in size of polyploid C. sere in
comparison with diploid C. oe C. capsularis, and C. rius. |
SWAMINATHAN, M. S., R. D. Iyer, & K. SutBHA. Morphology, weet and
breeding behaviour of hybrids Ae sas Corchorus olitorius and C. capsularis.
Curr. Sci. Bangalore 30(2): 67, 68. 1961.*
Tribe TRIUMFETTEAE Burret
3. Triumfetta Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. 1: 444. 1753; Gen. Pl. ed. 5. 203. 1754.
Annual or perennial herbs, + woody at base, or subshrubs [deciduous
shrubs or small trees], + pubescent with simple and stellate [rarely
peltate} hairs. Leaves alternate, undivided and/or palmately 3[—5]-lobed,
a few teeth at base of blade usually modified into glands; stipules small,
linear-lanceolate, subpersistent. Inflorescences [solitary or] fascicled,
lateral to and/or opposite the leaves or leafy bracts and sometimes also
terminal, often forming narrow, raceme-like, interrupted cymose panicles
by reduction of leaves. Flowers distinctly pediceled, usually small, bi-
sexual [sometimes also carpellate, the plants then polygamodioecious |.
Sepals 5, distinct, narrow, + flat or cucullate, abaxially + pubescent with
simple and stellate [rarely peltate| hairs and each with an abaxial sub-
apical hornlike appendage. Petals 5 [or absent], distinct, yellow, narrow,
equaling to shorter than sepals, with a transverse band of stellate hairs on
the adaxial (interior) surface above the short claw and a thickened glandu-
lar (?) area at the base, imbricate. Androgynophore usually present,
short, bearing 5 antipetalous glands on its surface and often a thinnish,
ciliate extrastaminal disc at its apex. Stamens numerous to 5 [3], inserted
at apex of androgynophore, distinct |staminodial or absent in 9 flowers],
usually shorter than the style; anthers introrse, elliptic in outline, dorsi-
fixed. Gynoecium 2- or 3[—5]-carpellate; stigma minutely 2- or 3-lobed
[or unlobed], the lobes short, filiform, spreading; style long, slender, solid;
ovary 2- or 3{-5]-locular, densely covered with minute tubercles, each
terminated in a hyaline incurved [or erect| spinule; ovules 2, collateral in
each locule, pendulous from the top of axile placentae, anatropous, epitro-
pous. Fruit indehiscent, nutlike [or dehiscent, capsular or schizocarpous? |,
small, globular or ovoid, 2- or 3[—5]|-locular, sometimes appearing either
4- to 6|—10]-locular through development of false partitions between the
seeds or 1-locular by reduction of one or more locules; surface covered
with spreading or + upright, subcylindric-subulate, rigid, [glabrous or]
1965 | BRIZICKY, TILIACEAE & ELAEOCARPACEAE 301
ADC
Fic. 1. Triumfetta. a-g, T. semitriloba: a, upper part of stem in flower and
fruit, X 1; b, flower (two sepals, one petal removed), showing short androgyno-
phore with three of the five antipetalous glands, disc, stamens, and style with
3-lobed stigma, < 12; c, flower in semidiagrammatic vertical section (stamens
removed), to show androgynophore with a gland, disc, and anatropous ovules
(one in section) with obturator of hairs, X 40; d, fruit, X 6; e, fruit prickle,
outlined in dots, the sclerified part of seed coat in black, X 8; g, seed with
circular chalazal knot depressed in center, Sagaeiirngengs outer layer of seed
coat obliterated, x 16. h, 7. pentandra: fruit prickle,
302 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
retrorsely hispidulous or plumosely pubescent prickles, each usually
terminated by one [to several] stiff, clawlike [or + straight] hyaline
spinules. Seeds (1) 2—6[—10], ovoid Henticulas or subreniform?|, with a
fine, linear, adaxial raphe (usually obliterated on mature seeds) and a
basal, circular, depressed chalazal knot; outer seed coat thin, membrana-
ceous, the inner coriaceous to crustaceous; endosperm fleshy; embryo large,
axial, straight, ‘“‘spatulate,” the cotyledons flat, ovate to suborbicular, the
radicle superior. Type species: T. Lappula L. (Name commemorating
Giovanni Battista Trionfetti, 1658-1708, professor of botany at the Uni-
versity and director of the Botanical Garden in Rome.)
A pantropical genus of over 100 species, apparently almost equally
centered in tropical America and Africa, less abundant in Asia, Australia,
and the Pacific Islands. At least four species, two aaturalized in the
southernmost part of our area, are of pantropical distribution. Sprague
and Hutchinson recognized four sections based primarily on fruit charac-
ters. All American and most Old World species belong to sect. TRIUM-
FETTA (§ Lappula DC. em. Sprague & Hutch.).
riumfetta semitriloba Jacq., 2n = 32, occurs in cultivated ground,
hammocks, and pinelands on the Florida Keys and in peninsular Florida,
north at least to Manatee County, on the west coast, and Palm Beach
County, on the east. It is a perennial herb or subshrub, with variable,
generally ovate, unlobed to 3-lobed leaves; flowers with flat sepals, a well-
developed disc, and 15-25 stamens; and nearly globular, subglabrous
fruits with sparsely retrorsely hispidulous prickles. In contrast, T. pen-
tandra A. Rich. is an annual or perennial herb with broadly ovate, unlobed
to deeply 3-lobed leaves sparsely pubescent with simple and stellate hairs;
flowers with cucullate sepals, a somewhat reduced to obsolete disc, and 5—8
(13) stamens; and subglobular-ovoid fruits with + upright prickles
plumosely pubescent on the adaxial side with straightish spreading hairs.
It was collected in Sumter County, Florida, in 1900, but present status in
our flora is uncertain.* Although apparently pantropical, the species seems
to be most abundant in Africa and rather scattered and local elsewhere
(Cape Verde Islands, Arabia, India, Ceylon, Formosa, Timor, and north-
eastern Brazil).
Cross-pollination by insects seems to be the rule, selfing apparently
being prevented, at least in many species, by the position of the stigma
(Man. p. 842. 1933) and Lay (p. 383) considered this species to be
= 32 and 48
1900”), is Sua the result of either einientilication or misinterpretation of the
iu 2
ochst is
similar and closely related an T. rhomboidea, which differs mainly in the well-developed
disc, (8) 10-15 stamens, and nearly globular fruits with a glabrous or sub-
glabrous prickles. The Curtiss collection is clearly T. pentandra
1965] BRIZICKY, TILIACEAE & ELAEOCARPACEAE 303
above the stamens. Data on pollinators are scarce, but bees, little beetles,
and flies are recorded for some Old World species. The flowers of Triuwm-
fetta flavescens A. Rich. open at about 3 P.M. [Ethiopia] and those of T.
macrophylla K. Schum. toward evening [East Africa]. “It is probable
that the flowers of other species of Triumfetta open late in the day
(Sprague and Hutchinson).
The inner, antisepalous whorl of stamens in the flowers is completely
suppressed. The trace for each of the outer, antipetalous stamens arises
conjointly with a petal trace and then divides into three bundles, a median
The laterals usually undergo a secondary branching in con-
nection with the multiplication of the stamens, each lateral giving rise to
traces to two or more stamens (Rao, 1952). Flowers with a low number of
stamens have not been investigated.
obturator, consisting of unicellular hairs, recorded by Rao & Rao
for Triumfetta rhomboidea, is also present in T. semitriloba.
Chromosome counts have been made for three species (27 = 32, 48).
Occurrence of both 32 and 48 in Triumfetta rhomboidea suggests that the
basic chromosome number of the genus is 8, rather than 16 as suggested
by counts of 2n = 32
Fruits in Triumfetta are either dehiscent and capsular to schizocarpous
or indehiscent and nutlike at maturity, but often (perhaps always?) split-
ting and freeing the seeds as the pericarp and partitions decay. Precise
data on fruit dehiscence seem to be lacking; both loculicidal dehiscence
and splitting into carpels or cocci are mentioned by various authors. The
clinging fruit of ia of sect. TRIUMFETTA, with their hooked prickles,
are dispersed by man and other animals. In the species with densely
plumose-pubescent, here like fruit prickles (sect. LAsIorHRix Sprague
& Hutch.), dissemination by wind may be assumed, while in some
creeping, Indo-Pacific littoral species with fruits equipped with narrowly
conical nonhooked prickles (sect. Porpa (Blume) Sprague & Hutch.), dis-
persal by sea on floating pumice and on drifting logs has been recorded.
The pantropical distribution of some species seems to be due mainly to
human agency.
The genus is closely related to Heliocarpus L., a tropical American
genus centered in southern Mexico and Central America. A revision of the
entire genus is desirable.
Some species (e.g., Triumfetta rhomboidea, T. semitriloba, T. Lappula,
T. cordifolia A. Rich.) yield fibers used locally in tropical countries for
cordage, as well as for many domestic purposes; fibers from T. rhomboidea
are said to be of commercial value. Leaves of several species are used as
vegetables and also find some application in folk medicine. Trium-
fetta rhomboidea is said by Wilczek to be a remedy for leprosy.
REFERENCES:
Under family references see Dumont (p. 189), Fawcett & RENDLE (pp.
304 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
80-85), HERLEMONT (pp. 88-95), KUKACHKA & Rees (pp. 44, 45), LAKELA &
CRAIGHEAD (p. 59), Rao (1952, pp. 181-183, 200, 202), Rao & Rao, Ropyns
(pp. 25-32), SCHUMANN (pp. 28, 29), StncH (p. 75), WEIBEL (pp. 168, 169),
and WILCZEK (pp. 46-72).
Horn, C. L., & J. E. Narat Coton. Acid scarification of the seed of two Cuban
fiber plants. Jour. Am. Soc. Agron. 34: 1137, 1138. 1942.* [T. semitriloba,
Urena lobata
Lay, K. K. The American species of Triumfetta L. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
37: 315-395. 1950. [Monograph. |
SpracukE, T. A., & J. HutcHinson. The Triumfettas wae sr Jour. Linn.
Soc. Bot. 39: 231-276. pl. 17. 1909. [A basic work; cts., Lepidocalyx,
Porpa, Lasiothrix (with 5 subsects.), and Lappula i Triumfetta) (with
3 informal series) established. |
ELAEOCARPACEAE A. P. de Candolle, Prodr. 1: 519. 1824, “Elaeocarpeae,”
(ELAEOCARPUS FAMILY)
Trees or shrubs, differing from Tiliaceae mainly in the absence of muci-
lage cavities and ducts (although mucilage cells occasionally occur in the
epidermis of leaves), in the considerably smaller spheroid to prolate
pollen, and in the more primitive wood structure. Additional distinguish-
ing characters include the occurrence of opposite leaves in some or a
species of some genera, the prevalence of valvate petals and apical de-
hiscence of the anthers, and the nearly regular occurrence of a nectarif-
erous (extra- to intrastaminal) disc. TypE GeNus: Elaeocarpus L.
A nearly pantropical family of about ten genera and 400 species,
centered in Papuasia (five genera, ca. 190 species) and South America
(five genera, ca. 70 species), with a few extensions into the South Temper-
ate Zone; absent from continental Africa. The single species of Muntingia
is becoming naturalized in southernmost Florida.
Similarities in floral structure with Tiliaceae suggest a like floral biology
and pollination by insects. Data from floral anatomy and embryology
are few. Recorded chromosome counts (two genera, seven species) are
2n = 24, 28, 30, suggesting aneuploidy. The petiolar anatomy appears
to be more complex than in Tiliaceae.
The family is closely related to and sometimes included in Tiliaceae,
but evidence from anatomy and palynology seems to be in favor of re-
taining the Elaeocarpaceae as a separate family. A relationship to
Flacourtiaceae-Prockieae has also been postulated by some authors.
Some species of a few genera yield tanbark or lumber of local im-
portance. A few species of Aristotelia L’Hérit., Crinodendron Mol., and
Elaeocarpus are grown as ornamentals in the southern part of our area
and/or southern California.
REFERENCES:
Under family references for Tiliaceae see BAILLON (pp. 171-175, 198-201),
1965] BRIZICKY, TILIACEAE & ELAEOCARPACEAE 305
BENTHAM & HOOKER (pp. 231, 238-240), Dumont (pp. 186, 195, 196),
KuKacHKA & REEs (pp. 49-56, 84), LAKELA & CRAIGHEAD (p. 59), Rao (pp.
184-186), and Ropyns (pp. 32-34).
AVINEE, E. E. O. Les Elaeocarpacées de Madagascar. (Etude d’anatomie et
@histologie comparées de la feuille.) Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. XI. 13: 160-198.
(Reprinted as Thése No. 206. Fac. Méd. Pharm. Lille. 1952.) [Elaeocarpus,
14 spp.
Backer, C. A., & R. C. BAKHUIZEN VAN DEN BRINK, Jr. FI. Java 1: i-xxiii,
1-648. 1963. _[laeocarpaceae 396-401.
ee C., & R. HerLtEMonT. Le es mucilages chez les Elaeocarpées. Bull. Soc.
Bot. Nord France 1: 69. 1948
Descamps, R. R. Les hese de Nouvelle-Calédonie. (Etude d’anatomie
et dhistologi comparées de la feuille). Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. XI. 17: 187-
258. 1956. (Reprinted as Thése No. 208. Fac. Méd. Pharm. Lille. 1956.)
hd Labill., 2 spp.; Dubouzetia Brongn. & Gris, 5 spp.; Elaeocar-
pus, 23 spp. |
HERLEMONT, R. Les Elaeocarpacées d’Indo-Chine. (Etude d’anatomie et
dhistologie comparées de la feuille.) Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. XI. 12: 1-120.
1951. [Mainly petiolar anatomy; Elaeocarpus, 43 spp.; Sloanea L., 4 spp. |
Mavritzon, J. Zur Embryologie der Elaeocarpaceae. Ark. Bot. 26A(10):
1-8. 1934. [Aristotelia, 2 spp.]
Metcatre, C. R., & L. CHatx. Elaeocarpaceae. Anat. Dicot. 1: 262-266.
Moore, H. E., Jr. Some notes on cultivated Elaeocarpaceae. Baileya 1: 112,
113. 1953. [Key to genera and spp. cultivated in the U. S.; nomenclatural
notes. |
SCHLECHTER, R. Die Elaeocarpaceen Papuasiens. Bot. Jahrb. 54: 92-155.
1916. [Morphological and phytogeographical notes, 92-95. |
SCHULTZE-MoTEL, W. Elaeocarpaceae. Jn: H. Melchior, Engler’s Syllabus der
Pflanzenfamilien ed. 12. 2: 305, 306. 1964.
SCHUMANN, K. Elaeocarpaceae. Nat. Pflanzenfam. III. 6: 1-8. 1890; Nachtr.
230. 1897.
SmitH, A. C. Studies on Papuasian plants, VI. Elaeocarpaceae. Jour. Arnold
rb. 25: 104-121, 222-298. 1944.
SmiTH, C. E., Jr. The New World species of Sloanea (Elaeocarpaceae). Contr.
Gray Herb. 175: 1-114. 1954.
1. Muntingia Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. 1: 509. 1753; Gen. Pl. ed. 5. 225. 1754.
Shrubs to small trees pubescent with simple and stellate hairs and
viscid articulated trichomes; nodes 3-lacunar. Leaves 2-ranked, membra-
naceous, 3-nerved at the very oblique semicordate base, with 3—5 veins
on each side of the midrib, closely to remotely toothed, villous with stellate
hairs and cobwebby beneath, short petioled, with a single + lateral filiform
stipule (the second wanting or rudimentary?). Flowers regular, 1.5-3 cm.
in diameter, hypogynous, usually supra-axillary, long pediceled, either
solitary or in sessile (or rarely short-peduncled) fascicles of 2 or 3, with
3 filiform bracts at base. Sepals 5(—7), + lanceolate, caudate, the fili-
form tip almost equaling the blade, connate at the very base into an in-
306 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
conspicuous shallow saucer-like calyx tube, densely pubescent on both sur-
faces, valvate. Petals 5(—7), distinct, white (rarely pink), thin, obovate,
short clawed, equaling the sepals, imbricate and + crumpled in bud. Disc
intrastaminal, annular, on the edge of the shallowly concave receptacle,
bearing a ring of long, straight hairs on the exterior side near the margin.
Stamens numerous, distinct, inserted at base and partly on the exterior
surface of disc, half as long as the petals; filaments filiform; anthers
elliptic in outline, shorter than the filaments, dorsifixed, versatile, introrse
(latrorse), longitudinally dehiscent. Gynoecium 5-—7-carpellate, syncar-
pous; stigma subsessile or sessile, subpyramidal, longitudinally 5—7-grooved
and -ridged, with a sinuous stigmatic surface on each ridge; style very
stout and short or wanting; ovary sessile or very short stalked, 5—7-locular,
the locules becoming slitlike, pubescent, and confluent above the placentae;
ovules very numerous, anatropous, epitropous, on 2 + ovoid placentae
pendulous from the axis at the top of each locule. Fruit a subglobular
berry, ca. 1 cm. in diameter, red or yellow, appearing irregularly many-
locular, sweet, edible. Seeds numerous, obovoid to ellipsoid, minute; seed
coat crustaceous, the cells of outer epidermis mucilaginous; raphe indis-
tinct, the chalazal knot apiculate; embryo axial, stout, straight, sub-
cylindrical, the cotyledons small, semicircular in cross section, nearly
equaling the thick superior radicle. Type spectes: M. Calabura L. (Name
commemorating Abraham Munting, 1626-1683, professor of botany in
Groningen, Nederland, and author of several botanical works. )
The single species, Muntingia Calabura, widely distributed in the West
Indies and from southern Mexico to Peru, northern Argentina, and Brazil,
has become established in pinelands and hammocks (e.g., Sisal Hammock)
in Dade and Hendry counties, Florida. Its further spread seems likely,
for the ability to reproduce vegetatively and a tendency to become weedy
have been recorded for the species.
The solitary flowers or fascicles of two or three flowers which develop
in a sequence are derivable from the simple, peduncled dichasia which are
sometimes encountered in the species. The floral anatomy, in general, is
similar to that in Tiliaceae and in Elaeocarpus (Rao). The lack of one
stipule seems to be correlated with the absence of one stipular trace
(Sensarma).
The taxonomic position of Muntingia is uncertain. The embryo develop-
ment is of the Onagrad type, which seems to be otherwise unknown in the
Malvales. The smaller pollen and the absence of mucilage cavities in the
axis and leaves suggest that it should be retained in the Elaeocarpaceae.
However, the microscopic structure of the wood differs from that of the
other genera of Elaeocarpaceae, but is very similar to that in Dicraspidia
Standl. and has many points in common with other Tiliaceae (Metcalfe
& Chalk). The structure of the leaf and inner bark, resembling that in
Tilia (cf. Dumont), also seems to indicate a closer relationship to Tiliaceae
than to Elaeocarpaceae. The genus is undoubtedly closely related to the
1965] BRIZICKY, TILIACEAE & ELAEOCARPACEAE 307
monotypic Dicraspidia (D. suns? ae ), which is known from
Honduras, Costa Rica, Panama, and Colom
Grown as an ornamental in many ae and aig sas countries,
Muntingia Calabura often becomes naturalized. Fibers from the inner
bark are used locally for making cordage and in basketry.
REFERENCES:
Under family references see BACKER & BAKHUIZEN (pp. 400, 401), Dumont
(p. 186), LakeLta & CraicHEAD, Metcatr & CHALK (pp. 263, 265), Rao,
Rosyns, and SCHUMANN (1897, p. 230).
Burret, M. Neotessmannia, eine neue Tiliaceen-Gattung. Notizbl. Bot. Gart.
Mus. Berlin 9: 125-127. 1924. egrartag = shape of stigma with
Muntingia, in placentation with Apeiba Aubl.,
Descore, H. R., & C. A. O'Donett. Adicién a a Peds Argentinas.
Lilloa 3: 31-33. 1 pl. 1938. [M. Calabur
Rao, C. V. The embryology of Muntingia engin L. Jour. Indian Bot. Soc.
Zi
SENSARMA, P. On the vascularization of the leaf and its associated structures
in Muntingia Calabura. Bot. Gaz. 119: 116-119. 1957. [Node 3-lacunar. ]
STANDLEY, P. Studies on American plants—I. Publ. Field Mus. Bot. 4:
197-299. 1929. [Dicraspidia Standl., 226-228; relationship with Mun-
tingia, 228. |
® After having established Dicraspidia, Standley (p. 228) wrote, “There is no
doubt in the writer’s mind, however, that the plant is closely related to the genus
Muntingia, and that it should be referred, consequently, to the Elaeocarpaceae, or
rather to Tiliaceae, if these families are to be combined. In general aspect, and in
a, leaf form, and gross appearance of the flower Muntingia and Dicraspidia
very similar, so much so that their relationship can scarcely be questioned.”
fecal & Chalk (p. 265) noted the similarity of the two in wood structure, which
is different from that of the rest of the Elaeocarpaceae. Dicraspidia, in turn, doubtless
is closely related to the monotypic eastern Peruvian MNeotessmannia Burret, the
‘ ma ,
Tiliaceae. That these genera are monotypic seems to indicate the saunas of the
up.
308 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL, 46
POLLEN OF DEGENERIA VITIENSIS
A. OrvitLe Dani! AND JoHN R. Rowtey ”
SINCE THE ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION of the uncommon, monotypic genus
Degeneria of the family Degeneriaceae by Bailey and Smith (1942),
additional collections of flowering and fruiting material throughout its
known range in Fiji have been made by Smith (1949). Swamy (1949),
in his careful morphological analysis of the family, included a description
of the microsporangium and microspores derived from Dr. Smith’s collec-
tions.
This paper is a summary of additional observations made on microspore
and pollen material utilizing primarily the techniques of phase contrast
microscopy in association with electron microscopy.
MATERIALS AND METHODS
All observations were based on preparations made from specimens col-
lected and preserved in Fiji by Dr. A. C. Smith. The field collections
available for use were Dr. Smith’s numbers 5744, 5875, and 5880. The
reagents used for fixation were limited to formalin-acetic acid-alcohol
(FAA) and, in one instance, to potable spirit (gin). Despite the poor
over-all state of preservation for purposes of electron microscopy, data on
our preparations are reported in view of the present scarcity of material.
Microspores and mature intact pollen grains were mounted from the
preservative into various media (cf. Bailey, 1960; Dahl, 1952). Precise,
but impermanent, staining of pectic components of apertural membranes
was attained by mounting the specimens in filtered 0.2% ruthenium red in
75% aqueous glycerine (Mangin, 1893; Bailey, 1960). The slides retained
specificity of reaction for a period of up to ten days when stored in a
refrigerator.
Material was mounted, either directly or after extracting aie aa
in lactic acid (ca. 85%) or media based largely on this reagent (e.g.
“lactic-iodine” made by combining 1 part of 1% iodine and 1% potassium
ae in 80% ethanol with 3 parts of lactic acid, or “lactic- triacetin”
work was supported in part by funds from the National Science Foundat
(Grant G9973) and the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, risk
Institutes of Health (Grant E3989). Grateful acknowledgment is made to Professor
I. W. Bai Dr. A. C. Smith for preserved material of Degeneria. Professor
Bailey generously provided research facilities during part of this study. In addition,
Dr. Johs. Iversen kindly made research facilities sabato in his laboratory at Dan-
marks Ge ne giske Undersggelse, Charlottenlund, Denm
* During early phases of this study, space and ae were generously provide d
by Profe. ani A. Frey-Wyssling and Professor K. Miihlethaler, Swiss Federal Institute
of Technology, Ziirich.
1965 | DAHL & ROWLEY, POLLEN OF DEGENERIA 309
composed of 4 parts lactic acid and 1 part triacetin, or “lactic-butanol”
prepared by combining 4 parts of lactic acid with 1 part of n-butanol).
Such non-hardening media require sealing of the cover glass with a rela-
tively inert varnish such as the phenolic “Tuf-On” #74 varnish (obtained
from Brooklyn Paint & Varnish Co., Inc., 50 Jay St., Brooklyn 1, N.Y.).
Preparations that did not require sealing were obtained by mounting the
material in a variation of Downs’ (1943) polyvinyl-lactophenol mixture
designed to attain much of the favorable optical characteristics of lactic
acid, This variation is made up of 3 parts lactic acid, 2 parts 15% aqueous
polyvinyl alcohol (medium viscosity), and 1 part phenol.
Pollen grains badly darkened by the preserving fluid were partially
cleared when mounted in 70% aqueous chloral hydrate. Such mounts
were satisfactory for phase contrast analysis.
A desirable optical environment for purposes of phase contrast analysis
of sections of methacrylate-embedded specimens with the embedding
medium still present was maintained by mounting the sections in a drop
of a 1:1 mixture of poppyseed oil and -butanol followed by sealing of the
cover glass. For ordinary microscopy, similar sections of methacrylate-
embedded microspores were mounted in the lactic acid-iodine medium.
After sealing, these preparations revealed the familiar yellow-stained cell
walls and purple-stained starch grains in an optically suitable environment.
Pollen grains were treated with Novopokrowsky’s (McLean & Cook,
1952) chloroiodide of zinc for observation of apertural structures.
Microscopical observations were made with apochromatic (Leitz, N.A.
1.32) and fluorite phase (Leitz, N.A. 1.15 and Wild, N.A. 1.30) objectives.
Electron microscope preparations were obtained from osmium tetroxide,
potassium permanganate, and uranyl acetate- stained materials (Pease,
1960) embedded in methacrylate or the polyester copolymer “Vestopal
W” (Ryter & Kellenberger, 1958).
OBSERVATIONS
Microspore Stages. During the quartet stage of telophase II of
meiosis, a callose wall up to ca. 2.5 » in thickness bounded each group of
microspore protoplasts. ey early microspores in the available quartet
stages did not have an exin
The youngest available nen (Fic. 1) bounded by exine were at
a pre-mitosis stage. The exine was fully developed and continuous over
the entire microspore surface. The outer surface of the exine was smooth
while the inner surface was fimbrillate (Fics. 5-7). An incipient aperture
was differentiated but not expanded. In thin sections, the exine was found
to taper gradually in thickness as it extended from proximal regions of the
pollen grain to the apertural margin where exine of minimal thickness
occurred (Fic. 5). Over the incipient germinal aperture, the exine was
undulate and was 3 to 5 times thinner than in nonapertural regions (Fics.
8 & 9). Intact microspores at this stage were about 40 to 44 » in diameter
with a perimeter of 125 to 135 » (Fic. 1).
310 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
. 1-4. In Ficures 1 to 3 the dimensions and form of the components
of these composite drawings were obtained from camera lucida drawings and
electron micrographs. Magnification, as reproduced X %%, ca. 1,100.
There was an intine-like, low density layer 0.4 to 0.05 » in thickness
under the nonapertural exine. At the aperture, the intine-like material
took the form of a thick, lens-shaped layer which showed localized dense
channels or pockets of material (Fic. 8). This layer was rapidly and
differentially stained with ruthenium red precisely as was the case in the
apertural intine of the mature pollen grains.
In addition to the well defined exine and a translucent intine-like layer
1965] DAHL & ROWLEY, POLLEN OF DEGENERIA 311
there were several dense lamellae between the exine and the presumed
intine (Fics. 6 & 9).
Mature Pollen Grain. The germinal aperture formed the only dif-
ferentiated feature of the psilate pollen grain. The aperture extended over
the distal surface to a point below the equator. At the distal pole, the
aperture was usually constricted while its ends were enlarged (Fic. 4).
A distinct but irregular exine margin was visible at an upper focal level
with phase contrast microscopy. At a lower focal plane, a well delimited
layer broader than the exinous opening ran the length of the furrow. This
was made conspicuous with the ruthenium red reagent. In surface view,
the layer appeared foveate, whereas in optical section it presented a
columellate or striate appearance (Fics. 10 & 11).
The aperture of pollen treated with Novopokrowsky’s chloroiodide of
zinc for ca. 30 minutes was striking in its greenish color and clearly re-
vealed in the Zwischenk6rper relatively fine structure having a striate
appearance. In equatorial views of such pollen grains, the generative cell
was usually close to the proximal pole, whereas the tube nucleus, while
adjacent, was closer to the distal pole. The generative cell is about 12 »
in diameter with a nucleus 6.7 » in diameter and a relatively inconspicuous
nucleolus approximately 1.6 » in diameter. In contrast, the tube nucleus
is approximately 10 » in diameter having a relatively conspicuous nucleolus
some 5 p» in diameter.
We obtained positive reactions for cellulose in a thin layer bounding
the protoplast but with the available specimens the microchemical tests
were frequently imprecise and difficult to interpret. With Novopokrow-
sky’s iodine-zinc chloride treatment a greenish coloration appeared, while
a slight bluish-green reaction occurred in the intine when iodine-potassium
iodide followed by 65% sulphuric acid were used. After bleaching with
30% H2O2 some of the pollen grains badly darkened by long storage in
fixative gave, with the IKI-H2SO, procedure, a purplish reaction possibly
Suggestive of cellulose at the surface of the protoplast. In unfixed pollen
of Liriodendron, these procedures resulted in the typical blue cellulosic
reaction in the inner intine of many grains. Bailey (1960), Martens and
Waterkeyn (1962), et al. have reported the characteristic presence of
cellulose in inner intine in a wide range of taxa including Magnolian and
Ranalian species. Final decision on its occurrence in Degeneria can best
be made with additional observations on fresh material.
In electron micrographs of pollen stained with osmium tetroxide and
embedded in methacrylate, the intine was seen to be composed of two
zones (Fics. 2 & 15). The inner zone was comparatively uniform in tex-
ture. Near the terminus of the aperture this zone had an internal thicken-
ing or bulge (Fics. 12 & 15). In nonapertural regions, the outer zone
consisted of strands which graded into material of spongy appearance in
the apertural part of the pollen grain (Fic. 15).
The appearance of the intine of pollen grains embedded in “‘Vestopal”
following staining with osmium tetroxide, uranyl acetate or potassium
JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM
[ VOL. 46
w
1965] DAHL & ROWLEY, POLLEN OF DEGENERIA 313
permanganate differed from the above in lacking a stranded inner zone
(Fics. 14 & 17). Analysis of sections before and after removal of em-
bedding matrix and shadowing showed that the spongy part of the intine
was composed of ramifying channels within the outer subdivision of the
intine (Fics. 15 & 16). In sections, the channels contained a dense sub-
stance (Fic. 17). Such channels were also visible in electron micrographs
and phase contrast photomicrographs of the germinal aperture in Lirioden-
dron pollen fixed in osmium tetroxide or potassium permanganate (Fics.
18-21).
In the early formation of the apertural intine of Liriodendron, strands
of microspore cytoplasm penetrated directly into the spongy structure
(Fic. 18). Elements of the endoplasmic reticulum were seen to extend into
the channels (Fic. 19). The inner zone of the intine was introduced at a
later stage of development (Fics. 20 & 21).
During maturation of the aperture in the pollen grain, cytoplasmic
strands crossed the inner zone of the apertural intine and connected with
the substance in the channels of the outer zone (Fics. 20 & 21). When
Liriodendron pollen reached maturity the channels still contained dense
material, but connections with the cytoplasm through the inner part of
the intine did not persist. Sections of Liriodendron, used for phase con-
trast microscopy, showed continuity of the material within channels of the
intine and the cytoplasm (Fie. 13).
In sections of Degeneria anthers, small round bodies (0.44 to 0.55 p in
diameter) having a density the same as the exine, some with an eccentric
cavity, were seen between the locule wall and the pollen wall (Fic. 15).
DISCUSSION
In its complex of pollen characters, Degeneria has natural alliance with
Magnolian taxa (Bailey and Smith, 1942; Swamy, 1949). The single
distal aperture is a familiar basic character. The following distinguishing
characters were observed in pollen of Degeneria: a narrow furrow extend-
ing over the distal hemisphere and ending somewhat below the equator in
(Note: beginning with ricure 5, the black scale line on the electron micrographs
is equal to one micron.)
S—7. 5, Electron micrograph of Degeneria vitiensis microspore fixed in
Ky inner surface of exine seen against intine (1) which has become separated
from exine. Magnification ca. 26,000
314 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VoL. 46
ae je a
Fics. 8-11. 8, Electron micrograph of Degeneria microspore. Exine at
1965] DAHL & ROWLEY, POLLEN OF DEGENERIA 315
the proximal hemisphere; a dumbbell-shaped aperture caused by an in-
crease in the width of the furrow in the equatorial region; an extremely
thin exine covering the distal surface with the exception of the narrow
aperture; and a smooth and internally amorphous exine even at magnifica-
tions of the order of 30,000 times. Many pollen types described as psilate
are found to be ornamented as improved methods of observation can be
applied, but Degeneria offers an example of an exine that is truly psilate.
The remarkable sponge-like apertural structure (Zwischenkdérper,
Fritzsche, 1837) of Degeneria pollen is portrayed in the electron micro-
graphs used for ricGuREs 15, 16, and 17. The channeled Zwischenkorper of
Degeneria microspores and pollen grains is similar to apertural structures
observed in Liriodendron tulipifera (Fic. 20). In Liriodendron prepara-
tions it is clear that the channels which are isolated in the Zwischenkérper
in mature pollen were part of a system of cytoplasmic strands connecting
the wall with peripheral cytoplasm of the microspore during early stages
of development (Fics. 13 & 18). As in Liriodendron, the Zwischenkérper
of Degeneria was quickly responsive to specific ruthenium red staining.
In microspores and mature pollen of both genera the ruthenium red
reagent sharply differentiated the Zwischenkérper as a channeled ribbon-
like structure. The red-violet ruthenium red coloration usually first
appeared in equatorial regions of the germinal furrow, and the color
was deeper there than in the distal region. Presumably, areas of intense
coloration following ruthenium red staining were loci of high polyuronide
concentrations (Bailey, 1960) and were related to the system of cyto-
plasmic strands. In Dr. A. C. Smith’s collection No. 5880 we found
grains with pollen tubes in various stages of emergence. Pollen tubes
were also reported for this material by Swamy (1949). The pollen tubes
we saw had gained exit at the ends of the germinal furrow in the region
giving the most intense reaction to ruthenium red. The exine bounding
the apertural area tapered to a thinness of 10-50 millimicra over the
Zwischenkérper (Fic. 15) and was difficult to separate from the Zwischen-
Orper in our electron micrographs (Fic. 16). Evidence for an exine-like
covering over the distal surface comes from LO analysis of intact pollen
and the resistance of material in that part of the wall to acetolysis. In
mature grains stained with potassium permanganate, the exine seemed to
presumptive aperture (A) is differentiated into a thin and folded form, but
there is no opening; intine is lens shaped in apertural region and considerably
thicker than elsewhere; relies pockets of dense material (arrow) may be
n in intine. Magnification ca. 11,000. 9, Similar to FIGURE 8 except for
gni-
fication ca. 1,400. e pollen grain as in FIGURE 10, except lower focal
pred at level of egetied scar: phase contrast. Magnification ca.
,400.
316 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VOL. 46
IGS. 12-15. te: ‘Dessaiess (Smith 5744), FAA fixation; gos _ mounting
medium; without phase contrast; pe gee almost median, tion of distal
aperture. Magnification ca. 1,400. Liriodendron vallipifore (Univ. of Min-
nesota Bot. Garden); fixation 57 ve ts 22 RS #4; ultra thin section mounted
1965] DAHL & ROWLEY, POLLEN OF DEGENERIA 317
terminate near the limits of the Zwischenkérper while the dense material
between the exine and intine continued out over the intine. The lateral
per
illustrates the above relationships of the homogeneous exine, intine, and
dense middle materia
Exclusive of the thin exine-like material over the Zwischenkorper, the
area of the exine is only slightly greater for mature pollen than for micro-
spores. Accommodation for the increased surface area demanded by the
greater volume of the protoplast of mature pollen, as shown in FIGURES
1 and 2, seems to reside in the thin cover over the Zwischenkorper and the
expanded ends of the aperture. The thin exinous covering of the apertural
region must originate either by stretching of existing exine (perhaps the
folded covering seen in presumptive apertures of microspores in FIGURE
8) or by proliferation from new sporopollenin between the microspore and
mature pollen stages
For Degeneria there is little evidence for deciding between the alterna-
tives, stretching of existing exine or deposition of new sporopollenin. The
fimbrillae of the inner exine surface change slightly in form from the
microspore stage to mature pollen (Fics. 6 & 14), tending to be more
widely spaced and shorter in the mature exine. This phenomenon could be
used with equal justification to argue for expansion of the entire exine
cover or addition of new sporopollenin. Addition of at least some new
sporopollenin to the exine following attainment of exine final form, prior
to microspore mitosis, was reported for pollen of Poa annua (Rowley, 1962).
But evidence is also available to support modifications in exine form by
expansion of the exine. Kuprianova (1948) proposed that the differences
in pollen size and shape in the Commelinaceae were largely the product of
variation in the amount of expansion of the apertural part of the grains.
In mature grains of Pollia, Floscopa, and Commelina, Kuprianova’s illus-
trations suggest expansion of apertural ornamentations from a system like
the nonapertural part of these pollen grains. In Commelinantia anomala,
where conditions for determining the stage of development and fixation
were more satisfactory than for Degeneria, we have made some deductions
in 1:1 poppyseed oil-butanol; phase contrast. Lines in intine ee
to pollen protoplast are channels containing cytoplasm . Magnific ation ca. 1,800
par ne
pollen. A zone of dense material is between - exine (E) and intine ( I); outer
rm
apa thickening ) oriented parallel with aperture in the equa a region ;
the outer part of intine constructed of strands Le right) which join the
weil pat uel at ein re margin; small roun s (U), some with central
de located between locule wall (L) and pore grain. Magnifica
ca. 5,000.
318 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Fics. 16 and 17. 16, ei ak the same material as in FIGURE 15 following
penoval of the methacrylate a shadowing with palladium. Internal pee
(Z
rt 0 :
between exine (1 ) and intine (1) extends out over the Zwischenkérper (Z)-
Channels in Zwischenkérper contain dense substance. Magnification ca. 3,500.
1965] DAHL & ROWLEY, POLLEN OF DEGENERIA 319
which parallel Kuprianova’s suggestions and may be partially applicable
to formation of the thin exine bordering the Degeneria aperture (Rowley
& Dahl, 1962). In C. anomala, insulae bisected by the aperture margin
had the appearance of apertural insulae at one end and nonapertural
insulae at the other with indications of deformation by stretching in the
middle regions. The endexine was reduced in height in the middle region
from about 500 to 50 millimicra, concomitantly going from a sheet to a
network, and the tegillar ends of columellae were tilted toward the aper-
ture. We feel that these effects could be produced by movement of the
apertural ends of insulae bisected by the aperture margin toward the
aperture. The proximal ends of columellae around the periphery of aper-
tural insulae splay outward and augment the notion that tension could
be responsible for the tilting of columellae and conversion of endexine
from a sheet to net form.
It may seem self evident that new sporopollenin would be added
throughout the period of exine enlargement, but there are observations
which suggest that the addition of new exine material is either stopped or
does not keep pace with the area increase required by volume changes
in the pollen protoplast during final maturation. In work with pollen of
the Amaranthaceae Kajale (1940), for example, noted that the exine in
mature grains was thinner than in earlier stages apparently due to its
being stretched by protoplast growth.
Round bodies were seen in Degeneria anthers between the tapetum or
locular wall and the male gametophyte in quartet, microspore, and mature
pollen stages. These bodies frequently had central or eccentric openings
of low density which in mature stages were found to be empty cavities
after removal of the embedding material and shadowing with heavy
metals. These exine-like bodies are similar to the tapetal secretion drop-
lets, orbicules, or Ubisch bodies described or reviewed by Maheshwari
(1950), Erdtman, et al. (1961), Heslop-Harrison (1962), Takats (1962),
and Rowley (1963). In Degeneria, these orbicule-like bodies exhibit the
psilate surfaces characteristic of the mature exine. It appears possible that
some association exists between orbicules and the mature exine in the
character of the ornamentation of the respective surfaces.
SUMMARY
Based upon material fixed by Dr. A. C. Smith in Fiji, the mature pollen
wall of Degeneria vitiensis I. W. Bailey & A. C. Smith is psilate and tapers
gradually from the proximal surface to a thin edge in the apertural region.
The exine is internally amorphous. The inner surface is not smooth like
the outer but fimbrillate. The intine is subdivided into an extensive lens-
shaped Zwischenkérper, an outer part limited to the apertural region, and
an inner part that envelops the cytoplasm and has but one distinguishing
feature, a longitudinally oriented bulge parallel with the aperture and
protruding into the cytoplasm. Ramifying channels in the Zwischenkérper
contain a dense material. Several photomicrographs and electron micro-
320 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VOL. 46
Fics. 18 and 19. 18, Electron micrograph of Liriodendron tulipifera micro-
1965] DAHL & ROWLEY, POLLEN OF DEGENERIA 321
graphs of pollen of Liriodendron tulipifera are included to demonstrate
continuity of the dense material in the Zwischenkérper with the pollen
cytoplasm in that species.
Quartet and late microspore stages are compared with mature pollen
grains of Degeneria to suggest the mode of aperture differentiation and
sequence of formation of the intine subdivisions. A dense material was
seen between the homogeneous exine and the intine in both late micro-
spores and mature pollen. Round exine-like bodies seen between the wall
of the pollen grain and the tapetum or locule wall may be orbicules.
LITERATURE CITED
BalLey, I. W. 1960. Some useful techniques in the study and interpretation
of pollen morphology. Jour. Arnold Arb. 41: 141-148.
A. C. SmitrH. 1942. Degeneriaceae, a new family of flowering plants
from Fiji. Jour. Arnold Arb. 23: 356-365.
The comparative morphology of the Icacinaceae, VI. The
6.
~)
>
ay
ee
o
©
nN
Downs, W. G. 1943. Polyvinyl alcohol: a medium for mounting and clearing
biological specimens. Science 97: 539-540.
ErpTMAN, G., B. BERGLUND, & PraGLowskI. 1961. An introduction to a
Scandinavia pollen flora. Gaia Palyn. 2(3): 3-92
FRITzSCHE, J. 1837. Ueber den Pollen. Mém. Acad. St. Pétersb. Sav. Etr. 3:
HEsLop-Harrison, J. 1962. Origin of exine. Nature 195: 1069-1071.
Kajate, L. B. 1940. A contribution to the embryology of Amaranthaceae.
Proc. Natl. Inst. India 6: 597-625.
Kuprtanova, L. A. 1948. Pollen morphology of nga nae plants (in
Russian). Acta Inst. Bot. Acad. Sci. URSS. Ser. 1. 7: 163-262.
McLean, R. C. & W. R. I. Coox. 1952. Plant science ae Macmillan
& Co. Ltd., London.
MAHESHWaARI, P. 1950. An introduction to the embryology of angiosperms.
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New Yor
Manern, L. 1893. Sur Pemploi du rouge de ruthénium en anatomie végetale.
Compt. Rend. Acad. Paris 116: 653-656.
Martens, P. & L. WATERKEYN. 1962. Structure du pollen “Ailé” chez les
Coniferes: Cellule 62: 173-222.
Pease, D. C. 1960. pcg spite techniques for electron microscopy. Academic
ress, New York a ondon
Rowley, J. R. 1962. Nonhomogeneo sporopollenin in microspores of Poa
annua, Grana Palyn. 3(3): 3-1
spore fixed in KMnQ, and embedded in ‘“‘Vestopal-W.” Intine greatly thickened
In region of aperture (aperture margin, ; early localization of cytoplasmic
r pa
ndop i um
intine (arrow); labeled c ae organelles are mitochondrio 5 vacuole
(V), and starch grains (S) in a plastid. Magnification ca. 22 ‘000.
322 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Fics. 20 and 21. 20, Electron micrograph of nearly mature pollen of Lirioden-
dron tulipifera. Thic k - ‘cae showing cytoplasmic connections across yer
part of intine (mea cytoplasmic areas in the Zwischenkérper (Z)-
inner zone of greater fies to electrons developing i in the intine near aide
1965] DAHL & ROWLEY, POLLEN OF DEGENERIA 323
. 1963. Ubisch body development in Poa annua. Ibid. 4(1): 25-36.
A. O. DAHL. 1962. The aperture of the pollen grain in Canialiacnides
Pollen et Spores 4: 221-232.
Ryter, A. & E. KELLENBERGER. 1958. L’inclusion au polyester pour l’ultrami-
crotomie. Jour. Ultrastructure Res. 2: 200-214.
SmitH, A. C. 1949. Additional notes on Degeneria vitiensis. Jour. Arnold
Arb. 30:
Swamy, B. G. L. 1949. Further contributions to the morphology of the
Degeneriaceae. Jour. Arnold Arb. 30: 10-38.
Takats, S. T. 1962. An attempt to detect utilization of DNA breakdown
products from the tapetum for DNA synthesis in the microspores of
Lilium longiforum. Am. Jour. Bot. 49: 748-758
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY,
UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLV.
PHILADELPHIA, ae [A.O.Dahl through 1965-66]
AND
DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY,
UNIVERSITY OF MassACHUSETTS,
AMHERST, MASSACHUSETTS
e pollen grain. eng fication ca. oo ZA. See micrograph from a
thin section of the Sieg E 20. Figure includes some of tube
nucleus cytoplasm at , dense inner e art of intine parce center (1),
xtto an
art of outer portion of nen of the aperture at top (Z). Magnification ca.
24,000.
324 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
LETTERS FROM CHARLES SPRAGUE SARGENT TO
REGINALD SOMERS COCKS, 1908-1926 *
Edited by JosEpH EWAN
147
June 26, 1917.
It is a long time since I have had any word from you. I hope you have
not, like most of the rest of the world, given yourself up to raising potatoes
and cabbages. There is too much botany left to be finished in Louisiana
for that. I shall be glad to hear what you have seen and accomplished
since you last wrote.
148
June 29, 1917.
The enclosed memorandum,' which do not return, may be of service to
u
I do not understand why we overlooked this tree when we were at
Hammond, but I suppose we were busy thinking of other things.
How about the small Live Oak which we saw there on the prairies?
I hope you won’t fail to get the fruit.
149
July 18, 1917.
It is such a long time since I have had any word from you that I am
beginning to be anxious about you. I hope you are not sick or otherwise
incapacitated. Won’t you drop me a line?
150
August 22, 1917.
Glad to get your letter even if it is written from such a place as Berlin.
I am glad that you will undertake the Opelousas and Springfield Oaks and
I am counting on you to do this. I hope you will get specimens of the Oak
with rhomboidal leaves.
You say that I have flowers of the Lake Charles Linden, but I haven’t
flowers, only young buds, of the Linden of which I need material, that is
the tree at the ferry in West Lake Charles. If you have ever collected
flowers of this I hope you will let me have them. This you know is the
tree which has puzzled us a good deal and which we thought last spring
was different from any of the other Louisiana Lindens.
* Continued from volume 46, p. 159.
** Enclosure missing.
“2 mi. s. of Sardis, Dallas Co., Alabama.
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 325
Is there any chance of your being north this summer?
P.S.— Do you remember that Carya alba-like tree by roadside near
Loringer with slender branchlets and very tomentose young leaves? I
judge that the Winnfield tree which has so long bothered us is the same
and I have specimens of what I take to be the same thing from Natchez.
This is a tree which needs investigation. It may be only a variety of alba
but it is unusual and we need mature leaves and fruit.
151
August 27, 1917.
I have yours of the 23rd and the specimen of Quercus, for which many
thanks. This is not a straight rkombifolia but may be a form of it with
lobed leaves. Notice the long-stalked fruit. I hope you will get specimens
later and if possible find more trees.
There are no end of forms apparently of these southern Oaks. What
should you think of the proposition of referring everything from Louisiana
which has been called /aurifolia to forms of Q. nigra?
152
October 27, 1917.
I am delighted with your bundle of specimens. The leaves of Quercus
geminata are much thicker and more prominently veined than those of
Q. virginiana. The Louisiana Live Oak is like the type as known to
Catesby, Linnaeus, etc.
Quercus geminata, which is described as a small tree, by Small, is at
Biloxi a large tree, as large as the common Live Oak with which it grows.
It often has solitary fruit just as the typical Live Oak has the fruit in pairs,
in threes or in fours in spite of anything Sargent’s Manual may say.
Quercus virginiana and Q. geminata seem to run together and I am going
to consider the latter a form of the former. Small and Britton evidently
got the two a good deal mixed up. I have not seen Quercus geminata
from Louisiana or Texas. :
We have no specimens of Q. myrtifolia from Louisiana and it should
be dropped from the state unless we can get some real evidence of its
occurrence there. The Chandeleur Islands are where it might be expected.
Do you know anything of these Islands? I regret to say that we have no
specimen from the Islands in Mississippi Sound on which this plant is
reported to be very common. How can one be obtained?
Is your Quercus No. 4334 from Opelousas one of the trees with scaly
bark in the low ground near Washington? This number seems to be the
only one which has fruit. It may be hard to distinguish this specifically
from the Post Oak, but it is evidently a distinct variety and a very fine tree.
Quercus No. 4716 near Hammond, Sargent and Cocks, in the spring. Is
this from the small tree on the prairies with pale bark and slender drocping
branches? If so, it seems to be an undescribed and interesting form of the
Live Oak. Your small shrubs seem to be the same, so I suppose it is both
a tree and a shrub.
326 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
I am glad to get the acorns of Q. repanda. I suppose it is undoubtedly
a form of the White Oak, although the acorns do not look much like white
corns.
I should think now that we had Louisiana trees pretty well cleared
up with the exception of Crataegus and the thin-branched, small-budded
form of Carya alba. Have you been able to do anything about that? It
grows near Hammond and at Wakefield near the quarry. I wish I knew
more about this tree. I suppose you will have sometime specimens of
Carya pallida from near Alexandria for me.
I hope your health is restored and that you have at last partially re-
covered from the shock of living in a town called Berlin. Did you come
north this summer at all?
153
November 9, 1917.
Glad to get your letter of October 31st with information about the Oaks.
In regard to the Washington Oak I do not think it can be a hybrid, at
least I can see nothing of Quercus alba in it. Quercus Margaretta is
nothing but a Post Oak with the lobes of the leaves rounded at the ends.
Such leaves with rounded lobes and others with the ordinary square lobes
occur on the same tree and often on the same branch.
The dwarf Post Oak from Selma I want to call forma stolonifera of
Q. stellata. The Hammond 4716 is certainly a very distinct form 0
Q. virginiana and might almost be called a species.
The Oak with rhombic leaves I have described as Q. nigra var. rhombi-
folia. I am not sure, however, after seeing your Alabama specimens if it
should not be called a species. It certainly has more to do with nigra than
with the Laurel Oak which has smaller, much thicker leaves which become
much lobed on vigorous young shoots. My idea now is that the Laurel
Oak does not get into Louisiana
I have n’t been to look at the Lindens yet. I want to wait until the whole
season’s collecting is in before tackling the annual job. I was in hopes I was
going to finish it this year, but there is certainly an undescribed Linden
near Raleigh, North Carolina, and apparently another at Charleston.
Certainly there is no end to them.
154
November 27, 1917.
I do not know what to say about your hybrid Selma Oak. If Quercus
imbricaria occurred in that region I should guess that it was one of the
parents, but we have no indication here that Q. imbricaria reaches Alabama
at all. My guess would be that Q. marilandica is one parent and the other
may be nigra. Such determinations of hybrids, unfortunately, are almost
always pure guesswork and one person’s guess is as good as another.
Any word yet of that thin-branched Carya alba?
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 327
155
December 10, 1917.
I have been in Florida for a few days looking at Quercus laurifolia, etc.,
and returning here find yours of the 3rd.
I am sorry that we are still short of that Wakefield Hickory which if it
is a form of Carvya alba, is certainly interesting.
Yes, I know H. S. Dawson who is the son of a man who for many years
was Superintendent of the Arboretum. There are few people probably
in the United States who are less fitted for intelligent planting in Louisiana
as he knows nothing of the southern vegetation. Ness I know about, that
is if he is the Professor at the University of Texas who has raised a
Quercus virginiana lyrata hybrid which is identical with our Natchez
tree.” I am more than ever convinced that Q. laurifolia has not been col-
lected yet in Louisiana. It grows in Mississippi City on the Sound and if it
was anywhere in Mississippi it would be in the Hammond region which
ought to be examined further for it. I will send you one of my Florida
specimens in a few days to guide you in any hunt you may undertake.
156
December 24, 1917.
The Lake Charles Oak which we called [Quercus] laurifolia I take to be
Q. rhombifolia. There is no fruit. I am placing with Q. rkombifolia also
Palmer’s 8487 from Welsh, your Mandeville specimen 4698, your Pineville
specimen 4702, although this last may be a hybrid, your Springfield March
1917 (type), and your 4710, your Slidell 4708 and your Sardis 4706, also
4712. I think we shall have to consider this a species.
I have a leaf specimen of Ness’s /yrata % virginiana, hybrid, and a
photograph of the fruit produced by his plant and they seem identical with
the Natchez-New Orleans tree. It is a wise parent who knows his own
offspring.
Please do not forget that you are going to send me specimens of Carya
pallida from near Alexandria.
Louisiana Crataegus. I have been talking with Harbison about the
species of Crataegus which he discovered near Opelousas. Cocks’s 39 from
Natchitoches equals C. edura Beadle. We have Beadle’s cotype but you
and I do not appear to have collected this species near Opelousas.
C. albicera, We have a cotype collected one mile south of Opelousas in
fruit. We do not seem to have collected it.
C. coccinea. We have a cotype collected seven miles west of Opelousas.
We have n’t collected this.
C. tersa is our No. 2 from west of Opelousas, April 4, 1913. Your un-
numbered specimens of April 1914 and my specimens in fruit of Nos. 3
and 6 of October 1913 are this species.
Beadle writes, —“I see by my notes that it is C. albicera that has
Ness, H. Hybrids of the live oak and overcup oak. Jour. Heredity 9: 263-268.
328 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VOL. 46
pure yellow and edible fruit. Under this species I said in fall of 1901,
‘large yellow fruit, just getting ripe, acid, good to eat.’ The type tree is in
low woods seven miles west of Opelousas. C. crocinna [sic] is another
yellow one ripening its fruit about a month later than that of C. albicera.
This grows in the same low woods west of Opelousas. C. edura and C.
tersa have red or ruddy fruit, not edible. These trees grow in upland woods
and I think the type trees are within half a mile of Opelousas. I am not
positive, however, having no record of the number of the type trees. South
and east of Opelousas was a large enclosure used for pasture. In this
enclosure is where I first found these species. I went along the Railway
in the direction of Lafayette half a mile or less and climbed the wire fence
and back in this woodland pasture is where I found the trees. There must
be some C. albicera in the vicinity of Opelousas for I found yellow fruit
under a C. edura tree and collected it by mistake, afterwards learning
from a boy that he and other boys pelted some girls with yellow haws
while they were sitting under that tree eating grapes.’
Really a yellow-fruited Crus-galli species is rare. I certainly never went
to this station south of Opelousas which Harbison talks about and I
wonder if you have been there. This might be a good place to visit some-
time if you want to get material of these Hawthorns.
With best wishes for the New Year, I am,
157
January 16, 1918.
I have been looking at Oaks lately and think that Palmer’s 7448 and
7473 Natchitoches are only a large-leaved form of Q[wuercus] nigra.
Quercus 1002, Sardis, is I think marilandica velutina, a common
hybrid which is not rare & is widely distributed. I think of calling this
Q. Bushii as it appears to have been first collected by Bush.
Cocks’s 4702, Pineville, April 1917, looks like a hybrid between
rhombifolia and velutina. Did you get it again in the autumn? Fruit and
mature leaves should be collected. This seems to be quite a new hybrid
and looks interesting.
Cocks’s Selma 4704. For a guess this may be a Catesbaei and nigra
cross, and to this cross Trelease has given the name of Q. Walteriana
ined. I am not entirely satisfied with this guess, but Catesbaei is surely
one parent.
Have you ever made that trip to the Chandeleur Islands?
I am sorry to see that you are having very cold weather with snow at
New Orleans, and I am afraid there has been a good deal of damage done
to plants. This has been the worst winter here I can remember so far as
cold is concerned but we have n’t had yet much snow. I hope you are well.
158
January 16, 1918.
The Oak Ashe has tried to write you about is his Quercus rubra var.
leucophylla. 1 enclose a copy of his original description from the Bulletin
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 329
of the Charleston Museum.'® This Oak has long troubled Harbison and
me, and I am glad that Ashe has made what seems to be a good disposition
of it. The only Louisiana specimens I have seen are Palmer’s Natchitoches
7443 and Welsh 8486, Cocks’s Mandeville 1787, May 1908, as Q. pagodae-
folia. I collected it at Lake Charles April 13, 1915, and the only Selma
specimen I have seen is Harbison’s #20 “in woods west of the city, April
if Tig
I never told Ashe that it was the largest tree in the swamps in any part
of Louisiana for I have seen very little of it in your state. What I did tell
him I think was that it was one of the largest trees in the swamps about
River Junction, Florida.
The Springfield tree I am describing as Q. rhombifolia. I am glad to
know that it holds its leaves later than nigra.
How about this evergreen Q. Phellos you speak of? Isn’t there some
mistake, and have you not got hold of laurifolia which is evergreen and
which has leaves a good deal like those of Phellos?
159
February 13, 1918.
I shall write you in a day or two at some length about the Quercus
situation in Louisiana and I am only writing today to call your attention
again to your Oak No. 6 from St. Tammany July 1900.
I cannot make anything out of this but Quercus borealis and Q. borealis
is the most northern of the Atlantic Oaks and grows only in very cold
regions. If your tree is really this species its presence in Louisiana is be-
yond my understanding. This is a matter certainly for further investiga-
tion and it will be interesting to know if this tree is common.
In my Manual Quercus Catesbaei is credited to eastern Louisiana, but
there is no specimen from Louisiana in this herbarium. There is no speci-
men either of Q. cinerea from eastern Louisiana where it might be ex-
pected. You ought to try and find some sandy region in Louisiana east of
the river, for if you can I think you will find growing on it the thick-
leaved Q. virginiana, Q. cinerea and Q, Catesbaei.
We have only one specimen of Q. marilandica from Louisiana, Palmer’s
No. 7517. There is no indication that this tree grows in eastern Louisiana
and no specimen collected by you. We have no specimen of Q. Prinus
(Michauxii) from western Louisiana, and no specimen of Q. rubra
(falcata) from eastern Louisiana collected by you. We have no specimen
of Quercus lyrata from eastern Louisiana and none collected by you or me
in Louisiana.
It looks to me as if more attention should be paid to eastern Louisiana
for the determination of the distribution of Louisiana trees. There does
not seem to be any reason why trees growing at Biloxi and Mississippi City
should not cross the Pearl River if there is any sandy soil for them to
grow in.
** Ase, W. W. Bull. Charleston Mus. 13: 25, 26. 1917.
330 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VvoL. 46
160
February 15, 1918.
I have this morning your letter of the 11th with specimen of Quercus.
The twigs to which you refer are not in the package and I suppose will
arrive later.
I never heard of the man Neal who has been appointed Superintendent
of Audubon Park.
Your evergreen Willow Oak from Sardis is, as I suspected, Q. /aurifolia.
This makes a new tree for that apparently inexhaustible region. Quercus
laurifolia is one of the best street trees in the world for the southern states
and there is no better tree for New Orleans. It is worth going to Jackson-
ville, Florida, to see the Laurel Oaks which have been planted there.
161
February 15, 1918.
I have your note of the 24th and am now ready to report on the
Louisiana Oaks.
Quercus rhombifolia I find was used by Riddell for one of his species de-
scribed in 1853 in the New Orleans Medical Repository, so I have substi-
tuted rhombica for the new Water Oak.
Post Oaks.
There are two distinct forms of Post Oak, the first with stout tomentose
branches and the other with slender glabrous or nearly glabrous branches.
To the first group belongs the typical Quercus stellata with the upper
lobes of the leaves broad and truncate or slightly lobed. To this I refer
Palmer’s No. 8492, Welsh, and Natchitoches No. 8912. We collected it
on March 29th last growing on dry ground near Springfield. Of the form
with glabrous branches the most common and widely distributed is the
variety Margaretta Ashe with usually rounded lobes to the leaves, gla-
brous above and loose pubescent below, slender reddish branchlets and
very close bark. From Louisiana I find only one specimen which seems
to belong to this variety, Palmer’s No. 9465 from Chestnut, with young
leaves only, and a specimen collected by Letterman at Shreveport July
23, 1891. This variety grows at Selma and I am calling the little running
Selma Oak Quercus stellata var. Margaretta {. stolonifera.
I propose the name of Quercus stellata var. araniosa for the Post Oak
with scaly bark and loose cobwebby tomentum on the lower surface of
the leaves which have both square and rounded lobes. The numbers are
Palmer’s 8770, Grand Ecore (type), 7518, 8769 and 9446, Grand Ecore;
7978 and 8838, Chopin, and 7361 Natchitoches. I suggest the name
Q. stellata var. paludosa for the Washington trees with scaly bark, making
your No. 4734 the type. This variety is distinct in its scaly bark, in the
shape of the leaves and in the close tomentum on their lower surface.
I am afraid we must call your Sardis numbers 898, 912 and 940 the
Scarlet Oak after all, much as I dislike the idea of a Scarlet Oak growing
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 331
so far south. I suggest Q. coccinea var. tuberculata for it, making No. 898
the extreme form of the type.
On April 4, 1913, we collected in low wet woods west of Opelousas
specimens of a large Post Oak with scale bark, hoary-tomentose branch-
lets and square-lobed leaves covered below with yellowish brown tomen-
tum. You collected probably from the same tree on April 3, 1916 (No.
4022). The mature leaves and fruit of this tree have not been collected.
On April 3, 1913, we collected in the same locality what must be another
form of Post Oak, also with scale bark, the leaves with square lobes but
sparingly pubescent below, and stellate-pubescent, not tomentose, branch-
lets. You have n’t collected autumn specimens from either of these trees.
but your Natchitoches specimen, October 1913, a tree with broad lobed
leaves, might be the same as the second of these Opelousas Post Oaks, as
may be Palmer’s Welsh 8491 in low wet woods.
The Post Oaks west of Opelousas should be followed up this year for,
with the exception of them and your Pineville hybrid, all the Louisiana
Oaks which we have seen are now accounted for. Other hybrids will no
doubt be found, and I confidently expect you to send me specimens of
Quercus virginiana geminata and Q. laurifolia as these are common at
Mississippi City and should reach the extreme western parishes.
Most of the Louisiana Live Oaks are typical Quercus virginiana, but
for the little Oak with pale bark and small leaves from the neighborhood
of Springfield I am suggesting the name of Q. virginiana var. eximia.
Your 4716 is the type. Other numbers are 4718, 4720, 4722 and 4726,
The Live Oak with strongly reticulately veined leaves revolute on the
margins and tomentose below I call Q. virginiana var. geminata. This has
not yet been found in Louisiana but it is so common in southern Mississippi
that I am sure you will find it somewhere west of the Pearl River.
Quercus texana Shumardii is my name for the Texas Oak with shallow
cups with often much thickened scales. It is Palmer’s Natchitoches 7442,
8761, 8762 and 9420; Mooringport 9408; Grand Ecore 7522, 9451;
Shreveport 9481; Lake Charles 8522; Lake Charles, collected by us April
12, 1915, a tree one hundred and ten feet high. Cocks, East Opelousas,
4020, Richland County, June 21, 1905.
The variety with deeper cup-shaped or turbinate cups I call Quercus
texana var. Schneckii. This we collected on the West Plantation April 14,
1916, on the Fort Plantation (Nos. 1 & 2), April 13, 1916, on the Dessert
Plantation April 14, 1916, near Laurel Hill, March 28, 1910. It is Palmer's
8735, Windsor (very typical), Chopin 8835. It is your Richland No.
1915, September 21, 1910, 89352; and our Monroe, October 8, 1913.
I have no evidence that the variety Shumardii grows in Louisiana east
of the river, but it is so common in Mississippi and Alabama I should
expect to find it there. The typical Q. texana has deeply lobed leaves and
small acorns with turbinate cups, and is found only on the limestone hills
of central and western Texas.
Quercus nigra var. tridentifera. I suggest this as the name for the Water
Oak with leaves distinctly three-lobed at the apex. We collected it April
$32 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
13th near Laurel Hill and this I consider the type. We also collected it
at Lorenger March 30, 1917. You collected it in Audubon Park October
1913, and I collected it probably from the same tree in Audubon Park,
March 31, 1917. There is a well-marked small tree of this variety in the
fence row by road (right hand side) leading from Selma to Sardis.
Quercus rubra var. leucophylla Ashe in Bull. Charleston Mus. xiii. 25
(April 1917). To this variety, which has probably been taken, without
the fruit having been seen, for Q. velutina and sometimes for Q. pagodae-
folia, I now refer your Quercus pagodaefolia (?), Mandeville 1787, May
1908, our Lake Charles, April 13, 1915, Palmer’s Welsh 8486, and Natch-
itoches 7443. This tree needs further investigation for its distribution in
Louisiana. The leaves on upper branches are deeply lobed and pale-pubes-
cent on the lower surface, but on lower branches they are less deeply
lobed with usually five broad lobes, and are green on the lower surface.
Harbison has noticed that the hilum of the seed is pink.
Quercus rubra var. triloba Ashe is the name of the Spanish Oak with
leaves three-lobed at the apex. There is no specimen of this variety here
from Louisiana, but as it grows at Biloxi and near Natchez, I should
expect to find it in eastern Louisiana. We have very little Quercus
velutina from Louisiana, only Palmer’s specimens from Shreveport and
Natchitoches, your West Feliciana 2600, May 15, 1915, your Richland 1,
January 1908, and a specimen collected by Mohr at Shreveport November
1880. None of these will pass for the variety missouriensis which should
be looked for in western Louisiana as it grows at Fulton, Arkansas. I
shall be glad of more Q. velutina to show its range in the state.
Quercus Comptonae. I am giving this name to the Natchez Oak which
we think is a hybrid between /yrata and virginiana. This is your tree
which is in Audubon Park and in one of the New Orleans streets. Please
give me the name of the street where we saw it.
What do you say to calling your Selma 938 and 814 a cinerea and rubra
cross? To this cross Trelease has given the name of Q. subintegra. I
have placed it in that group.
Quercus 4702. This is probably a rhombifolia velutina cross. It is
interesting and I should like to see the fruit. This number I hope you
will follow up.
Please tell me if this Pineville is across the river from Alexandria. I
have tried again to determine Riddell’s Oaks in the New Orleans Medical
Repository but I can make nothing out of them at all satisfactory. Might
not his rhombifolia from Alexandria be your 4702?
I don’t find Alabama 968, but 938 which is subintegra Trelease.
With our present knowledge of Louisiana Oaks it ought to be easy now
to find out more about them, and especially about their distribution. I
hope you will collect them whenever you have the opportunity. I do not
think Richland Parish and the Arkansas border parishes have been
sufficiently explored. Can’t you manage this? The parishes along the
Pearl River also need a careful search. We need specimens of the shrubby
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 333
Willow from Louisiana you have spoken to me about. I do not think we
have it here.
I shall have another go at the Tilias as soon as I have finished Quercus.
162
February 18, 1918.
The Japanese Quercus which they are planting in New Orleans is
Quercus glauca," a widely distributed species in Japan, China and the
Himalayas. It is a very fine tree, of course, but not as good for New
Orleans as Q. laurifolia which I wish they would plant there. Do you
happen to know where they got Quercus glauca? I did not know that it
was cultivated in the United States.
I suppose that I told you our Malus No. 2 from west of Opelousas was
M. [unpublished binomial for M. ioensis var. creniserrata|. I believe now
that the Louisiana Malus situation has been cleared up.
163
February 21, 1918.
I am glad to see by yours of the 18th that Quercus marilandica and
Catesbaei grow in eastern Louisiana. I should like to have specimens of
all the eastern Louisiana Oaks to show their distribution in the state.
This is important with the commonest species, for it is impossible to
remember the distribution of every tree without reference to the herbarium.
I should think it possible that you could find Quercus laurifolia culti-
vated in New Orleans. If it is there it would be an indication that it was
brought from Eastern Louisiana, for I do not think that there are many
nursery grown native Oaks planted in the south.
I am proposing to call the Pineville hybrid which looks very distinct to
me Quercus Cocksii as there does n’t seem to be anything better in
Louisiana in the way of an Oak for that name. I hope you will get
more material.
I hope about the middle of April to get down to North Carolina for a
few days, but I am very much afraid I shall not be able to see you in
Louisiana this spring; but you will have enough to do without me.
I have been working for two months on Quercus and am now going to
take up Carya and Tilia again.
164
March 1, 1918.
Tilia 964 Sardis I suppose is what we have called T. heterophylla. 1200
Sardis has all the earmarks of T. americana, now to be called T. glabra,
but I hate to believe that this tree grows in Alabama. Still this is not per-
haps as remarkable as it is to find Q|[uercus| borealis in Louisiana.
#1202 looks like 1200, except that the axillary tufts are wanting or
“This oak, the commonest species in Japan, has evidently been lost in the New
Orleans area.
334 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VOL. 46
very small. With these I suppose belong Selma 822 equals 784, 6, 960 and
several specimens without numbers collected by you in 1914. Also “Tilia
americana,” Wakefield, West Feliciana, June 1907, and “Tilia americana”
near Alexandria, June 1907. These last should be looked up and more
should be known about them.
1204 Sardis seems the same as 1202. 962, 970, 782 and 836 Sardis are
all incomplete. 962 and 968 Sardis have loose pubescence on the lower
surface of the leaves, that is it is easily rubbed off. I do not know what
these are. Young leaves and flowers are desirable.
There is still the tree by the Ferry at Lake Charles to complete. It is
our +2 and flowers have not been collected unless your specimens from
edge of Lake Charles collected May 10, 1911 but not numbered is that
species. Some one has written on the label in pencil “referred to 4740”
whatever that may mean. The leaves of this specimen have lost the
lustrous bluish colors so conspicuous on the March specimens of #2. I
judge that this Ferry tree blooms before the other species as the flower-
buds on March 23, 1907 were pretty well developed. I think this must
be an undescribed species. It is nearest, perhaps, to T. nuda but differs
in the lustrous lower surface of the leaves and in its early flowers, for
nuda seems the last of the Louisiana species to bloom. We badly need
flowers and fruit of this tree. There are other #2’s about Lake Charles
but I do not remember exactly where they are situated. I hope you can
manage these this year.
I do not know as it is any use sending Ashe any specimens of unpub-
lished trees. He does n’t really want them, that is he does not maintain
a herbarium, and it is just as well for him and others to wait until these
questions are definitely settled and the descriptions printed.
I hope you will let me hear that you can manage this Lake Charles
business,
165
March 4, 1918.
Since writing you about Tilias a day or two ago I notice that in your
letter of October 20th you say you were sending the Lake Charles Linden
from the edge of the lake by the ferry. I do not find this specimen unless
it is the one in flower collected several years ago which I mentioned in
my letter to you. It is astonishing how much trouble this tree gives us.
— let me know about the specimen mentioned in the letter of October
th.
166
March 5, 1918.
I enclose leaves of a Bumelia collected by Palmer at Beaumont, Texas,
which agree with the type of Small’s B. lucida
You remember Bumelia lucida was credited to Louisiana by Small but
I believe you have n’t found it there. As it grows at Beaumont [Texas | I
should suppose the place to look for it would be in the Lake Charles region.
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 335
167
March 13, 1918.
I have your letter of March 9th. It is hard for me to believe that your
mounted specimen ‘Lake Charles, edge of the lake, May 10, 1911” is the
Ferry tree. Notice that the leaves on the mounted specimen are decid-
edly pale on the lower surface compared with your Lake Charles March
26, 1911, which is green and lustrous below. This is our old No. 2 and I
think is still undescribed. The mounted specimen looks to me like a
[Tilia] nuda, We collected #2 March 26, 1911, April 12 and 13, 1915,
and March 23, 1917. This tree has much larger leaves than those on your
mounted specimen, slightly pubescent when they first appear especially on
the midribs and veins, but soon become glabrous and are more lustrous
on the lower surface than those of any species I know.
I think many of our No. 2’s were collected down in that wood on the
Lake Charles side of the river where we found so many big trees. If I
am right in thinking your mounted specimen is a nuda, then we have no
flowers whatever of No. 2 and no fruit of it at all. Evidently we have n’t
got to the bottom of this business by any means. Is best you take this up.
Since I wrote you about Oaks I have again reviewed the Quercus
texana business and have reached the conclusion that it is perhaps best
to separate Shumardii from texana. Geographically the species are dif-
ferent and there seems to be pretty constant characters in the winter-buds
and color of the branchlets by which they can be separated. Under this
new plan the Louisiana trees are Q. Shumardii with shallow cup and
Q. Shumardii var. Schneckii for the tree with deeper cups.
What appears to be Celtis georgiana, which I think is nothing but Celtis
pumila, has been discovered by Palmer in Texas, and as it is a common
tree in the southeastern states I should expect it might turn up in Louisi-
ana; at any rate it would be well to make a special attempt to collect
Celtis in Louisiana. We have no Celtis material other than that collected
by Palmer in the western part of the state. There is no Celtis here from
eastern Louisiana collected by either you or by you and me together.
What are you doing about Quercus myrtifolia? I hope you are not
going to have a spring frost to destroy the growth of the early spring.
168
March 18, 1918.
I can help you very little with your Louisiana Crataegus. The species
from Holtonville, 2496, is C. silvicola Ashe. I do not know why I have
never thought of this before. Perhaps the fact that this species has been
found at Jackson, Mississippi, attracted my attention to it. As you
know, the flowers of this have not been collected.
Crataegus opaca Hooker. I am not sure that I have told you that this
is the name for the Louisiana tree which has been called C. aestivalis.
We ought to have specimens from western Louisiana.
336 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
The Lake Charles Crus- omg species in yard on road to the river from
the town is C. Bushii Sar
C. edita oe Nabe, Bush +4, April 1, 1909, Cocks xvii.
April 24, 1912
Crus- galli species, stamens 20; anthers white; “high ground.” Lake
Charles, C. S. Sargent, April 10, 1915, is C. uniqua Sargent in Trees and
Shrubs, ii. 237. This is a rare species originally from Marshall, Texas,
and a good Louisiana find.
Palmer, Natchitoches No. 10 (7291 and 8721) is C. fera of Beadle.
I want to call your attention to the following:
Cocks, Pineville, Crus-galli species just out of flower April 5, 1912.
Flowers, color of the anthers and fruit needed.
Crus-galli species, flowers April 24, no year, fruit not dated. Color of
anthers needed. These two Pineville species look distinct.
Cocks, Crus-galli species, Natchitoches xii., xiii. and xvi., April 24 and
25, 1912, equals Palmer 7290, 8722, 9440. These all seem the same and a
new species with twenty stamens and yellow anthers, a rare combination.
A Crus-galli species collected by us in low woods, West Lake Charles,
March 23, year not on the label, 1917? This has ten to twelve stamens
and pale rose anthers. I do not find any other Louisiana specimen like
this. Do you remember the tree? Fruit is needed.
In August 1901 Bush collected at Minden a sterile branch of a distinct
looking Crus-galli species ‘‘on right side of road to prairie west of town,
in woods close to road, about three and a half miles from town and be-
yond spring.” He collected another Crus-galli near Minden at the same
time of which he says, — ‘‘Common in woods.” I collected at Minden on
April 15, 1901, a Crus-galli species in flower but made no notes on the
color of the anthers. Is not Minden a place to explore?
Westfield Crataegus. +1, stamens twenty, anthers rose. This is the
tree with very narrow leaves near the quarry and a new species. #2,
stamens twenty, color of the anthers not noted. Is this the Crus-galli
species we studied on the right-hand side of the road not very far from
town on the way to the quarry? Have you the color of the anthers? My
label “near quarry” on this number, but if it did grow by the quarry I
do not seem to have a specimen of the roadside tree.
The Flavae species from roadside, West Feliciana. We have fruit col-
lected by Mrs. Butler but no flowers and the color of the anthers should
be known. It seems nearest to C. abbita Beadle but the pedicels and
calyx-tube are more densely pubescent and the leaves of C. abbita do
not have the very conspicuous clusters of white hairs in the axils of the
leaves found in the Feliciana plant. I presume that all the plants of this
group which we saw in West Feliciana are of the same species. This plant
is especially interesting as the only Flava[e] species which we have found
in Louisiana, and as the species of this group which grows further west.
I hope you can get the flowers. Could n’t Mrs. Butler collect and press
them for you? This plant blooms very early.
Viridis species. You can add C. velutina Sargent (Trees and Shrubs,
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 337
ii. 238) to the Louisiana species as I find a specimen of it which I col-
lected at Shreveport April 20, 1901. This is not surprising for it is
common at Fulton, Arkansas.
Viridis species. A tree with dark rough bark in yard of house by road
below Lake Charles. The stamens and anthers agree with those of C.
enucleata Sargent, but the leaves have n’t the very conspicuous axillary
tufts of that species. The flowers are larger. This seems an undescribed
species. Fruit is needed. You remember what a very handsome plant
this was.
On October 8, 1913, we collected a Viridis species in low woods near
Monroe. This was a large tree and had dark scaly bark, and was growing
with C. opaca. Bush collected what I take to be the same thing August
10, 1900, near Minden “on right side of road to prairie west of town,
just before getting to spring. Bark of trunk rough, dark, scaly and flaky,
exactly as in C. aestivalis which is beside it.” This seems to me an un-
described species and we ought to have flowers, color of the anthers, etc.
There are a number of interesting Crus-galli and Viridis species col-
lected by Palmer in western Louisiana of which I have n’t yet the color
of the anthers. With that information I shall probably be able to refer
some of these to described species.
I have a number of fragmentary Viridis specimens, including your + X.
from Natchitoches April 5, 1912. The most interesting of these fragments
are some sterile branches of a shrub two to three feet high with three-
lobed leaves at the ends of the branches which I collected at Monroe April
13, 1901. Did you ever see such a thing?
I have discarded as hopeless the Viridis species on the roadside east of
Opelousas as this tree has been cut down, and Richland specimens of
Viridis species 16 and 23 of 1908 collected by you.
It is surprising that there are no Mollis species in western Louisiana
for they are very common in Fulton, Arkansas, and eastern Texas; and I do
not remember any species from eastern Louisiana but silvicola and
brachycantha, and the Flava species. There must be others there.
Don’t you think it would be a good idea to make a serious Crataegus
drive this year and see if we cannot get this business closed up? So far
as trees and shrubs are concerned there is n’t anything else very important
to do in Louisiana with the exception of a more thorough exploration of
the eastern part of the state where I feel sure you will find species not now
recognized as belonging to the state.
169
March 28, 1918.
I have yours of the 25th. When we collected the F/avae species in West
Feliciana, the plants were out of bloom and we did not get the color of
the anthers. It is possible but hardly probable that there are two Flavae
in West Feliciana.
Crataegus opaca of Hooker is the only May Haw of Louisiana and
338 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Texas and was first collected by Drummond. It is quite a different plant
from the Carolina species of that name.
I hope you will be able to finish up Crataegus this year, and there is
still that Carya alba with slender branches to dispose of.
You will, I am sure, be sorry to hear that my son who was so often
my companion in Louisiana died in his sleep last week of what was prob-
ably some heart trouble. He was perfectly well and in the best of spirits
when he went to bed in the evening. This occurred at French Lick, In-
diana. We have been so often together in different and often remote parts
of the world that the bond between us was a very close one.
170
April 5, 1918.
You collected an interesting Crus-galli Crataegus species at Sardis with
villose corymbs, yellow anthers and ten stamens, your No. 1008. There
is no fruiting specimen and only a couple of half-grown loose fruits.
Perhaps you will be able to get fruiting specimens if you are in Alabama
this summer. So far as I can see this is undescribed. Harbison does n't
seem to have collected it, but he collected a Crus-galli species in your
region with ten stamens and rose-colored anthers. Of this there is no
fruit either.
There appear to be a lot of Flavae in that region, but, as I have already
written to Harbison, there is n’t a single fruiting specimen to go with
either yours or his flowering specimens. I have asked him to look out
for this and perhaps you will do the same.
171
April 9, 1918.
Thanks for your last letters. I am sorry to hear that Crataegus is be-
ginning to misbehave itself this spring. The Crus-galli I should think
would still be in flower for it is generally very late.
Is it not No. 1 with the broader leaves which is the tree by the roadside
at Winnfield and No. 2 the tree of the quarry with a tall very slender stem
and a small head of small branches? This is the way I have them num-
bered, but apparently you consider No, 2 the roadside tree.
172
May 10, 1918.
How are you getting on and have you found any new Louisiana trees?
And are you doing anything about that wretched Ferry Linden at West
Lake Charles?
I have a note that Carya cordiformis grows near the coast in western
Louisiana. This I suppose would mean Lake Charles, but I can find
no specimen here from western Louisiana except from Natchitoches and
near Opelousas. Did you ever see it about Lake Charles or anywhere
near the coast?
How about the specimen of Carya pallida from near Alexandria?
ARNOLD ARBORETUM, HARVARD UNIVERSITY,
JAMAICA PLAIN,
MASS.
May 10, Tor 8.
Dear Professor Cocks:
How are you getting on and have you found
us
any Louisiana trees? And are you doing anything about
that wretched Ferry Linden at West Lake Charles?
I have a note that Carya cordiformis grows
near the coast in western louisiana. This I suppose
would mean Lake Charles, but I can find no specimen here
from western Louisiana except from Natchitoches and near
Opelousas, Did you ever see it about Lake Charles or
anywhere near the coast?
Faithfully yours,
goon |
- : >) J et Oe
Professor R. S. Cocks, wf
New Orleans, La. re:
of
7
ris
<< ge oe Zr aN [ree ¥ ri —--,
4 vee.
ny” e £6 ae —~—? Celts qe. ae = -
_ Fic. 1. Letter from Sarcent to Cocks (no. 172 of this series) with postscript
in Sargent’s difficult hand.
340 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
173
May 22, 1918.
I am finishing up my long delayed Carya paper and am going over the
leiodermis-callicoma group.
No. 5 from east of Opelousas is the type of C. leiodermis and I don’t
know how to distinguish C. callicoma from it except by the smaller fruit
and a thin husk and the bright red color of the young leaves, and I am
not sure that the young leaves of C. leiodermis are not sometimes red.
Do you know? Both forms seem to grow east of Opelousas and at Lake
Charles where the red leaf is the most common. C. leiodermis was col-
lected at Hammond, on the road from Springfield to Pontchatoula, May
29, 1917, and near Loranger March 30, 1917. This I think is the same. It
is the tree I thought might be an alba with thin branchlets.
I think now our Winnfield tree near the quarry which has bothered
us for so many years is also C. leiodermis. We got it west of Opelousas
March 26, 1917, and it is I think your Natchitoches No. 2, October 1913,
and No. 17, September 1914. It grows, too, at Natchez. If you know any
character by which callicoma can be kept as a species please tell me, other-
wise I shall call it lecodermis var. callicoma.
Your No. 5, Natchitoches October 1913, seems to be an arkansana
which I shall call C. Buckleyi var. arkansana.
This seems to finish up all the unplaced Carya material from Louisiana.
Now it is up to you to find something new.
174
May 25, 1918.
Palmer’s Lake Charles No. 7682, Natchitoches 7411 and 7394, Grand
Ecore 7524 and Chopin 7412 seem to be Carya leiodermis. They may
belong to the variety but these specimens are without fruit and it is impos-
sible to say whether they belong to the species or variety. It seems safer to
put them under the species.
175
May 27, 1918.
Britton in his tree book says that the Nutmeg Hickory is called Bitter
Walnut in Louisiana. This must be a fake story for in the first place the
kernel is not bitter, and secondly is so rare in Louisiana that it cannot
have secured a popular name. Moreover, it was not known to grow in
Louisiana until after Britton’s book was published, and he does not include
that state in its range. I do not suppose that you have ever heard it called
anything but Nutmeg Hickory.
176
May 29, 1918.
I am very glad to get the package of plants. The Ferry Tilia specimens
are fine. I felt sure that if you stuck to the job long enough you would find
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 341
Quercus laurifolia in Louisiana and now you have done it. The little
White Oak is a dwarf form of Quercus stellata Margaretta, and if it spreads
by underground stems I do not see why it is not the variety stolonifera
which grows at Selma.
We cannot see here anything in your Leucothoé but axillaris which
varies greatly in the width of the leaves. I do not think there is anything
in Small’s species especially as broad and narrow leaves appear to occur
and sometimes on the same plant. I hope you will find more things in
eastern Louisiana.
177
June 4, 1918.
I send you a copy of my Quercus paper. Your Live Oak should be, of
course, Quercus eximia and not Q. eximea.
178
June 11, 1918.
We have nuts but no leaf specimen of your Carya /aciniosa from Berlin
[Alabama]. Can’t you dry one for us if the tree is still alive?
179
June 19, 1918.
Your Carya 4030 near Kentwood, Tangipahoa, is probably a leiodermis,
but 4028 is C. pallida and the only intimation we have here that it is a
Louisiana tree. I wish I could see your specimens from Alexandria.
I believe that you will find both Carya Pecan and C. texana in West
Feliciana as these two trees occur at Natchez. They are certainly worth
looking for.
We have no specimen of C. ovata from eastern Louisiana where no
doubt it occurs. It is rather curious that we have no Alabama specimen
of C. ovata except from the Selma region. I wonder if, like C. laciniosa,
it only grows there in the state.
I have about finished up what I can do with Carya, not a very satis-
factory piece of work.
180
July 12, 1918.
Your No. 1761, Richlands P[arish], May 1909, called C[arya]| ovata,
must be a leiodermis: certainly it is not C. ovata. The specimen consists
only of a sterile branch, There is no other thin-branched Hickory in
Louisiana but Jeiodermis to which it can be referred. I have finished my
Carya paper and sent it to the printer, and now I must make my annual
onslaught on Tilia which is by far the most difficult of all the groups.
I believe you haven’t collected in Louisiana any Azalea but A. nudi flora.
There is an Azalea in the swamps at Biloxi which seems to be a new
342 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
species, and Azaleas other than nudiflora are common in southern Arkansas
and eastern Texas. Isn’t this the genus that needs your attention?
I hope your crops are prospering.
181
July 16, 1918.
If everything, as you claim, grows in Selma and its neighborhood how
does it happen that you have not found there a Philadelphus? Two
species are credited to the state, although there is nothing in this herbarium
to show that they really grow in Alabama. It might be worth while to look
about for one of these plants in your region.
182
July 22, 1918.
The package of specimens has arrived. If you say that these Tilia
specimens came from our tree by [the| ferry I suppose I shall have to
believe you, but I have never seen Tilia behave in such a disgusting way
before. I do not know what to think of it.
I am glad you sent the Hickory specimen for it is not Carya laciniosa
at all but C. tomentosa variety subcoriacea. It is surprising that it should
grow, however, in low ground. What sort of bark have these trees got?
Please let me know about this as my paper on Carya is already in the
hands of the printer. Your /aciniosa from West Feliciana Parish seems
to be all right.
183
July 29, 1918.
I have your note about Philadelphus and Azalea. I find your specimen
of Philadelphus which has been placed under P. inodorus. This species and
grandiflorus are very closely related.
The Azalea which you say you sent from Pearl River eight years ago
we are unable to find. I should like another specimen sometime if you have
one to spare. I suspect that it may be the new species from Biloxi. Is
there no summer-flowering Azalea about Selma, or any Azalea except
nudiflora? Harbison is finding several new species and I should not be
surprised to find that some of them are in your neighborhood.
184
August 12, 1918.
I am much obliged for the Alabama specimen of Carya laciniosa.
Judging by the color of the branchlets and the fruit there can be no doubt
about the correctness of the determination, but the leaves are remarkably
glabrous on the lower surface for this species
I have at last finished my paper on Tilia; so please do not find any more
new species about Selma. I think Louisiana, at least, is exhausted.
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 343
185
August 17, 1918.
Will not this autumn be a good time to collect Crataegus for the fruit
in the hope of completing the specimens next spring with the flowers?
Do not forget that Quercus Cocksii needs a good deal more investigation.
The Azalea in swamps at Biloxi is certainly a new species which grows
also in the central peninsula of Florida and in southern Georgia where it is
sometimes twenty feet high. It blooms apparently sometimes as late as
August Ist. Why should not this be found in some of the swamps near
Selma? I should guess that it was the Azalea you found once near Pearl]
River in Louisiana, although I do not think that Azalea viscosa gets into
the south at all. It would be interesting to find this Aza/ea in both Alabama
and Louisiana. I am sure, too, there are other undiscovered plants in
eastern Louisiana.
I do not believe it has been as hot in Alabama as it has been here
during the past week.
186
November 6, 1918.
I have yours of November Ist. I am very sorry to hear about your
accident. That is a bad road between Opelousas and the western woods at
the best and I fancy that mules are the safest method of transport over it.
I am not surprised that you are knocked out.
I am glad to hear that Carya cordiformis grows near Selma but how was
I expected to know if you did not send me a specimen? Isn’t [what you
have labeled] C. megacarpa stelipila [in reality C.| leiodermis? 1 hardly
believe that Gordonia reaches Louisiana. Mohr found it at only one station
in Alabama. Gray apparently guessed that it grew in Mississippi, at least
there is no specimen in his herbarium to show that it grew there, and
Robinson lays the blame to Gray. As for Small’s statement that it grows
in Louisiana, you know how much that is worth.
My Tilia paper is so long that it will be published in two parts in the
November and December issues of The Botanical Gazette. Do not be dis-
couraged about Crataegus. We shall certainly be able to get material we
want next year.
187
November 27, 1918.
I am glad to get your letter of November 18th and the package of plants.
“Azalea viscosa” is certainly the same as the species at Biloxi, Missis-
sippi, which is common in southern Georgia and in the central Florida
peninsula. This is evidently a new species which seems to bloom at mid-
summer in Georgia and Florida and sometimes gets to be twenty feet high.
We are slowly getting together here material for a paper on American
Azaleas.18
* Witson, E. H. & A. Renper, A monograph of azaleas. Publ. Arnold Arb. 9. 1921.
344 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Your Vaccinium seems to be tenellum, but Palmer’s tenellum, Morning-
port 9811 and Natchitoches 9429, called by him tenellum, are probably
V. Elliottii which you seem to have collected at various places in Louisiana.
I hope you are getting ready for a successful Crataegus campaign in
1919.
188
December 6, 1918.
The tree which we used to think might be Tilia glabra in Louisiana and
Alabama I have referred to T. nuda in spite of the tufts of hairs in the axils
of the veins (see page 427 of my paper). This may not be a proper solution
of the difficulty but I do not know how to make it otherwise.
I hope you may be able to distinguish the different species of Tilia when
you see them in the woods. I certainly never expect to be able to do it.
I am not very well satisfied with the outcome of this investigation, but the
species show no really good botanical characters.
I have placed your Quercus 938 of Alabama with Trelease’s subintegra.
I said nothing about it in my paper for I made no mention of hybrids
made by Trelease. His paper contains names only without descriptions or
any references to his types.
I do not see much prospect of the appearance of the new edition of the
Manual at present. It has taken the best part of the year to prepare the
Oak, Hickory and Linden papers, and there are several other genera to
work over. Now I am working on Celtis which is difficult, but fortunately
there are not many species. It will take a year, I suppose, to print the book
when it is ready.
Wodehouse it shall be. If a fellow insists on having such a lot of names
I do not see how he could expect to get them all spelled correctly. I suspect
the neighborhood of Opelousas is still the best part of the state for
Crataegus. As you know, we never did anything in that region east of the
railroad and south of the town that Harbison talks about. As far as I
have seen there does not seem to be many species east of the river.
189
December 14, 1918.
In the Kew Herbarium there is a specimen collected by Drummond at
New Orleans which proves to be Salix longipes variety venulosa. We
can find no other indication, however, that this species grows in the state.
Judging by Drummond’s blue-fruited Crataegus, he labeled plants “New
Orleans” which he collected across the lake. I enclose a few leaves and a
flower-spike from a Texas specimen to show you what sort of a looking
thing Salix longipes is. The species is common in Florida and in western
Texas but we have no specimens from eastern Texas or Alabama. The
Louisiana station for it seems worth looking up.
You will have to change the name of Celtis mississippiensis Bosc to
C. laevigata Willdenow for it seems that Bosc never gave the Celtis which
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 345
he said came from the mouth of the Mississippi River a name and
Willdenow’s name is much earlier than the first published C. mississip-
piensis. It is astonishing how mistakes in botany are perpetuated from one
generation to another.
190
December 16, 1918.
There is no Celtis in the herbarium from eastern Louisiana where I
suppose it is common, and from western Louisiana only specimens col-
lected by Palmer and one by Mohr near Alexandria. Apparently we have
never paid any attention to Celtis and we ought to have more material here.
Celtis laevigata must be common in Eastern Louisiana, and possibly
georgiana which apparently grows in the Selma region.
191
December 18, 1918.
You appear to have got a new Alabama tree in Celtis occidentalis var.
crassifolia, Sardis, 1913, no number. This is a tree with leaves very rough
above and pilose below on the midribs and veins, and with pubescent
petioles and peduncles. The leaves of your specimen are exceptionally
entire for this variety but I do not think it can be anything else. Do you
know anything about this tree and is it abundant?
192
December 30, 1918.
I found the other day in the Gray Herbarium a specimen of Celtis
laevigata (mississippiensis) collected by Hale in Louisiana without date or
locality, also a specimen of the same tree collected by Carleton R. Ball in
the vicinity of Alexandria May 25, 1899 (No. 453).
Now it seems there are no Louisiana specimens of Platanus in the
herbarium. Have you ever paid any attention to this tree? There is
quite an interesting form which grows in Texas and also near Selma where
it was collected by Harbison with leaves distinctly cuneate at the base.
This form is without a name. I should think it must occur in Louisiana.
I wish you would look at your specimens and see if the leaves of any of
them are cuneate at the base. This is a genus of which I hope you will
collect specimens for the Arboretum next year.
With all good wishes for the New Year, I am,
193
January 6, 1919.
A new tree for Louisiana is Acer Negundo var. texanum Pax. This is
Palmer’s No. 7546 from Chopin and No. 7597 from Alexandria. Your
Specimen collected in April 1901 in swamps at New Orleans, no number,
is also var. texanum. This is the only specimen we have here from eastern
Louisiana where I suppose it must be a common tree. It would be well
346 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
to collect it there. We have no specimen of Negundo of any sort from the
Selma region, or indeed from any part of Alabama. If everything else grows
at Selma I suppose the NVegundo must be there.
194
January 14, 1919.
I am sorry to hear of your continuous hard luck as a planter and I
shall be very sorry if you have to abandon your Berlin plantation for the
neighborhood of Sardis is one of the best places in the United States for
trees and I do not believe that field is exhausted yet.
We have here no specimen of typical Celtis occidentalis from Louisiana
or Alabama, no crassifolia from Louisiana, and only the abnormal one
with nearly entire leaves from Sardis about which I wrote you before.
If crassifolia grows in Louisiana I should know about it at once. Celtis
georgiana, which is common in the Selma region, I think will be found in
eastern Louisiana.
Sugar Maple. The southern form of Acer saccharum differs from the com-
mon northern form in the glaucous (not green) lower surface of the leaves
which are usually slightly pubescent along the under side of the midribs
and veins. This is var. glaucum (Pax) Sargent. Your No. 2520 from
Saint Francisville, May 15, 1915, I feel satisfied is this tree which we
collected also with young leaves at Woodville, Mississippi. The Saint
Francisville specimen is the only one I have seen in Louisiana. It seems
more common in the Selma region where Harbison collected it several
times. Your Sardis 825, July 2, 1915, is this tree. It is common in south-
ern Arkansas but no one seems to have found it in western Louisiana
where A. floridanum is common. The last can be distinguished by the
pubescence which covers the whole lower surface of the leaves and by
the much smaller fruit. I commend Acer saccharum to your prayerful
consideration. If you can understand American Lindens I congratulate
you for I certainly cannot.
195
January 16, 1919.
I have been studying the Red Maple and am not able to separate the
variety Drummondii as a species for I find specimens with trilobed leaves
rounded at the base which appear to connect it with A. rubrum var. tridens.
For this form I am going to propose the name of Acer rubrum var. Drum-
mondii {. rotundata, making the type Palmer’s No. 7553 from Chopin.
You got nearly the same form at Glen Gordon, Covington, May 28, 1911.
It grows also at Poplar Bluff, Missouri. Unfortunately I have not seen
the fruit of this form. Would it be possible to get it from the Covington
tree this spring? This is the only Drummondii specimen we have from
eastern Louisiana. We collected it on our trip to Natchez, near Wood-
ville, Mississippi, so I suppose it grows in West Feliciana. Have you col-
lected it there? This is a Louisiana tree which needs further study, eS-
pecially in the autumn. Autumn specimens are needed to show the amount
=o ae
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 347
and character of the tomentum on the leaves, petioles and branchlets at
that season. Won’t you look out for it then and try to establish its range
fruit, glabrous branchlets, glabrous petioles and less tomentose leaves.
Moore got this at Mt. Vernon but I do not find it among the Selma-Sardis
specimens, or indeed a specimen of any sort of a Red Maple from there
— why?
Of what may be considered the typical Red Maple from Louisiana we
have Palmer’s Natchitoches No. 7571 and perhaps No. 7041, with fruit
only. Low woods, Winnfield, Cocks and Sargent, April 6, 1913, and noth-
ing from East Louisiana where it should be looked for. Of the variety
tridens one Louisiana specimen from West Lake Charles, Cocks and Sar-
gent, April 13, 1915; Fairfax Road, Shreveport, Cocks, April 1, 1910;
Butler Plantation, Cocks and Sargent, April 14, 1916; near Hammond,
Cocks and Sargent, March 30, 1917; Lucknow, Richland Parish, Cocks
and Sargent, March 1910; Winnfield, Cocks and Sargent, October 9, 1913.
The important trees to collect from are the common widely distributed
species which show the greatest tendency to variation. These varieties are
interesting and have been too much neglected. You are better placed
for studying Acer Drummondii than any one and I venture to hope that
you will pay attention to it and to other forms of the Red Maple.
196
January 20, 1919,
Magnolia glauca will have to be called M. virginiana I am sorry to say,
and I am distinguishing the southern form with pedicels and branchlets
thickly covered with silky white pubescence as variety australis, This is
usually a large tree and is the only form in Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana
and Texas. I judge by the material here that this is a comparatively
rare tree in Louisiana, for in this herbarium there are only the specimens
we collected at Winnfield October 9, 1913, and Palmer’s Natchitoches
specimens numbered 7573 and 7931. These two specimens are remark-
able in their broad oval leaves. Unfortunately there are no flowers. I
should have supposed that Lake Charles would have been just the place
for this tree.
Please notice that we have no specimens from eastern Louisiana and
please tell what you know of the distribution of this Magnolia in Louisiana.
More Louisiana material would be acceptable.
The flowers of our West Feliciana Magnolia acuminata are so large that
I want to distinguish it as variety /udoviciana. I call the type the tree on
the Dessert Plantation.1® Is this name right and is this Plantation in
Laurel Hill, and, if not, where is it? We got it also at the West Plantation.
** Near Bayou Sara, West Feliciana Parish.
348 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VoL. 46
Is this also in Laurel Hill? I suppose your Catalpa and St. Francisville
specimens are the same but there are no flowers and the leaves are more
typical of the species.
You ought if possible to make a thorough exploration of Louisiana and
gather specimens of every tree, even the most common, for it is impossible
to tell what may turn up. Can’t you manage this?
197
January 27, 1919.
I have yours of January 19th. In regard to Acer floridanum we have
your two Natchitoches specimens collected in 1902 and 1905, and Palmer’s
Natchitoches No. 7400; also A. floridanum collected by us at the Dessert
Plantation April 12, 1916.
I am sure Elwes will enjoy the Louisiana trees. I think, however, that
he will fully occupy your time while he is there and that you will have all
you can do and listen to without being bothered with me at the same
time. If I ever get to Louisiana again I shall hardly select Elwes for a
companion. I hope you are going to be able to get all over the state this
year and finish up the trees and shrubs.
198
January 28, 1919.
I am glad to hear from yours of the 24th that Magnolia glauca is so
common in Louisiana. The fact that we did not know this here only
shows how poor this herbarium still is in Louisiana specimens. Does it
ever grow in Louisiana as a shrub? Please notice if the petiole of the
flower is ever glabrous as in the northern form of this tree. On specimens
from west of Florida which I have seen all the pedicels are covered with
white silky hairs.
199
January 31, 1919.
I am much obliged for the package of specimens which arrived this
morning. The two Magnolia glauca specimens have the silky pubescent
pedicels and are my M. virginiana var. australis. I fancy that every
Louisiana specimen will be of this variety.
No. 658, Celtis occidentalis from Sardis is C. laevigata (mississippien-
Sis).
No. 748, Acer Drummondii = Acer rubrum var. Drummondii forma
rotundata Sarg.. showing a connection of Acer Drummondii with Acer
tridens.
No. 2818, Acer Drummondii, is intermediate between A. rubrum vat.
Drummondii and the forma rotundata.
I am getting a good deal interested in Acer Drummondii and wish |
knew more of its distribution. I now believe that it does not get east of
Mississippi and that all the forms from Alabama, Florida, Georgia, etc.,
~~
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 349
which have been referred to it are Acer rubrum tomentosum. There is a
lot of talk about this in my next Botanical Gazette paper which is booked
for the March number.
200
February 4, 1919.
Palmer’s Celtis from Cameron Parish is No. 3533, not No. 8534 as you
say. I do not think it can be anything but a rather small-leaved form of
Celtis mississippiensis which varies greatly in the size of the leaves and
in their broader but narrower bases. We have n’t in this herbarium a
single Celtis specimen collected by you or by you and I. Louisiana certainly
ought to be better represented here.
Elwes is all right. He is a gentleman and has already been pretty much
all over the world. The only trouble is that he talks too much and too
loudly and positively, and so much that he has gone around the world
without really seeing anything. It is perfectly all right to take him to
Butler’s or anywhere else. My only idea was that if I wanted to have
a quiet and restful time in Louisiana I should not select him for a member
of the party.
201
February 6, 1919.
Your Acer rubrum No. 869, New Orleans, is a puzzle. It is not rubrum
and looks more like nigrum than anything else. If it is nigrum and not
a cultivated tree it is a very long way from where it belongs. Do you
remember this tree and is it still in existence? This seems to me a matter
worth investigating. As the label says New Orleans I think it may have
been planted there.
202
March 1, 1919.
It is some time since I heard from you. Was that Acer nigrum from
Louisiana too much for you? Small, I see, credits Castanea nana to
Louisiana. We certainly have no evidence that it grows in the state and
there are no specimens here from Mississippi or Alabama. I am getting
interested in this plant for Harbison has found a Chinquapin on St.
Andrew’s Bay in western Florida forty feet high which, although I have
not seen the fruit, I take to be a glabrous form of C. mana for which, by
the way, C. alnifolia Nuttall is the correct name. It would be well there-
fore, if you see any strange looking Chinquapins in your travels, to make
specimens. All the forms of alnifolia are easily distinguished by the
glabrous or nearly glabrous branchlets and much narrower leaves; and
by the prickles on the fruit being in distinctly separated clusters.
lwes seems to be weakening on his trip to America this spring as he
has difficulty in getting transportation. He was not, however, quite
decided when he wrote last.
What is the Crataegus situation?
350 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
203
March 10, 1919.
I have this morning your letter of March 6th. I had no idea Ames was
in New Orleans. A letter addressed to him at the Ames Building, Boston,
will reach him.
I am glad to hear it is a late season with you for this means that there
will be a better chance for Crataegus.
As I wrote you, the last time I heard from Elwes he was thinking of
giving up his trip.
I am planning to impose on your good nature by giving a letter of
introduction to you to Professor Blareningham of the Pasteur Institute
and the University of Paris. He is here this winter as an exchange Pro-
fessor at Harvard and is planning a journey south and west which will
take him to New Orleans for a day or two sometime before the end of
this month. If you could arrange for him to make a trip across Lake
Pontchartrain, perhaps that would be the best thing he could do in the
short time he will have in New Orleans. He is particularly interested in
trees for he has been put in charge of the Arboretum at Angiers which has
lately come into the control of the Pasteur Institute. His wife speaks
English quite well.
204
March 18, 1919.
Have you ever looked for Myrica inodora on the Louisiana side of Pearl
River? It grows at Poplarville, Mississippi, and might get further west.
Pearl River swamps in Washington Parish would be the place to look
for it.
How does it happen that there is no Myrica about Selma as we have no
specimen from there?
I had another letter from Elwes telling me that with his nephew, a naval
officer, he is sailing on the 25th of March for New York. He proposes to
go south before coming here. Whatever equipment you may need for
your journey with him you certainly will not require an ear trumpet.
205
March 20, 1919.
When you go to West Feliciana with Elwes please pay attention to that
species of the Flavae Group of Crataegus about which we do not yet
know enough. You remember, of course, that station of Harbison’s just
off the railroad below Opelousas which we have never visited.
206
March 22, 1919.
I have yours of March 20th about a Garden Society and I will see if
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 351
I cannot find some material in our nursery to send you the first of the
week.
They call Crataegus beastly, but there is really a lot of fun in them?
207
March 26, 1919.
All the plants which I can find in our nursery at all suitable for Louisi-
ana are mentioned on the enclosed, and go by parcel post. It is a very
poor and unsatisfactory list but by another year or two the seedlings of
the Formosa trees, all of which I hope will do well in Louisiana, ought
to be big enough to send you.
208
April 5, 1919.
We have no specimen of Chrysobalanus oblongifolius from Louisiana
and I shall be very glad of your specimen from Bogalusa.
I had a letter from Blareningham written in New Orleans. Instead of
staying one day in Miami, Florida, as he intended, he staid three. This
cut down his Louisiana visit and apparently he only staid a few hours in
New Orleans. He said he did not have time to look you up but would
write to you explaining why he had not called. This I suppose he will
do in time.
I have n’t heard yet that Elwes has arrived but I suppose he may get in
now any day. I have advised him to go to New Orleans via Jacksonville,
Florida, and to stop off at River Junction, Florida. If he does this it
may take him some days to recuperate.
I hope you have had a successful time with Crataegus, and I regret
extremely that I was not with you. I am really pining for another visit
to that hotel in Opelousas.
209
May 29, 1919.
Many thanks for the package of Crataegus which I have looked over.
No. 3133, C. viridis or very near it.
No. 3135, 3136, C. viridis or close to it.
Nos. 3137, 3138, 3140, 3146, C. viridis.
No. 3144, one of the Viridis Group but it looks distinct. Fruit should
be collected.
Nos, 3144 [sic], 3148, Acer rubrum tomentosum.
No. 3147, Crataegus of the Viridis Group but it looks distinct. Fruit
should be collecte d.
No. 3149, another distinct looking species of the Viridis Group. Fruit
should be collected.
No. 3151, a distinct looking Viridis species of which fruit should be
collected.
Nos. 3153, 3154, C. viridis.
Nos. 3158, 3167, 3169, Ilex longipes.
$52 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
No. 3175, Zlex lucida.
Nos. 3168, 3145, Ilex. These I should think represented the same
species ; untese this is lex monticola I don’t know it. It is desirable to
get mature leaves and fruit. The shape of the leaves agrees pretty well
with specimens here of /lex monticola from North Carolina but their ser-
ration is rather different. I hope you have not found a new arborescent
Ilex.
No. 3155, C. viridis. No. 3156, something near C. viridis
No. 3172, Leucothoé racemosa. You have also collected this at Cov-
ington.
No. 3131, Gavylussacia hirtella. We have this from Ocean Springs,
Mississippi.
No. 3163, Pieris nitida. We collected this at Hammond
Your shrubby Myrica from Bogalusa is not like anything I have seen.
This needs further investigation. Judging from the material in this her-
barium, I should think it was an undescribed species. I am glad that it
is only a shrub as Myrica for the new Manual will be in type in a few
days.
Judging by the Crataegus specimens, I should not think you had been
in that particular field along the railroad south of Opelousas that Harbi-
son has always been talking about.
I hope to hear that you are coming north this summer. Won't it be
necessary pretty soon to come here to elaborate your Catalogue of Louisi-
ana plants:
210
June 27, 1919.
In this herbarium there is one specimen only of Castanea. This was
collected by you at Covington March 28th, 1911, leaves only. It appears
to be my C. alnifolia var. floridana.
Castanea pumila must be common in Louisiana as it grows at Natchez,
Biloxi, Fulton on the Red River, and at many places in eastern Texas.
How have we and Palmer missed it? Please tell me what you know about
this tree in Louisiana.
Elwes was here four very hot days and then went to Rochester, New
York, and to New York City. He sailed for home ten days ago and I
suppose is now safely there. He appears to have had a very good time
and to have seen much to interest him. He did not, however, seem to be
much impressed with the Live Oaks, and said the largest he saw were on
Avery Island where I did not see anything very large in the way of trees.
Any chance of your coming north this summer?
211
July 14, 1919.
I take much pleasure in having your name placed on the mailing list
of the Journal of the Arnold Arboretum for a complimentary copy.
You will, I hope, receive the first number in the course of a few days.
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 353
212
July 17, 1919.
I have your last package of plants.
1915 may be a new variety of Celtis pumila, or perhaps a new species.
The shape and serration of the leaves are like those of C. occidentalis but
the pedicels are much too short.
1916, Celtis occidentalis |var.| crassifolia.
1917, Celtis pumila.
1918, Vaccinium atrococcus.
1919, Fraxinus americana? It is too pubescent and the leaves are not
of the normal shape. Fruit of this should be collected.
1920, Fraxinus pennsylvanica var. lanceolata.
1921, Fraxinus americana.
1922, Carya cordiformis.
1923, Vaccinium tenellum.
The Selma region seems to be maintaining its reputation for strange
trees. I am sorry to hear that you won’t be here this summer.
213
August 27, 1919.
We have Ulmus fulva only from western Louisiana. Does it not occur
east of the river?
An early answer will oblige.
214
August 29? [1919]
I thank you for your note. The right sort of things certainly have not
been coming my way of late for in the last eighteen months five members
of my immediate family have gone!
Fortunately I have three devoted daughters & a great deal of work to do.
215
September 2, 1919.
I have to take up Prunus for my new Manual now almost at once and
have only unsatisfactory material and imperfect knowledge to work with.
You collected March 22d, 1911, at Natchitoches Prunus 6 and 7. Have
you followed these up? I suspect they may be the so-called Big Tree
Plum, P. arkansana or P. mexicana S. Watson. Palmer also collected a
number of specimens at Natchitoches but no mature leaves or fruit. These
are needed from western Louisiana. We have from you also sterile branches
of the Prunus collected at Ruston, Louisiana, Nos. 4 and 9, August 4 and
September 22, 1914, but these are only sterile branches.
You have seen, I believe, about Sardis Prunus umbellata with yellow
fruit. I cannot make up my mind whether the red-fruited tree in Alabama
and Florida which looks like umbellata should be considered a variety of
that species or something distinct. Have you any opinion on this?
354 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
There is still for you to look up this autumn Castanea alnifolia, C.
floridana from across the lake, Quercus Cocksii, your new Myrica from
eastern Louisiana, and many Crataegus numbers
Is n’t it about time for you to begin to think about getting your cata-
logue ready for publication? I want to live long enough to see it.*
216
September 4, 1919.
I am sending you under another cover a few seeds of a Mulberry and
an Elm from the Himalayas. These trees ought to succeed in New Orleans
if any one can be found to plant the seeds and look after the young plants.
yA
October 31, 1919.
We are sending you by parcel post two plants of Pinus luchuensis, eight
of Paulownia Mikado and six of Quercus pachyloma. They were raised
from seed collected by Wilson in Formosa and these trees ought to flourish
in New Orleans. Will you find some one who will take good care of them?
The Paulownia is described by Wilson as a magnificent flowering tree.
It is some time since I have heard from you, so I suppose you have
been in the field. I hope that you raised a good crop of cotton in Alabama
this year for the present price seems most encouraging.
With kind regards, I am
218
November 5, 1919.
We suspect here now that Hamamelis virginiana does not grow in
Louisiana and that all the specimens which we have from the state should
be referred to Hamamelis vernalis which is a winter and early spring
bloomer, and differs from the northern plant which flowers in October or
early November by the abundance of the stellate pubescence on the lower
surface of the leaves. Hamamelis vernalis as I have seen it in Missouri
suckers freely, spreading into large clumps, while H. virginiana does not
sucker. The Louisiana specimens which seem to belong to H. vernalis
are, —
Richland Parish, Cocks, April 18, 1910, “reported to bloom February
and March”; Ruston, Cocks, July 1909, with a flowering branch collected
February 4, 1911; Lake Charles, Cocks, March 27, 1911, Sargent, March
20, 1911; low woods, Winnfield, Sargent, April 6, 1913, October 9, 1913;
low woods west of Opelousas, Sargent, April 4, 1913, “Tree 18 feet”;
Butler Plantation, Sargent, April 12, 1916; Covington, Sargent, April 1,
1900, Cocks, April 14, 1914, with flowers collected December 28th, April
10, 1910, “reported foweriba in January.” Also the following numbers of
Palmer collected in western Louisiana: 7065, 7246, 7596, 9432, 9559.
” Catalogue never published. A holograph ms. card file of onan names and local-
ities dating from this period is in the Department of Botany at Tulan
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 355
Texas and southern Mississippi specimens seem to belong to Hamamelis
vernalis. The specimens from Louisiana in flower are very fragmentary
and unsatisfactory, and I am writing you this now in the hope that you
will follow up the Hamamelis business this autumn and winter and find
out just when the Louisiana plants flower. I remember the large treelike
plant west of Opelousas and if it is H. vernalis I am afraid this species
will have to find a place in the Manual. Am I right in thinking there are
large treelike specimens in eastern Louisiana?
I wish you would look out for large treelike specimens and give me
their dimensions, also please notice if the suckering habit is common in
Louisiana.
I suppose some sort of a Hamamelis grows at Sardis but there is no
specimen here, and only one Alabama specimen collected by Harbison on
Sand Mountain. I am afraid there is still much to learn about trees north
and south.
219
4 November 15, 1919.
Glad to get your letter about Hamamelis. I am surprised that the
Alabama and Louisiana trees are so large. Can’t you spare me a speci-
men from Alabama: It is certainly curious that this winter-blooming
species has been so long mistaken for Hamamelis virginica [sic]. I hope
you can send us more and better Louisiana flowering material than we
have now.
I will see what can be done about Rosa Hugonis. I think we can get
them for you.
220
November 21, 1919.
The package of plants has arrived safely — many thanks. I am very
glad to get the Castanea from Sardis. It is what I have called Castanea
alnifolia var. floridana.
Your Myrica I do not know at all. As far as I can see now it looks like
a new species. The black-fruited Vaccinium is, as you suggest, melano-
carpum.
I am sorry you did not include a specimen of Hamamelis from Sardis.
I am anxious to see this. Can’t you help me?
221
November 25, 1919.
hope you are going to be able to send me a specimen of Hamamelis
from the Selma region. Possibly Hamamelis virginiana gets into northern
Alabama but I do not feel at all sure of it, and I doubt if it is anywhere
else in the Gulf States.
Mohr talks about Hamamelis being common all over the state of Ala-
bama but we have only one specimen without flowers or fruit from the
356 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
state. Hamamelis has to go to the printer now almost at once, so I shall
be glad of any help you can give me.
222
December 3, 1919.
The Alabama Hamamelis has arrived this morning and is the same as
the Louisiana plant. I am taking up for it Pursh’s name of Hamamelis
macrophylla for it seems sufficiently distinct in its short stellate pubescence
and the roughness of the leaves caused by the persistence of the bases of
this pubescence. It is the only species in the Gulf States where it is
apparently common and generally distributed, although it does not get
far south apparently in Florida. I understand that the inner surface of
the calyx is yellow in this species, like that of H. virginiana, and not red
as in H. vernalis. Can you confirm this idea?
223
December 13, 1919.
By all means send me a few of your specimens of the Alabama Witch
Hazel for we have very poor flowering material. I am glad to have the
information about the color of the inner surface of the calyx-lobes.
224
December 18, 1919.
Here are a few Crataegus names for y
Crataegus viridis Palmer, Nos. 3720, 7283, 7284, 8835, 8897, 8931,
9406, 9409, 9454.
Low woods west of Opelousas, April 4, 1913, No. 5, C. S. Sargent; near
Bogalusa, Cocks, No. 3151, April 15, 1919.
East Opelousas, Cocks, April 4 and 5, 1919, Nos. 3140, 3141, 3146,
47, 3154, 3154, 3155, 3156, 3137, $134, 3133, 3138.
Crataegus edita, Cocks, Natchitoches, April 24, 1912, No. xvii.; Palmer
Natchitoches, Nos. 7288, 8898,
Crataegus Bushii Sarg., our cn -galli tree in the yard on road to
English Bayou from Lake Charles; Palmer, Chopin, No. 7234 and No.
8843, Lake Charles No. 7696.
You remember the large tree of the Viridis Group in yard down the
road from Lake Charles with twenty rose-colored anthers and dark bark.
You have n’t got the fruit of this and there is no other Louisiana speci-
men here like it. Except in some minor characters it is a good deal like
C. penita Beadle from Chattanooga. It is also a good deal like C. [blank ]
Sarg. from Fulton, Arkansas, but it does n’t have the very conspicuous
tufts of hairs in the axils of the leaves of that species. On a single indi-
vidual and without fruit I don’t know if it is wise to say much about the
Lake Charles tree which as we saw it is certainly handsome and interesting.
With the compliments of the season and all good wishes for the New
Year, I am
——
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 357
Pat
December 26, 1919.
Thanks for your package of specimens. The Castanea from Baton
Rouge is pumila. The Selma Hamamelis is interesting and I suppose is
macrophylla, but the pubescence is different and pubescent through the
season on the old leaves, so that the tubercles which are usually so promi-
nent on the Louisiana specimens do not appear. I should be very glad to
see spring or summer leaves of the Selma plant. Can you manage these?
I am particularly glad to get your Opelousas specimen of Amelanchier
canadensis which apparently is a rare plant in western Louisiana, although
common enough east of the river. Palmer never seems to have collected
it, and you and I never collected it together. I have only one other western
Louisiana specimen which was also collected by you. I should have
supposed that Lake Charles would have been just the place for Amelan-
chier. We have no evidence that it gets to any part of southern Arkansas
or that it reaches Texas. Have you ever found it further west than Opel-
ousas? I hope you will let me know about it.
With all good wishes for the New Year, I am,
226
December 27, 1919.
I have this morning yours of the 22d. I have heard the name of Leavitt,
a supposed landscape gardener, but I know nothing of his ability. Judg-
ing by others in his class, you may be expected to hear from him how
to make in New Orleans a Long Island Italian garden.
As soon as I got your letter I wrote to some people in Pennsylvania
who propagate Rosa Hugonis and asked them to send half a dozen plants
to you, and I have written again today to find out why they have n’t done
it. When I hear from them on the subject I will communicate with you
again.
I have got to Crataegus in the Manual!
Pat |
us January 2, 1920.
Conrad [i-e. Conard] & Jones, nurserymen in West Grove, Pennsyl-
vania, tell me that some time ago they sent you two plants of Rosa
Hugonis and later four others. Please let me know if these arrived and
if they were in good condition.
The best I can do with that Crataegus of the Flava Group from West
Feliciana Parish is to call it Crataegus constans Beadle. I should not
like to swear that the determination was correct for we have no type of
C. constans and Beadle’s descriptions are rather vague but the specimens
agree fairly well with his description and I don’t believe you can do better
than to adopt this name.
The Crus-galli species with yellow anthers, your No. 1008 which you say
is common near Sardis, seems to be Crataegus algens Beadle. No one has
358 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
o fruit from the Sardis region. Harbison’s 1471 is apparently the
. The Sardis Crus-galli species with purple anthers from the Sardis
oe is evidently C. torva. It is Harbison’s No. 1470. No fruit of this
has been collected and there is no evidence here that you have collected
it. The narrow-leafed Crus-galli species from near the quarry at Winn-
field I am calling C. Cocksii, I hope you can bear it.
228
January 5, 1920.
Professor Wiegand, who is an authority on eastern Amelanchiers, saw
yours from Sardis the other day and thought it was an undescribed species
which he has found growing from central New York southward to Ala-
bama. He is working on a revision of his paper on Amelanchiers and no
doubt will have something to say about these plants in the course of time.
Crataegus is easy in comparison with Prunus which I am afraid is a
pretty hopeless proposition. We received from you on August 20, 1918,
some small light yellow plums. Is this your No. 36, a leaf specimen with
one fruit on it which, however, looks much larger than that received
on August 20. No. 36 looks like Hederick’s [= Hedrick’s] angustifolia
var. varians. If this is a good guess, then I suppose No. 36 is an intro-
duced or escaped plant. Indeed all the angustifolias must be that as ap-
parently it does not grow wild anywhere east of the Mississippi River.
Let me hear anything you have to say about plums at your early con-
venience.
229
January 11, 1920.
We have no specimen of Crataegus opaca (aestivalis) from eastern
Louisiana. Have you ever found it there and where? It grows near Mobile
and at Meridian and at Hattiesburg, oe and, as you know, it is
very common all over western Louisiana
230
February 16, 1920.
Hooker mentions without description a Pyrus arbutifolia macrophylla
as collected by Drummond at New Orleans and Covington. Do you know
any large-leaved Aronia in Louisiana? In this herbarium there is no
specimen at all of Aronia from eastern Louisiana. I do not know how
we could have missed it at Covington. If you have Covington specimens
with large leaves I wish you would let us see one of these at once. Palmer
collected in St. Augustine County, Texas, a large-leaved, red-fruited
Aronia which he describes as a tree twenty feet high. The size of the
leaves would agree with Hooker’s name. The question is, is there a large-
leaved variety treelike in habit in Covington or in the neighborhood of
New Orleans.
Your specimen of Aronia arbutifolia collected at Deridder April 5, 1912,
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 359
is typical. We collected the same thing at Winnfield and I collected it at
Biloxi when I was last there.
e are having a terrible winter and are so buried in snow that it is
almost impossible to get about. I hope you are well.
231
February 23, 1920.
I don’t make anything out of Fraxinus Darlingtonii which I fancy is
nothing but Fraxinus pennsylvanica. Britton described a large number
of Ash trees, but according to our ideas here none of them have any
standing. Fraxinus pauciflora Nuttall is the correct name of Fraxinus
floridana of my Manual. We have here a specimen collected by Fendler
at New Orleans April 1848 consisting of a single leaf and a cluster of
fruit about two-thirds grown. The specimen is not satisfactory but I
think it is F. pauciflora which I hope you will rediscover. Except for this
specimen I have no indication that this Ash grows anywhere west of
the Appalachicola River in Florida.
I hope you will look further for Aronia in the Covington region and
make us some specimens. I will try and get from Kew photographs of the
specimens collected by Drummond in Louisiana.
232
March 1, 1920.
We have here no specimen of Crataegus spathulata from eastern
Louisiana. Have you ever found it there? As it grows near Natchez it
might be expected in West Feliciana Parish. It does not appear to be
in southern Mississippi, and it is, as you know, fairly common in the Red
River Valley in Louisiana.
An early answer will oblige.
233
March 2, 1920.
We have placed your Alabama Fraxinus No. 946 with pennsylvanica
var. lanceolata. The distinctly acuminate fruit is unusual, although we
have the specimens from Mississippi with similar fruit. I do not believe
there is any doubt, however, about the species. I should think that
Fraxinus caroliniana might grow in the Selma region but apparently you
have n’t collected it there. I am glad to hear you are starting out again
for Crataegus.
It does n’t look very much like spring in these parts for there are still
about three feet of snow on the ground and the thermometer on the Ist
of March was several degrees below zero. We do not remember to have
had a winter like this before.
234
March 6, 1920.
We have no specimen of Crataegus apiifolia from eastern Louisiana. It
360 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
must grow there I should think, certainly in West Feliciana as it seems
to be common about Natchez. Can’t you send us a men?
We seem much less well provided with eastern Louisiana plants than
with those from west of the river.
The worst snow-storm of the year is going on today.
235
March 9, 1920.
I am glad to hear that Crataegus spathulata is common in eastern Loui-
siana, but how did you expect me to know it if you never sent me a speci-
men from that part of the state? I certainly do not remember to have
seen it there myself. We are very short here of eastern Louisiana material
and I wish we had more of it.
236
March 10, 1920.
From eastern Louisiana our only specimen of Acer floridanum was col-
lected by us April 12, 1916, at the Dessert Plantation near Bayou Sara
and called Acer saccharum. Our only other Louisiana specimens are from
Natchitoches. I hope you will be able this spring to more fully locate
this tree in Louisiana. It is probably common in some parts of the state.
Acer saccharum var. glaucum as a Louisiana tree does not seem to be
very well known. The only Louisiana specimen we have here is your No.
2520, St. Francisville, May 15, 1915, and doubtfully referred by you to
A. floridanum. This is another tree which I hope you will follow up this
spring as there is no reason why it should not be common in Louisiana.
237
March 15, 1920.
The books talk about Halesia tetraptera in Louisiana and Texas. This
certainly must be a mistake. The only indication we have that this tree
grows west of the Mississippi River is one specimen collected in Arkansas
by Palmer. We have no specimen from Florida or Mississippi and only
one from Alabama and that of course is from Selma, a region in which
for some unknown reason so many northern plants find conditions suitable
for them. The common east Gulf States species with four-winged fruit is
Halesia parviflora which is evidently much more abundant than I had
supposed and grows into a small tree. This form is also at Selma; it
grows at Laurel, oir and it would not therefore be very surpris-
ing if it got into Louisia
Britton claims that ea Fraxinus Smallii and F. Darlingtoniana | darling-
tonii| grow in Louisiana. These we take it are only forms of the Red
Ash, Fraxinus penns ylvanica, and there is no indication here that this tree
gets into Louisiana at all. Have you ever found it there? It is a tree
certainly to be looked for, and if you can find it this spring it will be
quite an assistance to me as I must now take up Fraxinus and Halesia
for my Manual very soon.
“we
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 361
Rehder has gone to New York today to look up some things in the
herbarium of the New York Botanic Garden and I have asked him to see
if he can find evidence there of Britton’s species of Fraxinus growing in
Louisiana.
238
March 18, 1920.
Rehder is back from his trip to New York and reports the only Loui-
siana specimen of any of Britton’s new Ashes is one called there Fraxinus
Darlingtonii, a single specimen collected by C. R. Ball at Gretna across
the River from New Orleans. This is perfectly glabrous and the ordinary
form of the Green Ash, so I do not think that Fraxinus Darlingtonti need
bother you except as a synonym.
Bumelia cassinifolia is based on a single fragmentary specimen collected
by Bush near Opelousas. This is all the material that there is in New
York. We have a photograph of the type specimen with a single leaf which
we should be glad to lend you if you care to see it. I do not believe there
is anything in it however. They certainly have a talent in New York for
making trouble.
[To be concluded |
362 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON DIPSACUS FULLONUM
AND DIPSACUS SATIVUS!
I. K. FERGUSON AND GEORGE K. BriIzICKY
WHILE ONE OF US was preparing an account of the Dipsacaceae for a
generic flora of the southeastern United States (Ferguson, Jour. Arnold
Arb. 46: 226-231. 1965), it was found that the name Dipsacus fullonum
had been and is still being used by a number of authors in different ways
and that the combination D. sativus has been attributed to several dif-
ferent authors. It seems desirable to- review these problems, in the hope
of resolving the confusion surrounding the usage and typification of D.
fullonum and the authority for the combination D. sativus.
DIPSACUS FULLONUM
The name Dipsacus fullonum has been used in at least two ways. Some
authors have applied the name to the wild teasel, which has erect recep-
tacular bracts; the cultivated teasel, which has recurved receptacular
bracts, is then referred to as D. sativus. Among the workers who have
adopted this treatment are F. A. Scholler (Fl. Barbiensis 47. 1775), C.
Schkuhr (Bot. Handb. 1: 67. 1791), N. E. Brown (English Botany, ed. 3.
Supplement. 197, 198. 1892), E. de Halacsy (Consp. Fl. Graec. 1: 757.
1901), F. N. Williams (Prodr. Fl. Brit. 1: 201. 1903), E. G. Bobrov (FI.
URSS 24: 21-23. 1957), and, most recently, A. R. Clapham (in Clapham,
Tutin, & Warburg, Fl. Brit. Isles, ed. 2. 797. 1962). Numerous other
authors, including, it appears, all American workers, have applied the
epithet “fullonum” to the cultivated teasel and the name D. sylvestris
Hudson to the wild plant.
A number of authors have commented on the different usages of the
maintaining that Linnaeus intended the epithet ‘‘fulionum” to refer to the
wild plant. Arthur Cronquist (in Hitchcock, Cronquist, Ownbey, &
Thompson, Vasc. Pl, Pacif. NW. 4: 480, 481. 1959), although referring
to the wild teasel as D. fullonum subsp. sylvestris, has observed that D.
fullonum could be typified by the wild plant. He says, “The weight of
historical practice, however, has been to accept the more logical, if perhaps
less legally proper typification of Hudson, who in 1762 considered the two
* Continuing a series of miscellaneous notes and papers on the flora of the south-
eastern United States made possible through the support of George R. Cooley and a
grant from the National Science Foundation. The authors are indebted to Carroll E.
Wood, Jr., for his valuable advice and suggestions.
1965] FERGUSON & BRIZICKY, NOTES ON DIPSACUS 363
phases to represent different species and restricted the name D. fullonum
L. to the cultivated plant with recurved receptacular bracts.”
Pursuing still another course, H. Schinz & A. Thellung (Bull. Herb.
Boiss. II. 7: 503. 1907) and R. Mansfeld (Repert. Sp. ae 47: 155.
1939) have rejected Dipsacus fullonum L. as a nomen ambi
In Species Plantarum (1: 97. 1753), Linnaeus described ce ful-
lonum as a wild plant with erect receptacular bracts and indicated a
variety od ii appears to be the cultivated plant with hooked recep-
tacular b
1. DIPSACUS foliis sessilibus serrati fullonum.
Dipsacus foliis connato-perfoliatis, Hort. ups. 25. ari-
stis fructus rectis. Sauv. monsp.
ea ee florum conicis. Hort. ean 29. Gron.
y. lugdb. 188. Dalib. par. 4.
eee pias aut Virga a oi Bauh. pin.
385.
Dipsacus sylvestris. Dod. pempt.
8. Dipsacus ele Bauh. pin. 385. porn fructus hamatis.
Sauv. monsp.
Habitat in Gallia, Anglia, Italia. ¢
All references under the first element clearly show that Linnaeus under-
stood them to refer to the wild teasel with erect receptacular bracts,
while those under the variety 8 indicate that he was referring to the
cultivated plant with recurved receptacular bracts. The text of the second
edition of Species Plantarum (1762) is unchanged, but in the appendix to
that work (1763) Linnaeus formally named the variety D. fullonunt B
sativus.
The year before this, Hudson, in his Flora Anglica (49. 1762), segre-
gated the wild plant, giving it a new name, Dipsacus sylvestris, applying
D. fullonum to the cultivated teasel and citing Species Plantarum in the
references under the latter species.
Most subsequent authors have recognized the wild teasel, with erect
receptacular bracts, and the cultivated teasel, with recurved bracts, as
distinct species or subspecies and have interpreted D. fullonum in either
of two ways: (1) as represented by the specimen in the Linnaean Her-
barium, which is the wild plant with erect receptacular bracts and which is
labeled “fullonum” in Linnaeus’ handwriting, or (2) by following Hud-
son’s treatment and adopting the i Sa “fullonum” for the cultivated
plant with recurved receptacular brac
It may be contended that the epithet “fullonum” circumscribed the
two entities that Linnaeus recognized in Species Plantarum and that
Hudson’s treatment effectively typified Dipsacus fullonum. In support of
this view it may be argued, as Sprague has suggested, that Linnaeus
intended the epithet “ pean to apply to the cultivated teasel because of
the origin of the name. However, this argument does not seem to be of
great importance, for many Linnaean names are inappropriate. On the
other hand, Linnaeus himself appears to suggest in Critica Botanica (A.
362 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
NOMENCLATURAL NOTES ON DIPSACUS FULLONUM
AND DIPSACUS SATIVUS !
I. K. FERGUSON AND GEORGE K. Brizicky
WHILE ONE OF US was preparing an account of the Dipsacaceae for a
generic flora of the southeastern United States (Ferguson, Jour. Arnold
Arb. 46: 226-231. 1965), it was found that the name Dipsacus fullonum
had been and is still being used by a number of authors in different ways
and that the combination D. sativus has been attributed to several dif-
ferent authors. It seems desirable to- review these problems, in the hope
of resolving the confusion surrounding the usage and typification of D.
fullonum and the authority for the combination D. sativus.
DIPSACUS FULLONUM
The name Dipsacus fullonum has been used in at least two ways. Some
authors have applied the name to the wild teasel, which has erect recep-
tacular bracts; the cultivated teasel, which has recurved receptacular
bracts, is then referred to as D. sativus. Among the workers who have
adopted this treatment are F. A. Scholler (Fl. Barbiensis 47. 1775), C.
Schkuhr (Bot. Handb. 1: 67. 1791), N. E. Brown (English Botany, ed. 3.
Supplement. 197, 198. 1892), E. de Halacsy (Consp. Fl. Graec. 1: 757.
1901), F. N. Williams (Prodr. Fl. Brit. 1: 201. 1903), E. G. Bobrov (FI.
URSS 24: 21-23. 1957), and, most recently, A. R. Clapham (in Clapham,
Tutin, & Warburg, Fl. Brit. Isles, ed. 2. 797. 1962). Numerous other
authors, including, it appears, all American workers, have applied the
epithet “fullonum” to the cultivated teasel and the name D. sylvestris
Hudson to the wild plant.
A number of authors have commented on the different usages of the
name Dipsacus fullonum. Brown, Williams, and Bobrov (see references
cited above) have each pointed out that the name has been misapplied,
maintaining that Linnaeus intended the epithet “‘fullonum” to refer to the
wild plant. Arthur Cronquist (in Hitchcock, Cronquist, Ownbey, &
Thompson, Vasc. Pl. Pacif. NW. 4: 480, 481. 1959), although referring
to the wild teasel as D. fullonum subsp. sylvestris, has observed that D.
fullonum could be typified by the wild plant. He says, “The weight of
historical practice, however, has been to accept the more logical, if perhaps
less legally proper typification of Hudson, who in 1762 considered the two
* Continuing a series of miscellaneous notes and papers on the flora of the south-
eastern United States made possible through the support of George R. Cooley and a
grant from the National Science Foundation. The authors are indebted to Carroll E.
Wood, Jr., for his valuable advice and suggestions.
,*
1965] FERGUSON & BRIZICKY, NOTES ON DIPSACUS 363
phases to represent different species and restricted the name D. fullonum
L. to the cultivated plant with recurved receptacular bracts.”
Pursuing still another course, H. Schinz & A. Thellung (Bull. Herb.
Boiss. II. 7: 503. 1907) and R. Mansfeld (Repert. Sp. Nov. 47: 155.
1939) have rejected Dipsacus fullonum L. as a nomen ambiguum
In Species Plantarum (1: 97. 1753), Linnaeus described Dipsacus ful-
lonum as a wild plant with erect receptacular bracts and indicated a
variety 8, which appears to be the cultivated plant with hooked recep-
tacular bracts:
1. DIPSACUS foliis sessilibus serratis fullonum.
Dipsacus foliis connato- seen Hort. ups. 25. ari-
stis fructus rectis. Sauv. monsp. 156.
Dipsacus capitulis florum conicis. Hort. cliff. 29. Gron.
virg. 15. Roy. lugdb. 188. Dalib. paris. 44.
Dipsacus sylvestris aut Virga Pastoris major. Bauh. pin.
S55.
Dipsacus sylvestris. Dod. pempt. 7
B. Sash ee Bauh. pin. 385. carn fructus hamatis.
Sauv. mons
Habitat in a Anglia, Italia. ¢
All references under the first element clearly show that Linnaeus under-
cultivated plant with recurved receptacular bracts. The text of the second
edition of Species Plantarum (1762) is unchanged, but in the appendix to
that work (1763) Linnaeus formally named the variety D. fullonunt B
sativus.
The year before this, Hudson, in his Flora Anglica (49. 1762), segre-
gated the wild plant, giving it a new name, Dipsacus sylvestris, applying
D. fullonum to the cultivated teasel and citing Species Plantarum in the
references under the latter species.
Most subsequent authors have recognized the wild teasel, with erect
receptacular bracts, and the cultivated teasel, with recurved bracts, as
distinct species or subspecies and have interpreted D. fullonum in either
of two ways: (1) as represented by the specimen in the Linnaean Her-
barium, which is the wild plant with erect receptacular bracts and which is
labeled ‘“‘fullonum” in Linnaeus’ handwriting, or (2) by following Hud-
son’s treatment and adopting the epithet “‘fullonum” for the cultivated
plant with recurved receptacular bracts.
It may be contended that the epithet “ful/onum” circumscribed the
two entities that Linnaeus recognized in Species Plantarum and that
Hudson’s treatment effectively typified Dipsacus fullonum. In support of
this view it may be argued, as Sprague has suggested, that Linnaeus
intended the epithet “‘fudlonum’’ to apply to the cultivated teasel because of
the origin of the name. However, this argument does not seem to be of
great importance, for many Linnaean names are inappropriate. On the
other hand, Linnaeus himself appears to suggest in Critica Botanica (A.
364 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VoL. 46
Hort, The “Critica Botanica” of Linnaeus, English translation, 203. 1938),
and Stearn in his introduction to the Ray Society facsimile of Species
Plantarum (90, 93. 1957) has stated, that where a variety has been
described within a species the typical element refers to the wild form,
“the natural species,” “natural form,” ‘natural plant,” or “normal form”
of Linnaeus. This appears to be the usage that Linnaeus adopted in
Hortus Cliffortianus (29, 30. 1737), where the first species described,
Dipsacus capitulis florum conicis, consists of a typical element and three
varieties (a, 8, y). The phrase name and synonymy of the typical ele-
ment correspond to those of D. fullonum in Species Plantarum, and the
phrase name and synonymy of var. y correspond to var. B of Species
Plantarum. At the end of the description is the observation, ‘Planta
naturalis gaudet paleis calycinis, flosculos distinguentibus, fere erectis &
mollibus; varietas autem (8) paleis parum reflexis & rigidiusculis; haec
autem (y) paleis apice reflexis, duris & hamatis; ista autem (a) foliis
caulinis incisis a naturali differt planta.”
It appears to be in agreement with Linnaeus’ concept of species to
regard the wild plant as the typical element of Dipsacus fullonum. This
treatment also appears to be consistent with the International Code of
Botanical Nomenclature (65. 1961): “In choosing a lectotype, any indi-
cation of intent by the author of a name should be given preference unless
such indication is contrary to the protologue” and “If it can be shown
that the element best fitting the protologue has been removed, it should
be restored and treated as the lectotype.” We are thus in agreement
with those who apply the name Dipsacus fullonum to the wild teasel with
erect receptacular bracts. In this circumstance Linnaeus’ specimen of the
wild teasel with erect receptacular bracts and labeled ‘“‘fullonum” in
Linnaeus’ handwriting (Linnaean Herbarium, sheet 119.1) should be
taken as the lectotype. The cultivated plant then bears the name D.
sativus, if it is regarded as a distinct species.
DIPSACUS SATIVUS
Further confusion exists concerning the author responsible for the eleva-
tion of var. sativus to specific rank. A number of different authors, in-
cluding F. A. Garsault (Fig. Pl. Anim. 2: tab. 249. 1764, and
Traité Pl. Anim. 2: 160. 1767) have been credited with making
the combination. Since Garsault did not consistently use binomials
in these works, the combination can not be considered to have been
published validly by him. The combination has also been erroneously
attributed to F. A. Scholler (Fl. Barbiensis 47. 1775), who mentioned the
name only incidentally under Dipsacus fullonum. Most authors have
attributed the combination D. sativus to G. A. Honckeny (Vollst. Syst.
Verz. Gewachse Teutschl. 1782). Jackson (Index Kewensis), Schinz
Thellung, and Mansfeld (see references cited under D. fullonum) cite p.-
374 for the combination, while Bobrov (Flora URSS) gives p. 16. It has
developed that Honckeny did indeed make the combination D. sativus
1965 | FERGUSON & BRIZICKY, NOTES ON DIPSACUS 365
validly on page 374 of his very rare work of 1782,? although he later
referred (Syn. Pl. Germania 2: 6.1792) to the cultivated teasel as D.
fullonum and cited D. sativus C. Bauh. in synonymy, making no reference
to his earlier work.
Several modern authors, including Clapham (loc. cit.) and Cronquist
(Joc. cit.) have treated the two elements of D. fullonum as subspecies.
The correct subspecific combination D. fullonum L. subsp. sativus does
not yet appear to have been published properly. Clapham cited Thellung
as authority, but Thellung (Fl. Advent. Montpellier 490, 491, 680, 697.
1912) did not make this combination, although he suggested that D.
sativus may perhaps be a subspecies of D. fullonum and included the
epithet “sativus” in the index to his work at both specific and subspecific
rank. Clapham can not be considered to have made a formal new combina-
tion either, for he does not cite the complete reference to the basionym as
required by Art. 33, International Code of Botanical Nomenclature, 1961.
In conclusion, it appears that the nomenclature of these two species of
Dipsacus may be summarized as follows:
Dipsacus fullonum Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. 1:97. 1753.
D. sylvestris Hudson, Fl. Anglica 49. 1762; Fernald, Gray’s Man. Bot. ed.
8. 1347. 1950; Gleason, New Britton & Brown Illus. Fl. NE. U.S. 3:
309. 1951; Cronquist, Vasc. Pl. Pacif. NW. 4: 480. 1959.
1: 374
D. fullonum 8 Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. 1: 97. 1753.
D. fullonum 8 sativus Linnaeus, Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 2: 1677. 1763.
D. fullonum, sensu Hudson, Fl. Anglica 49. 1762, and many other authors,
including all American worker rs.
Dipsacus sativus (L.) Honckeny, Vollst. Syst. Verz. Gewachse Teutschl.
1782
e authors wish to acknowledge the assistance of Mrs. Lazella Schwarten,
Librarian of the Arnold Arboretum and of the Gray Herbarium, and that of Dr. R
K. Brummitt, Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for their help in trying to locate a copy
We are especially seis to Professor K. H. Rechinger, Naturhistorisches Museum,
Wien, who found a copy of this elusive work in the a National Library and sent
a photostat of the pages ele to Dipsacus (372-378).
In an earlier paper (Fer n, Jour. Arnold Arb. 46: 229. 1965) C. ayn (Bot.
Handb. 1: 67. 1791) is aie cited as the authority for the combination Dipsacus
sativus, for at that time the synonymy in Honckeny’s work of 1792 Pinatas that he
had not made the combination earlier.
366 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
THE RUBIACEOUS GENUS MUSSAENDA:
A NEW SPECIES FROM NORTH BURMA
Don M. A. JAYAWEERA
N AN EARLIER PAPER! the species of Mussaenda of India and Ceylon
were treated in some detail. Since completion of that study there has come
to my attention the new species described here which I am glad to name
after its collector, the renowned plant explorer and author, Francis King-
don-Ward, F. L. S
Mussaenda Kingdon-wardii, sp. nov.
Frutex, ramis parce erectis, pubescentibus, foliis apicem versus aggre-
468 fg oppositis, coriaceis, lineari-lanceolatis, 5.5-10 cm. longis, 0.8—
1.6 latis, utrinque attenuatis, apice acuminatis, basi in petiolum
pele eae hirsutum, 0.5—1 cm. longum, attenuatis; laminae facie
supra glabra, infra venis prominentibus pubescentibusque ornata; stipulis
parvis, 5—7.5 mm. longis, 3-4 mm. latis, late triangulari-lanceolatis, apice
usque ad medium divaricato-bifidis, extus in medio et marginibus pubes-
centibus, intus glabris excepto supra basin et inter glandulas. Inflores-
centiae terminales, pauciflorae, cymosae; bracteis lanceolatis, 5.5 mm.
longis, acuminatis, extus pubescentibus, intus glabris; floribus tubulosis,
aurantiacis, pedicellis rigidis, pubescentibus, quam ovariis brevioribus;
calyce 5-lobato, parvo, lanceolato-acuminato, 4-4.5 mm. longo extus
hirsuto, intus ad basin loborum glandulis geminis donato; sepalo petaloideo
albo, ovato, 3-3.5 cm. longo, 2 cm. lato, apice acuto, basi cuneato, utrinque
glabro, excepto venis principalibus marginibusque, “‘petiolo” 1.5 cm. longo,
pubescenti; tubulo corollae extus pubescenti, intus basin versus glabro;
lobis corollae et staminibus non visis; ovario inferiori, 3.2 mm. longi, ob-
conico-fusiformi, 2-loculari, placentis pulviniformibus axillaribusque. Stylus
stigmaque etiam non visi; fructibus subglobosis, 8 mm. longis, 6 mm. latis,
lenticellatis, parce pubescentibus, lobis calycis deciduis; seminibus minu-
tis, reticulatis, oblongis vel ovoideis, sine spinulis, 0.70.8 mm. longis.
Shrub with somewhat erect pubescent branches bearing leaves clustered
towards their apices. Leaves opposite, leathery, linear-lanceolate, acu-
minate, attenuate at base, 5.5—10 cm. long, 0.8—1.6 cm. broad, glabrous on
the upper surface, pubescent on veins and venules below, the 8 or 9 pairs
of veins prominent on the lower surface and arcuate; petiole 0.5—1 cm.
long, hirsute and grooved along the upper surface. Stipules small, 5-7-5
e pasos ‘gs Mussaenda: the species of India and Ceylon. Jour. Arnold
Arb, 44: 232-267.
1965 ] JAYAWEERA, A NEW SPECIES OF MUSSAENDA 367
mm. long, 3-4 mm. broad at the base, triangular-lanceolate, bifid about
the upper half of their length, the rami diverging, pubescent on the outer
surface along the center and the margin, glabrous within except at the
base and among the glands. Inflorescence a terminal, few flowered,
dichotomous cyme; bracts lanceolate, 5.5 mm. long, acuminate and hairy
on the outer surface, glabrous within. Flowers tubular, orange, on stout
i i
\
W/V,
Fic. 1. Mussaenda Kingdon-wardii: A, branch with leaves and petaloid sepals
me as
within, X 314; F, young and mature berries X 1%; G, seed showing the areoles
and foveae of the testa, X 20, all from Kingdon-Ward 21707 (BM).
368 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
pubescent pedicels shorter than the ovaries. Calyx lobes 5, small, lance-
acuminate, 4—-4.5 mm. long, hairy on the outer surface and with one or
two pairs of glands at the base of each, inside; petaloid sepal white, ovate,
3—3.5 cm. long, 2 cm. broad, acute at apex, cuneate at base, glabrous on
both surfaces except along the main veins and the margins, “petiole” 1.5
cm. long, pubescent. Corolla tube pubescent on the outer surface, gla-
brous within towards the base; corolla lobes and stamens not seen. Ovary
inferior, 3.2 mm. long, obconic-fusiform, pubescent, 2-locular with numer-
ous ovules on cushion-shaped axile placentae; style and stigma not seen.
Berry spherical, 8 mm. long, 6 mm. broad, lenticellate, scantily pubescent,
calyx lobes deciduous; seeds minute, not spiny-reticulate, oblong or ovoid,
0.7-0.8 mm. long with 6—12 foveae in each areole of the testa.
DIstRIBUTION. Mussaenda Kingdon-wardii is an endemic species which
grows in thickets along the river bed below the high water mark southeast
of Sumprabum, at an elevation of 300—400 m. above sea level.
The type collection of Mussaenda Kingdon-wardii consists of two sheets.
The holotype (pm) has two specimens, one in flower but flowers not avail-
able for examination, excepting the lower part of one flower, and the
other i in fruit; the isotype (A) is in fruit only. Only one collection seems
to have been made of this species. It resembles Mussaenda glabra var. 2
of Hooker but the leaves are coriaceous and scantily pubescent. Mus-
saenda Kingdon-wardit is easily distinguished from other species of the
genus by its linear-lanceolate leaves which are glabrous and shining above
and pubescent on veins beneath, and by its small, scantily pubescent,
lenticellate berries with dehiscent calyx.
I am very grateful to the Keeper of Botany, British Museum (Natural
History), South Kensington, and to the Curator, herbarium of the Arnold
Arboretum of Harvard University, for the loan of specimens in their
charge for this study.
Roya Botanic GARDENS
PERADENTYA, CEYLON
VoLUME 46 NuMBER 4
JOURNAL
OF THE
ARNOLD ARBORETUM
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
B. G. SCHUBERT
EDITOR
L. I. NEVLING, JR. C. E. WOOD, JR.
LAZELLA SCHWARTEN
CIRCULATION
OCTOBER, 1965
bee PUBLISHED BY
THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY
CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS
Hesour: Poranrest
OCT 26 1985
THE JOURNAL OF THE
ARNOLD ARBORETUM
Published quarterly by the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University.
Subscription price $10.00 per year.
I-XX, reprinted, and back issues of volumes XXI-XLY are
available from the Kravs Reprint Corporation, 16 East 46TH STREET,
New York, N.Y. 10017
Subseriptions and remittances should be addressed to Mrs. LAzeLia
HWARTEN, ARNOLD ARBORETUM, 22 Divinity AVENUE, CAMBRIDGE, MASSA-
CHUSETTS 021
CONTENTS OF NO. 4
Potten Morpuowocy 1x THe JucLANDACEAE, II: Survey OF THE
Famity. Donald R. Whitehead .. 869
LETTERS FROM CHARLES SPRAGUE SARGENT TO REGINALD SOMERS
_ Cocks, 1908-1926 (Concluded). Edited by Joseph Ewan... 411
Comparative ANatoMy or THE LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XIV.
PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS ON THE VASCULATURE oF CoTY-
| tepons. I. W. Bailey . 445
= Comparative AnaroMy or THE LEaF-BEARING CacTacHaAE, XV.
Some PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS ON THE OCCURRENCE OF
“PROTEIN Bootes.” I. W. le 453
— 5 Tap. Director's Rerorr hs 1 Ae
| . a ‘spex: To Vourme 46 | eee Se ee 493
sae 46, N o. 3, including pages 243-368,
_ ‘was issued cit 15, 1965
JOURNAL
OF THE
ARNOLD ARBORETUM
VoL. 46 OcTOBER 1965 NUMBER 4
POLLEN MORPHOLOGY IN THE JUGLANDACEAE, I:
SURVEY OF THE FAMILY
DoNnALD R. WHITEHEAD
THE GEOLOGIC HISTORY OF THE JUGLANDACEAE is both extensive and
diversified. The fossil record of the family, based on megafossils and
pollen, extends through the Tertiary into the Cretaceous, includes vir-
tually all extant genera and several extinct ones as well, and embraces
geographic areas from which the family is either now absent or represented
by relatively few taxa. In western North America, for example, relatively
few members of the family are indigenous, yet during the Tertiary species
of Carya, Engelhardia, Juglans, Platycarya, and Pterocarya occurred. The
same applies to other regions. It is clear that juglandaceous species were
important constituents of the Tertiary forests.
The available pollen morphological studies suggest that grains of most
genera are distinguishable. A recent investigation has suggested that spe-
cific identifications of Pleistocene grains may be possible in some cases
(Whitehead, 1963). However, there are indications of a variational con-
tinuum (for pore number and pore location) between Pterocarya and
Juglans and it is conceivable that in extreme cases the separation of Carya
and Engelhardia might prove difficult. Too few data on variation are
available to permit a proper analysis of such problems.
Stachurska (1961) has contributed new information on pollen mor-
phology in the family and has suggested some possible subdivisions of
various pollen types. It is evident from her study that there is considerable
overlap between Juglans and Pterocarya and that the identification of
individual grains might prove difficult. However, the utility of the paper
is severely limited by her failure to employ oil immersion optics (thus
preventing any consideration of fine structure or sculpture) and her use
of glycerine-jelly as a mounting medium (resulting in anomalous size
measurements). In addition, a number of critical genera and species were
not studied. As a consequence, the reliability of some of the observations
‘and generalizations is questionable. More careful studies embracing a
greater range of material appear to be needed.
The present study of the family was initiated with the above considera-
tions in mind. The material studied includes two species of Alfaroa,
370 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
seven species of Engelhardia, the one species of Platycarya, 14 species of
Carya, seven species of Pterocarya, and 16 species of Juglans. Several
varieties of some species were studied. In general, from one to three
collections were obtained for each species. More detailed studies of pollen
size and pore number variation in several taxa have been carried out and
discussed in a previous paper (Whitehead, 1963).
The author wishes to express his thanks to Dr. Elso S. Barghoorn who
first suggested the study and gave many valuable suggestions and to Dr.
Cortez Hoskins for his helpful comments on a preliminary draft of the
manuscript. The writer is especially indebted to the directors of the
Arnold Arboretum (A) and the Gray Herbarium (GH) for permission to
collect staminate material. Additional collections were provided by Dr.
Wayne E. Manning and Dr. Donald E. Stone. Slides available in the
reference collection of the Geological Survey of Denmark (pcu) were
studied as well. The Jersey Production Research Company kindly granted
permission to publish the results of the investigation, part of which was
carried out while the writer was employed as a consultant. The author is
deeply grateful to Dr. Johannes Iversen and his colleagues of the Geo-
logical Survey of Denmark for permission to use the facilities of their
institute and for many stimulating discussions concerning the paper.
Special thanks are due to Drs. Stone and Manning for their extraordinarily
careful criticism of the penultimate draft of the manuscript. Support for
the final phase of the project has been provided by Grant G-17277 from
the National Science Foundation.
METHODS
Whole mounts of pollen grains were prepared as outlined previously
(Whitehead, 1963; treatment with KOH, acetolysis, and mounting in sili-
cone oil). Choice of techniques was predicated on the considerations dis-
cussed by Christensen (1946), Andersen (1960), and Whitehead (1962,
1964).
Pollen size measurements for Carya, Juglans, and Pterocarya were car-
ried out with a high-dry objective (ocular interval = 2.04 micra). Meas-
urements for Alfaroa, Engelhardia, and Platycarya were made with oil
immersion (ocular interval = 0.82 micra). Fifty measurements were ob-
tained for each collection. Pore number and frequency of heteropolar
grains were noted for Juglans and Pterocarya.
Of the slides available in the pollen reference collection of the Geologi-
cal Survey of Denmark, only preparations in silicone oil or Tangelfoot
medium were selected for study (grains mounted in Tangelfoot are identi-
cal in size to those mounted in silicone oil (Andersen, 1960)). Supple-
mentary data on Carya and Juglans have been obtained through the
courtesy of Dr. Svend Th. Andersen, who, in collaboration with Dr. Stan-
ley A. Cain, has accumulated a number of observations on the North
American species of these genera. Andersen and Cain’s data were derived
from pollen prepared by acetolysis (2 minutes) and mounted in glycerine-
1965] WHITEHEAD, JUGLANDACEAE, II ant
jelly (Andersen, personal communication), hence direct size comparisons
must be made with caution. However, the nearly perfect concordance of
these data with those obtained by the author (see TABLE 4) suggests that
the measurements from glycerine-jelly preparations may be divided by
1.06 for direct comparison. This corresponds to the correction factor of
1.15 determined by Faegri and Iversen (1964, pages 169-170).
THE PROBLEM OF POLLEN SIZE
It is evident that a variety of factors, both genetic and environmental,
Operate in concert to influence the size of modern pollen grains. It then
follows that to obtain meaningful data on pollen size one must accumulate
measurements from a number of collections distributed over the geographic
range of the species and encompassing the diversity of ecological situations
in which it occurs. This also will help minimize the effects of climatically
aberrant years. As some of the pollen size data presented in this study
involve only one or two collections, they must be considered preliminary
and not necessarily characteristic for the particular species. The same
reservation applies to the data on pore number for /uglans and Pterocarya.
The size data presented in this investigation will doubtless be compared
with those of Erdtman (1943, 1952), Heimsch (1944), Wodehouse
(1935), Stachurska (1961), Stone (1963), and others, thus it is important
to note that such comparisons must be made with extreme caution. The
studies of Christensen (1946) and Andersen (1960) demonstrate clearly
the effect of both chemical treatment and mounting medium on pollen size
and indicate that direct comparisons are possible only when identical
techniques have been employed. For example, the measurements of
Stachurska (1961) are systematically larger than those presented in the
present study, as she employed acetolysis and mounted the grains in
glycerine-jelly.
It should be emphasized that for size studies a medium in which pollen
size is stabilized must be employed. Glycerine-jelly is not to be recom-
mended. The unpredictable swelling of grains in this medium is well
known (e.g., Christensen, 1946; Andersen, 1960; Cushing, 1961; Faegri
& Deuse, 1960). This is demonstrated by the lack of correspondence be-
tween many of Stachurska’s measurements (e.g., those for Carya ovalis)
and those of Andersen and Cain, Stone (1963), and the writer.
The application of size-frequency data from modern pollen to the iden-
tification of fossil pollen involves even more complex considerations.
Seldom can direct size comparisons be made between modern and fossil
grains. The environment of preservation seems to alter the exine of fossil
grains chemically so that it does not respond to treatment in the same
manner as modern pollen (Christensen, 1946; Buell, 1946). Further-
more, as Andersen (1960) has indicated, pollen grains of a given species
differ in size depending upon the type of sediment in which they have been
preserved. Grains are apparently smallest in calcareous sediments and
largest in more acid types. Consequently, it is often impossible to make
372 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
direct size comparisons between fossil grains from different levels of the
same core. These various factors must be considered carefully in any
application of pollen size data.
POLLEN MORPHOLOGY
Alfaroa
The pollen grains of Alfaroa (TEXT-FIGURES 1-6) are tectate, triporate
(occasionally with two, four, and five pores), suboblate, subtriangular
(rounded triangular) in polar view, and possess a fine, even, scabrate
sculpture. The pores are equatorial in position and may be very slightly
aspidate. The pore vestibulum is an open, low cone defined by the
endexine which stops approximately two to three micra short of the pore
aperture (exopore) leaving a low, ill-defined rim (Trxt-FicuREs 3 and
5). The ektexine thickens very slightly at the pore. The pore aperture is
2 to 3 micra in diameter and somewhat variable in shape. According to
Erdtman (1952) the exopore is meridionally elongated, while in the collec-
tions studied by the writer it was more or less circular.
The ektexine is mostly homogeneous, consisting of a relatively thick
tectum and a much reduced columella layer. The extent of the foot layer
is not known. Columellae are discernible within the vestibulum, where
they are visible in optical section (oil immersion only). They are rela-
tively tightly packed and somewhat irregular in distribution. The pattern
is best seen with phase contrast. It is apparent that the ektexinous thick-
ening of vestibulum involves columella layer more than the tectum.
Columellae could not be differentiated outside of the vestibulum.
The grains studied varied in size from 18.6 to 28.4 micra, with a mean
of 23.5 (Tasre 1). This corresponds well to the sizes reported by
Erdtman (1952) and Heimsch (1944). The exine is approximately 1.6
micra thick, of which the endexine (and foot layer?) contributes less than
0.5 micra. The exine appears to be relatively uniform in thickness over
the entire surface of the grain (except surrounding the pore) in contrast
to Juglans and Carya in which a distinct thinning of the exine occurs on
the proximal pole. The scabrate sculpture, consisting of evenly spaced
elements (less than 0.4 micra in diameter) is present over the entire sur-
face of the grain, including the vestibulum. It is probable that the
individual sculptural elements are actually micro-echinae (fine spines)
comparable to those observed recently with electron microscopy in Juglans
and Carya (Stone et al., 1964).
In the collection of A. costaricensis upon which Heimsch (1944) has re-
ported, 66 per cent of the grains were triporate, 34 per cent tetraporate,
and less than 1 per cent pentaporate. However, in only one of the collec-
tions which the present writer studied (A. costaricensis var. costaricensis,
Skutch 4684) were numbers of tetraporate grains encountered and this
was clearly an aberrant collection, as the fourth pore was always polar
rather than equatorial in position. Diporate and tetraporate grains were
extremely rare in the other collections studied.
1965] WHITEHEAD, JUGLANDACEAE, II 373
TABLE 1. Pollen-Size in Alfaroa
DATA FROM PRESENT Stupy * STACHURSKA (1961)
SPECIES X () RANGE (“) RANGE («)
A. costaricensis 23.0 20.5—26.2
var. elongata 23.0 20.3-26.1
A. costaricensis
ar. costaricensis 24.5 18.6—-28.4 No data
A, manningii 23.4 20.3-26.1
23.5 18.6-28.4
*n = 50 for each collection
No significant interspecific (between A. costaricensis and A. manningit)
or intervarietal pollen morphological differences were noted.
pecimen citations are given at the end of the paper.
Engelhardia !
The pollen grains of Engelhardia are tectate, triporate (occasionally
diporate, tetraporate and pentaporate), suboblate to oblate in shape, tri-
angular to rounded-triangular in polar view, and possess a fine, even
scabrate sculpture. Erdtman (1943, page 106) refers to the sculpture of
E. chrysolepis as “faintly reticulate,” but this represents a misinterpreta-
tion. The pores are equatorial in position and may be very slightly
aspidate (TEXT-FIGURES 7-15, 105). The vestibulum is similar to Adfaroa
(see TEXT-FIGURES 8-10), although in some collections (and species?) it
cannot be differentiated clearly. The ektexine thickens slightly within the
vestibulum in grains of E. nudiflora and not at all in E. chrysolepis. In
the latter species (TEXxT-FIGURE 10) the endopore is elongated equatorially
(this is partly a function of the oblate shape of the grains), while in
others it is more or less circular. The exopore (pore aperture) varies in
shape from elongated (E. chrysolepis) to circular in outline.
The exine is similar to Alfaroa, with some variation from species to
species. In Engelhardia chrysolepis it is relatively thin, homogeneous
(columellae not distinguishable), and does not thicken at the pore. B
contrast, grains of E. nudiflora and E. pterocarpa are much like those of
Alfaroa; columellae are discernible in the thickened ektexine near the
pore. In most collections of E. spicata, E. parvifolia, and E. apoensis a
rather curious exine structure was encountered (TEXT-FIGURES 13-15);
the exine appears to undulate sharply giving the grains a distinctly
crumpled appearance. At first it was thought that this merely represented
a structural anomaly, either a function of immature grains or of faulty
preparation. However, the uniformity of the feature, its appearance in
other collections of E. spicata and E. parvifolia, and the observation of
e spelling used here, Engelhardia, is the original spelling, ee authors in
Faves "tees used Engelhardtia, as incorrectly cited in Index Kewensis. See also
Manning, Am. Jour. Bot. 49: 975. 1962.
374 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VOL. 46
TEXT-FIGURES 1-20. Ma eifcaton 690 X. Each series (e.g., 1-3) represents
successively lower levels of focus. 1-6, Alfaroa costaricensis var. elongata, pola
ew q ew ( I
7-9), equatorial view (10-12). 13- ‘— Engelhardia spicata, polar view 0
Cd grains. 16-20, Platycarya strobilacea, polar view.
similar morphology in the same species by Stachurska (1961), suggests
that it may represent a regular structural feature with some taxonomic
Significance. In some of these grains it is possible to see that the exine is
unevenly oy Faron It seems likely that the thickened regions represent
the “ridges” of the crumpled grains and the thinner areas the concavities.
In some is not all) grains it is possible to observe that columellae are
Present along the “ridges” (TExt-FricuRE 105) but not on the concave
1965] WHITEHEAD, JUGLANDACEAE, II 375
TABLE 2. Pollen-Size in Engelhardia
DATA FROM PRESENT StTuDY * STACHURSKA (1961)
SPECIES X (#) RANGE (4) RANGE (“)
§ ENGELHARDIA
E. apoensis *** 17.8 15.1-20.3
E. nudiflora 18.9 16.8-20.8
E. parvifolia ** 20.3 17.2-23.0 19.6-24.9
E. serrata
var. cambodica 20.9 18.9-23.8
E. spicata 19.6-24.9
var. (7) *** 21.9 19.2-24.0 15.7-22.7
E. spicata
var. acerifolia *** 19.6 16.8-20.8 19.2-24.5
E. spicata
var. colebrookiana ** 22.0 20.0-24.8 21.0-31.5
§ PsILOCARPEAE
E. roxburghiana 14.8 + 12.8-17.4 + 14.2-17.3
§ OREOMUNNEA
E. pterocarpa 20.5 18.0—23.2
50 for each collecti
sles feat with irregularly th —— ed exine occasional
*** forms with irregularly thic cn ned exine predominant
+ average of three collection
surfaces. This would suggest that the feature is due to an uneven
thickening of the columella layer. Since the scabrate sculpture is present
even on the concavities it is apparent that at least some tectum is present.
Individual grains of Engelhardia vary in size from 12.8 micra (E.
chrysole pis, X= 14.82) to 24.84 (E. spicata var. colebrookiana, X =
22.0.) (TABLE 2). The exine is generally relatively uniform in thickness
(ca. one micron) over the entire grain surface (except as noted above).
The scabrate sculpture, consisting of evenly spaced elements less than 0.4
micra in diameter, is also present over the whole surface of the grain.
It is most distinct in grains of E. nudiflora and E. pterocarpa and least
so in E. chrysolepis.
Interspecific pollen morphological differences are evident in the genus,
although a greater range of material must be studied before definite con-
clusions can be made. Tentatively it can be suggested that there are three
basic pollen types within the genus. These can be designated arbitrarily
as E. chrysolepis type, E. nudiflora-Alfaroa type, and E. spicata type
Grains of the Engelhardia chrysolepis type are distinct. The grains are
extremely small (12.8-17.4), distinctly triangular in polar view, oblate
(index 0.57), endopore is elongated equatorially, exopore is elongated
meridionally, ektexine does not thicken at the pore, no columellae are
discernible, and the scabrate sculpture is extremely fine. On the basis of
376 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
the material studied, this type occurs only in E. chrysolepis. This is
consistent with the findings of Stachurska (1961).
Pollen grains of the E. nudiflora-Alfaroa type are larger (16.8-23.8,),
rounded-triangular in polar view, suboblate (index 0.76), endopore is not
elongated equatorially, exopore is more or less circular, ektexine thickens
slightly within the vestibulum, columellae are visible within the vestib-
ulum, and the sculptural pattern is more distinct. This type has been
found in E. nudiflora, E. pterocarpa, and E. serrata var. cambodica. This
pollen type is similar in most respects to Alfaroa.
The Engelhardia spicata type is similar to the E. nudiflora-Alfaroa type,
but differs in that the grains are apt to be oblate-spheroidal (index 0.89)
and possess the variable differentially thickened exine. This makes the
grains angular in polar view (Stachurska refers to these as “hexagonal
forms”). As mentioned previously, the angularity is due to a sharply
undulating exine, possibly a function of uneven thickening. Along the
ridges (thickened areas) columellae can sometimes be seen. In many
grains of the E. spicata type the vestibulum is not clearly developed. The
fact that not all of the grains of a sample possess the differential thicken-
ing and that the degree of expression is variable renders an interpretation
difficult. The morphological and taxonomic significance of the feature
can be assessed more properly through the study of thin sections.
In the present study grains of the E. spicata type were found strongly
developed in collections of E. spicata, E. spicata var. acerifolia, and E.
apoensis, and less frequently developed in collections of E. parvifolia and
E. spicata var. colebrookiana. Stachurska has reported it in E. parvifolia,
E. spicata, and E. philippinensis (= E. spicata) and to a lesser degree in
E. colebrookiana (= E. spicata var. colebrookiana) and E. acerifolia t=
E. spicata var. acerifolia).
Platycarya
The pollen grains of Platycarya are tectate, triporate (2-5 pores),
oblate in shape, triangular in polar view, and possess a fine scabrate
sculpture (TExt-FicURES 16-24). The grains are unique in possessing a4
pair of arcuate pseudocolpi on each polar hemisphere. The pores are
equatorial in position, the endopore is elongated equatorially, and the
exopore meridionally (TEXT-FIGURE 23).
The pseudocolpi are distinctive features. They are sharp, slit-like thin-
nings of the ektexine, involving either the inner portion of the tectum or
deeper layers of the ektexine. The outer layer of the tectum, although
sharply invaginated, is continuous over the pseudocolpi, since the scabrate
sculpture is visible in these regions. The longer of the two pseudocolpi on
each hemisphere describes an arc of about 12 micra, the shorter one of
approximately six micra. The functional significance of the structures is
not known, but their similarity to colpi led Faegri and Iversen (1950) to
classify the grains as extraporate (possessing both pores and colpi but
with the pores not included in the colpi).
The exine is essentially homogeneous and of uniform thickness. Colu-
1965] WHITEHEAD, JUGLANDACEAE, II 377
mellae cannot be differentiated. The scabrate sculpture is present over
the whole surface, including vestibulum and pseudocolpi, and consists of
evenly spaced elements (micro-echinae?) less than 0.3 micra in diameter.
The grains of Platycarya vary in size from 13.1 to 17.2 micra (mean
about 15.0u) (See TABLE 3).
TABLE 3. Pollen-Size in Platycarya strobilacea
DATA FROM PRESENT STUDY * DaTA FROM STACHURSKA (1961)
X (x) RANGE (x) RANGE (1)
14.5 13.1-15.6 18.7-22.0 **
15.5 13.1-17.2 22.0-27.0 ***
Ave: 15.0 13.1-17.2 24.0-27.0 +
a
¥ pentaporate grains
It is interesting to note that, aside from the presence of pseudocolpi,
elongated vestibulum and pore aperture, an essentially homogeneous
exine, and a fine scabrate sculpture.
Carya
The pollen grains of Carya are tectate, triporate (1-6 pores have been
observed), suboblate in shape, rounded-triangular to circular in polar
view, and possess a fine scabrate sculpture (TEXT-FIGURES 25-49, 101-
104). The grains are distinctly heteropolar; the pores are never exactly
equatorial in position, but drawn somewhat towards one pole (the distal),
leaving one hemisphere (proximal) pore-free. Correlated with the hetero-
polarity is a distinct thinning of the exine on the proximal pole (TExtT-
FIGURES 25, 26, 33-36). The pore vestibulum is an open, low to greatly
flattened cone. It is delimited by the endexine which stops approximately
four to six micra short of the exopore, leaving a low, poorly defined rim
(TExt-FIcuRES 31, 32, 37). The ektexine thickens quite distinctly within
the vestibulum; the pore aperture is more or less circular in outline.
The pollen grains of Carya vary in size from 26.5 (one grain of Carya
cordiformis) to 63.24 (one grain of C. tomentosa). Mean pollen size
ranges from 33.3n for C. tonkinensis (one collection) to $0.7 for C.
tomentosa (11 collections). TABLE 4 summarizes these data and those of
Stone (1963), Andersen and Cain (personal communication), and Sta-
churska (1961). In general, grains seem to be largest in section CARYA
and smallest in section ApocaryA. More important, however, is the
correlation between ploidal level and grain size (Stone 1961, 1963;
Whitehead, 1963). The tetraploids of section CARyA possess the largest
grains.
378 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
The ektexine of Carya grains is distinctly stratified. This is especially
evident within the vestibulum, where a distinct thick tectum is present, in
addition to a well developed columella layer. The endexine, not present
i t
(Stone et al., 1964) indicates that the layer identified as endexine with
light and vihaxse microscopy actually consists of the innermost layer of
ektexine (foot layer) and endexine.
The ektexinous thickening near the pore involves two layers of which
the columella layer is the primary contributor. In most species of Carya
the columellae can only be seen within the area of the ektexinous thicken-
ing (which may coincide in extent with the vestibulum or stretch slightly
beyond it). In general the columellae in this region are highly variable in
TEXT-FIGURES 21-28. Magnification 690 X. Each series (e.g., 25-28) repre-
sents successively lower levels of focus. 21-24, Platycarya strobilacea, polar
view (21, 22, continuation of series shaicaianies at 16); equatorial view (23, 24).
25-28, Carya tomentosa, polar view
TABLE 4. Carya Pollen-Size Data
WHITEHEAD STONE ANDERSEN & CAIN STACHURSKA
" No. _ RANGcEOF No. > . RANGE or “Most FREQUENT
xX VARIATION COLL. X= VARIATION COLL. X > VARIATION COLL. VARIATION DIAMETER”
§ CaryA
carolinae-septen-
trionalis (2n) oo _- — ao 43.7 42-45 3 —— — — —
floridana (40) — i ee RS OF — oe. = oes —_ ~
glabra (4n) 46.88 40.80-53.04 2 51.7 48-57 11 50.37 43-47 5 38.5-59.5 49.0~52.5
laciniosa (2n) 45.00 38.76-51.00 Z 47.5 46-50 6 46.82 41-53 > 45,.5-48.2 52.5~54.2
leiodermis 47.49 40.80—53.04 1 49.7 46-54 7 _— — — _ —
ovalis (4n) 47.65 36.72-53.04 2 50.4 48-53 Ale 52.81 46-59 4 56.0—-96.5 65.5
ovata (2n) 44.93 36.72-51.00 3 46.5 43-52 13 48.30 42-54 5 42.0-61.2 49.0~-52.5
pallida 49.82 42.84—-55.08 1 49.3 45-54 ) —_— —_ — 53.0-75.0 62.0
texana (4n) 46.27 = 40.80-53.04 2 48.2 42-52 16 —- a= — -- —
tomentosa (4n) 50.65 40.80—-63.24 1 51.9 49-57 Ze 52.53 47-60 5 45.5-59.5 Ly
glabra (Florida) —_ —- — — 47.7 44-50 15 — —_ — — es
§ APOCARYA
aquatica (2n) 41.80 36.72-46.92 2 41.7 40-46 4 — — — 36.4-54.2 43.7
cathayensis a —_- — — — — — — — — —
cordiformis (2n) 40.36 26.52-46.92 1} 42.0 40-44 11 42.61 39-48 5 40.2-50.7 45.5~47.2
illinoensis (2n) 46.10 38.76-55.08 2 48.0 43-53 — — 38.5—56.0 49.0
myristiciformis (2n) 39.64 32.64-44.88 2 42.1 39-47 15 — _ — 38.5-—52.5 43.7~52.5
tonkinensis 33.25 28.56-38.76 1 32.6 32-33 3 _ a — = sans
poilanei — _-_ — — 38.5 — 1 — — — ae —
palmeri <a —_ _— 44.4 42-46 14 — — — a _—
x lecontei —_— — — —_ 47.9 47-49 Z — —_ — one ~—
§ RHAMPHOCARYA
sinensis 38.23 30.60-44.88 1 KS — 1 _— _— — — —
Il ‘AVAOVGNVTIDOAL ‘GVAHALIHM [SO6I
6L¢
380 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VvoL. 46
size and are irregularly distributed (TExtT-FIcuRES 101-104). Clumping
of columellae is not infrequent. In only a few species can columellae be
differentiated in the polar region (and never on the proximal pole), and
there they are invariably smaller and more tightly packed. There is
usually a rather uniform gradation from pole to pore, with columellae
becoming progressively larger and more widely spaced. In some species
(e.g., C. tonkinensis, TEXT-FIGURE 102) there is a sharp line of demarca-
tion between polar region and vestibulum. In those species in which the
columellae are most distinct, there is also a gradient between pole and
interporium (equatorial region between the pores). The columellae are
visible in the interporium, but smaller and more tightly packed than in the
vestibulum. As can be seen in the electron micrographs of Stone ef al.
(1964), a columella layer is actually present in all portions of the grain;
columellae, appearing as “variable-sized, anastomosing rods,” can be dif-
microscopy is therefore partly an artifact caused by limitations of tech-
nique. Too few data are available as yet to indicate whether columella
distribution can be used to characterize species, although some possibilities
appear to be present. These are noted at the end of this section and in the
discussion.
e thin polar area poses some problems of interpretation. If one
follows Stachurska (1961) and Wodehouse (1935), it is not a question of
a thinning of the exine, but of the exinous thickenings which surround the
pores coalescing and leaving only the pole free. However, by careful ob-
servation with light and phase microscopy (oil immersion) it is possible to
determine the extent of the ektexinous thickening; i.e., the region within
which the columellae can be differentiated most readily and within which
they have the most irregular distribution. In those species which possess
the most extensive ektexinous thickening (continuing beyond the vestib-
ulum and encroaching upon distal pole and interporium, e.g., Carya
cordiformis, TExT-FIGURE 103), the interpretation of Stachurska and
Wodehouse would seem to fit. However, even in such types it can be seen
that the polar thinning is considerably more restricted in area than the
region covered by the ektexinous thickening. Furthermore, in Carya tonki-
nensis (TEXT-FIGURE 102) the thickenings are confined to the vestibulum
(which itself is highly restricted), yet a distinct polar thinning is visible
(TEXT-FIGURE 33). It would thus seem that the polar thinning is a
feature unrelated to the exinous thickenings surrounding the pores. The
thinning probably involves largely the columella layer as columellae are
never visible in this region, and since the scabrate sculpture is continuous
over the thinning. This interpretation has been corroborated by electron
microscopy (Stone et al., 1964
As suggested above, it is extremely difficult to attach any taxonomic
significance to the morphological features observed. There is great varia-
tion from collection to collection and occasionally within a collection as
well. This is true with respect to the frequency of tetraporate grains,
columella distribution, character of the ektexinous thickening, degree of
Vv
1965] WHITEHEAD, JUGLANDACEAE, II 381
TEXT-FIGURES 29-40. Magnification 690 X. Each series (e.g., 29-33) repre-
sents successively lower levels of focus. 29-33, Carya tonkinensis, Polar Sg
34-40, Ca arya aquat ttca, 34-37, equatorial view to show polar thinning; 39,
diporate grain; 40, monoporate grain.
heteropolarity, etc. Stachurska’s pollen groups seem to be more a reflec-
tion of the particular grains studied than characteristic of the species in
question. This is certainly true with respect to pore frequency, extent of
the exinous thickening, and position of the pores. The author found no
grains with truly equatorial pores in any of the collections studied, al-
382 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
though less heteropolar grains were found in a few species (eg., C.
tonkinensis, C. sinensis, C. illinoensis, etc.).
The observations on fine structure made in the course of the investiga-
tion are summarized in the following paragraphs.
Section Carya. (1) Carya glabra (2 niet columellae within
vestibulum large and distinct, irregular in size and distribution. Colu-
mellae visible on distal pole are small and tightly packed. Uniform grada-
tion from pole to both pore and interporium. Columellae visible in inter-
porium, but very tightly packed. (2) C. laciniosa (2 collections): arrange-
ment of columellae as for C. glabra. (3) C. leiodermis (1 collec aay
morphology as for two preceding species, but structure finer, columellae
not discernible on pole and interporium. (4) C. ovalis (2 collections) :
structure intermediate between C. glabra and C. leiodermis. Some colu-
mellae visible on distal pole, but very fine and tightly packed. (5) C.
ovata (3 collections): much variation from collection to collection; one
similar to preceding species, with very fine columellae visible on inter-
porium; another with extremely coarse and widely spaced columellae
within vestibulum and distinct large columellae on the distal pole; a third
with an extraordinarily thick tectum and columella layer within the vestib-
ulum. (6) C. pallida (1 collection): ektexine within the vestibulum
unusually thick (reported also by Stachurska), exine varies in thickness
Columella distribution as in grains of C. glabra. (7) C. texana var.
arkansana (2 collections): grains more regular than in the preceding
species, outline regularly rounded-triangular. Vestibulum sharply defined.
Abrupt transition from vestibulum to polar area. Very large and irregu-
larly distributed columellae within vestibulum; columellae not visible on
rest of grain surface. (8) C. tomentosa (11 collections): In general,
columellae visible on both interporium and distal pole, with a gradation
from both pole and interporium to vestibulum (and from pole to inter-
porium) (TEXxtT-FIGURE 104). Packing of columellae is variable.
Section Apocarya. (1) C. aquatica (2 collections): collections variable,
one with uniform gradation from pole to pore zone and with columellae
relatively tightly packed within pore zone and not visible on the pole; the
other with a sharp line of demarcation between polar zone and pore zone,
and columellae within pore zone very large and widely spaced. (2) C.
cordiformis (11 collections): Much variability is evident. In general, the
ektexinous thickenings are extensive and encroach upon both interporium
and distal pole (Text-ricurE 103). The columellae within the ektexinous
thickenings are usually large and irregularly spaced. Some collections
have an unusually wide spacing of columellae, giving the vestibulum an
essentially “empty” look (Trxt-Fricure 103). In some collections there
is a gradation from pole to pore, in others an abrupt change (the latter
condition seems to prevail in two collections of C. cordiformis var. lati-
folia). (3) C. illinoensis (2 collections): the pollen grains appear to be
more triangular than in many of the preceding species, apparently due to
a distinct, localized thickening of the ektexine at the pore. The grains
1965] WHITEHEAD, JUGLANDACEAE, II 383
also tend to be a little less heteropolar. Both the vestibulum and ektexi-
nous thickening are restricted in area and there is a sharp contrast in colu-
mella pattern between this region and the polar hemispheres. Within the
pore zone the columellae are highly irregular in size and shape. The rela-
tively small area covered by the ektexinous thickening corresponds to the
reports of Wodehouse (1935) and Stachurska (1961). (4) C. myristict-
formis (2 collections): columella distribution gradational from pole to
pore, columellae not visible on pole. A few “islands” of tightly packed
fine columellae are evident on the distal pole of a few grains from one
collection. The columellae within the vestibulum are more uniformly
distributed and more tightly packed than in most species. (5) C. tonki-
nensis (1 collection): pollen grains are very small; pores more equatorial
than in other species; endexine break at border of vestibulum more dis-
tinct than in most; vestibulum and ektexinous thickening very restricted.
Columellae visible only within the vestibular area. Columellae large, ir-
regular, and widely spaced (TExtT-FIGURE 102). Sharp lines of demarca-
tion between vestibulum and polar zone (partly due to break in endexine,
partly to the change in columella distribution). There is an apparent con-
centration of columellae at the base of the vestibulum (near the endexine
break) and also around the aperture.
Section RHAMPHOCARYA. (1) Carya sinensis (1 collection): grains rela-
tively small (see also Stone, 1963), somewhat more triangular in polar
view than other species, and a little less heteropolar. Vestibulum restricted
as in C. tonkinensis, and defined by a rather sharp break of the endexine.
Ektexinous thickening restricted in area, sharp line of demarcation be-
tween pore area (within which are large, irregular, widely spaced colu-
mellae) and polar hemispheres (TEXT-FIGURE 101). Thinning of proximal
pole as in all other species.
On the basis of size, restricted ektexinous thickening, slightly protuber-
ant pores, and relative isopolarity, grains of Carya tonkinensis and C.
sinensis approach those of the Engelhardia nudiflora-Alfaroa type. This
might indicate that grains of these species are primitive for the genus.
Should this assumption be valid, then one may suggest that the evolu-
tionary trends within the genus (with respect to pollen morphology)
would be towards increased pollen size, increased heteropolarity, more ex-
tensive ektexinous thickenings and the development of larger and more
distinctive columellae. Pollen size and heteropolarity are to a degree re-
lated, and the ektexinous thickenings and columella patterns are certainly
related. However, the former two and latter two could be thought of as
relatively independent evolutionary trends.
The grains of Carya sinensis are worthy of further comment, especially
considering the varied opinions held concerning the taxonomic position of
the species (e.g., Manning and Hjelmqvist, 1951; Scott, 1953; and Leroy,
1952, 1953). On the basis of pollen morphology alone, the taxon would
appear to be closely allied to Carya. The grains are clearly Carya-like; in
fact, indistinguishable from those of many of the species. This would cer-
tainly support the conclusions of Manning and Hjelmqvist (loc. cit.) who
384 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
have placed it in section RHAMPHOCARYA of the genus Carya. As was
suggested to the writer by Stone (personal communication) the greater
degree of triangularity of Carya sinensis grains (compared to C. tonki-
nensis), a condition noted in grains of the Alfaroa-Engelhardia nudiflora
type, indicates that the sinensis type might be more primitive than the
tonkinensis type.
Pterocarya
The pollen grains of Pterocarya are prevailingly stephanoporate, possess
from three to nine pores (the mean figure is roughly 5.8 for the genus),
are polygonal to circular in polar view, oblate to suboblate in shape, and
have a distinct scabrate sculpture (TEXxT-FIGURES 80-100, 106). The
pores are distinctly aspidate, the ektexine generally thickens perceptibly
within the vestibulum, and the pore aperture varies in shape from circular
(TEXT-FIGURE 92) to elongate (TEXT-FIGURE 91). Elongate apertures
tend to be more frequent than circular ones. The grains, although char-
acteristically stephanoporate, are occasionally periporate and heteropolar
as in Juglans (TExt-FicuRES 92-94). This condition is most prevalent in
grains with seven or more pores. The heteropolar grains generally possess
only one or two pores on the distal surface, the remaining pores being
strictly equatorial in position. The frequency of heteropolar grains varies
from collection to collection. It is lowest in one collection of Pterocarya
paliurus (0%) and highest in a collection of Pt. rhoifolia (34%) (see
TABLE 5). Some tendency towards heteropolarity can be found in many
other stephanoporate grains in that one or two pores may be positioned
slightly off of the equator, and the grains are often slightly plano-convex
in equatorial view. No evidence of any ektexinous thinning on the proxi-
mal side has been found.
Grains of Pterocarya vary in size from 25.9 (one grain of Pt. paliurus)
to 38.84 (several species). Mean pollen size varies from 28.6n (Pt. hupe-
hensis, \ collection) to 35.5, (Pt. insignis, 1 collection). Pore number
varies from 3 to 9. Species’ means range from 4.1 (Pt. paliurus) to 6.5
(Pt. rhoifolia). (For the purpose of these discussions, Stachurska’s obser-
vations on Pt. rhoifolia have been omitted. The collection that she studied
had unusually high pore number for the genus (7.6), an unusually high
percentage of heteropolar grains (75%), and the modal class for pollen
size was larger than for other species of Pterocarya. It is likely that this
herbarium sheet was identified incorrectly and represents instead a species
of Juglans (possibly J. cathayensis).)
The individual collection data for mean pore number and mean pollen
size are plotted on a scatter diagram (F1cuRE 108).
The exine of Pterocarya grains is relatively homogeneous. Columellae
can never be distinguished outside of the vestibular region and are often
difficult to discern even within that zone. The ektexine thickens very
slightly at the pore. Both tectum and columella layer are involved in this
thickening. The vestibulum of the pore is a relatively distinct feature,
1965 | WHITEHEAD, JUGLANDACEAE, II 385
XT-FIGURES 41-47. Magnification 690 X. Each series (e.g., 41-43) repre-
TEX
sents succ essively lower levels of focus. 41-43, Carya aquatica, polar view,
eae grain. 44-47, Carya glabra, polar view, g iene e gra
partly because the endexine breaks off sharply at the base of the vestib-
ulum and partly because there is a concentration of columellae at that
point and around the aperture. The remainder of the ektexine within the
vestibulum is often free of columellae.
With the exception of low pore number in Pterocarya paliurus (section
Cyc.optera) there appear to be no morphological criteria which have any
intrageneric taxonomic significance.
385 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
TEXT-FIGURES 48-55. Magnification 690 Each series mee 50-55) ary
sents successively lower levels of focus. 48, 49, Carya pallida, polar view. 50-55
Juglans regia, polar view.
Juglans
The pollen grains of Juglans are relatively variable. They (TEXT-
FIGURES 50-79, 107) are tectate and basically periporate and heteropolar.
The pores are restricted to one polar hemisphere or may encroach slightly
upon the other. Pore number varies from two to 37 for the genus, al-
though individuals with from 6 to 18 pores are most frequent. The mean
pore-number varies from a minimum of 7.3 for J. cathayensis (2 collec-
tions) to a maximum of 17.4 for J. nigra (42 collections; Whitehead,
1963). The pores are apt to be strictly equatorial in grains with low pore
number, hence such grains can be classified as stephanoporate (TEXT-
TABLE 5. Pollen-Size and Pore-Number in Pterocarya
PRESENT Stupy ' STACHURSKA WODEHOUSE
x RANGE x RANGE
(PorE (PoRE 0 ODAL (PoRE (PoRE %
x (#) RANGE (#) NO.) NO.) STEPH. RANGE (#) CLASS NO.) NO.) STEPH. SIzE (u#) Pore NO.
§ CYCLOPTERA
paliurus 30.1 25.9-33.1 4.1 3-5 100 24.5-40.3 30.0 4.1 3-5 100 Sock 5-7 °
DIPTERA
fraxinifolia* 34.3 30.0-38.8 5.8 4-8 94.6 30.6-43,2 38.0 6.2 3-8 98 33-35 4-6
hupehensis 28.6 24.5-34.7 5.4 4-8 99.5 28.0-36.7 31.5 5.3 4-7 98 29-31 4-6
stenoptera* 31.9 28.0-36.7 6.5 5-9 91.0 30.6-39.0 36.0 6.4 5-8 91 26-30 3-6
§ PLATYPTERA
delavayi O22 28.6-38.8 5.8 4-7 85.6 —_- — — — _ _ _ —
forrestit — _- — _— — — 35 .6-46.3 39.2 So 4-7 99
insignis 35.5 32.6-38.8 5.3 4-7 98.8 33 .8-43.5 38.6 6.3 5-8 100
rhoifolia 33.4 30.6-36.7 6.5 5-8 80.8 37.8-46.8° 45.07 7.67 6-107 25°
n = SO for all collections
* = values all unusual for Pterocarya, specimen probably a Juglans.
= some heteropolar grains note
= two collections studied
Il ‘AVAOVGNVIDOAL ‘GVAHALIHM [S961
L8¢
388 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
TABLE 6. Pollen-Size and Pore-Number in Juglans
MEAN PoRE
MEAN PORE NO. ERCENT
SPECIES SIZE (u) SIZE RANGE (1) NO. RANGE STEPHANOPORATE
§ RuysocaRYON
J.australis* 32.3 28.6—-36.7 10.9 7-17 <1%
J. boliviana 30.3 25.9-34.6 10.0 8-12
J. californica * 36.3 30.6—40.8 12.5 8-19
J. hirsuta * 36.4 30.6—44.9 13.4 9-18
J. insularis 32.1 28.6-34.7 9.9 8-14
J. jamaicensis 32.0 28.8-36.0 9.7 6-12 <1%
J. major ** 34.7 24.5—40.8 11.5 4-17
J. microcarpa * 34.8 30.6—40.8 13.8 9-22
J. neotropica* 32.9 28.6-37.4 £t-3 7-16
J. nigra *** 34.7 28.6—40.8 17.4 9-37
J. olanchana 32.4 28.6-34.6 11.4 8-14
§ DroscarYon
J. regia + 42.6 34.7—50.0 13.6 9-20
§ CaRDIOCARYON
J. sieboldiana 37.4 32.6-42.8 8.3 6-11 3.3%
J. cathayensis * 33.8 30.6—40.8 73 5-10 ca. 1%
J. cinereat+ 35.6 28.6-40.8 7.8 2-15 10-35%
J. mandshurica 38.6 34.7—42.8 8.3 6-11 2.3%
* 2 collections
** 4 collections
*** size based on 3 collections, pore number on 42 coll. (Whitehead, 1963)
+3 collections
+7 size based on 2 collections, pore no. on 44 coll. (Whitehead, 1963)
FIGURES 68-70). The frequency of stephanoporate grains is variable and
is highest in one collection of Juglans cinerea (35%) (See TaBLe 6 for
further data). The grains are either circular or polygonal in polar view.
Grain shape varies from suboblate to oblate-spheroidal. A distinct thin-
ning of the ektexine occurs on the pore-free (proximal) pole (TEXT-
FIGURES 58-62). The sculpture is distinctly scabrate.
The pores are generally aspidate, but the degree is highly variable
(TEXT-FIGURES 69, 77). The vestibulum varies accordingly from a low,
flattened cone to a fairly steep-sided one. The ektexine usually thickens
slightly within the area of the vestibulum. In occasional grains the
thickening is extremely pronounced (TExt-FIcuRE 71). The pore aper-
ture ranges from circular to elongate in shape.
The pollen grains of Juglans vary in size from a minimum of 24.5» (one
grain of Juglans major) to a maximum of 50.0u (one grain of J. regia).
The species’ means range from 30.3 for J. boliviana (1 collection) to
42.6u for J. regia (3 collections).
Individual collection data for pore number and pollen size are plotted
in the scatter diagram (Ficure 108).
“Nw
1965 | WHITEHEAD, JUGLANDACEAE, II 389
TEXxT-FIGURES 56-67. Magnification 690 X. Each series (e.g., 56-63) repre-
sents successively lower levels of focus. 56-63, Juglans regia, equatorial view
note espe neers sculptural pattern and the pola ar thinning in 59-62). 64-67,
Juglans cathayensis, polar view of hexaporate grain with one ree pore.
The exine is of relatively uniform thickness over the entire grain surface
except on the pore-free pole and within the vestibulum. The polar thin-
ning appears to be similar to that observed in grains of Carya, and proba-
bly involves reduction of the columella layer. This has been corroborated
by electron microscopy (Stone et a/., 1964). As the scabrate sculpture is
390 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
continuous over the thinning, at least some tectum must be present. The
thinning is not detectable in stephanoporate grains. The exine appears to
be relatively homogeneous. Columellae cannot be differentiated outside
of the vestibular region and are often difficult to observe even within it.
Once again, this observation appears to be based on an artifact of tech-
nique, since application of electron microscopy has shown that the colu-
mella layer occurs in all portions of the grain (Stone ez al., loc. cit.). The
most usual situation is to find columellae concentrated at the base of the
vestibulum (TExT-FIGURE 107) and around the pore aperture. There is
usually a columella-free zone of variable width between these two regions
of concentration, although narrow “flames” of columellae may extend
into
The sculptural pattern is continuous over the entire surface, including
both vestibulum and proximal pole. It varies in distinctness from collec-
tion to collection, but is generally visible only under oil immersion. It ap-
pears to be most distinct in collections of J. regia, which also possess the
largest grains,
Pollen size and pore number appear to have some taxonomic significance
within the genus Juglans. This is clearly indicated on the scatter diagram
(Ficure 108). The species of section CARDIOCARYON are characterized by
low pore number (means from 7.2 to 8.6 for individual collections), a
higher frequency of stephanoporate grains (obviously correlated with pore
number), and pollen grains ranging in size from approximately 33 to 39
micra. Pollen size is approximately the same for section RHYSOCARYON,
but mean pore number is distinctly higher. It ranges from a minimum of
9.7 in J. jamaicensis to 17.4 in J. nigra. Pollen grains of Juglans regia
(section DioscaRYoN) have approximately the same pore number as those
of section Ruysocaryon, but are distinctly larger. It would appear that
grains of the Cardiocaryon type, which are similar to those of the less
advanced genus Pterocarya, are primitive for the genus, and that the pri-
mary evolutionary trends have been towards an increase in pore number
ena in J. nigra) and an increase in pollen size (leading to J.
regi
The markedly higher pore number characteristic of grains of Juglans
nigra suggests that that species has occupied a position isolated (geo-
graphically and/or genetically) from other species of section RHYSOCARYON
for some time. Similarly, the relatively small grain size and low pore
number of the tropical American species of section Ruysocaryon (J.
olanchana, J. australis, J. insularis, J. neotropica, J. boliviana) suggests
their early separation from other species of the section and retention of
more “conservative” pollen morphological features.
The plotted points for the two collections of J. microcarpa pose a prob-
lem. One (Palmer 11327, from Texas) falls within the J. nigra region of
the scatter diagram, while the other (Greene, 1880, from New Mexico)
plots near the two New Mexico collections of J. major. It would be in-
structive to review the taxonomic status of the collections in question.
For example, Manning (personal communication) has suggested that J.
WHITEHEAD, JUGLANDACEAE, II
TEXT-FIGURES 68-79. Magnification 690 X. Each series (e.g., 68-70) repre-
sents oo, lower levels of focus.
of “ig with equatorial pores only.
gra ani raph tie aa thick ektexine within the vestibulum. 72-
mandshuric, polar view (note non- — pores). 75-79, Juglans major, polar
w of grain with Bost aspidate pore
microcarpa would not be expected to occur in the portion of New Mexico
from which the collection derived; the specimen may represent J. major
instead. oe
No other features appear to have taxonomic significance. The writer
392 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
has not utilized the pollen groups established by Stachurska (1961) as, in
general, they are based on characteristics (roundness of grains, protu-
berance of pores) that are apt to be profoundly altered by the state of
preservation of the preparation; specifically the state of expansion of the
grains. In fact, a number of Stachurska’s photomicrographs (e.g., Plate
II) are of grains which have been distended greatly by the swelling that
one often encounters in glycerine-jelly preparations. ;
Following is a summary of observations on all Juglans collections
studied.
Section Ruysocaryon Dode. (1) Juglans australis: A few stephano-
porate grains noted. This is highly unusual for the section. Distribution
of columellae within vestibulum variable. (2) J. boliviana: distribution
of columellae within vestibulum essentially “concentric,” i.e., columellae
si Nance around exopore and endopore, few between. (3) J. califor-
nica: “concentric” arrangement of columellae within vestibular area; a
band of clumped columellae surrounding the pore aperture and another
band at the base of the vestibulum. (4) J. irsuta: columellae tightly
packed within vestibulum, only a narrow, relatively columella-free zone
between aperture and base of vestibulum. (5) J. insularis (J. jamai-
censis): pore zone (vestibulum) relatively sharply defined; large and
irregular patches of columellae at base of vestibulum and around the pore
aperture; columellae widely spaced in between. (6) J. major: great
variation from collection to collection. Both of the New Mexico collec-
tions have many grains with grossly protuberant pores and an extremely
irregular scabrate sculpture. The other collections are more typical for
the genus. Variation in fine structure is comparable; in some grains the
pore zone is sharply defined by a definite concentration of columellae at
the base of the vestibulum (Ficure 107), in other grains there is a
gradual transition from the homogeneous extra-vestibular exine to pore
region. (7) J. microcarpa: considerable variation (see also previous dis-
cussion). Vestibulum structure as described for J. californica, with narrow
columella-free zone between aperture and base. (8) J. neotropica: grains
more rounded than in most collections, pores barely aspidate. Pore zone
(vestibulum) relatively sharply defined; many large, irregularly distrib-
uted columellae within the zone. (9) J. nigra: vestibulum quite sharply
defined; broad relatively columella-free zone extending from aperture
nearly to base of vestibulum. Zone of columellae around pore aperture
very narrow. Irregular “flames” of columellae extend from base of vestib-
ulum into the columella-free area. (10) J. olanchana: many grains with
unusually thick ektexine at the pore, great variability. Somewhat irregular
distribution of columellae within the vestibular zone.
Section Dioscaryon Dode. (1) J. regia: pore apertures appear to be
unusually large. Sculpture often very distinct. A broad zone with large,
irregularly spaced columellae around aperture; a rather diffuse zone of
widely spaced columellae between this sd the base of the vestibulum.
Concentration of columellae also in basal zo
Section Carpiocaryon Dode. (1) J. sib ildaaied: sharply defined pore
“"
1965] WHITEHEAD, JUGLANDACEAE, II 393
TEXT-FIGURES 80-91. pamaragelcigesn 690 X. Each series (eg, poke repre-
sents successively lower levels focus. 80-82, Pterocarya polar
exaporate, stephanoporate grain. 83-85, Pterocarya hupohents equa-
1 view o me asa grain. 86, 87, Pterocarya delavayt, polar view of
triporate grain. 88, P detral i fraxinifolia, polar view, bartonc grain. 89, 90,
Pterocarya fraxinifolia, polar view, pentaporate grain. 91, Pterocarya stenoptera,
equatorial view, note elongate si. aperture.
°
=
&
°
os at
=
=
A
zone; dense, narrow zone of columella at base; broad, columella-free zone
extending from basal zone to relatively broad band of irregularly spaced
columellae surrounding the aperture. Some irregular narrow rows o
394 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
columellae extending from base into columella-free zone. (2) J. cathayen-
sis: sculpture very fine; fine structure variable; some grains with sharply
defined pore zone, others not so. Some with broad columella-free zone
within vestibulum, others with columellae relatively closely packed
throughout vestibulum. (3) J. cinerea: pore zone not clearly differen-
tiated; columellae relatively closely spaced. (4) J. mandshurica: grains
quite rounded, pores barely aspidate. Pore zone not well differentiated.
road zone of packed columellae around the aperture; occasionally a
narrow columella-free zone between this and the region of densely packed
columellae at the base of the vestibulum. Gradation from basal zone to
dense ektexine of the grain surface.
DISCUSSION
Generic distinctions. There are four different pollen types within the
Juglandaceae: the triporate-isopolar Engelhardia-Alfaroa type; the tri-
porate-pseudocolpate Platycarya type; the triporate-heteropolar Carya
type; and the stephanoporate to periporate-heteropolar Juglans-Pterocarya
type.
Pollen grains of the Engelhardia-Alfaroa type can be distinguished as
follows: the pollen grains of Platycarya, although basically similar, always
possess characteristic pseudocolpi. Grains of Carya are considerably larger
(largest Engelhardia-Alfaroa grains: 26.24; smallest Carya grains: 26.5»)
are always heteropolar and possess an ektexinous thinning on the proximal
pole. Also, grains of Carya tend to be more circular in polar view and
have much more distinctive columellae within the vestibular area. Pollen
grains of the Juglans-Pterocarya type are larger, have a higher pore num-
ber, and tend to have more aspidate pores. Triporate-isopolar Pterocarya
and Juglans grains do occur, but they tend to be larger and have more
aspidate pores.
The pollen grains of Platycarya strobilacea can be distinguished easily
from those of all other taxa in the family by virtue of the distinctive
pseudocolpi. These are invariably present, even on tetra- and pentaporate
grains,
The combination of three pores, heteropolarity, polar thinning, distinc-
tive columellae and relatively large grain size serves to distinguish Carya
grains from all other types. As mentioned above, the grains are invariably
larger than those of the Engelhardia-Alfaroa type, are always heteropolar
and possess the distinctive ektexinous thinning. The triporate Juglans-
Pterocarya grains have equatorial, more aspidate pores, lack the localized
polar thinning, and have a somewhat thinner exine. Furthermore, the
columellae within the vestibular zone are not as large, distinct, or as
irregularly distributed as in Carya grains. The diporate and tetra- to
hexaporate grains of Carya are also easily recognizable.
Within the Alfaroa-Engelhardia group it would appear that a reliable
generic distinction cannot be made on the basis of pollen morphology.
However, it must be admitted that significantly more material of the two
1965] WHITEHEAD, JUGLANDACEAE, II 395
00
TEXT-FIGURES 92-100. Magnifications as noted. Each series (e.g., 92-94)
represents successively lower levels of focus. 92-94, Pterocarya delav vayi, polar
view of hete a ae grain with seven pores, 690 X. 95-97, Pterocarya stenop-
tera, fused g 0 98, 99, Pterocarya stenoptera, polar view, 1380
(note atone eine sculpture). 100, same grain as in 98 and 99, phase con-
trast, 1380 X.
396 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
genera must be studied before this possibility can be ruled out. On the
basis of the material investigated, it is apparent that the grains of Alfaroa
are distinguishable from at least one of the three Engelhardia pollen types
(the E. chrysolepis type) and may be distinguishable from another (the
E, spicata type). However, grains of Alfaroa and the Engelhardia nudi-
flora type appear to be indistinguishable. Pollen grains of the E. chry-
solepis type are much smaller than those of Alfaroa (14.4 vs. 23.0 micra),
are distinctly triangular (vs. rounded-triangular), are oblate (vs. sub-
oblate), have an equatorially elongated endopore (vs. a circular one), the
ektexine does not thicken within the vestibulum, and columellae cannot be
differentiated (they are visible within the thickened ektexine of the vestib-
ulum in Alfaroa grains). The distinctions between Alfaroa grains and
those of the E. spicata type are by no means so certain, partly because it
is not clear whether the E. spicata type represents a distinct “species” or
rather an anomalous variant of the Z. nudiflora type. Grains of the E.
spicata type tend to be more spheroidal, the vestibulum is often less dis-
tinct, and the exine is often sharply undulating, perhaps due to an un-
evenly thickened ektexine.
The grains of Juglans and Pterocarya are very similar. The variational
extremes appear to be relatively distinct (e.g., tetra- and pentaporate,
stephanoporate grains of Pterocarya and periporate, heteropolar grains of
Juglans (§ Ruysocaryon and § Drioscaryon). However, as is evident
from the scatter diagram, the photomicrographs, and the data presented in
TABLES 5, 6, and 7, there is a variational continuum from Pterocarya to
Juglans section CARDIOCARYON. Pore number, grain size, and frequency
of heteropolar grains tend to be higher in section Carpiocaryon, but
there is overlap for all of these characteristics. Pollen size cannot be used
because there is a general correlation between pollen size and pore num-
ber; those grains of Juglans (§ CARDIOCARYON) with the lowest pore
number are also smallest. Furthermore, the heteropolar tendency is detec-
table in many stephanoporate Pterocarya grains in that one pore is apt to
be positioned slightly off of the equator and the grains are often somewhat
plano-convex in equatorial view. Other morphological criteria are equally
difficult to apply. The pore aperture in Pterocarya is apt to be elongated
meridionally, but this is by no means constant. Pterocarya grains are
generally more oblate in shape, but this characteristic is associated with
pore number and degree of heteropolarity; heteropolar grains are more
spheroidal (and stephanoporate-isopolar Juglans grains are more oblate
than heteropolar ones). The polar ektexinous thinning is not a definitive
characteristic, because it is not present in stephanoporate Juglans grains,
and is extremely difficult to detect (and possibly absent) in many hetero-
polar grains with relatively low pore number. There are no apparent dif-
ferences in columella distribution.
Grains with from 6 to 8 pores are extremely difficult to identify with
certainty. However, certain suggestions can be made on the basis of the
data presented in TaBLE 7 and Ficure 109. It can be seen that five- and
six-pored grains are much more frequently encountered in Pterocarya,
1965 | WHITEHEAD, JUGLANDACEAE, II 397
uO
TEXT-FIGURES 101-107. Phase contrast photomicrographs. Magnification
1420 X. 101, a sinensis, pore area (note restricted vestibulum, sharp
vestibular boundary, widely scattered columellae within vestibulum). 102,
Carya tonkinensis, pore area (note restricted vestibulum, sharp boundary). 103,
Carya cordiformis, equatorial view, ektexinous thickening extensive, reaching
far beyond vestibulum. 104, Carya tomentosa, polar view, columellae evident
throughout equatorial region, including interporium. 105, Engelhardia parvifolia,
polar view (note presence of columellae along “ridges” on grain surface)
Pterocarya delavayi, equatorial view of tag ath vestibulum relativ ely free of
olumellae. 107, Juglans major, pore ar ote “concentric” © ciara of
columellae within vestibulum, here eeenieaied around endopor
a i
398 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. 46
that seven-pored grains are met with frequently in both taxa, and that
eight- and nine-pored grains are much more common in members of
Juglans section CARDIOCARYON. Furthermore, there is an obvious differ-
ence between taxa within each pore-number class, since the frequency of
stephanoporate grains is consistently higher in Pterocarya. For example,
97 per cent of hexaporate Pterocarya grains are stephanoporate, and only
44 per cent of Juglans ($ CARDIOCARYON) grains; and 71 per cent of
seven-pored Pterocarya grains are stephanoporate, 4 per cent of Juglans.
Such data are instructive, but must be handled with extreme caution,
since a number of assumptions are involved. First, when dealing with
fossil material, it would be necessary to assume that the populations of
Juglans and Pterocarya which contributed pollen to the depositional basin
in question possessed pore-number and heteropolar-frequency characteris-
tics comparable to those determined in the present study. Secondly, since
relatively few collections were studied, there is no guarantee that the data
are representative for the two taxa. Furthermore, it is quite possible that
significant interspecific and intraspecific differences in populations may
exist for both characteristics (this could apply to both modern and fossil
material). This possibility can be visualized from the histograms for ex-
treme individual collections which are also presented in TEXT-FIGURE 2.
(This should not be construed as proof of the existence of such differences
in populations, merely as a hypothetical example.) If, for example, the
populations of Juglans and Pterocarya growing in the vicinity of a deposi-
tional basin possessed frequency characteristics similar to those of the
individual collections of Juglans cinerea and Pterocarya rhoifolia, separa-
tion of grains would be virtually impossible. On the other hand, the
presence of populations with characteristics approximating those for Jug-
lans sieboldiana and Pterocarya insignis would make discrimination con-
siderably easier. A further complication is that the distributions (for pore
number and frequency of heteropolar grains) determined in the present
study may be derived, the result of a long evolutionary sequence. It seems
probable that within the Juglans-Pterocarya complex small pollen size,
low pore number and low frequency of heteropolar grains are primitive
characteristics. Hence one would expect Juglans section CARDIOCARYON
grains from the early Tertiary to have characteristics more closely approxi-
mating those of modern Pterocarya species. Similarly, one might expect
lower pore number within the early Tertiary species of Pterocarya.
It must be concluded that individual Pterocarya-Juglans section CARDIO-
CARYON grains will pose a difficult problem. If such grains are sufficiently
common, it would be instructive to prepare a statistical analysis of pollen
size, pore number, and frequency of heteropolar grains. This would allow
more reasonable suggestions as to the taxa involved and provide a more
meaningful basis for the delimitation of form genera and form species.
Subgeneric categories. The degree to which subgeneric identifica-
tions can be made is suggested by the following key to generalized pollen
types. It should be emphasized that specific identifications are not im-
~~
TABLE 7, Pore-number and heteropolar grain frequency in Juglans § Cardiocaryon and Pterocarya
JucLANns § CARDIOCARYON * PTEROCARYA **
rere:
5 = 3 Hi ‘ : oS 2 -. = roy
; 3 tn =< v3 ea 5 x oy ie
ye foe 2g es aS P22 eee ERE 8 a 3
Bs £ 2 — § 8 & ie 2s Pe § §@ & § 8 8 = & ae
ba 3 Ss Ss =
£m © 8 £4 4 = a we a 4 4 £°-2£-3 = 2.5.4 & &% Be
K Yr. £. a 100 Z 2 0.4 100
4 0 0.0 (100) 39 1 2 1 44 8.8 100
5 ¥ eae 8 ] 9 8 Lt? 32 Ss 35 16 20 6 2. TA) 28.2 -- 200
6 7. fs i i -e aae 6S 43.5 3s i 17 3M Io 16 OR 6166 «(388 97.4
7 & 20° 21 o 12 0 St 320 3.8 14” 32 LB ger eae ae 20.0 71.0
S 2 2 ht # 6 + op S82 0.0 Yr 6 6¢ - 4 i" 35 33.0
9 13 4 ek 2 o> 39 2 15:6 0.0 ar ” 0.0
a ee i 2 4 | 3a 0.0 500”
11 1 1 2 0.8 0.0
250"
* exponent indicates number of stephanoporate grains
** exponent indicates number of heteropolar grains
[$961
II ‘AVAOVAONVTIOAL ‘GVaHALIHM
66£
400 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
plied; each pollen type may include a number of different species. In some
cases only the variational extremes can be separated from closely related
st As the range of variation has been considered in preparing the key,
any taxa may be keyed out at several points (e.g., Pterocarya under
eee aie stephanoporate, and periporate-heteropolar). The size criteria
apply only to modern material prepared as outlined previously and
mounted in silicone oil, Correction factors must be employed for fossil
material and modern grains prepared by different techniques. The pollen-
shape classes can be used only for fully expanded grains that have not
been compressed either by fossilization or pressure from the coverslip.
1. Grains triporate (occasionally diporate).
2. Grains isopolar.
ia) “ESRI RR ss ke eG hn a oh ROS Platycarya type.
3, So . absent.
s > 26n; pores aspidate, columellae within slightly thickened
oats Si vestibulum clear, often concentrated around exopore
and en |. Ree oe eee Pierovarya-luglans § Cardiocaryon type.
4. Grains < 26; pores very slightly to not at all aspidate; columel-
lae not visible, or visible and tightly packed within vestibulum
5. Grains 12-17“; triangular; oblate; exopore meridionally elon-
gated; endopore equatorially elongated: columellae not visible.
EOC? ERIN: ger ed See et Engelhardia chrysolepis type.
. Grains 17-264; rounded-triangular to circular; suboblate to
oblate-spheroidal; exopore and endopore more or less circular;
columellae visible within vestibulum.
6. Exine of uniform sige grain outline smooth. .....-
Pe thet led Bs: Engelhardia nudiflora-Alfaroa type.
6. Exine unevenly thickened, grain with undulating outline.
eer Peta Rial SAY Bee 2S ie a Engelhardia spicata type.
2. Grains heteropolar (pores positioned off of the equator toward one pole,
ektexinous thinning of pore-free (proximal) pole).
7. Grains < 334; relatively ergs vestibulum and ektexinous thick-
ea restricted; sharp line of demarcation between vestibulum and
exine of polar hemisphere. lent pes ok, arya tonkinensis-sinensis type.
7. Grains > 33; strongly heteropolar; vestibulum and ektexinous thick-
ening less restricted; demarcation between vestibulum and polar re-
gion apt to be gradation WE ee ts ak ck re el Carya type.
1. Grains with more than 3 pores.
8. Grains sperma aekoed Mose oie 4-7 pores.
i. Peo TONNES 6. 5c gs awa Sg ede dss Platycarya type.
9. Pseudocolpi aah
10. Grains > 26u; pores aspidate; columellae within vestibulum
clear, often concentrated around exopore and endopore; grains
angular in outline. .... Pterocarya-Juglans § Cardiocaryon type.
Grains < 26; pores slightly to not at all aspidate; columellae
not visible, or visible within eee (and there tightly
packed) ; outline angular or rounded an
11. Grains 12-174; angular (square, pen oblate; exo-
pore meridionally elongated, endopore equatorially elon-
gated; columellae not visible. Engelhardia chrysolepis type.
un
_
o
ee
1965] WHITEHEAD, JUGLANDACEAE, II 401
ry
—y
.
Grains 17-264; rounded angular to circular; suboblate to
oblate-spheroidal; exopore and endopore more or less cir-
cular; columellae visible within vestibulum
i. Exine of uniform thickness, grain outline smooth.
ee ere ney Engelhardia nudiflora-Alfaroa type.
12. Exine unevenly thickened; grains with undulating out-
TN 8 aici sen eee Engelhardia spicata type.
8. Grains heteropolar.
13. Pores positioned off of the equator towards one pole, but none global
(hence grains not periporate-heteropolar); pores not strongly aspi-
Gute: wall velatively thick, . «0 oki cA wise wsecanewen
. Grains periporate-heteropolar (possessing at least one global pore) ;
ie wo strongly aspidate; wall comparatively thin
9 or fewer. Pterocarya-Juglans § Cordiocieyan type.
(Grains less than 30 are more apt to be
i
Os
Pterocarya).
14. Pores more than
15. Pores more than I a cet oe Sedta Juglans nigra type.
15. Pores less than 19.
16. Grains more than 404. .......... Juglans regia type.
16. Grains less than aig . Juglans § Rhysocaryon type.
When one disregards the variational extremes for all taxa and considers
only the most frequently occurring values for both quantitative and quali-
tative characteristics, it is clear that a more precise subdivision of some
of the pollen types is possible. While little can be done with Engelhardia-
Alfaroa and Platycarya poses no problem, more precise assignments can
be made within the Juglans-Pterocarya complex. Pollen morphology
could also be of considerable use within Carya, but is more difficult to
ploy.
The following suggestions can be made with respect to the Juglans-
Pterocarya complex. Stephanoporate grains (3—7 pores) are most proba-
bly those of Pterocarya; especially those that are less than 32, in size.
Periporate-heteropolar grains with low pore number (6-9) are apt to be
from Juglans section CARDIOCARYON (generally 33~39, in size). Peri-
porate-heteropolar grains with from 9 to 13 pores and of relatively small size
(30-354) may belong to the tropical American complex (J. australis, J.
boliviana, J. insularis, J. neotropica, and J. olanchana). Somewhat larger
grains (33-39) with from 9 to 16 pores can be assigned to Juglans section
Ruysocaryon. Grains with more than 16 pores are those of Juglans nigra
(size: 33-36). Grains larger than 394 with from 11 to 15 pores are those
of Juglans regia.
In addition, a few generalizations can be made concerning Carya pollen.
First, it is obvious that there is a correlation between pollen size and
ploidal level (Stone, 1961, 1963; Whitehead, 1963). In general the
smallest grains occur in the diploids of section Apocarya, the largest in
the tetraploids of section CARyA. There are obvious exceptions. For ex-
ample, Carya illinoensis (2n) of section Apocarya has rather large grains
(mean = 46.14) and Carya floridana (4n) of section Carya has rather
402 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. 46
22
et ee SCATTER DIAGRAM OF
i oN PORE NUMBER & POLLEN SIZE
20 / x IN JUGLANS & PTEROCARYA
\
ty \
19 rs (nigra) ° ‘
; H
18 i I
tie \ fe) ° !
me oO ;
16 y Ry /
. '
‘ \ =
iS 1 \ a
; si % ease A‘
a 4 § RHYSOCARYON oe» 7 re § DIOSCARYON -
> ; ‘ H (re Ps
.? age . tee . r
aw \ a
moe ry Se! ee wee
°o 7 fe i PR eee
a ’ we Qo ‘
i ’ Dg ® e ® r
1 rid
10 ‘© 2 oF
. et tele
9 = oe oe
= Sea \
é es ale ae
\.
7 De ie aia “2. fea ea) § cARDIOGARYON
re . lites ten gamer
é oe ae
! 4
5 ‘ bl PTEROCARYA 3
4 a se J
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 #44 #45 46 47
POLLEN SIZE
PTEROCARYA JUGLANS
D fraxinifolia § RHYSOCARYON § CARDIOCARYON § DIOSCARYON
napenee © australis {@ Sieboldiana A regia
@ stenoptera ;
Del f @® californica WM cothayensis
© sa ries @ hirsuta oci
} insignis 5 . ‘ F
‘ © insularis(& jamaicensis) gp casuals
D rhoifolia :
. @ major
? paliurus @ microcarpo
@ neotropica
O nigra
@® olanchana
@ boliviana
Ficure 108. Scatter diagram of pore-number and pollen-size in Juglans and
Pterocarya.
small pollen (reported by Stone (1963)) to be 44.1. This latter mean is
from fresh grains mounted in cotton-blue-lactophenol. By applying a cor-
rection factor of — 1.03, it can be suggested that it would correspond to
42.8» for grains treated as in the present study. Small grains are also
found in Carya sinensis of section RHAMPHOCARYA,
Relatively isopolar grains have been observed in Carya tonkinensis, and
Carya illinoensis and in C. sinensis. As is mentioned previously, this is a
difficult criterion to employ, since it can be influenced profoundly by the
state of compression of the grains.
Some species possess grains with a sharply defined and somewhat re-
i
1965] WHITEHEAD, JUGLANDACEAE, II 403
stricted vestibular area. In such grains there is an abrupt change from
the homogeneous exine of the general grain surface (within which colu-
upon both interpore area and pole.
na few species there was a rather distinctive thickening of the ektexine
within the vestibulum. This was found in both collections of Carya
PTEROCARYA — JUGLANS § CARDIOCARYON
PORE NUMBER & HETEROPOLAR GRAIN
FREQUENCY
EXTREME
TOTALS INDIVIDUAL COLLECTIONS
ph ~
60
PTEROCARYA PTEROCARYA RHOIFOLIA PTEROCARYA
INSIGNIS
50
40
30 7 a
20
re
& 10
o
= sae
« -=
a . SES SONS
= r
JUGLANS § CARDIOCARYON JUGLANS JUGLANS SIEBOLDIANA
(TOTAL) CINEREA
at. ff Fe Ss £8 8 Se eM a 8 SF A OP OS Se le
PORE NUMBER
(Cross—hatching indicates heteropeler grains)
Figure 109. Pterocarya-Juglans § Cardiocaryon: pore-number and hetero-
polar grain frequency.
404 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
illinoensis and the single collection of Carya pallida (§ angen It has also
been aon for the latter species by Stachurska (1961
pollen grains of Juglans regia and Carya Mienenais are of further
ie because of their relatively large size. The mean for Juglans regia
(43) is considerably larger than that for other species of the genus
(means usually 32—36,) and the grains of C. illinoensis (mean = 46) are
much larger than those of other species of section Apocarya and as large
as those of the tetraploids of section Carya. Stone (1963) has also noted
this for C. illinoensis, and has suggested that large grain size might be
correlated with increased fertility, as is the case in other taxa. It is signif-
icant that both of these species have had a long history of cultivation,
hence the recent evolutionary trends within the species may be largely
controlled by the selective pressures imposed by man. Certainly increased
fertility would be selected for, and if pollen grain size were correlated, as
seems likely, it is reasonable to suggest that the evolution of larger pollen
in these taxa has been a relatively recent phenomenon, stimulated and
directed by man’s practices.
Phylogenetic considerations. Pollen morphology supports the indi-
cations from floral morphology (Manning, 1938, 1940, 1948) and wood
anatomy (Heimsch & Wetmore, 1939) as to relationships of genera. The
correlated evidence from these previous studies indicates that the Engel-
hardia-Alfaroa complex (see also Manning, 1949) is primitive and that the
Juglans and Carya lines are relatively advanced. Pterocarya appears to
occupy an intermediate position, relatively close to Juglans. Platycarya
presents some interesting problems, being advanced with respect to wood
anatomy (Heimsch & Wetmore, loc. cit.) and primitive with respect to
type and bearing of inflorescence (Manning, 1938).
When speculating on the evolution of pollen types within the family, it
would be reasonable to look for the most primitive grains within the
Engelhardia-Alfaroa group and the most advanced in Juglans and Carya
(and Platycarya?). The grains of the Engelhardia-Alfaroa are small, pre-
vailingly triporate, and isopolar ; those of Juglans and Carya larger, hetero-
primary evolutionary trends have involved an increase in pore number,
grain size, and heteropolarity. To some extent these trends have been
independent of one another. The general trends are indicated in FIGURE
1
Within Engelhardia and Alfaroa there are at least two pollen types
represented: first, the very small, triangular, oblate E. chrysolepis type,
secondly, the larger, more spheroidal E. nudiflora-Alfaroa type. The E.
spicata type is problematical, and may be nothing more than an aberrant
variant of the basic EF. nudiflora type. For the moment it will be disre-
garded. On the basis of wood anatomy (Heimsch & Wetmore, 1939) and
floral morphology (Manning, 1938, 1949) Alfaroa appears to be the most
primitive member of the family. It would then be logical to suggest that
1965] WHITEHEAD, JUGLANDACEAE, II 405
POLLEN MORPHOLOGICAL RELATIONSHIPS
WITHIN THE JUGLANDACEAE
J: REGIA
y
J. &RHYSOCARYON -TYPE
C. §CARYA- TYPE
C. CORDIFORMIS
o
G
J. $ CARDIOCARYON—TYPE
C. SAPOCARYA-TYPE
C. SINENSIS
C.ILLINOENSIS
2
C. TONKINENSIS-TYPE
EVOLUTIONARY TRENDS
do
e
sphericit
d pic ao shalinctive ~alintellee
e irregularly thickened ektexine
f increase in pore number
increosed heteropolarity
E, NUDIFLORA-ALFAROA — TYPE ——“—» E. SPICATA-TYPE
i pole
i. extension es ektexinous a ickening beget =
j localized
E. CHRYSOLEPIS~TYPE PLATYCARYA-TYPE
FicurE 110. Pollen morphological relationships within the Juglandaceae.
pollen grains of the £. nudiflora-Alfaroa type, found also in this genus,
are the most primitive, and that the E. chrysolepis type has been derived
through a reduction in pollen size, increasing angularity, and reduction of
columellae. However, there are several arguments against this view.
First the general trend within the family appears to have been an increase
in grain size and an increase in the distinctiveness of columellae. The evo-
lution of the E. chrysolepis type from the E. nudiflora-Alfaroa type
would require a reversal of this. Secondly, the remarkable similarity of
Platycarya and E. chrysolepis type pollen may be of significance. Should
Platycarya grains lack pseudocolpi, they would be virtually indistinguish-
able from those of the E. chrysolepis type. Both grains are extremely
small, triangular, oblate, have a meridionally elongated exopore and an
equatorially elongated endopore, and a homogeneous exine (it does not
thicken within the vestibulum and no columellae can be differentiated).
The scabrate sculpture of both types is extremely fine (a function of grain
size) and uniform. All these features suggest that the Platycarya type has
evolved from the E. chrysolepis type through the development of localized
406 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. 46
arcuate thinnings of the ektexine (reduction of columella layer and inner
tectum). Should this suggestion be valid, then it is more logical to assume
that the E. chrysolepis type is primitive, and that the Platycarya and E.
nudiflora-Alfaroa types are evolved (also the E. spicata type). In this
context, it is perhaps significant that both Platycarya and Engelhardia
chrysolepis possess inflorescence types (terminally placed androgynous
panicles) which Manning (1938) considers to be the most primitive for the
amily
From the triporate-isopolar base there were _apparently two primary
through Pterocarya and culminating in Juglans nigra (high pore number)
and Juglans regia (large pollen grains).
It is difficult to ascribe evolutionary significance to the pollen morpho-
logical characteristics observed within the genus Carya, since the features
are subtle and display great variation. However, it is probable that the
most primitive grains would be those most closely approximating the
Engelhardia-Alfaroa type, i.e., small size, relative isopolarity, restricted
ektexinous thickening and vestitiahim, Such grains are found in various
species of section Apocarya and also in Carya sinensis (§ RHAMPHO-
carvA). The grains of Carya tonkinensis and C. sinensis are more similar
to those of Engelhardia-Alfaroa than those of other species, hence may
represent the most primitive type. This situation is not unexpected, since
preliminary evidence indicates that species of section APOCARYA are primi-
tive (Stone, 1962) and that Carya tonkinensis may be the most primitive.
Wood of this species is less distinctly ring porous and possesses more
heterogeneous rays than that of other species (Heimsch & Wetmore, 1939).
More recently (Leroy, 1953) it has been shown that the wood of Carya
sinensis is virtually indistinguishable from that of C. tonkinensis.
The larger, more heteropolar grains of section Carya, especially those
of the tetraploids, can be considered more advanced. The recognizable
variants of the Apocarya type (e.g., C. cordiformis and C. illinoensis)
are doubtless short side lines.
The last pollen type to be considered is that found in Juglans and
Pterocarya. Following the evolutionary sequence suggested for the family
as a whole it seems probable that the relatively small stephanoporate
grains of Pterocarya are more primitive than those of Juglans. This is in
harmony with the intermediate position suggested by morphological and
anatomical studies (Heimsch & Wetmore, 1939; Manning, 1938).
Since there appears to be a continuum between Pterocarya and Juglans,
it is interesting to speculate on the relationship of these genera. On the
basis of pollen morphology alone the relationship would appear to be close.
This is also suggested by wood anatomy (Heimsch & Wetmore, 1939) and
floral morphology (Manning, 1938, 1940, 1948). The present study indi-
cates that the relationship is closest between species of the section
CarpIocaryon and Pterocarya (see, for example, the scatter diagram).
1965] WHITEHEAD, JUGLANDACEAE, II 407
This alliance is also supported by the evidence from wood anatomy and
floral morphology. Heimsch and Wetmore (loc. cit.) have noted that
species of Cardiocaryon have vascular elements with thinner walls than
those of other species in the genus as a whole. This condition is similar to
that prevailing in Pterocarya. Furthermore, species of section Carp1o-
CARYON differ from the rest of the genus in possessing more flowers (12—
20) per pistillate catkin (Manning, 1938) and fewer stamens (7-18) per
staminate flower (Manning, 1948). In both of these characteristics the
section CARDIOCARYON resembles Pterocarya. In addition, there is a simi-
larity between the two taxa in the number of bracts, bracteoles, and
sepals in both staminate and pistillate flowers (Manning, 1940, 1948).
Thus evidence from a variety of lines suggests a close relationship between
Juglans and Pterocarya and most particularly between Juglans section
CARDIOCARYON and Pterocarya.
Following this line of reasoning, it is suggested that the scatter diagram
(Figure 108) depicts the evolutionary trends within the Juglans-Ptero-
carya complex. The base of the sequence is occupied by the ‘“Ptero-
caryoid” grain of relatively small size, low pore number, and high fre-
quency of isopolarity. The “Cardiocaryoid” type can be derived from this
by an increase in pollen size, pore number and heteropolarity. The evolu-
tion of the ‘““Rhysocaryoid” type of grain from the latter simply involves
an increase in pore number. From the “Rhysocaryoid” type there were
apparently two independent evolutionary lines, the first involving an in-
crease in pore number and culminating in Juglans nigra, the second involv-
ing a stabilization of pore number and an increase in pollen size (culmi-
nating in Juglans regia (§ Dioscaryon)). The relatively isolated position
occupied by the tropical American species of section Ruysocaryon (J.
olanchana, J. neotropica, J. insularis, J. australis) might suggest an early
time of isolation from the main RuysocaryYON line, and the retention of
relatively “primitive” characteristics (low pore number and small pollen
size).
The evolutionary trends outlined here are summarized graphically in
FicurE 110. This is designed only to portray the evolution of pollen types,
not necessarily the relationships of extant taxa. The two may well be
parallel (as seems to be the case within the Juglans-Pterocarya complex),
but obviously such phylogenetic speculations must involve a consideration
of all data bearing upon the problem.
SPECIMENS EXAMINED ?
1. Alfaroa costaricensis Standley var. costaricensis. Costa Rica: Skutch 4684
. Alfaroa costaricensis Standley var. elongata Manning. Costa Rica: Skutch
4685 (A).
2 Material studied was obtained from the herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum (a),
the Gray Herbarium (cH), the Botanical Museum, Copenhagen (c), the U.S. National
Herbarium (us), the Tecace of Bucknell University (Bu), and the Instituto Inter-
americano de Ciencias Agricolas (mca). D mbers refer to slides in the reference
collection of the Geological Survey of Denma a.
408
fa =r oh Se
so
re
oS
JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VvoL. 46
Alfaroa manningii Leén. Costa Rica: Ledn 3331 (BU).
Engelhardia apoensis Elmer ex Nagel. Borneo: Kostermans 7417 (us).
Engelhardia nudiflora Hook. f. Mataya: Haniff, 1928 (c; pcu — 2865).
SS antes C. DC. Purrwpines: Ramos & Edano 28761 (A).
Engelhardia serrata Bl. var. cambodica Manning. Cu1na: Henry 11774 (A).
Engelhardia sien Bl. Inp1a: Hooker & Thomson, no date (c; DGU —
3916).
Engelhardia spicata Bl. var. acerifolia (Reinw.) Koorders & Valeton. CHINA:
Ko 55858 (A).
Engelhardia spicata Bl. var. colebrookiana (Lindl. ex Wall.) K. & V. Inpia:
Abraham 87? (c; pcu — 3910).
. Engelhardia chrysolepis Hance (= E. roxburghiana Wall.). Cutna: Steward
& Cheo 584 (A); Ching 1980 (a). VietTNAM: Collector unknown (c; DGU
— 2915).
Engelhardia pterocarpa (Oerst.) Standl. Costa Rica: Ledn 1819 (1A).
Platycarya strobilacea Sieb. & Zucc. JAPAN: Uno, 1952 (A). Korea: Tacquet
3113 (A
Carya sisting (Mill.) Sweet. (Specimens cited in: Whitehead, 1963).
. Carya laciniosa (Michx. f.) Loud. (Specimens cited in: Whitehead, 1963).
. Carya ovata (Mill.) K. Koch. (Specimens cited in: Whitehead, 1963).
. Carya pallida (Ashe) Engl. & Graebn. (Specimens cited in: Whitehead,
1963).
Carya texana Buckl. (Specimens cited in: Whitehead, 1963).
)
. Carya texana Buckl. var. arkansana Sarg. (Specimens cited in: Whitehead,
963).
. Carya tomentosa Nutt. (Specimens cited in: Whitehead, 1963).
. Carya tomentosa Nutt. var. subcoriacea Sarg. (Specimens cited in: White-
head, 1963).
Carya aquatica Nutt. (Specimens cited in: Whitehead, 1963)
: ee cordiformis (Wang.) K. Koch. (Specimens cited in: Whitehead,
; ma ‘undifornsis (Wang.) K. Koch. var. latifolia Sarg. (Specimens cited
in: Whitehead, 1963).
. Carya illinoensis (Wang.) K. Koch. (Specimens cited in: Whitehead, 1963).
. Carya myristiciformis (Michx. f.) Nutt. (Specimens cited in: Whitehead,
1963)
Carya tonkinensis Lecomte. CHINA: Tsai 53190 (A).
. Carya sinensis Dode. InpocutNna: Pételot 6376 (A).
. Pterocarya paliurus Batalin. CuH1na: Wilson 901 (a).
. Pterocarya fraxinifolia (Lam.) Spach. Persta: Sintenis 1348b (a). Locality
(a).
Pterocarya stenoptera C. DC. CHINA: Sun 1091 (a); Handel-Mazzetti 11580
(c; pou — 3941).
Pterocarya delavayi Franchet. Cutna: Ching 20475 (a).
Pterocarya insignis Rehd. & Wils. CHINA: Schneider 930 (a
).
. Pterocarya rhoifolia Sieb. & Zucc. JAPAN: Tschonoski 1864 (cH); Faurie,
1904 (a).
a australis Griseb. ARGENTINA: Peirano 18700 (cH); Schreiter 1045
BU
ea a OR: lt 8 aR re i EE A a on
1965] WHITEHEAD, JUGLANDACEAE, II 409
39. Juglans boliviana (C. DC.) Dode. Peru: Knowles, 1956 (bv).
40. Juglans californica S. Wats. U.S.A.: Clokey & Templeton 4465 (GH);
Parish 6908 (A).
. Juglans hirsuta Manning. Mexico: Pringle, 1906 (GH); Mueller & Mueller
428 (a).
42. Juglans insularis Griseb. CuBa: Rehder 1157 (A).
43. Juglans jamaicensis C. DC. Cusa: (cultivated) Walsingham, 1948 (Bu
44. Juglans major (Torr.) Heller. U.S.A.: Gillespie 5665 (GH). Lowell, =
(A); Eastwood 8387 (a); Skehan 29 (a).
45. Juglans microcarpa Berl. U.S.A.: Palmer 11327 (a); Greene, 1880 (A).
46. ag neotropica Diels. EcuADoR: Rose 22807 (GH). Peru: Vargas 7409
>
pa
47. a sae nigra L. (Specimens for pore number study cited in: Whitehead,
1963). U.S.A.: Biltmore Herbarium 1314 (a); Thomas 2148a (a); Drushel,
no date (c; pcu — 3928).
48. Juglans olanchana Standley & Williams. SAN Satvapor: Calderon 1528
49. Juglans regia L. CHINA: Steward & Cheo 86 (A); Simeon 334 (A); Chiao,
1926 (c; pcu — 3865).
50. Sah sieboldiana Maxim. JAPAN: Funu Agric. Coll., 1885 (A).
51. Juglans cathayensis Dode. CuHina: Wilson 371a (A); Vii 411 (A).
52. Juglans Se L. (Specimens for pore number study cited in: Whitehead,
1963). U.S.A.: Deane, 1886 (GH) ; Williams, 1897 (GH
. Juglans sere ve Masini. Mancuuria: Komarov 463 (A).
on
WwW
LITERATURE CITED
ANDERSEN, S. T. 1961. Silicone oil as a mounting medium for pollen grains.
Danmarks Geol. Unders., IV Rk., Bd. 4: 1-24.
BuELL, M. F. 1946. Size frequency study of fossil pine pollen compared with
herbarium preserved pollen. Am. Jour. Bot. 33: 510-516.
CHRISTENSEN, B. B. 1946. Measurement as a means of identifying fossil
pollen. Danmarks Geol. Unders., IV Rk., Bd. 3: 5~22
CusHING, E. J. 1961. Size increase in pollen grains mounted in thin slides.
Pollen et Spores 3: 265-274
Erptman, G. 1943. An introduction to pollen analysis. Chronica Botanica,
Waltham. 239 pp.
952. Pollen rig ead and plant taxonomy. Angiosperms. Chronica
Botanica, Waltham. 539
Faecri, K., & P. DEUSE. 1960. Size variations in pollen grains with different
treatments. Pollen et Spores 2: 293-298.
& J. Iversen. ssl Rass book of modern pollen analysis. Ejnar
Munksgaard, Copenha
964. foe ee Cake analysis. Ejnar Munksgaard, Copen-
hagen 237 pp.
HEIMSCH, C. 1944. Alfaroa pollen 2 generic relationships in the Juglandaceae
(Abstract). Am. Jour. Bot. 31: 3
& . WETMORE. 1939. The significance of wood anatomy in the
taxonomy of s Juglandaceae. Am. Jour. Bot. 26: 651-660.
Leroy, J. F. 1952. Débat sur Annamocarya. Documents sur les Carya de l’ere
tertiare. a Int. Bot. Appl. 32: 289, 290.
410 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
953. La structure du bois d’Annamocarya. Notes sur le bois des
noyers et autres Juglandacées. Rev. Int. Bot. Appl. 33: 216-220.
Mannine, W. E. 1938. The morphology of the flowers of the Juglandaceae.
- The inflorescence. Am. Jour. Bot. 25: 407-419.
——-. The morphology of the flowers of the Juglandaceae. II. The
aster flowers and fruit. Am. Jour. Bot. 27: 839-852.
ae, e morphology of the flowers of the Juglandaceae. III. The
samiat flowers. Am. Jour. Bot. 35: 606-621.
. The genus Alfaroa. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 76: 196-209.
‘ a HJELMoQvisT. 1951. Annamocarya, Rhamphocarya, and Carya
sinensis. Bot. Not. 4: 319-330.
Scott, R. A. 1953. Status of an Asiatic member of the Juglandaceae regarded
as a “living fossil.” Am. Jour. Bot. 40: 666-669.
StacHursKA, A. 1961. Morphology of pollen grains of the Juglandaceae.
Monographiae Botanicae 12: 121-143.
Stone, D. E. 1961. Ploidal level and stomatal size in the American hickories.
Brittonia 13: 293-3
. 1962. Affinities of a Mexican endemic, eo palmeri, with American
and Asian hickories. Am. Jour. Bot. 49: 199-2
. 1963. Pollen size in the hickories Pande i 15: 208-214.
——., J. Reicu, & S. WuirtFietp. 1964. Fine structure of the walls of
J uglans and Carya pollen. Pollen et Spores 6: 379-392.
WuirTEeHEAD, D. R. 1962. Size frequency identifications of fossil pine pollen
from Pleistocene deposits in eastern North America (Abstract). Pollen et
Spores 4: 387-388.
. 1963. Pollen morphology in the Juglandaceae. I. Pollen size and pore
number variation. Jour. Arnold Arb. 44: 101-110
. 1964. Fossil pine pollen and full-glacial vegetation in southeastern
North Carolina. Ecology 45: 767-777.
WopveHousE, R. P. 1935. Pollen grains. McGraw-Hill, New York. 574 pp.
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
WILLIAMS COLLEGE
WILLIAMSTOWN, MassACHUSETTS
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 411
LETTERS FROM CHARLES SPRAGUE SARGENT TO
REGINALD SOMERS COCKS, 1908-1926 *
Edited by Jos—EpH EWAN
239
March 26, 1920.
Please collect for us as many specimens as you can of the Azaleas which
have passed as nudiflora. Apparently this species does not get into Loui-
siana at all. The specimens which we collected at Winnfield April 6, 1913,
Palmer’s 8882 and 9462 from Natchitoches, one specimen which we col-
lected April 12, 1915, at Lakes Charles and one which I collected in 1885
at Pineville belong to Azalea canescens. There appears to be a distinct
form of this last in Mississippi, Louisiana and Texas differing in the gla-
brous under surface of the leaves and more slender corollas. This is
Palmer’s Natchitoches specimen 7228 and the plant with white flowers
which we collected at Lake Charles April 2, 1913. So far as we know now
this form always has white flowers, or nearly white flowers, and grows in
swamps or on the borders of swamps.
The specimens which I have enumerated are the only ones we have from
Louisiana. I suspect that this new form, which will probably have to be
treated as a variety of canescens, grows in eastern Louisiana as it seems to
be common and the only form in southern Mississippi. We have specimens,
however, of no early-flowering Azalea from eastern Louisiana. Please look
out for this this spring as we are working here on a monograph of
American species. The only Azalea from eastern Louisiana which we have
is what has passed for Azalea viscosa. It is not that species which does not
get south at all, but Small’s Azalea serrulata which grows from central
Florida through southern Mississippi to eastern Louisiana.
I wonder if we are going to live long enough to get the trees and shrubs
from Louisiana properly straightened out. I hope you will do what you
can in this Azalea business this spring and send us as much material from
as many localities as possible.
240
April 8, 1920.
I read in a Boston paper that Louisiana is to be hunted from end to end
for a mysterious species of Aronia and for an Ash-tree, and that the New
Orleans Garden Club has been called on by Harvard to perform this
service, so I suppose great results can be expected. In the meantime I wish
you would dry for me flowers of as many of the different Azaleas cultivated
in the old Louisiana gardens as you can reach. We are making here a
* Continued from volume 46, p. 361.
412 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
systematic study of the Azaleas of eastern Asia which have been in a help-
less state of confusion, especially cultivated plants, and we are interested
to know if possible which were the Azaleas cultivated in the southern
states.
On the Butler place I made a couple of specimens which turned out to be
Azalea ledifolia but there are probably other species cultivated. From the
specimens we shall be able to name the species at least to which the plants
belong. I should think that this would be a subject in which the members
of your Garden Club would be interested; still if they want to hunt swamps
for a missing Ash-tree I would not discourage them.
241
April 16, 1920.
I have this morning your letter of April 12th. Do not forget that
Crataegus silvicola Beadle grows in eastern Louisiana. Unfortunately I
have had to change the name of drimophila because there is an older
Crataegus silvicola published in Europe.
It is much more than two years since I have heard from your lady
friend in Crowley.2! She did send me some May Haws but I can hardly
believe that I told her the May Haw had practically disappeared from
western Louisiana where it seems to be more abundant than anywhere else.
Is there any reason why Azaleas should not grow in New Orleans gar-
dens? They certainly do well in West Feliciana Parish, at the Butler place
and at Natchez. We are taking a good deal of interest in these plants now
and are beginning to print a book about all the Azaleas in the world. I
should like to send you some plants in the autumn for your friends if there
is a chance of their doing well in Louisiana. Azaleas would certainly do
well, I should say, in the Selma region.
We are still having very bad weather and although the frost is all out of
the ground spring is not making much headway. I noticed this morning
that the buds of Dirca palustris were just beginning to open.
Hope to hear from you soon.
242
May 27, 1920.
The evergreen plant of which you send me a fragment is Cocculus
laurifolius >? from southern China. The package with Azaleas, etc., was
duly received. These appear to be all Rhododendron canescens but you
will know more about them later. Rehder’s present theory is that nudi-
florum is not a southern plant at all.
I am horrified at what you write about Adelia fifty feet high and a tree.
If your plant is really a tree how can it be kept out of my Manual? I
have seen thousands of these Adelias in different parts of the country and
growing under favorable conditions. They were never trees in the true
sense of the word, that is with a single trunk, but really large shrubs.
= Presumably PHEBE Susan Love
* Introduced sometime after 1898 i Ida Richardson.
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 413
Please write me at once about your Baton Rouge specimen. If it is a tree
what is the diameter of the trunk, and especially how tall is it before it
begins to divide into branches? I hate the idea of putting Adelia in the
Manual, but after the big specimens of Styrax we saw in West Feliciana
Parish there is no knowing what may happen in western Louisiana. If
Adelia is to be put in the Manual I ought to know about it at once.
I had yesterday a very pleasant visit from your friend Miss King who
talked to me a great deal about you and your success with your Garden
Club and with the ladies of New Orleans generally. She was here only a
short time and I was able to show her very little of the Arboretum which
she seemed to enjoy. She agreed with me that you ought not to delay much
longer the publication of your Flora. You of course cannot begin to print
it until you have been here for consultation with various books, specimens,
etc. There is no better time for you to do this work than this summer.
I expect to be here all summer and to be living alone most of the time, so
come and stay with me as soon as you like and work here and in Cam-
bridge. Do not think about this but come.
243
June 11, 1920.
I have yours of the 5th of June and read with regret what you say about
the Adelia. How tall was the trunk with a diameter of eighteen inches,
that is how soon did it begin to branch above the surface of the ground?
Perhaps you can get some further information about the size of the plant
on the Alabama River. I really don’t want to put this plant in the new
Manual but I am afraid you will compel me to do so. I will write you about
your Huckleberry as soon as the specimens are mounted.
Your specimens of Aronia which you send me have leaves as large or
perhaps even larger than the type of Hooker’s variety macrophylla, so
I suppose if you want to include this variety in your Flora you have
authority to do it.
Please reconsider your assumed inability to come north this summer.
You have to publish your Flora sometime and even if you should put off
doing so for another fifty years it would not be complete when it was
published. I do not believe it is wise to wait any longer, and you certainly
cannot publish until you have come north to see various books. There is
no time so good as this summer for doing this, and I think if you only
stayed three or four weeks and worked hard you would do everything
there was to be done here. At this end of the route there is every reason
why you should come this summer and not put it off longer. It will be an
awful pity if all the work you have done on the Louisiana flora was wasted,
and it will be if your book is not published. Delays are fatal.
244
June 21, 1920.
I have a bundle with two specimens of Azalea and a Prunus. I under-
stand that the Prunus is the plant from which you sent, in a pasteboard
414 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
box, a small quantity of fruit a few days ago. Am I right in this supposi-
ion? I do not know this Plum at all but I trust you haven’t found a new
species. The leaves look a good deal like those of P. angustifolia variety
varians but the fruit, judging by the stone, can be no form of angustifolia.
I should take the fruit for that of munsoniana which, however, does not
ripen before the middle of August. As I understand it angustifolia ripens
in Alabama by the Ist of May and the fruit of this new plant does not
ripen much before the middle of June and much earlier than munsoniana
which also grows in the Selma region.
We have in the herbarium here your Nos. vii. 1913; 15 and 16 of 1914,
and 896 of 1914. These are placed under P. munsoniana. Do any of these
numbers belong to the new tree and, if not, have you flowers to accompany
the leaves and fruit sent this year? We have also Nos. 1 and 3, March
1914 which are probably P. munsoniana. As I understand the new tree
does not sucker. Is it common and how large does it grow? I cannot bear
the thought of another Plum tree.
Please answer this letter by return mail and tell me everything you
know about “Prunus Cocksii,” of which I hope there is but a single plant,
in which case I won't feel like doing anything about it.
245
August 3, 1920.
I am struggling to arrange the Prunus material in this herbarium and to
write up the genus for the Manual. The only thing I have really accom-
plished is to convince myself that I know nothing whatever about American
Plum-trees. I have, however, made the following notes for you
Alabama. Yellow fruit, August 20, 1918, is probably P. umbellata. Your
leaf specimen sent in October of that year is very poor. Please press and
send us others as soon as possible. Notice that the leaves are much more
pubescent than those of the ordinary form of P. wmbellata. This has always
made me hesitate about this specimen.
Prunus, June 15, 1920, I suppose we must call angustifolia varians
until we know something more about it. Please send us more herbarium
material with well grown leaves. If this determination is correct the plants
must be an escape from cultivation. I do not understand your fruit “in
long racemes.” Prunus never has racemose fruit.
Pine Flat near creek, No. 892. We have fruit but do not find leaf
specimens. Please send these if you can find the tree.
You do not appear to have collected Prunus americana in the Selma
district although Harbison found it there and we have several specimens
from him.
Eastern Louisiana. The following I refer to Prunus lanata. 1 and 2,
Butler Plantation, March 28, 1910. 20, West Feliciana, October 1914.
Covington, March 28, 1911. Open woods, Hammond, May 13, 1910.
Laurel Hill, Nos. 2 and 3, October 7, 1910. Ventries Plantation, April Zi,
1910, Prunus No. 2, Butler Plantation, “Clover Hill, 200 feet west of
pond,” March 28.
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 415
Western Louisiana. Lanata, Palmer, Nos. 7015, 80677{sic], 7069,
8859, 7074, 7051, 8742, 7008, 8789.
To Prunus mexicana I refer Laurel Hill No. 4, October 7, 1910; Pine-
ville, Cocks, September 20, 1912, a tree fifteen miles west of Opelousas,
C.S.S., October 10, 1913; Ruston, Cocks, No. 6, August 24, 1914; Archi-
bald, Cocks, No. 18, October 1910; Alto, Cocks, No. 14, October 1910.
We have Cocks’ numbers 1 and 2 Vinton, April 3, 1912, flowers only.
Can you complete these?
The specimen we collected on the Gentilly Road below New Orleans
April 15, 1915, seems to be Prunus americana, the only specimen of this
species which I have seen from Louisiana. This should be followed up
and mature leaves and fruit collected.
Does not Prunus caroliniana grow in western Louisiana? It does in
eastern Louisiana and is very common indeed in eastern Texas. We have
nothing here, however, to show that it grows in western Louisiana. Our
only specimen from Louisiana is from West Feliciana. I should suppose
that it would grow in the neighborhood of Hammond and in other places
nearer the coast. I should like to know about this.
Cocks’s No. 7, Sardis, received July 19, 1913, with large slightly pubes-
cent leaves which might be those of P. americana, and small globose fruit.
If this fruit and leaves belong to the same plant I do not know it. Can you
do anything about this?
No. 9, Sardis, July 1913. I have placed this with P. Janata. Harbison’s
No. 101, Selma, September 20, 1919, is the same. I enclose a leaf of your
No. 9. Your No. 9 and Harbison’s No. 101 are the only specimens of this
species from Alabama which I have seen and they probably represent its
most eastern range. I hope you will investigate your No. 9 further and get
more material. I should like to know if it is common in the region.
246
August 7, 1920.
I find in the Gray Herbarium a specimen of Prunus caroliniana collected
by Drummond in New Orleans which of course may mean Covington.
There is also a Hale’s specimen in the Gray Herbarium without locality,
and a specimen from Ocean Springs, Mississippi, collected by Tracy.
247
September 7, 1920.
Dr. Robert Ridgway, the distinguished ornithologist, has established a
sort of bird haven on a piece of land with a area of eighteen acres near
Olney, Illinois. He claims that there are sixty-four native trees growing on
these eighteen acres. This of course is a very large number, but I should
not be surprised if there were even more species growing, perhaps not on
eighteen acres but within a radius of eight or ten miles of Selma. Can you
make out a list of the Selma trees? It would be interesting to publish this
in connection with Dr. Ridgway’s list.
416 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
If you are in North Carolina I am sure you are enjoying yourself there.
As I do not know your address I am sending this to New Orleans in the
hope that it will reach you sooner or later.
248
Sept. 27, 1920.
I find no specimen of Zanthoxylum clava-herculis from eastern Louisiana
in this herbarium. I suppose it grows there and that you have a specimen
for us.
249
November 2, 1920.
There are two or three very fine Formosa conifers which we can send to
you if you can find some one in New Orleans to take care of them. As they
grow at a considerable altitude in Formosa there is a chance that they may
prove hardy in Louisiana. Among them will be the Taiwania which is
one of the great trees of the world. We can send you a few young plants of
the Ogechee Lime, Nyssa Ogechee, which I do not suppose any one has
cultivated before. It is worth growing for the beauty of the fruit. Also a
Formosa oak.
I do not know what sort of a permit will be needed in order to send
these plants into Louisiana. If one is needed will you get it from the proper
authorities and send it to me? As these are all tender plants they ought to
be started from here before it gets too cold.
250
November 4, 1920.
Do you remember the Persimmon trees which we saw on the Moon
Plantation in Richland Parish? Some of the trees were growing in water
and others on dry land. These trees had broad often cordate leaves very
pubescent on the lower surface. You sent fruit of these but we foolishly
allowed it to dry instead of putting it in formalin and it is not possible
now to form an idea of the shape. Do you remember if it was broader than
high and flattened at the ends? We have a specimen of Persimmon col-
lected by you in swamps near New Orleans with cordate leaves pubescent
below. Would it be possible to get some fruits from a tree growing in the
New Orleans swamps? I am anxious to see the size and shape of the swamp
Persimmon which seems to me to represent a pretty distinct variety of
Diospyros virginiana. It is possible that the fruit is still on the trees;
if not, it is perhaps on the ground underneath them. I find, with the
exception of this from New Orleans, we have no Persimmon specimen from
eastern Louisiana.
251
November 10, 1920.
We have no specimen of Euonymus atropurpureus from Alabama or
Louisiana. I should suspect, however, that it would grow in Dallas County,
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 417
Alabama, as everything else seems to grow there and I should also expect
it in western Louisiana as it is in eastern Texas and southern Arkansas.
I shall be glad of any light you can give me on this.
252
November 16, 1920.
I enclose a list of plants which are going to you by parcel post. The
Chamaecyparis is an immense tree in Formosa and I hope it may prove
hardy in Louisiana. The Cunninghamia is a new species from Formosa for
which the Louisiana climate may be too cold. Juniperus taxifolia is a very
fine Juniper from the Bonin Islands which has not before been cultivated.
The Quercus is an evergreen species from Formosa. The Picea and Pinus
are also Formosa plants.
The Taiwanias are the most interesting trees in this collection and I hope
they will succeed in Louisiana. Will you send one of them to our friends at
Avery Island?
You had best keep for your own garden the Torreya which is the Florida
species and certainly ought to do well with you, and the Gordonia. Nyssa
Ogechee is a very handsome tree which I do not think has ever been
cultivated before and which I should think would succeed in any part of
Louisiana. We have several more plants of this to dispose of and if you
would like to have them and will send us another permit you shall have
them.
I am delighted to hear that you are going to have a garden at Bay St.
Louis and I think we shall be able to send you from time to time many
plants for it.
253
November 26, 1920.
In this herbarium there is no Louisiana specimen of Acer saccharinum
although some of the books say that it grows in Louisiana. It does not
seem to be very rare in south central Mississippi and there would not seem
to be any reason why it should not occur in eastern Louisiana. As it grows
in southern Arkansas it would not surprise me to hear that it grows all
over the state. We certainly should have specimens of it. According to
Mohr it grows all over Alabama but we have no Alabama specimen, not
even from Sardis! Help needed.
254
December 27, 1920.
I am much obliged for the specimen of the Silver Maple from the neigh-
borhood of Alexandria. This is the only evidence I have that this tree
occurs in Louisiana. I am surprised to hear that your [alleged] Xanthoxy-
lum grows all over Louisiana as your specimen is a Sorbus americana which
I had not supposed was found nearer Louisiana than the high mountains
of North Carolina.
416 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. 46
If you are in North Carolina I am sure you are enjoying yourself there.
As I do not know your address I am sending this to New Orleans in the
hope that it will reach you sooner or later.
248
Sept. 27, 1920.
I find no specimen of Zanthoxylum clava-herculis from eastern Louisiana
in this herbarium. I suppose it grows there and that you have a specimen
for us.
249
November 2, 1920.
There are two or three very fine Formosa conifers which we can send to
you if you can find some one in New Orleans to take care of them. As they
grow at a considerable altitude in Formosa there is a chance that they may
prove hardy in Louisiana. Among them will be the Taiwania which is
one of the great trees of the world. We can send you a few young plants of
the Ogechee Lime, Nyssa Ogechee, which I do not suppose any one has
cultivated before. It is worth growing for the beauty of the fruit. Also a
Formosa oak.
I do not know what sort of a permit will be needed in order to send
these plants into Louisiana. If one is needed will you get it from the proper
authorities and send it to me? As these are all tender plants they ought to
be started from here before it gets too cold.
250
November 4, 1920.
Do you remember the Persimmon trees which we saw on the Moon
Plantation in Richland Parish? Some of the trees were growing in water
and others on dry land. These trees had broad often cordate leaves very
pubescent on the lower surface. You sent fruit of these but we foolishly
allowed it to dry instead of putting it in formalin and it is not possible
now to form an idea of the shape. Do you remember if it was broader than
high and flattened at the ends? We have a specimen of Persimmon col-
lected by you in swamps near New Orleans with cordate leaves pubescent
below. Would it be possible to get some fruits from a tree growing in the
New Orleans swamps? I am anxious to see the size and shape of the swamp
Persimmon which seems to me to represent a pretty distinct variety of
Diospyros virginiana. It is possible that the fruit is still on the trees;
if not, it is perhaps on the ground underneath them. I find, with the
exception of this from New Orleans, we have no Persimmon specimen from
eastern Louisiana.
251
November 10, 1920.
We have no specimen of Euonymus atropurpureus from Alabama oF
Louisiana. I should suspect, however, that it would grow in Dallas County,
1965 ] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 417
Alabama, as everything else seems to grow there and I should also expect
it in western Louisiana as it is in eastern Texas and southern Arkansas.
I shall be glad of any light you can give me on this.
252
November 16, 1920.
I enclose a list of plants which are going to you by parcel post. The
Chamaecyparis is an immense tree in Formosa and I hope it may prove
hardy in Louisiana. The Cunninghamia is a new species from Formosa for
which the Louisiana climate may be too cold. Juniperus taxifolia is a very
fine Juniper from the Bonin Islands which has not before been cultivated.
The Quercus is an evergreen species from Formosa. The Picea and Pinus
are also Formosa plants.
The Taiwanias are the most interesting trees in this collection and I hope
they will succeed in Louisiana. Will you send one of them to our friends at
Avery Island?
You had best keep for your own garden the Torreya which is the Florida
species and certainly ought to do well with you, and the Gordonia. Nyssa
Ogechee is a very handsome tree which I do not think has ever been
cultivated before and which I should think would succeed in any part of
Louisiana. We have several more plants of this to dispose of and if you
would like to have them and will send us another permit you shall have
them.
I am delighted to hear that you are going to have a garden at Bay St.
Louis and IJ think we shall be able to send you from time to time many
plants for it.
253
November 26, 1920.
In this herbarium there is no Louisiana specimen of Acer saccharinum
although some of the books say that it grows in Louisiana. It does not
seem to be very rare in south central Mississippi and there would not seem
to be any reason why it should not occur in eastern Louisiana. As it grows
in southern Arkansas it would not surprise me to hear that it grows all
over the state. We certainly should have specimens of it. According to
Mohr it grows all over Alabama but we have no Alabama specimen, not
even from Sardis! Help needed.
254
December 27, 1920.
I am much obliged for the specimen of the Silver Maple from the neigh-
borhood of Alexandria, This is the only evidence I have that this tree
occurs in Louisiana. I am surprised to hear that your [alleged] Xanthoxy-
lum grows all over Louisiana as your specimen is a Sorbus americana which
I had not supposed was found nearer Louisiana than the high mountains
of North Carolina.
418 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VOL. 46
Did you know that Drummond found what we now call Rhododendron
serrulatum in Louisiana? One of his specimens in the Gray Herbarium is
labeled New Orleans. In Hooker’s list of Drummond’s Louisiana plants
Covington is given as the station. This you know is the plant you found
near Pearl River, and this is the only station we know for it in Louisiana
unless you have found it in Covington or its vicinity. It might well be
found in swamps anywhere in the coast region of eastern Louisiana. This
and Rhododendron canescens are the only species we know in Louisiana.
It would not surprise me, however, if you should find Rhododendron
oblongifolium somewhere in the neighborhood of the Sabine River. This
species is not rare in southern Arkansas and grows near Marshall and
Houston in eastern Texas. I should think it would be worth looking for as
another addition to the Louisiana flora.
With all good wishes for the New Year, I am,
Pons
February 1, 1921.
Ulmus americana flowered in Vermont April 19th, in Massachusetts,
April 15-20. From Ohio, Florida and Arkansas there is no flowering
specimen in this herbarium.
Salix nigra: Massachusetts, May 20-26; Ohio, May 8; Arkansas, April
8-22; Florida, March 24. No flowering specimen here from Vermont.
Acer rubrum: Vermont, April 23; Massachusetts, April 8-21; Ohio,
March 27; Florida, only one specimen in flower here collected by Chapman
and not dated; Arkansas, no flowering specimen.
This is in reply to your note of January 3rd. I do not know why you
have asked for this information unless it was to expose the weakness of
this herbarium.
There isn’t much more, I fancy, for us to find out about Louisiana trees,
so why don’t you prepare a list of them with short notes on their distribu-
tion and habitat and we will publish it in the Arboretum Journal if it is not
too long? This will make a good start on your catalogue of Louisiana
plants.
256
February 4, 1921.
In this herbarium there is only one specimen of Bumelia lycioides and
that was collected by you at Wakefield in West Feliciana Parish where you
say on the label it is common. Do you know it from other parts of the
state? I should expect it at Lake Charles and in other parts of West
Louisiana as it gets into the coast region of eastern Texas.
I shall be obliged for any further light you can send me on this subject.
257
February 15, 1921.
Thanks for the information about the Bumelias. I am glad to hear that
you will undertake the catalogue. I think it would be a good idea to put
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 419
in the time of flowering for the outside world does not know very much
about the behavior of trees in Louisiana. I think there should be informa-
tion of the frequency of the different species in different parts of the state
and their places of growth. I suppose you have all the information.
In this herbarium there is no Halesia from Louisiana but diptera. Have
you ever found anything else from within the state? Carolina appears to
be common at Selma but there is nothing here from further west.
258
February 24, 1921.
Your Ligustrum is lucidum as you suppose. Sometime ago I wrote you
that I thought a specimen of Fraxinus collected at New Orleans by Fendler
in 1846 might be F. pauciflora. I now feel convinced, however, that it is
F. americana. The handsomest trees of Fraxinus americana 1 have ever
seen are those below Lake Charles along the river, the trees with slender
pendulous branches and narrow leaves. We collected it in early spring.
Have you ever collected fruit or mature leaves from these trees? They
ought to be distinguished as a variety perhaps but I do not like to do it
without better material. If you have never obtained fruit or mature leaves
you ought to try and get them sometime in the future. This is certainly one
of the handsomest of the Louisiana trees.
259
March 3, 1921.
If there were any specimens of Viburnums in the package with the
Ligustrum they were overlooked in the unpacking. If you send others we
shall hope to be more careful.
It looks like an early spring here but cold weather is predicted again
and New England springs are not to be relied on.
260
March 14, 1921.
Of Cephalanthus occidentalis we have two Louisiana specimens in this
herbarium, one collected by Palmer near Natchitoches and another in the
neighborhood of Lake Charles by some collector I do not know. These are
both the pubescent form, the var. pubescens of Rafinesque. We have no
specimen here collected by you, and nothing whatever from east Louisiana
where I suppose it is common; nor have we any specimen from the Selma
region where I should be surprised if it were not common. I should be glad
of more Louisiana material.
261
March 21, 1921.
Your Viburnum is, as you thought, odoratissimum. The Blackberry is
Rubus rosaefolius var. coronarius, the double-flowered form of the widely
distributed Asiatic species. I am glad to know that this double-flowered
420 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
form is in cultivation in the United States and I wish you would dry
flowering specimens for this herbarium where there is nothing to show
that it is cultivated in this country.
The thermometer was up to 78 yesterday which means there will be a lot
of damage done by frosts which are sure to come in the course of a week
or two.
262
March 28, 1921.
I like your catalogue very much and am glad to get it. I see you include
among the trees Jlex lucida, Rhus glabra and Sambucus canadensis which
are not in the new Manual, probably by mistake. You omit Aesculus Pavia
which certainly grows in east Louisiana where we saw the best specimen
I have ever seen. Vaccinium arboreum var. glaucescens which grows about
Shreveport is also omitted. I do not think there is any Viburnum pruni-
folium in Louisiana where Viburnum rufidulum, not in your catalogue, is
common.
I am inclined to refer to Acer saccharum var. glaucescens your St.
Francisville specimen 2520, May 15, 1915, my Des[s]ert Plantation, April
12, 1916, your Catalpa specimen 3170, April 15, 1919, and Palmer’s
Natchitoches specimen 7400, April 27, 1915. Acer saccharum var. glau-
cescens sometimes looks too much like Acer floridanum. Indeed all the
Sugar Maples run together, and if there were not so many distinct varieties
and forms it would be wise to consider them all as belonging to one species,
but this would be very cumbersome in a book and hard to use.
I should like to know the exact range of Avicennia in Louisiana. We
have no specimens from the state and should be glad to have them. I had
supposed it was on some of the islands and not on the mainland. There is
time to make corrections in this for the Manual.
A few of your names are not the ones we now use. I suppose you won't
object to having your list similar to the Manual in this respect. Unless
you object I will make the corrections and additions, and have the article
set up and submit the proof to you.
We are having a very early season here and many things are blooming
at least three weeks ahead of time. The severe frost which we are likely to
get in April will do a greal deal of harm I fear.
263
April 4, 1921.
Your Ligustrum seems exactly like the one we gathered early one morn-
ing on the campus at the University at Baton Rouge. At the time that
specimen was referred to L. coriaceum, but the leaves are too thin and it
seems best to consider that plant and yours received today L. japonicum
in spite of the fact that the leaves of japonicum are more inclined to be
acute.
I notice in your list of Louisiana trees you do not say anything about
1965 ] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 421
Sapindus Drummondii from Tangipahoa, your No. 71 collected in June
1900. It is certainly that species and interesting as the only evidence we
have here that Sapindus Drummondii grows east of the Mississippi River.
In the description of Bumelia lanuginosa I have adopted your statement
that on the Louisiana seacoast, near the mouth of the Calcasieu River, it
grows on the sandy beach as a shrub, forming dense thickets in a position
where it is often covered by ocean spray. We have no specimen from this
coast but I suppose there is no doubt of the species. We should like a
specimen from there if you can spare it. Let me know at once if for any
reason the statement should be eliminated from the Manual.
264
April 18, 1921.
I have been over your list of trees and sent it to the printer. You can
expect a proof in the course of a couple of weeks or so.
You speak of Malus coronaria in East Louisiana. This of course is
Malus angustifolia which also occurs in a rather pubescent form near
Winnfield.
You speak of Aesculus Pavia as growing over the state. Is not this a
mistake? My opinion is that it is confined to east Louisiana and that it
nowhere crosses the Mississippi River. West of the river, so far as our
collections here show, the red-flowered Aesculus is all discolor var. mollis.
You speak of Oxydendrum as growing in rolling woods over the state.
Is not this a mistake? We have nothing to show here that it is in Louisiana
outside of West Feliciana Parish where I think, like Magnolia Fraseri, it
must find its southwestern home. If I am wrong about this and it does
occur west of the Mississippi River please let me know by return mail as
there is still time to make the correction in the Manual.
Is it possible that the Osage Orange may grow naturally in the extreme
northwestern corner of the state. Have you ever fully investigated that
region? Elsewhere in the state I feel sure that it must be naturalized.
265
August 7, 1921.
We have included your Washington Parish Myrica in the list of trees,
for although there is no fruit it is evidently Myrica inodora. Although
it grows as a shrub in Louisiana it is sometimes a small tree, and therefore
properly finds a place in this list. It Wes asi interesting to find other
stations and obtain if possible fruiting specim
By all means let us publish the list of ee shrubs and the sooner
you get to work the better. I fancy it will be a harder task than the trees
but it can be accomplished I think.
I haven’t the slightest idea what “‘auto-intoxication”’ means. It does not
sound like the right kind however. What you need is a change of air and
scene, and why you don’t come up here and pass a month or two with me
this autumn I cannot imagine. The sea voyage would do you a lot of
good and you would have the opportunity to work here on your Flora.
416 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
If you are in North Carolina I am sure you are enjoying yourself there.
As I do not know your address I am sending this to New Orleans in the
hope that it will reach you sooner or later.
248
Sept. 27, 1920.
I find no specimen of Zanthoxylum clava-herculis from eastern Louisiana
in this herbarium. I suppose it grows there and that you have a specimen
for us.
249
November 2, 1920.
There are two or three very fine Formosa conifers which we can send to
you if you can find some one in New Orleans to take care of them. As they
grow at a considerable altitude in Formosa there is a chance that they may
prove hardy in Louisiana. Among them will be the Taiwania which is
one of the great trees of the world. We can send you a few young plants of
the Ogechee Lime, Nyssa Ogechee, which I do not suppose any one has
cultivated before. It is worth growing for the beauty of the fruit. Also a
Formosa oak.
I do not know what sort of a permit will be needed in order to send
these plants into Louisiana. If one is needed will you get it from the proper
authorities and send it to me? As these are all tender plants they ought to
be started from here before it gets too cold.
250
November 4, 1920.
Do you remember the Persimmon trees which we saw on the Moon
Plantation in Richland Parish? Some of the trees were growing in water
and others on dry land. These trees had broad often cordate leaves very
pubescent on the lower surface. You sent fruit of these but we foolishly
allowed it to dry instead of putting it in formalin and it is not possible
now to form an idea of the shape. Do you remember if it was broader than
high and flattened at the ends? We have a specimen of Persimmon col-
lected by you in swamps near New Orleans with cordate leaves pubescent
below. Would it be possible to get some fruits from a tree growing in the
New Orleans swamps? I am anxious to see the size and shape of the swamp
Persimmon which seems to me to represent a pretty distinct variety of
Diospyros virginiana. It is possible that the fruit is still on the trees;
if not, it is perhaps on the ground underneath them. I find, with the
exception of this from New Orleans, we have no Persimmon specimen from
eastern Louisiana.
251
November 10, 1920.
We have no specimen of Euonymus atropurpureus from Alabama or
Louisiana. I should suspect, however, that it would grow in Dallas County,
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 417
Alabama, as everything else seems to grow there and I should also expect
it in western Louisiana as it is in eastern Texas and southern Arkansas.
I shall be glad of any light you can give me on this.
252
November 16, 1920.
I enclose a list of plants which are going to you by parcel post. The
Chamaecyparis is an immense tree in Formosa and I hope it may prove
hardy in Louisiana. The Cunninghamia is a new species from Formosa for
which the Louisiana climate may be too cold. Juniperus taxifolia is a very
fine Juniper from the Bonin Islands which has not before been cultivated.
The Quercus is an evergreen species from Formosa. The Picea and Pinus
are also Formosa plants.
The Taiwanias are the most interesting trees in this collection and I hope
they will succeed in Louisiana. Will you send one of them to our friends at
Avery Island?
You had best keep for your own garden the Torreya which is the Florida
species and certainly ought to do well with you, and the Gordonia. Nyssa
Ogechee is a very handsome tree which I do not think has ever been
cultivated before and which I should think would succeed in any part of
Louisiana. We have several more plants of this to dispose of and if you
would like to have them and will send us another permit you shall have
them.
I am delighted to hear that you are going to have a garden at Bay St.
Louis and I think we shall be able to send you from time to time many
plants for it.
253
November 26, 1920.
In this herbarium there is no Louisiana specimen of Acer saccharinum
although some of the books say that it grows in Louisiana. It does not
seem to be very rare in south central Mississippi and there would not seem
to be any reason why it should not occur in eastern Louisiana. As it grows
in southern Arkansas it would not surprise me to hear that it grows all
over the state. We certainly should have specimens of it. According to
Mohr it grows all over Alabama but we have no Alabama specimen, not
even from Sardis! Help needed.
254
December 27, 1920.
I am much obliged for the specimen of the Silver Maple from the neigh-
borhood of Alexandria. This is the only evidence I have that this tree
occurs in Louisiana. I am surprised to hear that your [alleged] Xanthoxy-
lum grows all over Louisiana as your specimen is a Sorbus americana which
I had not supposed was found nearer Louisiana than the high mountains
of North Carolina.
418 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VoL. 46
Did you know that Drummond found what we now call Rhododendron
serrulatum in Louisiana? One of his specimens in the Gray Herbarium is
labeled New Orleans. In Hooker’s list of Drummond’s Louisiana plants
Covington is given as the station. This you know is the plant you found
near Pearl River, and this is the only station we know for it in Louisiana
unless you have found it in Covington or its vicinity. It might well be
found in swamps anywhere in the coast region of eastern Louisiana. This
and Rhododendron canescens are the only species we know in Louisiana.
It would not surprise me, however, if you should find Rhododendron
oblongifolium somewhere in the neighborhood of the Sabine River. This
species is not rare in southern Arkansas and grows near Marshall and
Houston in eastern Texas. I should think it would be worth looking for as
another addition to the Louisiana flora.
With all good wishes for the New Year, I am,
Yin
February 1, 1921.
Ulmus americana flowered in Vermont April 19th, in Massachusetts,
April 15-20. From Ohio, Florida and Arkansas there is no flowering
specimen in this herbarium.
Salix nigra: Massachusetts, May 20-26; Ohio, May 8; Arkansas, April
8-22; Florida, March 24. No flowering specimen here from Vermont.
Acer rubrum: Vermont, April 23; Massachusetts, April 8-21; Ohio,
March 27; Florida, only one specimen in flower here collected by Chapman
and not dated; Arkansas, no flowering specimen.
This is in reply to your note of January 3rd. I do not know why you
have asked for this information unless it was to expose the weakness of
this herbarium.
There isn’t much more, I fancy, for us to find out about Louisiana trees,
so why don’t you prepare a list of them with short notes on their distribu-
tion and habitat and we will publish it in the Arboretum Journal if it is not
too long? This will make a good start on your catalogue of Louisiana
plants.
256
February 4, 1921.
In this herbarium there is only one specimen of Bumelia lycioides and
that was collected by you at Wakefield in West Feliciana Parish where you
say on the label it is common, Do you know it from other parts of the
state? I should expect it at Lake Charles and in other parts of West
Louisiana as it gets into the coast region of eastern Texas.
I shall be obliged for any further light you can send me on this subject.
257
February 15, 1921.
Thanks for the information about the Bumelias. I am glad to hear that
you will undertake the catalogue. I think it would be a good idea to put
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 419
in the time of flowering for the outside world does not know very much
about the behavior of trees in Louisiana. I think there should be informa-
tion of the frequency of the different species in different parts of the state
and their places of growth. I suppose you have all the information.
In this herbarium there is no Halesia from Louisiana but diptera. Have
you ever found anything else from within the state? Carolina appears to
be common at Selma but there is nothing here from further west.
258
February 24, 1921.
Your Ligustrum is lucidum as you suppose. Sometime ago I wrote you
that I thought a specimen of Fraxinus collected at New Orleans by Fendler
in 1846 might be F. pauciflora. I now feel convinced, however, that it is
F. americana, The handsomest trees of Fraxinus americana I have ever
seen are those below Lake Charles along the river, the trees with slender
pendulous branches and narrow leaves. We collected it in early spring.
Have you ever collected fruit or mature leaves from these trees? They
ought to be distinguished as a variety perhaps but I do not like to do it
without better material. If you have never obtained fruit or mature leaves
you ought to try and get them sometime in the future. This is certainly one
of the handsomest of the Louisiana trees.
259
March 3, 1921.
If there were any specimens of Viburnums in the package with the
Ligustrum they were overlooked in the unpacking. If you send others we
shall hope to be more careful.
It looks like an early spring here but cold weather is predicted again
and New England springs are not to be relied on.
260
March 14, 1921.
Of Cephalanthus occidentalis we have two Louisiana specimens in this
herbarium, one collected by Palmer near Natchitoches and another in the
neighborhood of Lake Charles by some collector I do not know. These are
both the pubescent form, the var. pubescens of Rafinesque. We have no
specimen here collected by you, and nothing whatever from east Louisiana
where I suppose it is common; nor have we any specimen from the Selma
region where I should be surprised if it were not common. I should be glad
of more Louisiana material.
261
March 21, 1921.
Your Viburnum is, as you thought, odoratissimum. The Blackberry is
Rubus rosaefolius var. coronarius, the double-flowered form of the widely
distributed Asiatic species. I am glad to know that this double-flowered
420 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VoL. 46
form is in cultivation in the United States and I wish you would dry
flowering specimens for this herbarium where there is nothing to show
that it is cultivated in this country.
The thermometer was up to 78 yesterday which means there will be a lot
of damage done by frosts which are sure to come in the course of a week
or two.
262
March 28, 1921.
I like your catalogue very much and am glad to get it. I see you include
among the trees Ilex lucida, Rhus glabra and Sambucus canadensis which
are not in the new Manual, probably by mistake. You omit Aesculus Pavia
which certainly grows in east Louisiana where we saw the best specimen
I have ever seen. Vaccinium arboreum var. glaucescens which grows about
Shreveport is also omitted. I do not think there is any Viburnum pruni-
folium in Louisiana where Viburnum rufidulum, not in your catalogue, is
common.
I am inclined to refer to Acer saccharum var. glaucescens your St.
Francisville specimen 2520, May 15, 1915, my Des[s]ert Plantation, April
12, 1916, your Catalpa specimen 3170, April 15, 1919, and Palmer’s
Natchitoches specimen 7400, April 27, 1915. Acer saccharum var. glau-
cescens sometimes looks too much like Acer floridanum. Indeed all the
Sugar Maples run together, and if there were not so many distinct varieties
and forms it would be wise to consider them all as belonging to one species,
but this would be very cumbersome in a book and hard to use.
I should like to know the exact range of Avicennia in Louisiana. We
have no specimens from the state and should be glad to have them. I had
supposed it was on some of the islands and not on the mainland. There is
time to make corrections in this for the Manual.
A few of your names are not the ones we now use. I suppose you won't
object to having your list similar to the Manual in this respect. Unless
you object I will make the corrections and additions, and have the article
set up and submit the proof to you.
We are having a very early season here and many things are blooming
at least three weeks ahead of time. The severe frost which we are likely to
get in April will do a greal deal of harm I fear.
263
April 4, 1921.
Your Ligustrum seems exactly like the one we gathered early one morn-
ing on the campus at the University at Baton Rouge. At the time that
specimen was referred to L. coriaceum, but the leaves are too thin and it
seems best to consider that plant and yours received today L. japonicum
in spite of the fact that the leaves of japonicum are more inclined to be
acute.
I notice in your list of Louisiana trees you do not say anything about
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 421
Sapindus Drummondii from Tangipahoa, your No. 71 collected in June
1900. It is certainly that species and interesting as the only evidence we
have here that Sapindus Drummondii grows east of the Mississippi River.
In the description of Bumelia lanuginosa I have adopted your statement
that on the Louisiana seacoast, near the mouth of the Calcasieu River, it
grows on the sandy beach as a shrub, forming dense thickets in a position
where it is often covered by ocean spray. We have no specimen from this
coast but I suppose there is no doubt of the species. We should like a
specimen from there if you can spare it. Let me know at once if for any
reason the statement should be eliminated from the Manual.
264
April 18, 1921.
I have been over your list of trees and sent it to the printer. You can
expect a proof in the course of a couple of weeks or so.
You speak of Malus coronaria in East Louisiana. This of course is
Malus angustifolia which also occurs in a rather pubescent form near
Winnfield.
You speak of Aesculus Pavia as growing over the state. Is not this a
mistake? My opinion is that it is confined to east Louisiana and that it
nowhere crosses the Mississippi River. West of the river, so far as our
collections here show, the red-flowered Aesculus is all discolor var. mollis.
You speak of Oxydendrum as growing in rolling woods over the state.
Ts not this a mistake? We have nothing to show here that it is in Louisiana
outside of West Feliciana Parish where I think, like Magnolia Fraseri, it
must find its southwestern home. If I am wrong about this and it does
occur west of the Mississippi River please let me know by return mail as
there is still time to make the correction in the Manual.
Is it possible that the Osage Orange may grow naturally in the extreme
northwestern corner of the state. Have you ever fully investigated that
region? Elsewhere in the state I feel sure that it must be naturalized.
265
August 7, 1921.
We have included your Washington Parish Myrica in the list of trees,
for although there is no fruit it is evidently Myrica inodora. Although
it grows as a shrub in Louisiana it is sometimes a small tree, and therefore
properly finds a place in this list. It would be interesting to find other
stations and obtain if possible fruiting specimens.
By all means let us publish the list of Louisiana shrubs and the sooner
you get to work the better. I fancy it will be a harder task than the trees
but it can be accomplished I think.
I haven’t the slightest idea what “‘auto-intoxication” means. It does not
sound like the right kind however. What you need is a change of air and
scene, and why you don’t come up here and pass a month or two with me
this autumn I cannot imagine. The sea voyage would do you a lot of
good and you would have the opportunity to work here on your Flora.
422 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. 46
266
August 19, 1921.
Palmer is here and he and I have been carefully over your unplaced
Crataegus material with the following results.
Palmer, Natchitoches, 9454, 8894, 8899, 7289, 7226 = C. velutina.
Crataegus species, low woods, West Lake Charles, C. S. S., March 23,
1917, = C. pyracanthoides, only known before from Mariana, Florida.
I hope you will get fruit of this this autumn.
Bush, Minden, August 10, 1901, C. S. S., April 10, 1901, is C. algens.
This is your No. 1008 of 1916.
Cocks, Crowley, 3326, 3327, April 14, 1920, C. berberifolia.
Natchitoches, Cocks, No. 20, April and September 1914, C.Cocksit.
Cocks, Crowley, 3331, C. viridis.
Cocks, Crowley, 3324, 3337, 3329, 3328, 3330, 3325, and Natchitoches
39, xii., xiii., xvi., is C. edura.
Palmer, Natchitoches, 7290 and 8722 seem to agree with C. torva which
you have at Sardis.
This only leaves undetermined Bogulusa 3149, probably a new species
of Intricatae and interesting as the only representative of that group from
Louisiana. Fruit of this is needed. Can you get it this autumn?
Crus-galli species, Cocks, Pineville, xix., April 24,— Fruit of this is
needed.
Pineville, Crus-galli species, April 5, 1912. Color of the anthers and
fruit needed.
Viridis species with rose-colored anthers. A large tree in yard below
Lake Charles collected by you and me April 21, 1907. Fruiting specimens
with terminal shoots are needed.
Can’t you clean these up as far as possible this autumn? Certainly
there are now fewer undetermined species and specimens of Crataegus
in Louisiana than in any other state. Of course there may be other species
in the state which you haven’t found yet but I do not believe there are
many of them.
The proof of your article hasn’t turned up yet, which is perhaps fortunate
as the delay will enable me to insert these newly determined species in
your list.
I hope you are well and getting through the summer comfortably.
267
August 25, 1921.
We have been looking over some of the Selma material and find a
specimen of Crataegus interior Beadle, Harbison’s No. 3, “along road to
Professor Cocks’s place, April 19, 1915.”
Cocks 3242, Sardis, new species of Bracteatae. This is a very distinct
and interesting looking plant in a small group with only two described
species. I hope you can get fruit so that it can be named. To me this
seems to be the most interesting of the Sardis species.
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 423
Cocks 82 is April 11, 1912, probably C. alabamensis, but fruit is needed
to make su
ation, ‘Selma 2, April 19, 1915, and 58, April 12, 1917, are also
probably C. ‘aabamensis but we have no fruit.
Harbison, Sardis 1468, April 23, 1914, seems to be C. ignava but fruit
is needed.
Cocks 831 and 834 may be C. lacrimata Small, but fruit is needed. As
I have seen this species in Florida the branches are very pendulous. Is it
so with your numbers?
268
August 30, 1921.
Your Rosa humilis, Natchitoches, July and October, 1913, and Palmer,
Creston, 9428, April 18, 1918, with pubescent leaves is now called R.
Lyonii Pursh. This species, if it is one, is widely distributed from Massa-
chusetts to Missouri and Louisiana.
I wish this autumn you would send me for planting about a pint each
of the nuts of Carya leiodermis and of C. leiodermis var. callicoma. As
Carya myristiciformis seems to be hardy there is no reason why this other
southern species might not be, and unless you get the nuts I do not suppose
there is any one else now who could find the trees.
269
October 6, 1921
You have at last got page proofs of your acct of trees & I hope that
it will now soon be published.
I have added Avery Island as a station for the Dahoon (Jlex cassine).
We saw it by the lake with ripe fruit. I evidently failed to take a specimen
& I suppose that you did as you do not mention it.
We have no La. specimen of this species in this herb. Can you let us
have one.
I hope that you are all right again.
How about the shrubs? We are ready for them.
270
October 28, 1921.
I do not see any objection to your including in your list of shrubs those
which are occasionally trees and which have appeared in the previous list.
I suppose you will let us have a specimen of J/ex and Amelanchier.
Sorry to hear the Crataeguses have been behaving so badly this year.
It certainly takes time and patience to get these things.
271
November 28, 1921.
I have at last found time to look over your last sending of specimens.
5001 can only be Fraxinus americana with unusually large fruit and
with an obtuse wing.
424 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
5003 is Viburnum scabrellum.
5004 is Ilex longipes of Chapman. You collected the same thing in
flower in the same locality and in several other places in the state where it
appears to be common east of the Mississippi.
Ilex amelanchier is a good find for Louisiana. It is not very rare in
Alabama but I have seen no specimen in Mississippi.
272
December 5, 1921.
Your list of Louisiana trees is in the April number of the Journal of the
Arboretum which, owing to a printers’ strike, has not yet appeared, al-
though we have seen it in page-proof. This strike is very annoying. It has
entirely demoralized the issues of the Journal, but the Manual is now
promised for the middle of January.
Fraxinus Darlingtonii and Fraxinus Smallii exist only in the fertile
brain of Dr. Britton.
With the compliments of the season,
273
December 13, 1921.
Palmer’s Rubus 7431 is referred in the Flora of North America, which
is published by the New York Botanic Garden, to carpinifolius Rydberg.
The type of this species was collected near Alexandria. Palmer’s 7208 is in
the same work called R. floridus Rydberg. How good these species are
you can judge as well as I can.
There are a number of distinct forms of Rhus toxicodendron in your
part of the world and it was one of these which we collected at Shreveport.
Nothing has ever been done in the way of separating this species into
varieties but it certainly ought to be done. We have a large collection of
them in the herbarium here.
The proper name of the Ptelea which we collected at Lake Charles is
P. trifoliata variety mollis Torrey & Gray.
It seems a hard proposition to try and get any of Palmer’s specimens
from St. Louis for you. Palmer has talked about it several times and I have
written. Palmer, who is working here this winter, will be in St. Louis in
March and in half a day could pick out a set of herbaceous plants for you
if he was permitted to do so, I do not know if this could be managed but
it will do no harm to try. You certainly ought to have the plants and we
made a mistake not to have asked Palmer to collect a special set for you
and send them direct. I understand you have all the numbers of Palmer’s
woody plants.
With the compliments of the season, I am,
274
December 28, 1921.
Palmer’s 9428 is a Rose. His Vaccinium tenellum number is 9429.
— oe
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 425
This number and his 9411 and 9469 we think are Vaccinium vegetum.
We have no V. corymbosum from Louisiana, although it is said to grow
there by Small. He also credits V. fuscatum, which is V. corymbosum var.
fuscatum Gray, to Louisiana. We have one specimen of this from Texas.
It only varies from corymbosum by the pubescent under surface of the
leaves and by the pubescent branchlets. This variety grows in southern
Georgia, and as it grows in Texas it might be expected in Louisiana, al-
though we have no specimen from either Alabama or Mississippi. From
Louisiana we have only one specimen of V. tenellum, your 4333 from Bayou
Lacombe. We have no specimen of Vaccinium myrsinites from Louisiana.
It looks as if there was still a great deal of Vaccinium work to do in
your state.
With all good wishes for the New Year,
275
January 11, 1922.
I have your package of Vacciniums.
3343, Fulton ?, is apparently V. corymbosum. All the others, Benton
3210 and 3207, Covington 1504, and Natchitoches 3202 are V. virgatum
according to our understanding of that species.
I am glad to hear you are moving to Bay St. Louis which I am sure you
will enjoy much more than New Orleans, and that you will have the
opportunity for a good garden. In the spring we can contribute to it, if you
say so, some Azalea and Camellia plants and possibly a few other things.
276
January 13, 1922.
Your Crataegus 966 and 3342 of September 19, 1915, and April 20,
1916, has twenty stamens. This seems a distinct and handsome new
species of the Bracteatae group of which only two species have been
described. The color of the anthers is not given. Can you get notes on
them this spring or, if that is not possible, can you tell Harbison where
this tree is growing? This is certainly your best Crataegus discovery and
I am sorry Crataegus Cocksii is preoccupied. Will you suggest a name for
it?
No. 7, Harbison, April 20, 1915, from the Sumner region we are referring
to C. blan da.
Your Jasmine is the double-flowered form of J[asminum]| Sambac.?*
This plant is widely cultivated in warm countries but I have not before
seen specimens from the United States except from San Diego, California.
It is of doubtful origin as to country and I think only the double-flowered
form is known.
* Jasmines have long been favorites in French gardens; Nicholson mentions them
for = ied Bee in 1776 and Lelievrie, fer New Orleans in 1838, but without
specific n
426 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
247
January 23, 1922.
Glad to hear about the color of the anthers of 3342. We have, I think
abundant material of this with the exception of seeds which should be
collected for planting. I hope you will invent a good name for it. Better
send us a specimen of the plant which you have been calling Jasminum
Sambac and perhaps we can help you. Certainly what you sent before is
the Sambac.
My variety of Quercus coccinea with thickened cup-scales was based on
plants from your place in Alabama. This was stated in my paper on
Quercus in The Botanical Gazette, and if it were not easy to make mis-
takes I should be at a loss to understand why this fact was not brought
out in the Manual.
So far as I have observed all the Scarlet Oaks in the Selma region which
I saw had these thickened cup-scales.
Another mistake which has been pointed out to me is that Small and
not Ashe is the authority for Tilia floridana, and I am feeling rather
disgusted.
278
February 6, 1922.
I am describing Palmer’s Crataegus 7234 and 8843, April and October
1915, from Natchitoches as C. erioclada and his 3719, September 1915,
as C. brachyacantha forma leioclada.
The copy of the Journal with the Louisiana list of trees has arrived here
this morning and I hope you will soon get your extras of the article. When
you do I wish you would let us have one so that we can have it in this
library as a separate.
279
February 17, 1922.
Crataegus erioclada is a new species, a description of which will appear
in the next number of the Journal I hope.
I have no doubt there is a lot of collecting to be done along the Missis-
sippi coast. I am glad to hear you are to undertake it.
280
March 1, 1922.
The omission of O[uercus| virginiana might have got by you but I can-
not imagine how it got by us here where the article and proof was certainly
read times enough to prevent any such glaring omission. I think the best
plan would be to add a note to your list of Louisiana shrubs making the
correction. It would be more apt to be noticed there than if put by itself in
the Journal.
How is the list of shrubs getting on[?]
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 427
281
April 21, 1922.
We were getting ready to send you next week the Camellias and other
plants for your new garden when we discovered that it was necessary to get
a permit from the Horticultural Inspector of Mississippi, and I am writing
him today for one. This means I suppose that the sending of the plants
will be delayed for at least a couple of weeks. It won’t do any harm if you
wrote to the Inspector yourself on the subject in the hope of hurrying him
up.
You haven’t suggested yet the name for that fine and very distinct
Crataegus of yours from Selma
We have a late spring here this year and last night had rather a heavy
frost, but on the whole the Arboretum looks fairly well.
282
May 9, 1922.
I have now the permit from Mississippi to send you the plants for your
garden and they shall go forward in the course of a day or two.
There is no specimen of Calycanthus in this herbarium from Louisiana
or Mississippi and I did not know it extended as far westward. By all
means send me all the material you can of your two species for this is now
one of the genera we are especially interested in as there seems to be great
confusion in the cultivated plants. For example, Calycanthus floridus
which is supposed to be in every garden we cannot find cultivated any-
where in this country except in the Berckmans Nursery in Georgia where
the yellow-flowered form is growing. In Alabama we know Calycanthus
floridus only from Spring Hill near Mobile, Lookout Mountain, near
Gadsden, and at Barclay. I am surprised it does not grow at Selma.
Perhaps you will find it there.
Ow are you getting on with the catalogue of shrubs and aren’t you
coming up this summer to work here on your general catalogue? You
certainly never can complete it without passing some time at the north,
and what is the use of delaying your coming any longer?
283
May 23, 1922.
Your two specimens of Calycanthus seem to be the same, although the
specimen from Bay St. Louis has remarkably narrow sepals. They appear
to be forms of fertilis manus and if this determination is correct it is re-
markable to find them on the Gulf coast, for fertilis nanus has previously
been known only from the mountains of North Carolina. I should have
expected that you would have found in your region - Sy ie which
grows in the neighborhood of Mobile and is a southern s spec
You ought to look further for Calycanthus for it is aonite that you
have other forms or species. It would be well to get fruiting specimens
of the two plants of which you have sent the flowers.
428 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
I noticed that Small does not credit any Calycanthus to either Missis-
sippi or Louisiana.
284
May 26, 1922.
I am interested in what you say about Calycanthus floridus in Louisiana
and I hope we shall get a specimen of it from the state. I shall be glad,
too, of one from the Selma region. There are two forms of floridus, one
with much broader leaves than the other, and I am anxious to know
which is the form which grows in Louisiana.
We have at last dispatched your plants to Bay St. Louis and I enclose a
list of them. Rhododendron Chapmanii is not a plant with very showy
flowers, but it is an interesting species found only close to the Gulf coast of
west Florida. We had a many years’ hunt for this plant which was origi-
nally discovered by Chapman and described by Gray. It should grow
perfectly at Bay St. Louis.
I hope the Juniperus taxifolia will grow. It is a native of the Loochoo
Islands and has not before been cultivated. There is a good chance, how-
ever, that it will prove hardy in Bay St. Louis.
There isn’t much to say about the other plants which are going to you.
285
June 28, 1922.
We have received the list of Louisiana shrubs. Act[{a]ea alba is no
doubt included by mistake as it is certainly an herbaceous plant.
I still think Rhododendron (Azalea) oblongifolium must grow some-
where in western Louisiana as it is so common in Arkansas, eastern Okla-
homa and eastern Texas. Don’t you think you should look further for it in
the valley of the Sabine River?
It seems to us very doubtful if Philadelphus grandiflorus grows naturally
in Louisiana and I think your best plan would be to send us a specimen
now of the plant which you say is often cultivated and sometimes natural-
ized in the state. No matter if the plants are out of flower if you haven't a
spare specimen. Flowering sp|ecimen].
It is certainly very surprising that there is only one species of Ribes
in the state. Does not Daubentonia die down to the ground every year?
I had supposed it was herbaceous.
On the whole I am rather disappointed in the number of shrubs in Loui-
siana. Proportionately it is not as great as the number of trees. It would
be surprising, however, if you or any one else have found them all.
286
July 1, 1922.
We have now examined critically your list of shrubs. I have already
written you about Philadelphus grandiflorus. Rydberg gives Rapides
Parish for Rubus carpinifolius.
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 429
Rosa Treleasei Rydberg. This species grows at Gee Bridge, Bos-
sier Parish. The specimen is in the herbarium at St.
According to Rydberg Amorpha tennesseensis should “a added to the list.
You omitted entirely the Rutaceae, and Acacia angustissima collected by
Palmer at Natchitoches. In the list Cornus stricta appears twice. One of
these we think must be C. asperifolia as we have many specimens of that
species from Louisiana where it appears to be generally distributed.
Azalea we now make a section of Rhododendron. What you call Vibur-
num pubescens is the large-leaved form of V. scabrellum.
The Vines, of which there are several species and genera, are omitted
from this list. Don’t you think they should be included as they are al-
ways considered to be shrubs? Will you supply us with a list of these
and we will incorporate it?
287
August 8, 1922.
I hear for the first time from you of Pinus Sondereggeri. 1 feel very
skeptical about its being a hybrid. Who named and published the tree? *4
If it is possible to obtain this information and for us to see specimens at
once there will probably be time to get some mention of the tree in your
shrub paper which has now been in the hands of the printer for about
two weeks. There would not, however, be any time to lose in getting
the information. The fact that there appear to be a great many of these
trees would tend to show that it was not a hybrid. Pinus palustris flowers
so much earlier than Pinus taeda that it would be difficult for these species
to hybridize. We should certainly see specimens.
It would surprise us here very much if Cornus amomum was found in
Louisiana. We certainly have no specimen in the herbarium of this
northern plant from Louisiana and if you have one I wish you would let
us see it. For the time being at least we have omitted Cornus amomum
from your list.
Gleditsia texana will have to be included among the Louisiana trees.
I consider this now to be a hybrid *° and have referred to it the tree from
Shreveport, Louisiana, from which I have collected specimens. Nuttall
appears to have found it more than a hundred years ago near the mouth
of the Arkansas River and we have a specimen which you sent from the
Yazoo River, Mississippi, and one from southwestern Illinois.
If there is anything more to say about your paper it is not too late to
do it. The proof of course will be sent to you as soon as we get it. The
printer, however, is as usual very slow.
288
August 22, 1922.
We have submitted your mysterious Pine to Shaw who has made a
critical examination of it and finds no trace of Pinus palustris, either in
“ Cuapman, H. H. Jour. Forestry 20: 734. pl. 1. 1922.
* Cf. Jour. perern Arb, 3: 182, 206-207. 1922.
430 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
the cone or in the internal structure of the leaf. He pronounces it Pinus
taeda and I feel sure that he is right. Of course we ought to know if
possible if such a thing has ever been published, where and by whom.
If the name is published it should become a synonym of Pinus taeda.
The principal things I want from you now are a few fruiting specimens
of Crataegus, especially Sardis 3342, collected by you in flower April 12,
1919. This is the new species in the Bracteatae Group and I am particu-
larly interested in it as only two other species are known. I am also anxious
for fruit of the Viridis species with twenty rose-colored anthers growing
in the yard of the house on the left hand side of the road along the river
below Lake Charles. You remember the tree I am sure and how handsome
it was. This also is possibly undescribed.
We have from you two Crus-galli species from Pineville, one collected
April 1912, without any number, and the other numbered XIX., April 24,
no year. We ought to have fruit of these two trees. No color of the anthers
unfortunately is given with the specimens. Have you got it? Fruit of
Bogalusa 3149, April 9, 1919, a Viridis species, is also needed.
Bogalusa 3151 is a species of the Pulcherrimae apparently undescribed
if you are sure of the color of the anthers. The flowers on our specimen
are pretty much faded and the color may have changed. This is interest-
ing as the only Pulcherrimae we know of in Louisiana. Do you remember
anything about the size and habit of the plant and have you any other
notes on the color of the anthers?
This is all the undescribed Louisiana material we have and if you
have everything there is the Crataegus material of Louisiana is better
worked up than that of any other state. You can add to the Louisiana
trees C. blanda Sargent, Minden, Bush No. 663, August 10, 1901. This
is a Viridis species with very dark scaly bark. I think we looked at this
from trees growing near C. aestivalis but I do not find that I made any
specimen.
I am most interested now in the Sardis 3342 and in the St. Charles
Viridis species. I hope you will certainly be able to get them and possibly
the Pineville and Bogalusa material. Of the latter it would be better to
get more material of 3151.
289
November 7, 1922.
In your catalogue you mention a Catalogue of the Plants of Southern
Louisiana by the Reverend Langlois. We have n’t a copy of this. Can
you get one for us?
Can you give a locality for Hypericum lobocarpum as being near Louis-
burg, St. Tammany Parish? We cannot find this name in the atlas and
are therefore omitting it. In this herbarium there is no specimen of
Hypericum lobocarpum from Louisiana. Can you let us have one?
I am afraid your entry of the American Ampelopsis is incomplete. There
is no specimen of the typical plant here but specimens of two varieties.
We ought to have better material of this plant in this herbarium. We have
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 431
decided to leave out any reference to the type and put in the two varieties
represented in this herbarium.
It is too late to send you the page-proof as I hope the article will now
be printed in a short time. We have done the best we can with it but I
daresay there are still some omissions.
Can’t you get for me a quart of acorns of Quercus virginiana? I want
to send them to a correspondent in South Africa where exotic trees appear
to do better than in any other part of the world. Before sending it would
be best to put the acorns in water and send only those which float; those
which sink will have grubs in them. It will be best to send them in a box
of soil as acorns lose their germinating power very quickly.
Are you going to be able to get me the nuts of Carya leiodermis and its
variety callicoma this autumn? I very much want to plant them here in
the hope that the trees will prove hardy.
290
December 26, 1923.
I owe you an apology for the long delay in answering your letters of
October 24th and 29th in regard to various specimens of Hickories sent at
that time.
You say that No. 1 which you call /eiodermis is the only one you recog-
nize. No. 2 is clearly the same thing. I think these trees cannot be referred
to leiodermis. The branchlets and leaves are much too pubescent as I
understand that species. We are putting the specimens among the unde-
termined ones and I hope you will follow these trees up in the spring; as
I understand them now they do not fit into any of the described species.
Nos. 3 and 4 are C. glabra [var.] megacarpa which is a common species
along the Gulf coast.
Carya ovalis [var.] obcordata from West Feliciana seems to me to
be rightly determined. Apparently we did not know this tree from Louisi-
ana before and it is certainly some way beyond its known range; it is a
good find.
Your Betula from West Feliciana is a very pubescent but not uncommon
form of Betula nigra. We shall be glad of one of your specimens of
Oxydendron from the Natchitoches region.
I am very sorry indeed to hear that that beautiful Crataegus from south
of Lake Charles has been cut down before we had an opportunity to de-
scribe it. You ought to be able, however, to find others in that region. I
hope you are not going to give up that Selma species which is one of the
most interesting of all your Crataegus discoveries.
Castanea alnifolia [var.] floridana is not that species but probably a
form of Castanea pumila.
Here we have so far had a very mild winter with a green Christmas.
Once only the thermometer has been as low as 18 and there has been no
snow yet to speak of. I trust you are equally fortunate in your part of
the world.
With all good wishes for the New Year, believe me,
432 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
291
February 24, 1925.
Please excuse me for the long delay in answering your letter of Febru-
ary 5th about tree surgery as practiced by Davey. I am a disbeliever in it.
In the first place it is very expensive, and when a cavity is filled with
cement it is impossible to prevent moisture forming between the surface
of the wood and the cement. This brings on decay and many trees have
been destroyed in this way. Davey and his system are the produce of
extreme advertising. The only way to treat a cavity in a tree is to clean
out thoroughly all decayed wood and then keep the surface painted with
tar, leaving the cavity open so that what is going on can be watched. Of
course the tar will have to be renewed from time to time. Sometimes a
very old tree is so far gone that it is better to cut it down and replace it
by a young one.
I hope you are well this winter and enjoying life, and that you are pre-
paring to come north next summer and do some serious work here on
your book,
We have had a very bad winter for plants — no snow, extreme drought
and some very cold weather. I am afraid there will be many losses in the
Arboretum before spring really comes.
292
March 2, 1925.
Sudworth has published in last year’s Journal of Forestry (our copy
now unfortunately in the hands of the binder) Carya Ashei, distinguished
by 7-9 leaflets and remarkably long stigmas. I have seen the type plant
from Pensacola, Florida, the only one which has been collected apparently
with pistillate flowers. One leaf of this tree has nine leaflets; all the others
have only seven. I do not think it is safe to establish species on such
scanty material. To me it seems to be a variety or form of Carya ovalis.
The species, as you know, extends along the Gulf coast to southern
Mississippi and Louisiana in some of its forms. I wish you would look
out for such a tree this spring when the Hickories are in flower and see
if you can find any of them with nine leafletsy or what is more important
the exceptionally long stigmas.
I suppose it begins to be a little springlike in your part of the world.
Here it is cold, dry and generally disagreeable, with a prospect of a good
deal more winter before us.
With kind regards,
293
March 7, 1925.
We have all been looking again at your Hickory from Bay St. Louis.
Judging from the leaves I do not think there can be any doubt that it is
Carya alba. It is unusual in the thinner husk of the fruit and in the less
pointed, strongly angled and paler nuts. The nuts of this species are
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 433
very variable, and I think we can match yours almost exactly from among
Palmer’s collections west of the Mississippi. I should like to know how
the bark looks. Would it not be possible to get a photograph of a trunk
to go with your specimens?
I am sorry to hear there are more Crataeguses to find but I am not
surprised.
It is acting now like an early spring but I suppose we shall have a lot
more snow. It is still terribly dry and during this week the thermometer
has been down to 10 above zero.
294
uly 1, 1925.
Your Amelanchier from Alabama is a common northeastern species, A.
intermedia Spach, but it appears to have been more or less cultivated at
one time in the southern states for its fruit.
There are no mosquitos yet in this part of the world and the best thing
for you to do is to come up to New England and pay us a summer visit.
You do not say anything about your Louisiana Flora. Are you still
working on it and, if so, how is it getting on?
I wish I heard from you oftener, and I much want to see you again but
I am afraid I shall never get as far from home as Louisiana. You must
come up and see me.
295
August 19, 1925.
I am not sure that I ever answered your note of June 27th in which
you ask about a small shrubby Amelanchier in Alabama which grows you
say in a few places near Selma.
The name of the species is Amelanchier intermedia Spach.
I fancy there are still hybrid Oaks and Hickories to find in Louisiana.
You must certainly come up and see the Arboretum sometime. There
are few mosquitos here just now and on the whole this has been a wonder-
ful summer, and the Arboretum has never before looked so well at this
season.
296
September 11, 1925.
I am working over a paper to be published in the Arboretum Journal
giving a list of errors which occurred in far too great numbers in the
second edition of my Manual of Trees of North America, and if you have
noticed any mistakes I wish you would call my attention to them. - here
are misspellings of geographical names and many errors in distribution ;
the latter are the most important, and I should especially like to know of
any of these relating to Louisiana trees.
With kind regards, I am,
434 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
297
October 22, 1925.
rag to get your note of the 18th. The separates will be sent to you
T do not believe you dislike clerics more than I do but I cannot help
feeling sympathy, as I wrote you, for the unfortunate old Bishop from
Arkansas.
I hope you will send us a specimen of the Oak from Bay St. Louis.
We have no record here that Raphidophyllum hystrix grows in Alabama
and of course we should be glad to get a specimen from there.
298
December 30, 1925.°°
I am distressed at the news conveyed about your health in your note
of the 17th of December. I can only hope that your views of the future
are not as bad as you state. I wish there was something I could do for
you or send you, and if you will only intimate something you would like,
some book perhaps to read, you shall have it if I can procure it for you.
I really cannot tell you how badly I feel. Of course you will be out again
in the spring.
I am still fairly well and getting to the Arboretum every day but am
too old to enjoy life
As I hope you know, I am,
Always sincerely and devotedly yours,
299
January 11, 1926.
I am certainly sorry that you will not be able to meet Dr. Councilman
for he is a delightful and learned man, and has a charming wife. More-
over, he has become much interested in plants, especially in the study
of peculiar fungous growth on the roots of Oak-trees. I am sorry to say
he has not sent me his New Orleans address but if you have it I hope
you will write to him.
You have asked me about thrilling novels which is one of my specialties,
and I will see in future that you are well supplied with them. I have
already sent you three or four and others will follow. I shall feel that I
have n’t lived in vain if I have introduced you to “Nick Carter,” 27 the
most thrilling of all, and among the long series certainly are some of
the best detective stories which have ever been read.
Let me hear occasionally if you get any pleasure from the books I send
you and I hope that your health is improving.
. oe Addressed to Professor Cocks at Bay St. Louis, Mississippi, where he had moved
a
Fictional character in dime novels fathered about 1885 by J. R. Coryell (?) but
publicized in any event by pect and Smith, New York, producers of over 1000
stories about him by several author.
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 435
300
January 27, 1926.
I have n’t heard a word from Councilman since he reached your part
of the world, but I have heard of his visit to Natchez through Miss Comp-
ton and that he is now laid up in bed in New Orleans and obliged to
postpone starting for Havana. I am afraid he has n’t been able to see you
which I greatly regret for he is a delightful person.
As you are a Britisher and no doubt a tea-drinker I am sharing with you
some tea sent me by J. P. Morgan which has a remarkable reputation. I
cannot vouch for this personally as I never drink tea. I believe it is better
with lemon than with milk. If you don’t like it there are probably plenty
of people to whom you can give it.
I hope you are getting on better and that I shall hear from you again
before long.
With kind regards,
301
March 19, 1926.
I find in our herbarium we have a Crataegus uniflorae species with very
small flowers collected by Harbison April 19, 1911, and labeled “C. uni-
flora at Professor Cocks’s along road in the woods.” Have you ever col-
lected any fruiting specimens of this plant and do you know anything
about it? I am not quite sure what he means by your place, whether it
was in Mississippi or at Sardis, Alabama, where you seem to have collected
a good deal. We have a specimen collected by you there on April 2nd,
1919, in flower (No. 3342) with twenty stamens and yellow anthers. What
is this? Have you a fruiting specimen? This may be undescribed. We
also have complete fruiting material of a Flavae species (No. 968) col-
lected in 1915 and 1916 at Sardis. Do you know anything about this?
We are trying here with much difficulty and not much success to arrange
a lot of unplaced Crataegus material and badly need help.
I hope that you are improving and able to enjoy the spring which is
now probably upon you. It is still wintry here with the ground covered
with snow,
With kind regards and all good wishes,
302
November 1, 1926.
The Crataegus No. 4126 from Chestnut, Louisiana, appears to be with-
out doubt Crataegus drymophila Sargent.
Faithfully yours,
/s/ C.S. Sargent
436 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
INDEX TO PERSONAL NAMES WITH BIOGRAPHICAL DATA
(Numbers refer to the letters not to pages)
Apams, THomas WILLIAM (1842-1919), arboriculturist of Greendale, Canterbury, N.Z.,
144
ISON, ANDREW (1879- 1960), amateur naturalist of New Orleans and for 40 years
a irds, 58
Ames, Oakes, (1874-1950), orchidologist, Research Professor of Botany, at one time
supervisor of the Arnold Arboretum and later director of the Botanical Museum,
Harvard University, 115, 143, 203
Asue, WittiAm Writtarp (1872-1932), botanist and forester, United States Forest
Service, particularly interested in Crataegus, 105, 1 ;
Batt, CARLETON Roy (1873-1958), agronomist, authority on American Salix, who
joined the U. S. Division of Agrostology in 1898, and from 1918 to 1929 was In
charge of Division of Cereal Crops and Diseases, 192
Bartram, WILLIAM (1739-1823), son of pioneer American botanist JoHN BARTRAM,
and himself an explorer-naturalist who visited Louisiana in 1775 and published his
Travels in 1791, 7
BEADLE, CHAUNCEY DELos (1866- 5 enue son of a nurseryman of St. Cath-
erines, Ontario, who went to Seeitis os C., in 1900 to manage planting —
on the estate of GeorcE W. VANDE eprenvon a student of Crataegus, 18,
BERCKMANS, PROSPER JULIUS Pectin i Pore _Belgian- een Georgia horti-
culturist,” assisted of eet and A. J. Dow ision of t ruits and Fruit
Trees of America, and whose nursery “Pruitlands” near Sen pal: the South,
BLARINGHEM (‘“‘BLARENINGHAM” of the letters), Louis (1 abe , French botanist,
geneticist, at one time member of Pasteur Institute of University of Paris, 203, 208
Bosc, Louis AUGUSTIN GUILLAUME (1759-1828), “ia h wee t who visited the
Carolinas, 1798-1800, author of a treatise on oaks,
Britton, NATHANIEL Lorp (1859-1934), American a et he “Great Britton,’
first director of the New York Botanical Garden, who leandhed its field studies of
BusH, BENJAMIN FRANKLIN (1858-1937), botanist, aie in Independence, Missouri,
in 1865, and in 1893 exhibited a collection of plants of the state at the Columbian
3, 168
BuTLEeR, Epwarp, and wife, of Catalpa, West Feliciana Parish, hosts to many
botanists at their plantation where there was once a hothouse three stories high
in which pineapples ripened and many exotics flourished, 25, 168, 200
CARPENTER, WILLIAM Marpury (1811-1848), nai ease professor, taught a
Centenary College, Jackson, West Feliciana cenit he University of Louisiana,
New Orleans, for whom Torrey and Gray named Ao nus Carpenter, 22, 140
CHAPMAN, ALVAN WENTWORTH (1809- eg ae nist, preter who arrived in
Georgia in 1831, and finally, in 1847, settled in paver cleciy Florida, where he
practiced medicine for more than fifty years, 255
OMPTON, CHARLES CRoMARTIE, of Natchez, where she was affectionately known as
“Miss Charlie,” and “who greatly aided the Arboretum by ga priie material of
the woody plants of Adams County, Mississippi” (Sargent), for whom Quercus
comptonae, “one of the handsomest American oaks,” was named, 118,
Conarp & JONES, nurserymen, of West any Pennsylvania, dating (as Dingee &
Conard) from 1862, and in about ng organized by ALFRED FELLENBERG CONARD
(1835-1906) and S. Morris Jones as a pioneer mail-order business, 227
CouncitMaNn, WILLIAM THOMAS ccaeegaess pathologist, professor at the Harvard
. aes
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 437
Medical School from 1891, member of Hamilton Rice Amazonian Expedition to
study tropical diseases, 299, 300
Davey, JoHN (1846-1923), tree surgeon, whose Tree Doctor (1902) established his
campaign for tree care, 291.
Dawson, HENRY SARGENT, son of JacKSON Dawson (1841-1916), superintendent
of the Arnold Arboretum, 155
Dopson, Witt1AM RurFus (1867- ), forester, author of a brochure distributed at
Louisiana Purchase Exposition, St. Louis, 1903, on Louisiana forests and timber
woods,
Drummonn, Tuomas (1790-1835), a Scottish botanical explorer in western
Canada, Texas, and southeastern United States, whose exsiccatae were sold to sub-
— by WILLIAM JACKSON HOOKER, a 169, 189, 230, 231, 246, 254
Duncan, STEPHEN (1787-1867), physician, er came to Natchez _ 1808, became
ser ee of the Bank of Mississippi ron eated “Duncan’s Park,” 118
LWES, HENRY JOHN (1846-1922), F. R. S., perenne Victoria medallist, edu-
te onogra A
Faxon, CHARLES Epwarp (1846-1918), botanist, artist, who, Sargent said, drew
more analytical sketches of trees than any other botanical draughtsman; from
the on drawing in 1882 he completed 744 plates for the Silva in just twenty-one
years, 23
ee Aucust (1813-1883), German-American botanical explorer of New Mexico
(cf. Asa Gray’s Plantae Fendlerianae Novi-Mexicanae, 1849), Venezuela, Panama,
sai Trinidad, 231, 258
FERNALD, Merrirt Lynpon ( sa Ret distinguished American botanist, Fisher
Peru of Natural History and Director of the Gray Herbarium, Harvard Uni-
versity, long editor of and contributor to Rhodora, pres of eighth edition of
Gray’s Manual of Botany
= Asa (1810-1888), Fisher come of Natural History at Harvard, from 1842,
ost prominent American botanist of the nineteenth century, author and critic, 186
ax JostaH (c. 1791-1856), psi and botanist of Alexandria, Louisiana, and
later of New Orleans, 140, 192
Harsison, THomMas GRANT (1 862- oo. collector for the Arnold Arboretum, 36, 37,
41, 45, 52, 55, 58, 78, 81, 84, 86, 92, 93, 96, 97, 99, 103, 107, 114, 118, 12%,:124, 125,
128, 132, 135, 140, 156, 161, 170, 188, 192, 202, 218
Hasrer, Rotanp McMriran (1878- ), veteran botanist of Alabama, author of
a Phytogeographical Sketch of the Altamaha Grit Region of the Coastal Plain of
Georgia (1906), to which SarcenT referred, 39, 133
Heprick, Utysses Prentiss (1870-1951), horticulturist, special student of fruit crops,
40
Hooker, WiLtiAM JacKson (1785-1865), ona ae British botanist, first at
Glasgow, then for 24 years director of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, who
ica, 230
Kinc, Grace ELIzaBETH (1851-1932), author of Creole Families of New Orleans, etc.,
born and educated in that city, “she became a symbol of its ie the best
representative of the city’s charm and hospitality.” Professor Cocks g a speech,
‘The Fiction > Grace King,” at a memorial dinner (La. Hist i caus: ri "455-389.
July, 1923), 24
Lamp, WILLIAM Hanmsos forester, 4
LANctots, AUGUSTE BERTHELEMY (1832-1900), aera -priest of Point-a-la~Hache,
0
et cryptogames de la Basse-Louisiane, Brat Unis d’Amérique (1887), 2
Leavirr, ———————, landscape gardener,
LETTERMAN, GEORGE WASHINGTON cena teacher in public schools of Allenton,
Missouri, who botanized principally in that state but also in the southern states
and the Rocky Mountains, and for whom Sarcent named a Crataegus, 140
438 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Lovett, PHese Susan (Mrs. Preston Spencer Lovett), of Crowley, Louisiana,
amateur botanist, for whom Professor Ezra BRAINERD named Viola lovelliana, 241
MArsHAL oe superintendent of Audubon ole aa Orleans, 47
Nia Wit rR Reep (1876-1941), forester, 133,
Mclinewwv, a H AveERY (1860-1948), sg oa <a s ais Avery McILHENNY
(1872-1949), Tas of Avery Island, Louisiana, etc. 89, 6
Monr, Cartes THEODORE (1824-1901), Hens he orn furtaaiet t, who accompanied
Aucusr KappLer to Dutch Guiana as oe collector, lived in a Ohio;
California (as a ’49er); Indiana; St. Louis, Missouri, and in for
ex an
more _ forty years was a pharmacist at Mobile, Alabama, author a gee Life
of Alabama, 8, 113, 124, 133, 253
OORE, ———————, collected at Mt. Vernon, Alabama, 195
Morcan, hea ea (1843-1925), president of Aadubon Park Commission, New
Orlean
o ie Prerpont (1867-1943), New York banker, son of famous banker of
e same name, 300
Nasu, GEORGE VALENTINE (1864-1921), ae ga head gardener at New York
Botanical Garden, who collected in Florida,
NEALE (“NEAL” of letters), Harorp J., at a ee and landscape archi-
160
Ness, He ELGE (1861-1928), gtr iglies a. Experiment Station, College Station,
Texas, interested in plant hybrids,
UTTALL, THOMAS (1786-1859), pauibis Peon naturalist, at one time Curator of
the Botanic Garden at Harvard University, who twice visited New Orleans, author of
The North American Sylva, 16, 5
ALMER, ERNEST JESSE (1875-1962), field collector for 35 years for the Missouri
Botanical Garden and the Arnold Arboretum, 66, 71, 73, 75, 82, 86, 87, 93, 94,
97, 98, 101, 103, 109, 111, 114, 117, 124, 128, 130, 137, 141, 167, 225, 230, 266, 273
- po Saat Trees and Shrubs hardy in North America, 13, 32, 34, 140, 237, 238,
Sal Ipa ANN Stocum (d. 1910), second wife of Dr. Topras Grsson RICHARD-
son, Dean of Tulane School of Medicine, 1865-1885, both were world travellers
and amateur horticulturists, 242]
RippeLt, JoHN Leonard (1807-1865), physician, chemist, botanist, for the last thirty
years of his life a resident of New Orleans, author of Catalogus Florae Ludovicianae,
published in the New Orleans Medical and Surgical Journal in 1852, 22, 161
e
Rosin, CLAUDE aha (1750— ), author of Voyages dans V’interieur de la Louisiane
are 1807), which contained the first botanical resumé for the state, “Flore
janaise,” in the pri volume, published in modified English form ten years
INESQUE,
Rosrvson, arse nee he (1864-1935), American botanist, Asa Gray Professor of
Botany at Harvard, first editor of Rhodora, brother of James Harvey RoBINSON,
seoiess on
[SarceNT, ANDREW Roseson (d. 1918), son of CHARLES SPRAGUE SARGENT, 169]
ScHENcK, J. S., ~~ who collected type of Quercus schenckiana Trel. in Mexico in
1898, but no o be confused with Jacop ScHNEcK (1843-1906) for whom Q.
Schneckii marie was named, 42
1965 | EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS 439
SHAw, GEORGE RUSSELL cg eget author of a handbook of knots and splices, and
a monograph, The Genus Pinus, 2
SHUMARD, BENJAMIN FRANKLIN ent taal, competent state geologist of Texas,
removed in is iA Gov. Sam Houston, commemorated by 8S. B. BuckLry in
Quercus shumardi, 109
[SraucHtTer, (Mrs.) Mary Marsury, of Ruston, Louisiana, niece of W. M. CARPENTER,
22
SMALL, JoHN KUNKEL (1869-1938), Langa botanist, associated with the New
York Botanical Garden for a lifetime, author of Flora of Southeastern United
States (1903) and —— of the p pao lavcant Flora (1933), 2, 39, 46, 56, 87, 108,
140, 166, 186, 277,
Supworts, GEORGE ie (1864-1927), chief ee United States Forest
aay author of Forest Trees of the Pacific Slope,
Tracy (“Tracrky” of the letters), SamurL Mirrs (184 eee 920), patie ap gr
‘ Biloxi, Mississippi, = collected in southern and western states, 17, 30, 138, 246
TRELEASE, WILLIAM (1857-1945), American botanist, director of ce aL iy Botanical
Garden, 18 Seer. monographed Agave, Quercus, Phoradendron, and Piper, 188
Wrecanp, Kart McKay (1873-1942), — of botany, Cornell University, author
of a revision of Amelanchier, etc.,
Witson, Ernest HENry (1876-1930), dtc Rdacia botanist, plant explorer in
China — “Chinese Wilson” — Japan, Korea, and Formosa, author of horticultural
books, assistant director of the Arnold Arboretum, 1919-1926, keeper, 1927-1930,
00, 217 eis
440 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
INDEX TO PLANT NAMES
(Numbers refer to the letters not to pages)
Acacia arora 286
Ac ea
Acer,
ae 46, 54, 56, 195,
orgy $6; 37; 38;, 52,93; ne 197,
262
Pia tee 29, 37, 38, 52, 118
negundo, 54
var, drummondii forma rotundata,
195, 199
?
var. tomentosum, 195, 199, 209
var. tridens, 195
saccharinum 2
saccharum, 93, 194, 236
var. glaucescens, 262
var. glaucum, 194, 236
tridens, 1
Actaea alba, 285
ei var. eee 264
+ oF
Am ser si ple 286
Ampelopsis, 289
Aves en 24, 26, 49, 55
rab-,
Piss 45
pelosrange 230, 231, 240
arbutifolia, 23
var. emery 243
Ash, 90, 240
, 33
Azalea, 59, 180, 183, 185, 239, 240, 241,
242, 275, 286
ledifolia, 2
nudiflora, eas 183, 239
serrulata, 2 =)
viscosa, vty 187, 239 ;
Beech, 119
Betula nigra
Blackberry, si 19, 53
140, 166
lycioides, 44, 140, 256
Calycanthus, 282
fertilis nanus, 283
floridus, 282, 283, 284
Camellia, 275, 281
Carya, 36, 67, 75, 82, 163
alba, 36, 55, 57, 65, 68, 69, 74, 86, 89,
EUZ, 121; 131, a 146, 150, 152, 154,
155, 169, 173, 2
arkansana, 60, 7 72, 34, 75, S53, 1%, P
139, 173
ashei, 292
uckleyi var. arkansana, 173
callicarpa, 146
callicoma, 84, 85, 139, 142, kgs
carolinae-septentrionalis, 9
cordiformis, 36, 48, 70, 72, ae 186, 212
90
0
r. callicoma, oe 268, 289
tsar Sica 139
megacarpa, 55, 65, 68, a 117, 139
var. stellipila, 68, 74,1
var. subglobosa, 74, 75, 146 |
— 48, 55, ee “a 179, 180 . ||
nuttallii, :
pallida, eo 55, i 121, 152, 156, 172, ij
a 179
porcina, 55, ee
texana, 49, 63, 179
tomentosa var. sora 182
— alnifolia, 202,
floridana, sit oe 290
Sesiace 215
1965]
nana, 202
Sgr’ 76, 79, 210, 225, 290
Celtis,
eri
orgiana, nN 190, 194
lnevign ata, 189, 190, 192, 199
mississippiensis, 189, 192, 200
occidentalis, 194, 199, 212
var. crassifolia, 191, 212
pumila,
Cephalanthus occidentalis var. pubescens,
260
Cephalotaxus stage, 11
Cercis canadens
oe 252
Cherr
pi era oblongifolius, 208
Citrus, 10
Chinese, 100
changensis, i
Cocculus laurifolius, 242
rnus amo > 24, 287
asperif
obliqua, 54
se ie
stricta, 286
Crataegus, 5, 18, 20; 22, 24,25, 27, 32,
, 38, 73, 82, 105, 130, 152, 168, 185,
186, 187, 202, 203, 205, 209, 233, 266,
os, ag
a
pele siihdy 73, hes, 229, 288
alabamensis, 267
apiifolia, 34, 234
aprica, ie
arbores
a RES “ciodat, 278, 279
berberifolia, 1
blanda, 276,
brachyasinthe, oe 20, 27, 34, 55, -168
156
cocks 2 27, 266, 276
co -
vier ag
Crus- al 18, 34, 38, 73, 168, 170, 171,
266, 2
ra aa 241, 302
edita, 18, 168, 224
edura, 73, pe 266
enucleata
erioclada, a 279
fera,
EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS
441
Flavae, 168, 169, 170, 205
i 67
opaca, 168, 169, 229
en
pruin 3
Pateniass 288
pyracanthoides, 266
silvicola, 18, 34, 168, 241
spathulata, 11, 34, 232, 235
tersa, 34, 73, 156
lta ed 168, 266
» 34, 38, 168, 209, 224, 266,
252
Dahoon,
Daubentonia, 285
De dium,
giniana, 250
Dirca palustris, 241
Elm, slippery, 91
atropurpureus, 251
Fagus grandifolia, 119
a pubescens, 119
var. caroliniana, 119
forma mollis, 119
Fraxinus americana, 212, 258, 271
caroliniana, 233
darlingtonii, 2351, 234,208; 272
231, 258
sa cet 231, 237
23
Fungus (on _ ar 299
Gaylussacia hirtella, 209
Grapefruit, 100
Halesia carolina, 122, 257
442
diptera, 257
parviflora, 237
12, 1h) 220; 221; 222
5
virginiana, as 219, 104 Baye,
Haw, May-, 241
Hibbens mutabilis,
Hickory, 38, 48, 55, ee 60)°67, 715 733,74.
80, 86, 98, 109, 117, 127, 132, 139, 295
Nutmeg, 1 17
Holly,
ey sata 243
Hydrangea, 36
querc ats ia 30
Hypericum plidenrsan, 289
longipes, 36, 37, 209, 271
lucida, 145, 209, 262
re cap 44, 46, 209
Illicium, 1
Jasminum sambac, 276, 277
Juniperus taxifolia, 252, 284
Kalmia latifolia, 144
Lemon, ichang, 101, a
é axillaris, 176
Lime, Ogeche2
parr a a : 93, 98, 126, 128, 137,
150, s We ets
pay ee ked, 134
Smooth barked, 134
Lindera, 8
Liriodendron, 86
Liquidambar, 14
Te 113
glauca, 13, 196, 198, 199
is
stralis, 196, 1
Malus, 13, is 22, "3, 25.27; 1135, a8
JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM
[voL. 46
angustifolia, 13, 20, 30, 32, 34, 103,
113, 120, 121, 264
coronaria, 34, 264
var. puberula, 34, 36, 38
fragrans
ioensis, 82, 193,121
var. creniserrata, 32, 34, 77, 104, 110,
2
ry aa 30, 34, 38, 50, 78, 103,
sesame 82
Maple, 28, 29, 36
95
Mimosa “tials, 31
Mulberry
Myrica, py ae 220
inodora, 204, 265
Nyssa, ogechee, 249, 252
Oak, 99, 109, 124, 127, 132, 144, 146,
148, 150, 153, 295, 297, 299
dwarf, 97, 99
laurel, age
lucom
be,
E, 38, - 97°99." 100, 1275 128, 153;
2; 109
scarlet, 81, 89
water, 99
Osage Orange
Oxydendrum, me 290
Parkinsonia aculeata, 31
Paulownia Mikado, 21
gr. andiforus, 183, 285, 286
183
ino
Picea, 252
— a 209
Pignut, 45, 55
ge
52
caribaea, 133, 144
Platanus, 192
Plum, 7, 8, 10, 11, 17, 22, 24, 25, 37, 38,
1965] EWAN, LETTERS FROM SARGENT TO COCKS
39, 40, 41, 55, 71, 81, 86, 89, 94, 97
Prunus, 13, 15, 18, 20, 23, 25, 64, 228
americana, 5, 64, 81, 245
angustifolia, 64, 66, 228, 244
var. age 228, a 245
arkansana, 64, 67,
carolina 245, iy
coccinea, 64
ee. 244
aca 245
mexicana, 64, 67, 215, 245
mitis, 4
munsoniana, 31, 41, 64, 244
pennsylvanica,
reticulata, 64, 67
tarda, 64
umbellata, 41, 65, 215, 245
watsonl
Ptelea rhombifoia, 88
paca
ams
Pyr snuiies crenulata, 119
Pyrus arbutifolia var. macrophylla, 230
Quercus, 38, 120, 125, 127, 152, 156, 157,
252
acuminata, 58
austrina, 81, 87, 89, se 93, 99, 107,
108, 120, 124, 125, 127, 12
nh ae Si Db
ses io 7, 159, 163
cine erea, 106, 15
coccinea, 86, rs 9, Ne 107, 108, 277
var. tuberculata 1
imbricaria, 93, 99, 154
laurifolia, 31, 151, 155, 156, 158, 160,
161, 162, 163, 176
ludoviciana, 38, 110
lyrata, 156, 159, 161
margaretta, 153
443
7 154, 157, 159, 163
, 159
myrtifolia, 152, 167
pic 87, 97, 151, 154, 157, 158
< themibitolia, 153
var. tridentifera, 161
achyloma, 217
pagodaefolia, 87, 158, 161
phellos, 158
he ake — 156, 157, as
rubra, 89, 107, 109, 111, 59,
161
ni teaalat 109, 111, 112, 115, 120, 161,
var. schneckii, 167
stellata, 97, 16
va
—_
—
Oo
5 52, 165, 176
form nes 153; at 176
var. paludosa, 161
suber, 14
subintegra, 161, 188
107, 109, 111, 112, 113, 115,
61,
tomentos
velutina, A ee 99, ae fase 157, 161
var. missouriensis, 97,
virginiana 118, 143, ay re 156, 159,
Senktestaan, 157
Raphidophyllum hystrix, 297
sbonsifolium, on 285
serrulatum,
Rhus glabra, * 262
tox — Zi3
Ribes
Rosa ene 219, 226, 227
humilis, 52, 268
lyonii,
Lage 286
Rose, 2
Rose = Siaie 45
Rubus, 52
andrewsianus, 19, 20, 53
444
argutu
carpniolis 273, 286
floridus, 2
se i var. coronarius, 261
trivialis, 20, 5
Rutaceae, 286
Salix, 5, 10, 66
canadensis, 45, 262
var. submollis, 45
simpsonii, 45
Sapindus drummondii, 4, 263
Sargentodoxa cuneata, 132
Sassafras varii folium var.
Slippery elm, ee
Smilax, 82
lanceolata, 4, 82
sae americana, 254
Styrax, 242
Taiwania, as B5z
Taxodi
Tilia, 14, 38, a. 82, 83, 85, 86, 87, 89, 94,
114, 116,. 420, 123, 124, 125, 126,127,
129, 134, 138, 141, 146, 161, 164, 165,
176, 180, 182, 184, 186
ambigua, 134, 137, 138, 1
americana, 2, 58, 59, fol a 114, 126,
a
albidum, 54
rete 138
caroliniana
cheiophila, 138
cocksii, 134, ae 137, 138, 146
crenoserrata,
ny ne ae
138,
var. seta 135, 137
georgiana,
glabra, 138, 164, 188
grosseserrata, 138
harbisonii, 135,
heterophylla, 58, 114, 120, 135, 138, 164
leptophylla, 2, 18, 58, 60, 120, 134
littoralis, 138
michauxii, 61, 114
monticola, 138
po 138
120, 127, 134, 137,
nuda, ary 137, 138, 164, 167, 188
ar. glaucescens, 137
diate: 138
pubescens, 56, 93, 114, 134
JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM
rhoophila, 137, 138, 146
texana, 138
Torreya, 252
Ulmus americana, 255
fulva, 91, 213
Vaccinium, 9, 27
arboreum var. glaucescens, 262
stamineum
Vitis aestivalis, 44,1
mata, 141
rufotomentosa, 140
rupestris, 141
Walnut, Bitter, 175
illow, 9, 11,14, 161
Witch hazel, 14, 223
Zanthoxylum 25
clav eg 248
Zizyphus sativa, 53
vulgaris, 53
DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY,
TULANE UNIVERSITY,
EW ORLEANS 18,
LovIsIANA
[voL. 46
1965] BAILEY, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XIV 445
COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE LEAF-BEARING
CACTACEAE, XIV
PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS ON THE VASCULATURE OF
COTYLEDONS
I. W. BatLey }
A CONSENSUS OF ANATOMICAL EVIDENCE presented in preceding papers
of this series clearly indicates that the most primitive and structurally
least specialized surviving representatives of the Cactaceae occur in the
genus Pereskia. Such better known species as P. sacharosa Griseb., P. bleo
DC. and P. grandifolia Haw. have long been recognized by various taxono-
mists as having a habit of growth and absence of accentuated succulence
characteristic of many typically woody dicotyledonous trees and large
shrubs. These species in contrast to other representatives of the Cactaceae
exhibit only slight evidence of incipient trends of divergent structural
specializations internally (Bailey, 1962, 1963c). The comparatively thin
large leaves of adult plants have typical pinnate venation, their numerous
lateral veins extending diagonally toward the margins of the lamina (Fic.
1
Pereskias of such other species as P. aculeata Mill. (Bailey, 1962), P.
humboldtii Britt. & Rose, P. weberiana K. Schum., P. diaz-romeroana
Card. (Bailey, 1963a) and P. guamacho Web., P. colombiana Britt. &
Rose, P. cubensis Britt. & Rose, and P. portulacifolia Haw. (Bailey,
1963d), although exhibiting variations in stature and habit of growth, as
well as more or less incipient internal trends of divergent anatomical
specializations, have leaves with pinnate venation (Bailey, 1960).
Many of the leaves of these taxa, with the possible exception of those of
P. aculeata and P. cubensis, tend at times to form more extensively arcuate
lateral veins (Fic. 2). Particularly in some leaves of P. Aumboldtii and
related taxa of Peru and Bolivia, and in some aberrant ones of P. gua-
macho and P. colombiana, modifications of pinnate vasculature occur. In
such leaves the lateral veins which diverge from the midvein in the basal
and central part of the lamina become more conspicuous and extensively
arcuate with concomitant reduction of those in the apical parts of the leaf
(Fic. 3). These modifications of pinnate vasculature appear phylogeneti-
cally to be transitional toward the pseudopalmate and palmate venation
which occurs in the comparatively thick succulent leaves of the structurally
more highly specialized genera Pereskiopsis and Quiabentia (Fics. 4, 5).
The leaves of Pereskia pititache Karw. (P. conzattii Britt. & Rose), P.
autumnalis (Eichlam) Rose, and P. nicoyana Web. are particularly signif-
icant in these connections. Not only are they more succulent than those
of P. sacharosa, P. bleo, and P. grandifolia, but also vary markedly in size
1 This investigation was financed by a grant from the National Science Foundation.
446 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
and form (Bailey, 1960). In some of them, the venation is of the modified
pinnate form discussed in the preceding paragraph whereas in others the
vasculature becomes truly pseudo-palmate and even closely palmate.
In the dicotyledons as a whole changes in patterns of foliar vasculature
are not consistently unidirectional. Transitions from pinnate to palmate
venation and vice versa are of not uncommon occurrence. Suggestive con-
clusions regarding phylogenetic changes in vasculature within a specific
family therefore, are dependent upon extensive summations of cumulative
circumstantial evidence. In the genera Pereskia, Pereskiopsis, and Quia-
bentia, a totality of evidence now available is strongly indicative of a
phylogenetic transition from pinnate venation in structurally primitive
pereskias to palmate vasculature in anatomically more highly specialized
surviving representatives of Pereskiopsis and Quiabentia (Bailey, 1964a).
In his extensive survey of seeds, embryos, and seedlings, Ganong (1898)
concluded that the Cactaceae is a family in which succulence and other
adaptations for survival in excessively arid environments work backward
phylogenetically into earlier and earlier stages of the development of the
epicotyl, there commonly being conspicuous retardation in the appearance
of such divergent changes in the cotyledons and hypocotyl of germinated
embryos at least prior to growth of the plumule. If this retardation of
evolutionary changes in cotyledons of the Cactaceae is as general as it
appears to be, it is of possible significance to compare the cotyledonary
vasculature in Pereskia with that in Pereskiopsis and Quiabentia. Of
course it should be fully recognized in this connection that ontogeny does
not closely parallel phylogeny in many cases. However, as recognized by
Ganong, the divergent trends of specialization in the Cactaceae are SO
bizarre and so closely correlated from ecological and physiological points
of view with adaptations for survival in arid environments as to leave few
uncertainties regarding the directions in which phylogenetic changes are
progressing. Furthermore, the Cactaceae is a family in which transitional
stages of phylogenetic changes are more consistently and adequately pre-
served in surviving representatives than is commonly the case in many
other families of the dicotyledons
Thus far, I have been able to obtain seedlings of the following species
through the kind assistance of Dr. Boke and other botanists.
Pereskia aculeata — Boke: from seeds collected by him
Pereskia sacharosa — Boke: from seeds collected by Castellanos.
Pereskia grandifolia — vias from seeds collected by Steyermark.
Pereskia diaz-romeroana — Boke: from seeds collected by Cardenas.
Pereskia humboldtii — Hutchinson #1452.
Pereskia pititache — Boke: from seeds collected and germinated by him.
Pereskia autumnalis — Moore #8210.
Pereskiopsis blakeana — Kimnach “ng
Pereskiopsis porteri — Kimnac
Pereskiopsis — Boke: from seeds uae by MacDougal near Oaxaca.
Pereskiopsis — Boke B-5: from seeds collected at Totolapan, Oaxaca.
Pereskiopsis — Boke B-27: from seeds collected at Totolapan, Oaxaca.
1965 | BAILEY, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XIV 447
In my paper on “Nodal anatomy in retrospect” (1956), I presented the
results of an extensive reconnaissance of seedlings from 99 families of the
dicotyledons. In 60 per cent of them the cotyledons are attached at 2-trace
unilacunar nodes. Within this category there is a tendency at times in
some families for the cotyledons to be pinnately veined (Fic. 9). In the
structurally most primitive pereskias, viz. P. sacharosa and P. grandifolia
which have pinnate venation in the leaves of both juvenile and adult
plants, the cotyledons have this 2-trace pinnate form of vasculature.
Therefore a totality of evidence suggests that the cotyledons of ancestral
Cactaceae possessed pinnate venation during early stages of the differen-
tiation of the family.
In the case of P. sacharosa and P. grandifolia, the thin oblong-elliptical
or slightly ovate cotyledons, which are relatively small in seeds, continue
to enlarge and appear to be physiologically functional for considerable
time during earlier stages of the development of the juvenile plant, i.e., for
a period which may be as extensive as several months. During the expan-
sion of the cotyledons they retain their original form and internal pinnate
venation. Particularly during the earliest stages of the enlargement of the
cotyledons, the two traces commonly tend to be distinct and separate in
the upper hypocotyl, at the nodal level, and in the basal part of the lamina
(Fics. 10, 12). During later stages of the enlargement of the cotyledons
the xylems of the two traces tend to broaden and to become more or less
Closely approximated (Fics. 11, 13). During such changes in the two
traces, approximation of the two strands of phloem may be much less
precocious than in the xylems. :
The cotyledons in the large seeds of P. aculeata and of germinated
embryos prior to development of the epicotyl are larger than those that
occur in other representatives of the Cactaceae. These thin broadly ovate
or slightly cordate cotyledons have a 2-trace pinnate form of vasculature
(Fic. 14). The basal lateral veins are not extensively arcuate, thus re-
sembling in this respect the venation in cotyledons of P. sacharosa and
P. grandifolia.
In contrast to this the cotyledons in seeds of P. diaz-romeroana and P.
humboldtii and of germinated embryos prior to the development of the
epicotyl are much smaller than those of P. aculeata and are of more nearly
oblong rather than ovate form. In my few seedlings of P. diaz-romeroana,
the cotyledons have a simplified form of pinnate venation without conspic-
uous accentuation of the lateral veins (Fic. 17), whereas in those of P.
humboldtii the cotyledons exhibit a tendency at times to accentuate the
more extensively arcuate basal lateral veins (Fic. 16). It should be men-
tioned in this connection that the pereskias of Peru and Bolivia are much
reduced in stature and commonly have very small leaves. T his may be a
factor in the simplified venation of early deciduous cotyledons of P. diaz-
romeroana. :
Pereskia pititache of which I have numerous seedlings has oblong-
elliptical cotyledons with pinnate venation, but with a tendency to form
extensively arcuate lateral veins (Fic. 15). However, they do not exhibit
448 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [VOL. 46
transitions to truly pseudo-palmate vasculature such as occurs in the
leaves of juvenile and adult plants. The cotyledons of the closely allied
taxon, P. autumnalis, have similar somewhat modified pinnate venation.
The leaves of Pereskiopsis are very variable in size and form, not only
in different collections of a taxon or clone when grown under different
environmental influences, but frequently also in different parts of a single
adult plant. Excessive emphasis by earlier taxonomists upon apparent
differences in the form of leaves, when limited collections were available,
has led to serious difficulties and uncertainties in identifying the numerous
putative species of the genus. However, the leaves of adult Pereskiopsis,
regardless of extreme variations in size and form and concomitant taxo-
nomic uncertainties are comparatively succulent and consistently pseudo-
palmately or palmately veined (Fics. 4, 5). This is true except for the
small first-formed leaves of some short shoots which may at times exhibit
transitions from modified pinnate venation (Fic. 8) to palmate vascula-
ture.
In seedlings of Pereskiopsis porteri (T. S. Brandeg.) Britt. & Rose, P.
blakeana Ort., and three collections from Oaxaca of uncertain taxonomic
affinities, the nearly oblong-elliptical cotyledons have a 2-trace pinnate
form of vasculature (Fic. 18). At times the lateral veins which diverge
from the mid-vein in basal and central parts of the lamina become accen-
tuated in their arcuate extensions (Fics. 19, 20), thus resembling in this
respect the venation in cotyledons of Pereskia pititache and P. humboldtii.
The first-formed leaves of juvenile plants from these seed collections
commonly vary more or less markedly in size and form. At times the
ontogenetic sequences are complicated by the occurrence of rudimentary
evanescent appendages with abnormal vasculature. Frequently the normal
first-formed leaves differ strikingly from those of adult plants, tending to
be narrowly lanceolate with fewer extensively arcuate lateral veins (Fic.
7) in contrast to the broader leaves of adult plants (Fic. 5). Not infre-
quently there is obvious ontogenetic retardation in the attainment of
palmate venation; the first leaves of the juvenile stem re modified
pinnate venation (Fic. 6) rather than truly palmate vasculatu
Thus, in agreement with work of Ganong (1898), the ae in the
attainment of pseudo-palmate and palmate venation in cotyledons of
Pereskiopsis as well as in those of Pereskia pititache and Pereskia hum-
boldtii strengthens a concept of divergent evolutionary change from pin-
nate to palmate venation in the Cactaceae. For, if the reverse were true,
one would expect to find palmate venation in the leaves of the most primi-
tive surviving representatives of the family and at least some cotyledons
which retain palmate vasculature.
CONCLUSIONS
The Cactaceae is a family which provides unusually favorable evidence
for the study of highly divergent trends of morphological specialization.
These are so bizarre and so closely correlated from ecological and physio-
logical points of view with adaptations for survival in arid environments
1965 | BAILEY, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XIV 449
as to leave few uncertainties regarding the directions in which phylogenet-
ic changes are progressing. Furthermore, an unusually comprehensive
and adequate record of the divergent trends of specialization is preserved
in surviving representatives of the family.
A totality of available evidence strongly indicates that ancestral Cactac-
eae had attained an advanced level of anatomical structure in their
cambium, xylem, phloem, and cotyledons prior to the development of ac-
centuated succulence and other trends of excessively divergent anatomical
specializations (Bailey & Srivastava, 1962; Srivastava & Bailey, 1962).
The ancestral trees and large shrubs of normal woody structure appear to
have borne relatively broad thin leaves rather than succulent terete ones
as in surviving representatives of the Opuntieae. The ancestral leaves
evidently possessed typical pinnate venation and stomata of the “true
rubiaceous” form (Bailey, 1964b). The germinated embryos, at least prior
to the development of the epicotyl, had 2-trace unilacunar vasculature and
both the cotyledons and first-formed leaves exhibited pinnate venation.
Evidence of a phylogenetic transition from pinnate to palmate venation
in the relatively succulent leaves of Pereskia pititache, P. autumnalis, P.
nicoyana, Pereskiopsis, and Quiabentia is now available. In this connec-
tion, retardation in the extension of palmate venation into cotyledons of
Pereskia and Pereskiopsis as well as in the first-formed leaves of the latter
genus provides corroborative evidence of considerable significance regard-
ing a phylogenetic transition from pinnate to palmate vasculature in the
Cactaceae.
It should be noted in conclusion that summations of evidence available
in the most primitive surviving representatives of the Cactaceae suggest
that ancestral members of the family may have possessed spines and hairy
areoles during earlier stages of their differentiation as a family. More
significant from physiological and biochemical points of view appear to be
the likelihood that ancestral Cactaceae possessed abundant mucilage cells
and an incipient tendency in their metabolism toward the formation of
unusually abundant crystals of calcium oxalate and other calcium salts of
organic acids (Bailey, 1965). Furthermore there appears to have been an
incipient tendency toward the storage of unusually abundant starch in the
secondary xylem of the main stem and the larger roots of mature plants,
and likewise at times for the accumulation of large amounts of stored
protein.
LITERATURE CITED
Bartey, I, W. 1956. Nodal anatomy in retrospect. Jour. Arnold Arb. 37:
269-287.
Comparative anatomy of the leaf-bearing Cactaceae, I Foliar
vasculature of Pereskia, Pereskiopsis and Quiabentia. Ibid. 41: 341-356.
. 1962. VI. The xylem of Pereskia sacharosa and Pereskia aculeata.
Ibid. 43: 376-388. teil
. 1963a. VII. The xylem of pereskias from Peru and Bolivia. /bid. 44:
127-137.
450 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
. 1963b. VIII. The xylem of pereskias from southern Mexico and Cen-
tral America. Ibid. 211-221.
1963c. IX. The xylem of Pereskia grandifolia and Pereskia bleo. Ibid.
222- Zak.
1963d. X. The xylem of Pereskia Sag soe Pereskia guamacho,
Pereskia cubensis and Pereskia portulacifolia. Ibid. 3 ‘
1964a. XI. The xylem of Pereskiopsis and lee Ibid. 45: 140-
ia
. 1964b. XII. Preliminary observations upon the structure of the epi-
dermis, stomata, and cuticle. /bid. 374-389
. 1965. XIII. The occurrence of water-soluble anisotropic bodies in air-
dried and alcohol-dehydrated leaves of Pereskia and Pereskiopsis. Ibid. 46:
4-85.
. M. Srivastava. 1962. Comparative anatomy of the leaf-bearing
Cactaceae, IV. The fusiform initials of the cambium and the form an
structure of their derivatives. /bid. 43: 187-202.
Ganonc, W. F. 1898. Contributions to a knowledge of the morphology and
ecology of the Cactaceae, II. The comparative morphology of the embryos
and seedlings. Ann. Bot. 12: 423-474.
Srivastava, L. M. & I. W. Bamey. 1962. The comparative anatomy of the
cmt Cactaceae, V. The secondary phloem. Jour. Arnold Arb. 43:
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
1-8. Leaves of Pereskia and Pereskiopsis showing Lay tig a ce
retary veins. Finer details of vasculature omitted except in Fic. 6. ual | size
rt es venation. “de Pilon venation. Modified pinnate venation in lanceo-
late leaf of juvenile stem of toner act [Boke B-5]. 7, aeeya sige vena-
tion in lanceolate leaf of juvenile stem of Pereskiopsis [Bok e B-27]|, compare
with Fic. 5 for form and venation in leaf from adult plant. 8, Modified pinnate
phage in first-formed leaf - short shoot of jeverees abacse [ Boke
B-33|. Drawn by Elmer W. Smith
PLATE II
. 9-20. Cotyledons of Pereskia and Per: pine cd comparably ini 4
pestis < 1.7. Finer details of venation omitted except in Fic Me
1 ate vasculature. 16, Pereskia humboldtii, aon © ith modifie
pinnate ener 17, Fh, kia diaz-romeroana c otyledon with entire venation.
18, Pereskiopsis [Boke B-5] cotyledon wi ion.
Pereskiopsis blakeana gat As with basally modified pinnate venation. 20,
ereskiopsis porteri, cotyledon with basally slightly modified pinnate venation.
rawn by Elmer W. Smith.
Jour. ARNOLD Arps. VoL. 46 PLATE I
! 3
‘ as ts
| 1 8
BaILEy, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XIV
Jour. ARNOLD Ars. VoL. 46 Pate II
BArLey, LEAF-BEARING Cactacear, XIV
*£,
1965] BAILEY, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XV 453
COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE LEAF-BEARING
CACTACEAE, XV
SOME PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS ON THE
OCCURRENCE OF “PROTEIN BODIES”
I. W. Barrey !
IN THE NINTH PAPER of this series (1963c), I called attention to the
occurrence of filamentous bodies in the vessels of Pereskia sacharosa
Griseb., P. grandifolia Haw., P. bleo DC., and P. tampicana Web. which
are rarely, if ever, present in the vessels of other categories of Pereskia or
in those of Pereskiopsis and Quiabentia. These structures differ markedly
in size and form. Many of them are tenuous threads a fraction of a micron
in diameter, which are variously elongated, oriented, and aggregated (Fics.
1 & 3). Others are coarse strands up to ten micra in diameter and of vary-
ing lengths and formations (Fic. 4). Some of the smaller more compact
aggregations of slender filaments resemble the filamentous forms of “pro-
tein bodies” originally found and intensively investigated by Molisch
(1885, Figs. 3 & 5) in the outer parenchymatous living tissue of young
stems of Epiphyllum.
In the secondary xylem of this anatomically most primitive category of
pereskias (Bailey 1962, 1963c) globular forms of bodies may occur in
parenchymatous cells adjacent to vessels (Fics. 5 & 6), in the first-
formed unlignified parts of rays in roots and infrequently in lignified ray
cells which contain abundant starch. Filamentous and stellate bodies are
in general of rare occurrence in parenchymatous cells of the xylem except
at times in the innermost parts of the rays in roots.
In the main stem and larger roots of P. sacharosa collected for me by
Carenzo and Legname, from a tree in its native habitat in Jujuy province
of northern Argentina, large deposits of material occur in the unlignified
parenchyma of the broad zone of secondary phloem. These bodies vary
considerably in form. The last formed cells of the multiseriate rays com-
monly contain abundant minute more or less spiny granules with frequent
transitions to relatively large stellate bodies composed of short, slender,
radially oriented filaments (Fic. 2). Cells in the outer modified parts of
the rays and of the inner cortex frequently contain nearly globular
bodies.? Filamentous forms resembling those which occur in the vessels of
the secondary xylem are of sporadic occurrence in ray cells of the phloem,
but may be present at times in the axially oriented parenchymatous cells
of parts of the phloem which contain or once contained functioning sieve
tubes
re oa nie apr was financed by a grant from the National Science Foundation.
g the term globular, I include some devi ations from perfectly spherical
form to rate, Soa ovate, and irregularly roundish compact bodies
454 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
The only collections of P. tampicana available to me are young stems of
cultivated plants obtained by Dr. Boke at Victoria in Tamaulipas, Mexico.
These small stems with scanty xylem and phloem have filamentous bodies
in their vessels and globular ones in parenchyma adjacent to vessels (Fic.
6). Although most of the unlignified parenchyma of the phloem and
cortex does not contain stellate or globular bodies, some of the ray cells
and axially oriented ones (more or less closely associated with sieve tubes)
are filled with deposits of diversified forms. These vary from slender fila-
ments to coarse strands (as in the vessels of the xylem) and exhibit various
transitions to homogeneous appearing masses of diversified forms, sizes and
orientations (Fic. 7).
At present there are serious taxonomic difficulties and uncertainties in
dealing with P. grandifolia, P. bleo, and such putative segregates as P.
moorei Britt. & Rose and P. bahiensis Giirke. These uncertainties are
much intensified in the case of plants growing in greenhouses and botanical
gardens remote from their native habitats. Regardless of whether these
plants are ultimately shown to be closely related distinct species or merely
geographical variants of a single widely ranging taxon, it is significant that
the anatomy of their stems and roots is remarkably similar (Bailey 1961,
1963c). Therefore, in discussing the occurrence of “protein bodies” I shall
confine myself at this time to collections from mature plants growing in
Brazil, Venezuela, and Costa Rica.
In material of P. grandifolia kindly collected for me by Dr. Castellanos
in Brazil, filamentous bodies occur in the vessels of stems and roots. The
phloem of the larger roots contains abundant deposits of bodies in its ray
and axially oriented parenchyma. These bodies are more or less closely
aggregated minute hollow appearing globules or small rings, but exhibit
frequent transitions to stellate forms as in P. sacharosa. The bodies in the
phloem of the main stem are of similar forms but less abundant.
In specimens of a mature plant, either P. grandifolia or P. bleo, kindly
collected for me by Dr. Steyermark in Venezuela, filamentous bodies occur
in the vessels of both stems and roots, and globular ones in parenchymatous
cells adjacent to vessels. The ray cells in the broad secondary phloem of
the main stem and larger roots are densely packed with granular and
globular contents, as are the unlignified cells in the first formed parts of
the rays of the xylem in roots. In the tangentially expanded cells of the
cortex, there are transitions to ring-shaped bodies (Fic. 9) and to frothy-
or vacuolated-appearing formations (Fic. 10). In these cortical cells
coarsely filamentous bodies are of sporadic and infrequent occurrence.
In material of an adult plant, either P. grandifolia or P. bleo, kindly
collected by Dr. Rodriguez in Costa Rica, there is a tendency at times for
fewer of the vessels to contain filamentous bodies than in comparable
material of the two preceding collections from Brazil and Venezuela. The
ray cells and axially oriented parenchyma in the broad zone of the
secondary phloem of the main stem contain very abundant globular
bodies. Where excessively abundant, they tend to fuse in highly diversi-
fied formations, viz. convoluted coarse strands, massive rings, and lobate
*@,
1965] BAILEY, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XV 455
formations (Fic. 8). Slender filamentous bodies are of sporadic and in-
frequent occurrence. The phloem in large roots of this plant contains less
abundant deposits in finely globular forms, hollow appearing bodies, or
rings of diverse sizes which when very abundant fuse to form extensive
vacuolated or frothy deposits.
In a second category of pereskias * which includes P. aculeata Mill., P.
humboldti Britt. & Rose and allied taxa, and P. pititache Karw. (P. con-
zattu Britt. & Rose) and related species, globular bodies tend to occur in
the xylem and phloem of stems and roots, filamentous forms being absent
in my collections of these plants.
Within this category of pereskias, P. pititache, P. autumnalis (Eichlam)
Rose and P. nicoyana Web. exhibit less divergent trends of anatomical
specializations except in the basal parts of their large trunks (Bailey,
1963b). Globular bodies are of less abundant occurrence in the secondary
xylem except at times in the first-formed parts of the rays in roots. In ray
cells and axially oriented parenchymatous ones of the phloem, the globular
bodies although varying considerably in size and number, commonly tend
to be comparatively few and of relatively large size. However, they may
fuse at times into beaded or lobed formations (Fic. 11).
In P. humboldtii and related taxa of Peru and Bolivia, which are of
more or less reduced and modified stature, advanced trends of divergent
anatomical specializations occur in the roots (Bailey, 1963a); those
species being characterized by forming much enlarged tuberous swellings.
The size and the distribution of globular bodies in the secondary xylem
and phloem of the stems of these plants resemble those that occur in P.
pititache and allied taxa. However, in some stems the parenchymatous
cells of the phloem and cortex tend to form extensive massive deposits,
but without the transitions to filamentous structures such as occur in P.
tampicana. In parts of the root system, bodies of globular forms are
abundant in the rays of the secondary xylem. Where closely aggregated,
they may at times exhibit transitions to lobed formations or to short rods.
From ecological and physiological points of view, it is particularly
significant that the soft succulent tissue in the large tuberous swellings is
devoid of globular bodies as well as starch, but contains numerous large
cells with mucilaginous contents and others with druses of calcium oxalate.
This suggests that the tubers may function at least seasonally in the re-
tention of moisture rather than as organs for the storage of starch and
other food substances.
The scandent P. aculeata is anatomically the most divergently special-
ized representative of the genus Pereskia (Bailey, 1962). The variations
in the structure of the stems and roots are so extensive and highly variable
as to necessitate more adequate collections of this species than are avail-
able to me at present before reliable generalizations regarding the occur-
rence of globular bodies can be attained. In available material of stems
and roots, the parenchymatous cells of the pith and cortex as well as those
®For a description of three anatomically distinct categories of pereskias see the
second paper of this series (1961).
456 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [ VOL. 46
of the xylem and phloem contain abundant starch. Few of them contain
granular and globular bodies, Filamentous and stellate bodies do not
occur in the secondary phloem, nor in vessels of the xylem. The tyloses
in vessels frequently contain abundant starch but infrequently globular
bodies in addition. In some stems and roots, the cells of the phelloderm
are devoid of starch and contain abundant granular and small globular
forms of material.
Pereskias of the third category, viz. P. guamacho Web., P. colombiana
Britt. & Rose, P. cubensis Britt. & Rose and P. portulacifolia Haw., tend
to form trees under favorable environmental conditions. Divergent trends
of anatomical specializations are largely confined to the roots (Bailey,
1963d), but without leading to the formation of tuberous enlargements
such as characterize the pereskias of Peru and Bolivia. In the xylem and
phloem of stems and roots of the four species, the bodies when present
tend to be of globular forms, stellate and filamentous ones being absent.
In some collections of P. guamacho, where the globular bodies become very
abundant and closely aggregated in cells of the secondary phloem, transi-
tions to more massive irregularly rounded deposits and frothy- or vacuo-
lated- ie) i ones occur in the ray and axially oriented parenchyma
(Fic
It. s an be noted in passing that in the first category of pereskias,
which characteristically tend to form filamentous bodies in many of their
vessels, some of the fully matured lignified vessels may contain merely
vestiges of protoplasmic contents and at times globular bodies. In the
second and third categories of pereskias, which do not form filamentous
deposits in their vessels, vestiges of protoplasmic contents may likewise
persist in some of the fully matured vessels. Occasionally globular de-
posits may occur in a vessel as well as in parenchymatous cells adjacent
to it.
In striking contrast to Pereskia the cells in comparable stems and roots
of the relatively succulent and anatomically more divergent genera Peres-
kiopsis and Quiabentia (Bailey, 1964) do not contain filamentous, stellate
or massive deposits of material. This is true regardless of whether collec-
tions were obtained from greenhouses, botanical gardens or from adult
plants growing in their native arid environments. Although diversified
forms of “protein bodies” do not occur in my extensive collections of
stems and roots of Pereskiopsis and Quiabentia as they do in Pereskia
when preserved in FAA,* conspicuous spindle-shaped ones occur at times
in the epidermal and sub-epidermal cells of living leaves of Pereskiopsis
| Boke B-18| when grown in a greenhouse at Norman, Oklahoma. These
bodies closely resemble in size and form those encountered by Molisch
(1885, Fig. 1) in living tissue of Epiphyllum. In the epidermis the bodies,
commonly one to each cell (Fic. 12), are oriented parallel to the surface
of the leaf, whereas in the mesophyll they are arranged more or less at
right angles to the surface. As in Epiphyllum, the spindles are composed
*Forty per cent formaldehyde, five parts: glacial acetic acid, five parts: 50 per cent
ethyl alcohol, ninety parts.
ct
1965] BAILEY, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XV 457
of more or less closely compacted aggregations of slender filaments ar-
ranged parallel to the long axis of the body. In living cells, the bodies are
conspicuously anisotropic in polarized light, indicative of crystalline com-
position. In some leaves, the bodies consist at times of diffusely aggre-
gated strands of coarser texture. Bodies of similar size and form occur in
some living leaves of Pereskia aculeata and P. grandifolia.
Such occurrences in living leaves of Pereskia and Pereskiopsis suggest
that material conveniently available in greenhouses should provide favor-
able specimens, not only for a reconnaissance of the occurrence of spindle-
shaped bodies in various species of Pereskia and Pereskiopsis, but also
critical material for detailed cytological, physiological, and biochemical
investigations.
DISCUSSION
The structures dealt with on preceding pages obviously are extraordi-
narily variable in size, form, abundance, and distribution in different parts
of a plant, but commonly exhibit transitions from one form to another,
not only in neighboring cells of the same tissue, but also within the limits
of a single cell. This is suggestive of possible fundamental similarities in
their composition.
In the case of living tissue of Epiphyllum, which contains many of the
essentially similar diverse forms of these bodies, Molisch’s extensive tests
of the solubilities, color reactions, and general behavior of the bodies in
acids, alkalies, and various other chemical reagents provided much cumu-
lative evidence in substantiation of proteinaceous composition.
In my collections of stems and roots preserved in FAA the diverse forms
of the bodies give consistently rapid positive tests with Millon’s reagent,
as do the spindle-shaped ones in living leaves of Pereskiopsis prior to their
longitudinal contraction, lateral expansion, and ultimate solution. Un-
fortunately this test, by itself, is not conclusive proof of solely protein-
aceous composition. However, in stems and roots fixed in FAA, the bodies
of crystalline and amorphous forms give a positive violet coloration with
the Biuret test. The crystalline spindle-shaped bodies in living leaves dis-
solve so rapidly in copper sulphate and sodium hydroxide that it is difficult
to obtain a reliable positive test with the Biuret reagents. But, when the
living tissue is killed with the aldehyde fixatives now utilized in light and
electron microscopy, the bodies persist for a number of days giving a posi-
tive violet coloration with the Biuret test. Furthermore, when sections are
treated with acid fuchsin the bodies stain as do other cell constituents of
known proteinaceous composition. In addition, the consistent similarity in
the staining of the bodies and that of cell inclusions of known protein-
aceous composition when treated with toluidine blue, Haedenhein’s iron
alum haematoxylin, and other staining reagents, provides much cumulative
corroborative evidence. Thus, there appears to be no valid objection to
concluding that the bodies in question are at least of partly proteinaceous
composition.
458 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
f course, in dealing with the color reactions of the smaller forms of
the diversified bodies, it is essential to differentiate them with care from
nuclei, coagulated protoplasm, plastids, and from deposits of “slime” in
sieve tubes.
The common occurrence and abundance of the diverse forms of protein
bodies raises a number of fundamental questions regarding metabolic
phenomena in cells of the Cactaceae. In my extensive collections, such
bodies do not occur in cells concerned in the formation of mucilage or
crystals of calcium oxalate. Nor do they occur in the lignified libriform
fibers which function at least seasonally in the storage of starch. Although
not invariably absent in lignified parenchyma containing starch or invari-
ably present in unlignified cells devoid of starch, there appears in general
to be an inverse correlation between metabolic activity in cells concerned
in the storage of starch and that during the deposition of abundant protein
bodies.
In the case of plants growing in their arid native habitats, the abundance
of proteinaceous bodies in the basal part of the main stem and larger roots
raises questions of much ecological, physiological, and biochemical signifi-
cance. Are such occurrences indicative of at least seasonal accumulation
of reserves of utilizable proteinaceous substances? Molisch concluded that
the protein bodies are reserve products whereas Chmielewsky (1887) re-
garded them as excretions. Neither of these investigators provided con-
clusive evidence in support of their generalizations. The filamentous
bodies in fully matured vessels of the xylem and those in crushed dead
parts of the phloem may no longer be potentially available to the plants
and thus might be regarded as excretory. The only evidence available to
me at present in favor of Molisch’s interpretation is in two plants having
affinities to Pereskia sacharosa. In the case of specimens obtained by
Carenzo and Legname from a plant growing in its native habitat in north-
ern Argentina, the collections were made during the resting, “winter”
season after abscission of the leaves. In this plant, as indicated earlier in
this paper, abundant protein bodies occur in the basal part of the main
stem and larger roots. On the contrary, in comparable material collected
for me by Dr. Cardenas during the active growing and flowering season,
but from a plant at somewhat higher elevation in Bolivia, filamentous
bodies are present in the vessels, but diverse forms of proteinaceous bodies
are absent or of sporadic occurrence in the phloem, cortex, and phelloderm.
In spite of possible taxonomic and environmental uncertainties, this at
least suggests that proteinaceous material in living cells of the phloem and
cortex, present during the resting season, may be utilizable during seasons
of active growth. More adequate and conclusive evidence can be obtained
only by detailed investigations of living plants of the same taxon growing
together in the same habitat and at different seasons of the year.
Evidence obtainable from my preliminary investigations of the form,
distribution, and abundance of protein bodies in more or less haphazardly
available collections indicates much variability in different tissues, not
only in different collections of the same taxon, but also in stems of differ-
1965] BAILEY, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XV 459
ent sizes and stages of development within the same plant. For adequate
clarification of the significance of this variability it will be necessary to
study the living tissues of stems and roots of plants growing in their native
arid environments. From significant ecological, physiological, and bio-
chemical points of view it is essential that this be done, particularly in
adequate correlation with metabolic phenomena involved in the production
of mucilage, of large amounts of organic acids and their calcium salts, and
also in the accumulation and possible seasonal depletion of unusually
abundant starch in the secondary xylem of large stems and roots.
It should be noted in conclusion that my collections from adult plants
growing in their native habitats were preserved in FAA. The diverse forms
of protein bodies in stems and roots have not dissolved after prolonged
treatment in this fixative and subsequent mounting in diaphane for perm-
anent slides. However, the possibility exists that changes in form may be
induced by fixation in FAA. Molisch (1885) found that in the case of
living cells of Epiphyllum the elongated and spindle forms of the bodies
contracted longitudinally and expanded laterally prior to dissolving in
acids and other reagents. The spindle-shaped bodies in living leaves of
Pereskiopsis behave similarly. Even in the least drastically modifying
modern methods of fixation, the spindles may expand, or they may contract
more or less laterally and at times even longitudinally. Transitions from
anisotropic crystalline composition to isotropic amorphous form occur in
some reagents.
The persistence of anisotropic filaments and elongated bodies in associa-
tion with isotropic globular ones in the same section of a stem or root
makes it appear unlikely that all of the amorphous globular and more
massive forms are due to modifications of crystalline filamentous ones in
FAA. I had hoped to test the possibility of such changes by obtaining
living material from easily accessible greenhouses. Thus far none of the
numerous stems from the unnatural environments of greenhouses contain
protein bodies after fixation in FAA with exception of two collections from
the Missouri Botanical Garden. Unless I can obtain living stems of such
sporadically occurring specimens in greenhouses, it will be necessary to
study the behavior of globular forms of bodies in living stems and roots of
plants growing in their native habitats.
The presence of filamentous bodies in the vessels of one category of
pereskias and their absence in the vessels of two other categories, and
of Pereskiopsis and Quiabentia provides some evidence of considerable
taxonomic significance. However, the occurrence, distribution, and di-
versified forms of the protein bodies in haphazard collections of the second
and third categories of pereskias are highly variable. Before utilizing
conspicuous differences in the form and eae rath of protein bodies as
sive investigation is hardly ete from a solely taxonomic point of
view unless significant ecological, physiological, and biochemical data are
obtained at the same time.
460 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voOL. 46
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
I am greatly indebted to Dr. Norman Boke for his continued kindness
in sending me material of living plants growing in his greenhouse.
I am also indebted to Dr. Lalit Srivastava for his kind assistance in
making slides of living leaves fixed in acrolein and stained in toluidine
blue.
LITERATURE CITED
BarLey, I. W. 1961. Comparative anatomy of the leaf-bearing Cactaceae, II.
Structure and distribution of sclerenchyma in the phloem of Pereskia,
digger age and Quiabentia. Jour. Arnold Arb. 42: 144-156.
. The xylem of Pereskia sacharosa and Pereskia aculeata.
Ibid. ps 376-38 8.
1963a. VII. The xylem of pereskias from Peru and Bolivia. /bid. 44:
127-137.
. 1963b. VIII. The xylem of pereskias from southern Mexico and Cen-
tral America. /bid. 211-221.
1963c. IX. The xylem of Pereskia grandifolia and Pereskia bleo. Ibid.
222- ae
1963d. X. The xylem of Pereskia colombiana, on guamacho,
Pereskia cubensis, and Pereskia portulacifolia. Ibid. 390-4
——. 1964. XI. The xylem of Pereskiopsis and a a Ibid. 45: 140-
CHMIELEWSKY, V. 1887. Eine Bemerkung iiber die von Molisch beschriebenen
Proteinkérper in den Zweigen von Epiphyllum. Bot. Centralbl. 31: 117-
Moutscu, H. 1885. Ueber merkwiirdig geformte Proteinkérper in den Zweigen
von Epiphyllum. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 3: 195-202.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
(All “protein bodies” stained with Millon’s reagent or Haedenhein’s iron-alum
haematoxylin for photographic purposes.)
PLATE I
Fics. 1-4. “Protein bodies” in Pereskia, X 510. 1, Diffusely distributed
tenuous filaments in vessel of P grandifolia. 2, Stellate aggregations of tenuous
filaments in unlignified phloem parenc ao ’P. sacharosa, stained in Millon’s
p D
reagent. 3, Aggregated filaments in vessel of P. tampicana. 4, Coarse strands
and tenuous filaments in vessel of P. grandifolia.
PLATE II
Fics. 5-8. “Protein bodies” in Pereskia, Fics. 5, 7, and 8 X 510, 6 xX
1130. 5, Globular bodies in harms oriented wood parenchyma adjacent ee eed
of P. tampicana. obular bodies in ray cell adjacent to vessel of P. tampi-
cana. 7, Transitions from tenuous filaments to massive plates in phloem paren-
chyma - P. tampicana. Spherical and hemispherical ne 28 in phloem
parenchyma of P. bleo; bodies aherine to walls of cells with transitions to coarse
itn ee strands.
1965 | BAILEY, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XV 461
PLATE III
Fics. 9-12. Diversified forms of “protein bodies” & 510. 9, Large rings in
outer ponte of P. bleo eee Molisch Fig. 2). 10, Vacuolated or frothy
: : ge ‘
appea deposit phloe y cells of P. gua 2: ein bodies
ra oe oriented phloem parenchyma of P. piti 12, Spindle-shaped bodies
Pereskiopsis [Boke B-18|, nucleus with nucleolus near spindle in
us wi
ead cell of this figure stained in Haedenhein’s iron-alum haematoxylin.
Jour. ARNOLD Ars. VOL. 46 Pate I
Jour. ARNOLD Ars. VoL. 46 PLaTE II
BaILey, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XV
Jour. ARNOLD Ars. VoL. 46 PLaTE III]
BaILey, LEAF-BEARING CACTACEAE, XV
1965 | THE DIRECTOR’S REPORT 465
THE DIRECTOR’S REPORT
THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM DuRING THE FiIscAL YEAR ENDED
JuNE 30, 1965
THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM WAS TWICE HONORED during the year: by the
Massachusetts Horticultural Society and by the United States Department
of the Interior. The Trustees of the Massachusetts Horticultural Society
voted in November to award the large Gold Medal of the Society to the
Arnold Arboretum for its horticultural leadership. The citation accom-
panying the medal notes that ‘new plants from the far corners of the
world and new originations by its geneticists are combined with the rich
collections of the past to enable the plant lover to watch their growth and
evaluate their beauty. Its library, publications and herbarium are world
renowned. Everyone who gardens owes it to himself to visit and benefit
from this great horticultural center.” Dr. Carroll E. Wood, Jr. accepted
the medal for the Arboretum staff from Mr. Oliver Wolcott, President,
during the annual meeting of the Society.
In January, the Secretary of the Interior, Stewart L. Udall, announced
that the Arnold Arboretum was designated for recognition as a National
Historic Landmark. The nominating citation read, ‘As well as being a
beautiful park, the Arnold Arboretum is now America’s pre-eminent insti-
tution for research in woody plants.” The award was accepted jointly by
Mayor John F. Collins, for the City of Boston, as owner of the land; by
Commissioner William J. Devine, for the Department of Parks and Recre-
ation, for its maintenance service of portions of the property; and by
Mr. Nathan M. Pusey, for the President and Fellows of Harvard College,
trustees of the Arboretum and responsible for its staff, collections, and
research contributions. About 500 institutions or localities have been
similarly honored throughout the country. Those responsible for the
Arboretum agree to preserve so far as practicable and to the best of their
ability, the historical integrity of this important part of the national heri-
tage, “to continue to use the property only for the purposes consistent with
is historical character.”” The Arboretum will be listed in official government
publications of such sites but will not receive financial support, nor will
there be any change in the joint operation of the Arboretum by the City
of Boston and Harvard University. A bronze plaque will be placed on the
Arboretum grounds during the next year.
Staff:
It is with deep regret that we report the deaths of Mrs. Susan Delano
McKelvey on July 11, 1964, and of Mrs. Dorothy H. Marsh on April 13,
1965. Last year we reported Mrs. McKelvey’s desire to retire from active
466 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
service on the Committee to Visit the Arnold Arboretum and as a Research
Associate on the Arboretum staff. Her death such a very short time later
was unexpected. In a biographical sketch and bibliography, published in
the Journal of the Arnold Arboretum (46: 45-47. 1965), we have recorded
her contributions as an outstanding horticulturist.
Mrs. Marsh worked part time as an artist on the project concerned with
the Generic Flora of the Southeastern United States. Her illustrations of
many of the critical genera of the area have been and will for some time
to come be published in the continuing studies of the Flora which appear
in the Journal of the Arnold Arboretum. The accuracy and high artistic
quality of these drawings add immeasurably to the value of the published
works.
The appointment of Dr. Lorin I. Nevling, Jr., as Associate Curator,
without limit of time, was approved during the year. Dr. Nevling serves
as Supervisor of the Herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum and Supervisor
of the Herbarium of the Gray Herbarium on joint and simultaneous
appointments.
Three new annual appointments were made during the year. Dr.
Thomas Gordon Hartley, a graduate of the University of Iowa, has spent
the past three years as botanist on a phytochemical survey of the native
vegetation of Papua and New Guinea. His special familiarity with that
vegetation will be of value in studies of our herbarium collections from the
area. Dr. Ian Keith Ferguson, a graduate of Trinity College of the Uni-
versity of Dublin, was appointed to work with Dr. Wood on the Generic
Flora of the Southeastern United States. Mr. Henry Barnes Hosmer was
appointed an honorary Research Associate. The Arboretum will gain
much from his interest in the introduction to this country of native plants
of Afghanistan.
The appointment of Dr. Mary Elizabeth Sanders as a Research Fellow
was renewed. Dr. Sanders holds the North Carolina-Sandeen Fellowship
of the American Association of University Women.
Mr. Arnold David Clapman has been engaged as an artist to succeed
Mrs. Marsh on the Flora project.
Mercer Research Fellowships for varying periods of time were awarded
during the year to five scholars whose work would be aided by access to
the collections of the Arnold Arboretum. Mr. Arturo Gémez Pompa, of
the National University of Mexico and of its Botanical Garden, who came
here as a Guggenheim Fellow, continued, as a Mercer Fellow, his work
on the vegetation of Veracruz, Mexico. Dr. Hermanus Philippus van der
Schijff, of the University of Pretoria, Republic of South Africa, who ar-
rived in January, is working in the laboratory of wood anatomy on prob-
lems of stem enlargement. Dr. Hans U. Stauffer, of the University of
Zurich, stopped briefly to examine materials of the Santalaceae. Dr. H.-
Christian Friedrich, of the University of Munich, studied material of the
Aizoaceae. M. Michel Colon, a recent graduate of the Royal School of
Horticulture at Vilvorde, Belgium, spent several months taking part in
various operational activities of the Arboretum to become familiar with
Se <0 > ee eae
1965] THE DIRECTOR’S REPORT 467
this type of horticultural enterprise. Mr. Edward A. Murray, a graduate
student of Pennsylvania State University, spent three months examining
living and herbarium collections of the maples.
We record also the departure of Dr. Lalit M. Srivastava, who held a
Mercer Research Fellowship for three years, and of Dr. Shirley A. Graham,
who worked for a year on the project of the Generic Flora of the South-
eastern United States.
Honors and assignments came to various members of the staff during
the year. Mr. Alfred Fordham was appointed to the research committee
of the Massachusetts Nurserymen’s Association and to the cultivar testing
committee of the International Plant Propagators’ Society. Mr. Peter
Green was elected secretary for a five-year term at the meeting of the
International Association of Botanic Gardens. Dr. Howard was reap-
pointed to the board of the Division of Botany of the International Union
of Biological Sciences as a representative of the Section of General Botany.
He serves as past President and a member of the board of the International
Association of Botanic Gardens and as a council member of the Association
for Tropical Biology. Dr. Karl Sax, Professor emeritus, served as Sigma
Xi lecturer during a portion of the year, as visiting professor of genetics
at Cornell University in the fall of 1964, and as Research Associate on a
Public Health Service grant at the University of Georgia during the winter
trimester. He was awarded an honorary degree of Doctor of Science, at
Commencement exercises, in June, from the University of Massachusetts.
Dr. Bernice Schubert continues as a member of the Editorial Board of the
Bulletin of the Association for Tropical Biology. Dr. Carroll Wood was
reappointed to the Subcommittee for Family Names of the Committee for
Spermatophyta at the Nomenclature Section of the X International Bo-
tanical Congress at Edinburgh.
r. Wyman was elected President of the Horticultural Club of Boston.
He continues as a Director of the American Horticultural Society and as
chairman of its Awards Committee. He is a member of the organizing
committee for the XVII International Horticultural Congress to be held
in Maryland in 1966, and chairman of the “amateur section” of that
Congress. During the year Dr. Wyman was honored three times for his
horticultural writings. The International Shade Tree Conference awarded
him an honorary membership and plaque in appreciation of his interest
in promoting the planting and preservation of shade and ornamental
trees. The National Council of State Garden Clubs presented him with
a certificate of merit in recognition of distinguished service in promoting
literary horticultural interest. Finally, the Garden Club of America Medal
of Honor was awarded to “Dr. Donald Wyman, Horticulturist of the
Arnold Arboretum of Harvard University, whose energy, ability and con-
tributions to horticulture are outstanding.”
Horticulture:
The successful growing of plants in New England is becoming de-
pendent on an apparently decreasing summer rainfall. Although mention
468 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
The summer of 1964 was laced dry. “Anove: The e largest ge cant the
Meadow Road in the Arboretum completely dry. BeLtow: The Boston A
Department assisted the staff in come debit a += in the dry grass and t
conifer collection
has been made of the drought conditions in previous reports, the cumula-
tive effect of successive summers deficient in rainfall are now conspicuous
and serious. Three of the first four months of the calendar year 1964
exceeded the expected or mean rainfall by 10 per cent, but seven of the
1965 | THE DIRECTOR’S REPORT 469
following eight months were deficient. May, June, July, and August, which
should average 13.36 inches of rainfall, produced only 5.95 inches in 1964.
In fact, water was carried continuously in tank carts between June and
November. Several severe fires were caused by carelessness and vandalism.
The fall planting program was considerably restricted and was completed
only in areas easily reached with water. The year 1965, to the date of this
report, has been Ceficient in rain; however, the prevalence of cool weather
with temperatures well below normal, has been of some aid in reducing
loss of plant materials.
The flowering season of the spring of 1965 was outstanding for crab
apples, lilacs, and rhododendrons and much below average for cherries,
azaleas, and dogwoods. Records of flowering density and dates of the crab
apples have been kept for over a decade; this spring produced the heaviest
recorded flowering. As it was also the flowering year for crab apples which
are alternate-flowering types the display was superb. A cool dry spell kept
the blossoms for a long period, and there appears to be excellent fruit-set.
As it was also the best recent flowering season for lilacs, Lilac Sunday was
enjoyed by a large number of visitors. In contrast was the poor flowering
of most azaleas, the Ghent hybrids being the sole exceptions. In addition,
there was a large amount of dead wood in the azaleas which can be at-
tributed to the dry summer of 1964.
The Department of Parks and Recreation of the City of Boston com-
pleted the roadway to the top of Peter’s Hill during the early summer.
This paved turnaround area provides a fine view of Boston as well as a
good location for demonstrating the relationship between soil types and
forest tree vegetation in the Arboretum and on adjacent properties, and
for indicating the area of the land composing the shoulder of the Boston
asin.
During the spring months Mr. Seth Kelsey was retained as a landscape
consultant in connection with certain problems and problem areas within
the Arboretum. In accordance with his suggestions, preliminary work is
under way in some areas of the grounds, including a section of wet land
across from the Administration Building where a grove of Metasequoia
has been planted, and an area of shrubbery around Bussey Hill which has
been reduced to allow better vision and to develop a better display of
ground cover plants.
A preliminary effort has been made in cooperation with the City of
Boston to clean and grade a triangular plot of land isolated when Route 1
(Centre Street) was relocated. The excellent varieties of flowering crab
apples on the land, which could provide a spectacular approach to Boston
from the south, make the additional work and fencing seem justified.
A project suggested for participants in the Job Corps training program
proposed for the City of Boston is the reconstruction and repainting of the
fence surrounding the Arboretum. In anticipation of this program, old
vines growing on the fence were severely pruned during the late winter
months.
In the vicinity of the greenhouses, two new beds were established as
470 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
pe RE, Js ee»
‘
t
H
+
$
H
not
t
‘
;
4
+
t
iH
]
‘
i
;
3
Winter work for the ground crew. Asove: Composts and manures may be
spread effectively at any time of the year. BeLow: Slats for the greenhouse
recelve protective coats of paint in the attic of the Administration building on
a stormy winter day.
a temporary location for genetic dwarf conifers. The plants in these beds
have been mulched with a deep layer of crushed rock; a permanent loca-
tion for them is planned around the bonsai house. Additional espalliered
1965 | THE DIRECTOR’S REPORT 471
plants have been established along the chain-link fence bordering Centre
Street
The work of the greenhouse staff includes the receipt and distribution
of plant materials; the maintenance and service of collections, experimental
and research projects; and educational activities.
The records for the receipt and distribution of plant materials as seeds
propagating material, or whole plants indicate the extent of activities.
During the year the Arnold Arboretum staff received 288 shipments of
plant materials comprising 1482 units from 39 countries. We sent out 294
shipments of 1314 units to cooperating institutions and nurseries in 17
countries. Much of the material received was collected or selected by Dr.
well as private gardens, many new plants worthy of introduction and trial
in the United States have been located. The acquisition of this material,
its shipment and acceptance at ports of entry, and its subsequent quaran-
tine status involve the cooperation and kindness of many individuals and
organizations; we are most grateful to each of them. The full amount of
material being introduced as a result of Dr. Wyman’s trip will be indicated
in the annual report of the next fiscal year. Already the number of taxa
received suggest that this will prove to be one of the major recent horti-
cultural efforts.
Material has also come in from a sponsored expedition to the Near East
and from the efforts of Mr. Hosmer in Afghanistan.
The distribution of materials from the greenhouse facility is partly in
response to requests and partly in continuance of a program of distribution
and testing. Hardiness testing programs in cooperation with the univer-
sities of Minnesota, Maine, New Hampshire, and Vermont and with Iowa
State University continue, with the resulting establishment of new orna-
mental plants in areas previously considered unsatisfactory. In another
program, plants are regularly contributed to the North Central Regional
Hardiness Testing Program of the United States Department of Agricul-
ture in Ames, Iowa. Plants used for research projects at the Arboretum
which need warmer climates for continued growth are grown in one of
several gardens in Florida which cooperate with us, or in one of the Gulf
states, while new preliminary arrangements now permit limited amounts
of material to be grown in one of three locations in Puerto Rico.
Requests for material come from many sources and may be general in
nature, or specific to fill particular research needs. It was possible this
year to supply material for planting around many new University buildings
and to fulfill small requests from some other institutions. In response to
many requests material has been supplied to various workers for scien-
tific studies. Fifty-seven kinds of seeds were sent to Iowa State University
for use in an investigation of plant proteins which react with certain
animal blood-groups. Members of the Araliaceae are still under investiga-
tion for their cancer-retarding constituents. An investigation of the
accumulation and retention of fluorides in plant tissues led to the request
472 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
for leaves of members of the Theaceae. Morphological investigation in
many parts of the world led to requests not only for specific plant parts
but for specimens collected at definite intervals in the development of the
flowers or fruits.
During the year 340 taxa were propagated to serve as replacements on
the Arboretum grounds; 107 taxa were processed to provide staff members
with material for taxonomic work, teaching, or morphological research.
To acquire propagation data for experimental work of the greenhouse
staff 76 taxa were processed during the year. Experimental work on the
propagation of witches’ brooms on conifers continues and shows consider-
able horticultural promise.
Progress continues on the checking of identification of plants on the
grounds and in the preparation of new labels where they are needed. Prep-
aration of specimens from the plants on the grounds not previously repre-
sented in the herbarium of cultivated plants has been carried on actively,
and additions to the collection of cultivated specimens have also been
received from England and Switzerland, together with large collections for
identification from Australia, Bermuda, Brazil, Iraq, and Trinidad, as well
as the United States. Selected specimens from the greenhouse collections
of Cornell University and of Smith College, for which we are grateful,
were also made available. An interesting collection of specimens of cul-
tivars of Erica and Calluna was obtained from the Heather Garden of Mr.
H. Copeland, near Chatham, Massachusetts.
Dr. Dudley’s introductions of many taxa of Alyssum survived the
winter in field plantings at the Case Estates and suggest that such taxa
from the Mediterranean and the Near East may be of horticultural value
in New England. Mr. Green continued his work on Jasminum under
cultivation. Many of his recent introductions, now released from post-
entry quarantine, have been distributed to other gardens for testing. In
connection with Mrs. Lily Rudenberg’s cytological studies on our Loni-
ceras, Mr. Green checked the identification of much of the collection and
made a detailed study of Lonicera tatarica, its relatives, and the associated
mass of hybrids. A coordinated program of testing Lonicera has been
planned with the horticulturists of the Moscow Botanic Garden. Seeds of
many clones of Lonicera have been supplied from localities throughout the
Soviet Union; comparable observations and data will be sent from this
country.
A registration list for Weigela has been completed by Dr. Howard, and
lists for Lantana, Philadelphus and Sambucus are in preparation.
Case Estates:
An Open House was held at the Case Estates in Weston on Sunday,
May 16th. Several staff members were present to explain the work in
progress and to answer questions. The number of individual visitors and
organized groups at such events has increased. To explain better the func-
tions of the several plantings and exhibits and to reduce the demands on
the staff, a brochure was prepared which, through numbers and arrows,
1965 | THE DIRECTOR’S REPORT 473
Special eae = educational exhibits at the Case Estates of the Arnold
Arboretum in Weston, Massachusetts. ABOVE: monstration planting of
Lilium species py des established with the cooperation 0 of the New Eng-
land Lily Group of the North American Lily Society. BELow: Perhaps the “tier
bein of Arnoldia
474 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
directs a self-guided tour. The leaflet has proven popular and has much
increased both the number and the interest of the visitors. Engraved labels
on all of the display plantings helped to distinguish the plantings which
are experimental from those of established horticultural value.
Several of the special collections of cultivars have been increased
through the generosity of individuals and societies or organizations. The
Hosta collection now contains the best clones selected by Mrs. Frances R.
Williams, of Winchester, Massachusetts. Additional named clones re-
ceived from the Botanic Garden in Uppsala, Sweden, serve to document
the monographic work of Dr. Nils Hylander. Through the kindness of Sir
George Taylor, Director of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, selected
clones of English origin have been received for trial. Dr. K. J. W. Hensen
assisted in supplying the clones of Hosta from the collections of the Land-
bouwhogeschool in Wageningen which documents the registration list of
cultivars published in the Netherlands. The combined collections of over
140 clones will permit a cross evaluation of hardiness and horticultural
characteristics of plants originating in Europe and in America.
he Hemerocallis collection has been increased by additional taxa do-
nated by members of Region 4 of the American Hemerocallis Society.
This collection is being developed to show students and the public the
characteristics of the species, the variations which are the basis for horti-
cultural classification and selection, and the best of the cultivars.
The Lilium collection created exceptional interest locally as it came
into flower. Dr. Wyman has maintained records of the flowering periods
and related data which were published in an issue of Arnoldia. The inter-
national requests for this publication indicated the very wide interest in
lilies. We acknowledge with appreciation the gift of 400 bulbs of Liliam
superbum rubrum ‘Uchida’ sent in furtherance of international friendship
and as an example of the breeding and selection work being done in the
Kanagawa Prefecture of Japan. The size of this gift has permitted the
staff to plant these bulbs in many locations, using different mulches.
On the basis of our observations on the small-tree plot Dr. Wyman has
assisted a special committee of the Wire Utility Services of New England
to revise their booklet “Trees in your community.”’
The tree-growth test-plantings of the Cabot Foundation in Weston were
re-examined during the year by Dr. Scott Pauley, then cleared of volun-
teer seedlings and dead trees and subjected to selective pruning. The
growth rates of these plantings are compared at regular intervals with
plants of the same clones and taxa grown in Jamaica Plain, Petersham,
and Quabin, Massachusetts, and in Minnesota.
Herbarium:
Considerable progress was made in curatorial work involving the her-
barium quarters, the insertion of mounted materials, and the organization
of unidentified collections formerly in storage. The fourth floor of the
Administration Building in Jamaica Plain, where part of the herbarium of
cultivated plants is housed, was cleaned and repainted. A well-covering
—- —
1965] THE DIRECTOR’S REPORT 475
placed between the second and third floors allows better heat control and
reduces the noise of activities elsewhere in the building. The collection of
unworked and duplicate collections was reorganized for greater efficiency.
Work continues on the organization of cultivated plant specimens into the
geographical areas where they are grown, on the recognition and marking
of type specimens, and on the annotation of specimens representing taxa
considered in recently published monographs.
During the year 20,395 specimens were mounted and added to the
herbarium collections in Jamaica Plain and Cambridge, bringing the total
number of sheets to 806,279. During the year 10,167 specimens were re-
ceived, the greater portion by exchange.
During the past year staff members and students requested or received
for identification 4,317 herbarium sheets representing 95 loans from 36
institutions. The staff filled loan requests for 138 loans to 72 institutions
and sent out 14,713 specimens.
Dr. Brizicky completed his studies of the Tiliaceae and Elaeocarpaceae
for the Generic Flora of the Southeastern United States and has turned
his attention to the Sterculiaceae represented in that area. Studies on the
Cistaceae and Vitaceae were the result of earlier studies for the flora
project.
Dr. Dudley is continuing studies on the genus Alyssum, segregates, and
relatives and is preparing a treatment of the group for the Flora Iranica.
Dr. Ferguson completed studies of the families Dipsacaceae, Valerian-
aceae, and Caprifoliaceae in the southeastern United States and has turned
his attention to the Cornaceae of the area.
Mr. Green completed work on his collections from New Caledonia,
Lord Howe Island and Norfolk Island. Many of these collections were
studied at the herbaria of Kew and the British Museum during visits
associated with the botanical congress in Edinburgh.
Dr. Hartley began a study of Zanthoxylum, including Fagara and
Blackburnia, in the Malesian area. His large collections from Papua and
New Guinea have arrived, and the nearly 3700 numbers are being pre-
pared for identification.
Dr. Howard has continued his studies of the plants of the Lesser An-
tilles, devoting considerable attention to old unidentified collections from
the French Islands which have been loaned by the Muséum National
d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris. The collections of Dr. and Mrs. Richard
Wagner in Puerto Rico include many new records and several new species.
Preliminary plans have been prepared for a critical study of the environ-
ment, composition, and biology of the mossy forest zone in the Luquillo
Mountains.
Dr. Hu made trips to various European herbaria before and after the
botanical congress in order to photograph and examine many of the type
collections of species of Jlex. She has also completed and submitted for
publication a bibliography of the Compositae of China.
Dr. Nevling continued his studies of the Thymelaeaceae. He has veri-
fied the hybrid origin of Daphne mantensiana, as suggested by earlier
476 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
studies, and completed a treatment of the Brazilian genus Funifera.
Studies of Dirca and Schoenobiblus are in progress. The genera Decu-
maria, Pileostegia and Schizophragma are being examined for both their
horticultural and botanical interest.
Dr. Perry, although officially retired, has completed the preparation of
a manuscript on the medicinal plants of southeastern Asia and has turned
her attention again to the Arboretum material collected in New Guinea by
Dr. Brass and others.
Dr. Schubert had the opportunity of examining type specimens and
other important historical collections of the genera Desmodium, Dioscored,
and Begonia during visits to herbaria at Edinburgh, Kew, and the British
Museum.
Dr. Wood has continued his direction of the work toward completion of
a Generic Flora of the Southeastern United States. The extensive list of
family treatments already prepared is scarcely indicative of the important
background work also accomplished in the preparation of bibliographies,
lists of abbreviations, glossaries, and the supervision of the preparation of
the illustrations. Dr. Wood also studied types and critical material of
the genus Hedyosmum at British and European herbaria before the bo-
tanical congress.
We are pleased to have had many visitors who examined material in
their special groups for varying periods of time. These studies involved
not only the herbarium and library, but also the special collections of
fruit, wood, pollen, and the living collections in Jamaica Plain and Weston.
Among others, Dr. Quentin Zielinski, of Oregon State University, used
almost all the facilities for his work on the genus Pyrus; Dr. Howard
Scott Gentry, of the U.S. Department of Agriculture, started an examina-
tion of our material of Agave and studied the pertinent literature, as well
as the special collections and notes prepared by Mrs. McKelvey. Dr. R. J.
Williams, of the CSIRO of Australia, consulted with Dr. Schubert regard-
ing Desmodium and other Leguminosae and checked specimens and distri-
butions in the herbarium before continuing his trip for field work in South
America. Dr. Stauffer, completing a trip around the world devoted to the
study and collection of material of the Santalaceae, spent a month study-
ing and annotating our material. Dr. Philip Munz used the herbarium for
an extended period in connection with his work for the new edition of
Hortus being prepared at the Bailey Hortorium of Cornell University.
Mr. Dieter Wasshausen, of the United States National Herbarium, was
one of the visitors especially interested in the methods and procedures
used in the herbarium.
The herbarium and library are the depository for many valuable special -
collections. We are happy to acknowledge a particularly interesting gift
this year of the manuscripts, specimens and fragments, and photographs
compiled by the late Dr. Henning Horn af Rantzien in his studies of
Potamogeton and other aquatic flowering plants. This material, the gift
of his widow, Mrs. Anna Horn af Rantzien, will be available for the
study of visiting scholars.
1965 | THE DIRECTOR’S REPORT 477
Library:
Much of the activity of the library staff during the year concerned the
organization and evaluation of material received as bequests and gifts,
and of older collections needing additional work. Mrs. McKelvey, who
knew our library as well as any individual could, enriched it still further
by leaving 280 of her books to be added to our collection. Her earlier gifts
of supporting materials to her work on lilacs, yucca, and the Trans-
Mississippi West have been acknowledged in previous reports.
Mr. Seth Kelsey, a friend of the Arboretum and a member of the Com-
mittee to Visit the Arnold Arboretum for many years, moved from the
Boston area and was forced to dispose of the records of his father, the
late Harlan P. Kelsey. Since much of the material concerns the develop-
ment of horticulture in New England, the staff of the Arboretum has
accepted this collection for study and organization prior to appropriate
disposition of parts of the material on national parks, city planning,
standardized plant names, the American Horticultural Society, and the
Arnold Arboretum. Of particular value and interest to the Arboretum
will be the extensive correspondence of Mr. Kelsey with Charles Sargent,
E. H. Wilson, and many other members of the staff.
We are grateful to Mr. H. H. Richardson, to Mr. Malcolm A. Milne,
and to others who do not wish to be named for large collections of books.
Many books and pamphlets on plant morphology and plant anatomy
which were transferred in 1933 to the library of the Biological Labora-
tories have been reincorporated in the library collections of the Arnold
Arboretum.
Considerable effort has been devoted to reorganizing the reprint collec-
tion of the late Professor J. H. Faull. The system of classification which
was useful to the compiler has not proven to be a practical one for a
modern library, making a reorganization essential. Many of the reprints
concerned with forest plant pathology, accumulated while Professor Faull
was on the staff of the University of Toronto were offered to the Shade
Tree Research Laboratory of the University of Toronto and were grate-
fully accepted.
Miss Stephanne Sutton has undertaken the task of organizing the mate-
rial and correspondence concerning the history of the Arnold Arboretum.
We are requesting from other institutions “xerox” or other copies of
letters of historical interest to and from Arboretum staff members. Mr.
Henry de la Montagne, of the New York Botanical Garden, has been
instrumental in supplying copies of correspondence from that institution,
and his assistance is deeply appreciated.
During the year 647 bound volumes were added to the library of the
Arnold Arboretum bringing the total to 52,864. Two hundred and forty
volumes concerning horticulture were deposited in the library in Jamaica
Plain. We acknowledge the assistance of Mr. Theodor Mayer, of Mont-
real, Canada, for his interest and help in adding to the Arboretum hold-
ings of volumes on the genus Rosa. Reprints and pamphlets totalling 450
were added to files of monographs and author separates making a total of
478 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
20,274 items so catalogued. Many of the older reprints were placed in
permanent covers with typed indices.
The annual published increment of 3000 cards was added to the Card
Index of American Plants issued by the Gray Herbarium. Sixteen hundred
title cards were added to the Index to American Botanical Literature
published by the Torrey Botanical Club. Number 20 of the Jndex
Nominum Genericorum series was received and incorporated. Over 1400
index cards appropriate to the Rehder index of cultivated plants were
prepared and inserted in the series.
Mrs. Schwarten has continued her work on the preparation of stand-
ardized abbreviations for bibliographic citation. She is working with
Mr. Green and Dr. Howard in the compilation of literature citations used
in the registration lists of cultivar names being published. To this index
will be added citations for nurseries and nursery catalogues which have
proven to be sources of cultivar names. Publication is expected in this
calendar year.
Comparative Morphology:
Professor Bailey is continuing his investigations on the primitive leaf-
bearing Cactaceae under an extension of his grant from the National
Science Foundation. At present he is concerned with the occurrence of
“protein bodies” in Pereskia and Pereskiopsis and with the formation of
water-soluble anisotropic bodies in dehydrated leaves of these genera.
Papers numbered XII and XIII of the series dealing with these significant
groups have been published during the year.
Professor van der Schijff, since the first of the year, has been working
in this laboratory. He has undertaken an investigation of the unusual
growth characteristics and subterranean stem development in many of the
Leguminosae from arid regions of South Africa. Seeds of Elephantor-
rhiza elephantina, Erythrina burkei, Erythrina humeana, and Erythrina
zeyheri were started in the greenhouses of the Arboretum and showed the
same characteristics of shoot dormancy exhibited by these plants in the
Southern Hemisphere. In its native habitat Elephantorrhiza elephantina
may be regarded as a noxious weed because of the persistence of its en-
larged subsurface base. A study of the seedling development of all four
species will yield information about the origin of the characteristic
elephantine stem forms of these plants.
Dr. Howard has continued his studies of nodal and petiolar anatomy
with attention devoted to securing information concerning families of
plants not well represented in the available flora, or families of recent
description, and genera regarded as having questionable affinities.
Cytology and Genetics:
Dr. Sanders has continued her studies of the cytology of various col-
chicine treated lines of Sorghum. The investigation involves diploid
mutants obtained from both diploid and tetraploid seedlings. Chromo-
some counts have been made for most of two hundred untreated and
1965 | THE DIRECTOR’S REPORT 479
Arboretum classes indoors and out-of-doors. ABovE: Members of the plant
propagation oe conducted by Mr. Fordham take over the work areas of the
Dana Greenhouses at th hu rsday evening and nerog ed morning classes.
BELOw: Maples i in flower may not be spectacula ar, but Dr. Nevling takes time to
explain the taxonomic and horticultural characteristics of the plants in an Arbo-
retum class.
480 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
treated plants. Some diploid mutants showed cytological disturbances at
diakinesis associated with a premature fractionation of the nucleolus.
These will be studied for possible evidence of chromosome changes in the
mutants.
The development of information on the technique of germinating seeds
of woody ornamental plants has produced many seedlings which are con-
sidered expendable in a variety of additional experiments. Colchicine has
been applied to a number of these to observe the nature and frequency of
changes induced and to determine the possible horticultural value of
plants so influenced. Seedlings of 12 species were treated with 0.5 per cent
colchicine in lanolin and kept for seven days under 250 watts of infrared
light at temperatures of 60 to 80 degrees F. and in high humidity. An
equal number of seedlings without colchicine treatment were raised in the
same environment as control plants. Following the infrared light treat-
ment all plants were raised in normal greenhouse environment. Nearl
every lot of untreated seedlings showed some reaction to the infrared
light, most often the plants died. The loss was particularly severe in the
seedlings of Cornus kousa, Magnolia obovata and Tsuga caroliniana sug-
gesting further work on infrared effects on germination and seedling de-
velopment is essential. The colchicine treated seedlings showed pheno-
typic variation from stunted growth habits to plants of exceptional vigor.
Polyploidy is suspected in five of the 12 species tested. Verification will
come when the plants are larger and chromosome counts can be checked.
Chromosome counts are made routinely on much of the material proc-
essed in the greenhouses or grown on the grounds. Counts are recorded
on voucher herbarium sheets as well as on the record cards of the taxa.
During the year Dr. Sanders obtained a preliminary chromosome count
from root tips of seedling Austrobaileya, the first record known to us for
that genus. Chromosome counts were also made in association with re-
search projects on species of Prinsepia and on the dwarf seedlings de-
veloped from witches’ brooms of Pinus strobus.
The existence of a triploid plant of Forsythia has been questioned re-
cently in literature from Europe. A re-examination of all plants labelled
Forsythia ‘Beatrix Farrand’ in our collection, as well as additional mate-
rial received from nurseries under that name, has revealed all plants to be
tetraploid. Since the original chromosome count was made and verified
by competent cytologists it is possible either that only a single shoot
showed this abnormality or that the triploid plant has been lost. Any
suggestions of sources of the original plants distributed as triploid
Forsythia ‘Beatrix Farrand’ will be welcomed.
Mrs. Rudenberg has continued her cytological studies of taxa of Loni-
cera in a systematic examination of plants in the living collections of the
Arboretum, To the present, chromosome counts from 72 plants in 30 dif-
ferent species have been obtained. The species of Lonicera appear to be
predominantly diploid, 2n = 18. There are relatively few polyploids in
the genus, yet some species have indistinguishable diploid and tetraploid
forms. Many taxa have been counted for the first time and tetraploid
ees ESesereeneenesesteecoeensnistintipaientiemet
1965 | THE DIRECTOR’S REPORT 481
forms have been found in varieties of species previously considered diploid.
Dr. Nevling has obtained chromosome counts from several species of
tropical plants important to work in progress in Puerto Rico.
Education:
Two formal courses in Harvard College were offered by members of the
Arboretum staff during the year. Dr. Howard taught a new course,
Biology 209, The Phylogeny of the Flowering Plants. During the mid-
semester vacation the class travelled to a field location in Puerto Rico and,
with the assistance of Dr. Wood, spent a week in closer examination of
many families limited to the tropics. In the spring semester Dr. Wood and
Mr. Green taught Biology 103, an introductory course, The Taxonomy
of Vascular Plants. A special financial arrangement was made with the
Department of Biology permitting this cooperative effort.
Graduate students, undergraduates, special students and Mercer Fel-
lows worked with several staff members for guidance and in the develop-
ment of special problems in taxonomy or in horticulture. Most of the
staff attended and participated in the seminar series on plant taxonomy
held in the Harvard University Herbarium building.
The informal classes offered without academic credit to the general
public were conducted in Jamaica Plain and in Weston. The fall field
class, with emphasis on horticultural practices, was conducted by Dr.
Wyman in Jamaica Plain. Dr. Sanders led the class in Weston, considering
some of the cytogenetical problems of plant populations in the wild and
under cultivation. Mr. Fordham again taught a class in plant propagation
which met at appropriate intervals for the work to be done throughout the
year. In the spring, the Weston field class was held on Tuesday and
Thursday evenings between 6 and 7 P.M. interesting a different group of
people than had come for the afternoon classes. Dr. Howard, with the
special assistance of Dr. Hartley and Mr. Williams, was responsible for
the classes. In Dr. Wyman’s absence, the spring field class in Jamaica
Plain was led by members of the staff and it, too, was held at a different
time, Saturday morning. The new audiences coming to the classes held at
different times suggests that varying the days of the classes every few years
may make them of greater value to a larger number of people.
Several special programs were arranged to meet specific requests. Mr.
Fordham conducted a workshop on the germination of woody plant seeds
in the Dana greenhouses for guests of the Massachusetts Horticultural
Society. Dr. Dudley participated as a guest instructor in a course offered
and sponsored by the Massachusetts Department of Education at the
State College in Boston. The course, entitled ‘“‘Environment for Living,”
considered open spaces and recreational areas. Two laboratory sessions for
the students were arranged at the Arnold Arboretum. The group hopes to
conduct a survey of the street and park trees of greater Boston as a basis
for recommendations for city beautification programs.
The facilities of the Arboretum came into use for many visiting groups
of horticulturists and nurserymen, as well as for classes from New England
482 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
colleges. Again this year, the judging and identification contest of the
University of Massachusetts, the Massachusetts Department of Agricul-
ture, and the Boston Public Schools was held in the Administration
Building. The staff also made arrangements for the mid-winter meetings
of the Northeastern Section of the American Society of Horticultural Sci-
ences which were held in the Biological Laboratories.
he
xX Tatemation Botanical Congress in ns Scotland. The meetings were
the botanical lecture hall adjacent to the new herbarium a library
building shown in the photograph. Jalmar photograph.
The staff was represented at sessions of the Nomenclature Section and
the remainder of the X International Botanical Congress at Edinburgh
by Drs. Howard, Hu, Nevling, Schubert, and Wood, and Mr. Green.
Dr. Sanders attended the AIBS meetings in Colorado. Drs. Howard and
Wyman attended the meetings of the AABGA at Planting Fields Arbo-
retum which were held in association with the American Horticultural
Congress. The American Horticultural Society, in cooperation with Colo-
nial Williamsburg, sponsored the annual Williamsburg Garden Symposium
this spring. Dr. Wyman presented a program on low maintenance garden-
ing and the plants which make it possible. Mr. Fordham attended the
International Plant Propagators’ Society meeting at Rochester, New
York. He spoke there and at the regional meeting of the Federated Garden
Clubs at the Waltham Field Station.
During Dr. Wyman’s trip to Europe this spring he has been asked to
speak and often to describe the activities, facilities, and resources of the
Arnold Arboretum. These meetings included those of the International
1965 | THE DIRECTOR’S REPORT 483
Dendrological Union, the Scottish Garden Society, and the International
Camellia Society.
Exhibits and Displays:
For the first time in a number of years the Arboretum did not partici-
pate in the Spring Flower Show of the Massachusetts Horticultural So-
ciety. Impending changes in the physical plant necessitated commitment
of labor and the requirements of greenhouse space for research materials
and experiments in progress did not permit the forcing of trees and shrubs
in time for the Spring Show. A demonstration of mulching materials
similar to that shown at the Massachusetts Spring Flower Show last year
was exhibited for the 19th American Horticultural Congress held in the
Commodore Hotel in New York in September.
Sen en
* ss \3 t = te ~ tee
“ Ce ee ae
¢ : Pan “* foe
Opening Plenary Session of the X International Botanical Cae held in
Usher Hall, Edinburgh, Scotland, August, 1964. Jalmar photograph.
Open houses were held in Weston and in Jamaica Plain during the
spring. The Massachusetts Horticultural Society, in awarding a gold
medal to the Arnold Arboretum, requested our participation in a program
of open gardens of award winners. For this two-day activity the staff pre-
pared special exhibition cases, including new kodachrome transparency
displays and demonstrations relating to plant exploration, the preparation
of herbarium specimens, and techniques of plant identification.
Mr. Heman Howard prepared a special set of display photographs of
the Larz Anderson collection of bonsai of the Arnold Arboretum. The set
of photographs, showing individual specimens, as well as the methods of
housing and displaying the bonsai, is available on loan. During the year
these photographs were displayed for a special exhibit of the Garden Club
of America in the Goldsmith Civic Garden Center in Memphis, Tennessee.
Dr. Hu prepared and exhibited a colorful demonstration concerned with
484 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
the lines of evolution in the genus //ex, the hollies, at the X International
Botanical Congress at Edinburgh.
Travel and Exploration:
The X International Botanical Congress in Scotland afforded staff mem-
bers attending the opportunity of taking part in tours to various botanical
gardens and of visiting herbaria and botanical institutions. Mr. Green
worked at the herbaria of Kew and the British Museum (Natural History)
both before and after the Congress. Dr. Howard travelled to Denmark,
Germany, France, and Belgium following the Congress, visiting gardens
and herbaria in each country before returning to the institutions in London
Leiden, and Brussels. Dr. Nevling received a travel grant from the Na-
tional Science Foundation through an award committee of the American
Institute of Biological Sciences which enabled him to observe curatorial
procedures at the major herbaria in England and Scotland, the Nether-
lands, and France. Dr. Schubert worked in the herbaria in London, and in
Edinburgh during the Congress. Dr. Wood made an extensive trip through
Europe before the Congress visiting gardens in Italy, Germany, Austria,
France, and Switzerland and making photographs of plants to be used in
his course in plant taxonomy. He examined material in the herbaria in
Field work in the tice Mountains in eastern Puerto Rico. Sir pr A
Taylor, ots. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew; Dr. Richard Howard; and M
Roy , Woo ury, of the veda of Pucto Rico. October, 1964. From a ode:
eine by Arista B. Wagn
1965] THE DIRECTOR’S REPORT 485
London, Paris, Geneva, and Copenhagen, and solved many problems
which had arisen from his studies of the flora of the southeastern United
States.
Drs. Howard, Nevling, and Wood made trips to Puerto Rico in pro-
grams of teaching and research. Materials for anatomical and cytological
studies were collected as well as specimens for special illustrations. Dr.
Howard attended a meeting of the Council of the Association for Tropical
Biology in Caracas, Venezuela. With the cooperation of botanists of the
Instituto Botanico materials for petiolar studies were collected in the
Parque Henri Pittier and in the Botanical Garden.
Mr. Hosmer was able to collect material of plants worthy of trial in the
Boston area in several locations in Afghanistan.
During the spring and early summer of 1965 Dr. Wyman is spending
several months in Europe to obtain plants thought to be new to the United
States and to be hardy out-of-doors at the Arnold Arboretum. These plants
have been sought from the native floras, as well as in introduced and cul-
tivated collections in botanic gardens, arboreta, private gardens, and
nurseries.
The Arboretum has agreed to share the expenses of several expeditions
or to purchase herbarium collections or seeds from botanists of other
institutions. During the year support was afforded expeditions in Turkey,
Guatemala, Puerto Rico, South Africa, and Western Australia.
Gifts and Grants:
During the fiscal year 1963-64, property belonging to the Bussey Insti-
tution was taken by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts by right of
eminent domain. On this property were the old buildings forming the
greenhouse complex of the Arnold Arboretum. The value of the buildings
alone was credited to the Arboretum shortly before June 30, 1964, when
the sum of $14,806.69 was added to the principle of the Bussey Fund for
the Arnold Arboretum (1903), for that portion of the net proceeds of the
Bussey Institution land settlement. This transaction was not recorded in
sufficient time to be included in the Director’s Report of the appropriate
fiscal year.
The Friends of the Arnold Arboretum renewed their gifts during the
year, and these funds were assigned as usual to an account for work on the
grounds in Jamaica Plain or for activities in the horticultural department
and the greenhouses. We are grateful for the generous and loyal financial
support of the Friends for the work of the staff. A record of the gifts is
published quarterly in the “Gifts to Harvard,” and the complete fiscal
review is published annually in the Financial Report to the Board of
Overseers of Harvard College.
Gifts of materials for the horticultural collections, the library, the
herbarium, or special research purposes were many and have, in general,
been noted in the appropriate section of this report. Special gifts included
a collection of orchid plants from Mr. and Mrs. Robert Preston for research
projects and for teaching; a number of plants or propagation materials
486 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
from the hollies of the late Wilfred Wheeler made possible through the
Massachusetts Audubon Society; a large gift of special lily bulbs from
the Ofuna Botanical Garden in Kanagawa-Ken, Japan; a very old and
large Taxus baccata ‘Adpressa’ from Mr. Harry W. Fowle; a large number
of books from the estate of Mrs. Susan McKelvey; many kinds of records
d sein me Taxus Fruatand’ “Adpressa’ see for ea to a
l
An ol
— near t a Gree n Jamaica Plain. This plant was the gift
f Mr. Harry W. cnn aoa in ae es ras by Heman Howard.
and files from Mr. Seth Kelsey. We are grateful for these and smaller
gifts of similar nature.
Publications:
Four numbers of the Journal of the Arnold Arboretum were issued dur-
ing the fiscal year under the editorial direction of Dr. Schubert. The
numbers contained 462 pages and 21 articles, primarily by members of the
staff. We welcome the first half of the series of letters from Charles
Sprague Sargent to the Louisiana botanist, Reginald Somers Cocks, which
have been edited by Professor Joseph Ewan of Tulane University. Publi-
cation of the remainder of the series of letters will be in the current volume
volumes comprising Urban’s Symbolae Antillanae was prepared by Miss
Sutton and Miss Carroll. It will be published in August by the Arboretum.
An encyclopedic bibliography of the medicinal and poisonous plants of
1965] THE DIRECTOR’S REPORT 487
southeastern Asia was completed by Dr. Perry and is being considered by
a private publisher.
Since volumes 1-10 of the Journal of the Arnold Arboretum have long
been out of print and the supply of many single numbers has been ex-
hausted, the available back numbers were sold during the year to the
Kraus Reprint Corporation, 16 East 46th Street, New York, N.Y. 10017,
under a contract to reprint the first twenty volumes and all out-of-print
numbers, and to offer all for sale.
The bibliography which follows lists 76 articles and books by members
of the staff which were published during the past fiscal year.
Bibliography of the Published Writings of the Staff and Students
July 1, 1964-June 30, 1965
BaILey, Irvinc W. Comparative anatomy of the leaf-bearing Cactaceae, XII.
Preliminary observations upon the structure of the epidermis, stomata, and
cuticle. Jour. Arnold Arb. 45: 374-389. 1964.
Comparative anatomy of the leaf-bearing Cactaceae, XIII. The occur-
rence of water-soluble anisotropic bodies in air-dried and alcohol-dehydrated
leaves of Pereskia and Pereskiopsis. Jour. Arnold Arb. 46: 74-85. 1965.
BarANov, ANpDREY I. A contribution to the knowledge of life history of Com-
meling communis. Quart. Jour. Taiwan Mus. 17: 81-113. 1964.
, w perennial garden onion from N. E. China. Quart. Jour. Taiwan
Mus. 17 77-79. 1964.
. On the perianth and seed characters of Chenopodium hybridum and
C. gigantospermum. Rhodora 66: 168-171. 1964.
. Preparation of dried vegetable marrows for winter use in north Man-
churia. Econ. Bot. 19: 68, 69.
. To ee project of standardization of botanical terminology. Taxon 14:
o 65. ;
(with oer RicHarD A). The Chinese bush cherry — Prunus tomen-
tosa. Arnoldia 24: 81-86. 1964.
BrizicKy, Georce K. A further note on Ceanothus herbaceus versus C. ovatus.
Jour. Arnold Arb. 45: 471-473. 1964
. The genera of Cistaceae in the southeastern United States. Jour.
Arnold Arb. 45: 346-357. 1964
The genera of Vitaceae in the southeastern United States. Jour. Arnold
Arb, 46: 48-67. 1965.
Dubey, THEopoRE R. Studies in Alyssum: near eastern igi sets and
their allies, II. Section Meniocus and Section Psilonema. Jour. Arnold
Arb. 46: 181-217. 1965.
. Synopsis of the genus Alyssum. Jour. Arnold Arb. 45: 358-373. 1964.
pe of the genus Awrinia in Turkey. Jour. Arnold Arb. 45: 390-
400. 1964
cnaneneanel BALL, Peter W. Alyssum L. [The account of]. 7: Flora Europaea 1:
297-3
FERGUSON, Tan Kerr H. The genera of Valerianaceae and Dipsacaceae in the
southeastern ny States. Jour. Arnold Arb. 46: 218-231. 1965.
ForpHAM, ALFRED J. Germination of woody legume seeds with impermeable
seed coats. Arnoidia 25: 1-8. 1965.
488 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Germination of woody plant seeds. Horticulture 42(9): 18-20, 38.
1964.
. How dwarf conifers were developed. 94th New England Spring Flower
Show Program: 33, 53. 1965
. Propagation of Prunus tomentosa. Arnoldia 24: 86, 87. 1964.
Questions and answers on chemical weed control. Am. Nurseryman
124(8): 58-60. 1965.
_ An unusual witches’-broom on Pinus strobus. Int. Pl. Prop. Soc. Comb.
Proc. 13: 117-119. 1965.
Gomez Pompa, Arturo. A new saa ia from the Misantla Region in Mexico.
Jour. Arnold Arb. 45: 464-470.
GRAHAM, SHIRLEY A. The genera be Skee and Combretaceae in the
southeastern United States. Jour. Arnold Arb. 45: 285-301. 1964
Woop, Carrott E., Jr. The genera of Polygonaceae in the southeastern
United States. Jour. Arnold Arb. 46: 92-121. 1965
GREEN, Peter S. Additions and corrections to species section in “Modern
Roses 6.” 1965
. Meeting of the International Association of Botanic Gardens. Quart.
Newsl. Am. Assoc. Gard. Arb. 62: 15-17. 1965; Chron. Hort. 5: 3. 1965;
Taxon 14: 134, 135. 1965.
———.. The olive family in cultivation. Arnoldia 25: 13-27. 1965.
. Registration of cultivar names in Ulmus. Arnoldia 24: 41-80. 1964.
Howarp, RicHarp A. The Director’s Report. The Arnold Arboretum during
the fiscal year ended June 30, 1964. Jour. Arnold Arb. 45: 474-492. 1964.
. Polygonaceae. Jn: Flora of Trinidad and Tobago 2(7): 481-498. 1964.
Susan Delano McKelvey, 1883-1964. Jour. Arnold Arb. 46: 45-47.
1965.
& Baranov, AnprREY I. The Chinese bush cherry — Prunus tomentosa.
Arnoldia 24: 81-86. 1964.
Hu, Survu-YIne. Other uses of day-lilies. Gard. Jour. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 14:
223-226, 228. 64.
. Uses of day-lilies. Herb Grower 17(4): 11-17. 1965.
——. Whence the Chinese generic names of orchids? Am. Orchid Soc. Bull.
34: 518-521. 1965.
NEVLING, Lorin I., Jr. Cytological gerne for the hybrid status of Daphne X
mantensiana. Baileya 12: 134-136.
. IOPB chromosome number he uf Taxon 13: 205. 1964.
A preliminary report on Funifera. Jour. Arnold Arb. 46: 232-241.
1965.
(with ALLEN, CAROLINE K., & Rocers, Davin J.). Robert Everard
Woodson, Jr. (1904-1963). Builtenis 17: 1-11. 5.
SANDERS, Mary E. (with FRanzKE, CLiFForD J.). Classes of true-breeding
diploid mutants obtained after colchicine treatment of sorghum line Ex-
perimental 3. Bot. Gaz. 125: 170-178. 1964.
Mutants from an asynaptic strain of line Experimental 3. Sorghum
Newsletter 7: 60-62. 4.
———. True-breeding colchicine-induced mutants from sorghum hybrids. Am.
Jour. Bot. 52: 211-221. a
Sax, Kart. The population problems. Topic 4: 5-19.
. The stimulation of plant growth by Ses cg Rad. Bot. 3:
179-186. 1963.
oe
1965 | THE DIRECTOR’S REPORT 489
————. The world’s exploding population. Perspectives Biol. & Med. 7: 321-
330. 1964.
——— & Sax, Hatty J. The effect of chronological and physiological aging of
onion seeds on the frequency of spontaneous and X-ray induced chromo-
some aberrations. Rad. Bot. 4: 37-41. 1964
& SCHAIRER, LLoyp. The effect of chronic gamma irradiation on apical
dominance of trees. Rad. Bot. 3: 283-285. 1963.
SCHUBERT, BERNICE G. (with SmirH, LyMAN B.) Nuevas especies peruanas de
la familia Begoniaceae. Publ. Mus. Hist. Nat. Lima Bot. 17: 1-19. 1964.
SCHWARTEN, LazELLa. Bibliography. Jn: Howarp, RicHarp A. Susan Delano
McKelvey, 1883-1964. Jour. Arnold Arb. 46: 47. 1965.
(with RocErson, CLARK T., RickeTtT, H. W. & Beckett, HERMAN).
Index to American botanical literature. Bull. Torrey Club. 91: 338-360,
418-437, 513-533. 1964; 92: 74-97, 146-168, 225-243. 1965.
oe Latit. M. kantowrs chemistry, and physiology of bark. Int. Rev.
ry Res. 1: 203-277. 1964.
Woon, tae E., JR. (with GRAHAM, SHIRLEY A.). The genera of Polygona-
ceae in the southeastern United States. Jour. Arnold Arb. 46: 91-121.
1965
with Moore, Harotp E., Jr.). Dates of Sage of the journal
Linnaea: further evidence. Jour. Arnold Arb. 46: 6 965.
Wyman, Donatp. The American holly in the United inten XVIth Int. Hort.
Congress Proc. 1962. 4: 342-344. 1964.
. The American or eganiaa Society. XVIth Int. Hort. Congress Proc.
1962. 5: 769-771.
. The Arnold Arboretum: Patron to American horticulture. Am.
Nurseryman 120(2): 8
. Arboretums and See gardens in North America. Chron. Hort. 4
34-36.
. Bonsai at the Arnold Arboretum. Arnoldia 24: 101-104. 1964.
. Castanea, Juglans offer little for landscape use. Am. Nurseryman
120(5): 11, 90-95. 1964
——. Clematis repays extra care with abundant beauty. Am. Nurseryman
120(1): 15, 72-81. 1964.
. Fast growing trees. Am. Home 67(8): 100, 101. 1964.
. Fastigiate trees. Am. Hort. Mag. 43: 199-206. 1964.
ew buddleias of value for ornamental planting. Am. Nurseryman
120(3): 11, 77-80. 1964.
._ A few evergreen trees. Am. Nurseryman 120(9): 13, 60-65. 1964
. A further group of foliage trees. Am. Nurseryman 121(11): 10, ri.
78-83. 1965.
. The gardeners’ pocketbook. Viburnum opulus “Roseum’. Am. Hort.
Mag. 44: 115, 116. 1965.
. Ground covers. Horticulture 43(1): 24-27. 1965.
_ The hardiest azaleas. Am. Nurseryman 121(1): 14, 15, 62-81. 1965
. The hardiest shudodendcone. Am. Nurseryman 121(9): 12, 13, 88-94,
1965.
——. The hardy shrub althaeas (Hibiscus syriacus). Soc. Hort. Res. II. 4:
183-187. 1964.
. Lilies in their order of bloom. Arnoldia 24: 89-95. 1964.
" ————. Make room for birch trees. Pop. Garden. 16: 32, 33, 56. 1965.
490 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
—. Mock oranges. Arnoldia 25: 29-36. 1965.
. The ein hedge demonstration plot. Arnoldia 24: 97-100. 1964.
Outstanding vines for foliage and colorful fruit. Am. Nurseryman
~ 420(7): 13, 66-72. 1964.
. Some wah flowering trees. Am. Nurseryman 120(11): 12, 13,
37-42. 1964
RicHarp A. Howarp, Director
as
;
a
1965] THE DIRECTOR’S REPORT 491
The Board of Overseers of Harvard College
Committee to Visit the Arnold Arboretum
Hermon D. Situ, Chairman, Chicago, Illinois.
OLIver Wotcort, Vice-Chairman, Hamilton, Massachusetts.
Mrs, GrorceE L,. BATCHELDER, JR., Beverly, Massachusetts.
Mrs. RALPH Braptey, Canton, Massachusetts.
Mrs. WitriaM H. Crariin, Belmont, Massachusetts.
Wiiiam J. DEvINE, Commissioner, City of Boston Department of Parks
and Recreation.
Henry F. Du Pont, Winterthur, Delaware.
Joun M. Foce, Jr., Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
SETH L. Kersey, Kennett Square, Pennsylvania.
Harorp E. Moore, Jr., Ithaca, New York.
FRANcIs W. SARGENT, Boston, Massachusetts.
Mrs. ELLERY SEDGWICK, Beverly, Massachusetts.
Mrs. Homer N. Sweet, Weston, Massachusetts.
GrEorGE TAYLor, Kew, Surrey, England.
Mrs. G. KENNARD WAKEFIELD, Milton, Massachusetts.
Mrs. CHARLES D. WEBSTER, New York, New York.
Ricuarp P, WuitE, Washington, D.C.
Mercer Research Fellows
during at least part of fiscal year 1964-1965
HERMANUS PHILIPPUS VAN DER SCHIJFF, University of Pretoria, South
Africa.
Arturo Gomez Pompa, National University of Mexico, Mexico.
Epwarp M. Murray, Pennsylvania State University, University Park,
Pennsylvania.
Hans U. Sraurrer, University of Zurich, Switzerland.
H.-Curistian Frrepricu, Botanical Garden, Munich, Germany.
Micuet Coton, Royal School of Horticulture, Vilvorde, Belgium.
492 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM [voL. 46
Staff of the Arnold Arboretum
1964-1965
RicHarp ALDEN Howarp, Ph.D., Arnold Professor of Botany, Professor
of Dendrology, and Director.
IRVING WIDMER Batrtey, S.D., Professor of Plant Anatomy, Emeritus.
Kart Sax, S.D., Professor of Botany, Emeritus.
ANDREY I. BARANovy, Curatorial Assistant.
GEORGE KONSTANTINE Brizicky, R.N.Dr., Botanist, Southeastern Flora
Project.*
MicHaet ANTHONY Canoso, M.S., Senior Curatorial Assistant.*
Henry Draper, Superintendent, Case Estates.
THEODORE Rospert Duprey, Ph.D., Assistant Horticultural Taxonomist.
Ian Keitu Fercuson, Ph.D., Botanist, Southeastern Flora Project.*
ALFRED JAMES ForpHAM, Propagator.
PETER SHAW GREEN, B.Sc., Horticultural Taxonomist.
WILLIAM Ep Grime, B.A., Curatorial Assistant.*
Tuomas Gorpon Hart ey, Ph.D., Assistant Curator.
HENRY BarNeEs Hosmer, LL.B., Research Associate.
HEMAN ARTHUR Howarp, Assistant Horticulturist.
Suiu-Y1nc Hu, Ph.D., Botanist.
Marcaret CATHERINE Leravour, Herbarium Secretary.
Lorin Ives NEVLING, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Curator and Supervisor of the
Herbaria.*
Mary ELIzABETH SANDERS, Ph.D., Research Associate.
BERNICE Gipuz SCHUBERT, Ph.D., Associate Curator and Editor.
LAZELLA SCHWARTEN, Librarian.*
STEPHANNE Barry SuTTOoN, A.B., Business Secretary.
RoBeRT GERow WILLIAMS, B.S., Superintendent.
CARROLL EMory Woop, Jr., Ph.D., Associate Curator.
Donato Wyman, Ph.D., Horticulturist.
* Appointed jointly with the Gray Herbarium.
1965] INDEX
INDEX
Acacia angustissima, 429 Alyssum bungei, 195
Acanthopanax, 6 — calycinoides, 208
Acer, 124 — calycinum, 198
— drininiondil, 25, 28, 31, 346-348 — — depressum, 203
— Sena 20-22, 27, 127, 346; 348, — — minus, 203
360, 4 — — — minus, 203
— lescoderme 17, 24,22. 27, 140 — — pumilum, 203
— negundo, 2 — campestre, 198
—_—— asee 345 — cassium,
— nigrum, 21, 22, 349 — chondrogynum, 21
— rubrum, 349, 418 conglobulatum, 203
—— drum scent rotundata, 346, 348 — corningii, 212
— — tomentosum, 347, 349, 351 — corsicum, 213
— — tridens, 346 — crenulatum, 213
— saccharinum, 417 — cupreum, 188, 189
— saccharum, 127, 346, 360 — damascenum, 197, 203-205
— — glaucescens, 420 — dasycarpum, 197, 207-210
— — glaucum, 346, 360 — — dasycarpum, 208-210, 212, 213
— tridens, 348 —— minus, a
Actaea alba, 428 — desertorum, 188, 213
Adelia, 412, —— desertorum, 212
Adyseton calycinum, 199 —eriophyllum, 213
Aesculus austrina, 7 — erraticum,
— discolor mollis, 421 — filiforme, 212, 213
— pavia, 7, 15, 22, 420, 421 — floribundum, 213
— splendens, 18, 22 — giosnanum, 212
Alder, 26 — granatense, 197, 205
Alfaroa, 369, 372-373 — — sepalinum, 20.
—_ ie sere one 373 — — weilleri,
costaricensis, 373, 407 — haussknechtii, 213
— — elongata, 373, 374, 407 — heterotrichum, 184, 195-196
manningii, 373, — hieronymii,
Alyssum: Near Eastern rom gn — hirsutum, 192, 213
and Their Allies, Studies in, II. Sec — hispidum, 205
Meniocus and Section Psilonema, a — — granatense, 205
. Alyssum, 181-217 — homalocarpum, 197, 210
— sect. Meniocus, 183-196 — horebicum, 21
— sect. Psilonema, 196-212 — huetii, 184, 192-193, 212, 213
— aizoides, 212, 213 — kermanshahensi 9
— algeriense, 205 — lepidotum,
—— montanu rey — linearifolium, 185
— alyssoides, 197-2 03 — mesceies 183, 184-189
— — alyssoides, 198~203 —— — cupreu 8
—— tintfoliuna, 185-
— — conglobulatum, 203
188
— ~— depressum, 198, 203 —— age 185, 188-189
— mi 203
— == BS, — marisil, 20
milum, 203 — a oe 189-191
— arvaticum, 199 —— aureum,
aurantiacum, 213 — any ni
— aureum, 184, 191-192 — minu
— betpakdalense, 195 ue pecan 213
— ble ates 184, 194, 196, 212 irene icum, 213
494
Alyssum musili, 21
m, 191
— ee ak 212, 213
— repens i ial 212
os areal
mii, 205
Sa ae 213
Fes 2)
Amorpha tennesseenss, 429
Ampelopsis, 56, 57, 4
Anatomy of the fold Bearing Cactaceae,
Comparative, XIII. The Occurrence of
Some Prelimina
on ihe Occurrence of “Protein Bodies”,
453
Anatomy of the Palm ee excelsa, I.
Mature Vegetative Axis, 1
Antigonon, 118-119
Apple, 11, 16, 26, 30
Apple, crab-, 24
Araucaria, 25
Aronia, 358, ae at
— arbutifolia
— canon tet 413
9
Azalea, 33, 7 411, 412, 425, 429
_ CARescens
— ledifo
rae assent on 342, 411
JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM
[ VoL. 46
oe serrulata, 411
iscosa, 343, 411
BatLey, I. W. Comparative Anatomy of
the Leaf-Bearing Cactaceae, XIII. The
te
ary Ciearvatiune on thie Occurrence of
“Protein Bodies”, 453
BANERJI, M. and eg Das. A
New Cuscuta from Nepal, 8
Betula nigra, 431
Biographical and _ Bibliographical ge
duction, A, Grisebach’s Flora e
British West Indian npg 243
Blackberry, Highbush, 1
British West Indian rng A Biographi-
cal and Bibliographical Introduction,
Grisebach’s Flora of the, 243
cky, Grorce K. The Genera of
Elaeocarpaceae in t
Southeastern nang States, 28
Brizicky, GEO The Gene
isgeniue in Po ee ea
States, 48
Runticey, GeorcE K., and I. K. Frercu-
SON. A iumclataeat Notes on Dipsacus
fullonum and Dipsacus sativus, 362
Brunnichia, 119, 121
“
.
a ar ml 156, 361
te
— lucida
Rit ears ey 8 te 418
Cactaceae, Comparative Anatomy of the
L ig
XV. Some Prelimi
on the Occurrence of “Protein Bodies”,
Calycanthus, 427, 428
— fertilis nanus
— floridus, 427, 428
Camellia, 425, 427
1965]
Carya, 20, 37, 41, 122, 333, 369, 377-
384
— sect. Apocarya, 379, 382
139, 141, 142, 149, 155, 159, 325-327,
338, 340, 432
— aquatica, 379, 381, 385, 408
Binge ger ig 36, 39, 40, 42, 123,
139; 155,
— ashei ee
—_ hackle ee 340
— callicarpa, 159
<< pliinien, 123, 155, 157; 340
— carolinae-septentrionalis, 126, 127, 379
— cathayensis, 379
—cordiformis, 20, 26, 38, 39, 338, 343,
408
— glabra, 379, 385, 408
—— megacarpa, 431
— illinoensis, 379, 408
— laciniosa, = 341, 342, 379, 408
— lecontei
oe we Pen 159, 340, 341, 343,
379, 4
Bile a he 423, 431
— leucodermis, 155
— megacarpa, 30, 36, 38, 41, 139, 155
— — stellipila, 38, 41, 343
— myristicaeformis, 26, 379, 408, 423
— ovalis, 30, 36, 155, 379, 408, 432
— — obcordata, 431
— — subglobosa, 41, 159
— ovata, 26, 28, 30, 37; 38, 155, 341
6
vied 26, ~ in ia 326, 327,
7,4
— texana, ob ne, a a 379, 408
— —arkan
lege ze ae 397, 408
— — subcoriacea, 342,
— tonkinensis, 379, 381, 397, 408
adler "He alnifolia, 349, 35
— floridana, 352, pets 355, 431
— pam on 43, 352, 357, 431
Celtis, 344
— crassifolia, 346
INDEX
495
ait eager 335, 345, 346
a , 345,
— mis piensis, 344, 345, 349
— cccidental 346, 348, 353
ssifolia, 345, 353
re: yoo
Cehalentins occidentalis pubescens, 419
Cephalotaxus japonica, 1
Cherry, 23-24
Chrysobalanus oblongifolius, 351
Cissus, 54-56
= Cissus, 54, 55
subg. Cosham 55
Gus s, 131
Citrus, Chinese, 13
Citrus, ichanwends, 130, 73)
Clypeola alyssoides, 198
— campestris, 198
Coccoloba, 114-118
Cocculus ee ge 412
Cocks, Regi omers, Letters from
Charles Sprague Sargent to, 1908-1926,
Anisotropic
in Air-Dried and Alcohol-Dehydrated
eg
oOo
=n
=
on the Occurrence of “Protein Bodies”,
453
Coral-Vine, 118
rps ei 7, 13-20, 22, 23, 39, 40, 122,
, 148, 326, 336, 337, Pt 344, 349-
et ag? 427, 430, 4
— abbita
tesa 40, fini 337, 358
ba
— aprica,
— arbores . 10
— a (crioctada), 426
— berberifolia, 13, 422
— blanda, 425, rs
496
Crataegus adalat 13, FA, 174-19;
20,2
viii clada, 426
— [ser.] Bracteata, 422, 425
— Sores 6, 356
— coccinea, 327
~ ck. ay 422, 425
— con 57
— consi 328
— [(ser.] Crus-galli, 13, 19-22, 39, 336-
430
— edura, 39, 327, 328, 422
— enucleata, 337
— pagel 426
— fera, 3
_~ (ser. ] Flavae, 336, 337, 435
— opaca, 335, 337, 358
— ue
— pruin
— [ser.] "Pulherimae, 430
— pyracanthoides, 4
— silvicola, 13, 20, nih 337, 412
— spathulata, 10, 20, 359, 360
rsa, 19, 39, 2
— tomentosa, 130, 131
— torva, 358, 42
— uniqua, 336
— velutina, 39, 336, 4.
— viridis, 17, 19-21, ern 351, 352, 356,
42
Cunninghamia, 417
Cupressus funebris, 26
Cuscuta From Nepal, A New, 86
Cuscut 89
— sect. Callianche, 87
sub: onogyna
7-8
Cyrilla mt 31
Dantr, A. OrvILLE, and
LEY. Pollen of eae vehi ioe
Dahcon, 423
Daphne aoe 235
— thereminii, 23
Daphnopsis Slates 238
— fasciculata, 240
mae ogee A New
ssc of Publication of ihe Fagg Lin-
: Further Evidenc
JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM
[voL. 46
Daubentonia, 428
De cia 308, 310, 313-317, 319, 321
— vitien
Degeneria vithenaibe: Pollen of, 308
, 416
oe in the Southeastern United
States, The Genera of Valerianaceae
an 8
Dipsscac. 226
Dipsacus Riisenk and Dipsacus sativus,
Nomenclatural Notes on
ga June 30, 1965, 465
ock,
99
Soha ey T. R. Studies in Alyssum: Near
Eastern Representatives and Their
Allies, II. Section Meniocus and Sec-
tion Psilonema, 18
Eardrops, 121
pene pa Southeastern
ted States, The Genera of Tiliaceae
Elaeocarpaceae, 304
is, 375,
— chrysolepis, 374, 408
— nudiflora, a
es 1
—_—— cambodica, 375, 408
— spicata, 374, 408
— — acerifolia, 375, 408
— — colebrookiana, 375, 408
igaea repens, 12
Epiphyllum, 453
Eriogonum, 96-99
Pe ere
1965 | INDEX 497
nan herbacea, 18
6
WAN, JosEePH (ed.). Letters from
Charles Sprague Sargent to Reginald
Somers Cocks, 1908-1926, 1-44, 122-
159, 324-361, 411-43
Fagus grandifolia, 140
— — caroliniana
, 140
’
——-— pubescens, 140
Fercuson, I. The Genera of Valeri-
a nd Dipsacaceae in the South-
eastern United States
gies Ki; seal. tan RI-
CKY. . Nomenciatral cara psa-
ri fullonum and _ Dipsacus ae
Po of the British West Indian Islands
hical and gry pa
—_—— soni a 353, 359
— profunda,
— smaillii, na
Fungus (on mk a, ), 434
Funifera, A Preliminary Report on, 232
Funifera, 232, 2
— brasiliensis, 235-238
— ericiflora, 235, 238-239
— fasciculata, 2
fa ore eee 235,.239
— utilis,
Gaylussacia hirtella, 3
Genera of fae in the South-
eastern United States, The, 91
Genera of Tiliaceae and Elacocarpaceae
in the Southeastern United States, The,
286
Genera of Valerianaceae and Dipsacaceae
in the Southeastern United States, The,
218
Genus Mussaenda: A New Species from
North Burma, The Rubiaceous, 366
Gleditsia aquatica, 6
—texana, 130, 429
aennaagg 343, 417
Granam, Suirtey A., and C. E. Woop,
Jr. The Genera of Polygonaceae in
the Pang gy United States, 91
, 48
Piuchseeh's Flora of a British West
Indian Islands: graphical —
Bibliographical Introduction, 243;
graphical Not ollectors, eal
272; Biography os risebach, 5-
Publication of Grisebach’s Flora, 263-
264; Scope of Grisebach’s Flora, 260—
263
Halesia carolina, 142, 419
— diptera,
— parviflora, 360
— tetraptera, 360
Hamamelis, 8-12, 355, 356
X
7
Hickory, 22, 26, 28-34, 36-38, 40, 41,
ye 124, We 134, 139, 147, 149, 155,
Hickory, ikeaces 340
Holly
How Ricuarp A. The Director’s
ae, The Arnold Arboretum Dur-
ing the Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
1965, 46
Howarp, Ricuarp A. Susan Delano
McKelvey, 1883-1964, 45
Huckleberry, 413
cifo
Hypericum akan 430
Tlex,
— amelanchis 27,
ssi oa om 423
—longipes, 20, 21, 351, 424
—lucida, 159, 352, 420
—monticola, 24, 25, 352
Ilicium, 135
Jasminum sambac, 425, 42 26
. The Rubiaceous
nus Mussaenda: ‘A New Species
from North Burma, 366
498 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM
Jointweed, 113
urnal pone F ago aia
a Publication of t
a aceens, Pollen Mo roholory in the,
: Survey of the ee
Juelans 369, 386-3
ct. was Teaco 388, 392, 399, 402
se Dioscaryon, 388, 392, 402
— sect. area ae 388, 392, 402
402, 408
— cathayensis, 388, 389, 391, 399, 402,
— cinerea, 388, 399, 402, 408
08
, 408
— olanchana, nh 391, 402, 408
— regia, 386, 388, 389, 402, 408
— sieboldiana, 388, 399, 402, 408
Juniperus taxifolia, 417, 428
Kalmia latifolia, 158
Knotweed, 106
masteed apes 234, 235
Leea
sity chan ng, 131,
page ——. fai es “coma Sargent
o Reginald Somers Cocks, 1908-1926,
er 324-361, 411-435
iat a 341
3
Lime, Osechee 416
Linden, 31, 33, 38, gta 130, 146, 147,
152, 290, 324, 326,
Linden Family, 286
Lindens, Rough barked, 149
Lindens, Smooth barked, 149
Linnaea: Further Evidence, Dates of
ie urnal, 68
— tulipifera, 315, 316, aad
Liquidambar,
Lobularia alas, 188
Magnolia, 136
[VoL. 46
Magnolia acuminata, 123, 136
—— ludoviciana, 34
— cordata, 131, 132, 136
32
421
— glauca, 147, 347, 348
— grandiflora, 32
— virginiana wor — 348
Malus, 11, 14-17,
— angastiidha, if ps a 19,132; 136,
141, 142, es
— coronaria, 19, 421
Rta sea 19, 20, 22
7
36, 142
—w—creniserrata, 18, 19, 42, 132, 135,
333
—— palmeri, 17, 19, 22, 27, 42, 132, 135
Maple, Silver, 417
Maple, Sugar, 17
Mature Se Axis. Anatomy of
the Palm Rhapis excelsa, I, 160
McKelvey, Susan iia 1883-1964, 45
— yap 185
—_——— rocarpus, 188
— serpy/lifolium, 185
— stylaris, 194
esquite, 6
Mimosa strigulosa, 18
Muntingia, 305
ma, The Rubiaceous Genus, 366
8
— inodora, 350, 421
Neesia daphnoides, 235
Nepal, A New Cuscuta from, 86
New Species from hg Burma, A, The
Rubiaceous Genus Mussaenda, 366
1965]
Nomenclatural Notes on _Dipsacus full-
i)
u us, Nomenclatural, 362
Nyssa ogechee, 416, 417
Oak, 130, 133, 134, 143, 147, 149, 158,
3, 43
Oak, post, 22, 124, 129, 130, 134, 147,
326, 33
Oak, red, 133
Oak, scarlet, 44, 126
Oleetvations aif the ea : “Pro-
tein Bodies”, Some. Comparative An-
atomy of the er’ Bearing prabition
53
Observations on the Vasculature of
Cotyledons, seers ary. Comparative
e Leaf- eg Mnerneg Cacta-
Occurrence of Water-Soluble Anisotropic
Bodies in Air-Dried and Alcohol-De-
hydrated Leaves of Pereskia and Per-
eskiopsis, The. Co omparative Pi
of the Leaf-Bearing I, 74
Opuntia, 78
Orange, 131, 132
Orange, Ichang, 131
Osage Orange, 421
aaa, "421, 431
4
ie &
bot)
~
3
fa)
ge.
[s)
pia
©
ct.
pasar
hydrated Leaves of. Comparative An-
atomy of the Leaf-Bearing Cactaceae,
Pereskia, 74, 75, 79, 80, pes 450, 460
—aculeata, 445, 446, 450,
ecm 445, 446, —
— bahiensis, 454
— bleo, ne 453, 460, 461
— colombiana, 445, 45
5, 456
-— diaz-romeroana, 445, 446, 450
INDEX
499
Pereskia ee, tir Ney 450, 453, 460
—guamacho, 445,
—humbolati, 445, ey ye 455
— moore 4
ES eo th 445, 455
— pititache, 445, 446, 450, 455, 461
— portulacifolia, 445, 456
— tampicana, 453 460
— sacharosa, yes "446, 450, 453, 460
— weberiana, 4
Pereskiopsis, Hd Occurrence of Water-
oluble in Ajir-
d. ompar
atomy of the Leaf-Bearing Cacticens,
Ill, 74
Xx
seri 76, 79, 80, 445, 446, 450,
— social 446, 450
— chapistle
» 408
Plum, 8-10, 12, 15, 16, 21, 23,. 24, 29;
39, 44, 124, 126, 128, 129
rege 114
sigh Siagt. coment aay 96
—subfam. Polygonoideae, 99
— tribe Coccolobeae, 11
— tribe Eriogoneae, 96
500
Polygonaceae tat 105
— tribe Rumicea
Polygonella, git
— subg. Polygonella, 113
—subg. Thysanella, 113
Polygonum, 92, 105-112
09
— sect. Tiniaria, 106, eS 110
— sect. Tovara
Preliminary a ak on the Occur-
ence of “Protein Bodies”, Some.
Comparative Anatomy of the Leaf-
Bearing Cactaceae, 53
Preliminary Observations on the Vascu-
lature of Cotyledons. Comparative
Anatomy of a Leaf-Bearing Cacta-
~
e Leat al
sett 35, 358, 414, 415
— americana, 8, 35, 44, 414, 415
— angustifolia, 35, ae 358, 414
14
innate, 414, 415
— mexicana, 35, 36, 353, 415
—mitis, 23
soniana, 18, 24, 35, 414
— a ee
pacar ag
— tarda,
beats, 24, 35, 36, 353, 414
atsoni,
Psilonema calycinum, 199
03
arp
Pte Asean i
— trifoliata, 1
—— mollis, 4
Pterocarya, ory 384-385, 387, 399, 402
ycloptera, 387
8
patria 387, 393, 395, 397, 399, 402,
roe 387
— fraxinifolia, 387, 393, 399, 402, 408
— hupehensis, 387, 393, 399, 402, 408
JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM
[voL. 46
Pterocarya insignis, 387, 399, 402, 408
pea
2
— stenoptera, 387, o 305, es 402, 408
Pyracantha crenulat
Pyrus arbutifolia eanee an 358
Quercus, 22, 141, 143, 147, 325, 327, 328,
417
— acuminata, 32
— alba, 125, 326
— aus trina, vy 124; 126, 127, 130, 133,
141, 143, 147
— borealis, ct eo 333
— brevifolia, 27,
Boies a a
— bush
rere iii 329, 333
— cerris, 12
— cinerea, 132, 329, 3
— coccinea, 124, — ve 133, 426
— — tuberculata, 3
— cocksii, 333, 343, om
— comptonae, 332
— durandii, 4, 127-130, 133, 135, 141,
143, 147, 148
— imbricaria, 127,
BPs aca, 18, no ee 329-331, 333,
Sadie 22, 135
— lyrata, ok 329, 332
— margaretta, 326
alates $26, 328, 329; 333
oi emsithe lia, 32 6
— phellos, 3
— rhombifolia, 325, 327-330, 332
— rubra, 126, 133-135, 329, 332
eee ae 328, 332
—_—— eninge:
— schneckii, 3
— shumardii, eae 138, 141, 331, 335
= er
1965] INDEX 501
Quercus ee schneckii, 335
29,
u
— stellata, 1
— — aranio gia
achat 27, 330, 341
— — — stolonifera, 326, 330, 341
—— okey a, 330
—s
Ee i Ae 332,.3
— texana, 133-136, ne 331,335
— tomentosa, 133
— velutina, 124, 129, 130, 133, 142,329,
332
— —missouriensis, 129, 142,
— virginiana, 140, 157, oe, 529; Sol,
332, 426, 431
— — eximia,
— — geminata, 331
BEES sore a, . i
walte
Fabthesnite,: wt eo
Raphidophyllum hystrix, 434
Report on Funifera, A Preliminary, 232
Rhapis excelsa, Anatomy of the Palm
Mature Vegetative Axis, 16
, 429
Pent
~ oblongifoium, 418, 428
— serrulatum
Rhus glabra, my ee
— toxicodendron, 424
Ribes, 428
Rosa herded ster 357
, 424
Rose of Sharon, 25
Rowtry, Jonn R., and A. OrvILLE
Dant. Pollen of Degeneria vitiensis,
308
Rubiaceous Genus Mussaenda: A New
Species from North Burma, The, 366
Rubus, 27
— andrewsianus, 14, 28
a
Peeps 424, 428
— florid
— rosaefolius coronarius, 419
8
7
— subsect ct, Aneavicnniid: 101
— subg. Acetosa, 101
Rumex subg. Acetosella, 102
— subg. Rumex, 100
Rutaceae, 429
Salix, 7, 10, 37
5
Sapindus drummondii, 7,4
Sargent, Charles Sprague, fous from,
to Reginald Somers Cocks, 1908-1926,
1-44, 122-159, 324-361, 411-435
Sargentodoxa cuneata, 149
Sassafras variifolium albidum, 2
Section — seh peas slgron ie
Studies Aly: ear Eas
cans aah ‘Their a TT.
ax.
— lanceolata, 7, 122
Some Seeraete ary Observations on the
Occurrence of “Protein Bodies”. Com-
parative Anatomy of the Leaf-Bearing
Cactaceae, XV, 453
Sorbus americana, 417
Sorrel, 99
Southeastern United States, The Genera
of Polygonaceae in the
Southeastern United Sites, The Genera
of iia and Elaeocarpaceae in
286
degen United States, The Gen
of Valerianaceae and Sie camed in
the,
Southeastern United a The Genera
of Vitaceae in the,
STEARN, WILLIAM T. aie) s Flora
of the British West Indian Islands: A
Biographical and Bibliographical In-
troduction,
Studies in Alyssum: Near Eastern al
resentatives and I Their A ise
tion Meniocus and Section ; Sevainnael
8
Styrax
Survey er the Family, Pollen ‘sia
ogy in the Juglandaceae, II, 3
Taiwania, 416, 417
Taxodium, 34
Teasel,
502 JOURNAL OF THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM
Teasel Family, 226
Tita, 12, $2, 43, 122-125, 198, 434. 127,
139, 141-149, 153-155, 157, 159, 287,
—ambigua, 149, 151, 154, 159
b]
— americana 32-34, 128, 137, 146,
£50; 152, 3
— amphiloba,
a Soil aoa soars 153
iana,
— cocksii, 149, 151, 152, 154, 159
— crenoserrata, 15
— floridana, 10, 137, 138, 141, 147, 149,
151, 152, 154, 426
-— — oblongifolia, 150, 152
— georgiana, 154
— glabra, 153, 333, 344
— grosseserrata, 154
— harbisonii, 150, 154
— heterophylla, 32, ES7,. 144,. 150,154
~
Eke 13, 32, 33, 141, 149
— nivea, 1
— pubescens, 31, 127, pis 149
— rhoophila, 152, 155,
— texana, 154
aeocarpaceae
Se oIgg United States, The i en-
era of, 2
Tiliaceae, so
— subfam. =o Se rain 292
— subfam. Tilioideae
— tribe
— tribe Triumfetteae, 300
. Triumfetta,
‘Siisn otk ,. B., and Martin H.
- ZIMMERMAN: Anatomy of th
e Palm
a. excelsa, I. Mature Vegetative
Axis,
Torre
Anecheaiy 300-304
— pentandra, 301 .
— semitriloba, 301
Ulmus americana, 418
— fulva, 126, 353
Umbrella-Plant, 97
[voL. 46
Vaccinium, 9, 17
— arboreum glaucescens, 420
— atrococcum, 353
27
— tenellum, 344, oa 424, 425
— vacillans, 9
— vegetum, ae
— virgatum, 27, 425
Valeriana, ne 220-223
Valerianaceae Dipsacaceae in
and
Southeastern United States, The
Vasculature of oom Preliminary
Observations on the. Comparative An-
atomy of the Leaf-Bearing Cactaceae,
5
— molle, 13
—odargticcimam, 419
— prunifolium, 25, 420
— pubescens, 13, 14, 429
—rufidulum, 2
— scabrellum, 14, 27, 424, 429
Vitaceae in the Southeastern United
States, The Genera of, 4
Vitaceae, 48-67
fam. Vitoideae, 49
Vitis, 49, 61-67 :
subg. pepe 61, 63
-63
— rupestris,
Walnut, Bitter, 340
WHITE
Willow, black, 10, 11
1965]
Wisteria frutescens, 23
C. E., Jr., and Suirtey A. Gra-
HA The Genera of Polygonaceae in
the ig eet United States, 91
Woon, C. E., Jr., and H. E. Moore, Jr.
Dates of Publication of the Journal
Linnaea: Further Evidence, 68
INDEX 503
Zanthoxylum, 417
es
Pa
oo excelsa, TL por ae al
Zi vps sativa, 28
— vulgaris, 28
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11